Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutC-5494 - Agreement for Purchase of One 2013 Pierce Tractor-Drawn Quint Fire ApparatusPURCHASE AGREEMENT FOR ONE (1) 100' TRACTOR -DRAWN AERIAL LADDER WITH PUMP FROM PIERCE MANUFACTURING, INC. This Purchase Agreement ( "Agreement ") is entered into as of this 11th day of June, 2013 ( "Effective Date "), by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a California municipal corporation and charter city ( "City "), and PIERCE MANUFACTURING, INC., a Wisconsin corporation ( "Vendor"), whose principal place of business is 2600 American Drive, Appleton, Wisconsin 54914. RECITALS A. City is a municipal corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of California with the power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted under the statutes of the State of California and the Charter of City. B. City requires One (1) 100' tractor -drawn aerial ladder with pump ( "Equipment ") as further described in RFP No. 13 -39, which is incorporated herein by this reference, and as set forth in Exhibit A, which is attached and incorporated herein by this reference. C. Vendor has carefully reviewed and evaluated the specifications set forth by the City for the Equipment and has committed to deliver the Equipment required for the price specified in this Agreement within Two Hundred Eighty -Five (285) calendar days commencing upon execution of this Agreement. D. City has solicited and received a proposal from Vendor's agent, has evaluated the expertise of Vendor, and desires to submit an order for the Equipment under the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties and covenants, and other terms and conditions as set forth herein, Vendor and City (each a "Party" and together the "Parties ") agree as follows: 'fit Mr, The Term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall terminate on July 31, 2014 unless terminated earlier as set forth herein. 2.1 City shall choose the discounted purchase price as more fully described in the Pricing Proposal attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein by reference. The purchase price for Equipment, including all sales taxes, shall not exceed One Million One Hundred Forty -Eight Thousand Two Hundred Twenty -One Dollars and 44/100 ($1,148,221.44) ( "Discounted Purchase Price'). Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7 relating to City's self - accrual of sales taxes, the City shall pay Vendor Discounted Purchase Price in full upon execution of this Agreement. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 2.2 Vendor agrees to accept the Discounted Purchase Price as full remuneration for delivery to City of the Equipment. The Discounted Purchase Price shall be referred to as "Total Compensation." s • F This Agreement will be administered by the City's Municipal Operations Department. The Deputy Municipal Operations Director, or designee, shall be the Purchase Administrator and shall have the authority to act for City under this Agreement. The Purchase Administrator or designee shall represent City in all matters pertaining to the services to be rendered pursuant to this Agreement. 4.1 Delivery to City of the Equipment shall be made within two hundred eighty - five (285) calendar days from the execution of the Agreement. 4.2 Delivery shall be made to the City's Yard at 592 Superior Avenue, Newport Beach, CA 92663, or such other location as may be designated by City in writing. Time of delivery is of the essence in this Agreement. City reserves the right to refuse the Equipment, or part thereof, and to cancel all or any part of the Equipment not conforming to applicable specifications, samples or descriptions. City shall receive a pro -rata refund for the Equipment, or part thereof, cancelled under this Agreement, within thirty (30) calendar days of City's cancellation. Acceptance of any part of the order for Equipment shall not bind City to accept future shipments nor deprive City of the right to return Equipment already accepted at Vendor's expense. Over shipments and under shipments of Equipment shall be only as agreed to in writing by City. Delivery shall not be deemed to be complete until all Equipment have actually been received and accepted in writing by the City. 4.3 Vendor shall submit all requests for extensions of time for delivery in writing to the City Purchase Administrator not later than ten (10) calendar days after the start of the condition that purportedly causes a delay. The Purchase Administrator shall review all such requests and may, at his /her sole discretion, grant reasonable time extensions for unforeseeable delays that are beyond Vendor's control. 4.4 The Parties agree that it is extremely difficult and impractical to determine and fix the actual damages that City will sustain should the Vendor fail to complete the delivery as called for in this Agreement. Should Vendor fail to complete the delivery as called for in this Agreement, Vendor agrees to the deduction of liquidated damages in the sum of One Hundred and Fifty Dollars and no /100 ($150.00) per day, for every day beyond the date scheduled for delivery provided in Section 4.1. Execution of this Agreement shall constitute agreement by the City and Vendor that the sum of One Hundred and Fifty Dollars and no /100 ($150.00) per day, is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the failure of Vendor to deliver the Equipment within the allotted time. All liquidated damages shall be paid within ten (10) calendar days of City's written request for payment. Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Page 2 construed as a penalty, and may be deducted from payments due the Vendor, or recovered from Vendor, as applicable, if such delay occurs. 5. ACCEPTANCEIPAYMENT Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by City, acceptance of the Equipment shall not be deemed complete unless in writing and until all the Equipment, including each part thereof, has actually been received, inspected and tested to the satisfaction of City. 6. NOTICES 6.1 All notices, demands, requests or approvals to be given under the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing, and conclusively shall be deemed served when delivered personally, or on the third business day after the deposit thereof in the United States mail, postage prepaid, first -class mail, addressed as hereinafter provided. 6.2 All notices, demands, requests or approvals from Vendor to City shall be addressed to City at: Attn: Deputy Municipal Operations Director Municipal Operations Department City of Newport Beach 100 Civic Center Drive PO Box 1768 Newport Beach, CA 92658 Phone: 949 - 644 -3059 Fax: 949 - 650 -0747 Email: mpisani(a-)newportbeachca.gov 6.3 All notices, demands, requests or approvals from City to Vendor shall be addressed to Vendor at: With a copy to: Attention: Cherry Sewell Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 2600 American Drive Appleton, Wisconsin 54914 Phone: 920 - 832 -4433 Fax: 920 - 832 -3080 Email: csewell @piercemfq.com Attention: Kevin Newell, Sales Representative South Coast Fire Equipment, Inc. 2020 South Baker Avenue Ontario, CA 91761 Phone: 909 - 673 -9900 Cell: 949 - 456 -1001 Fax: 909 - 673 -9700 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Page 3 Email: Kevin( southcoastfire.net 7. TAXES The Total Compensation includes any and all applicable taxes and fees, including federal, state and /or local sales or use taxes. Under the City's Direct Payment Exemption permit number SF EAA 24- 089475 DP, City shall self- accrue its Use Tax obligation to the California State Board of Equalization in the applicable amount within thirty (30) days of Equipment delivery to the City. If only partial delivery of Equipment is received, the City will only pay the State Board of Equalization the amount of Use Tax due on the value of the Equipment delivered. 40kNINWTIC7 :144ifi140Ill This Agreement contains the entire Agreement between the Parties with respect to all matters herein, and there are no restrictions, promises, warranties, or undertakings other than those set forth herein or referred to herein. No exceptions, alternatives, substitutes or revisions are valid or binding on City unless authorized by City in writing. Electronic acceptance of any additional terms, conditions or supplemental agreements by any City employee or agent, shall not be valid or binding on City unless accepted in writing by the Purchase Administrator. The terms of this Agreement shall supersede any inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto. 9.1 Vendor expressly warrants that the Equipment covered by this Agreement is: 1) free of liens or encumbrances; 2) of merchantable quality and good for the ordinary purposes for which it is used; and 3) fit for the particular purpose for which it is intended. Acceptance of this Agreement shall constitute an agreement upon Vendor's part to indemnify, defend and hold City and its indemnities as identified in Section 15 below, and as more fully described in Section 15, harmless from liability, loss, damage and expense, including reasonable counsel fees, incurred or sustained by City by reason of the failure of the Equipment to conform to such warranties, faulty work performance, negligent or unlawful acts, and non - compliance with any applicable state or federal codes, ordinances, orders, or statutes, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and the California Industrial Safety Act. Such remedies shall be in addition to any other remedies provided by law. 9.2 Vendor and manufacturer's warranties and certifications are attached hereto as Exhibit C, and incorporated in full by this reference. The Warranty Period shall commence on the date the Equipment is accepted by the City. All warranty repair work shall be conducted by a Vendor - certified dealer /agent in the Southern California region. 9.3 As of the Effective Date of this Agreement the Vendor - certified dealer/ agent for purposes of all repairs and warranty work is: South Coast Fire Equipment, Inc., 2020 S. Baker Avenue, Ontario, CA 91761. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Page 4 9.4 In the event that Vendor designates a different certified dealer /agent for the Southern California region, Vendor shall provide City with written notice of such change within ten (10) days of the change. 10. ASSIGNMENT OR SUBCONTRACTING The terms, covenants, and conditions contained herein shall apply to and bind the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the Parties. Furthermore, neither the performance of this Agreement nor any portion thereof may be assigned or subcontracted by Vendor without the express written consent of City. Any attempt by Vendor to assign or subcontract the performance or any portion thereof of this Agreement without the express written consent of City shall be invalid and shall constitute a breach of this Agreement. i �114VLY,Ilkk\1[47 11.1 In the event that either Party fails or refuses to perform any of the provisions of this Agreement at the time and in the manner required, that Party shall be deemed in default in the performance of this Agreement. If such default is not cured within a period of two (2) calendar days after receipt of written notice of default specifying the nature of such default and the steps necessary to cure such default, or if more than two (2) calendar days are reasonably required to cure the default and the defaulting Party fails to give adequate assurance of due performance within two (2) calendar days after receipt of written notice of default, or thereafter fails to diligently take steps to cure the default, the non - defaulting Party may terminate the Agreement forthwith by giving to the defaulting Party written notice thereof. City shall be refunded all money for Equipment not delivered and accepted by City at time of termination within thirty (30) calendar days. Cause for default shall further be defined as any breach of this Agreement, any misrepresentation or fraud on the part of the Vendor and/or filing of any petition in U.S. Bankruptcy Court or entering of Bankruptcy by Vendor. 11.2 Notwithstanding the above provisions, City shall have the right, at its sole discretion without cause, of terminating this Agreement at any time by giving seven (7) calendar days prior written notice to Vendor. In the event of termination under this Section, City shall pay Vendor for services satisfactorily performed and costs incurred up to the effective date of termination for which Vendor has not been previously paid. City shall be refunded all money for Equipment not delivered and accepted by City at time of termination within thirty (30) calendar days. On the effective date of termination, Vendor shall deliver to City all equipment, reports, documents and other information developed or accumulated in the performance of this Agreement, whether in draft or final form. No term or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed waived and no breach excused, unless such waiver or consent shall be in writing and signed by the Party claimed to have waived or consented to such breach. Any consent by any Party to, or Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Page 5 waiver of, a breach by the other, whether express or implied, shall not constitute consent to, waiver of, or excuse for any other different or subsequent breach. 13. REMEDIES NOT EXCLUSIVE The remedies for breach set forth in this Agreement are cumulative as to one (1) another and as to any other provided by law, rather than exclusive; and the expression of certain remedies in this Agreement does not preclude resort by either Party to any other remedies provided by law. 14.1 Vendor shall perform all work under this Agreement, taking necessary steps and precautions to perform the work to City's satisfaction. Vendor shall be responsible for the professional quality, technical assurance, timely completion and coordination of all documentation and other Equipment or services furnished by the Vendor under this Agreement. Vendor shall perform all work diligently, carefully, and in a good and workman -like manner; shall furnish all labor, supervision, machinery, equipment, materials, and supplies necessary therefore; shall at its sole expense obtain and maintain all permits and licenses required by public authorities, including those of City required in its governmental capacity, in connection with performance of the work; and, if permitted to subcontract, shall be fully responsible for all work performed by subcontractors. 14.2 Vendor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Agreement a Faithful Performance Bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100 %) of the Total Compensation to be paid Vendor as set forth in this Agreement. The form of such Faithful Performance Bond is attached as Exhibit E and incorporated herein by reference. The Faithful Performance Bond shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570, and (3) assigned a Policyholders' Rating A- (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide: Property- Casualty. 14.3. Vendor shall deliver, concurrently with execution of this Agreement, the Faithful Performance Bond and a certified copy of the "Certificate of Authority" of the Insurer or Surety issued by the Insurance Commissioner, which authorizes the Insurer or Surety to transact surety insurance in the State of California. IIkIIIIIIIIIIIIU1191:11& •IIJW- AI[0IZI 15.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, Vendor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless City, its City Council, boards and commissions, officers, agents, volunteers, and employees (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties ") from and against any and all claims (including, without limitation, claims for bodily injury, death or damage to property), demands, obligations, damages, actions, causes of action, suits, losses, Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Page 6 judgments, fines, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorney's fees, disbursements and court costs) of every kind and nature whatsoever (individually, a Claim; collectively, "Claims "), which may arise from or in any manner relate (directly or indirectly) to any breach of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, any work performed or services provided under this Agreement including, without limitation, defects in workmanship or materials (including the negligent and /or willful acts, errors and /or omissions of Vendor, its principals, officers, agents, employees, suppliers, consultants, subcontractors, anyone employed directly or indirectly by any of them or for whose acts they may be liable or any or all of them). 15.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall be construed to require Vendor to indemnify the Indemnified Parties from any Claim arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Parties. Nothing in this indemnity shall be construed as authorizing any award of attorneys' fees in any action on or to enforce the terms of this Agreement. This indemnity shall apply to all claims and liability regardless of whether any insurance policies are applicable. The policy limits do not act as a limitation upon the amount of indemnification to be provided by the Vendor. 16. CHARGES AND LIENS Vendor shall pay promptly all indebtedness for labor, materials and equipment used in performance of the work. Vendor shall not permit any lien or charge to attach to the Equipment, but if any does so attach, Vendor shall promptly procure its release and, in accordance with the requirements of Section 15 above, indemnify, defend, and hold City harmless and be responsible for payment of all costs, damages, penalties and expenses related to or arising from or related thereto. 17. INSURANCE Without limiting Vendor's indemnification of City, and prior to commencement of work, Vendor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Agreement or for other periods as specified in this Agreement, policies of insurance of the type, amounts, terms and conditions described in the Insurance Requirements attached hereto as Exhibit D, and incorporated herein by reference. Vendor agrees that if there is a change or transfer in ownership of Vendor's business prior to completion of this Agreement, the new owners shall be required under terms of sale or other transfer to assume Vendor's duties and obligations contained in this Agreement and complete them to the satisfaction of City. 11• itt Vendor shall not be assessed with liquidated damages or unsatisfactory performance penalties during any delay beyond the time named for the performance of this Agreement caused by any act of God, war, civil disorder, employment strike or other cause beyond its reasonable control, provided that Vendor gives written notice of Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Page 7 the cause of the delay to City within forty -eight (48) hours of the start of the delay and Vendor avails itself of any available remedies. 20. CONFIDENTIALITY Vendor agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all City and City - related records and information pursuant to all statutory laws relating to privacy and confidentiality that currently exist or exist at any time during the term of this Agreement. All such records and information shall be considered confidential and kept confidential by Vendor and Vendor's staff, agents, employees and subcontractors. 21. FREIGHT (F.O.B. DESTINATION) The Total Compensation includes shipment and delivery of Equipment to designated City location. Vendor assumes full responsibility for all transportation, transportation scheduling, packing, handling, insurance, and other services associated with delivery of all products deemed necessary under this Agreement. 22. TERMS AND CONDITIONS Vendor acknowledges that it has read and agrees to all terms and conditions included in this Agreement. 23, SIGNATORIES AUTHORITY Each person executing this Agreement expressly warrants that he or she is authorized to do so on behalf of the entity for which he or she is executing this Agreement. The City and Vendor represent and warrant that this Agreement is executed voluntarily, with full knowledge of its significance. 24. STANDARD PROVISIONS 24.1 Recitals. City and Vendor acknowledge that the above Recitals are true and correct and are hereby incorporated by reference. 24.2 Compliance with all Laws. Vendor shall at its own cost and expense comply with all statutes, ordinances, regulations and requirements of all governmental entities, including federal, state, county or municipal, whether now in force or hereinafter enacted. 24.3 Integrated Contract. This Agreement represents the full and complete understanding of every kind or nature whatsoever between the Parties hereto, and all preliminary negotiations and Agreements of whatsoever kind or nature are merged herein. No verbal contract or implied covenant shall be held to vary the provisions herein. 24.4 Conflicts or Inconsistencies. In the event there are any conflicts or inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Exhibits attached hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall govern. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Page 8 24.5 Amendments. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written document executed by both Vendor and City and approved as to form by the City Attorney. 24.6 Controlling Law and Venue. The laws of the State of California shall govern this Agreement and all matters relating to it and any action brought relating to this Agreement shall be adjudicated in a court of competent jurisdiction in the County of Orange, State of California. The California Commercial Code shall be the controlling law for the terms of this Agreement. 24.7 Equal Opportunity Employment. Vendor represents that it is an equal opportunity employer and it shall not discriminate against any subcontractor, employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, national origin, handicap, ancestry, sex, age or any other impermissible basis under law. 24.8 Interpretation. The terms of this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the meaning of the language used and shall not be construed for or against either Party by reason of the authorship of the Agreement or any other rule of construction which might otherwise apply. 24.9 Severability. If any term or portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. 24.10 No Attorneys' Fees. In the event of any dispute or legal action arising under this Agreement, the prevailing Party shall not be entitled to attorneys' fees. 24.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. 9[r7A-J Y R*Ki7.I.I *�i7Te341 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Page 9 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the dates written below. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTORNEY'S OFFICE Date: By: Aar C. Harp ,l City Attorney U� Date:ATTE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a California municipal corporation and charter city Date: By: W'x��/ Keith b. Curry Mayor CONTRACTOR: Pierce Manufacturing, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation Date: By: By: Leilani I. Brown John S. Verich City Clerk Vice President of Finance L11-1 FORT Attachments: A13-00371 Date: By: Kerry Dereszynski Assistant Corporate Secretary [END OF SIGNATURES] Exhibit A: City of Newport Beach Specifications for a Pierce 100' Tractor -Drawn Ladder with Pump Exhibit B: Pricing Proposal Exhibit C: Warranty Exhibit D: Insurance Requirements Exhibit E: Faithful Performance Bond Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Page 10 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the dates written below. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTORNEY'S OFFICE Date: By: Aar C. Harp' , City Attorney ATTEST: Date: Leilani I. Brown City Clerk Attachments: A? 3-00379 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a Califorr}!a municipal corporation and charter city Date: By.''�`� Keith D. Curry Mayor CONTRACTOR: Pierce Manufacturing, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation Date: By:__ John S. erich Vice resident of Finance Date: 27'- "5 1-;�) Kerry Dereszynski Assistant Corporate Secretary [END OF SIGNATURES] Exhibit A: City of Newport Beach Specifications for a Pierce 100' Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Page 10 Tractor -Drawn Ladder with Pump Exhibit B: Pricing Proposal Exhibit C: Warranty Exhibit D: Insurance Requirements Exhibit E: Faithful Performance Bond Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Page 10 EXHIBIT A CITY OF NEWPORT r •- 111" Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. We are pleased to submit a proposal to the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH for a Pierce® 100' Tractor -Drawn Aerial Ladder with pump. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus proposed. Loose equipment not specifically requested will not be provided. PIERCE MANUFACTURING was incorporated in 1917. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST'. Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 60 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Our plant is located in Appleton, Wisconsin with over 757,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 97 acres of land. A multi- million dollar inventory of parts is available to keep your unit in service long after it has left the factory. QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning. We currently have a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure that the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards that we demand. That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce. Another part of this program is employing experts in their fields, like a Certified American Welding Society Inspector to monitor our weld quality. DELIVERY The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break -in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. INFORMATION At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle. SAFETY VIDEO At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39- minute, professionally - produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre -trip inspection, chassis operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance. PERFORMANCE TESTS A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus will meet NFPA 1901 acceleration requirements and NFPA 1901 braking requirements. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE Certification of insurance coverage will be enclosed. ISO COMPLIANCE Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, 1 of 119 manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance Number 32454 is included with this proposal. SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheetmetal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) body and aerial device will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the 23440. However, some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and /or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit. NFPA 2009 STANDARDS This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2009, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions. Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus. A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating. The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications. An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results. NFPA COMPLIANCY Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non- NFPA ". VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third -party, audit - certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition of NFPA 1901. The certification will include: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus. A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 2 of 119 INSPECTION CERTIFICATE A third party inspection certificate for the aerial device will be furnished upon delivery of the aerial device. The certificate will be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Type 1 and will indicate that the aerial device has been inspected on the production line and after final assembly. The following tests will be conducted: - Magnetic particle inspection will be conducted on every structural weld to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. Magnets will be placed on each side of the weld while iron powder is placed on the weld itself. The powder will detect any crack that may exist. This test will conform to ASTM E709 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device. - With aluminum structural components, visual inspection will be performed on aluminum surfaces (non- magnetic). A liquid penetrant test will be performed on any suspected defective area. This test will conform to ASTM E165 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device. - Ultrasonic inspection will be used to detect any flaws in pins, bolts and other critical mounting components. Functional tests, load tests, stability tests, and visual structural examinations will be performed. These tests will determine any unusual deflection, noise, vibration, or instability characteristics of the unit. PUMP TE5T The pump will be tested, approved and certified by Underwriter's Laboratory at the manufacturer's expense. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department. GENERATOR TEST If the unit has a generator, the generator will be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery. INSPECTION TRIP(5) The bidder will provide three (3) factory inspection trip(s) for 3 Trips for 3 people each trip Pre con, Mid and Final customer representative(s). The inspection trip(s) will be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between the manufacturer's representative and the customer. All costs such as travel, lodging and meals will be the responsibility of the bidder. DELIVERY Said apparatus and equipment will be built and shipped in accordance with the specifications hereto. Delays due to strikes, war or international conflict, failures to obtain chassis, materials, or other causes beyond our control not preventing, within about Delivered from Pierce Manufacturing to South Coast Fire Equipment, Ontario, Ca working days after receipt of this order and the acceptance thereof at our office at Appleton, Wisconsin, and to be delivered to you at South Coast Fire Equipment Ontario, Ca. 3 of 119 The specifications herein contained will form a part of the final contract and are subject to changes desired by the purchaser, provided such alterations are interlined prior to the acceptance by the company of the order to purchase, and provided such alterations do not materially affect the cost of the construction of the apparatus. The proposal for fire apparatus conforms with all Federal Department of Transportation (DOT) rules and regulations in effect at the time of bid and with all National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Guidelines for Automotive Fire Apparatus as published at the time of bid, except as modified by customer specifications. Any increased costs incurred by first party because of future changes in or additions to said DOT or NFPA standards will be passed along to the customers as an addition to the price set forth above. Unless accepted within 30 days from date, the right is reserved to withdraw this proposition. PRODUCT CHANGES AND IMPROVEMENTS Our components and processes, as described in this proposal document, are as accurate as known at the time of bid submission, but are subject to change for the purpose of product or process improvements, or changes in industry standards providing the change does not affect the meaning or definition of the bid specifications. PERFORMANCE BOND, 1 YEAR The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required. Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 100 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter. APPROVAL DRAWING A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc. A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. FINAL DRAWING There will be a revised drawing of the truck with all the changes made during production provided at pickup. 4 of 119 DIAGRAM ELECTRICAL DC CIRCUITS Three (3) sets of diagrams of the body and chassis DC electrical system will be provided with the completed apparatus. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 5 of 119 VELOCITY CHASSIS The chassis provided will be a new, tilt -type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility, eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy duty service, with adequate strength and capacity for the intended load to be sustained and the type of service required. MAXIMUM OVERALL LENGTH The maximum overall length of the apparatus will be 719 inches. MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT The maximum overall height of the apparatus will be 134 inches. ANGLE OF DEPARTURE The angle of departure will be Target of 16 degrees degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a loaded state. WHEELBASE The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 176 inches. GVW RATING The gross vehicle weight rating will be 76,600. FRAME The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in -lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in -lb over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat - treated .38" thick steel, with 3.50" wide flanges. FRAME REINFORCEMENT In addition, a mainframe inverted "L" liner will be provided. It will be heat - treated steel measuring 12.00" x 3.00" x .25 ". Each liner will have a section modulus of 7.795 cubic inches, yield strength of 110,000 psi, and rbm of 857,462 in -lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center will be 3,976,502 pounds per rail. The frame liner will be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail, beginning at the front edge of the mainframe rail and extending to the rear cab crossmember. FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE The Oshkosh TAK -4® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 22,800 lb. Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000 -psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000 -psi yield ductile iron. The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000 -psi yield strength steel. Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each 6 of 119 bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations. There will be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one (1) on the steering gear extension. The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load. Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life. The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free. Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided. The wheel ends will have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle. The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase. The axle will have a third party certified turning angle of 45 degrees. Front discharge, front suction, or aluminum wheels will not infringe on this cramp angle. FRONT SUSPENSION Front Oshkosh TAK -4 T"' independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 lb. The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment. Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension. The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms. The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims. One can adjust for a lean within 15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side. The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000 miles of inner city driving. SHOCK ABSORBERS Heavy -duty telescoping shock absorbers (KONI) will be provided on the front suspension. OIL SEALS Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. FRONT TIRES Front tires will be Michelin 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply XFE wide base tread, rated for 22,800 lb maximum axle load and 65 mph maximum speed. 7 of 119 The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc -type wheels with a ten (10) -stud, 11.25" bolt circle. SPARE TIRE A 425/65R22.50, 18 ply spare tire to match the vehicle's front tires will be provided, mounted on an aluminum wheel. REAR AXLE The rear axle will be a Meritor TM, Model RS -30 -185, with a capacity of 31,000 lb. TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 60 MPH. REAR SUSPENSION The rear springs will be Standens semi - elliptical, 3.00" x 52.00 ", it leaves main with a ground rating of 31,000 lbs. Castings will be used for spring hangers with provisions for lubrication. The grease fittings will be 90 degree type and will be accessible without removing the wheels or cutting any sheet metal. The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin and the top leaf will wrap the rear spring hanger pin on both the front and rear suspensions. Kaiser spring pins will be provided, with double "figure- eight" grease grooves and a layer of electroless nickel plating, 1.00 mil thick, around the entire pin. The bushing that holds the spring pin in place will also have a grease groove. OIL SEALS Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle. REAR TIRES Rear tires will be four (4) Michelin 315/80822.50 radials, 20 ply XDY3 "traction" tread, rated for 33,080 lb maximum axle load and 65 mph maximum speed. The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) -stud 11.25" bolt circle. SPARE TIRE two (2) spare tire(s), 315/80R22.50 to match the vehicle's rear tires will be provided mounted on an aluminum disc wheel. TIRE BALANCE All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights. TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT There will be a VECSAFE LED tire alert pressure management system provided that will monitor each tire's pressure. A chrome plated brass sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of eight (8) tires. The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 20 and 120 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops eight (8) psi. Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start blinking. 8 of 119 HUB COVERS (front) Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided. HUB COVERS (Tiller Axle) Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the tiller trailer axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided. HUB COVERS (rear) A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs. LUG NUT COVERS Stainless steel lug nut covers will be Installed on all lug nuts in place of standard. MUD FLAPS Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. MUD FLAPS Mud flaps will be installed behind the tiller trailer wheels of the apparatus. WHEEL CHOCKS There will be two (2) pairs of Ziamatic AC -32, aluminum alloy, Quick -Choc wheel blocks provided. WHEEL CHOCK BRACKETS There will be two (2) pairs of Ziamatic QCH -32 -H horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic AC -32 wheel chocks. The brackets will be mounted ahead of the rear wheels. ANTI -LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco, Model XS4M, anti -lock braking system. The ABS will provide a four (4) channel anti -lock braking control on both the front, rear and tiller wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti -lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti -lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. BRAKES The service brake system will be full air type. The front brakes will be Knorr / Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. The rear brakes will be MeritorT" 16.50" x 8.63" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters. AIR COMPRESSOR, BRAKE SYSTEM The air compressor will be a Cummins / Wabco with 18.7 cubic feet per minute output. BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system will include: Bendix dual brake treadle valve with vinyl covered foot surface 9 of 119 - Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer - Total air system capacity of 5,198 cubic inches - Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi - Spring set parking brake system - Parking brake operated by a push -pull style control valve - A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel - Park brake relay /inversion and anti - compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, will be provided with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. (no exception). - Bendix AD -9 air dryer, with heater and coalescing filter BRAKE LINES Color -coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. AIR INLET One (1) air inlet with male coupling will be provided. It will allow station air to be supplied to the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet will be located in the driver side lower step well of cab. A check valve will be provided to prevent reverse flow of air. The inlet will discharge into the "wet" tank of the brake system. A mating female coupling will also be provided with the loose equipment. ALL WHEEL LOCK -UP An additional all wheel lock -up system will be installed which applies air to the front brakes only. The standard spring brake control valve system will be used for the rear. AIR TANK ADDITIONAL An additional air tank with 1,454 cubic inch displacement will be provided to increase the capacity of the air system. This tank will be dedicated for air horn use. The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. The output flow of the engine air compressor varies with engine RPM. Full compressor output is only achieved at governed engine speed. Engine speed may be limited by generators, pumps and other PTO driven options. REMOTE AIR TANK DRAIN There will be a remote cable controlled drain valve installed on each air supply reservoir. The drain valve will be actuated from the side of the vehicle and be a vinyl covered stainless steel cable, firmly attached to the underside of the vehicle. A loop will be provided at the cable end for ease of pulling the drain. BRAKE FITTINGS, SPECIAL All the brass brake system fittings will be "compression type" fittings in place of the standard push to connect type. 10 of 119 ENGINE The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below: Make: Cummins Model: ISX15 Power: 600 hp at 1800 rpm Torque: 1850 lb-ft at 1200 rpm Governed Speed: 2000 rpm Emissions Level: EPA 2013 Fuel: Diesel Cylinders: Six (6) Displacement: 912 cubic inches (14.9L) Starter: Delco 39MT Fuel Filters: Frame mounted spin -on style primary filter with water separator & water - in -fuel sensor. Engine mounted secondary spin -on style filter. Coolant Filter: Engine mounted spin -on style. The engine will include On -board diagnostics (0131)), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and aftertreatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected. HIGH IDLE A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation /deactivation. The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." ENGINE BRAKE A Jacobs engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on /off and have a high, medium and low setting. The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine. The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated. The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. 11 of 119 CLUTCH FAN A Horton fan clutch will be provided. Clutch fan will be activated when aerial is in operation. OVERRIDE SWITCH An override switch will be provided in the cab above the battery switch to allow the tractor driver the ability to start the engine without anyone sitting in the tiller cab. ENGINE AIR INTAKE An air intake with an ember separator (to prevent road dirt, burning embers, and recirculating hot air from entering the engine) will be mounted at the front of the apparatus, on the passenger side of the engine. The ember separator will be mounted in the air intake with flame retardant, roto - molded polyethylene housing. It will be easily accessible by the hinged access panel at the front of the vehicle. EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system will include a diesel particulate filter (DPF) and a selective catalytic reduction (SCR) device to meet current EPA standards. The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the SCR device and will be 5.00" in diameter. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and SCR to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab. The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the passenger side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. RADIATOR The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards. For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The core will be made of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes. The tubes will be brazed to aluminum headers. No solder joints or leaded material of any kind will be acceptable in the core assembly. The radiator core will have a minimum frontal area of 1434 square inches. Supply and return tanks made of glass- reinforced nylon will be crimped on to the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions. There will be a full steel frame around the entire radiator core assembly. The radiator core assembly will be isolated within the steel frame by rubber inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability. The radiator will be mounted in such a manner as to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven ground. The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators. The radiator assembly will include an integral deaeration tank permanently mounted to the top of the radiator framework, with a readily accessible remote - mounted overflow tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built -in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap. A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and /or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system. A heavy -duty fan will draw in fresh, cool air through the radiator. Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 12 of 119 COOLANT LINES Silicone hoses will be used for all engine /heater coolant lines installed by the chassis manufacturer. Hose clamps will be stainless steel "constant torque type" to prevent coolant leakage. They will react to temperature changes in the cooling system and expand or contract accordingly while maintaining a constant clamping pressure on the hose. FUEL TANK A 65 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12- gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps. A .75" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side rear of the chassis on the vertical portion of the fender skirting area. The inlet will be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A .50" diameter vent will be provided running from the top of tank to just below the fuel fill inlet. The tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements, including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume. All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK A 4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body forward of the rear axle. The tank will be constructed of 16 -gauge type 304 - stainless steel. A .50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be located on the driver's side of the body and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only ". The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing. The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing. A five gallon container of OEM Diesel Exhaust Fluid will be provided at time of delivery. FUEL SHUTOFF A fuel line shutoff valve will be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the primary fuel filter. FUEL COOLER An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. FUEL DOOR LABEL There will be a label provided on fuel door, to read "Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Only ". 13 of 119 FUEL SEPARATOR The engine will be equipped with a Racor in -line spin -on fuel and water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters. TRANSMISSION An Allison Gen IV, model EVS 4000P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission will be provided. The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due. Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1 o'clock). A transmission temperature gauge with red light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel. TRANSMISSION SHIFTER A six (6) -speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation. The transmission ratio will be 1st - 3.51 to 1.00, 2nd - 1.91 to 1.00, 3rd - 1.43 to 1.00, 4th - 1.00 to 1.00, 5th - 0.75 to 1.00, 6th - 0.64 to 1.00, R - 4.80 to 1.00. See required documentation for SCAAN reports TRANSMISSION COOLER A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature. SYNTHETIC FLUID ONLY TAG A tag will be located at the transmission fill point labeled "Synthetic Fluid Only ". TRANSMISSION FLUID The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES -295 heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid. DRIVELINE Drivelines will be a heavy -duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer 1810 universal joints. The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation. A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft, slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat or equivalent. STEERING Dual Sheppard M110 steering gears, with integral heavy -duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton model VN20F hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings. A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations. See Required documentation section for turning radius report. 14 of 119 The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a four (4) -spoke design. LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row. The first row of text will be: Newport The second row of text will be: Beach The third row of text will be: Fire BUMPER A one (1)- piece, stainless steel bumper, minimum of 10.00" high, will be attached to the front of the frame. A 9.00" channel will be mounted directly behind the bumper for additional strength. The bumper will be extended 10.00" from front face of cab. GRAVEL PAN A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face. The gravel pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate. LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems. The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. TOW EYES Two (2) chromed steel tow eyes will be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will have a .25" radius. The tow eyes will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 6,000 pound straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes will not be used for lifting of the apparatus. CAB The cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and will be manufactured by the chassis builder. The cab will be constructed of 5052 -H32 aluminum skins on extruded aluminum framing. For increased structural integrity and occupant protection, the cab structure will include, directly forward of the driver and passenger areas, a .25" firewall plate and .50" lateral support plate that will tie the forward corner posts to the engine tunnel. The cab roof will include a heavy one (1) piece aluminum extrusion with wall thickness up to .12 ", and will extend from side to side, and attach to the upper forward corner posts by customized aluminum castings. The sub - structure will include a .38" wall extrusion under the crew cab floor for support while tilting the cab. To provide quality at the source and single source customer support, the cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises. 15 of 119 The cab will be a full tilt style to 80 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal. The cab pivots will be located 46.00" apart to provide stability while tilting the cab. The cab will be tilted by an electric over hydraulic pump that is connected to two (2) cab lift cylinders 2.25" in diameter. The cab will be locked down by a two (2) point automatic locking mechanism actuated after the cab has been lowered. A three(3) point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab. The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants. The forward cab section will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately 102.00 ". The crew cab section will have a 10.00" raised roof, with an overall cab height of approximately 112.00 ". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight ratings, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed. The cab will have an interior width of not less than 93.50 ". The driver and passenger seating positions will have a minimum 24.00" clear width at knee level. To reduce injuries to occupants in the seated positions, proper head clearance will be provided. The floor to ceiling height inside the forward cab will be no less than 60.25 ". The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be no less than 62.95" in the center position and 68.75' in the outboard positions. The crew cab will measure a minimum of 47.50" from the rear wall to the backside of the engine tunnel (knee level) for optimal occupant legroom. INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab walls, ceiling and engine tunnel will be insulated in all strategic locations to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. The cab will be insulated with 2.00" insulation in the rear wall, 3.00" insulation in the side walls, and 1.50" insulation in the ceiling. ENGINE TUNNEL To provide structural strength, the engine tunnel sidewalls will be constructed of .50" aluminum plate that is welded to both the .25" firewall and .38" heavy wall extrusion under the crew cab floor. To maximize occupant space, the top edges will be tapered. The engine tunnel will be insulated on both sides for thermal and acoustic absorption. The underside of the tunnel will be covered with 1.00" thick polyether foam that is reinforced with an aluminized face. Thermal rating for this insulation will be -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. The insulation will keep noise (dba) levels at or lower than the specifications in the current edition of the NFPA 1901 standards. FENDER LINERS Full- circular, aluminum, inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided. PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD A one(1) piece, safety glass windshield with more than 2,802 square inches of clear viewing area will be provided. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers; the outer light, the middle safety laminate, and the inner light. The .11" thick outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip 16 of 119 resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom fit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance. SUNVISORS Two (2) smoked Lexan sunvisors 7.75" x 28.12" long will be provided. The sunvisors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab. WINDSHIELD WIPERS Three (3) electric windshield wipers with a washer, in conformance with FMVSS and SAE requirements, will be provided. The wiper blades will be 21.65" long and together will clear a minimum of 1,783 square inches of the windshield for maximum visibility in inclement weather. The windshield washer fluid reservoir will be located at the front of the vehicle and be accessible through the access hood for simple maintenance. FAST SERVICE ACCESS FRONT TILT HOOD A full width access hood will be provided for convenient access to engine coolant, steering fluid, wiper fluid, cab lift controls, headlight power modules, and ember separator. The hood will also provide complete access to the windshield wiper motor and components. The hood will be contoured to provide a sleek, automotive appearance. The hood will be constructed of two (2) fiberglass panels bonded together and will include reinforcing ribs for structural integrity. The hood will include air cylinders to hold the hood in open and closed positions, and a heavy duty latch system that will meet FMVSS 113 (Hood Latch System). The spring loaded hood latch will be located at the center of the hood with a double action release lever located behind the "Pierce" logo. The two(2) step release requires the lever first be pulled to the driver side until the hood releases from the first latch (primary latch) then to the passenger side to fully release the hood (secondary latch). CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. CAB LIFT A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided, consisting of an electric- powered hydraulic pump, fluid reservoir, dual lift cylinders, remote cab lift controls and all necessary hoses and valves. The cab lift controls will be located at the driver side front of the cab, easily accessible under the full width front access hood. The controls will include a permanently mounted raise /lower switch. For enhanced visibility during cab tilt operations, a remote control tether with on /off switch will be supplied on a coiled cord that will extend from 2.00' (coiled) to 6.00' (extended). The rear of the cab will be locked down by a two (2)- point, automatic, hydraulic, double hook mechanism that fully engages after the cab has been lowered (self- locking). The dual 2.25" diameter hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the cab is in the tilt position. For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the driver side between the chassis and cab frame when cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered. 17 of 119 INTERLOCK, CAB LIFT TO PARKING BRAKE The cab lift safety system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. GRILLE A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a formed bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab, and will serve as an air intake to the radiator. DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES All cab door jambs will be furnished with a polished stainless steel scuffplate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb. FRONT CAB TRIM Bright finished wrap- around housings will be provided on each side of the front cab face for mounting of the headlights and front directional lights. The housings will mate up to the side edge of the forward grille, and then extend around the front corners of the cab rearward, providing for a streamlined automotive appearance. MIRRORS One (1) Ramco, Model CRM- 310 - 1750 -PCHR, polished chrome mirror will be mounted on each of the cab doors. The mirrors will be full faced, flat, with an integrated bottom mount convex section. The mirror head will have a highly polished chrome finish. The flat glass in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver. The convex section in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver. DOORS The forward cab and crew cab doors will be the half- height style door. To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors will be a minimum of 43.59" wide x 64.71" high. The crew cab doors will measure a minimum of 37.87" wide x 73.75' high. The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of .125'. The exterior door skins will be constructed from .090" aluminum. The forward cab door windows will include a 7.50" high x 10.00" wide drop area at the front to enhance visibility. A customized, vertical, pull -down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25' deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed. 18 of 119 A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano -type hinge with a .38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive -type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather -tight fit. A dark grey vacuum formed ABS panel will house the window switches and will mold into the upper sill of the door panel. The cab steps at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab. INTERIOR CREW CAB DOOR HANDRAIL A handrail will be provided on each interior crew cab door pan. The handrails will be mounted at a 45 degree angle. These are in addition to the standard crew cab door handle. DOOR PANELS The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. The cab door panels will be removable without disconnecting door and window mechanisms. ELECTRIC WINDOW CONTROLS Each cab entry door will be equipped with an electrically operated tempered glass window. A window control panel will be ergonomically molded into the armrest of the door panel within easy reach of the respective occupant. Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1/2 second. The driver control panel will contain a control switch for each cab door's window. All other door control panels will contain a single switch to operate the window within that door. CAB STEPS The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt -in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 31.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 24.25" wide with an 8.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 18.00" in height and be limited to two (2) steps. Three (3) step entrance designs will not be acceptable due to safety concerns. A slip- resistant handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. STEP LIGHTS For reduced overall maintenance costs compared to incandescent lighting, there will be four (4) white LED, step lights provided. The lights will be installed at each cab and crew cab door, one (1) per step, in the driver side front doorstep, driver side crew cab doorstep, passenger side front doorstep and passenger side crew cab doorstep. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot - candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The lights will be activated when the adjacent door is opened. FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 19 of 119 CUP HOLDER There will be five (5) cup holder(s) provided. Each cup holder will have self- adjusting fingers that automatically grip beverage containers of various sizes. A recess in the cup holder will allow it to hold beverage containers with handles. The cup holder(s) will be located at customer pick -up. KNOX -BOXY There will be one (1) Knox - Box(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer and installed at a location to be determined. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. A "technician's key" will be provided by the customer for each Knox Box. The box cannot be installed without a compatible technician's key. FENDER PANELS The chassis behind the cab will be assembled with fender panels over the wheels, running boards and steps for access to the turntable and decking over the frame rails. The fender panels will be fabricated of .125" -5052 aluminum with a 38,000 psi tensile strength. Fender design will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance. Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings. A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. The area over the frame rails between the cab and fifth wheel will be covered with aluminum treadplate to serve as a walkway area. The walkway area will be properly reinforced with a steel substructure attached to the frame rails. Running boards will be installed on each side directly behind the cab for access to the walkway area behind the cab and the turntable. The running boards will be covered with aluminum treadplate. CREW CAB WINDOWS One (1) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. The windows will measure 20.00" wide x 20.50" high. WINDOW TINT Crew cab windows will be provided with increased tint to reduce light transmission. The following windows are included: - Crew cab side windows: 25% light transmission - Crew cab door, roll -up windows: 14% light transmission CAB ROOF TREADPLATE The horizontal surface of the cab roof will be covered with bright aluminum embossed treadplate. The aluminum treadplate will be bonded to the cab and cover the full width and 20 of 119 length of the cab. Edges will be properly caulked to prevent water from leaking under the aluminum. No front or side warning lights, or any other auxiliary options, will be mounted on top of the treadplate. The treadplate will extend and terminate next to all objects mounted on the roof. EQUIPMENT MOUNTING SHELF There will be one (1) shelf provided in the crew cab for permanent mounting of equipment provided. The shelf will have a 2.00" lip around edge. The shelf will be fabricated from aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. The shelf will be located directly behind the driver and officer seats resting on the engine housing. Reference San Diego this is different than the pumper.. Tray not intended for storage of loose equipment. Items stored on tray will be permanently attached to meet NFPA requirements BRACKET TO MOUNT SCBA HOLDER There will be two (2) free standing mounting bracket(s) supplied for the mounting of a pair of SCBA brackets in the one each side rear facing seating position seat position(s). The bracket will be designed to hold two SCBA brackets in opposite directions. One (1) mounting plate will be located on the back inboard corner facing outboard. The second mounting plate will be in the front outboard corner facing inboard. A treadplate scuffplate will be provided between the mounting plates to protect the top of the seat riser. AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a Ziamatic Model ULLH SCBA holder bracket. This bracket will be compliant with the current NFPA 1901 standards and will include a backplate, two (2) seats, a footplate and the model LLS ( "Load & Lock ") strap to hold the bottle in the bracket. The bracket seats will be a 'one size fits all" style seat and will accommodate SCBA cylinders from the high pressure 30- minute to the high pressure 60- minute. Seats will be adjustable up and down by unbolting, relocating, and rebolting in the desired position. CAB INTERIOR With safety as the primary objective, the wrap- around style, high impact ABS polymer cab instrument panel will be designed with unobstructed visibility to instrumentation. The dash layout will provide the driver with a quick reference to gauges that allows more time to focus on the road. The center console will be a high impact ABS polymer, and will be easily removable for access to the defroster. The center console will include louvers strategically located for optimal air flow and defrost capability to the windshield. The passenger side dashboard will be constructed of painted aluminum for durability and low maintenance. For enhanced versatility, the passenger side dash will include a flat working surface. To provide optional (service friendly) control panels, switches and storage modules, a three (3) piece, 4mm thick polyethylene roto - molded overhead console will also be provided. To complete the cab front interior design, painted aluminum modesty panels will be provided under the dash on both sides of the cab. The driver side modesty panel will provide mounting for the battery switch and diagnostic connectors, while the passenger side modesty panel provides a glove box, and ground access to the main electrical distribution panel via quick quarter turn fasteners. To provide a deluxe automotive interior, the engine tunnel, side walls and rear wall will be covered by a leather grain vinyl that is resistant to oil, grease, and mildew. 21 of 119 The inner cab door panels will include grab handles and control panels molded into the upper section of the door panel. The door panels will extend 36.50" down from the door window. The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. The crew cab headliner will be one (1) piece. The headliner panel will be a composition of a corrugated high density polyethylene panel covered with a sound barrier and upholstery. For quick, easy access of electrical wiring, or to perform other maintenance needs, the headliner will be held in place by a dual lock fastening system. The cab structure will include designated raceways for electrical harness routing from the front of the cab to the rear upper portion of the cab. Raceways will be extruded in the forward door frame, floor, walls and overhead in the area where the walls meet the ceiling. The raceways located in the floor will be covered by aluminum extrusion, while the vertical and overhead raceways will be covered by a decorative composite panel. The raceways will improve harness integrity by providing a continuous harness path that eliminates wire chafing and abrasion associated with exposed wiring or routing through drilled metal holes. Harnesses will be laid in place, not pulled through holes drilled in aluminum tubing. Once laid in place, all harnesses will be held in position by a hook and loop fastening system. The hook and loop system will allow for bracket fastener points to not puncture harnesses. The raceways will include removable covers, providing maintenance personnel with quick and easy access for trouble shooting, or the addition of accessories. Harnesses will be located within the raceway behind the wire way cover. CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY The cab interior upholstery will be dark silver gray. All cab interior materials will meet FMVSS 302 (flammability of interior materials). INTERIOR PAINT (Cab) A rich looking interior will be provided by painting all the metal surfaces inside the cab gray, vinyl texture paint. CAB FLOOR The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with PolydampT" acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler. The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a .25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. CAB DEFROSTER To provide maximum defrost and heating performance, a 54,96113TU heater - defroster unit with 558 SUM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The defroster unit will be strategically located under the center forward portion of the roto - molded instrument panel. For easy access, a removable roto - molded cover will be installed over the defroster unit. The defroster will include an integral aluminum frame air filter, high performance dual scroll blowers, and ducts designed to provide maximum defrosting capabilities for the one (1) piece windshield. The defroster ventilation will be built into the design of the cab dash instrument panel and will be easily removable for maintenance. The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at zero (0) degrees Fahrenheit for ten (10) hours, and a two (2) ounce per square inch layer of frost /ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield. The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE 3382 (minimum defrosting system performance requirements). 22 of 119 CAB /CREW CAB HEATER Two (2) 36,702 BTU auxiliary heaters with 276 SCFM each unit of air flow will be provided inside the crew cab, one (1) in each outboard rear - facing seat riser. The heaters will include high performance dual scroll blowers one (1) for each unit. Outlets for the heaters will be located below each rear - facing seat riser and below the fronts of the driver and passenger seats, for efficient airflow. An extruded aluminum plenum will be incorporated in the cab structure that will transfer heat to the forward cab seating positions. The heater - defroster and crew cab heaters will be controlled by a single integral electronic control panel. The heater control panel will allow the driver to control heat flow to the front and rear simultaneously. The control panel will include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control, and be conveniently located on the dash in clear view of the driver. The control panel will include highly visible, progressive LED indicators for both fan speed and temperature. For increased convenience, an optional dual control for the passenger position will also be available. AIR CONDITIONING A high - performance, customized air conditioning system will be furnished inside the cab and crew cab. A 13.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine. A roof - mounted condenser with a 63,000 BTU output that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The evaporator unit will be installed in the cab, located in the center of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel. The evaporator will include two (2) high performance cores and plenums with multiple outlets, one plenum directed to the front and one plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The evaporator unit will have a 49,000 BTU rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications. Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following: Two (2) will be directed towards the drivers location Two (2) will be directed towards the officers location Six (6) will be directed towards crew cab area The air conditioner refrigerant will be R -134A and will be installed by a certified technician. The air conditioner will be controlled by a single integral electronic control panel for the heater, defroster and air conditioner. For ease of operation, the control panel will include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control, and be conveniently located on the dash in clear view of the driver. The control panel will include highly visible, progressive LED indicators for both fan speed and temperature. For added convenience, an optional dual control for the passenger position will also be available. GRAB HANDLE A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handle will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield. A long rubber grab handle will be mounted on the dash board in front of the officer. 23 of 119 ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen Model 3SCOCDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Model 3FLANGEC chrome flange kits) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment lights. These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised. ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The door will be 17.75" wide x 12.75" high and be flush with the wall of the engine tunnel. The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling. An additional tube will be provided for filling the engine oil. The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush latch will be provided on the access door. MAP BOX There will be one (1) map box(es) with three (3) bins, open from top. The location required will be officer's side of dash forward Match pumpers for mounting location.. The map box(es) will be divided into three (3) bins, each being 12.50" wide x 3.00" high x 12.00" deep. Each bin will slant 30 degrees from horizontal. An additional storage area will be located along side the map storage area. This storage area will be 4.00" wide x 6.00" high x 12.00" deep and located on the right side as the map slots face forward. The map box(es) will be constructed of .125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. MAP BOX A map box with six (6) bins, open from top, will be installed on the rear of the engine housing for firefighter access. Each bin will be 12.00" wide x 6.00" deep x 8.00" high. The map box will be constructed of .125" aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. MAP POCKET Installed on each front door will be a map pocket. The pocket will be 13.50" wide x 14.00" high x 1.50" deep and constructed of stainless steel. A rectangular notch will be provided in the center of the map pocket that will be 9.50" wide x 9.00" deep to allow access the map books. FRONTAL IMPACT PROTECTION The cab will be provided with a frontal impact protection system and will include the following: A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor will be installed on a structural cab member behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor will perform real time diagnostics of all critical subsystems and will record sensory inputs immediately before and during a frontal impact event. A fault- indicating light will be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to monitor the operational status of the SRS system. A driver side front air bag will be mounted in the steering wheel and will be designed to protect the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the three (3) -point seat belt. 24 of 119 A passenger side knee bolster air bag will be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash panel and will be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with the three (3) -point seat belt. Driver and front passenger suspension seats will be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during a frontal impact event. Driver and front passenger seat belts will be provided with pre - tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during frontal impact event. The SRS system will provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system will activate when the vehicle decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the occupants. The cab and chassis will have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash impact during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing included all major chassis and cab components such as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts, pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing provided configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety restraint system. The sensor will activate the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash algorithm, wave form, is detected. The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact event: • Driver side front air bag. • Passenger side knee bolster air bag. • Driver and front passenger suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position, • Driver and front passenger seat belts will be pre- tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place. SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity in the cab will be four (4). DRIVER SEAT A Pierce PS6® seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include manual controls to adjust the height (1.12" travel) and horizontal (6.00" travel) position. The manual horizontal control will be a towel -bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to 45 degrees forward. The seat back will be a high back style, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions. The seat will include the following features incorporated into the frontal impact protection system. A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated in the event of a frontal impact, this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position. The seat will be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt will have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a 25 of 119 cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. OFFICER SEAT A Pierce PS6 seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat will be a cam action type with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel -bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple passenger configurations, the seat will have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to 0 degrees forward. The seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat will include the following feature incorporated into the frontal impact protection system. A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position. The seat will be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt will have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) forward facing, Pierce PS6® foldup seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style. To provide improved ride comfort, and maximize accessibility to the crew cab, the seat will be a minimum of 15.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and the seat back will be provided with 0 degree fixed recline angle. To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat will be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt will have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) forward facing, foldup, Pierce PS6® seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style. To provide improved ride comfort, and maximize accessibility to the crew cab, the seat will be a minimum of 15.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and the seat back will be provided with 0 degree fixed recline angle. To ensure safe operation, the seat 26 of 119 will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat will be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt will have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. SEAT UPHOLSTERY All seat upholstery will be gray Turnout Tuff material. SHOULDER HARNESS HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT All seating positions furnished with three (3) -point shoulder type seat belts will include a height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. A total of six (6) seating positions will have the adjustable shoulder harness. SEAT BE All seating positions in the cab and crew cab will have red seat belts. SEAT BELT MONITORING SYSTEM A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided. The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to ten (10) seat positions indicating the status of each seat position with a green or red LED indicator as follows: Seat Occupied Buckled Green Seat Occupied Unbuckled Red No Occupant Buckled Red No Occupant Unbuckled Not Illuminated Alarm: The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will be activated when a red illumination condition exists and the parking brake is released, or a red illumination condition exists and the transmission is not in park. EMS COMPARTMENT A forward facing EMS compartment will be provided in the crew cab at the center position. The compartment will be 38.00" wide x 30.00" high x 24.00" deep with one (1) Gortite roll up door, non - locking with anodized finish. The compartment will be provided with no false floor. The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior. SHELVING There will be two (2) shelves provided in the EMS compartment. Each shelf will be constructed of .090" aluminum with a 1.25" up- turned lip. Shelving will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded tightener sliding in a track. 27 of 119 The location will be ems compartment centered.. SLIDE -OUT FLOOR TRAY There shall be one (1) sliding tray(s) provided in the on the floor EMS cabinet. The capacity rating will be 250 pounds minimum in the extended position. The construction will consist of .188" thick aluminum formed to provide a 1.00" high lip around the perimeter of tray. Corners will be welded to form a rigid unit. Slide mechanisms will have ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The lock trip mechanism will be located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved hand. Tray will be mounted to the floor of the EMS compartment. COMPARTMENT LIGHT There will be one (1) On Scene Solutions Axe LED strip light installed on the left side of the compartment opening. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. STORAGE COMPARTMENT, RAISED ROOF There will be an overhead rear - facing storage compartment installed at the raised roof within the crew cab. The compartment will be 86.00" wide x 10.00" high x 16.00" deep at the bottom. The compartment will include three (3) lift up compartment doors. Non - locking latch paddle handle and gas operated stay arms will be provided. The compartment will be provided with a divider between each door opening. The storage compartment lighting will consist of one (1) Pierce LED strip light installed horizontally above each compartment door opening. The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. This storage compartment will be compliant per the NFPA Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus. HELMET HOLDER There will be four (4) Zico UHH -1 helmet holder bracket(s) provided in the cab. The brackets will provide quick access and secure storage of the helmet(s). The bracket location(s) will be determined at time of final inspection at Pierce mfg. CAB INTERIOR LIGHTING Auxiliary lights will be provided in the cab. Two (2) Weldon, Model 8081, red /clear dome lights located, one (1) on the officer side and one (1) on the driver side, will be controlled by the following: • Clear forward light controlled by the door switch and the lens switch. • Red rearward light controlled by the lens switch. 28 of 119 There will be two (2) adjustable map lights with switches mounted on the cab ceiling. CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS There will be two (2) Weldon Model 8081, incandescent dome lights installed in the crew cab. The forward, clear light will be controlled by the door switch and the lens switch. The rear, red light will be controlled by the lens switch only. HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT There will be four (4) Pelican Products, Model 9410 LED, 12v DC rechargeable lights mounted Two in D7 and two in P7 under the slide out trays. The color will be yellow. Each charger will be hard wired to the 12 VDC system. HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT There will be Pelican Products, Model 9410 LED, 12v DC rechargeable light(s) installed to be determined. There will be one (1) light provided. The color will be yellow. Each charger will be hard wired to the 12 VDC system. The cab instrument panel will consist of gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lights, alarms, control switches, and a diagnostic panel. The function of instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section directly forward of the driver. Gauge and switch panels will be designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership. GAUGES The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) black gauges with chrome bezels to monitor vehicle performance: - Voltmeter gauge (Volts) Low volts (11.8 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm High volts (15 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very low volts (11.3 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very high volts (16 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Tachometer (RPM) - Speedometer (Primary (outside) MPH, Secondary (inside) Km /H) - Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) 29 of 119 Low fuel (1/8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very low fuel (1/32) fuel Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Engine oil pressure gauge (PSI) Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Front air pressure gauge (PSI) Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Rear air pressure gauge (PSI) Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Transmission oil temperature gauge (Fahrenheit) High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Engine coolant temperature gauge (Fahrenheit) High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) Low fluid (1/8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm All gauges and gauge indicators will perform prove out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance. INDICATOR LAMPS To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located above and below the center gauges. The indicator lamps will be "dead- front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols. The following amber telltale lamps will be present: - Low coolant - Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable) - Check engine - Check trans (check transmission) 30 of 119 - Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat) - Air rest (air restriction) - Caution (triangle symbol) - Water in fuel - DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration) - Trailer ABS (where applicable) - Wait to start (where applicable) - HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) - ABS (antilock brake system) - MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) - SRS (supplemental restraint system) fault (where applicable) - DEF (low diesel exhaust fluid level) The following red telltale lamps will be present: - Warning (stop sign symbol) - Seat belt - Parking brake - Stop engine - Rack down The following green telltale lamps will be provided: - Left turn - Right turn - Battery on The following blue telltale lamp will be provided: - High beam ALARMS Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present. Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime /chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present. Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively. 31 of 119 INDICATOR LAMP AND ALARM PROVE -OUT Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove -out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance. CONTROL SWITCHES For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. Emergency master switch: A molded plastic push button switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. Pressing the switch will activate emergency response lights and siren control. A green lamp on the switch provides indication that the emergency master mode is active. Pressing the switch again disables the emergency master mode. Headlight / Parking light switch: A three (3)- position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking lights and the headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch position will activate the headlights. Panel backlighting intensity control switch: A three (3)- position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position decreases the panel backlighting intensity to a minimum level as the switch is held. The second switch position is the default position that does not affect the backlighting intensity. The third switch position increases the panel backlighting intensity to a maximum level as the switch is held. The following standard controls will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located below the right hand gauges. All switches have backlit labels for low light applications. High idle engagement switch: A two (2)- position momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate and deactivate the high idle function when pressed and released. The "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement. The following standard controls will be provided adjacent to the cab gauge assembly within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications. Ignition switch: A three (3)- position maintained /momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will disable the Command Zone audible alarm if held for three (3) to five (5) seconds. A green indicator lamp will be activated with vehicle ignition. Engine start switch: A two (2)- position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. 4 -way hazard switch: A two (2)- position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate the 4 -way hazard switch function. The second switch position will activate the 4 -way hazard function. The switch actuator will be red and includes the international 4 -way hazard symbol. 32 of 119 Heater, defroster, and optional air conditioning control panel: A control panel with membrane switches will be provided to control heater /defroster temperature and heater, defroster, and air conditioning fan speeds. A green LED status bar will indicate the relative temperature and fan speed settings. Turn signal arm: A self - canceling turn signal with high beam headlight and windshield wiper /washer controls will be provided. The windshield wiper control will have high, low, and intermittent modes. Parking brake control: An air actuated push /pull park brake control valve will be provided. Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel. CUSTOM SWITCH PANELS The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the driver's side, up to four (4) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the driver, up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the officer's side and up to two (2) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the officer. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications. DIAGNOSTIC PANEL A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow engine and ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist. The diagnostic panel will include the following: - Engine diagnostic port - Transmission diagnostic port - ABS diagnostic port - SRS diagnostic port (where applicable) - Command Zone USB diagnostic port - Engine diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on check engine telltale indicator) - ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) - Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) - Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) CAB LCD DISPLAY A digital four (4) -row by 20- character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel. The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function. The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature. The upper right section will display, along with other configuration specific information: - Odometer 33 of 119 - Trip mileage - PTO hours - Fuel consumption - Engine hours The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist. AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided. "DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a steady tone alarm when the parking brake is released. DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES Messages will be displayed on the gauge panel LCD located forward of the steering wheel directly in front of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged). The following messages will be displayed (where applicable): Do Not Move Truck DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open) PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open) DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open) PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open) PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open) Rear Body Door Open DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down) PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down) Deck Gun Not Stowed Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed) Hatch Door Open 34 of 119 Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold -A -Tank Not Stowed) Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed) Stabilizer Not Stowed Steps Not Stowed Handrail Not Stowed Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged. SWITCH PANELS The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight (8) membrane -type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments will include non- functioning black appliques. Documentation will be provided by the manufacturer indicating the rated cycle life of the switches. The switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position above the windshield on the driver side overhead to allow for easy access. The switches will be membrane -type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever backlighting is activated and illuminated red whenever the switch is active. For ease of use, a two (2) -ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions. WIPER CONTROL For simple operation and easy reach, the windshield wiper control will be an integral part of the directional light lever located on the steering column. The wiper control will include high and low wiper speed settings, a one (1) -speed intermittent wiper control and windshield washer switch. The control will have a "return to park" provision, which allows the wipers to return to the stored position when the wipers are not in use. HOURMETER - AERIAL DEVICE An hourmeter for the aerial device will be provided and located within the cab display or instrument panel. AERIAL MASTER There will be a master switch for the aerial operating electrical system provided. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate MDC. 35 of 119 Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be four (4) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate 2 at rear forward facing seats and 2 at dash at Driver and Officer. Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 30 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate for chargers Termination will be with six (6) position terminal strip. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 10 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate behind the officer's seat for GPS. Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing. 36 of 119 Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 30 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate one mounted high inside the ems compartment, and one on the DS of engine housing under the shelf adjacent to front wire run.. Termination will be with six (6) position terminal strip. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 30 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate in the tiller cab. Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. RADIO WITH CD PLAYER There will be a Panasonic AM /FM/Weatherband stereo radio with compact disc player and MP3 jack installed. The compact disc stereo radio will be mounted in switch panel per layout. The quantity and location of the speakers will be one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers located in the cab and one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers located in the crew cab. The type and location of the antenna will be a roof - mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof. 37 of 119 INFORMATION CENTER An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing. The information center will have the following specifications: • Operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees Fahrenheit • An Optical Gel will be placed between the LCD and protective lens • Five weather resistant user interface switches • Black enclosure with gray decal Sunlight Readable • Linux operating system • Minimum of 400nits rated display • Display can be changed to an available foreign language The information center will be designed for easy operation for everyday use. The page button will cycle from one screen to the next screen in a rotating fashion. A video button will allow a NTSC signal into the information center to be displayed on the LCD. Pressing any button while viewing a video feed will return the information center to the vehicle information screens. A menu button will provide access to maintenance, setup and diagnostic screens. All other button labels will be specific to the information being viewed. GENERAL SCREEN DESIGN Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used. If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur: • An amber background /text color will indicate a caution condition. • A red background /text color will indicate a warning condition. Every screen will include the following: • Exterior Ambient Temperature • Time (12 or 24 hour mode) Text Alert Center: The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages. Button Labels: A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text. 38 of 119 PAGE SCREENS The Information center will include the following screens: Load Manager Screen: A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide: Description of the load Individual load shed priority: The lower the priority number the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur. Load Status: The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a Glance" color features are utilized on this screen Do Not Move Truck: The Do Not Move Truck screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated: • Driver Side Cab Door • Passenger's Side Cab Door • Driver Side Crew Cab Door • Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door • Driver Side Body Doors • Passenger's Side Body Doors • Rear Body Door(s) • Ladder Rack (if applicable) • Deck Gun (if applicable) • Light Tower (if applicable) • Hatch Door (if applicable) • Stabilizers (if applicable) • Steps (if applicable) Chassis Information: The following information will be shown: Engine RPM Fuel Level Battery Voltage Engine Coolant Temperature Engine Oil Pressure "At a Glance" color features are utilized on this screen Active Alarms List: This screen will show a list of all active text messages. The list items text will match the text messages shown in the "Alert Center ". The date and time the message occurred is displayed with each message in the list. The following screens will be available through the Menu button: View System Information: A detailed list of vehicle information: • Battery Volts • Pump Hours • Transmission Oil Temperature 39 of 119 • Pump Engaged • Engine Coolant Level • Engine Oil Level Oil level will only be shown when the engine is not running • Power Steering Level Set daytime and nighttime Display Brightness: Brightness: Increase and decrease Default setting button Configure Video Mode: • Set Video Contrast • Set Video Color • Set Video Tint Set Startup Screen: Choose the screen that will be active at vehicle power -up Set Date &Time: • 12 or 24 hour format Set time • Set date View Active Alarms: Shows a list of all active alarms Date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm Silence alarms All alarms are silenced System Diagnostics: • Module type and ID number • Module version Module diagnostics information: • Input or output number • Circuit number connected to that input or output • Circuit name (item connected to the circuit) • Status of the input or output • Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information: Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. VEHICLE DATA RECORDER A vehicle data recorder (VDR) will be provided. The VDR will be capable of reading and storing vehicle information. The VDR will be capable of operating in a voltage range from 40 of 119 8VDC to 16VDC. The VDR will not interfere with, suspend, or delay any communications that may exist on the CAN data link during the power up, initialization, runtime, or power down sequence. The VDR will continue operation upon termination of power or at voltages below 8VDC for a minimum of 10ms. The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A CD provided with the apparatus will include the programming to download the information from the VDR. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and /or CAN inputs: Vehicle Speed - MPH Acceleration - MPH /sec Deceleration - MPH /sec Engine Speed - RPM Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle ABS Event - On /Off Seat Occupied Status - Yes /No by Position (7 -12 Seating Capacity) Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes /No by Position (7 -12 Seating Capacity) Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On /Off Time - 24 Hour Time Date - Year /Month /Day CUSTOMER SUPPLIED INTERCOM SYSTEM INSTALLATION The customer will furnish the following David Clark intercom system to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer for installation. • One (1) Single radio interfaced driver station • One (1) Single radio interfaced officer station • Two (2) Remote radio PTT (1 driver, 1 officer) • Two (2) Intercom only crew stations • One (1) Single radio interfaced pump operator station • One (1) Single radio interfaced aerial turntable station • One (1) Intercom only tillerman station • All necessary intercom and radio interconnect cables Specific shipping requirements will be followed. HEADSET HANGERS There will be five (5) headset hanger(s) installed to be determined. The hanger(s) will meet NFPA 1901, Section 14.1.11, requirement for equipment mounting. RADIO EQUIPMENT The following radio equipment shall be provided by the fire department for installation: Mobile Data Computer 41 of 119 Mobile Data Computer Keyboard with mounting bracket Docking station, power supply, inverter, cables Modem, Antenna, power supply, cables Five drop in radio chargers 800 MHz Motorola mobile radio, antenna, power supply, speaker, palm mic EPCR Multi Unit Battery Charger EPCR tablet 110/12 volt inverter SWIVEL BRACKETS Two swivel bracket will be capable of rotating a minimum of 180 degrees will be provided. PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER INSTALLATION There will be five (5) customer supplied portable two -way radio chargers(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed 4 in Cab and 1 in Tiller cab. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied two way radio(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed install in the overhead positions. Both hot wires are to be routed to battery direct, NO ignition. No antenna mount or whip will be included in this option. Specific radio shipping requirements will be followed. MOBILE RADIO MODEM INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied Motorola VRM -850 two way radio modem(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer to be installed match 23660. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. COMPLETE MDT INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied Mobile Data Terminal (MDT), Docking station, Mounting bracket, power supply, antenna, GPS, modem, and all cabling sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer to be installed TBD. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. COMBO ANTENNA There will be one (1) Antenna Plus, Model AP -CG, bolt on, low profile antenna(s) for Cellular, PCS, LTE, and GPS, installed on the cab roof. The antenna color will be white . The cables will be routed within the cab to the telephone , and the garmin . RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT There will be four (4) standard antenna - mounting base(s), Model MATM, with 17 feet of coax cable and weatherproof cap provided for a two (2) -way radio installation. The standard mount will be located on the cab roof, just to the rear of the officer seat and the additional mount(s) will be located on the lower cab roof. The cable(s) will be routed to behind the officer's seat . 42 of 119 ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting. Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and /or relays will be easily accessible. Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership. Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type -I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA. COMMAND ZONE CONTROL SYSTEM A solidstate electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE .11939 -11 recommended practices. The control system will operate as a master -slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDXTM specifications providing a lower cost of ownership. For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes: Green LED indicator light for module power Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field reprogrammable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters Complete operating and troubleshooting manuals USB connection to the main control module for advanced troubleshooting 43 of 119 To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the Command Zone control system modules will meet the following specifications: Module circuit board will meet SAE 7771 specifications Operating temperature from -40C to +70C Storage temperature from -40C to +70C Vibration to 50g IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 16 volts DC The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical. CIRCUIT PROTECTION AND CONTROL DIAGRAM Copies of all job - specific, computer network input and output (I /O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information. ON -BOARD ADVANCED /VISUAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS The on -board information center will include the following diagnostic information: Text description of active warning or caution alarms Simplified warning indicators Amber caution light with intermittent alarm Red warning light with steady tone alarm All control system modules, with the exception of the main control module, will contain on- board visual diagnostic LEDs that assist in troubleshooting. The LEDs will be enclosed within the sealed, transparent module housing near the face of the module. One LED for each input or output will be provided and will illuminate whenever the respective input or output is active. Color -coded labels within the modules will encompass the LEDs for ease of identification. The LED indicator lights will provide point of use information for reduced troubleshooting time without the need for an additional computer. ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS An advanced, Windows- based, diagnostic software program will be provided for this control system. The software will provide troubleshooting tools to service technicians equipped with an IBM compatible computer. The service and maintenance software will be easy to understand and use and have the ability to view system input /output (I /O) information. INDICATOR LIGHT AND ALARM PROVE -OUT SYSTEM A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. 44 of 119 VOLTAGE MONITOR SYSTEM A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels. The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes. DEDICATED RADIO EQUIPMENT CONNECTION POINTS There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two -way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following: 12 -volt 40 -amp battery switched power 12 -volt 60 -amp ignition switched power 12 -volt 60 -amp direct battery power There will also be a 12 -volt 100 -amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center. The Command Zone control system will include the following software enhancements: All perimeter lights and scene lights (where applicable) will be deactivated when the parking brake is released. Cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights will dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. Cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights will dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. EMI /RFI PROTECTION To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE 7551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source. The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE ]1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz -1GHz to 100 Volts /Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE ]551/2 and SAE ]1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz- 1GHz to 100 Volts /Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself. EMI /RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low -level control signals and high - powered two -way radio communication systems. Harness and cable 45 of 119 routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI /RFI susceptibility. ELECTRICAL HARNESSING INSTALLATION All 12 -volt wiring and harnessing installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to specification PM -QA W -101: Pierce manufacturing Wiring Harness Specification. To ensure rugged dependability, all wiring harnesses installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to the following specifications: SAE 31128 - Low tension primary cable SAE 31292 - Automobile, truck, truck- tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring SAE 3163 - Low tension wiring and cable terminals and splice clips SAE 32202 - Heavy duty wiring systems for on- highway trucks NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus FMVSS 302 - Flammability of interior materials for passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses SAE 31939 - Serial communications protocol SAE J2030 - Heavy -duty electrical connector performance standard SAE 32223 - Connections for on board vehicle electrical wiring harnesses NEC - National Electrical Code SAE J561 - Electrical terminals - Eyelet and spade type SAE 3928 - Electrical terminals - Pin and receptacle type A For increased reliability and harness integrity, harnesses will be routed throughout the cab and chassis in a manner which allows the harnessing to be laid into its mounting location. Routing of harnessing which requires pulling of wires through tubes will not be allowed. Wiring will be run in loom or conduit where exposed, and have grommets or other edge protection where wires pass through metal. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Wire colors will be integral to each wire insulator and run the entire length of each wire. Harnessing containing multiple wires and uses a single wire color for all wires will not be allowed. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. All wiring installed between the cab and into doors will be protected by an expandable rubber boot to protect the wiring. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines: 1. All wire ends not placed into connectors will be sealed with a heat shrink end cap. Wires without a terminating connector or sealed end cap will not be allowed. 2. All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof. 46 of 119 3. Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body. 4. For low cost of ownership, electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will be quickly accessible. For ease of use, a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from the mounting area for inspection and service work. 5. Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to non - waterproof electrical connectors located outside of the cab or body. All non - waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation of the plug. 6. Any lights containing non - waterproof sockets in a weather - exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area. 7. All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have DOW 1890 protective Coating applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal. 8. Rubber coated metal clamps will be used to support wire harnessing and battery cables routed along the chassis frame rails. 9. Heat shields will be used to protect harnessing in areas where high temperatures exist. Harnessing passing near the engine exhaust will be protected by a heat shield. 10. Cab and crew cab harnessing will not be routed through enclosed metal tubing. Dedicated wire routing channels will be used to protect harnessing therefore improving the overall integrity of the vehicle electrical system. The design of the cab will allow for easy routing of additional wiring and easy access to existing wiring. 11. All braided wire harnesses will have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number and fabrication date. 12. All standard wiring entering or exiting the cab will be routed through sealed bulkhead connectors to protect against water intrusion into the cab. BATTERY CABLE INSTALLATION All 12 -volt battery cables and battery cable harnessing installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to the following requirements: SAE 31127 - Battery Cable SAE 3561 - Electrical terminals, eyelets and spade type SAE J562 - Nonmetallic loom SAE J836A - Automotive metallurgical joining SAE J1292 - Automotive truck, truck - tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus Battery cables and battery cable harnessing will be installed utilizing the following guidelines: 1. All battery cables and battery harnesses will have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number and fabrication date. 2. Splices will not be allowed on battery cables or battery cable harnesses. 3. For ease of identification and simplified use, battery cables will be color coded. All positive battery cables will be red in color or wrapped in red loom the entire length of the cable. All negative battery cables will be black in color. 47 of 119 4. For ease of identification, all positive battery cable isolated studs throughout the cab and chassis will be red in color. 5. For increased reliability and reduced maintenance, all electrical buss bars located on the exterior of the apparatus will be coated to prevent corrosion. ELECTRICAL COMPONENT INSTALLATION All lighting used on the apparatus will be, at a minimum, a two (2) wire light grounded through a wired connection to the battery system. Lights using an apparatus metal structure for grounding will not be allowed. An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. BATTERY SYSTEM Five (5) 12 volt, Deka Model 1131XMF batteries that include the following features will be provided: 1000 CCA (cold cranking amps) 185 reserve capacity High cycle - Maintenance free - Group 31 - Rating of 5000 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit - 925 minutes of reserve capacity - Threaded studs ISOLATED BATTERY One (1) 12 volt, Deka model 1131XMF group 31 battery will be provided for voltage sensitive components. A battery isolator that is appropriately suited for the group 31 battery capacity will be supplied. A single starting system will be provided. An ignition switch and starter button will be located on the instrument panel. MASTER BATTERY SWITCH A master battery switch, to activate the battery system, will be provided inside the cab within easy reach of the driver. An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system. BATTERY COMPARTMENTS The batteries will be stored in well - ventilated compartments that are located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery compartments will be constructed of 3/16" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The compartments will include formed fit heavy -duty roto- molded polyethylene battery tray inserts with drains on each side of the frame rails. The batteries will be mounted inside of the roto - molded trays. 48 of 119 JUMPER STUDS One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color -coded covers will be installed on the battery box on the driver's side. This will allow enough room for easy jumper cable access. BATTERY CHARGER There will be a Newmar Model PT -40, three stage battery charger, provided. A bar graph indicating the state of charge will be included. The vehicle battery output will be capable of supplying up to 40 amps for charging the batteries. The battery charger will be wired to the 120 -volt shoreline to activate automatically when the power is connected. Battery charger will be located in the cab behind the driver seat The battery charger indicator will be located behind the driver's door on the outside of the cab. KUSSMAUL AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE one (1) shoreline receptacle will be provided to operate the dedicated 120 -volt circuits on the truck without the use of the generator. The shoreline receptacle (s) will be provided with a NEMA 5 -15, 120 volt, 15 amp, straight blade Kussmaul Super auto eject plug with a red weatherproof cover. The cover is spring loaded to close, preventing water from entering when the shoreline is not connected. The unit is completely sealed to prevent road dirt contamination. A solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter is energized when the engine is started. This instantaneously drives the plug from the receptacle. An internal switch arrangement will be provided to disconnect the load prior to ejection to eliminate arcing of the connector contacts. The shoreline will be connected to battery charger. A mating connector body will also be supplied with the loose equipment. The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, above wheel. ALTERNATOR A Delco Remy®, model 55SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 420 amps, as measured by SAE method 756. The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257 degrees Fahrenheit (125 degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy -duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12 -volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load 49 of 119 management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed. The system will include the following features: System voltage monitoring. A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off. Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels. Priority levels can be set for individual outputs. High Idle to not be controlled by the load manager. If enabled: "Load Man Hi -Idle On" will display on the information center. Hi -Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up. Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed. The information center indicates system voltage. The information center includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following: Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition. Individual load managed item condition: ON = not shed SHED = shed SEQUENCER A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed. Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch. When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half- second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation. When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order. Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half- second intervals: Cab Heater and Air Conditioning Crew Cab Heater (if applicable) 50 of 119 Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable) Exhaust Fans (if applicable) Third Evaporator (if applicable) EXTERIOR LIGHTING Exterior lighting will comply with Federal Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and National Fire Protection Association requirements in effect at time of proposal. Front headlights will be round halogen lights mounted in the front trim housing. Headlights will consist of two (2) lights mounted in the front trim on each side of the cab grill. The outside light on each side will contain a low and high beam. The inside light on each side will contain of a high beam light only. The following LED lighting package will provide long life lights for a lower cost of ownership: - One (1) Whelen 600 series LED combination directional /marker light will be located in the outside corners of the headlamp trim housing on each side. - Three (3) LED identification lamps will be installed in the center of the cab on the trim above the windshield. - Four (4) LED clearance lamps will be installed, one (1) each side, facing forward and one (1) each side, facing the side on the trim above the windshield. REAR ID /MARKER DOT LIGHTING The three (3) identification lights located at the rear will be installed per the following: • LED light • As close as practical to the vertical centerline. • Centers spaced not less than six (6) inches or more than twelve (12) inches apart. • Red in color. • All at the same height. The four (4) clearance lights located at the rear will be installed per the following: • LED light • To indicate the overall width of the vehicle. • One (1) each side of the vertical centerline. • All at the same height. • As near the top as practical. • To be visible from the rear and the side. • One (1) each side, facing the side. • One (1) each side, facing the rear. Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements. MARKER LIGHTS There will be one (1) pair of amber and red LED marker lights with rubber arm, located at rear sides. The amber lens will face the front and the red lens will face the rear of the truck. These lights will be activated with the running lights of the vehicle. 51 of 119 REAR FMVSS LIGHTING The rear stop /tail and directional LED lighting will consist of the following: • Two (2) Whelen, Model M6BTT red LED stop /tail lights. • Two (2) Whelen, Model M6T amber LED arrow turn lights. Each light will be installed separately at the rear with chrome trim and colored lenses. Four (4) red reflectors will be provided. BACKUP LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen, Model: M6BUW, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. LICENSE PLATE BRACKET There will be one (1) license plate bracket mounted on the driver's side above the warning lights. A white LED light will illuminate the license plate. A polished stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear. ADDITIONAL BRAKE /TAIL LIGHT There will be one (1) Whelen, Model M6BTT, LED brake /tail light with chrome plated trim and red lens provided at the rear of the body, as shown on the AD print on the rear of the tiller cab. BACK -UP ALARM A PRECO, Model 1040, solid -state electronic audible back -up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels. WARNING LIGHT FLASH PATTERN The flash pattern of all the exterior warning lights will be set to meet the certified California, Title XIII flash pattern by either the light manufacturer's default flash pattern or by a conversion change to the certified flash pattern. MAP LIGHT There will be one (1) Sunnex, Model HS762 -00 Swivel Joint halogen adjustable map lights with a switch control on base of light installed over the left shoulder of the officer. MARKER LIGHTS There will be 12 lights of Truck -Lite, model 35200, LED, marker lights installed on this apparatus. The marker lights will be wired to the running lights of the vehicle. The lights will be located where required to meet DOT. These lights will be installed either recessed or with metal flanges to protect them from most damage. Yellow lights will be installed in any location forward of the rear most point of the vehicle. A single red light will be installed at the rear most point only. PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS, CAB There will be four (4) lights Amdor Luma Bar H2O, Model AY- 9500 -020, 20.00" LED weatherproof strip light(s) provided for each cab door. The lights will be activated 52 of 119 automatically when the cab exit doors are opened and by the same means as the body perimeter lights. BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There will be four (4) Amdor LumaBar, Model AY- 9500 -020, 20.00" white LED strip lights provided. The lights will be located in the following locations: One (1) each side of the apparatus under the rear step areas of the apparatus. One (1) each side of the apparatus, under the turntable access steps. The perimeter scene lights will be activated per the following: • [Switch, Lt Control 1 DC,1]. • [Switch, Lt Control 2 DC,2]. • [Switch, Lt Control 3 DC,3]. • [Switch, Lt Control 4 DC,4]. STEP LIGHTS There will be a total of sixteen (16) white LED step lights provided for access to the tiller cab and turntable. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot - candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The step lights will be actuated by the aerial master switch in the cab. All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901. SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M9LZC LED scene light(s) with chrome flange(s) installed on the side of the apparatus, high behind the crewcab doors. A control for the light(s) selected above will be the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SCENE LIGHTS There will be one (1) pair of Whelen, Model M9LZC, LED scene lights installed on the rear exterior wall of the tractor cab with chrome flanges. The lights will be controlled by the aerial master switch. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen Model PFP2, 12 volt LED scene light(s) provided. The light(s) will be installed using a PBA206 bail bracket, mounted above the tiller window. The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel a switch in the ladder storage compartment passenger's side. 53 of 119 a switch in the tiller cab. These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen Pioneer, Model PCP2, 12 volt LED combination spot /flood light(s) provided on the front visor, centered. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white. The light(s) will be controlled by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel. These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be four (4) Whelen Model PFP2, 12 volt LED floodlight(s) installed in semi - recessed housing(s) Model PBA203 located two lights each side above, D6 /P6 and in outside of the boom support. The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel a second switch on the driver's side for passenger side lights These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be two (2) Whelen Model PFP1, 12 volt LED floodlight(s) with Model PBA103 housing provided. The light(s) will be installed in the housing at 15 degrees and recessed in the rear body fender panel located one each side at the rear of the tiller fender. The lights selected above will be controlled by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel. a switch in the tiller cab. These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set CENTERING LIGHT Two (2) lights will be provided on the cab roof to aid the tillerman in centering the tiller trailer with the tractor One (1) Weldon Model 9186- 1500 -50 green LED light will be installed on the tractor roof as far rearward on the cab as practical that will be used by the tillerman to center the tiller trailer with the tractor. One (1) Weldon Model 9186- 1500 -10 red LED light will be installed centered on the cab roof. Both of the lights will be provided on 12.00" brackets. The light will be activated with the ignition switch. CAB SPOTLIGHT Two (2) GOLIGHT, model 2020, spotlights will be mounted one each side on the cab roof, on pedestals painted the cab roof color, one each side of the lightbar. 54 of 119 Three (3) remote controls will be included for this system: One (1) remote on the driver side for the driver side light. One (1) remote on the officer side for the driver side light. One (1) remote on the officer side for the officer side light. EMERGENCY MASTER SWITCH The label for the Emergency Master switch will be red. TOW EYES Two (2) rear chrome plated "tow" eyes will be located at the rear of the apparatus and will be mounted directly to the torque box. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will be radiused. The tow eyes will be oriented to accommodate a larger rear departure angle. Body and compartments will be fabricated of .125 ", 5052 -1-132 aluminum. Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders. Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance. Compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip. The compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again .75" to form an angle. Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion or formed bright aluminum treadplate. The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners welded. Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops. All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury. AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards. LOUVERS All body compartments will have a minimum of one (1) set of louvers stamped into a wall to provide the proper airflow inside the compartment and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. These louvers will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate. TRACTOR RESERVOIR COMPARTMENT A compartment will be provided ahead of the tractor fifth wheel. The compartment on the driver's side will be approximately 45.00" wide x 37.75" high x 24.00" deep with a door opening of 40.50" wide x 31.25" high. 55 of 119 The compartment on the passenger's side will be approximately 45.00" wide x 36.75" high x 8.00" deep. The door opening will be 40.50" wide x 30.25" high. The floor of this compartment will be raised 1.00" to allow for proper clearance from exhaust components. The transverse section will be approximately 34.38" wide x 15.50" high. The compartment will be fabricated out of smooth aluminum painted job color. Bright aluminum treadplate will be provided on the top of the compartment. The compartment will be furnished with a vertically hinged, lap style compartment door on each side that have a D handle latch and positive door hold open device. FIFTH WHEEL The fifth wheel will be designed to allow the tiller trailer to pivot fore & aft and be rotated. The fifth wheel will also be capable of full operation up to a 14 degree break over angle. A fifth wheel lockout system will be provided to limit motion during aerial operations. The fifth wheel lockout system, when activated, will prevent movement between the upper and lower plates of the fifth wheel assembly. In the normal road travel condition the cylinder mounted solenoid valves will be open and will allow transfer of oil between the front and rear pair of cylinders. When the stabilizers are in their proper supporting position and as the aerial leaves the boom support, the solenoid valves will close. The closed valves will allow no oil to be transferred and the fifth wheel assembly will become rigid. A fill and a gauge port will be provided on the top of the trailer goose neck for maintenance. COPARTMENTATION QR1VER SIDE Driver side compartmentation will consist of the following: Two (2) compartments will be provided in the front body section on the driver side. Each compartment will be full- height. The forward compartment will be approximately 24.13" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 16.00" wide x 56.75" high. The rear compartment will be approximately 67.00" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 61.50" wide x 56.75" high. The upper 44.75" of each compartment will be transverse to the passenger side front compartmentation. Both compartments will have roll -up doors. Two (2) compartments will be provided in the center body section on the driver side. Each compartment will be full- height. The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 56.75" high. The upper 44.75" of the forward compartment will be transverse to the passenger side front compartmentation. 56 of 119 The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 641.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 56.75" high. Both compartments will have roll -up doors. Two (2) compartments will be provided in the rear body section on the driver side. The forward compartment will be 69.00" wide x 24.13" high x 24.50" deep, with a door opening of 63.50" wide x 18.75' high. This compartment will be located ahead of the rear wheels. The two (2) upper compartments shall be 64.50" wide x 19.75 high x 12.00" deep with a clear door opening of 60.00" wide x 15.25 high. Each compartment shall be provided with a lift -up door. Hosebed will consume these compartments The rearward compartment will be approximately 49.00" wide x 33.75' high x 12.00" deep with a door opening of 43.50" wide x 29.87" high. The floor of the compartment will be approximately 7.75' higher than the front compartment to increase the angle of departure. This compartment will be located behind the rear wheels. Both compartments will have roll -up doors. COMPARTMENTATION PASSENGER SIDE Passenger side compartmentation will consist of the following: Two (2) compartments will be provided in the front body section on the passenger side. Each compartment will be full- height. The forward compartment will be approximately 24.13" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 16.00" wide x 56.75' high. The rear compartment will be approximately 67.00" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 61.50" wide x 56.75' high. The upper 44.75' of each compartment will be transverse to the driver side front compartmentation. Both compartments will have roll -up doors. Two (2) compartments will be provided in the center body section on the passenger side. Each compartment will be full- height. The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 56.75' high. The upper 44.75' of the forward compartment will be transverse to the driver side front compartmentation. The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 56.75' high. Both compartments will have roll -up doors. Two (2) compartments will be provided in the rear body section on the passenger side. The forward compartment will be 69.00" wide x 24.13" high x 24.50" deep, with a door opening of 63.50" wide x 18.75' high. This compartment will be located ahead of the rear wheels. 57 of 119 The two (2) upper compartments shall be 64.50" wide x 19.75 high x 12.00" deep with a clear door opening of 60.00" wide x 15.25 high. Each compartment shall be provided with a lift -up door. The rearward compartment will be 49.00" wide x 33.75" high x 12.00" deep with a door opening of 43.50" wide x 29.87" high. The floor of the compartment will be approximately 7.75" higher than the front compartment to increase the angle of departure. This compartment will be located behind the rear wheels. Both compartments will have roll -up doors. HOSE BED The hose body will be fabricated of .125" -5052 aluminum with a nominal 38,000 psi tensile strength. Hose removal will be at each side of the body below the tiller cab whenever compartmentation is not selected in place of the "chute ". A lift -up smooth aluminum door will be provided at the rear. The hose bed will be fully enclosed. Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be .50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation. ROLL -UP DOOR, SIDE COMPARTMENTS There will be 12 compartment doors installed on the side compartments. The doors will be double faced aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by A&A Manufacturing (Gortite). Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door. Between each slat at the pivoting joint will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals will allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from plus 180 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals will be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene. All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon 66. All nylon components will withstand temperatures from plus 300 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for each roll -up door. Lift bar will be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge will be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door. Doors will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat will be flat. The interior surfaces will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside. To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly will not exceed 3.00" in diameter. The header for the roll -up door assembly will not exceed 4.00 ". A heavy -duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 58 of 119 DOOR GUARD There will be 13 compartment doors that will include a guard /drip pan designed to protect the roll -up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed at each roll up door. KEYED LOCK(S) A keyed lock will be furnished for 12 compartment doors. The compartmentation, to have a keyed lock, will be All roll up doors. SCUFFPLATE ON INTERIOR OF COMPARTMENT DOOR(S) The two (2) compartment doors will include a polished stainless steel scuffplate to cover the entire width and height on the inside panel of each door pan. Scuffplate will be located tractor compartments. ROLL -UP DOOR TRIM The exterior of the aluminum trim around the door opening will be painted job color. There will be 13 compartments with the trim painted. COMPARTMENT LIGHTING There will be 18 compartments with On Scene Solutions LED compartment light strips. The compartments with these strip lights will be located all roll up and lap door compartments. Two (2) strip lights will be installed vertically, one (1) each side of the compartment door opening. The lights will be sized to accomodate the compartment door opening. The remaining compartments will include 6.00" diameter Truck -Lite, Model: 79384, lights in each enclosed compartment. Each light will have a number 1076 one filament, two wire bulb. Opening the compartment door, will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. MOUNTING TRACKS There will be six (6) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in shelf equipped. These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s), and will be full height of the compartment. The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior. ADJUSTABLE SHELVES There will be seven (7) shelves with a capacity of 500 pounds provided. The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be painted to match the compartment interior. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts. The location will be D1, two D3, P2, two P3, Pl. PULL -OUT TRAY There will two (2) slide -out trays, without sides, and a capacity of 500 pounds provided. Capacity rating will be in the extended position. Slides (a minimum of two per tray) will be an undermount - roller bearing type rated at 500lbs per pair with a factor of safety of 2. To ensure years of dependable service the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM 8117. 59 of 119 To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50 pound force for push -in or pull -out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition. Proof of compliance will be provided upon request. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and 'but" positions. The trip mechanism for it will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. Tray location will be Two in P5. Heavy -duty steel angle iron assembly will support the body under the compartment floor. It will be attached to the chassis frame for load transfer and to reduce stress on body. PULL -OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY There will be two (2) slide -out trays with 2.00" sides and a capacity of 500 pounds provided. Capacity rating will be in the extended position. Slides will be Jonathan brand with ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. Tray location will be to be determined. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and 'but" positions. The trip mechanism for it will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. Each tray will be adjustable up and down within the compartment. SLIDE- OUTITILT -DOWN TRAY There will be four (4) slide -out trays provided. The capacity rating (in the extended position) will be 215 pounds minimum. Approximately two- thirds of the tray will slide -out from its stored position and will tilt 30 degrees down from horizontal. The vertical position within the compartment will be adjustable. The tray will be for a 42" deep compartment. Each tray will be designed to be as wide as the compartment space will allow. Construction will consist of .188" thick aluminum for the tray bottom and end, and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, front and tracks. The tray corners will be welded for strength and rigidity. The tray will be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation. Two spring loaded locks will be provided at the front of the tray, one on each end. Rubber padded stops will be provided for both the in out tray position. The tray(s) will be located in Modify the front the trays forward of the partition. remove the hat bracket, install a flat mounting plate like what is at the rear, Shim to fit. top front trays to be as wide as possible in the compt opening. lower assys 3- 4" as req.. STORAGE BOX Two (2) storage box with reinforced cover will be furnished. The size of the compartment will be approximately 92.00" long x 24.00" wide x 14.00" high. 60 of 119 Construction will consist of aluminum treadplate box. There will be an outboard horizontal hinged lift -up cover. The cover will have two (2) d -ring latches for the lift -up door. The box will be located one each side above high side compartments on the trailer Amdor LED lighting will be provided in the compartment to meet NFPA lighting requirements. DRAWER ASSEMBLY A slideout drawer assembly will be installed front of D4. The clear dimensions starting at the top of the cabinet with the first drawer will be 3.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the second drawer will be 3.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the third drawer will be 3.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the fourth drawer will be 3.00" high x 21.00" deep. Each drawer will be the same width and not exceed 24.00 ". The drawers will have a capacity of 250 pounds. The drawers will be mounted in a cabinet housing constructed of light gray powder coated aluminum with anodized aluminum frames. The housing will be 24.00" deep, and completely enclose the drawer. A full - length aluminum extruded rail will be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail will act as the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer. There will be a total of one (1) provided. MATTING COMPARTMENT FLOOR Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in 20 compartments on the compartment floor. The locations are, to be determined. The Turtle Tile will be red and the leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge. The beveled edge will be red . AIR BAG STORAGE There will be a two (2) rack(s) installed for storing three (3) air bags in the D5 compartment. The rack will be fabricated from .125" aluminum, painted to match the compartment interior. The rack will have half moon cutouts for grabbing the air bag. Velcro® straps will be installed to hold the air bags in place. The size of the air bags will be installed on top of each other just under the compt roll -up door guards. Clear openings to be 1.25" with web straps to hold them in. bin in forward comp D5 will be 30" x 30 ". The bin to the rear of the partition in D5 will be 30" d x approx 33" wide. STRAP There will be four (4) black 2.00" wide nylon straps provided two on each set of air bag racks.. The strap will have a Velcro fastener. TROUGH, (2), LADDER & STOKES STORAGE An assembly of two (2) aluminum troughs will be provided for the storage of a stokes basket and an Little Giant combination ladder. The two (2) troughs will be enclosed in the same box, but be accessed from separate doors. Each trough will have an lift -up access door on both the driver and passneger's side. 61 of 119 The forward trough will hold the stokes basket and the rearward trough will house the combination ladder. The dimensions of the stokes basket and the ladder will be 85" x 10" x 25 ". Located ahead of the boom support. SLIDE -OUT TOOLBOARD ONE -WAY A slide -out aluminum toolboard will be provided. The tool board will be a minimum of .188" thick. A 1" x 1" aluminum square tube frame will be welded around the perimeter of the board for additional strength. It will be a minimum of .188" thick with .20" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes. Interior tray dimensions will be approximately 42.00" long (one half of a transverse compartment) x full width available. The board will be mounted on a sliding tray. The tray will be mounted to the transverse floor. The construction of the tray will consist of 6061 -T6 aluminum extrusions for the sides with a .18" thick aluminum floor. The corners will be welded to form a rigid unit. The capacity rating will be 500 pounds minimum in the extended position. The slide assemblies will be manufactured with 6061 -T6 aluminum extrusions. The tray will be supported by a minimum of eight (8) roller bearings each rated for a 500 pound load. The toolboard will slide -out of the compartment two thirds of its length. Positive locks for the stowed and extended position will be provided. The toolboard will slide out only one direction. The toolboard will be mounted to the rear edge of the tray. There will be two (2) provided D4 /P4, as far forward as possible. SLIDE OUT TOOL BOARD There will be two (2) slide out aluminum tool board(s) provided. It will be a minimum of .188" thick with .20" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes. A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard. The board will be mounted on a two -way slide out utility type tray. The board will be adjustable on the slide out tray. The tray will be as wide as the compartment will allow. The capacity rating will be 500 pounds minimum in the extended position. Interior tray dimensions will be 85.00" long and will slide out to either side of the vehicle, two- thirds of its length. The construction will consist of .188" thick aluminum for the tray bottom, and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, end, and tracks. Corners will be welded to form a rigid unit. Tray will be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers, each rated for a minimum 500 pound load. 62 of 119 Automatic locks will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. transverse compartment D6 /P6. RUB RAIL Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail. Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity. The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage. AIR BOTTLE STORAGE BIN A storage bin will be provided for storage of 18 air bottles. This storage bin will be installed D2. Each separate air bottle storage compartment shall be 7.00" square x 24.50" deep. The storage bin will be formed out of aluminum and the flooring lined with Dura- surf. There will not be a back on this storage bin. The bin will sit against the rear wall of the compartment. PARTITION VERTICAL COMPARTMENT Two (2) partitions will be bolted in D -5 /P -5. the compartment. Each partition will be the full vertical height of REAR WALL The entire rear surface of the apparatus and all the doors will be covered with smooth aluminum. BODY FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings. These fender crowns must be wide enough to prevent splashing onto the body from the 315/80R22.5 tires on a 30,000 lb rear axle. A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. EXTENSION LADDER There will be two (2) 35', two (2) section, aluminum, Duo - Safety, Series 1200 -A extension ladder(s) provided. ADDED EXTENSION LADDER There will be a 30', two (2) section, aluminum, Duo - Safety Series 1200A extension ladder provided. ROOF LADDER There will be one (1) 16' aluminum, Duo - Safety, Series 875 -A roof ladder(s) provided. ADDED ROOF LADDER There will be one (1) 20' roof, aluminum, Series 875 -A provided. ADDED ROOF LADDER There will be one (1) 14' roof, aluminum, Series 775 -A, special 16.00" width, with roof hooks and safety shoes on both ends provided. 63 of 119 FOLDING LADDER, AERIAL There will be one (1) 10' aluminum, Duo - Safety, Series 585 -A folding ladder(s) provided. One (1) Revolution XE Model 12017 Little Giant folding ladder will be provided. The stored dimensions will be 55.00" high x 23.00" wide x 8.00" deep. The weight will be 31.50 pounds. The ladder will be located in the compartment. GROUND LADDER STORAGE The ground ladders will be stored within the torque box and be removable from the rear. Ladders will be enclosed to prevent road dirt and debris from fouling or damaging the ladders. The ladders will rest in full - length stainless steel slides and are arranged in such a manner that any one (1) ladder can be removed without having to move or remove any other ladder. A Gortite roll -up door will be provided at the rear, double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by A&A Manufacturing ( Gortite). The latching mechanism will consist of a full length lift bar lock with latches on the outer extrusion of the door frame. A door guard will be provided to prevent tools inside the torque box from damaging the roll - up door. DURA -SURF LADDER SLIDES Black Dura -Surf friction reducing material will be added to the stainless steel slides, on the bottom horizontal surfaces, of the ladder storage rack. LADDER LOCK A ladder lock mechanism will be provided for each vertically- stored ladder in the ladder storage area. Each locking mechanism will consist of a hinged stainless steel plate with a spring loaded plunger -style locking device. Each ladder will be removable without unlocking the remaining ladders. There will be a total of one (1) individual ladder locks provided. PIKE POLE, 6' two (2) Fire Hooks Unlimited, Model GBH -6, 6' long Gator Back Hook, will be provided and located In ladder bay with other pike poles. 8' PIKE POLE Two (2) 8' long Nupla ventilation hook w /aluminum "D" handle will be provided and located torque box in place of the New York D handle hook.. 12' PIKE POLES There will be two (2) Fire Hooks Unlimited GBH -12, 12' Gator Back pike pole(s) with fiberglass handles provided. 6' PIKE POLE Two (2) pike poles 6' long RH -6DA Nupla ventilation hook(s) with an aluminum D -grip handle will be provided and located in the ladder compartment. PIKE POLE STORAGE Stainless steel U- shaped trough be used for the storage of two (2) pike poles, with D- handle style grip, will be provided and installed two trash hooks can be nested together with the tongs pointed down with one of the roof ladders able to be removed through the tongs.. 64 of 119 ROPE TIE DOWNS There will be two (2) pair(s) of rope tie downs provided at the tiller trailer gooseneck area. Equal quantities will be provided on each side. The tie downs will be rated for a maximum 6000 lb. WATER TANK It will have a capacity of 300 gallons and will be constructed of polypropylene plastic in a rectangular shape. The water tank will be mounted directly above the water pump. The joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out. The tank will be baffled in accordance with NFPA Bulletin 1901 requirements. The baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom of each baffle to permit movement of air and water between compartments. The longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow positive welding. The transverse partitions extend from 4" off the bottom to the underside of the top cover. All partitions interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides. The tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions. It will be supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions. Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes. A sump will be provided at the bottom of the water tank. The sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet. Tank will be installed in a fabricated "cradle" assembly constructed of structural steel. Sufficient crossmembers are provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers are constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing. Tank "floats" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on. Stops are provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle. Tank mounting system is approved by the manufacturer. Fill tower will be constructed of .50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long. Fill tower will be furnished with a .25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover. An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. TANK DRAIN A 1.50" tank drain will be installed with a 1.50" ball valve located underneath the left front compartment and properly labeled. PUMP Pump will be a Waterous CXVPA, 1250 gpm, single stage, PTO driven midship mounted centrifugal type. Pump will be the class "A" type. Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressure indicated below: - 100% of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure. 65 of 119 - 70% of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure. - 50% of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure. Pump casting will be a (2) two piece, vertically split design, and constructed of high tensile, close grain gray iron. Impeller shaft will be stainless steel, heat treated, accurately ground to size, and polished under the shaft seal. Supported by oil lubricated ball bearings. Bearings will be protected from water and sediment by suitable stuffing boxes, flinger rings, and oil seals. No special or sleeve type bearings will be used. Pump will be equipped with a self- adjusting, maintenance -free, mechanical shaft seal. The mechanical seal will consist of a flat, highly polished, spring fed carbon ring that rotates with the impeller shaft. The carbon ring will press against a highly polished stainless steel stationary ring that is sealed within the pump body. In addition, a throttling ring will be pressed into the steel chamber cover, providing a very small clearance around the rotating shaft in the event of a mechanical seal failure. The pump performance will not deteriorate, nor will the pump lose prime, while drafting if the seal fails during pump operation. Wear rings will be bronze and easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need to replace the entire pump casing due to wear. PUMP TRANSMISSION Medium -duty "K" series transmission with two (2) helical gears and a 1.125" diameter keyed shaft will be provided. The water pump will be driven by a hot shift PTO located on the chassis transmission. An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. Interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only. PUMP SHIFT A pump shift will be provided within easy reach of the driver for engagement of the PTO driven pump. The shift will include the indicator lights as mandated by NFPA. The pump shift control will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be cylindrical type and will be a separate unit. The heat exchanger will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. Exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. INTAKE RELIEF VALVE An Elkhart relief valve will be installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 125 psig. Relief valve will have a working range of 75 psig to 250 psig. Outlet will terminate below the framerails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag. Control will be located behind an access door at the right (passenger's) side pump panel. 66 of 119 RELIEF VALVE A Waterous adjustable relief valve, specially designed for fire service, will be provided. Valve will be positive, quick acting, and include an instantaneous on /off control. When in the off position, the relief valve will functionally be removed from the system. When turned back to the on position, the relief valve will again monitor and maintain the previous pressure setting. Control for adjusting pressure will be elliptical shaped for positive grip. An easily removable pilot valve strainer will be provided and be accessible from the pump operator's panel. Two (2) indicator lights will be furnished, showing the position of the relief valve (amber for open and green for closed). THERMAL RELIEF VALVE A Waterous Overheat Protection Manager (OPM) will be included on the pump that monitors pump water temperature and opens to relieve water to cool the pump when the temperature of the pump water exceeds 140 Degrees F (60 C) and a red warning light that is triggered when the water in the pump reaches 180 F (82 C). The warning light will act as an additional protection device if the temperature in the pump keeps rising after the valve opens. The warning light with a test switch will be mounted on the pump operator panel. The discharge line will be plumbed to ground. PRIMING PUMP The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of NFPA 1901. All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction. One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer. PUMP MANUALS Two (2) pump manuals from the pump manufacturer will be furnished in compact disc format with the apparatus. The manuals will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. PLUMBING All inlet and outlet plumbing, 3.00" and smaller, will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi- tensile polyester braid. If hose is used, it must have a minimum burst rating of 1,000 psi and be equipped with high pressure couplings. Larger inlets and outlets will be threaded or welded black iron pipe. Small diameter secondary plumbing such as drain lines will be stainless steel, brass or hose. Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings. All lines to drain through either a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All individual drain lines for discharges will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame. All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing. 67 of 119 MAIN PUMP INLETS A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump. The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap. The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a Pierce exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. VALVES All ball valves will be Akron Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000 series heavy -duty style with a stainless steel ball and a simple two -seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve. Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty. ANODE, INLET A pair of sacrificial zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump inlets to protect the pump from corrosion. INLET BALL VALVES Two (2) butterfly valves Task Force Tips ball intake valve will be installed on the both the driver's side and the passenger's side main pump inlets main pump inlets. The valves will be located outside the pump panel. The intake valve will have a 4.00" FNSTconnection by 6.00" female NST swivel. Valves will be manually actuated, with a top handwheel. INLET Left side) On the left side pump panel will be one (1) 2.50" auxiliary suction, terminating in 2.50" National Standard Hose Thread. The auxiliary suction will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. INLET (Right side) On the right side pump panel will be one (1) 2.50" auxiliary suction, terminating in 2.50" National Standard Hose Thread. The auxiliary suction will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. Inlet valve location will be outside the pump panel. INLET BLEEDER VALVE A .75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet. The valves will be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. TANK TO PUMP The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. Tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and angle down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing. 68 of 119 A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank. TANK REFILL A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re- circulation line will be provided, using a quarter -turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. DISCHARGE OUTLETS (Left Side) There will be two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a male 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter. DISCHARGE OUTLETS (Right Side) There will be one (1) discharge outlet with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a male 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter. DISCHARGE OUTLET, 4.00" There will be a 4.00" discharge outlet with a 4.00" Akron valve installed on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with male a 4.00" National Standard hose thread adapter. This discharge outlet will be actuated with a handwheel control at the pump operator's control panel. An indicator will be provided to show when the valve is in the closed position. DISCHARGE CAPS Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chains will be furnished for all side discharge outlets. The caps will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a Pierce exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. OUTLET BLEEDERS A .75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application. The valves will be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. ELBOWS LEFT SIDE OUTLETS The 2.50" discharge outlets, located on the left side pump panel, will be furnished with a 2.50 "(F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50 "(M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a Pierce exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. ELBOWS, RIGHT SIDE OUTLETS The 2.50" discharge outlets, located on the right side pump panel, will be furnished with a 2.50 "(F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50 "(M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a Pierce exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. 69 of 119 ELBOW, 4.00" OUTLET The 4.00" outlet will be furnished with a 4.00 "(F) National Standard hose thread x 4.00 "(M) National Standard thirty (30) degree chrome elbow adapter with a chrome rocker lug cap. DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter -turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. If a handwheel control valve is used, the control will be a minimum of a 3.9" diameter chrome plated handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the handwheel. CROSSLAY HOSE BED Two (2) crosslay with 1.50" outlet will be provided. The bed to be capable of carrying 200 feet of 1.75" double jacketed hose and will be plumbed with 2.00" i.d. pipe and gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve. Outlet to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The crosslay control will be at the pump operator's panel. The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of .25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a DA finish. Vertical scuffplates, constructed of stainless steel, will be provided at the front and rear ends of the bed on each side of vehicle. Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. CROSSLAY /DEADLAY HOSE RESTRAINT Elastic netting will be provided across the top and ends of two (2) crosslay /deadlay opening(s) to secure the hose during travel. The netting will be permanently attached at the top center of the crosslay /deadlay bed and removable on each end. PUMP COMPARTMENT The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. It will be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards. The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist. Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly. PUMP MOUNTING Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump. PUMP CONTROL PANELS (Side Control) All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left (driver's) side of the apparatus and properly marked. The pump panel on the right (passenger's) side will be removable with lift and turn type fasteners. The left (driver's) side will be fastened with screws. 70 of 119 The control panels will be 34.00" wide. The gauge and control panels will be two (2) separate panels for ease of maintenance. The side gauge panel will be hinged at the bottom with a full length stainless steel hinge. The fasteners used to hold the panel in the upright position will be quarter turn type. Vinyl covered cable or chains will be used to hold the gauge panel in the dropped position. Polished stainless steel trim collars will be installed around all inlets and outlets. All push /pull valve controls will have 1/4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push /pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push /pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position. The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding. Identification tags for the discharge controls will be located directly above the control handle and recessed within the same casting as the guide. All line pressure gauges will be mounted in individual chrome plated castings with the identification tag recessed in the casting below the gauge. All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels. Mounting of the castings and identification bezels will be done with a threaded peg cast on the back side of the bezel or screws. LIGHT SHIELD There will be a polished, 16 gauge stainless steel light shield installed over the pump operators panel. • There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the stainless steel light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house. • One (1) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode. There will be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is set. This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel. There will be a green pump engaged indicator light activated on at the operator's panel when the pump is shifted into gear from inside the cab. ADDITIONAL LIGHT SHIELD An additional polished, 16 gauge stainless steel light shield will be provided above passenger's side pump panel. • There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house. 71 of 119 PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION The pump panel configuration will be neat and orderly. RADIO SPEAKER WOSWITCH A black Standard Horizon Model MLS -310 amplified, weatherproof speaker with volume control and off position will be mounted to a bracket behind an opening in the pump panel. The cables will terminate at in the radio compartment. PUMP OPERATOR'S PLATFORM A pull out, flip down platform will be provided at the pump operator's control panel. The front edge and the top surface of the platform will be made of DA finished aluminum with a Morton Cass insert. The platform will be approximately 13.75" deep when in the stowed position and approximately 22.00" deep when extended. The platform will be 35.00" wide. The platform will lock in the retracted and the extended position. The platform will be wired to the "step not stowed" indicator in the cab. PUMP OPERATOR'S PLATFORM PERIMETER LIGHT There will be an On Scene Solutions, Model Night Stick Access, 20.00" white 12 volt DC LED strip light provided to illuminate the ground area. PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided on both sides of the pump panel. GAUGES, VACUUM and PRESSURE The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1, Inc. The gauges will be a minimum of 6.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00 " -0 -600 #. The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel. Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They will be marked with a label. PRESSURE GAUGES The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be interlube filled and manufactured by Class 1. The gauges will be a minimum of 3.50" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering. Gauges will be compound type with a vacuum /pressure range of 30.00 " -0 -600 #. The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. WATER LEVEL GAUGE An electronic water level gauge will be provided on the operator's panel that registers water level by means of five colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra - bright five LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The water level indicators will be as follows: 72 of 119 - 100% = Green - 75% = Yellow - 50% = Yellow - 25% = Yellow - Refill = Red The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the water tank is empty. The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank. The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from water and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the tank. The field calibratable display measures head pressure to accurately show the tank level. HUSKY 3 FOAM PROPORTIONER A Pierce Husky@ 3 foam proportioning system will be provided. The Husky 3 is an on demand, automatic proportioning, single point, direct injection system suitable for all types of Class A and B foam concentrates, including the high viscosity (6000 cps), alcohol resistant Class B foams. Operation will be based on direct measurement of water flow, and remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system will automatically proportion foam solution at rates from .1 percent to 3.0 percent regardless of variations in water pressure and flow, up to the maximum rated capacity of the foam concentrate pump. The design of the system will allow operation from draft, hydrant, or relay operation. System Capacity The system will have the ability to deliver the following minimum foam solution flow rates at accuracies that meet or exceed NFPA requirements at a pump rating of 150 psi. 100 gpm @ 3 percent 300 gpm @ 1 percent 600 gpm @ 0.5 percent Class A foam setting in .1 percent increments from .1 percent to 1 percent. Typical settings of 1 percent, .5 percent and .3 percent (maximum capacity will be limited to the plumbing and water pump capacity). Control S sy tem The system will be equipped with a digital electronic control display located on the pump operators panel. Push button controls will be integrated into the panel to turn the system on /off, control the foam percentage, and to set the operation modes. The percent of injection will have a preset. This preset can be changed at the fire department as desired. The percent of injection will be able to be easily changed at the scene to adjust to changing demands. 73 of 119 Three (3) .50 tall LEDs will display the foam percentage in numeric characters. Three (3) indicator LEDs will also be included, one (1) green, one (1) red, and one (1) yellow. The LEDs will indicate various system operation or error states. The indications will be: Solid Green - System On Solid Red - Valve Position Error Solid Yellow - Priming System Flashing Green - Injecting Foam Flashing Red - Low Tank Level Flashing Yellow - Refilling Tank The control display will house a microprocessor, which receives input from the systems water flow meter while also monitoring the position of the foam concentrate pump. The microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the position /rate of the foam pump, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate. One (1) check valve will be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump. Hydraulic Drive S sy tem The foam concentrate pump will be powered by an electric over hydraulic drive system. The hydraulic system and motor will be integrated into one (1) unit. Foam Concentrate Pump The foam concentrate pump will be of positive displacement, self - priming; linear actuated design, driven by the hydraulic system. The pump will be constructed of brass body; chrome plated stainless steel shaft, with a stainless steel piston. In order to increase longevity of the pump, no aluminum will be present in its construction. A relief system will be provided which is designed to protect the drive system components and prevent over pressuring the foam concentrate pump The foam concentrate pump will have minimum capacity for 3 gpm with all types of foam concentrates with a viscosity at or below 6000 cps including protein, fluoroprotein, AFFF, FFFP, or AR -AFFF. The system will deliver only the amount of foam concentrate flow required, without recirculating foam back to the storage tank. Recirculating foam concentrate back to the storage tank can cause agitation and premature foaming of the concentrate, which can result in system failure. The foam concentrate pump will be self - priming and have the ability to draw foam concentrate from external supplies such as drums or pails. External Foam Concentrate Connection An external foam pick -up will be provided to enable use of a foam agent that is not stored on the vehicle. The external foam pick -up will be designed to allow continued operation after the on -board foam tank is empty, or the use of foam different than the foam in the foam tank. Panel Mounted External Pick -Up Connection 0 Valve A bronze three (3) -way valve will be provided. The unit will be mounted to the pump panel. The valve unit will function as the foam system tank to pump valve and external suction valve. The external foam pick -up will be one (1) .75 male connection GHT (garden hose thread) with a cap. 74 of 119 Pick-Up Hose A .75" flexible hose with an end for insertion into foam containers will be provided. The hose will be supplied with a .75" female swivel GHT (garden hose thread) swivel connector. The hose will be shipped loose. Discharges The foam system will be plumbed to three (3) discharges. The discharges capable of dispensing foam will be speedlays and one left 2.5 ". System Electrical Load The maximum current draw of the electric motor and system will be no more than 55 amperes at 12 VDC. REFILL, FOAM TANK The foam system's proportioning pump will be used to fill the foam tank. This will allow use of the auxiliary foam pick -up to pump the foam from pails or a drum on the ground into the foam tank. A foam shut -off switch will be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The fill operation will be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller. While the proportioner pump is filling the tank, the controller will display a flashing yellow LED to indicate that the tank is filling. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump will stop and the controller will shut the yellow LED off. If it attempted to use tank fill and the refill valve and suction valve are in the wrong position(s), then a red LED will illuminate to indicate the improper valve position(s). When the valves are positioned properly, then filling will commence. FOAM TANK The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 20 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The brand of foam stored in this tank will be Fire Aid 2000. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid. FOAM LEVEL GAUGE An electronic foam level gauge will be provided on the operator's panel that registers foam level by means of five colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra - bright five LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The foam level indicators will be as follows: - 100% = Green - 75% = Yellow - 50% = Yellow - 25% = Yellow - Refill = Red The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the foam tank is empty. The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank. The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from foam and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the 75 of 119 tank. The display will be able to be calibrated in the field and will measure head pressure to accurately show the tank level. FOAM TANK DRAIN A system of 1.00" foam tank drains will be provided, integrated into the foam systems strainer and tank to foam pump valve management system. The tank to pump hoses running from the tank(s) to the panel mounted strainer will 1.00" diameter. The foam system controller will have a mode that allows for a given foam valve to be opened at will. Flow of foam from the tank valve to the strainer will be usable as a tank drain mode. An adaptor will be supplied, that allows the 1.00" foam intake screen to assembly to be used as a drain outlet. The standard supplied 1.00" foam pick up hose will be attached to the screen assembly by way of the adapter. The drain mode will allow the operator to open and close the tank valve as required from the control head, to drain foam and re -fill foam containers through the connected hose, without foam spillage beneath the vehicle. AIR HORN SYSTEM Two (2) Grover air horns will be provided and located, in the front bumper, recessed one each side. The horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed in -line to prevent loss of air in the air brake system. AIR HORN CONTROL The air horns will be actuated by a chrome push button located on the officer side of the engine tunnel and by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver will have the option to control the air horns or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch located on the instrument panel. Additional buttons will be provided on the pump panel and turntable. ELECTRONIC SIREN A Whelen, Model: 295SLSA1, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided. This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. Electronic siren head will be located in the center console. Siren will be actuated by one (1) foot switch located on the driver's side and by a push button located on the officer's side instrument panel. SPEAKER There will be two (2) Whelen, Model SA122FMP, cast aluminum, 100 -watt, flange mount speakers with polished aluminum finish provided, one (1) in the front bumper and one (1) at the rear of the apparatus driver's side and rear center. Each speaker will be powered from the electronic siren located in the cab. The speaker(s) will be recessed in the front bumper on the driver's side. MECHANICAL SIREN, (Auxiliary) A Federal Q213 siren will be furnished. A siren brake button will be installed on the switch panel. The control solenoid will be powered up after the emergency master switch is activated. 76 of 119 The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper on the right side. The siren will be properly supported using the bumper framework. MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL The mechanical siren WIII be actuated by a push button located on the officer's side instrument panel and by a foot switch on the driver's side. LIGHTSAR There will be one (1) 88.00" Whelen Freedom, Model FN * *QLED, LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof. The lightbar will include the following: • Two (2) red flashing LED modules facing forward. • Two (2) steady red LED modules facing forward. • Two (2) white flashing LED modules facing forward. • Two (2) red flashing corner LED modules, one in each front corner One (1) red flashing LED module facing the driver side. • One (1) red flashing LED module facing the passenger side. • One (1) GTT Model 795 LED OpticomT"' traffic light controller with national standard high priority. The color of the lenses will bethe same color as the LED's. There will be two (2) switches located on a cab switch panel will control this lightbar. • One (1) switch will control all the warning lights. • One (1) switch will control the traffic light controller. The white warning lights and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied. WARNING LIGHTS (CAB ROOF SIDES) Two (2) 24.00" Whelen, Freedom Mini LED lightbars will be mounted on the roof, one (1) on each side, over the cab doors. Each lightbar will include the following: Two (2) red flashing corner LED modules. Two (2) red flashing LED lights. These lightbars will be controlled by the roof light switch. Each lightbar will be furnished with a red lens. This lightbar may be load managed when the parking brake is set. WARNING LIGHTS (Cab Face) Four (4) Whelen Model M6* LED flashing warning lights will be installed on the cab face, above the headlights, mounted in a common bezel. The driver's side front outside warning light to be red. The driver's side front inside warning light to be red. The passenger's side front inside warning light to be red. 77 of 119 The passenger's side front outside warning light to be red. All four (4) lights will include a colored lens that is the same color of the LED's. All four (4) lights will be controlled by a lighted switch in the cab on the switch panel. The inside lights may be load managed if colored or disabled if white, when the parking brake is set. HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side. There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on. The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi -beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set. SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING Six (6) Whelen Model M6* LED flashing warning lights with bezels will be located in the following positions: Two (2) lights, one (1) each side on the front cab corner. The side front lights to be red. Two (2) lights, behind the crewcab doors. The side middle lights to be red. Two (2) lights, behind the tiller wheel. The side rear lights to be red. All six (6) lights will include a lens that is the same color of the LED's. All six (6) lights will be controlled by a lighted switch on the cab switch panel. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be four (4) Whelen, Model M6 *C LED flashing warning light(s) with bezel(s) provided mounted above the body recessed in alnuminum treadplate boxes. The color of the lights will be red. All of these lights will include a clear lens. These lights will be activated with the Side Zone Lower warning lights. WARNING LIGHTS (Side) There will be six (6) pairs, Whelen LIN3, Model RS *02ZCR, programmable LED flashing lights provided. The lights will be located in the body rub rails. The color of these lights will be red. The lights will be provided with a chrome plated ABS flange. These lights will be activated with the emergency master. 78 of 119 REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING Two (2) Whelen, Model M6* LED flashing warning lights with bezels will be located at the rear of the apparatus. The driver's side rear light to be red. The passenger's side rear light to be red. Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's. Both lights will be controlled by a lighted switch on the switch panel. WARNING LIGHTS AT REAR OF HOSE BED There will be two (2) Whelen, Model MCFLED2R, red LED warning lights provided at the rear of the truck, one (1) each side. These lights will be activated by a lighted switch on the instrument panel. All lenses will be the same color as the LED's. TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT There will be one (1) Whelen model TAL65 36.01" long x 2.84" high x 2.24" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus. The Whelen model TACTLDl control head will be included with this installation. The auxiliary warning mode will be activated with the emergency master switch. This traffic directing light will be surface mounted at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical. The traffic directing light controller will be located within the switch panel on the center console. The controller will be within easy reach of the driver. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN for ALTERNATING CURRENT The following guidelines will apply to the 120/240 VAC system installation: General Any fixed line voltage power source producing alternating current (ac) line voltage will produce electric power at 60 cycles plus or minus five (5) cycles. Except where superseded by the requirements of NFPA 1901, all components, equipment and installation procedures will conform to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (herein referred to as the NEC). Line voltage electrical system equipment and materials included on the apparatus will be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All products will be used only in the manner for which they have been listed. Grounding Grounding will be in accordance with Section 250 -6 "Portable and Vehicle Mounted Generators" of the NEC. Ungrounded systems will not be used. Only stranded or braided copper conductors will be used for grounding and bonding. An equipment grounding means will be provided in accordance with Section 250 -91 (Grounding Conductor Material) of the NEC. 79 of 119 The grounded current carrying conductor (neutral) will be insulated from the equipment grounding conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The neutral conductor will be colored white or gray in accordance with Section 200 -6 (Means of Identifying Grounding Conductors) of the NEC. In addition to the bonding required for the low voltage return current, each body and driving or crew compartment enclosure will be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper conductor. This conductor will have a minimum amperage rating of 115 percent of the nameplate current rating of the power source specification label as defined in Section 310- 15 (amp capacities) of the NEC. A single conductor properly sized to meet the low voltage and line voltage requirements will be permitted to be used. All power source system mechanical and electrical components will be sized to support the continuous duty nameplate rating of the power source. Operation Instructions that provide the operator with the essential power source operating instructions, including the power -up and power -down sequence, will be permanently attached to the apparatus at any point where such operations can take place. Provisions will be made for quickly and easily placing the power source into operation. The control will be marked to indicate when it is correctly positioned for power source operation. Any control device used in the drive train will be equipped with a means to prevent the unintentional movement of the control device from its set position. A power source specification label will be permanently attached to the apparatus near the operator's control station. The label will provide the operator with the information detailed in Figure 19 -4.10. Direct drive (PTO) and portable generator installations will comply with Article 445 (Generators) of the NEC. Overcurrent protection The conductors used in the power supply assembly between the output terminals of the power source and the main over current protection device will not exceed 144 inches. (3658 mm) in length. For fixed power supplies, all conductors in the power supply assembly will be type THHW, THW, or use stranded conductors enclosed in nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated for a minimum of 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius). For portable power supplies, conductors located between the power source and the line side of the main overcurrent protection device will be type SO or type SEO with suffix WA flexible cord rated for 600 -volts at 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius). Wiring Methods Fixed wiring systems will be limited to the following: - Metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius) or - Type SO or Type SEO cord with a WA suffix, rated at 600 volts at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius) 80 of 119 Electrical cord or conduit will not be attached to chassis suspension components, water or fuel lines, air or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system components, or low voltage wiring. In addition the wiring will be run as follows: - Separated by a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm), or properly shielded, from exhaust piping - Separated from fuel lines by a minimum of six (6) inches (152 mm) distance. Electrical cord or conduit will be supported within six (6) inches (152 mm) of any junction box and at a minimum of every 24 inches (610 mm) of continuous run. Supports will be made of nonmetallic materials or corrosion protected metal. All supports will be of a design that does not cut or abrade the conduit or cable and will be mechanically fastened to the vehicle. Wiring Identification All line voltage conductors located in the main panel board will be individually and permanently identified. The identification will reference the wiring schematic or indicate the final termination point. When prewiring for future power sources or devices, the unterminated ends will be labeled showing function and wire size. Wet Locations All wet location receptacle outlets and inlet devices, including those on hardwired remote power distribution boxes, will be of the grounding type provided with a wet location cover and installed in accordance with Section 210 -7 'Receptacles and Cord Connections" of the NEC. All receptacles located in a wet location will be not less than 24 inches (610 mm) from the ground. Receptacles on off -road vehicles will be a minimum of 30 inches (762 mm) from the ground. The face of any wet location receptacle will be installed in a plane from vertical to not more than 45 degrees off vertical. No receptacle will be installed in a face up position. Dry Locations All receptacles located in a dry location will be of the grounding type. Receptacles will be not less than 30 inches (762 mm) above the interior floor height. All receptacles will be marked with the type of line voltage (120 -volts or 240 - volts) and the current rating in amps. If the receptacles are direct current, or other than single phase, they will be so marked. Listing All receptacles and electrical inlet devices will be listed to UL 498, Standard for Safety Attachment Plugs and Receptacles, or other appropriate performance standards. Receptacles used for direct current voltages will be rated for the appropriate service. Electrical System Testing The wiring and associated equipment will be tested by the apparatus manufacturer or the installer of the line voltage system. 81 of 119 The wiring and permanently connected devices and equipment will be subjected to a dielectric voltage withstand test of 900 volts for one (1) minute. The test will be conducted between live parts and the neutral conductor, and between live parts and the vehicle frame with any switches in the circuit(s) closed. This test will be conducted after all body work has been completed. Electrical polarity verification will be made of all permanently wired equipment and receptacles to determine that connections have been properly made. Operational Test per Current NFPA 1901 Standards The apparatus manufacturer will perform the following operation test and ensure that the power source and any devices that are attached to the line voltage electrical system are properly connected and in working order. The test will be witnessed and the results certified by Underwriters Laboratories. The prime mover will be started from a cold start condition and the line voltage electrical system loaded to 100 percent of the nameplate rating. The power source will be operated at 100 percent of its nameplate voltage for a minimum of two (2) hours unless the system meets category certification as defined in the current NFPA 1901 standard. Where the line voltage power is derived from the vehicle's low voltage system, the minimum continuous electrical load as defined in the current NFPA 1901 standard will be applied to the low voltage electrical system during the operational test. GENERATOR The apparatus will be equipped with a complete electrical power system. The generator will be a Harrison Model 15.0 MPC 15.0 kW Hydraulic unit. The wiring and generator installation will conform to the present National Electrical Codes Standards of the National Fire Protection Association. The installation will be designed for continuous operation without overheating and undue stress on components. Generator Performance - Continuous Duty Rating: 15,000 watts - Nominal Volts: 120/240 - Amperage: 125 @ 120 volts, 62.5 @ 240 volts - Phase: Single -Cycles: 60 hertz - Engine Speed at Engagement: Idle - RPM range: 925 to 3,000 (hydraulic pump) Generator Dimensions - Length: 35.00 inches - Width: 23.00 inches - Height: 19.00 inches - Weight: 455 pounds (dry) 82 of 119 The output of the generator will be controlled by an internal hydraulic system. An electrical instrument gauge panel will be provided for the operator to monitor and control all electrical operations and output. The generator will be driven by a transmission power take off unit, through a hydraulic pump and motor. The generator will include an electrical control inside the cab. The hydraulic engagement supply will be operational at any time (no interlocks). An electric /hydraulic valve will supply hydraulic fluid to the clutch engagement unit provided on the chassis PTO drive. Generator Instruments and Controls To properly monitor the generator performance a digital meter panel will be furnished and mounted next to the circuit breaker panel. The meter will indicate the following items: - Voltage - Amperage for both lines - Frequency - Generator run hours - Over current indication - Over temperature indication - "Power On" indication The meter and indicators will be installed near eye level in the compartment. Instruments will be flush mounted in an appropriate sized weatherproof electrical enclosure. All instruments used will be accurate within +/- two (2) percent. Load Center: The main load center will be a Cutler Hammer with circuit breakers rated to load demand. Circuit Breakers: Individual breakers will be provided for all on -line equipment to isolate a tripped breaker from affecting any other on -line equipment. GENERATOR LOCATION The generator will be mounted in the area above the goose neck of the tiller trailer. The flooring in this area will be either reinforced or constructed, in such a manner, that it will handle the additional weight of the generator. GENERATOR START A switch will be located on the cab instrument panel to engage the generator. GENERATOR REMOTE START A remote start switch will be provided in the cab switch panel, near the circuit breaker box and at the aerial turntable to engage the hydraulic generator PTO and field. A light at each switch location will be provided to indicate that the generator is running. There will be one switch only. 83 of 119 CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL The circuit breaker panel will be located D6 rear wall. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER The specified 120 volt option 1 for each cord reel will be supplied with a ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) circuit breaker. The total quantity will be two (2) circuit breakers. The GFCI breakers will only be used in the branch circuits and will not be used as a "master" circuit breaker. 120 VOLT LIGHTING A Fire Research Model #FC600 -S75 quartz tube flood light will be provided. The light will be a tripod style with quick release truck mounting brackets. The light fixture will be a single 750 watt, 120 volt Focus light that draws 6.3 amps. The lamp head will swivel 360 degrees left or right and tilt up and down. A receptacle will be provided near the base of the light. A 20 amp, 120 volt, twist -lock plug with protective boot will be provided. A total of Two (2) will be provided one each side rear of the cab, just above the cab so they can be turned.tp be able to face to the side. REMOTE LIGHT SWITCH A remote on /off actuation switch with a green indicator light will be provided to actuate a 120/240 volt solenoid switch for each quartz light. The two (2) switches will be located in the cab at the driver position. The switches will control the lights On Overhead. 240 -VOLT LIGHTING A Will -Burt Night Scan Powerlite elevated lighting system, Model NS 3.0 -6000 OPT, will be provided. Mast will be operated with a 12 -volt DC and 20 psi regulated air from the chassis air system. All electrical cables will be internal of the mast for better protection. Control for the mast and the lighting system will be a hand held wired remote unit. It will be operable with a single hand for turn /tilt, up /down, and on /off. Length of the control cord will be 25 feet. The mast will automatically stow with a one touch Auto Stow feature. The remote will be located in the lower crewcab compartment on the driver's side. Weight of the unit will not exceed 155 pounds. Four (4), 1500 -watt, 240 -volt AC quartz halogen Optimum lights will be mounted on the mast in a weatherproof directional lighting system that will have the ability to rotate 385 degrees and tilt 330 degrees. The light heads will have a dual tilt function, where the left and right sides can tilt independently in different directions or together in the same direction. A label will be provided at the operator's location to indicate mast operation instructions, warning information, extended tower height from the ground and bulb replacement data. Tower "LOOK UP" Light 84 of 119 A self contained 12 volt floodlight will be provided on the light tower. The light will turn on automatically when the tower is raised and turn off when the tower is lowered. A total of one (1) light tower will be provided on the cab roof. ELECTRIC CORD REEL Furnished with the 120 volt AC electrical system will be a Hannay, series 1600, cord reel. The reel will be provided with a 12 -volt electric rewind switch, that is guarded to prevent accidental operation and labeled for its intended use. The switch will be protected with a fuse and installed at a height not to exceed 72 inches above the operators standing position. The exterior finish of the reel(s) will be painted #269 gray from the reel manufacturer. A captive roller assembly to be provided to aid in the payout and loading of the reel. A ball stop will be provided to prevent the cord from being wound on the reel. A label will be provided in a readily visible location adjacent to the reel. The label will indicate current rating, current type, phase, voltage and total cable length. A total of two (2) cord reels will be provided above gooseneck in front of body. The cord reel will be configured with three (3) conductors. CORD Provided for electric distribution will be two (2) lengths, one (1) for each reel, of 200 feet of yellow 10/3 electrical cord, weather resistant 105 degree C to -50 degree C, 600 volt jacketed SOOW cord. No connector will be installed on the end of the cord. PORTABLE JUNCTION BOX There will be four (4) 120 vac 20 amp twist lock receptacles provided in a portable junction box. The junction box will be of weatherproof construction and have flip up lids lined with soft neoprene rubber at each outlet opening. No connector. A total of two (2) will be provided. REEL ENCLOSURE An aluminum treadplate enclosure will be installed over the reel. The enclosure will be provided with a stainless steel hinge that will allow the cover to be opened. A captive roller assembly will be provided through the side sheet to assist with the pay out of the cord. A ball stop will be provided on the cord to stop the cord at the roller assembly A total of two (2) will be installed On gooseneck. JUNCTION BOX HOLDER There will be an aluminum junction box holder installed adjacent to the cord reel. A total of two (2) will be installed. with Electric reel. 20 AMP RECEPTACLE Wired to the power supply will be two (2) receptacles that are a 120 volt 20 amp three wire twist -lock NEMA L5 -20 type with weather resisting cover located Fenderwell area i each side. 85 of 119 FOUR (4)- SECTION 100 FOOT TRACTOR -DRAWN AERIAL LADDER CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS The ladder will be constructed to meet all of the requirements as described in the current NFPA 1901 standards. The aerial device will be a true ladder type device; therefore ladders attached to booms will not be considered. These capabilities will be established in an unsupported configuration. All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of a ductile material will have a design stress of not more than 50% of the minimum yield strength of the material based on the combination of the live load and the dead load. This 2:1 structural safety factor meets the current NFPA 1901 standard. All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of non - ductile material will have a design stress of not more than 20% of the minimum ultimate strength of the material, based on the combination of the rated capacity and the dead load. This 5:1 safety factor meets the current NFPA 1901 standard. Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1 safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope will remain above 2:1 during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be 1:12. Wire ropes will be constructed of seven (7) strands over an inner wire core for increased flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to reduce corrosion. The aerial base pivot bearings will be maintenance free type bearings and require no external lubrication. The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one -half times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position in which the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a firm level surface. The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one -third times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a slope of five degrees downward in the direction most likely to cause overturning. With the aerial device out of the cradle and in the fully extended position at zero degrees elevation, a test load will be applied in a horizontal direction normal to the centerline of the ladder. The turntable will not rotate and the ladder will not deflect beyond what the product specification allows. All welding of aerial components, including the aerial ladder sections, turntable, pedestal, and outriggers, will be in compliance with the American Welding Society standards. All welding personnel will be certified, as qualified under AWS welding codes. The aerial device will be capable of operating in conditions of wind up to 50 mph and icing conditions of up to a .25" coating over the aerial structure. All of the design criteria must be supported by the following test data: (no exception) - Strain gage testing of the complete aerial device - Analysis of deflection data taken while the aerial device was under test load 86 of 119 The following standards for materials are to be used in the design of the aerial device: - Materials are to be certified by the mill that manufactured the material - Materials that are certified or recertified by vendors other than the mill will not be acceptable - Material testing that is performed after the mill test will be for verification only and not with the intent of changing the classification - All welded structural components for the ladder will be traceable to their mill lots. LADDER CONSTRUCTION The ladder is comprised of four (4) sections. The ladder will have the capability to support a minimum of 500 pounds at the tip in the unsupported configuration, based upon 360 degree rotation, up to full extension and from - 8 degrees to +75 degrees. The ladder will be constructed of high strength low alloy steel, minimum 70,000 pounds per square inch yield, with full traceability on all structural members. Each section will be trussed diagonally, vertically and horizontally using welded steel tubing. All ladder rungs are round and welded to each section utilizing "K" bracing for lateral and torsional rigidity. The inside width dimensions of the ladder will be: - Base Section 39.00" - Lower Mid Section 32.25" - Upper Mid Section 26.62" - Fly Section 21.62" The height of the handrails above the centerline of the rungs will be: - Base Section 26.75" - Lower Mid Section 22.87" - Upper Mid Section 20.25" - Fly Section 17.50" The ladder will be designed to provide continuous egress for firefighters and civilians from an elevated position to the ground. The end of the fly section will be constructed in a manner that aids personnel in climbing off the ladder. The egress section will be designed to maintain the rated load of the aerial device. It will be bolted on for easy replacement. VERTICAL HEIGHT The ladder shall extend to a nominal height of 100' above the ground at 75 degrees. The measurement of height shall be consistent with NFPA standards. HORIZONTAL REACH The rated horizontal reach shall be 95'1 ". The measurement of horizontal reach shall be consistent with NFPA standards. 87 of 119 TURNTABLE The upper turntable assembly will connect the aerial ladder to the turntable bearing. The steel structure will have a mounting position for the aerial elevation cylinders, ladder connecting pins, and upper turntable operator's position. The turntable platform will be approximately 96.00" wide by 72.00" long. The turntable will be a 1.00" thick steel deck, coated with an non -skid, chemical resistant material in the walking areas. The stepping surfaces will meet the skid - resistance requirements of the current NFPA 1901 standard. The turntable will be lit to the current edition of NFPA 1901 requirements. The lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. The turntable handrails will be a minimum 42.00" high and will not increase the overall travel height of the vehicle. The handrails will be constructed from aluminum and have a slip resistant knurled surface. ELEVATION SYSTEM Two (2) double acting lift cylinders will be utilized to provide smooth precise elevation from 8 degrees below horizontal to 75 degrees above horizontal. The lift cylinders will have a 6.00" internal diameter (bore), a .50" wall thickness, a 4.50" diameter cylinder rod and a 34.84" stroke. The lift cylinders will be equipped with integral holding valves located on the cylinder to prevent the unit from falling should the charged lines be severed at any point within the hydraulic system. (no exception) The lift cylinders will be mounted utilizing maintenance free spherical bearings on both ends of the cylinders. The bearings will help reduce pin wear. Ladder tip speed is automatically decelerated at angles above 60 degrees reducing "tip - lash". The pivot pins will be stainless steel and 2.25" in diameter. Each elevation pin will be stainless steel with a greaseless ladder pivot pin. EXTENSION /RETRACTION SYSTEM A full hydraulic powered extension and retraction system will be provided using two (2) hydraulic cylinders and wire ropes. Each set is capable of operating the ladder in the event of a failure to the other. The extension cylinder will have a 3.00" internal diameter (bore), 1.75" diameter rod and a 134.00" stroke. Extension and retraction will be internally limited within the cylinders, eliminating excess strain on wire ropes, sheaves and the ladder structure. Each of the cylinders, wire ropes and sheave assemblies will be completely independent of the other, so as to provide a safety factor wherein a failure of one assembly will not affect the function and operation of the other. The extension cylinders are equipped with counter balance valves to synchronize the cylinders for smoother operation and prevent the unit from retracting should the charged lines be severed at any point within the hydraulic system. The cylinders will also have internal deceleration valves, to cushion the movement of the cylinder when approaching full 88 of 119 extension or retraction. All extension /retraction pins will have a corrosion - preventative, QPQ black finish. The extension cylinders will be mounted utilizing maintenance free spherical bearings. The reeling of the wire rope will be such as to provide synchronized, simultaneous movement of all sections to full extension. The extension /retraction wire ropes will be 7 -flex galvanized with stainless steel threaded ends, and will possess the following characteristics: - Lower Mid Section .50 diameter, 26,2001b breaking strength - Upper Mid Section .38" diameter, 14,8801b breaking strength - Fly Section .31" diameter, 10,3801b breaking strength Wear pads made of polymer material will be used between the telescoping sections for maximum weight distribution, strength and smoothness of operation. Adjustment screws are provided on the wear pads to permit proper side alignment. All sheaves will be plastic and greaseless and all sheave pins and pivot pins will be stainless steel. (no exception) ROTATION SYSTEM A 46.00" diameter, external tooth, monorace, slewing ring bearing will be used for the rotation system. The gear teeth will be a stub tooth form. The bearing will provide 360 degree continuous rotation. The turntable will be bolted to the bearing using 36 SAE Grade 8, .875" diameter bolts. To secure the bearing to the base support 36 Grade 8, .875" diameter bolts will be used. The turntable base and the torque box bearing plate will be machined to fit the bearing thereby providing even distribution of forces. A hydraulically driven, planetary gear box with a drive speed reducer will be used to provide infinite and minute rotation control throughout the entire rotational travel. The gearbox will have a torque rating of 130,000 pounds per square inch. A spring applied, hydraulically released disc type swing brake will be furnished to provide positive braking of the turntable assembly. Provisions will be made for auxiliary operation of the system in case of prime mover failure. The hydraulic system is equipped with pressure relief valves which will limit the rotational torque to a non - destructive power. ROTATION INTERLOCK A permanently installed prevention mechanism will be provided as part of the rotation system to prevent the rotation of the aerial device to the side in which the stabilizers have not been fully deployed or are short- jacked. The mechanism will allow full and unrestricted use of the aerial in the 180 degree area on the side(s) where the stabilizers have been fully deployed. The system will also have a manual override to comply with NFPA 1901. 89 of 119 This will consist of a switch located in the lower control station so that activation will require two (2) persons (one at an aerial device control location and one at the lower control station). LOAD CAPACITIES The following load capacities will be established with the stabilizers at full horizontal extension and placed in the down position to level the truck and to relieve the weight from the tires and axles. Capacities will be based upon full extension and 360 degree rotation. A load chart, visible at the operator's station, will be provided. The load chart will show the recommended safe load at any condition of the aerial device's elevation and extension. (no exception) s . • ,Degrees ! -8 0 20 30 40 50 to 60 to 70 to 75 of to 9 to to to to 59 169 19 29 139 1,49 Elevation Egress 1500 500 500 :500 500 500 500 1500 Fly 250 .500 '750 Upper 250 500 ,750 1000 Mid Lower 250 500 ;750 1000 ;1000 Mid Base 250 500 750 1000 1000 The ladder will extend to a nominal height of j 400' above the ground at 75 degrees. The measurement of height will be consistent ;with NFPA standards. The rated horizontal reach will be 951 ". The measurement of horizontal reach will be consistent with NFPA standards. BOOM SUPPORT A heavy -duty boom support will be provided for support of the ladder in the travel position. On the base section of the ladder, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided where the ladder comes into contact with the boom support. In the stowed position, the 90 of 119 ladder tip will be not less than 11.00" below horizontal for unsurpassed visibility and safety while maneuvering the apparatus. SPECIAL HEIGHT BOOM SUPPORT A special height boom support will be provided to raise the aerial device to clear the compartment on top of the body. AERIAL BOOM PANEL There will be one boom panel provided on each side of the aerial ladder base section. The boom panel will be painted body color. The boom panels will be designed so no mounting bolts are in the face of the panel. This will keep the lettering surface free of holes. EXTENSION INDICATOR Extension markings and corresponding numerical indicators will be provided along each inside and outside top rail of the base section of the aerial every ten (10) feet. They will indicate various positions of extension up to full. Markings and indicators will be clearly visible to the console operator. To aid in visibility during hours of darkness, the markings and numerical indicators will be of a red reflective material. FOLDING STEPS One (1) set of folding steps will be provided at the tip of the ladder. An additional set of folding steps will be provided at the base of the fly section. The steps will be bright finished, non -skid with a black coating. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. AERIAL DEVICE RUNG COVERS Each rung will be covered with a secure, heavy -duty, fiberglass pultrusion that incorporates an aggressive, no -slip coating. The rung covers will be glued to each rung, and will be easily replaceable should the rung cover become damaged. The center portion of each rung cover will be black and the outside 2.00" edge at each side will be photoluminescent to assist in providing a light source for each rung during low light conditions. Under no circumstances will the rung covers be fastened to the rungs using screws or rivets. The rung covers will have a 10 -year, limited warranty. RUBBISH HOOK MOUNTING BRACKET Mounting will be provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial ladder for a rubbish hook. The bracket will be sized to hold a Nupla 6' roof vent rubbish hook. ADDITIONAL FOLDING STEPS An additional set of folding steps will be provided on the ladder fly section. This set of steps will be located approximately 70.00" below the ladder tip. The steps will be bright finished, non -skid folding steps with a black coating. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 91 of 119 LADDER STORAGE MOUNTING BRACKETS There will be D/A finished brackets provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial for mounting a roof ladder. The mounting brackets will accommodate a 14' Duo - Safety 775 -A, 16.00" wide roof ladder as determined by the type of aerial device and the available space. ROTATION MOTOR COVER An aluminum treadplate cover will be fitted over the aerial rotation motor. The cover will be removable. CONTROL STATION There will be a turntable control station located on the right hand side of the turntable so the operator will be able to easily observe the ladder tip while operating the controls. The controls will permit the operator to regulate the speed of the aerial functions within safe limits (as determined by the manufacturer and NFPA standards). The controls will be clearly marked and lighted for nighttime operation. A hinged aluminum cover will be provided. The momentary foot switch located at the turntable control station will activate the aerial function controls. They are capable of being operated independently or simultaneously. The following controls and indicator lights will be clearly identified, illuminated, and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing: - Elevation, extension /retraction, and rotation controls - High idle switch - Rung alignment indicator light - Tip/Tracking lights - Hydraulic system pressure gauge - Indicator /Alarm test switch - EPU switch - Operator's load chart - Stabilizer Not Fully Extended indicator light - Monitor controls - Aerial waterway flow meter There will also be a minimum of two (2) 12 -volt work lights installed on the turntable to illuminate the surrounding area for nighttime operation. The work lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. STABILIZER CONTROL STATION There will be an easily accessible control station located at both the driver and passenger side of the apparatus. The following controls and indicator lights will be clearly identified and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing at each control station. - Stabilizer controls for driver and passenger side - Stabilizer Firm On Ground indicator lights 92 of 119 - Stabilizer Fully Extended indicator lights - Inclinometer for grade and slope - Stabilizer EPU switch - High Idle switch REMOTE AERIAL CONTROL A remote control will be provided whereby all ladder movements can be controlled at the ladder tip, in addition to the control console. The three (3) ladder functions (extension, rotation, elevation) will be controlled individually by means of spring loaded, return to center 12 -volt proportional controls. A momentary switch at the turntable control station will activate the controls at the ladder tip. The remote control aerial speed will be set in accordance with the current NFPA 1901 standards. The vehicle will come equipped with a stabilization system consisting of two (2) hydraulically operated out and down style stabilizers. This system will meet or exceed all requirements of the NFPA specifications related to stabilization and setup on sloped surfaces. The stabilizer /leveling jacks will have a maximum spread of 17' measured from the centerline of the jack footpads when the beams are fully extended. The beams will be 6.81" wide x 8.88" high with 3/4" thick top and bottom plates and 1/2" thick sides of 100,000 -PSI minimum yield strength steel. The cylinders will have pilot- operated check valves with thermal relief designed to insure that the beams will not drift out of the stowed position during travel. Wear pads will guide the stabilizers. The horizontal extension cylinders will be totally enclosed within the beams and will incorporate telescoping hydraulic tubing to supply the jack cylinder hydraulic power. Stabilizer hydraulic hoses will remain stationary during operation of the stabilizers to prevent hose wear and potential failure. The cylinders will be equipped with decelerators to reduce the speed of extension and retraction when the beams are near the fully retracted and extended positions. The stabilizer extension hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions: 2.25" bore, 1.38" rod, and 57.25" stroke. The vertical jack cylinders will be capable of 12.00" ground penetration. The cylinders will be supplied with pilot operated check valves on each jack cylinder to hold the cylinder in the stowed or working position, should a charged line be severed at any point in the hydraulic system. For safety, the integral holding valves will be located in the cylinder base end, NOT in the transfer tube. Vertical jack cylinder rods will be fully enclosed by a telescoping inner box to protect the cylinder rods from damage. The stabilizer jack hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions: 4.25" bore, 3.00" rod, and 28.88" stroke. Each stabilizer jack will have a polished stainless steel shield. The stainless steel shield shall be of the split -pan design and shall be a maximum 12.50" wide so as to allow the extension of the stabilizer between parked cars or other obstacles. This plate will serve as a protective guard and a mounting surface for warning lights. The top, forward, and rear edges will be flanged back 90 degrees for added strength. A 4.00" diameter clear work light will be provided to illuminate the stabilizer and the ground. Lighting will automatically activate with the aerial master switch. 93 of 119 STABILIZER PADS The stabilizer footpad will be 12.00" in diameter. The footpad will be attached to the jack cylinder rod by means of a machined ball at the end of the jack cylinder rod which mates to a socket machined into the footpad. The footpad will have the ability to pivot 20 degrees from horizontal in any direction to allow setup on uneven terrain. AUXILIARY STABILIZER PADS An auxiliary ground pad will be supplied for each stabilizer to provide additional load distribution on soft surfaces. The pads will be 24.00" square and made from magnetic lightweight composite material. The ground pressure will not exceed 75 pounds per square inch when the ground pads are used and the apparatus is fully loaded and the aerial device is carrying its rated capacity in any position. There will be one (1) pad located on each side of the apparatus, behind the stabilizers. STABILIZER CONTROLS An electrically controlled hydraulic valve will power stabilizer movement. The valve can also be manually controlled in the event of electrical malfunction. Hydraulic power override controls will be incorporated into the valve. The manual override mechanism will be completely sealed within the valve assembly to prevent any possibility of corrosion. The stabilizer controls will be located to provide the operator with a full view of each stabilizer being positioned. Each stabilizer control panel will include the following: -In /out stabilizer beam control toggle switch -Up /down stabilizer jack control toggle switch - Emergency hydraulic power unit (EPU) control toggle switch -High idle control toggle switch - Stabilizer fully extended LED indicator lights - Stabilizer planted LED indicator lights As a safety device, an electrically actuated diverter valve will be provided. The hydraulic power will be diverted to the aerial ladder controls automatically the instant all stabilizer jacks are firmly planted on the ground. Once the aerial ladder is raised from the bedded position, the stabilizer hydraulic power is cut off so the stabilizers will not accidentally be moved while the aerial is being operated. To aid in leveling the unit, two bubble type angle indicators will be located near the stabilizer controls. One indicator will show the angle of the truck from the front to rear and the other will show the side to side angle of the truck. The indicators will be color coded green to show when the truck has been properly leveled allowing the aerial device to be operated at full capacity. A stabilizer deployment audible warning alarm will be provided at each side of the body, activated by the stabilizer movement. A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator light will be provided in the cab within view of the driver. It will illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed to prevent damage to the vehicle if it is moved. The stabilizer system will also be wired to the "Do Not Move Truck" indicator light. This light will flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed. 94 of 119 STABILIZER PINS The stabilizer jacks will have holes for the stabilizer pins. ALUMINUM TREADPLATE DOORS, STABILIZER CONTROL BOX Horizontally hinged aluminum treadplate doors will be provided over each stabilizer control box. The doors will be hinged at the bottom and provided with flush mounted lift and turn latches. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM All hose assemblies will be assembled and crimped by the hose manufactures certified technician. An assembly cell will be located on the premises where the technician can perform audits of the final aerial assembly for proper fitting torque and hose routing. All manufacturing employees responsible for the installation of hydraulic components will be properly trained. Training will include: proper handling, installation, torque requirements, cleanliness and quality control procedures for hydraulic components. Hoses used in the aerial hydraulic system will be of a premium quality hose with a high abrasion resistant cover. All pressure hoses will have a working pressure of 4000 psi and a burst pressure rating of 16,000 psi. The hydraulic oil will be a premium Multi -Vis product having a leading edge additive package, provide oxidation stability, be extremely shear stable and maximum anti -wear properties. All oil delivered to the manufacturing site will have a minimum ISO cleanliness level of 18/15/13. Each aerial will be evaluated as to the region and climate where it will be used to determine the optimum viscosity and proper oil grade. Oil viscosity will be based on an optimum range of 80 to 1000 SUS during normal aerial use. Before shipment of the unit, an oil sample will be taken and analyzed to confirm the oil is within the allowable ISO grade tolerance. The aerial hydraulic system will have a minimum oil cleanliness level of ISO 18/15/13 based on the ISO 4406:1999 cleanliness standard. Each customer will receive a certificate of actual cleanliness test results and an explanation of the rating system. Each aerial will include an oil sample port, identified with a yellow dust cap and a label, for subsequent customer testing. Ball valves will be provided in the hydraulic suction and return lines to permit component servicing without draining the oil reservoir. The system hydraulic pressure will be displayed on a 2.5" liquid filled gauge, located on the control console. The hydraulic system will be additionally protected from excessive pressure by a secondary pressure relief valve set at 3,150 psi. In the event the main hydraulic pump compensator malfunctions, the secondary relief will prevent system damage. HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS All cylinders used on the aerial device will be produced by a manufacturer that specializes in the manufacture of hydraulic cylinders. Each cylinder will include integral safety holding cartridges. Each cylinder will be designed to a minimum safety factor of 4:1 to failure. All safety holding cartridges will be installed at the cylinder manufacturer, in a controlled clean environment to avoid possible contamination and or failure. 95 of 119 HYDRAULIC PUMP The hydraulic system will be supplied by a 4.6 cubic inch variable volume, load and pressure compensating piston pump. The pump will be rated at a minimum of 5,365 psi peak pressure and 2,600 rpm. The pump will meet the demands of all three simultaneous aerial functions. The pump will provide proper flow for single aerial function with the engine at idle speed. A switch will be provided on the control console to increase the engine speed for multiple function operation. EMERGENCY PUMP The aerial will be equipped with an emergency hydraulic pump, electrically driven from the truck batteries. The pump will be capable of running for 30 minutes for limited aerial functions to stow the unit in case of a main pump or truck system failure. A momentary switch will be located at the stabilizer and aerial control locations to activate the emergency pump. AERIAL CONTROL VALVE The aerial hydraulic control valve will be designed with special spool flows, limiting the oil flow for the designed function speed. The valve will be manually controlled and be located in the control console with the handles protruding through the operating surface for operation. The activation handles will be spaced a minimum of 3.5" for ease of operation. The valve spools will be designed to bleed off downstream pressure, in the neutral position and allow proper seating of any cylinder holding cartridge. OIL RESERVOIR The oil reservoir will have a minimum capacity of 40 gallons. The oil fill location will be easily accessible and be labeled "Hydraulic Oil Only" and also indicate the grade of oil that is installed in the reservoir. The fill cap will have a 40 micron filter to provide protection from contamination. A drain hose will be included and will terminate with a quarter turn ball valve. Two suction ports will be provided, one for the main hydraulic pump and one for the emergency pump. The main suction will be slightly elevated off the bottom of the reservoir and include a 100 mesh suction strainer. The emergency suction port will be closer to the bottom of the reservoir to provide some reserve oil for emergency operation. A six (6) disc type magnetic drain will also be provided to collect any ferrous contaminants. A combination sight glass and thermometer will be mounted to the reservoir in an easily viewable location. HIGH PRESSURE FILTER The pressure filter will be rated for 6,000 psi working pressure and generously sized for efficiency and capacity. A 90 psi bypass spring will be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal system operating temperatures. The 5Q filter element will be constructed of a micro glass medium, which has the highest capture efficiency, dirt holding capacity and life expectancy over other media such as cellulose and synthetic. The nominal rating will be 5 micron and have an efficiency rating of 99.3 % for 5 micron sized particles. The element will have a dirt holding capacity of not less than 35 grams. RETURN FILTER The return filter will be rated for 150 psi working pressure and generously sized for efficiency and capacity. A 25 psi bypass spring will be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal system operating temperatures. The 10Q filter 96 of 119 element will be constructed of a micro glass medium, which has the highest capture efficiency, dirt holding capacity and life expectancy over other media such as cellulose and synthetic. The nominal rating will be 10 microns and have an efficiency rating of 99.5% for 10 micron sized particles. The element will have a dirt holding capacity of not less than 84.7 grams. HYDRAULIC SWIVEL The aerial ladder will be equipped with a high pressure hydraulic swivel which will connect the hydraulic lines from the hydraulic pump and reservoir, through the rotation point, to the aerial control bank. The hydraulic swivel will allow for 360- degree continuous rotation of the aerial. ELECTRIC SWIVEL The ladder will be equipped with an electric swivel to allow 360 - degree rotation of the aerial while maintaining connections in all electrical circuits through the rotation point. A minimum of 28 collector rings that are capable of supplying 30 -amp continuous service will be provided. All collector rings will be enclosed and protected against condensation and corrosion. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM The aerial electrical system will be designed and manufactured in such a way that the power and signal protection and control compartments will contain circuit protection devices and power control devices. The power and signal protection and control components will be protected against corrosion, excessive heat, excessive vibration, physical damage, and water spray. The aerial electrical system will be designed and manufactured to allow the following: - All of the serviceable components will be readily accessible. - Circuit protection devices will be utilized to protect each circuit. - General protection circuit breakers will be Type -I automatic reset (continuously resetting) or Type -II (manual resetting) and conform to SAE requirements. When required, automotive type fuses conforming to SAE requirements will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. - Power control relays and solenoids, when utilized, will have a direct current (dc) rating of 125% of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected. The aerial electrical system will be designed and manufactured to allow the following: - Toggle switches will be utilized that are certified for the outside conditions that fire apparatus experience. - All wiring will be protected through conduit or loom. - All wiring harnesses will be properly supported to eliminate harness damage through rubbing. - All connectors utilized in the system will be of a waterproof design, - Two (2) inductive proximity switches and an illumination light will be incorporated into the boom support. - The aerial master and aerial PTO can be engaged after the water pump has been engaged without having to bring the RPM back to idle. 97 of 119 - Standard cabling to the tip of the aerial will consist of one (1) 16/20 cable and one (1) 12/8 cable. DRIVER SIDE TORQUE BOX POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL A fuse and relay panel, located in the passenger side gooseneck area, will include the following: - NEMA 4x rated weatherproof enclosure - Relays, fuses, and circuit breakers for aerial and stabilizer interlocks and control switches TURNTABLE LIGHTING The turntable will be lighted for nighttime operation with a minimum of two (2) work lights activated by the aerial master switch. A foot switch will be located at the turntable console to allow hydraulic flow to the aerial device. The foot switch will be protected by a cover to prevent accidental activation. Activation of the foot switch is necessary for aerial device operation. TURNTABLE CONSOLE The following switches and indicator lights will be standard on the turntable console: - High idle on /off switch - Tip/Tracking light switch - Indicator and alarm test switch - Emergency hydraulic power switch - STABILIZERS NOT FULLY EXTENDED amber indicator light - Rung alignment green indicator light The turntable console will be lighted for nighttime operation with one (1) work light activated by the aerial master switch. A fuse panel will be located in the turntable console. TURNTABLE OVERRIDE CONTROLS The aerial manual override controls will be located in the turntable control console. MASTER OVERRIDE CONTROLS An emergency power switch shall be located behind an access panel on the driver's side of the tiller gooseneck. The switch shall activate the emergency power unit and allow control of the aerial or stabilizers based on the direction the switch is toggled. A work light will be provided to illuminate the master override controls when the battery switch is active and the master override door is open. BOOM SUPPORT Two (2) Turck inductive proximity switches will be provided on the boom support to detect if the aerial device is fully stowed within the boom support. STABILIZER INDICATOR A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator will be provided in the driver's compartment. It will illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed, to prevent damage to the apparatus if moved. The stabilizer system will also be wired to the "Do Not Move" indicator light, which will flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not fully engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed. 98 of 119 CRADLE INTERLOCK SYSTEM A cradle interlock system will be provided to prevent the lifting of the aerial from the nested position until the operator has positioned all the stabilizers in a load supporting configuration. A switch will be installed at the cradle to prevent operation of the stabilizers once the aerial has been elevated from the nested position. STABILIZER ALARM An electronic warning device will be provided at each stabilizer to warn personnel that the stabilizers are being deployed. Each alarm will produce a fast pulsing 90 DBA signal and will cancel only when the stabilizer is put into a load bearing configuration. STABILIZER SCENE LIGHTS A 4.00" clear floodlight will be provided on each stabilizer to illuminate the surrounding area. The light will be actuated by the aerial master switch. AERIAL DEVICE LIGHTING There will be white 12 volt DC halogen, spotlights furnished on the aerial device; • One (1) Unity Model AG -S -7682 will be installed on the right side of the base section of the ladder. • One (1) Unity Model AG -S -7682 will be installed on the left side of the base section of the ladder. • One (1) Unity Model AG -S -7682 will be installed on the right side at the end of the aerial device. • One (1) Unity Model AG -S -7682 will be installed on the left side at the end of the aerial device. Individual on /off switches will be provided on each light. Power to the lights will be controlled by a master on /off switch at the turntable control operator's position. The lights will be mounted below the top edge of the aerial device so as not to increase the overall height of the unit. AERIAL LOCATOR LIGHT STROBE A light will be installed at the aerial tip for the purpose of locating the aerial device while in operation. The light will be a Whelen 800D strobe. The light will be activated with a switch at the turntable control console. The color of the locator light will be blue. STABILIZER WARNING LIGHTS Two (2) Whelen, Model M6* LED flashing warning lights with bezels will be installed, one (1) each side on the stabilizer cover panels. The front stabilizer pan light will be red. Each light will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's. These warning lights will be activated by the same switch as the side warning lights. STABILIZER BEAM WARNING LIGHTS Two (2) 4.00" diameter red LED flashing lights will be mounted on each stabilizer, one (1) facing forward and one (1) facing rearward. The lights will be Grote Supernova 40 series LED lights. The lights will be recessed in the horizontal beam of the stabilizer. These warning lights will be activated with the aerial master switch. 99 of 119 LIGHT, PORTABLE 120V There will be Two (2) Fire Research FRC Focus, Model FCA700 -S75, 120 volt portable light(s) will be provided. The light(s) will be mounted driver and passenger side facing the side at a downward angle at the tip. The light fixture(s) will be a single 750 watt quartz halogen, 120 volt Focus light that draws 6.3 amps and include a FCAoption -P2, NEMA 1-5 -20 plug. The light(s) will be a portable style with quick release FCAoption -703 mounting brackets The lamp head(s) will tilt up and down with on /off switch on the lamp head. A 20 amp twistlock receptacles will be provided near the base of each light. 2 -WAY AERIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM There will be a Fire Research model ICA900 -112 two -way intercom system provided. The control module will be located at the turntable operator console and have an LED volume display and push -button volume control. A hands free module will be located at the aerial tip or platform and constantly transmit to the other module unless the control module push - to -talk button is pressed. Each intercom unit will be weatherproof. 17-71TSTWTU A removable bracket shall be supplied at the rear of the base section, attached between the left hand and right hand rear hand rails. The bracket shall provide Lyfe Pulley rope tie off and /or guide points spaced 5.75" apart, centered between the rear hand rails. The bracket shall be designed to be easily removable and not interfere with a fully retracted ladder assembly when attached to the base section. A storage box for the bracket shall be provided on the outside rear of the base section. RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM A rescue lifting attachment will be provided. The lifting attachment will mount to the aerial egress and will consist of a pair of nylatron pulleys mounted to a stainless steel shaft. The pulleys will be adjustable from side to side and will have a total lifting capacity of 500 pounds, regardless of whether one (1) or both pulleys are being utilized. LIFTING EYE - ROPE RESCUE ATTACHMENT Two (2) eyes will be welded, one (1) to each ladder beam, at the ladder egress with a spreader bar to mounted between the eyes. This design will distribute a load evenly across the ladder beams because of a single lifting eye on the spreader bar. The bar is retained by two (2) locking pins, one (1) at each end outboard of each eye. Leveling is maintained by the bar rotating in the eyes. SCABBARDS TEMPORARY VENT SAW BOX AT AERIAL LADDER TIP Two (2) vent saw scabbards will be mounted, one (1) each side of the aerial ladder tip. The scabbards will be bolted to the egress, angled forward so that when the aerial device is at 25 degrees, the scabbards will be vertical. The scabbards will be painted smooth aluminum. 100 of 119 AIR HORN CONTROL AT AERIAL TURNTABLE A push button control for the air horns will be provided at the aerial turntable. Collector ring space will be available for this option to be utilized. Brushed stainless steel scuffplates will be applied to each side of the aerial egress, above the chainsaw scabbards. MANS"ERT`" BARS AERIAL TURNTABLE ManSaverTm bars will be installed at the aerial turntable. WATER SYSTEM A waterway system will be provided consisting of the following components and features: The integral telescopic water system will consist of a 4.50" diameter tube in the base section, a 4.00" diameter tube in the lower mid - section, a 3.50" diameter tube in the upper mid - section and a 3.00" diameter tube in the fly section. The telescopic waterway will be constructed of anodized aluminum pipe. The aerial will be capable of discharging up to 1000 gpm at 100 psi parallel to the ladder and 90 degrees to each side of center. An adjustable pressure relief valve will be furnished to protect the aerial waterway from a pressure surge. Two (2) 1.50" drain valves will be located at the lowest points of the waterway system and will be routed to drain through the center of the 5th wheel. WATERWAY SEALS The waterway seals will be of type -B PolyPak design, composed of nitroxile seal and a nitrile wiper, which together offer maximum stability and extrusion resistance on the waterway. The seal will be capable of withstanding pressures up to 2000 psi, temperatures in excess of 250 degrees Fahrenheit and have resistance to all foam generating solutions. The seals will be internally lubricated. The waterway seals will have automatic centering guides constructed of synthetic thermalpolymer. The guides will provide positive centering of the extendible sections within each other and the base section to insure longer service life and smoother operation. AERIAL MONITOR An Akron, model 3578 monitor with stow and deploy will be provided at the tip with a Akron 1250 gpm Model 5177. The monitor's functions will be controlled electrically from two (2) separate locations. One (1) control will be located at the control console and the other at the ladder tip. There will be a courtesy light at the tip of the aerial to illuminate the controls. FLOW METER (Aerial Waterway) A Fire Research Corporation (FRC), Model DF430, digital flow indicator with a four (4) digit LED display will be provided for the aerial waterway at the turntable control station. The display will have a flow totalizer, programmable high and low flow warnings, and automatically adjust LED brightness for day /night viewing. AERIAL WATERWAY INLET The aerial waterway will be plumbed from the fifth wheel area to the waterway swivel with 4.00" pipe. A 5.00" inlet will be located on each side of the apparatus complete with a chrome plated cap. The individual "line" pressure gauges for the inlets will be 101 of 119 manufactured by Class 1. They will be a minimum of 3.50" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering. Gauges will be compound type with a vacuum /pressure range of 30.00 " -0 -600 #. The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the inlet as practical. WATERWAY LOCKING SYSTEM The aerial ladder waterway monitor will be capable of being positioned at either the fly section or at the next lower section of the ladder. The monitor location will be changeable by the use of a single handle, located at the side of the ladder. The handle, attached to a cam bracket, will simply be moved forward to lock the monitor at the fly section and back to lock it to the previous section. There will be no pins to remove and reinstall. The monitor will be operational at all times, regardless of its position, without connecting or disconnecting electrical lines. 2.50" AUXILIARY OUTLET AT AERIAL TIP An auxiliary hose connection outlet will be supplied at the tip of the aerial ladder. It will be located on the left hand side of the aerial waterway. Flow to the auxiliary outlet will be supplied by 2.50" piping. A 2.50" gate valve with a non - rising stem and crank handle will be supplied. A cap and chain will be provided. Flow to the aerial waterway monitor will be controlled by a 4.00" aluminum butterfly valve with a non - rising stem and crank handle. The valve will be located at the monitor inlet. A 200 psi relief valve and a .75" automatic drain valve will be supplied in the waterway at the tip. Siamese Adapters Two 5" x 2.5" siamese adapters will be provided MANUALS Two (2) operator maintenance manuals and two (2) wiring diagrams pertaining to the aerial device will be provided with the apparatus at time of pick -up. INITIAL INSTRUCTION On initial delivery of the fire apparatus, the contractor will supply a qualified representative to demonstrate the apparatus and provide initial instruction to the fire department regarding the operation, care, and maintenance of the apparatus for a period of three (3) days. ADDITIONAL AERIAL TRAINING There will be one (1) additional aerial training day(s) provided by the manufacturer with a training engineer. This is in addition to the standard three (3) days. TILLER CAB A permanently mounted tiller cab will be located on top of the tiller trailer, to the rear of the aerial ladder. The maximum overall height of the tiller cab will not exceed 134.00 ". The tiller cab will be totally enclosed. The cab windshield will be automotive approved tinted safety glass and will provide a minimum of 1,513 square inches of clear viewing area. Each side window, directly rearward of the windshield, will be more than 536 square inches. The side windows, combined with 102 of 119 the windshield, will provide a minimum of 2,585 square inches of unobstructed viewing area. In order to provide maximum visibility for the tillerman, there will be no corner posts at the forward corners of the windshield. The upper area of each tiller cab door will be contoured into the roof, providing greater clearance when entering and exiting the tiller cab. The tiller cab doors will be equipped with drop -down sliding window. The windows will be 18.00" wide x 31.00" high. The rear wall of the tiller cab will have a vertically -split sliding window. The window will be 33.50" wide x 27.75" high. The tiller cab floor will be constructed of aluminum treadplate. A two (2) speed electric windshield wiper with washer will be provided for the front windshield. The windshield washer reservoir will have a capacity of two (2) quarts and will be located forward of the tiller cab. An adjustable, telescopic steering column will be provided. Auxiliary lighting inside the tiller cab will consist of a red /clear overhead dome light with an integral switch. The red lens will be controlled by the lens switch only and the clear light will be controlled by the lens switch or the door switch. The diagnostic plug for the trailer ABS system will be provided in the driver side tiller access stepwell, behind the fuel fill door. The following controls /alarms will be provided inside the tiller cab: - Buzzer signaling system with push button in tiller cab steering wheel as well as a labeled push button in the tractor cab, within reach of the driver. - Jackknife alarm The following will be provided on the steering column support pedestal: - Two (2) heater /defroster outlets - Heater /defroster control switch The cornering lights will be controlled by a switch on the steering column (these lights will also come on with turn signal activation). The following controls /gauges will be located in the upper control panel: - Step light switch - Tiller wheel position indicator gauge. (L -C -R) - Two (2) 2.00" diameter amber turn signals - Windshield wiper /washer control switch TILLER CAB HEATER For the tillerman's comfort, the cab is equipped with a 13,650 BTU heater /defroster. The heater will have a multi -speed motor and thermostatic control located in the tiller cab within reach of the tillerman. The heater will be diesel /kerosene fueled and will have a separate three (3) gallon fuel tank which will provide a minimum of 23 hours of continuous running time. 103 of 119 The fuel tank will be recessed in the body, behind the driver side tiller cab access steps. There will be a minimum of two (2) defrost outlets in the cab for maximum defrost performance. The heater /defrost system will have an airflow of 85 cfm. A seat will be provided in the tiller cab. The seat will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel -bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. The seat will have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to 0 degrees forward. The seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat will be furnished with a three - point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt will have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. The seat belt webbing will be red in color. TILLER CAB STEPS For access to the tiller cab, two (2) sets of steps will be furnished at the rear of the apparatus, one set each side. The bottom three (3) access steps will be full width, approximately 21.00" wide, and located just behind the tiller axle. The top step will be full width, approximately 18.50" wide. The steps will be securely reinforced and constructed of aluminum treadplate. The outside corners at the rear edges of the steps will be mitered at 45 degrees. Handrails will be provided on each side of the step assemblies for maximum safety. The steps will be illuminated for nighttime operation. JACKKNIFE ALARM An audible and visual warning system will be provided to warn both drivers when the jackknife position approaches the maximum allowable angle. A warning indicator in the tractor cab will be activated if the parking brake is released and the tiller driver is not present in the tiller cab. CONVEX MIRRORS (tiller cab) A 10.00" diameter round adjustable convex mirror with fixed arm will be installed on each side of tiller cab.. A wedge bracket will be installed between the tiller cab face and the mounting tube for the mirror. This will allow the mirrors to be adjusted at a greater downward angle. ENGINE START ENABLE SWITCH IN TILLER CAB There will be a foot switch in the tiller cab that will enable the engine to be started. 104 of 119 WINDOW DEFROST FANS Two (2) window defrost fans will be mounted in forward corners. TILLER TRAILER FRAME The gooseneck area of the tiller trailer will be constructed of 100,000 psi minimum yield strength steel. The gooseneck area will have a section modulus of 289.00 cu. in. and a resistance to bending moment of 28,900,000 inch pounds. The gooseneck area will be 46.00" wide x 13.50" deep. The tiller trailer frame will be box type construction to effectively resist trailer twist. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the trailer, with a continuous smooth taper to a 10.75' over the tiller axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 80,000 psi minimum yield strength heat treated .38" thick steel, with 3.50" wide flanges and covered by top and bottom plates to form a ridged box structure. Cover plates will be 50,000 psi minimum yield strength steel. The tiller trailer frame will have a section modulus of 257.70 cu. in., and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 12,880,000 inch pounds over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cu. in. with an rbm of 2,085,803 inch pounds over the rear axle. The overall length of the tiller trailer frame will be 468.00 ". WALKWAY TURNTABLE TO BODY A walkway will be provided from the aerial turntable to the tiller body. TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE The tiller trailer axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 22,800 lb. Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000 -psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000 -psi yield ductile iron. The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000 -psi yield strength steel. Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations. The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative chamber above rated load. Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life. The kingpin bearing will be of low friction design and be sealed for life. Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the trailer will be provided. 105 of 119 The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle. The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase. The turning angle will be 24 degrees or greater. TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE WARRANTY The non drive axle system will have a three (3) year parts and labor warranty. TILLER TRAILER STEERING Dual Sheppard M110 steering gears, with integral heavy -duty power steering, will be provided. The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, and capable of tilting and telescoping. BRAKES The tiller trailer brakes will be Knorr /Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. Independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 lb. The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces, and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment. Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension. The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms. The torsion bar type spring and anchor lock system will allow for simple lean adjustments without the use of shims. Adjustment for a lean will be accomplished within 15 minutes. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows 4.00" of ride height adjustment per side. The independent suspension will have been put through a durability test that simulated a minimum of 140,000 miles of inner city driving. TIRES Tiller trailer tires will be Michelin 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply all- position XZY3 wide base tread, rated for 22,800 lb maximum axle load and 65 mph maximum speed. WHEELS, TILLER The tires will be mounted on 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10) -stud 11.25" bolt circle. OIL SEALS Oil seals will be provided on the tiller axle. LOOSE EQUIPMENT The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit; - One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit. 106 of 119 - One (1) extinguisher, 10 pound, CO2 DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER There will be One (1) extinguisher, 20 pound, dry chemical extinguisher(s) provided. WATER EXTINGUISHER There will be One (1) extinguisher, 2.50 gallon pressurized water extinguisher(s). NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, section 8.8.2 will be provided by the fire department. All loose equipment will be installed on the apparatus before placed in emergency service, unless the fire department waives NFPA section 4.21. • Two (2) 3 ft - 4 ft plaster hooks with D handles mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. • Two (2) crowbars mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. • Two (2) claw tools mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. • Two (2) 12 lb (5 kg) sledgehammers mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. • One (1) SCBA complying with NFPA 1981, Standard on Open - Circuit Self- Contained Breathing Apparatus for Fire and Emergency Services, for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than four (4), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer. • One (1) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s). • One (1) first aid kit. • Six (6) salvage covers, each a minimum size of 12 ft x 18 ft (3.6 m x 5.5 m). • Four (4) combination spanner wrenches mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. • Two (2) scoop shovels mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. • One (1) pair of bolt cutters, 24" (0.6 m) minimum, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. • Four (4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983, Standard on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System Components. • One (1) 150 ft (45 m) light -use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983, Standard on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System Components. • One (1) 150 ft (45 m) general -use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983, Standard on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System Components. • Two (2) 150 ft (45 m) utility ropes having a breaking strength of at least 5000 lb (2300 kg). • One (1) box of tools to include the following: - one (1) hacksaw with three (3) blades - one (1) keyhole saw - one (1) 12" (.3 m) pipe wrench -one (1) 24" (.6 m) pipe wrench - one (1) ballpeen hammer - one (1) pair of tin snips - one (1) pair of pliers 107 of 119 - one (1) pair of lineman's pliers - assorted types and sizes of screwdrivers - assorted adjustable wrenches - assorted combination wrenches • One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI /ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five -point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front. • Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro- reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro- reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the 6.00" (152 mm) band. • Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities. • One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED). • One (1) double female 2.50" adapter with National Hose Threads, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus (if equipped with a fire pump). • One (1) double male 2.50" adapter with National Hose Threads, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus (if equipped with a fire pump). • One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus (if equipped with a fire pump). • Two (2) hydrant wrenches mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus (if equipped with a fire pump). • If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus (if equipped with a fire pump). • If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than 3.00" (75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of 16.6.6 (if equipped with a fire pump). • If the apparatus does not have a 2.50" National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from 2.50" NH female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake (if equipped with a fire pump). • If the supply hose carried has other than 2.50" National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a 2.50" NH thread male discharge and to allow the hose to connect to a 2.50" NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake (if equipped with a fire pump). AXE FLATHEAD PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, Section 8.8.2 requires two (2) flathead axes mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. The axes are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axes. 108 of 119 AXE PICKHEAD PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, Section 8.8.2 requires three (3) pickhead axes mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. The axes are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axes. WIRING SCHEMATIC One (1) laminated 34" x 44" drawing of the detailed wiring schematic will be provided for the 120 /240 -volt electrical system. PAINT - BODY PAINTED TO MATCH CAB The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows: 1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Surfaces that will not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate. Each imperfection on the exterior metal surface will be removed or filled and then sanded smooth for a smooth appearance. All seams will be sealed before painting. 2. Chemical Cleaning and Treatment - The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned using a 4- phase, high pressure and high temperature acid etching system. All steel surfaces will be properly treated using a 3- phase, high temperature, cleaning /phosphatizing system. Surfaces are chemically cleaned to remove all dirt, oil, grease and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. An ultra pure water final rinse of 25 parts per million solids or less, will be applied to final rinse all metal surfaces at the conclusion of the metal treatment process. This final rinse ensures all chemical residues are removed and that no minerals, (salts), from the water dry onto the metal surface and remain under the primers and topcoats. These salts can lead to blistering and under film corrosion. 3. Primer /Surfacer Coats - A minimum of two (2) mil dry, (.002), of two component urethane primer /surfacer will be hand applied to the chemically treated metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. The primer is a high solids and low VOC paint. 4. Hand Sanding to Ultra Fine Finish The primer /surfacer coat is lightly sanded with mild abrasive paper to an ultra smooth finish. This hand finish process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat. 5. Sealer Primer Coat A two- (2) component sealer primer coat is applied over the sanded primer to again build toward the final smooth finish. This layer of primer sealer also gives additional corrosion protection. 6. Topcoat Paint Two (2) coats of an automotive grade, two component acrylic urethane paint are applied to provide the lasting beauty and durability. The acrylic urethane topcoat contains a clear coat resin chemistry that creates the high gloss and depth of image. This type of topcoat provides the best resistance against acid rain and other more common chemicals. 7. Clearcoat - Two (2) coats of an automotive grade two (2) component urethane will be applied. Lap style doors will be clear coated to match the body. Roll -up doors will not be clear coated and the standard roll -up door warranty will apply. A cyclic corrosion test, (General Motors test GM- 9540), of 40 cycles will be required before making changes to the exterior coating process. Exterior coating systems, (excluding the 109 of 119 undercarriage components), must achieve a 1/16 or less maximum creep from the scribe for aluminum and an 1/8 or less maximum creep from the scribe for galvanneal after 40 cycles in the General Motors GM -9540 test. Each batch of color topcoat, together with the finish painted vehicle, is tested for precise color match. Visual color match will be checked following ASTM D -1729, (American Standard Testing Methods), procedures using CIE, (International Commission on Illumination), D75 Northern Daylight light source. Instrumental color match will follow ASMT D -2244 procedures with a maximum delta E of 1.0 for whites, 1.4 for yellows, blues, greens and 1.5 for reds. All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, trim, etc. will be removed and painted separately to insure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that can not be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly. The cab will be two -tone, with the upper section painted White #267 upper along with a shield design on the cab face and lower section of the cab and body painted #107 Red Lower. PAINT The tiller cab will be painted Red #107. PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY The chassis frame assembly will be painted job color before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine, drive shafts and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc. Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly will be painted job color are frame rails, cross members, axles, suspension, steering gear, fuel tank, body substructure supports, miscellaneous mounting brackets, etc. TRANSIT COATING All non - painted metal surfaces on the exterior of the vehicle will be sprayed with a corrosion protective coating provided by Carwell. The coating can be removed with soap and water. The coating is made of a linseed oil base and is biodegradable. The underside non - painted metal surfaces will also be coated with a corrosion protective coating. COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT The compartment interior will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks. AERIAL DEVICE PAINT COLOR The aerial device paint procedure will consist of a six (6) step finishing process as follows: 1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the aerial device structural components above the rotation point will be thoroughly cleaned and mechanically shot - blasted to remove metal impurities and prepare the aerial for painting. 2. Primer /Surfacer Coats - A two (2) component urethane primer /surfacer will be hand applied to the chemically treated metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. All seams will be caulked before painting. 3. Hand Sanding - The primer /surfacer coat will be lightly sanded to an ultra smooth finish. 110 of 119 4. Sealer Primer Coat - A two (2) component sealer primer coat will be applied over the sanded primer. 5. Topcoat Paint - Urethane base coat will be applied to opacity for correct color matching. 6. Clearcoat - Two (2) coats of an automotive grade two (2) component urethane will be applied. Surfaces that will not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate. All buy out components, such as monitor, nozzle, gauges, etc. will be supplied as received from the vendor. Removable items such as brackets will be removed and painted separately to ensure paint coverage behind all mounted items. The aerial device (turntable and ladder sections) will be painted white 10 using the six (6) step finishing process. The support structure, components below the rotation point, stabilizers, torque box, tiller axle and suspension, will be cleaned, caulked, primed and painted job color [Color, Paint]. The tip of the ladder will be painted a contrasting color for high visibility. REFLECTIVE BAND A 6.00" white reflective band will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band provided on the cab face will be below the headlights on the fiberglass. CHEVRON STRIPING, REAR There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear - facing vertical surface of the apparatus including the rear door and bumper. The tillerman cab will not be covered. The colors will be red and yellow diamond grade. Each stripe will be 6.00° in width, This will meet the requirements of NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, which states that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping. REFLECTIVE STRIPE ON STABILIZERS There will be a 4.00" wide white reflective stripe provided on the forward and rear facing side of all aerial stabilizers. 7OG(S) IN REFLECTIVE BAND The reflective band located on each side of the apparatus body will contain one (1) jog(s) and will be angled at approximately a 45 degrees when installed. OUTLINE, REFLECTIVE STRIPE A black vinyl outline will be provided for each chevron stripe at the rear of the truck. REFLECTIVE OUTLINE STRIPE A .25" black reflective outline will be applied to the top and the bottom of the reflective band. There will be one (1) set of outline stripes required. 111 of 119 REFLECTIVE STRIPE, CAB DOORS A 6.00" x 16.00" white reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel. This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement. REFLECTIVE STRIPE, TILLERMAN DOORS A 6.00" x 16.00" white reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each tillerman's entry door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel. This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement. CAB STRIPE There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding. BOOM SIGN STRIPING There will be printed effect gold leaf stripes along all edges of the aerial boom sign. The stripes will have an outline and a scroll at each corner. LETTERING The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl. Forty-one (41) to sixty (60) printed effect gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with highlight and shade will be provided. Twenty -one (21) to forty (40) printed effect gold leaf lettering, 10.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided. There will be reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 24 letters provided. LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 12.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be six (6) letters provided. PAINTED PLATE(S) FOR LETTERING There will be five (5) painted aluminum plate(s) provided for department lettering. The plate(s) will be painted to match the primary color of the truck. They will be mounted roof, front bumper, crew cab doors and rear. and will be (4) 6" X 26" for crew cab, front bumper & rear. (1) 14" x 46" for roof With counter sunk holes for screws. in size. EMBLEM There will be one pair of 10.00 " Yellow /White Gold Maltese crosses will be supplied and installed on the cab doors per quote. CAB GRILLE DESIGN An American flag design will be painted on the cab grille. MANUAL FIRE APPARATUS PARTS Two (2) custom parts manuals for the complete fire apparatus will be provided in hard copy with the completed unit. 112 of 119 One (1) compact disc (CD) will also be provided that will include all of the information from the above manual. The manual will contain the following: - Job number - Part numbers with full descriptions - Table of contents - Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly - Parts section sorted in Alphabetical order - Instructions on how to locate parts The manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. SERVICE PARTS INTERNET SITE The service parts information included in this manual is also available on the Pierce website. The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly. MANUALS, CHASSIS SERVICE Two (2) chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on major components will be provided with the completed unit. One (1) compact disk (CD) will also be provided that will include all of the information from the above manual. The manuals will contain the following sections: - Job number - Table of contents - Troubleshooting - Front Axle /Suspension - Brakes - Engine - Tires - Wheels - Cab - Electrical, DC - Air Systems - Plumbing - Appendix 113 of 119 The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. MANUALS. CHASSIS OPERATION Two (2) chassis operation manuals will be provided. One (1) compact disk (CD) will also be provided that will include all of the information from the above manual. ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. ENGINE WARRANTY A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0181, is included with this proposal. STEERING GEAR WARRANTY A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty shall be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package. ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor WabcoT'mABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal. FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom chassis frame and crossmembers limited warranty certificate, WA0038, is included with this proposal. FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY The Pierce TAK -4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA0050, is included with this proposal. REAR AXLE TWO (2) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor axle limited warranty certificate, WA0046, is included with this proposal. TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE WARRANTY The tiller trailer axle and suspension are covered under certificate WA0050.0 TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce cab limited pro -rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal. TRANSMISSION WARRANTY The transmission will have a five (5) year /unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission. Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations. 114 of 119 TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Gortite roll -up door limited warranty will be provided. The mechanical components of the roll -up door will be warranted against defects in material and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. A six (6) year limited warranty will be provided on painted and satin roll up doors. The limited warranty certificate, WA0190, is included with this proposal. PUMP WARRANTY A Waterous pump limited warranty certificate, WA0225, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY Except as provided below, and provided the vehicle will have been placed in service within sixty (60) days after delivery to the original purchaser as established by our original invoice, for a period ending on the first to occur of the expiration of ten years or 100,000 miles of vehicle use after delivery to the original purchaser, Pierce Manufacturing Inc. ( "Pierce ") warrants to the user that the stainless steel piping that is 3.00" and smaller in diameter in its first Fire and Rescue Apparatus vehicles will be free of structural failures caused by defective design, workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion. This limited warranty will apply only if the vehicle is properly maintained and used in service which is normal to the particular vehicle. Normal service means service which does not subject the vehicle to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from the careful use of the vehicle or chassis. If the buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery. This limited warranty is not transferable by the first user. Pierce's obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing or replacing without charge, as Pierce may elect, the stainless steel piping or components which Pierce determines to have failed due to defective design, workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion. A limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal. TWENTY 20) YEAR AERIAL DEVICE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY WARRANTY The Pierce device limited warranty certificate, WA0052, is included with this proposal. AERIAL SWIVEL WARRANTY An Amity five (5) year limited swivel warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS WARRANTY Aerial hydraulic system components will be provided with a five (5) year material and workmanship limited warranty. HYDRAULIC SEAL WARRANTY Aerial hydraulic seals will be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty. 115 of 119 A copy of the warranty certificates will be submitted with the bid package. AERIAL WATERWAY WARRANTY An Amity ten (10) year limited waterway warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. FOUR (4) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce aerial device limited pro -rated paint warranty certificate, WA0047, is included with this proposal. TWO U YEAR GENERATOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Harrison Hydra -Gen limited warranty certificate, WA0051, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce body limited pro -rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0018, is included with this proposal. VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1901, current edition, section 4.13, Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab integrity certification with this proposal. The certification will state that the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third -party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real -time and high -speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state - licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below: - European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29. - SAE 32422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi- Static Loading Heavy Trucks. - SAE 32420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks. - Roof Crush The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,050 lbs. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of 10 metric tons. - Additional Roof Crush 116 of 119 The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 100,000 lbs. This value exceeds the ECE 29 criteria by nearly 4.5 times. - Side Impact The same cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 13,275 lb moving barrier slams into the side of the cab at 5.5 mph at a force of 13,000 ft -Ibs. This test is part of the SAE 32422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident. - Frontal Impact The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-Ibs of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420. - Additional Frontal Impact The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,200 ft-Ibs of force using a moving barrier, (twice the force required by SAE 32420). The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area. CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE 3198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Cab window roll -up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up -down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear. SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages. The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify that 117 of 119 each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. CAB DEFROSTER CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE 3381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE 3381 criteria. CAB HEATER CERTIFICATION Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in- transit, or at a scene. The cab heaters will warm the cab 75 F from a cold -soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE 3381. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. CAB AIR CONDITIONING PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATION Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat - soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 67 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. AMP DRAW REPORT The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system. The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following: 1) Documentation of the electrical system performance tests. 2) A written load analysis, which will include the following: A) The nameplate rating of the alternator. B) The alternator rating under the conditions specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). C) The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). D) Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load. E) Each individual intermittent load. All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). 1111 • Equipment provided by the fire department will be mounted as per instructions. Mounting brackets will be provided for the mounting of equipment. 118 of 119 119 of 119 ra f f it a reverence to a specific brand name, feature, or function is made in these specifications, this information is illustrative and to be construed as a specification. The specification shall describe a component or feature that has been tested, evaluated or used by the City as best meeting specific operational needs as well as design, performance, maintenance, quality and reliability standards as required by the City. Thereby incorporating these requirements by reference within the specification, an equivalent ("or equal) may be offered by the Proposer, subject to testing or evaluation by the City prior to award of contract. The City shall be the sole judge of whether any proposed item will fulfill its requirements for the City's intended purpose and reserves the right to reject any proposed items. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Proposer to provide, at Pr ®poser's expense, any product information, testdata orsimilardocuments. The City may require fully evaluating or demonstrating the acceptability of the offered substitute. Where appropriate, independent testing or evaluation (including destructive testing), may be required as a condition of acceptance at a qualified test facility at the Proposer's expense. 1. INTENT OF SPECIFICATIONS It shall be the intent of these specifications to cover the furnishing and delivery of a complete fire apparatus. These detailed specifications shall cover the requirements as to the type of construction and test to which the apparatus shall conform, together with certain details as to finish, equipment and appliances with which the successful proposer shall conform. Minor details of construction and materials, which are not otherwise specified, are left to the discretion of the contractor. The manufacturer shall provide loose equipment only when specified by the customer. Otherwise, in accordance with the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards, the proposal shall specify whether the fire department or apparatus dealership shall provide required loose equipment. In order to ensure fair, ethical, and legal competition, neither original equipment manufacturer (O.E.M.) or parent company of the O.E.M. shall have ever been fined or convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market (O EXCEPTIONS). Proposals shall only be considered from companies that have an established reputation in the field of fire apparatus construction and have been in business for a minimum of 20 years. Further, proposer shall maintain dedicated service facilities for the repair and service of products. Evidence of such a facility shall be included in proposal. Each proposer shall furnish satisfactory evidence of their ability to construct the apparatus specified and shall state the location of the factory where the apparatus is to be built. The proposer shall also show that the company is in position to render prompt service and to furnish replacement parts. Each proposal shall be accompanied by a detailed set of Contractor's Specifications consisting of a detailed description of the apparatus and equipment proposed, and to which the apparatus furnished under contract shall conform. These specifications shall indicate size, type, model and make of all component parts and equipment. 2. QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP The design of the apparatus shall embody the latest approved automotive engineering practices. The workmanship shall be of the highest quality in its Yes i No RFP No. 13-39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No respective field. Special consideration shall be given to the following points: Accessibility of the various units which require periodic maintenance; ease of operation (including both pumping and driving); and symmetrical proportions. Construction shall be rugged and ample safety factors shall be provided to carry the loads specified and to meet both on and off road requirements and speed conditions as set forth under Performance Tests and Requirements. Welding shall not be employed in the assembly of the apparatus in a manner that shall prevent the ready removal of any component part for service or repair. All steel welding shall follow American Welding Society D1.1 -2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding shall follow American Welding Society and ANSI D1.2 -2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding shall follow American Welding Society B2.1 -2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Flux core arc welding to use alloy rods, type 7000, American Welding Society standards A5.20- E70T1. Employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet American Welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. The manufacturer shall be required to have an American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality. 3. DELIVERY Apparatus, to insure proper break in of all components while still under warranty, shall be delivered under its own power - rail or truck freight shall not be acceptable. A qualified delivery engineer representing the contractor shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in the proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered. 4. INFORMATION REQUIRED The manufacturer shall supply at time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the completed apparatus as delivered. A permanent plate shall be mounted in the driver's compartment which specifies the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle. S. SAFETY VIDEO Documentation provided at the time of delivery shall also include an apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video shall address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus. Safety procedures for the following shall be included: vehicle pre -trip inspection, chassis operation, aerial operation, and maintenance. 6. PERFORMANCE TESTS AND REQUIREMENTS A road test shall be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of ten (10) miles or more shall be made under all driving conditions, during which time the apparatus shall show no loss of power or overheating. The transmission drive shaft or shafts, and rear axles shall run quietly and be free from abnormal vibration or noise throughout the operating range of the apparatus. Vehicle shall adhere to the following parameters: 2 of 134 City of Nevrport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No A) The apparatus, when fully equipped and loaded, shall have not less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent of the weight on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle. B) The apparatus shall be capable of accelerating to 35 mph from a standing start within 25 seconds on a level concrete highway without exceeding the maximum governed rpm of the engine. C) The service brakes shall be capable of stopping a fully loaded vehicle in 35 feet at 20 mph on a level concrete highway. The air brake system shall conform to Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) 121. D) The apparatus, fully loaded, shall be capable of obtaining a speed of 50 mph on a level concrete highway with the engine not exceeding its governed rpm (full load). 7. FAILURE TO MEET TEST In the event the apparatus fails to meet the test requirements of these specifications on the first trials, second trials may be made at the option of the proposer within 30 days of the date of the first trials. Such trials shall be final and conclusive and failure to comply with these requirements shall be cause for rejection. Failure to comply with changes, to conform to any clause of the specifications, within 30 days after notice is given to the proposer of such changes, shall also be cause for rejection of the apparatus. Permission to keep or store the apparatus in any building owned or occupied by the purchaser or its use by the purchaser during the above - specified period with the permission of the proposer shall not constitute acceptance. S. LIABILITY The successful proposer shall defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract. 9. SPECIFICATION PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS Proposers shall also indicate in the 'yes /no" column if their proposal complies on each item (PARAGRAPH) specified. Exceptions shall be allowed if they are equal to or superior to that specified and provided they are listed and fully explained on a separate page. Proposals taking total exception to specifications shall not be acceptable. Also, proposers shall submit a detailed proposal. A letter only, even though written on a company letterhead, shall not be sufficient. Proposals shall be submitted in the same sequence as specifications for ease of evaluation, comparison and checking of compliance. An exception to these requirements shall not be tolerated. 1®. EXCEPTIONS All exceptions shall be stated no matter how seemingly minor. Any exceptions not taken shall be assumed by the purchaser to be included in the proposal, regardless of the cost to the proposer. 3 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No II.GENERAL CONSTRUCTION ' The apparatus shall be designed with due consideration to distribution of load between the front and rear axles. Weight balance and distribution shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the National Fire Protection Association. 12.COMMECIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful proposer shall, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Products /Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000 General Aggregate $5,000,000 Coverage shall be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy shall be written on an occurrence form and shall include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy shall include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract. 13.COMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE It The successful proposer shall, during the performance of the contract keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance: Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000 Coverage shall be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form. 14.UMBRELLA /EXCESS LIABILITY INSU NCE The successful proposer shall, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance: Aggregate: $25,000,000 Each Occurrence: $25,000,000 The umbrella policy shall be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the Proposer's General Liability, Automobile Liability and Employer's Liability policies. The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met. Coverage shall be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Bests. All policies shall provide a 30 day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance shall provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice shall be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions. Proposer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of 4 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Insurance with the coverages listed above along with its proposal. The certificate shall show the purchaser as certificate holder. 15.ISO COMPLIANCE The manufacturer shall operate a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that shall be established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance shall be included with the proposal. 16.SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER Proposals shall only be accepted from a single source apparatus manufacturer. The definition of single source is a manufacturer that designs and manufactures their products using an integrated approach, including the chassis, cab, body and aerial device being engineered and designed by the proposer. The warranties relative to the chassis, body and aerial design (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) must be from a single source manufacturer and not split between manufacturers (i.e. body, chassis and aerial). The proposer shall provide evidence that they comply with this requirement. 17.SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS The apparatus being proposed shall be designed and built to match the newest tractor drawn - aerial currently being used as front line apparatus. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and /or other regulations may also affect the ability to match the previous unit. 18.NFPA STANDARDS This unit shall comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2013 except for fire department specifications that differ from NFPA specifications. These exceptions shall be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions. Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces shall be supplied with delivery of the apparatus. A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated shall be provided. This plate shall show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating. The manufacturer shall have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications. An official of the company shall designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results. 19.NFPA COMPLIANCY Apparatus proposed by the proposer shall meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications shall be indicated in the proposal as "non- NFPA ". 5 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DPAWN QUINT APPARATUS I Yes I No 20.INSPECTION CERTIFICATE A third party inspection certificate for the aerial device shall be furnished upon delivery of the aerial device. The certificate shall be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Type 1 and shall indicate that the aerial device has been inspected on the production line and after final assembly. The following tests shall be conducted: - Magnetic particle inspection shall be conducted on every structural weld to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. Magnets shall be placed on each side of the weld while iron powder is placed on the weld itself. The powder shall detect any crack that may exist. This test shall conform to ASTM E709 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device. - With aluminum structural components, visual inspection shall be performed on aluminum surfaces (non- magnetic). A liquid penetrant test shall be performed on any suspected defective area. This test shall conform to ASTM E165 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device. - Ultrasonic inspection shall be used to detect any flaws in pins, bolts and other critical mounting components. Functional tests, load tests, stability tests, and visual structural examinations shall be performed. These tests shall determine any unusual deflection, noise, vibration, or instability characteristics of the unit. 21. PUMP TEST The pump shall be tested, approved and certified by Underwriter's Laboratory at the manufacturer's expense. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the manufacturer's record of pump construction details shall be forwarded to the Fire Department. 22.VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION The apparatus shall be third party, independent, audit certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) to the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards. The certification includes all design, production, operational and performance testing of the apparatus. (no exception) 23.GENERATOR TEST If the unit has a generator, the generator shall be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results shall be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery. 24.INSPECTIN TRIPS The proposer shall provide three (3) factory inspection trips for 3 people each trip. The three (3) trips shall include Pre -con trip, mid- inspection trip and final inspection trip. The inspection trips shall be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between the manufacturer's representative and the customer. All costs such as travel, lodging and meals shall be the responsibility of the proposer. 134 City of Newoort Beach RFP No APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 25.PERFORMANCE BOND 1 YEAR The successful proposer shall furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required. Proposer and Proposer's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond shall be simultaneously amended to 100 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type shall not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter. 26.APPROVAL DRAWING A drawing of the proposed apparatus shall be provided for approval before construction begins. The sales representative shall also have a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing shall become part of the contract documents. This drawing shall indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc. A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus shall be prepared and submitted by the manufacturer to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 27a113IAG M ELECTRICAL DC CIRCUITS Three (3) sets of diagrams of the body and chassis DC electrical system shall be provided with the completed apparatus. Provide both CD version and printed version. 2. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, shall be provided. Provide both CD version and printed version. 29.TRACTOR CHASSIS The tractor chassis provided shall be a new, tilt -type custom fire apparatus. The chassis shall be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The tractor chassis shall be designed and manufactured for heavy -duty service, with adequate strength and capacity for the intended load to be sustained and the type of service required. 30.1MAXIMUM OVERALL LENGTH The maximum overall length of the apparatus shall be 719 inches. 7 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR - DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 31.M MUM OVERALL HEIGHT The maximum overall height of the tiller cab shall not exceed 134.00" (NO EXCEPTIONS). 32.ANGLE OF DEPARTURE The angle of departure shall be 16 degrees. This shall be effective with the truck in a loaded state. 33.TRACIOR WHEELBASE The wheelbase of the tractor shall be no greater than 176" 34.GVW RATING The gross vehicle weight rating shall be a minimum of 76,600. 35.F ME The chassis frame shall be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails shall have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail shall have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in -lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in -lb over the rear axle. The frame rails shall be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat - treated .38" thick steel, with 3.50" wide flanges. 36. FRAME REINFORCEMENT In addition, a mainframe inverted "L" liner shall be provided. It shall be heat - treated steel measuring 12.00" x 3.00" x .25 ". Each liner shall have a section modulus of 7.795 cubic inches, yield strength of 110,000 psi, and rbm of 857,462 in -lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center shall be 3,976,502 pounds per rail. The frame liner shall be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail, beginning at the front edge of the mainframe rail and extending to the rear cab crossmember. 37. FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE (NO EXCEPTIONS] The front axle shall be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 22,800 lb. The axle shall have a third party certified minimum turning angle of 45 degrees. Aluminum wheels shall not infringe on this cramp angle. 38. FRONT SIDSPENSION Front independent suspension shall be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 lb. Each wheel shall have a torsion bar type spring. 39.SHOCK ABSORBERS Heavy -duty telescoping shock absorbers (KONI) shall be provided on the front suspension. 8 of 7.34 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS a Proposer Complies? Yes No 4 OIL SEALS Oil seals with viewing window shall be provided on the front axle. 41. FRONT TIRES Front tires shall be Michelin 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply XFE wide base tread, rated for 22,800 lb maximum axle load and 65 mph maximum speed. The tires shall be mounted on hub piloted Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc -type wheels with a ten (10) -stud, 11.25" bolt circle. 42.SPARE FRONT TIRE A spare front Michelin tire, 425/65R22.50 radial to match the vehicle's front tiresh II be provided and mounted on an Alcoa aluminum disc wheel (Hub Pi , NO EXCEPTIONS). 43. REAR AXLE The r ar axle shall be a Meritor, Model RS -30 -185, with a capacity of 31,000 lb. 44.TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE A rear xle ratio shall be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 60 MP. 45.REAR SUSPENSION The hear springs shall be semi - elliptical, 3.00" x 52.00 ", 11 leaves main with a grounrating of 31,000 lbs. Spring hangers shall be castings with provisions for lubrication. The grease fittings shall be 90 degree type and shall be accsible without removing the wheels or cutting any sheet metal. Two (2) top Aves shall wrap the forward spring hanger pin and the top leaf shall wrap the rear spring hanger pin on both the front and rear suspensions. Kai r pring pins shall be provided, with double "figure- eight" grease grooves Myer and of electroless nickel plating, 1.00 mil thick, around the entire pin. The bushing that holds the spring pin in place shall also have a grease groove. 46.OIL SEALS Oil seals shall be provided on the rear axle. 47. REAR TIRES Rear' "tires shall be four (4) Michelin 315/80R22.50 radials, 20 ply XDY3 VY "traction" tread, rated for 33,080 lb maximum axle load and 65 mph maximum speed. The tires shall be mounted on hub piloted Alcoa 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) -stud 11.25" bolt circle. 48.REAR DUAL SPARE TIRE SET A complete rear dual spare tire set, Michelin 315/80R22.50 shall be provided mounted on Alcoa polished aluminum disc wheel (HUB PILOTED, NO EXCEPTIONS). °_..TIRE BALANCE All tires shall be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads shall be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights. 9 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS proposer Complies? Yes No 56.TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT There shall be a VECSAFE LED tire alert pressure management system provided that shall monitor each tire's pressure. A chrome plated brass sensor shall be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of eight (8) tires. The sensor shall calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 20 and 120 psi. The sensor shall activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops eight (8) psi. Removing the cap from the sensor shall indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED shall immediately start blinking. 51.HUB COVE (FRONT) Stainless steel hub covers shall be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window shall be provided. 52.HUB COVERS (TILLER AXLE) Stainless steel hub covers shall be provided on the tiller trailer axle. An oil level viewing window shall be provided. 53.HUB COVERS (REAR) A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers shall be provided on rear axle hubs. 54.LUG NUT COVERS Stainless steel lug nut covers shall be installed on all lug nuts. SS.MUD FLAPS Mud flaps shall be installed behind the front, rear and tiller wheels of the apparatus. 56.WHEEL CHOCKS There shall be two (2) pair of non - folding aluminum alloy wheel chocks , with easy -grip handle provided- Zico Model Non - folding AC -2. 57.HEEL CHOCK BRACKETS There shall be two (2) pair of horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the wheel chocks. The brackets shall be mounted ahead of the rear wheels - Zico Model QCH -2 on each side of vehicle. SS.ANTI -LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM The vehicle shall be equipped with a Wabco, Model XS4M, anti -lock braking system. The ABS shall provide a four (4) channel anti -lock braking control on both the front, rear and tiller wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology shall control the anti -lock braking system. Each wheel shall be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal shall be sent to the control unit. This control unit then shall reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti -lock brake system shall eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. 59.13RAKE5 The service brake system shall be full air type. 10 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The frtnt brakes shall be Knorr /Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. The brake system shall be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopng distance. The rear brakes shall be Meritort" 16.50" x 8.63" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters. 60,AIR COMPRESSOR BRAKE SYSTEM The air compressor shall be a Cummins /Wabco with 18.70 cubic feet per minute output. ,BRAKE SYSTEM The b ke system shall include: - Bendix dual brake treadle valve with vinyl covered foot surface - Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer - Total air system capacity of 5,198 cubic inches - Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi - Spring set parking brake system - Parking brake operated by a push -pull style control valve - A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel - Park brake relay /inversion and anti - compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, shall be provided with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi - The air tank shall be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank shall be mounted with stainless steel brackets.(N CEPTIONS). - Bendix AD -9 air dryer, with heater properly sized for the entire brake system. 62. BRAKE LINES Color -coded nylon brake lines shall be provided. The lines shall be wrapped in a heat protective loom where necessary in the chassis. 63.AIRINLET One (I) air inlet with male coupling shall be provided. It shall allow station all- to be supplied to the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet shall be located in the driver side lower step well of cab. A check valve shall be provided to prevent reverse flows of air. The inlet shall discharge into the "wet" tank of the brake system. A mating female coupling shall also be provided with the loose equipment. 11 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUXNT APPARATUS am An additional all wheel lock -up system shall be installed which applies air to the front brakes only. The standard spring brake control valve system shall be used for the rear. 65.ADDITIONAL AIR TANK An additional air tank with 1,454 cubic inch displacement shall be provided to increase the capacity of the air system. This tank shall be dedicated for air horh,,u e. The air tank shall be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank shall be mounted with stainless steel brackets. (NO CEPTIONS) W—MANUAL MOISTURE EJECTORS Six (6) manual moisture ejectors shall be installed in the brake system. The moisture ejector shall be remote mounted on the driver side of vehicle, as close to the edge of vehicle as possible. A loop shall be provided at the moisture ejector, to allow for ease of pulling the drain. Each moisture ejector shall have a label directly under the ejector, stating air tank drain. Nylon tubing, .38" diameter, shall be routed from the air tank to the moisture ejector. The nylon tubing shall be covered with protective split loom. The moisture ejectors shall be provided on driver's side tractor under pump panel. 67.B KE F GS, SPECIAL All the brass brake system fittings shall be "compression type" fittings in place of the standard push to connect type. 68.ENGINE The chassis shall be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below: Make: Cummins Model: ISX15 Power 600 hp at 1800 rpm Torq 1850 lb-ft at 1200 rpm Governed Speed: 2000 rpm Emissions Level: EPA 2010 Fuel: Diesel Cyli` rs: Six (6) Displacement: 912 cubic inches (14.9L) Starter: Delco 39MT+ Fuel Filters: Frame mounted spin -on style primary filter with water separator & water -in -fuel sensor. Engine mounted secondary spin -on style filter. Coolant Filter: Engine mounted spin -on style. APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Both fu I filters will have inline quarter turn shut offs at inlet and outlet lines. 69.BiIGH IDLE A high idle switch shall be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that shall automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch shall be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation /deactivation. The high idle shall be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light shall be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light shall illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light shall be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 70.ENGINE BRAKE An engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. The driver shall be able to turn the engine brake system on /off and have a high, medium and low setting. The engine brake shall be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated. The ABS system shall automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device when required. 71.CLUTCH FAN A Horton air operated fan clutch shall be provided. Clutch fan shall be activated when aerial is in operation. 72. OVERRIDE SWITCH An over ®ride switch shall be provided in the cab above the battery switch to allow ff'e tractor driver the ability to start the engine without anyone sitting in the tiller cab. 73. ENGINE AIR INTAKE The air intake with an ember separator shall be mounted high on the passenger side of the cab, to the front of the crew cab door. The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entd°rg the engine. The ember separator shall be easily accessible through a hinged stainless steel grille, with one (1) flush quarter turn latch. 74. EXHAUST 5YSTEM The exhaust system shall include a diesel particulate filter (DPF) and a selective catalytic reduction (SCR) device to meet current EPA standards. The exhaust system shall be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the SCR device and shall be 5.00" in diameter. An insulation wrap shall be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and SCR to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab. The exhaust shall terminate horizontally ahead of the passenger side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser shall be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields shall be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. 13 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 SPECIFICATIONS • R A TRACTOR-DPAWN QUINT APPAPATUS • • - 75. RADIATOR The radiator and the complete cooling system shall meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards. z For maximum cooling performance, the radiator core shall be made of copper fins having a serpentine design, soldered to brass tubes. The tubes shall be welded to brass headers using the patented Beta -Weld process for increased strength, longer road life and solder -bloom corrosion protection. The radiator core shall have a minimum frontal area of 1396 square inches. Steel supply and return tanks shall be bolted to the core headers and steel side channels to complete the radiator assembly. The radiator shall be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions. The radator shall be mounted in such a manner as to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven ground. The radiator assembly shall be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators. The radiator shall include an integral deaeration tank, with a remote - mounted overflow tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator shall have a built -in sight glass. The radiator shall be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap. A drain port shall be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and /or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system:# A heavy -duty fan shall draw in fresh, cool air through the radiator. Shields or baffles shall be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 76.000LANT LINES Silicone hoses shall be used for all engine /heater coolant lines installed by the chassis manufacturer. ky Hose camps shall be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They shall react to temperature changes in the cooling system and expand or contract accordingly while maintaining a constant clamping pressure on the hose. 77.FUEL TANK A 65, allon fuel tank shall be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassh4 The tank shall be constructed of 12- gauge, hot rolled steel. It shall be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank shall be mounted with stainless steel straps. (no exception). A .75" drain plug shall be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet shall be located on the left hand side rear of the chassis on the vertical portion of the fender skirting area. The inlet shall be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." Yes I No N 14 of 134 Gb,, of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 A .50" diameter vent shall be provided running from the top of the tank to jus below the fuel fill inlet. The tank shall meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements, including a fill capacity of 95 percent of the tank volume. _ All fuel lines shall be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 78, DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK A 4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank shall be provided and mounted in the driver's side body forward of the rear axle. The tank shall be constructed of 16 -gauge type 304- L stainless steel. A .50" drain plug shall be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet shall be located on the driver's side of the body and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only ". The tank shall meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing. The tank shall include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing. A five gallon container of OEM Diesel Exhaust Fluid shall be provided at time of delivery: 79. FUEL SHUTOFF A fuel line shutoff valve shall be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the primary fuel filter. 80.FUEL COOLER An air to fuel cooler shall be installed in the engine fuel return line. The fuel filler cap shall have a retaining chain and holder provided on the fuel fill door. 81.FUEL DOOR LABEL There shall be a label provided on fuel door, to read "Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Only ". 82.FUL SEPARATOR The engine shall be equipped with a Racor in -line spin -on fuel and water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters. 83.!_RANSMISSION An Allison Gen IV, model EVS 4000P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission shall be provided. The transmission shall be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display shall indicate when service is due. Two (2) PTO openings shall be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1. o'clock). Yes I No 0601001 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DPAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No A transmission temperature gauge with red light and buzzer shall be installed on the cab instrument panel. 84.TRANSMISSION SHIFTER A six (6) -speed push button shift module shall be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator shall be indirectly lit for after dark operation. Sixth gear will be obtained via the "mode" button on the shift pad. The trAsmission ratio shall be 1st - 3.51 to 1.00, 2nd - 1.91 to 1.00, 3rd - 1.43 to 1.00, 4th - 1.00 to 1.00, 5th - 0.75 to 1.00, 6th - 0.64 to 1.00, R - 4.80 to 1.00. Allison Transmission SCAAN performance reports reflecting the above transmission for performance at 0 %, 6% and 10% grades shall be provided when the proposal is submitted. (NO EXCEPTIONS) 85.T NSMISSION COOLER A separate transmission cooler shall be provided and be located in close proximity to the radiator. The cooler shall use engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature. 86.5YNTHETIC FLUID ONLY TAG A tag shall be located at the transmission fill point labeled "Synthetic Fluid Only ". 87.TRANSMISSION FLUID ✓ The transmission shall be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES - heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid. 88.DRIVELINE Drivelines shall be a heavy -duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer 1810 universal joints. The sh'*ts shall be dynamically balanced before installation. A splined slip joint shall be provided in each driveshaft, slip joint shall be coated with Glidecoat or equivalent. / 891EERING (/ Dual Sheppard M110 steering gears, with integral heavy -duty power steering, shall be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering shall incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton model VN20F hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines shall have wire braded lines with crimped fittings. A tilt"ad telescopic steering column shall be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations. A turning radius report shall be provided when the proposal is submitted. This report shall include measurements indicating "wall to wall" and "curb to curb" performance. The turning radius report shall reflect the specified wheelbase in this specification along with all steering components included in this specification. A third party certified "Cramp Angle Report" shall also be provided. (NO EXCEPTIONS). 16 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 90.STEERING WHEEL The steering wheel shall be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a four (4) -spoke design. 91.LOGO DESIGNATION ON DASH The dash panel shall have an emblem containing the fire apparatus V/ manufacturer's logo and fire department name. The emblem shall have three (3) rows of text. The first row of text shall be: Newport The second row of text shall be: Beach The third row of text shall be: Fire 92.UPE A one (1) piece, stainless steel bumper, minimum of 10.00" high, shall be attached to the front of the frame. A 9.00" channel shall be mounted directly behind the bumper for additional strength. The bumper shall be extended 10.00" from front face of cab. 93.GRAVEL PAN A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, shall be furnished between the bumper and cab face. The gravel pan shall be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate. 94.LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS Mounted to the frame extension shall be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts shall be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems. The lift and tow mounts with eyes shall be painted the same color as the frame. 95.TOW EYES Two (2) chromed steel tow eyes shall be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes shall have a .25" radius. The tow eyes shall be designed and positioned to allow up to a 6,000 pound straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes shall not be used for lifting of the apparatus. ` t� 9l.CAB The cab shall be designed specifically for the fire service and shall be manufactured by the chassis builder. The cab shall be constructed of 5052 -1-132 aluminum skins on extruded aluminum framing. For increased structural integrity and occupant protection, the cab structure shall include, directly forward of the driver and passenger areas, a .25" firewall plate and .50" lateral support plate that shall tie the forward corner posts to the engine tunnel. The cab roof shall include a heavy 17 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes FNo one (1) -piece aluminum extrusion with wall thickness up to .12 ", and shall extend from side to side, and attach to the upper forward corner posts by customized aluminum castings. The sub - structure shall include a 0.38" wall extrusion under the crew cab floor for support while tilting the cab. To provide, quality at the source and single source customer support, the cab shall be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises (NO PREMISES). The cab shall be a full -tilt style to 80 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal. The cab pivots shall be located 46.00" apart to provide stability while tilting the cab. The cab shall be tilted by an electric over hydraulic pump that is connected to two (2) cab lift cylinders 2.25" in diameter. The cab shall be locked down by a two (2) -point automatic locking mechanism actuated after the cab has been lowered. A three (3) -point cab mount system with rubber isolators shall improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab. The crew cab shall be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants. The forward cab section shall have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately 102.00 ". The crew cab section shall have a 10.00" raised roof, with an overall cab height of approximately 112.00 ". The overall height listed shall be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight ratings, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension shall increase the overall height listed. The cab shall have an interior width of not less than 93.50 ". The driver and passenger seating positions shall have a minimum 24.00" clear width at knee level. To reduce injuries to occupants in the seated positions, proper head clearance shall be provided. The floor -to- ceiling height inside the forward cab shall be no less than 60.25 ". The floor -to- ceiling height inside the crew cab shall be no less than 62.95" in the center position and 68.75" in the outboard positions. The crew cab shall measure a minimum of 47.50" from the rear wall to the backside of the engine tunnel (knee level) for optimal occupant legroom. 97.INTERIOR CAB INSULATION / e/ The cab walls, ceiling and engine tunnel shall be insulated in all strategic locations to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. The cab shall be insulated with 2.00" insulation in the rear wall, 3.00" insulation in the side walls, and 1.50" insulation in the ceiling. / 98.ENGINE TUNNEL �f To provide structural strength, the engine tunnel sidewalls shall be constructed of .50" aluminum plate that is welded to both the .25" firewall and .38" heavy wall extrusion under the crew cab floor. To maximize occupant space, the top edges shall be tapered. 18 of 134 City of Newport Beach REP No. 13 -39 :tr SPECIFICATIONS sl Dv al• •�� Yes I No The engine tunnel shall be insulated on both sides for thermal and acoustic absorption. The underside of the tunnel shall be covered with 1.00" thick polyether foam that is reinforced with an aluminized face. Thermal rating for this insulation shall be -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. The insulation shall keep noise (dBA) levels at or lower than the specifications in the current edition of the NFPA 1401 standards. 99. FENDER LINERS Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells shall be provided. 100. FRONT WINDSHIELD A one (1)- piece, safety glass windshield with more than 2,802 square inches of clear viewing area shall be provided. The windshield shall be full width. The windshield shall consist of three (3) layers: the outer light, the middle safety laminate, and the inner light. The .114" thick outer light layer shall provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer shall prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light shall provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield shall be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. V 101. SUNVISORS Two (2) smoked Lexan sunvisors 7.75" x 28.12" long shall be provided. The sunvisors shall be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab. 102. WINDSHIELD WIPERS Three (3) electric windshield wipers with a washer, in conformance with FMVSS and SAE requirements, shall be provided. The wiper blades shall be 21.65" long and together shall clear a minimum of 1,783 square inches of the windshield for maximum visibility in inclement weather. The windshield washer fluid reservoir shall be located at the front of the vehicle and be accessible through the access hood for simple maintenance. 103. FRONT TILT HOOD A full -width access hood shall be provided for convenient access to engine coolant,; steering fluid, wiper fluid, cab lift controls, headlight power modules, and ember separator. The hood shall also provide complete access to the windshield wiper motor and components. The hood shall be contoured to provide a sleek, automotive appearance. The hood shall be constructed of two (2) fiberglass panels bonded together and shall include reinforcing ribs for structural integrity. The hood shall include air cylinders to hold the hood in open and closed positions, and a heavy duty latch system that shall meet FMVSS 113 (Hood Latch System). The spring - loaded hood latch shall be located at the center of the hood with a double- action release lever located behind the upper grill. The two (2) -step release requires the lever first be pulled to the driver side until the hood releases from the first latch (primary latch) then to the passenger side to fully release the hood (secondary latch). 19 of 134 Citv of Newport APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 104. CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab shall be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. J V 105. CAB LIFT A hydraulic cab lift system shall be provided, consisting of an electric- powered hydraulic pump, fluid reservoir, dual lift cylinders, remote cab lift controls and all necessary hoses and valves. The cab lift controls shall be located at the driver side front of the cab, easily accessible under the full width front access hood. The controls shall include a permanently mounted raise /lower switch. For enhanced visibility during cab tilt operations, a remote control tether with on /off switch shall be supplied on a coiled cord that shall extend from 2.00' (coiled) to 6.00' (extended). The rear of the cab shall be locked down by a two (2)- point, automatic, hydraulic, double hook mechanism that fully engages after the cab has been lowered (self - locking). The dual 2.25" diameter hydraulic cylinders shall be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the cab is in the tilt position. For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm shall be provided that must be manually put in place on the driver side between the chassis and cab frame when cab is in the raised position. This device shall be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered. 106. INTERLOCK CAB LIFT TO PARKING BRAKE V/ The cab lift safety system shall be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism shall be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism shall be disabled. 107. GRILLE A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a formed bright finished grille surround, shall be provided on the front center of the cab, and shall serve as an air intake to the radiator. / 108. DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES t% All cab door jambs shall be furnished with a polished stainless steel scuffplate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb. / 109. FRONT CAB TRIM J Bright finished wrap- around housings shall be provided on each side of the front cab face for mounting of the headlights and front directional lights. The housings shall mate up to the side edge of the forward grille, and then extend around the front corners of the cab rearward, providing for a streamlined automotive appearance. 110. MIRRORS One (1) Ramco, Model CRM- 310 - 1750 -PCHR, polished chrome mirror shall be mounted on each of the cab doors. The mirrors shall be full faced, flat, with an integrated bottom mount convex section. The mirror head shall have a highly polished chrome finish. 20 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The flat glass in each mirror shall be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver. The convex section in each mirror shall be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver. / 111. DOORS V The forward cab and crew cab doors shall be the half- height style door. To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors shall be a minimum of 43.59" wide x 64.71" high. The crew cab doors shall measure a minimum of 37.87" wide x 73.75" high. The forward cab and crew cab doors shall be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of .125". The exterior door skins shall be constructed from .090" aluminum. The forward cab door windows shall include a 7.50" high x 10.00" wide drop area at the front to enhance visibility. A customized, vertical, pull -down type door handle shall be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The exterior handle shall be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and shall provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.' Each door shall also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that shall be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles shall provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. The cab doors shall be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The locks shall be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors shall remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed. A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano -type hinge with a .38" pin and it gauge leaf shall be provided on all cab doors. There shall be double automotive -type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather -tight fit. A dark grey vacuum formed ABS panel shall house the window switches and shall ,mold into the upper sill of the door panel. The cab steps at each cab door location shall be located below the cab doors and shall be exposed to the exterior of the cab. 112. HANDRAILS (INTERIOR CREW CAB DOORS) The handrails shall be provided on each interior crew cab door pan. The handrails shall be mounted at a 45 degree angle. 113. DOOR PANELS V/ The inner cab door panels shall be constructed out of polished stainless steel. The cab door panels shall be removable without disconnecting door and window mechanisms. 21 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 114. ELECTRIC WINDOW CONTROLS Each cab entry door shall be equipped with an electrically operated tempered glass window. A window control panel shall be ergonomically molded into the armrest of the door panel within easy reach of the respective occupant. Each switch shall allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation shall be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1/2 second. The driver control panel shall contain a control switch for each cab door's window. All other door control panels shall contain a single switch to operate the window within that door. 115. CAB STEPS The forward cab and crew cab access steps shall be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps shall be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps shall be a bolt -in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps shall be a minimum 31.00" wide, and the crew cab steps shall be 24.25" wide with an 8.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps shall not exceed 18.00" in height and be limited to two (2) steps. Three (3) step entrance designs shall not be acceptable due to safety concerns. A slip- resistant handrail shall be provided adjacent to each cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. 116. STEP LIGHTS For reduced overall maintenance costs compared to incandescent lighting, there shall be four (4) white LED, step lights provided. The lights shall be installed at each cab and crew cab door, one (1) per step, in the driver side front doorstep, driver side crew cab doorstep, passenger side front doorstep and passenger side crew cab doorstep. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light shall provide a minimum of 25 foot - candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The lights shall be activated when the adjacent door is opened. V 117. FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns shall be installed at all wheel openings. 118. CUP HOLDERS A total of five (5) mounted cup holders shall be provided. Two (2) cup holders shall be provided for the driver and officer, and two (2) cup holders shall be provided in the crew cab area. One (1) cup holder shall be provided in the tiller cab. Minimum size should be 3.5" in diameter. Location TBD at Pre -Con. 119. KNOX BOX/ LIMITED ACCESS KEY BOX �J Mount and provide 12volt electrical power for city supplied limited access key box /Knox box. Location TBD at Pre -Con. 22 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS 1� 120. FENDER PANELS The chassis behind the cab shall be assembled with fender panels over the wheels, running boards and steps for access to the turntable and decking over the frame rails. The fender panels shall be fabricated of .125" -5052 aluminum with a 38,000 psi tensile strength. Fender design shall be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance. Stainless steel fender crowns shall be provided around the rear wheel openings. A rubber welting shall be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering. A dielectric barrier shall be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. The area over the frame rails between the cab and fifth wheel shall be covered with aluminum treadplate to serve as a walkway area. The walkway area shall be properly reinforced with a steel substructure attached to the frame rails. Running boards shall be installed on each side directly behind the cab for access to the walkway area behind the cab and the turntable. The running boards shall be covered with aluminum treadplate. 121. CREW CAB WINDOWS One (1) fixed window with tinted glass shall be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows shall measure 20.00" wide x 20.50" high. There shall be no windows on rear of cab. 122. WINDOW TINT Crew cab windows shall be tinted with 44 percent light transmission tint. The following windows are included: - Crew cab side windows - Crew cab door, roll -up windows 123. EXTERIOR CAB ROOF COVERING Horizontal cab roof surfaces shall be covered with bright aluminum treadplate. Edges and fastening screws shall be properly caulked to prevent water from leaking under aluminum. Front and side warning lights shall not be mounted on top of treadplate. The treadplate shall extend and terminate next to the warning lights. 124. EQUIPMENT MOUNTING SHELF There shall be one (1) shelf provided in the crew cab for permanent mounting of equipment provided. Yes I No RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The shelf shall have a 2.00" lip around edge. The shelf shall be fabricated from aluminum and shall be painted to match the cab interior. The shelf shall be located directly behind the driver and officer seats resting on the engine housing. 125. 5C BA BRACKET HOLDER There shall be two (2) free standing heavy duty mounting brackets. Each bracket shall accommodate a total of (2) Zico SCBA holders. The mounting brackets shall be fabricated to firmly support the weight of two (2) SCOTT SCBA's with (45)minute cylinders. These brackets shall be painted the color of the interior and shall match the current design installed on the newest NBFD apparatus. One (1) bracket shall be mounted on the driver's side rear facing crew cab seat area and one(1) bracket shall be mounted on the officer's side rear facing crew cab seat area. r 126. CAB INTERIOR �! The dash layout shall provide the driver with a quick reference to gauges that allows more time to focus on the road. The center console shall be a high impact ABS polymer, and shall be easily removable for access to the defroster. The center console shall include louvers strategically located for optimal air flow and defrost capability to the windshield. The passenger side dashboard shall be constructed of painted aluminum for durability and low maintenance. For enhanced versatility, the passenger side dash shall include a flat working surface. To provide optional (service friendly) control panels, switches and storage modules, a three (3) piece, 4mm thick polyethylene roto- molded,overhead console shall also be provided. To complete the cab front interior design, painted aluminum modesty panels shall be provided under the dash on both sides of the cab. The driver side modesty panel shall provide mounting for the battery switch and diagnostic connectors, while the passenger side modesty panel provides a glove box, and ground access to the main electrical distribution panel via quick quarter turn fasteners. The engine tunnel, side walls and rear wall shall be covered by a leather grain vinyl that is resistant to oil, grease, and mildew. The inner cab door panels shall include grab handles and control panels molded into the upper section of the door panel. The door panels shall extend 36.50" down from the door window. The headliner shall be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. The crew cab headliner shall be one (1) piece (no exception). The headliner panel shall be a composition of a corrugated high density polyethylene panel covered with a sound barrier and upholstery. For quick, easy access of electrical wiring, or to perform other maintenance needs, the headliner shall be held in place by a dual lock fastening system. The cab structure shall include designated raceways for electrical harness routing;from the front of the cab to the rear upper portion of the cab. Raceways shall be extruded in the forward door frame, floor, walls and overhead in the area where the walls meet the ceiling. The raceways located Z4 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No in the floor shall be covered by aluminum extrusion, while the vertical and overhead raceways shall be covered by a decorative composite panel. The raceways shall improve harness integrity by providing a continuous harness path that eliminates wire chafing and abrasion associated with exposed wiring or routing through drilled metal holes. Harnesses shall be laid in place, not pulled through holes drilled in aluminum tubing. Once laid in place, all harnesses shall be held in position by a hook and loop fastening system. The hook and loop system shall allow for bracket fastener points to not puncture harnesses. The raceways shall include removable covers, providing maintenance personnel with quick and easy access for trouble shooting, or the addition of accessories. Harnesses shall be located within the raceway behind the wire way cover. 127. CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY The cab interior upholstery shall be dark silver gray. 128. CAB INTERIOR PAINT The cab interior metal surfaces shall be painted gray, vinyl texture paint. 129. CAB FLOOR The cab and crew cab floor areas shall be covered with Polydamp acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam. The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a .25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 130. CAB DEFROSTER To provide maximum defrost and heating performance, a 54,96113TU heater defroster unit with 558 SCFM of air flow shall be provided inside the cab. The defroster unit shall be strategically located under the center forward portion of the roto- molded instrument panel. For easy access, a removable roto - molded cover shall be installed over the defroster unit. The defroster shall include an integral aluminum frame air filter, high performance dual scroll blowers, and ducts designed to provide maximum defrosting capabilities for the one (1) piece windshield. The defroster ventilation shall be built into the design of the cab dash instrument panel and shall be easily removable for maintenance. The defroster shall be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at zero (0) degrees Fahrenheit for ten (10) hours, and a two (2) ounce per square inch layer of frost /ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield. The defroster system shall meet or exceed SAE J382 minimum defrosting system performance requirements. 131. CAB /CREW CAB HEATER Two (2) 36,702 BTU auxiliary heaters with 276 SCFM each unit of air flow shall be provided inside the crew cab, one (1) in each outboard rear - facing seat riser. The heaters shall include high performance dual scroll blowers one (1) for each unit. Outlets for the heaters shall be located below each rear - facing seat riser and below the fronts of the driver and passenger seats, for efficient airflow. An extruded aluminum plenum shall be incorporated in the cab structure that shall transfer heat to the forward cab seating positions. 25 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS proposer Complies? Yes No The heater - defroster and crew cab heaters shall be controlled by a single integral electronic control panel. The heater control panel shall allow the driver to control heat flow to the front and rear simultaneously. The control panel shall include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control, and be conveniently located on the dash in clear view of the driver. The control panel shall include highly visible, progressive LED indicators for both fan speed and temperature. For increased convenience, an optional dual control for the passenger position shall also be available. 132. AIR CONDITIONING A high - performance, customized air conditioning system shall be furnished inside the cab and crew cab. A 13.10 cubic inch compressor shall be installed on the engine. A roof= mounted condenser with a 63,000 BTU output that meets and exceeds the performance specification shall be installed on the cab roof. Mounting the condenser below the cab or body would reduce the performance of the system and shall not be acceptable. The evaporator unit shall be installed in the cab, located in the center of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel. The evaporator shall include two (2) high performance cores and plenums with multiple outlets, one plenum directed to the front and one plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The evaporator unit shall have a 49,000 BTU rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications. Adjustable air outlets shall be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following: Two (2) shall be directed towards the drivers location Two (2) shall be directed towards the officers location Six (6) shall be directed towards crew cab area The air conditioner refrigerant shall be R -134A and shall be installed by a certified technician. The air conditioner shall be controlled by a single integral electronic control panel for the heater, defroster and air conditioner. For ease of operation, the control panel shall include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control, and be conveniently located on the dash in clear view of the driver. The control panel shall include highly visible, progressive LED indicators for both fan speed and temperature. For added convenience, an optional dual control for the passenger position shall also be available. 133. GRAB HANDLE A black rubber covered grab handle shall be mounted on the door post of the driverside cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handle shall be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield. A long rubber grab handle shall be mounted on the dash board in front of the officer. 26 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 134. ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS Two (2) LED engine compartment lights shall be installed under the engine hood, with an integral switch. The lights shall have a .125" diameter hole in its lens to prevent moisture retention. 135. ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there shall be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door shall be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The door shall be a minimum of 17.75' wide x 12.75" high and be flush with the wall of the engine tunnel. The engine oil dipstick shall allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick shall allow for both checking and filling. An additional tube shall be provided for filling the engine oil. The door shall have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush latch shall be provided on the access door 136. MAP BOX -1 1OFFICER A map box with three (3)bins, open at officer side, shall be installed on the front of the engine housing. The map box shall be divided into three (3) bins, each being 12.00" wide x 4.00" deep x 8.00° high. The map box shall be constructed 1.25" aluminum and shall be painted to match the cab interior. Final construction and location TBD at pre -con. l t/ 137. MAP BOX -2 1FIREFIGHTER A map box with six (6) bins, open from top, shall be installed on the rear of the engine housing for firefighter access. The map box shall be divided into six (6) bins, each being 12.00" wide x 6.00" deep x 8.00" inches high. The map box shall be constructed 1.25" aluminum and shall be painted to match the cab interior. Final construction and location TBD at pre -con. 138. MAP POCKET Installed on each front door shall be a map pocket. The pocket shall be 13.50" wide x 14.00" high x 1.50" deep and constructed of stainless steel. A rectangular notch shall be provided in the center of the map pocket that shall be 9.50" wide x 9.00" deep to allow access the map books. 139. FRONTAL IMPACT PROTECTION {/ The cab shall be provided with a frontal impact protection system and shall include the following: ® 'A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor shall be installed on a structural cab member behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor shall perform real time diagnostics of all critical subsystems and shall record sensory inputs immediately before and during a frontal impact event. ® A fault- indicating light shall be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to monitor the operational status of the SRS system. 27 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUIRT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No • ,A driver side front air bag shall be mounted in the steering wheel and shall be designed to protect the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the three (3) -point seat belt. • A passenger side knee bolster air bag shall be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash panel and shall be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with the three (3) -point seat belt. • Driver and front passenger suspension seats shall be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during a frontal impact event. ® Driver and front passenger seat belts shall be provided with pre - tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during frontal impact event. The SRS system shall provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system shall activate when the vehicle decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the occupants. The cab and chassis shall have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash impact during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing included all major chassis and cab components such as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts, pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing provided configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety restraint system. The sensor shall activate the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash algorithm, wave form, is detected (NO EXCEPTIONS). The SRS system shall deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact event: • Driver side front air bag. • Passenger side knee bolster air bag. • Driver and front passenger suspension seats shall be retracted to the lowest travel position. a Driver and front passenger seat belts shall be pre- tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place. 140. SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity in the cab shall be four (4). 141. DRIVER SEAT A seat shall be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design shall be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat shall include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control shall be a towel -bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat shall have an adjustable reclining back. The seat back shall be a high back style with side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat shall be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). 28 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The seat shall include the following features incorporated into the frontal impact protection system. A suspension seat safety system shall be included. When activated in the event of a frontal impact, this system shall pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position. (NO EXCEPTIONS) The seat shall be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt tongue shall be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle shall be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt shall be furnished with dual automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 142. OFFICER SEAT A seat shall be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat design shall be a cam action type, with air suspension. The seat back shall be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle and side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat shall be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat shall be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that shall activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat shall include the following features incorporated into the frontal impact protection system: A suspension seat safety system shall be included. When activated this system Shall pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position. (NO EXCEPTIONS) The seat shall be furnished with a three - point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt tongue shall be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle shall be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt shall be furnished with dual automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. / 143. FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There shall be one (1) forward facing, foldup seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back shall be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seat shall be a minimum of 15.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat shall be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that shall activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat shall be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt tongue shall be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle shall be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy 29 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 .. APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DPAWN QUINT APPARATUS seat automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 144. FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There shall be one (1) forward facing foldup seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back shall be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seat shall be a minimum of 15.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat shall be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that shall activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat shall be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt tongue shall be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle shall be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt shall be furnished with dual automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 145. SEAT UPHOLSTERY All seat upholstery shall be gray Turnout Tuff material. 146. SHOULDER HARNESS HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT All seating positions furnished with three (3) -point shoulder type seat belts shall include a height adjustment. This adjustment shall optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. 147. SEAT BELTS All seating positions in the cab and crew cab shall have red seat belts. 148. SEAT BELT MONITORING SYSTEM A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) shall be provided. The SBMS shall be capable of monitoring up to ten (10) seat positions indicating the status of each seat position with a green or red LED indicator as follows: Seat Occupied Buckled Green Seat Occupied Unbuckled Red No Occupant Buckled Red No Occupant Unbuckled Not Illuminated Alarm: The SBMS shall include an audible alarm that shall be activated when a red illumination condition exists and the parking brake is released, or a red illumination condition exists and the transmission is not in park. 149. INTERIOR CAB COMPARTMENT A forward facing interior compartment shall be provided in the crew cab at the center position. 30 of 134 Citv of Newoort Yes I No V/ APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The compartment shall be 38.00" wide x 30.00" high x 22.63" deep with one (1) Gortite roll up door, non - locking with anodized finish. The clear door opening of the compartment shall be 20.00" high x 33.00" wide. The compartment shall be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior. The compartment shall have ventilation holes /louvers on each side of the compartment to provide adequate ventilation of installed radio communication equipment. This storage compartment shall he compliant per NFPA standard for automotive fire apparatus (NO EXCEPTIONS). 150. INTERIOR CAR COMPARTMENT SHELVING There shall be three (3) shelves provided in the "Interior Cab Compartment ". (2) Shelves shall be constructed of .090" aluminum with a 1.25" up- turned lip. Shelving shall be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded tightener sliding in a track. The bottom shelf shall be sliding, lockable, extreme low profile and be constructed with a 1" lip. 151. COMPARTMENT LIGHT There shall be one (1) On Scene Solutions LED strip light installed on the left side of the compartment opening. The lights shall be controlled by an automatic door switch. 152. CREW CAR OVERHEAD STORAGE COMPARTMENT An overhead rear - facing storage compartment shall be installed at the raised roof within the crew cab, in place of the standard air conditioning cabinet. The cabinet shall include (3) lift up compartment doors with gas operated stay arms with a divider between each door opening. The compartment size shall be a minimum of 86.00" wide x 10.00" high x 16.00" deep at the bottom and 11.00" deep at the top. It shall be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. 153. HELMET HOLDER 'f There shall be four (4) Zico UHH -1 helmet holder brackets provided in the cab. The brackets shall provide quick access and secure storage of the helmets. The bracket locations shall be determined at time of final inspection. 154. CAR INTERIOR LIGHTING Auxiliary lights shall be provided in the cab and consisting of: - Two (2) Weldon, Model 8081, red /clear dome light located, one (1) on the officer side and one (1) on the driver side, controlled by the following: Clear forward light controlled by the door switch and the lens switch. Red rearward light controlled by the lens switch. - Two (2) Adjustable Map Lights: With switches mounted on the cab ceiling. 31 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes, I No 155. CREW CAB INTERIOR LIGHTING There shall be two (2) Weldon, Model 8081, red /clear dome lights with grey bezels installed in the crew cab located one (1) each side, controlled by the following: The forward, clear light shall be controlled by the door switch and the lens switch. The rear, red light shall be controlled by the lens switch only. A courtesy light at each door opening, controlled by automatic door switches. 156. PORTABLE HAND HELD BOX LIGHTS a/ There shall be five (5) Pelican Products, Model 9410, LED 12v DC rechargeable lights mounted. Location TBD at pre -con. The color shall be yellow. Each charger shall be hard wired to the 12 VDC system . 157. CAB INSTRUMENTATION The cab instrument panel shall consist of gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lights, alarms, control switches, and a diagnostic panel. The function of instrument panel controls and switches shall be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch shall illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps shall not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls shall be conveniently locates) within the forward cab section directly forward of the driver. Gauge and switch panels shall be designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership. / 158. GAUGES b/ The gauge panel shall include the following ten (10) black gauges with black bezels to monitor vehicle performance: Voltmeter Gauge (Volts) Low volts (11.8 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm High volts (15 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very low volts (11.3 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very high volts (16 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Tachometer (RPM) Speedometer (Primary (outside) MPH, Secondary (inside) Km /H) Fuel Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) �.. APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Yes I No Low fuel (1/8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very low fuel (1/32) fuel Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Engine Oil Pressure Gauge (PSI) Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Front Air Pressure Gauge (PSI) Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Rear Air Pressure Gauge (PSI) Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit) Nigh transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit) Nigh engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) Low fluid (1/8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm All gauges and gauge indicators shall perform prove out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance. 159. INDICATOR LAMPS To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps shall be integral to the gauge °assembly and are located above and below the center gauges. The indicator lamps shall be "dead- front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights shall have descriptive text or symbols. The following amber telltale lamps shall be present: Low coolant Trac cntl (traction control) Check engine APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Check trans (check transmission) Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat) Air rest (air restriction) Caution (triangle symbol) Water in fuel DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration) Trailer ABS Wait to start HET- (engine high exhaust temperature) ABS (antilock brake system) MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) SRS (supplemental restraint system) fault DEF (low diesel exhaust fluid level) The following red telltale lamps shall be present: Warning (stop sign symbol) Seat belt Parking brake Stop engine Rack down The following green telltale lamps shall be provided: Left turn Right turn Battery on The following blue telltale lamp shall be provided: High beam / 160. ALARMS Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm shall be provided whenever a warning message is present. Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime /chirp) shall be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present. Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm shall be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms shall intermittently chirp every 30 34 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp shall act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition shall enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively. 161. INDICATOR LAMP AND ALARM PROVE -OUT Telltale indicators and alarms shall perform prove -out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance. 162. CONTROL SWITCIHES For ease of use, the following controls shall be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. Emergency master switch: A molded plastic push button switch with integral indicator lamp shall be provided. Pressing the switch shall activate emergency response lights and siren control. A green lamp on the switch provides indication that the emergency master mode is active. Pressing the switch again disables the emergency master mode. Headlight / Parking light switch: A three (3)- position maintained rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position shall deactivate all parking lights and the headlights. The second switch position shall activate the parking lights. The third switch position shall activate the headlights. Panel backlighting intensity control switch: A three (3)- position momentary rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position decreases the panel backlighting intensity to a minimum level as the switch is held. The second switch position is the default position that does not affect the backlighting intensity. The third switch position increases the panel backlighting intensity to a maximum level as the switch is held. The following standard controls shall be integral to the gauge assembly and are located below the right hand gauges. All switches have backlit labels for low light applications. High idle engagement switch: A two (2)- position momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp shall be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position shall activate and deactivate the high idle function when pressed and released. The "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch shall indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light shall be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement. The following standard controls shall be provided adjacent to the cab gauge assembly within easy reach of the driver. All switches shall have backlit labels for low light applications. Ignition switch: A three (3)- position maintained /momentary rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position shall deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position shall activate vehicle ignition. The third 35 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No momentary position shall disable the Command Zone audible alarm if held for three (3) to five (5) seconds. A green indicator lamp shall be activated with vehicle ignition. Engine start switch: A two (2)- position momentary rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position shall activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. 4 -way hazard switch: A two (2)- position maintained rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position shall deactivate the 4 -way hazard switch function. The second switch position shall activate the 4 -way hazard function. The switch actuator shall be red and includes the international 4- way hazard symbol. Heater and defroster controls. Turn signal arm: A self - canceling turn signal with high beam headlight and windshield wiper /washer controls shall be provided. The windshield wiper control shall have high, low, and intermittent modes. Parking brake control: An air actuated push /pull park brake control valve shall be provided. Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control shall be provided through the center of the steering wheel. 163. CUSTOM SWITCH PANELS The design of cab instrumentation shall allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There shall be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the driver's side, up to four (4) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the driver, up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the officer's side and up to two (2) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the officer. All switches shall have backlit labels for low light applications. 164. DIAGNOSTIC PANEL V A diagnostic panel shall be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel shall allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches shall allow engine and ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist. The diagnostic panel shall include the following: Engine diagnostic port Transmission diagnostic port ABS diagnostic port SRS diagnostic port Command Zone USB diagnostic port 36 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Engine diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on check engine telltale indicator) ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch 165. CAB LCD DISPLAY V A digital four (4) -row by 20- character dot matrix display shall be integral to the gauge panel. The display shall be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display shall be split into three (3) sections. Each section shall have a dedicated function. The upper left section shall display the outside ambient temperature. The upper right section shall display odometer, trip mileage, PTO hours, fuel consumption, engine hours, and other configuration specific information. The bottom section shall display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages shall automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD shall be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist. 166. AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm shall be provided. 167. "DO NOT MOVE APPA TUS" INDICATOR f A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, shall be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light shall be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator shall activate a steady tone alarm when the parking brake is released. 166. DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES Messages shall be displayed on the gauge panel LCD located forward of the steering wheel directly in front of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages shall designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged). The following messages shall be displayed: Do Not Move Truck DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open) PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open) DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open) PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open) PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open) Rear Body Door Open 37 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down) PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down) Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed) Stabilizer Not Stowed Steps Not Stowed Handrail Not Stowed Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved shall be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged. 169. SWITCH PANELS The emergency light switch panel shall have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel shall contain eight (8) membrane -type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments shall include non - functioning black appliques. Documentation shall be provided by the manufacturer indicating the rated cycle life of the switches. The switch panel(i) shall be located in the overhead position above the windshield on the driver side overhead to allow for easy access. The switches shall be membrane -type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch shall be illuminated white whenever backlighting is activated and illuminated red whenever the switch is active. For ease of use, a two (2) -ply, scratch resistant laser engraved label indicating the use of each switch shall be placed in the center of the switch. The label shall allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions. 170. WIPER CONTROL The windshield wiper control shall be an integral part of the directional light lever located on the steering column. The wiper control shall include high and low wiper speed settings, a one (1) -speed intermittent wiper control with six (6)- second interval and windshield washer switch. The control shall have a "return to park' provision, which allows the wipers to return to the stored position when the wipers are not in use. i 171. AERIAL HOUR METER An hour meter for the aerial device shall be provided and located within the cab display or instrument panel. 172. AERIAL MASTER There shall be a master switch for the aerial operating electrical system provided. 173. SPARE CIRCUIT #1 (MDCJ There shall be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: 38 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The positivve wire shall be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire shall be connected to ground. Wires shall be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground shall terminate TBD at Pre -Con. Termination shall be with heat shrinkable butt splicing. Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit may be load managed when the parking brake is set unless it supplies power for communication equipment (O EXCEPTIONS). 174. SPARE CIRCUIT #2 (ACCESSORY POWER POINTS X 41 There shall be four (4) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: The positive wire shall be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire shall be connected to ground. Wires shall be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground shall terminate TBD at Pre -Con. Termination shall be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover. Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit may be load managed when the parking brake is set unless it supplies power for communication equipment (NO EXCEPTIONS). 175. SPARE CIRCUIT #3 (HANDHELD RADIO BATTERY CHARGE 1 There shall be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: The positive wire shall be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire shall be connected to ground. Wires shall be protected to 30 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground shall terminate TBD at Pre -Con. Termination shall be with six (6) position terminal strip. Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit may be load managed when the parking brake is set unless it supplies power for communication equipment (NO EXCEPTIONS). 39 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 Ifn7 176. SPARE CIRCUIT #4 (RADIO, COMMUNICATION) There shall be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: The positive wire shall be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire shall be connected to ground. Wires shall be protected to 10 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground shall terminate TBD at Pre -Con. Termination shall be with heat shrinkable butt splicing. Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit may be load managed when the parking brake is set unless it supplies power for communication equipment (NO EXCEPTIONS). There shall be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: The positive wire shall be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire shall be connected to ground. Wires shall be protected to 30 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground shall terminate TBD at Pre -Con. Termination shall be with six (6) position terminal strip. Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit may be load managed when the parking brake is set unless it supplies power for communication equipment (NO EXCEPTIONS). All spare circuits being utilized for communications shall be terminated directly to the isolated battery utilizing a bus bar (NO EXCEPTIONS). / 178. SPARE CIRCUIT #6 (TILLER CABS 1!( There shall be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: The positive wire shall be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire shall be connected to ground. Wires shall be protected to 30 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground shall terminate in tiller cab. 40 of 134 Citv of Newoort APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Termination shall be with a six (6) position terminal strip. Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit may be load managed when the parking brake is set unless it supplies power for communication equipment (NO EXCEPTIONS). 179. RADIO WITH CO PLAYER There shall be a Panasonic Model 5101AU or equivalent AM /FM /Weatherband stereo radio with compact disc player and MP3 jack installed with remote head mounted within access of the driver. The compact disc stereo radio shall be mounted TBD at Pre -Con. The quantity and location of the speakers shall be one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers located in the cab and one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers located in the crew cab. There shall be two (2) radio speakers with separate volume controls provided in the tiller cab. The type and location of the antenna shall be a roof - mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof. 180. INFORMATION CENTER p% An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal color LCD display shall be encased in an ABS plastic housing. The information center shall have the following specifications: - Operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees Fahrenheit - An Optical Gel shall be placed between the LCD and protective lens - Five weather resistant user interface switches - Black enclosure with gray decal - Sunlight Readable - Linux operating system - Minimum of 400nits rated display - Display can be changed to an available foreign language 181. OPERATION The information center shall be designed for easy operation for everyday use. The page button shall cycle from one screen to the next screen in a rotating fashion. A video button shall allow a NTSC signal into the information center to be displayed on the LCD. Pressing any button while viewing a video feed shall return the information center to the vehicle information screens. A menu button shall provide access to maintenance, setup and diagnostic screens. All other button labels shall be specific to the information being viewed. 41 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS M 182, GENERAL SCREEN DESIGN Where possible, background colors shall be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background shall be used. If a caution or warning situation arises the following shall occur: - An amber background /text color shall indicate a caution condition. - A red background /text color shall indicate a warning condition. Every screen shall include the following: - Exterior Ambient Temperature - Time (12 or 24 hour mode) - Text Alert Center: - The information center shall utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages shall be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages shall cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" shall change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color shall be shown for all alert center messages. - Button Labels: A label for each button shall exist. The label shall indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens shall have a button label with no text. 183. PAGE SCREENS The Information center shall include the following screens: Load Manager Screen: A list of items to be load managed shall be provided. The list shall provide: - Description of the load - Individual load shed priority: The lower the priority number the earlier the device shall be shed should a low voltage condition occur. - Load Status: The screen shall indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a Glance" color features are utilized on this screen Do Not Move Truck: The Do Not Move Truck screen shall indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices shall be indicated: - Driver Side Cab Door - Passenger's Side Cab Door 42 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS I Proposer Complies? Yes No - Driver Side Crew Cab Door - Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door - Driver Side Body Doors - Passenger's Side Body Doors - Rear Body Door(s) - Hatch Door (if applicable) - Stabilizers (if applicable) - Steps (if applicable) - Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved, shall cause an "Alert Center" message if the parking brake is disengaged. Chassis Information: The following information shall be shown: - Engine RPM - Fuel Level - Battery Voltage - Engine Coolant Temperature - Engine Oil Pressure "At a Glance" color features are utilized on this screen Active Alarms List: This screen shall show a list of all active text messages. The list items text shall match the text messages shown in the "Alert Center ". The date and time the message occurred is displayed with each message in the list. f 184. MENU SCREENS J The following screens shall be available through the Menu button: View System Information: A detailed list of vehicle information: - Battery Volts - Pump Hours - Transmission Oil Temperature - Pump Engaged - Engine Coolant Level - Engine Oil Level - Oil level shall only be shown when the engine is not running - Power Steering Level 43 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Set daytime and nighttime Display Brightness: - Brightness: Increase and decrease - Default setting button Configure Video Mode: - Set Video Contrast - Set Video Color - Set Video Tint Set Startup Screen: - Choose the screen that shall be active at vehicle power - up Set Date & Time: - 12 or 24 hour format - Set time - Set date View Active Alarms: - Shows a list of all active alarms - Date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm - Silence alarms - All alarms are silenced System Diagnostics: - Module type and ID number - Module version - Module diagnostics information: - Input or output number - Circuit number connected to that input or output - Circuit name (item connected to the circuit) - Status of the input or output - Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 44 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS A vehicle data recorder (VDR) shall be provided. The VDR shall be capable of reading and storing vehicle information. The VDR shall be capable of operating in a voltage range from 8VDC to 16VDC. The VDR shall not interfere with, suspend, or delay any communications that may exist on the CAN data link during the power up, initialization, runtime, or power down sequence. The VDR shall continue operation upon termination of power or at voltages below 8VDC for a minimum of 10ms. The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A CD provided with the apparatus shall include the programming to download the information from the VDR. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The vehicle data recorder shall be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and /or CAN inputs: Vehicle Speed - MPH Acceleration - MPH /sec Deceleration - MPH /sec Enginm Speed - RPM Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle ABS Event - On /Off Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On /Off Time - 24 Hour Time Date - Year /Month /Day 186. INTERCOM SYSTEM A seven (7) position David Clark intercom system shall be City supplied and installed by the preferred builder. (NO EXCEPTIONS). Driver and Officer positions shall have radio interface capability with remote radio Push To Talk buttons located within easy reach of the driver and officer. Pump Panel shall have a weatherproof bulkhead fitting for radio interface belt station. Aerial turntable console shall a have a weatherproof bulkhead fitting for radio interface belt station. Two (2) crew cab positions shall have intercom only located between the forward facing crew cab seats on back wall of cab. Tiller cab position shall have intercom only located on back wall of tiller cab Yes V No 11=1161 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Ye No 187. RAD10 INTERFACE CABLE The apparatus manufacturer shall supply and install one (1) radio interface cable before delivery of the vehicle. The radio equipment to be used shall be Motorola NPX -6500. V 188. UNDER THE HELMET HEADSET There shall be six (6) under the helmet, headsets provided driver, officer, two crew, turntable /pump panel, and tiller. Each David Clark, Model H3442, headset shall feature: O 5' Coiled cord ® Noise cancelling electric microphone ® Flexible microphone boom rotates 200 degrees for left or right dress • Microphone on /off button ® Comfort Gel Earseals ® 23 dB noise reduction 189. HEADSET HANGERS There shall be five (5) headset hangars installed for the intercom system. Location TBD at Pre -Con. 190. RADIO EQUIPMENT The following radio equipment shall be provided by the fire department for Installation: • Mobile Data Computer • Mobile Data Computer Keyboard w /mounting bracket • Docking station, power supply, inverter, cables • Modem, Antenna, power supply, cables • Five drop in vehicular radio battery chargers. • 800 MHz Motorola mobile radio, antenna, power supply, speaker, palm mic • Multi Unit Battery Charger (6 bay battery charger). • EPCR (Electronic PreHospital Care Report 110 Volt Power Supply) • EPCR Tablet Holder • 110/12 volt Inverter Location of all listed items TBD at Pre -Con. 191e SWIVEL BRACKETS Two (2) Johnny Ray swivel brackets shall be provided and installed to mount v 46 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No the siren and radio head. Location TBD at Pre -Con. 192. PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER INSTALLATION ° There shall be five (5) fire department supplied portable two -way radio chargers and one (1) multi -bay chargers sent to the apparatus manufacturer's preferred radio installer to be installed - location TBD. Specific shipping requirements shall be followed. 193. TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION There shall be one (1) fire department supplied two way radio sent to the apparatus manufacturer's preferred radio installer to be installed in the interior cab compartment with the radio head mounted in the dash area- location TBD at Pre -Con. Installation of the fire department supplied radio antennas shall be included in this option. Specific radio shipping requirements shall be followed. All antenna cables shall be labeled and installed with protective sheathing. All radio Cabling shall be routed through a gateway. (NO EXCEPTIONS). f 194. MOBILE DIO MODEM INSTALLATION t/ There shall be one (1) City supplied two way radio modem sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer. Location TBD at Pre -Con. Specific shipping requirements shall be followed. 195. COMPLETE MDC INSTALLATION A City supplied Mobile Data Computer (MDC), Docking station, Mounting bracket, power supply, antenna, GPS, modem, and all cabling shall be sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer to be installed in the center forward area of the dash. Specific shipping requirements shall be followed. f 196. DI ANTENNA MOUNTS °' There shall be five (5) antenna - mounting waterproof base(s) with 17 feet of coax cable for communication equipment. All antenna cabling shall be routed through a gateway. Antennas include: AM /FM, GPS, Tri -Band and two spares. one (1) of the mounts shall be located on the cab roof, just to the rear of the officer seat and the additional mount(s) shall be located directly to the left, in the following positions on the cab roof as required. Cables shall be routed to the lower portion of the interior cab compartment. 197. ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM The primary power distribution shall be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting. Additional electrical distribution centers shall be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution 47 of 134 City of Newport Beach Ri-P No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No centers shall be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers shall be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and /or-relays shall be easily accessible. Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle shall contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership. Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, shall be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices shall be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers shall be Type -I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses shall be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid shall have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA. 198. SOLID-STATE CONTROL SYSTEM V A solid -state electronics based control system shall be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network shall consist of electronic modules located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system shall comply with SAE 31939 -11 recommended practices. The control system shall operate as a master -slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system shall contain,-patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system shall utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDXT" specifications providing a lower cost of ownership. For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules shall include the following attributes: Green LED indicator light for module power Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field reprogrammable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters Complete operating and troubleshooting manuals 48 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOP. A TRACTOP-DRAWN QUINT APPAPATUS Yes I No USB connection to the main control module for advanced troubleshooting To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid -state control system modules shall meet the following specifications: Module circuit board shall meet SAE 3771 specifications x Operating temperature from -40C to +70C Storage temperature from -40C to +70C Vibration to 50g IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 16 volts DC The main controller shall activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical. 199. CIRCUIT PROTECTION AND CONTROL DIAGRAM Copies of all job - specific, computer network input and output (I /0) connections shall be provided with each chassis. The sheets shall indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information. 200: ON -BOARD ADVANCED /VISUAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS The on -board information center shall include the following diagnostic information: Text description of active warning or caution alarms Simplified warning indicators Amber caution light with intermittent alarm Red warning light with steady tone alarm All control system modules, with the exception of the main control module, shall contain on -board visual diagnostic LEDs that assist in troubleshooting. The LEDs shall be enclosed within the sealed, transparent module housing near the face of the module. One LED for each input or output shall be provided and shall illuminate whenever the respective input or output is active. Color -coded labels within the modules shall encompass the LEDs for ease of identification. The LED indicator lights shall provide point of use information for reduced troubleshooting time without the need for an additional computer. 201. ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS An advanced, Windows- based, diagnostic software program shall be provided for this control system. The software shall provide troubleshooting tools to service technicians equipped with an IBM compatible computer. Yes I No The service and maintenance software shall be easy to understand and use and have the ability to view system input /output (I /0) information. 202. INDICATOR LIGHT AND ALARM PROVE -OUT SYSTEM A system shall be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. 203. VOLTAGE MONITOR SYSTEM A voltage monitoring system shall be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system shall provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels. The alarm shall activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes. 204. DEDICATED RADIO EQUIPMENT CONNECTION POINTS There shall be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two -way radio equipment. The studs shall consist of the following: 12- volt-40 -amp battery switched power 12 -volt 60 -amp ignition switched power 12 -volt 60 -amp direct battery power There shall also be a 12 -volt 100 -amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center. f 205. ENHANCED SOFTWARE J The solid -state control system shall include the following software enhancements: All perimeter lights and scene lights (where applicable) shall be deactivated when the parking brake is released. Cab and crew cab dome lights shall remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights shall dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. Cab and crew cab perimeter lights shall remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights shall dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. / 206. EMI /RFI PROTECTION To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system shall meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system shall be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source. The apparatus shall have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean 3 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No operations. The electrical system shall meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE 31113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for IOKHz -1GHz to 100 Volts /Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, shall provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and shall certify that the vehicle meets SAE 3551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMIR for 10KHz -1GHz to 100 Volts /Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself. EMI /RFI susceptibility shall be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system shall be designed for full compatibility with low -level control signals and high - powered two -way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing shall be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI /RFI susceptibility. f 207. ELECTRICAL HARNESSING INSTALLATION To ensure rugged dependability, all 12 -volt wiring harnesses installed by the apparatus manufacturer shall conform to the following specifications: SAE J1128 - Low tension primary cable SAE 31292 - Automobile, truck, truck - tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring SAE J163 - Low tension wiring and cable terminals and splice clips SAE J2202 - Heavy duty wiring systems for on- highway trucks NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus FMVSS 302 - Flammability of interior materials for passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses SAE 31939 - Serial communications protocol SAE 32030 - Heavy -duty electrical connector performance standard SAE 32223 - Connections for on board vehicle electrical wiring harnesses NEC - National Electrical Code SAE 3561 - Electrical terminals - Eyelet and spade type SAE J928 - Electrical terminals - Pin and receptacle type A Wiring shall be run in loom where exposed, and have grommets or other edge protection where wires pass through metal. Wiring shall be color, function and number coded. Wire colors shall be integral to each wire insulator and run the entire length of each wire. Harnessing containing multiple wires and uses a single wire color for all wires shall not be allowed. Function and number codes shall be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. All wiring installed between the cab and into doors shall be enclosed within an expandable rubber boot to protect the wiring. Exterior exposed wire connectors shall be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and 51 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 1.3 -39 APPENDIX t t" r TRACTOR -DRAWN "' APPARATUS Yes I No automotive fluids. Electrical wiring and equipment shall be installed utilizing the following guidelines: All wire ends not placed into connectors shall be sealed with a heat shrink end cap. Wires without a terminating connector or sealed end cap shall not be allowed. All holes made in the roof shall be caulked with silicon (NO EXCEPTIONS). Large fender washers, liberally caulked, shall be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof. Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area shall be mounted in a manner that shall not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area shall be defined as any location outside of the cab or body. For low cost of ownership, electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance shall be quickly accessible. For ease of use, a coil of wire shall be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from the mounting area for inspection and service work. Corrosion preventative compound shall be applied to non - waterproof electrical connectors located outside of the cab or body. All non - waterproof connections shall require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation of the plug. Any lights containing non - waterproof sockets in a weather - exposed area shall have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area. All electrical terminals in exposed areas shall have DOW 1890 protective Coating applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal. Rubber coated metal clamps shall be used to support wire harnessing and battery cables routed along the chassis frame rails. Heat shields shall be used to protect harnessing in areas where high temperatures exist. Harnessing passing near the engine exhaust shall be protected by a heat shield. All braided wire harnesses shall have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number and fabrication date. 208. BATTERY CABLE INSTALLATION All 12 -volt battery cables and battery cable harnessing installed by the apparatus manufacturer shall conform to the following requirements: SAE J1127 - Battery Cable SAE J561 - Electrical terminals, eyelets and spade type SAE 1562 - Nonmetallic loom SAE 1836A - Automotive metallurgical joining SAE 31292 - Automotive truck, truck- tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus Battery cables and battery cable harnessing shall be installed utilizing the following guidelines: All battery cables and battery harnesses shall have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number and City of Newoort APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOP-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS fabrication date. Splices shall not be allowed on battery cables or battery cable harnesses. For ease of identification and simplified use, battery cables shall be color coded. All positive battery cables shall be red in color or wrapped in red loom the entire length of the cable. All negative battery cables shall be black in color. For ease of identification, all positive battery cable isolated studs throughout the cab and chassis shall be red in color. For increased reliability and reduced maintenance, all electrical buss bars located on the exterior of the apparatus shall be coated to prevent corrosion. 289. ELECTRICAL COMPONENT INSTALLATION All lighting used on the apparatus shall be, at a minimum, a two (2) wire light grounded through a wired connection to the battery system. Lights using an apparatus metal structure for grounding shall not be allowed. An operational test shall be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results of the tests shall be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 210. BATTERY SYSTEM Five (5) 12 volt, Deka Model 1131XMF batteries that include the following features shall be provided: - 1000 CCA (cold cranking amps) - 185 reserve capacity - High cycle - Maintenance free - Group 31 - Rating of 5000 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit - 925 minutes of reserve capacity - Threaded studs 211. ISOLATE® BATTERY One (1) 12 volt, Deka model 1131XMF group 31 battery shall be provided for voltage sensitive /communication components. A battery isolator that is appropriately suited for the group 31 battery capacity shall be supplied. 212. BATTERY SYSTEM A single starting system shall be provided. An ignition switch and starter button shall be located on the instrument panel. 213. MASTER BATTERY SWITCH A master battery switch, to activate the battery system, shall be provided inside the cab within easy reach of the driver. Yes I No RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No An indicator light shall be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system. n✓ 214. BATTERY COMPARTMENTS Batteries shall be stored in well - ventilated compartments that are located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery compartments shall be constructed of 3/16" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The battery hold -downs shall be of a non - corrosive material. All bolts and nuts shall be stainless steel. Heavy -duty battery cables shall be used to provide maximum power to the electrical system. Cables shall be color- coded. Battery' terminal connections shall be coated with anti - corrosion compound. Battery solenoid terminal connections shall be encapsulated with semi - permanent rubberized compound. 215. JUMPER STUDS One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color -coded covers shall be installed on the bottom of the driver's side battery box. This shall provide for easy jumper cable access. J 216. BATTERY CHARGER FJ There shall be a Newmar Model PT -40 (NO EXCEPTIONS), three stage battery charger, provided. A bar graph indicating the state of charge shall be included. The vehicle battery output shall be capable of supplying up to 40 amps for charging the batteries. The battery charger shall be wired to the 120 -volt shoreline to activate automatically when the power is connected. Battery charger shall be located in the front left body compartment, mounted compartment behind the cab. The battery charger indicator shall be located behind the driver's door on the outside of the cab. ` 217. KUSSMAUL AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE V one (1) shoreline receptacle shall be provided to operate the dedicated 120 - volt circuits on the truck without the use of the generator. The shoreline receptacle shall be provided with a NEMA 5 -15, 120 volt, 15 amp, straight blade Kussmaul Super auto eject plug with a red weatherproof cover. The cover is spring loaded to close, preventing water from entering when the shoreline is not connected. The unit is completely sealed to prevent road dirt contamination. A solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter is energized when the engine is started: This instantaneously drives the plug from the receptacle. An internal switch arrangement shall be provided to disconnect: the load prior to ejection to eliminate arcing of the connector contacts. 54 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The shoreline shall be connected to battery charger. A mating connector body shall also be supplied with the loose equipment. The shoreline receptacle shall be located on the driver side of cab, above wheel. J 218. ALTERNATOR ✓ A 55SI Delco alternator shall be provided. It shall have a rated output current of 420 Amps as measured by SAE method 356. The alternator shall be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy -duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. ` J 219. ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER An electronic load management (ELM) system shall be provided that monitors the vehicles 12 -volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager systern shall be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components shall not be allowed. The system shall include the following features: System voltage monitoring. A shed load shall remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off. Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels. Priority levels can be set for individual outputs. High Idle to not be controlled by the load manager. If enabled: "Load Man Hi -Idle On" shall display on the information center. Hi -Idle shall not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up. Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed. The information center indicates system voltage. The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following: Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition. Individual load managed item condition: 55 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No ON = not shed SHED = shed 220. SEQUENCER A sequencer shall be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation shall allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system shall be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components shall not be allowed. Emergency light sequencing shall operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch. When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights shall be activated one by one at half- second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators shall flash while waiting for activation. When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer shall deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order. Sequencing of the following items shall also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half- second intervals: Cab Heater and Air Conditioning Crew Cab Heater (if applicable) Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable) Exhaust Fans (if applicable) Third Evaporator (if applicable) 221. EXTERIOR LIGHTING Exterior lighting shall meet or exceed Federal Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and National Fire Protection Association requirements in effect at time of proposal. Front headlights shall be halogen, rectangular shape, one (1) pair mounted in each front trim housing. The LED directional lights shall wrap- around on the outside corners of the trim housing. The headlight and LED directional lights shall be in the same assembly. Five (5) LED clearance and marker lights shall be installed across the leading edge of the cab. 222. REAR IQ /MARKER DOT LIGHTING The three (3) identification lights located at the rear shall be installed per the following: 56 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS SLED Proposer Complies? Yes No • light • As close as practical to the vertical centerline. • Centers spaced not less than six (6) inches or more than twelve (12) inches apart. • Red in color. All at the same height. The four (4) clearance lights located at the rear shall be installed per the following: m LED light ® To indicate the overall width of the vehicle. ® One (1) each side of the vertical centerline. ® All at the same height. As near the top as practical. ® To be visible from the rear and the side. ® One (1) each side, facing the side. One (1) each side, facing the rear. Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements. 223. MARKER LIGHTS There shall be one (1) pair of amber and red LED marker lights with rubber arm, located at rear sides. The amber lens shall face the front and the red lens shall face the rear of the truck. These lights shall be activated with the running lights of the vehicle. 224. REAR FMVSS LIGHTING v The rear stop /tail and directional LED lighting shall consist of the following: • Two (2) Whelen, Model M613TT red LED stop /tail lights. • Two (2) Whelen, Model M6T amber LED arrow turn lights. Each light shall be installed separately at the rear with chrome trim and colored lenses. Four (4) red reflectors shall be provided. 225. BACKUP LIGHTS There shall be two (2) Whelen, Model: M6BUW, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. 226. LICENSE PLATE BRACKET There shall be one (1) license plate bracket mounted on the rear face of the body. A white LED light shall illuminate the license plate. A polished stainless steel light shield shall be provided over the light that shall direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear. 57 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINTAPPARATUS Proposer Complies? Ye No 227. ADDITIONAL BRAKEITAILUGHT There shall be one (1) Whelen, Model 116BTT, LED brake /tail light with chrome plated trim and red lens provided at the rear of the body, as shown on the AD print on the rear of the tiller cab. f �! 228. BACK -UP ALARM A PRECO, Model 1040, solid -state electronic audible back -up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse shall be provided. The device shall sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels. 229. WARNING LIGHT FLASH PATTERN The flash pattern of all the exterior warning lights shall be set to meet the certified California, Title XIII flash pattern by either the light manufacturer's default flash pattern or by a conversion change to the certified flash pattern. 230. MAP LIGHT There shall be one (1) Sunnex, Model HS762 -00 Swivel Joint halogen adjustable map lights with a switch control on base of light installed over the left shoulder of the officer. 231. MARKER LIGHTS There Shall be 12 lights of Truck -Lite, model 35200, LED, marker lights installed on this apparatus. The marker lights shall be wired to the running lights of the vehicle. The lights shall be located where required to meet DOT. These lights shall be installed either recessed or with metal flanges to protect them from most damage. Yellow lights shall be installed in any location forward of the rear most point of the vehicle. A single red light shall be installed at the rear most point only. 232. PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS, CAB There shall be four (4) lights Amdor Luma Bar H2O, Model AY- 9500 -020, 20.00" LED weatherproof strip light(s) provided for each cab door. The lights shall be activated automatically when the cab exit doors are opened and by J the same means as the body perimeter lights. 233. BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS 4Jf There shall be four (4) Amdor LumaBar, Model AY- 9500 -020, 20.00" white LED strip lights provided. The lights shall be located in the following locations: • One (1) each side of the apparatus under the rear step areas of the apparatus. • One (1) each side of the apparatus, under the turntable access steps. The perimeter scene lights shall be activated by a driver side overhead switch panel. 58 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 234. STEP LIGHTS There shall be a total of sixteen (16) white LED step lights provided for access to the tiller cab and turntable. Each light shall provide a minimum of 25 foot - candles covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 foot - candles covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The step lights shall be actuated by the aerial master switch in the cab. All other steps on the apparatus shall be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901. 235. SCENE LIGHTS-TRACTOR CAB SIDE SCENE LIGHTING There shall be two (2) Whelan, Model M9LZC LED scene lights with chrome flanges installed on the side of the apparatus tractor, high behind the crewcab doors. The light shall be controlled by the following: A switch at the driver side switch panel. These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 236. TURNTABLE SCENE LIGHTS Ca) REAR OF T CTOR CAB There shall be one (1) pair of Whelen, Model M9LZC LED scene lights installed on the rear exterior wall of the tractor cab with chrome flanges. The lights shall be controlled by the aerial master switch. �/ 237. TILLER CAB REAR BROW LIGHT -12 VOLT There shall be one (1) Whelen Model PFP2, 12 volt LED scene lights provided. The light shall be installed using a bracket, mounted above the rear tiller window. The light shall be controlled by the following: A switch at the driver's side switch panel A switch in the ladder storage compartment passenger's side. A switch in the tiller cab. This light may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 238. FRONT CAB BROW LIGHT -12 VOLT There shall be one (1) Whelen Pioneer PCP2, 12 volt LED combination spotlight and floodlight provided on the front visor, centered. The light shall be controlled by the following: A switch at the driver's side switch panel. This light may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 59 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 239. TRAILER SIDE SCENE LIGHTING -12 VOLT There Shall be four (4) Whelen Model PFP2, 12 volt LED floodlights installed in semi - recessed housings Model PBA203 located two lights each side of trailer. Exact location TBD at Pre -Con. These lights shall be controlled by two switches at the driver's side switch panel. These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 240. TILLER CAB CURB LIGHTS -12 VOLT There shall be two (2) Whelen Model PFP1, 12 volt LED floodlights with Model PBA103 housing provided. The lights shall be installed in the housing at 15 degrees and recessed in the rear body fender panel located one each side at the rear. of the tiller fender. The lights shall be controlled by the following: A switch at the driver's side switch panel. A switch in the tiller cab. These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set t! 241. CENTERING LIGHT Two (?) lights shall be provided on the cab roof to aid the tillerman in centering the tiller trailer with the tractor One (1) Weldon Model 9186 - 1500 -50 green LED light shall be installed on the tractor roof as far rearward on the cab as practical that shall be used by the tillerman to center the tiller trailer with the tractor. One (1) Weldon Model 9186 - 1500 -10 red LED light shall be installed centered on the cab roof. Both of the lights shall be provided on 12" brackets. The light shall be activated with the ignition switch. / vv 242. CAB SPOTLIGHTS Two (2) Golight Spotlights shall be mounted one each side on the cab roof, one each side just to the rear of the lightbar to the outside edge of the treadplate. Each spotlight shall be remote controlled from inside the cab, by a four (4) position joystick. 243. EMERGENCY MASTER SWITCH The label in the Emergency Master switch shall be red. / 244. TOW EYES -REAR 0 TRAILER V/ Two (2) rear chrome plated "tow" eyes shall be located at the rear of the apparatus and shall be mounted directly to the torque box. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes shall be radiused. The tow eyes shall be oriented to accommodate a larger rear departure angle. 245. COMPARTMENTATION Body and compartments shall be fabricated of .125 ", 5052 -1,132 alurninum. 60 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 partments shall be an rear Circular fender liners shall be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance. Compartment flooring shall be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip. The compartment door opening shall be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again .75" to form an angle. Drip protection shall be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion or formed bright aluminum treadplate. The top of the compartment shall be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers shall have the corners welded. Side compartment covers shall be separate from the compartment tops. All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment shall have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury. 246. AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas shall comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards. 247. LOUVERS All body compartments shall have a minimum of one (1) set of louvers stamped into a wall to provide the proper airflow inside the compartment and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. These louvers shall be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate. 248. TRACTOR RESERVOIR COMPARTMENT A compartment shall be provided ahead of the tractor fifth wheel. The compartment on the driver's side shall be approximately 45.00" wide x 37.75" high x 24.00" deep with a door opening of 40.50" wide x 31.25" high. The compartment on the passenger's side shall be approximately 45.00" wide x 36.75" high x 8.00" deep. The door opening shall be 40.50" wide x 30.25" high. The floor of this compartment shall be raised 1.00" to allow for proper clearance from exhaust components. The transverse section shall be approximately 34.38" wide x 15.50" high. The compartment shall be fabricated out of smooth aluminum painted job color. Bright aluminum treadplate shall be provided on the top of the compartment. The compartment shall be furnished with a vertically hinged, lap style compartment door on each side that have a D handle latch and positive door hold open device. Yes 1 No i/ APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Ye No 249. FIFTH WHEEL The fifth wheel shall be designed to allow the tiller trailer to pivot fore & aft and be rotated. The fifth wheel shall also be capable of full operation up to a 1.4 degree break over angle. A fifth wheel lockout system shall be provided to limit motion during aerial operations. The fifth wheel lockout system, when activated, shall prevent movement between the upper and lower plates of the fifth wheel assembly. In the normal road travel condition the cylinder mounted solenoid valves shall be open and shall allow transfer of oil between the front and rear pair of cylinders. When the stabilizers are in their proper supporting position and as the aerial leaves the boom support, the solenoid valves shall close. The closed valves shall allow no oil to be transferred and the fifth wheel assembly shall become rigid. A fill and a gauge port shall be provided on the top of the trailer goose neck for maintenance. Three (3) grease zirc fittings shall be provided for stationary fifth wheel lubrication. Location TBD at Pre -Con. j 250. COPARTENTATION DRIVER SIDE j Driver side compartmentation shall consist of the following: Two (2) compartments shall be provided in the front body section on the driver'side. Each compartment shall be full - height. The forward compartment shall be a minimum 24.13" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum door opening of 16.00" wide x 56.75" high. The rear compartment shall be a minimum 67.00" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum door opening of 61.50" wide x 56.75" high. The upper 47.75" of each compartment shall be transverse to the passenger side front Compartmentation (NO EXCEPTIONS). Both compartments shall have roll -up doors. Two (2) compartments shall be provided in the center body section on the driver side. Each compartment shall be full- height. The forward compartment shall be a minimum 47.13" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum door opening of 39.00" wide x 5635" high. The upper 47.75" of the forward compartment shall be transverse to the passenger side front Compartmentation (NO EXCEPTIONS). The rear compartment shall be a minimum 44.5)0" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum door opening of 39.00" wide x 56.75" high. Both compartments shall have roll -up doors. 62 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Two (2) compartments shall be provided in the rear body section on the driver side. The forward compartment shall be a minimum of 69.00" wide x 24.13" high x 24.50" deep, with a minimum door opening of 63.50" wide x 18.75" high. This compartment shall be located ahead of the rear wheels. The two (2) upper compartments shall be a minimum of 64.50" wide x 19.75 high x 12.00" deep with a clear minimum door- opening of 60.00" wide x 15.25 high. Each compartment shall be provided with a lift -up door. These compartments shall be utilized for a minimum of 500' of four inch (4 ") hose storage. A rear door shall also be provided for hose loading and deployment. The rearward compartment shall be a minimum of 49.00" wide x 33.75" high x 12.00 ".deep with a minimum door opening of 43.50" wide x 29.87" high. The floor of the compartment shall be a minimum of 7.75" higher than the front compartment to increase the angle of departure. This compartment shall be located behind the rear wheels. Both compartments shall have roll -up doors. 251. COMPARTMENTATION PASSENGER SIDE Passenger side compartmentation shall consist of the following: Two (2) compartments shall be provided in the front body section on the passenger side. Each compartment shall be full - height. The forward compartment shall be a minimum of 24.13" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum door opening of 16.00" wide x 56.75" high. The rear compartment shall be a minimum 67.00" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum door opening of 61.50" wide x 56.75" high. The upper 47.75" of each compartment shall be transverse to the driver side front Compartmentation (O EXCEPTIONS). Both compartments shall have roll -up doors. Two (2) compartments shall be provided in the center body section on the passenger side. Each compartment shall be full- height. The forward compartment shall be a minimum 47.13" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum door opening of 39.00" wide x 56.75" high. The upper 47.75" of the forward compartment shall be transverse to the driver side front Compartmentation (NO EXCEPTIONS). The rear compartment shall be a minimum of 44.50" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum door opening of 39.00" wide x, 56.75" high. Both compartments shall have roll -up doors. Two (2) compartments shall be provided in the rear body section on the passenger side. 63 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The forward compartment shall be a minimum of 69.00" wide x 24.13" high x 24.50" deep, with a minimum door opening of 63.50" wide x 18.75" high. This compartment shall be located ahead of the rear wheels. The two (2) upper compartments shall be a minimum of 64.50" wide x 19.75 high x 12.00" deep with a clear minimum door opening of 60.00" wide x 15.25 high. Each compartment shall be provided with a lift -up door. The rearward compartment shall be a minimum of 49.00" wide x 33.75" high x 12.00" deep with a minimum door opening of 43.50" wide x 29.87" high. The floor of the compartment shall be a minimum 7.75' higher than the front compartment to increase the angle of departure. This compartment shall be located behind the rear wheels. Both compartments shall have roll -up doors. 252. SUPPLY HOSE STORAGE Hose removal shall be at the driver's side of the body below the tiller cab. A lift -up smooth aluminum door covered with reflective material shall be provided at the rear. The door shall have a D -ring handle. The hose bed shall be fully enclosed. Flooring of the hose bed shall be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats shall be .50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation. Hose capacity shall be a minimum of 500 feet of 4.00" large diameter hose. 253. ROLL -UP DOOR, SIDE COMPARTMENTS There shall be 12 compartment doors installed on the side compartments. The doors shall be double faced aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by A&A Manufacturing (Gortite). Lath sections shall be an interlocking rib design and shall be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door. Between each slat at the pivoting joint shall be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals shall allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from plus 180 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals shall be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene. All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces shall be nylon 66. All nylon components shall withstand temperatures from plus 300 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Hardened plastic shall not be acceptable. A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for each roll -up door. Lift bar shall be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge shall be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door. 64 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Doors shall be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat shall be flat. The interior surfaces shall be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside. To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly shall not exceed 3.00" in diameter. A garage style roll door shall not be acceptable. The header for the roll -up door assembly shall not exceed 4.00 ". A heavy -duty magnetic switch shall be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 254. DOOR GUARD % There shall be thirteen (13) compartment doors that shall include a guard /drip tf pan designed to protect the roll -up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard shall be fabricated from stainless steel and installed at each roll up door. 255. KEYED LOCKS A keyed lock shall be furnished for all compartment doors. 256,. SCUFFPLATE ON INTERIOR OF TRACTOR f "COMPARTMENT DOORS yf The two (2) compartment doors shall include a polished stainless steel scuffplate to cover the entire width and height on the inside panel of each door pan. Scuffplates shall be located on tractor compartments. 257. ROLL -UP DOOR TRIM The exterior of the aluminum trim around the door opening shall be painted job color. There shall be thirteen (13) compartments with the trim painted. / 258. COMPARTMENT LIGHTING V All compartments shall be illuminated with On Scene Solutions LED compartment light strips. Two (2) strip lights shall be installed vertically, one (1) each side of the compartment door opening. The lights shall be sized to accommodate the compartment door opening. Opening the compartment door, shall automatically turn the compartment lighting on. f 259. SHELF MOUNTING TRACKS (� There shall be shelf mounting tracks in all compartments. These tracks shall be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelfs, and shall be full height of the compartment. The tracks shall be painted to match the compartment interior. 260. 5OO POUND ADJUSTABLE SHELVES There shall be seven (7) shelves with a capacity of 500 pounds provided - location TBD at Pre -Con. The shelf construction shall consist of .188" aluminum with 2.00" sides. Each shelf shall be painted to match the 65 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No compartment interior. Each shelf shall be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. The shelves shall be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts. J 261. 500 POUND PULL -OUT TRAYS There shall be two (2) "Low Profile" slide -out trays, without sides, and a capacity of 500 pounds provided. Capacity rating shall be in the extended position. Slides shall be General Device ball bearing type, for ease of operation and years of dependable service. Automatic locks shall be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for it shall be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. Tray location TBD at Pre -Con. Heavy -duty steel angle iron assembly shall support the body under the compartment floor. It shall be attached to the chassis frame for load transfer and to reduce stress on body. 262. SLIDE OUT UTILITY TRAYS a/ There shall be two (2) slide -out trays provided. The capacity rating shall be 500 pounds minimum in the extended position. Interior tray dimensions and locations TBD at Pre -Con. Tray shall slide out to either side of the vehicle; two- thirds (2/3) of its length. The construction shall consist of .188" thick aluminum for the tray bottom, and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, end, and tracks. Corners shall be welded to form a rigid unit. Tray shall be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers; each rated for a minimum 500 pound load. Automatic locks shall be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The tray locations TBD at Pre -Con. 263. SLIDE- OUT /TILT ®DOWN TRAY There shall be four (4) slide -out tilt down trays provided. The capacity rating (in the extended position) shall be 215 pounds minimum. Approximately two- thirds of the tray shall slide -out from its stored position and shall tilt 30 degrees down from horizontal. The vertical position within the compartment shall be adjustable. The tray locations TBD at Pre -Con. Each tray shall be designed to be as wide as the compartment space shall allow. 66 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TPACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Yes I No Construction shall consist of .188" thick aluminum for the tray bottom and end, and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, front and tracks. The tray corners shall be welded for strength and rigidity. The tray shall be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation. Two spring loaded locks shall be provided at the front of the tray, one on each end. Rubber padded stops shall be provided for both the in out tray position. 264. STORAGE BOXES Two (2) storage boxes with reinforced covers shall be furnished. The size of the compartment shall be a minimum of 92.00" long x 24.00" wide x 14.00" high. Construction shall consist of aluminum treadplate box. There shall be an outboard horizontal hinged lift -up cover. The cover shall have two (2) d -ring latches for the lift -up door. The box shall be located above high side compartments on trailer. LED lighting shall be provided in the compartment. 265. BUILT-IN TOOLBOX A built -in toolbox shall be furnished and mounted - location TBD at Pre -Con. The clear dimensions starting at the top of the cabinet with the first drawer shall be 3.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the second drawer shall be 3.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the third drawer shall be 3.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the fourth drawer shall be 3.00" high x 21.00" deep. Each drawer shall be the same width and not exceed 24.00 ". The drawers shall have a capacity of 250 pounds. The drawers shall be mounted in a cabinet housing constructed of light gray powder coated aluminum with anodized aluminum frames. The housing shall be 24.00" deep, and completely enclose the drawer. A full - length aluminum extruded rail shall be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail shall act as the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer 266. TURTLE TILE MATTING Turtle Tile compartment matting shall be provided in all compartments including each shelf. The Turtle Tile shall be "black' and the leading edge of the matting shall include the beveled edge. 267. AIR BAG STORAGE There shall be a two (2) storage racks installed for storing three (3) air bags in each rack. Location TBD at Pre -con. APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The rack shall be fabricated from .125" aluminum, painted to match the compartment interior. The rack shall have half moon cutouts for grabbing the air bag. Velcro straps shall be installed to hold the air bags in place. The fire department shall provide exact sizes of air bags prior to construction. 268. DOUBLE WIDE TREAD -PLATE BOX - LADDER & STOKES STORAGE An assembly of two (2) aluminum boxes shall be provided for the storage of a stokes basket and a Little Giant combination ladder. Each box shall have a lift - up access door on both the driver and passenger's side. The forward box shall hold the stokes basket and the rearward box shall house the Little Giant Ladder Model 10102. The dimensions of the stokes basket and the ladder shall be 85" x 10" x 25 ". The dimensions of the Little Giant Ladder shall be 55.00" x 24.50" x 8.00 ". Located ahead of the aerial - ladder boom support. Dura -Surf shall be added to the bottom of the double wide tread -plate box. 269. SLIDE -OUT TOOLBOARD T YS ONE -WAY Two (2) Slide -out aluminum one -way toolboards shall be provided. The tool board shall be a minimum of .188" thick. A 1" x 1" aluminum square tube frame shall be welded around the perimeter of the board for additional strength. It shall be a minimum of .188" thick with .20" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes. Interior tray dimensions TBD at Pre -Con. The board shall be mounted on a sliding tray. The tray shall be mounted to the transverse floor. The construction of the tray shall consist of 6061 -T6 aluminum extrusions for the sides with a .18" thick aluminum floor. The corners shall be welded to form a rigid unit. The capacity rating shall be 500 pounds minimum in the extended position. The slide assemblies shall be manufactured with 6061 -T6 aluminum extrusions. The tray shall be supported by a minimum of eight (8) roller bearings each rated for a 500 pound load. The toolboard shall slide -out of the compartment two thirds of its length. Positive locks for the stowed and extended position shall be provided. The toolboard shall slide out only one direction. The toolboard shall be mounted to the edge of the tray. 270. SLIDE OUT TOOL BOARD TRAYS-D8LO WAY There shall be two (2) slide out aluminum tool board(s) provided. It shall be a minimum of .188" thick with .20" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes. A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame shall be welded to the edge of the pegboard. 68 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The board shall be mounted on a two -way slide out utility type tray. The board shall be adjustable on the slide out tray. The tray shall be as wide as the compartment will allow. The capacity rating shall be 500 pounds minimum in the extended position. Interior tray dimensions TBD at Pre -Con. The construction shall consist of .188" thick aluminum for the tray bottom, and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, end, and tracks. Corners shall be welded to form a rigid unit. Tray shall be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers, each rated for a minimum 500 pound load. Automatic locks shall be provided for both the in and out tray positions. Location TBD at Pre -Con. 271. RUB RAIL Bottom edge of the side compartments shall be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail. Trim shall be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity. The rub rails shall not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage. 272. AIR BOTTLE STORAGE BIN A storage bin shall be provided for storing a minimum of eighteen (18) forty - five (45) minute air bottles. The storage bin location TBD at Pre -Con. Each separate air bottle storage compartment shall be 7.00" square x 24.50" deep. The storage bin shall be formed out of aluminum and the flooring lined with Dura -sun`. There shall not be a back on this storage bin. The bin shall sit against the rear wall of the compartment. 273. GROUND LADDERS There shall be two (2) 35', two (2) section, aluminum, Duo - Safety, Series 1200 -A extension ladder(s) provided. There shall be one (1) 30', two (2) section, aluminum, Duo - Safety Series 1200-A' extension ladder provided. There shall be one (1) 16' aluminum, Duo - Safety, Series 875 -A roof ladder(s) provided. Thereeshall be one (1) 20' aluminum, Duo - Safety, Series 875 -A roof ladder(s) provided. There shall be one (1) 14' roof, aluminum, Duo - Safety Series 775 -A, special 16.00" width, with roof hooks and safety shoes on both ends provided. To be mounted on Aerial ladder. There shall be one (1) 10' folding ladder Duo Safety 585 -A provided. 69 of 134 City or Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No One (1) Model 10102 Little Giant folding ladder shall be provided. 274. GROUND LADDER STORAGE The ground ladders shall be stored within the torque box and be removable from the rear. Ladders shall be enclosed to prevent road dirt and debris from fouling or damaging the ladders. The ladders shall rest in full - length stainless steel slides lined with Dura -Surf. The ladders shall be arranged in such a manner that any one (1) ladder can be removed without having to move or remove any other ladder. A Gortite roll -up door shall be provided at the rear, double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by A&A Manufacturing ( Gortite). The latching mechanism shall consist of a full length lift bar lock with latches on the outer extrusion of the door frame. A door guard shall be provided to prevent tools inside the torque box from damaging the roll -up door. The ladder shall be located above the body. J 275. LADDER LOCK 1/ A ladder lock mechanism shall be provided for each vertically- stored ladder in the ladder storage area. Each locking mechanism shall consist of a hinged stainless steel plate with a spring loaded plunger -style locking device. Each ladder shall be removable without unlocking the remaining ladders. There shall be a total of one (1) individual ladder locks provided. 276. PIKE POLE, 6' Two (2) pike poles- 6' Fire Hooks Unlimited, Gator Back Model GBH -6 pike poles with fiberglass handles shall be provided and located in ladder bay. 277. PIKE POLE, 8' Two (2) pike poles- 8' Fire Hooks Unlimited, Gator Back Model GBH -8 pike poles with fiber glass handles shall be provided and located in ladder bay. 278. PIKE POLE, 12' Two (2) pike poles- 12' Fire Hooks Unlimited, Gator Back Model GBH -12 pike poles with fiber glass handles shall be provided and located in ladder bay. 279. RU88ISH HQOK STQ GE v/ Stainless steel U- shaped trough be used for the storage of two (2) rubbish hooks with D- handle style grip shall be provided and installed in ladder bay. 280. ROPE ANCHORS There shall be two (2) pair of rope anchors provided at the tiller trailer gooseneck area. Locate one (1) pair each side gooseneck. Exact location TBD at Pre -Con. The anchors shall be rated for a minimum of 6000 Ibs each. 281. WATERTANK Booster tank shall have a capacity of 300 gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic. 70 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Tank joints and seams shall be nitrogen welded inside and out. Tank shall be baffled in accordance with NFPA Bulletin 1901 requirements. Baffles shall have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments. Longitudinal partitions shall be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and shall extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding. Transverse partitions shall extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover. All partitions shall interlock and shall be welded to the tank bottom and sides. Tank top shall be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It shall be recessed .38" and shall be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions. Tank top shall be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions. Construction shall include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels shall be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes. A sump that is 8.00" long x 8.00" wide x 6.00" deep shall be provided at the bottom of the water tank. Sump shall include a drain plug and the tank outlet. Tank shall be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel. Sufficient crossmembers shall be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers shall be constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing. Tank shall "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, shall be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on. Stops or other provision shall be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle. Mounting system shall be approved by the tank manufacturer. Fill tower shall be constructed of .50" polypropylene and shall be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long. Fill tower shall be furnished with a .25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover. An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, shall be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit below the rear axle. Do not allow water to dump onto rear axle (NO EXCEPTIONS). 71 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 -SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX A FOR A TPACTOR-DRAWN APPARATUS Yes I No A 1.50" tank drain shall be installed with a 1.50" ball valve location TBD at Pre -Con. 233. PUMP Pump shall be a Waterous CXVPA, 1250 gpm, single (1) stage, PTO driven midship mounted centrifugal type. Pump shall be the class "A" type. Pump shall deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressure indicated below: - 100% of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure. - 70% of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure. - 50% of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure. Pump casting shall be a two (2) two piece, vertically split design, and constructed of high tensile, close grain gray iron. Impeller shaft shall be stainless steel, heat treated, accurately ground to size, and polished under the shaft seal. Supported by oil lubricated ball bearings. Bearings shall be protected from water and sediment by suitable stuffing boxes, finger rings and oils seals. No special or sleeve type bearings shall be used. Pump shall be equipped with a self- adjusting, maintenance -free, mechanical shaft seal. The mechanical seal shall consist of a flat, highly polished, spring fed carbon ring that rotates with the impeller shaft. The carbon ring shall press against a highly polished stainless steel stationary ring that is sealed within the pump body. In addition, a throttling ring shall be pressed into the steel chamber cover, providing a very small clearance around the rotating shaft in the event of a mechanical seal failure. The pump performance shall not deteriorate, nor shall the pump lose prime, while drafting if the seal fails during pump operation. Wear rings shall be bronze and easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need to replace the entire pump casing dure to wear. 234. PUMP TRANSMISSION V Medium - duty °K" series transmission with two (2) helical gears and a 1.125" diameter keyed shaft shall be provided. The water pump shall be driven by a hot shift PTO located on the chassis transmission. An interlock system shall be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. Interlock system shall be designed to allow stationary pumping. APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 2850 PIMP SHIFT A pump shift shall be provided within easy reach of the driver for engagement of the PTO driven pump. Location TBD at Pre -Con. The shift shall include the indicator lights as mandated by NFPA. The pump shift control shall be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. 286. AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM A supplementary heat exchange cooling system shall be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. ; Heat exchanger shall be cylindrical type and shall be a separate unit. It shall be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. Exchanger shall be plumbed to the master drain valve. 287. INTAKE RELIEF VALVE An Elkhart relief valve shall be installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 125 psig. Relief valve shall have a working range of 75 psig to 250 psig. Outlet shall terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and shall have a "do not cap" warning tag. Control shall be located behind an access door at the right (passenger's) side pump panel. 288. PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE A Waterous adjustable relief valve, specially designed for fire service, shall be provided. Valve shall be positive, quick acting, and include an instantaneous on /off control., When in the off position, the relief valve shall functionally be removed from the system. When turned back to the on position, the relief valve shall again monitor and maintain the previous pressure setting. Control for adjusting pressure shall be elliptical shaped for positive grip. An easily removable pilot valve strainer shall be provided and be accessible from the pump operator's panel. Two (2) indicator lights shall be furnished, showing the position of the relief valve (amber for open and green for closed). 289. THERMAL RELIEF VALVE A Waterous Overheat Protection Manager (OPM) shall be mounted on the water frump. The OPM shall consist of a valve that opens and discharges to the ground when the water in the pump reaches 140 F and a warning light that is triggered when the water in the pump reaches 180 F. The warning light shall act as an additional protection device if the temperature in the pump keeps rising after the valve opens. The warning light with a test switch shall be mounted on the pump operator panel. 73 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 290. PRIMING PUMP The priming pump shall be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of NFPA. All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be a brass and stainless steel construction. One (1) priming control shall open the priming valve and start the pump primer. f 291. PUMP MANUALS �J Two (2) pump manuals from the pump manufacturer shall be furnished in compact disc format with the apparatus. Manuals shall cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. 292. PLUMBING All inlet and outlet plumbing, 3.00" and smaller, shall be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi- tensile polyester braid. If hose is used, it must have a minimum burst rating of 1,000 psi and be equipped with high pressure couplings. Larger inlets and outlets shall be threaded or welded black iron pipe. Small diameter secondary plumbing such as drain lines shall be stainless steel, brass or hose. Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping shall be equipped with victaulic or rubber, couplings. All lines to drain through either a master drain valve or shall be equipped with individual drain valves. All individual drain lines for discharges shall be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame. All water carrying gauge lines shall be of flexible polypropylene tubing. 293. MAIN PUMP INLETS A 6.00" pump manifold inlet shall be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets shall include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump. The main pump inlets shall have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap. The cap shall be the VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. (no exception) 294. VALVES All ball valves shall be Akron Brass in -line valves. The Akron valves shall be the 8000 series heavy -duty style with a stainless steel ball and a simple two - seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve. Valves shall have a ten (10) year warranty. 74 of 1.34 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 295. INLET ANODES A pair of scraficial zinc anodes shall be provided in the water pump inlets to protect the pump from corrosion. 296. LARGE DIAMETER WITH INTAKE RELIEF VALVE X 2 Two (2)Task Force Tips Model ABI ST -NX ball intake valve shall be installed on both main pump inlets. The valves shall be located outside the pump panel. The intake valve shall have a 4.00" NST connection by 6.00" female NST swivel. Valves shall be manually actuated, with a handwheel. The valves shall include an adjustable relief. f 297. 2.5" AUXILIARY SUCTION INLETS (� A 2.50" auxiliary suction inlet shall be provided on each side of the pump panel, terminating in 2.50" National Standard Hose Thread. The auxiliary suction shall be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. Inlet valve location shall be outside of the pump panel. 298. INLET BLEEDER VALVE A .75" bleeder valve shall be provided for each side gated inlet. The valves shall be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel. The handles shall be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle shall provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. The water discharged by the bleeders shall be routed below the chassis frame rails. 299. TANK TO PUMP J The booster tank shall be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. Tank to pump line shall run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and angle down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling shall be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing. A check valve shall be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank. 300. TANK REFILL A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re- circulation line shall be provided, using a quarter -turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. 301. DISCHARGE OUTLETS 2.5" (LEFT SIDE) There shall be two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a male 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter. Discharge outlets shall be horizontally spread 24" apart. 302. DISCHARGE OUTLETS 2.5" (RIGHT SIDE) There shall be one (1) discharge outlets 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a male 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter. Discharge outlets shall be horizontally spread 24" apart on right side. 7S of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No '303. DISCHARGE OUTLET, 4.00° (RIGHT SIDE) There shall be one (1) 4.00" discharge outlet with a 4.00" Akron valve installed on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with male a 4.00" National Standard hose thread adapter. This discharge outlet shall be actuated with a handwheel control at the pump operator's control panel. An indicator shall be provided to show when the valve is in the closed position. 304. DISCHARGE CAPS Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chains shall be furnished for all side discharge outlets. The caps shall be the VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. (no exception) 305. OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE L/ A.7 5" bleeder valve shall be provided for each outlet 1.50" or ' larg. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application. The valves shall be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel. The handles shall be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle shall provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. Bleeders shall be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They shall be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to. The water discharged by the bleeders shall be routed below the chassis frame rails. 306. ELBOWS, LEFT SIDE OUTLETS The 2.50" discharge outlets, located on the left side pump panel, shall be furnished with a 2.50 "(F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50 "(M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow shall be the VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. (no exception) 307. ELBOWS RIGHT SIDE OUTLETS The 2.50" discharge outlets, located on the right side pump panel, shall be furnished with a 2.50 "(F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50 "(M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow shall be the VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected (NO EXCEPTIONS). 348. ELBOW, 4.00" OUTLET The 4.00" outlet shall be furnished with a 4.00 "(F) National Standard hose thread x 4.00 "(M) National Standard hose thread. 76 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes I No 309. DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS V/ The discharge outlets shall incorporate a quarter -turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism shall indicate the position of the valve. If a handwheel control valve is used, the control shall be a minimum of a 3.9" diameter chrome plated handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the handwheel. center of the 310. CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS 1.50" OUTLETS Each crosslay shall have corresponding manual swing handle style drains. Two (2) crosslays with 1.50" outlets shall be provided. Each bed to be capable of carrying 200 feet of 1.75" double jacketed hose and shall be plumbed with 2.00" i.d. pipe and gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve. Outlets to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The crosslay controls shall be at the pump operator's panel. The center crosslay dividers shall be fabricated of .25" aluminum and shall provide adjustment from side to side. The divider shall be unpainted with a brushed finish. Vertical scuffpiates, constructed of stainless steel, shall be provided at the front and rear ends of the bed on each side of vehicle. Crosslay bed flooring shall consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. 311. CROSSLAY HOSE RESTRAINT Elastic netting shall be provided across the top and ends of two (2) crosslay openings to secure the hose during travel. The netting shall be permanently attached at the top center of the crosslay bed and removable on each end. 312. PUMP COMPARTMENT The pump compartment shall be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. It shall be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards. The pump compartment shall be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist. Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels shall be removable from the chassis in a single assembly. 313. PUMP MOUNTING Pump shall be mounted to a substructure which shall be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting shall allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump. 314. PUMP CONTROL PANELS (Side Control) All pump controls and gauges shall be located at the left (driver's) side of the apparatus and properly marked. 77 of 134 Citv of Newoot Beach RFP No. 13 -3q APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The' pump panel on the right (passenger's) side shall be removable with lift and turn type fasteners. The left (driver's) side shall be fastened with screws. The control panels shall be 34.00" wide. The gauge and control panels shall be two (2) separate panels for ease of maintenance. The side gauge panel shall be hinged at the bottom with a full length stainless steel hinge. The fasteners used to hold the panel in the upright position shall be quarter -turn type. Vinyl covered cable or chains shall be used to hold the gauge panel in the dropped position. Polished stainless steel trim collars shall be installed around all inlets and outlets. All push /pull valve controls shall have 1/4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push /pull control rods shall be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push /pull valve controls shall be capable of locking in any position. The control rods shall pull straight out of the panel and shall be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding. The identification tag for each valve control shall be recessed in the face of the tee handle. All discharge outlets shall have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding shall include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge. All line pressure gauges shall be mounted in individual chrome plated castings with the identification tag recessed in the casting below the gauge. All remaining identification tags shall be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels. Mounting of the castings and identification bezels shall be done with a threaded peg cast on the back side of the bezel or screws. 315. LIGHT SHIELDS There shall be two (2) polished, 16 gauge stainless steel light shield installed over the pump operators panel and the passenger side pump panel. • There shall be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the stainless steel light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights shall be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights shall be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house. • `One (1) pump panel light shall come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode. There shall be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is set. This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel. 78 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A- SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes ( No There shall be a green pump engaged indicator light activated on at the operator's panel when the pump is shifted into gear from inside the'cab. 316. PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION The pump panel configuration shall be neat and orderly. Left and right side discharges shall be horizontally spread. Pump panel layout shall be confirmed at Pre -Con. (NO EXCEPTIONS) 317. PUMP PANEL RADIO SPEAKER A weatherproof radio speaker and enclosure shall be provided on the driver's side pump panel bulk head with an on/off switch. 315. PUMP PANEL SLIDE -OUT PLATFORMS tf Two (2) slide -out platforms shall be provided one each side of the pump compartment. The capacity rating shall be 500 lbs. in the extended position. Automatic locks shall be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks shall be located at the front of the tray for ease of use With a gloved hand. When the maxi -brake has been released, an audible alarm and flashing light shall be provided in the cab to indicate the slide -out platforms are not stowed. / 319. PUMP OPERATOR'S PLATFORM PERIMETER LIGHT There shall be an On Scene Solutions, Model Night Stick Access, 20.00" white 12 volt DC LED strip light provided to illuminate the ground area. 320. PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL The pump and gauge panels shall be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. A polished aluminum trim molding shall be provided on both sides of the pump panel. The passenger's side pump panel shall be removable and fastened with swell type fasteners. / `f 321. GAUGES VACUUM AND PRESSURE The pump vacuum and pressure gauges shall be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1, Inc. The gauges shall be a minimum of 6.00" in diameter and shall have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00 " -0 -600 #. Gauges shall be angled toward operator to enhance viewing. Gauge construction shall include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut. The pump pressure and vacuum gauges shall be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel. Test part connections shall be provided at the pump operator's panel. One shall be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They shall have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and non- corrosive polished stainless steel or brass plugs. They shall be marked with a label. This gauge shall include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube. 79 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 1.3 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TPACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS 322. PRESSURE GAUGES The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges shall be interlube filled and manufactured by Class 1. They shall be a minimum of 3.50" in diameter and shall have white faces with black lettering. Gauge construction shall include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut. Gauges shall have a pressure range of 30 " -0 -600 #. The individual pressure gauge shall be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. This gauge shall include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube. 323. WATER LEVEL GAUGE An electronic water level gauge shall be provided on the operator's panel that V registers water level by means of five colored LED lights. The lights shall be durable, ultra - bright five LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The water level indicators shall be as follows: - 100% = Green - 75% = Yellow - 50% = Yellow - 25% = Yellow - Refill = Red The light shall flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights shall flash sequentially when the water tank is empty. The level measurement shall be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank. The display shall be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design shall provide complete protection from water and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer shall be mounted to the outside of the tank. The field calibratable display measures head pressure to accurately show the tank level. / 324. FOAM PROPORTIONER eo/ A foam proportioning system shall be provided that is an on demand, automatic proportioning, single point, direct injection system suitable for all types of Class A and B foam concentrates, including the high viscosity (6000 cps), alcohol resistant Class B foams. Operation shall be based on direct measurement of water flow, and remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system shall automatically proportion foam solution at rates from .1 percent to 3.0 percent regardless of variations in water pressure 80 of 134 City of 1 as APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS i Sol � Yes I No and flow, up to the maximum rated capacity of the foam concentrate pump. The design of the system shall allow operation from draft, hydrant, or relay operation. 325. SYSTEM CAPACITY The system shall have the ability to deliver the following minimum foam solution flow rates at accuracies that meet or exceed NFPA requirements at a pump rating of 150 psi. 100 gpm @ 3 percent 300 gpm @ 1 percent 600 gpm @ 0.5 percent Class A foam setting in .1 percent increments from .1 percent to 1 percent. Typical settings of 1 percent, .5 percent and .3 percent (maximum capacity shall be limited to the plumbing and water pump capacity). 326. CONTROL SYSTEM The system shall be equipped with a digital electronic control display located on the pump operators panel. Push button controls shall be integrated into the panel to turn the system on /off, control the foam percentage, and to set the operation modes. The percent of injection shall have a preset. This preset can be changed at the fire�department as desired. The percent of injection shall be able to be easily changed at the scene to adjust to changing demands. Three (3) .50 tall LEDs shall display the foam percentage in numeric characters. Three (3) indicator LEDs shall also be included, one (1) green, one (1) red, and one (1) yellow. The LEDs shall indicate various system operation or error states. The indications shall be: Solid Green — System On Solid Red — Valve Position Error Solid Yellow — Priming System Flashing Green — injecting Foam Flashing Red — Low Tank Level Flashing Yellow — Refilling Tank The control display shall house a microprocessor, which receives input from the systems water flow meter while also monitoring the position of the foam concentrate pump. The microprocessor shall compare the values of the water flow versus the position /rate of the foam pump, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate. One (1) check valve shall be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump. APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS proposer Complies? Yes No 327. HYDRAULIC DRIVE SYSTEM ✓ The foam concentrate pump shall be powered by an electric over hydraulic drive system. The hydraulic system and motor shall be integrated into one (1) unit. 328. FOAM CONCENTRATE PUMP r 1 The foam concentrate pump shall be of positive displacement, self - priming; !!// linear actuated design, driven by the hydraulic system. The pump shall be constructed of brass body; chrome plated stainless steel shaft, with a stainless steel piston. In order to increase longevity of the pump, no aluminum shall be present in its construction. A relief system shall be provided which is designed to protect the drive system components and prevent over pressuring the foam concentrate pump. The foam concentrate pump shall have minimum capacity for 3 gpm with all types of foam concentrates with a viscosity at or below 6000 cps including protein, fluoroprotein, AFFF, FFFP, or AR -AFFF. The system shall deliver only the amount of foam concentrate flow required, without recirculating foam back to the storage tank. Recirculating foam concentrate back to the storage tank can cause agitation and premature foaming of the concentrate, which can result in system failure. The foam concentrate pump shall be self - priming and have the ability to draw foam concentrate from external supplies such as drums or pails. 329. EXTERNAL FOAM CONCENTRATE CONNECTION Vr An external foam pick -up shall be provided to enable use of a foam agent that is not stored on the vehicle. The external foam pick -up shall be designed to allow continued operation after the on -board foam tank is empty, or the use of foam different than the foam in the foam tank. 330. PANEL MOUNTED EXTERNAL PICK -UP CONNECTION/ VALVE A bronze three (3) -way valve shall be provided. The unit shall be mounted to the pump panel. The valve unit shall function as the foam system tank to pump valve and external suction valve. The external foam pick -up shall be one (1) .75" male connection GHT (garden hose thread) with a cap. 331. PICK -UP HOSE A .75" flexible hose with an end for insertion into foam containers shall be provided. The hose shall be supplied with a .75" female swivel GHT (garden hose thread) swivel connector. The hose shall be shipped loose. 332. DISCHARGES The foam system shall be plumbed to three (3) discharges. The discharges shall be capable of dispensing foam to both crosslays and one (1) driver's side 82 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFp No. 13 -39 Yes I No 333. SYSTEM ELECTRICAL LOAD The maximum current draw of the electric motor and system shall be no more than 55 amperes at 12 VDC. 334. FOAM TANK REFILL % The foam system's proportioning pump shall be used to fill the foam 1/ tanks. This shall allow use of the auxiliary foam pick -up to pump the foam from pails or a drum on the ground into the foam tank. A foam shut -off switch shall be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The fill operation shall be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller. While the proportioner pump is filling the tank, the controller shall display a flashing yellow LED to indicate that the tank is filling. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump shall stop and the controller shall shut the yellow LED off. If it attempted to use tank fill and the refill valve and suction valve are in the wrong position(s), then a red LED shall illuminate to indicate the improper valve position(s). When the valves are positioned properly, then filling shall commence. 335. FOAM TANK � 4/ One (1) 20 gallon foam tanks shall be provided. The foam tank shall be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell shall have a capacity of 20 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The brand of foam stored in this tank shall be Fire Aid 2000. The foam cell shall have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid. I 336. FOAM LEVEL GAUGE An electronic foam level gauge shall be provided on the operator's panel that registers foam level by means of five colored LED lights. The lights shall be durable, ultra - bright five LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The foam level indicators shall be as follows: - 100% = Green - 75% = Yellow - 50% = Yellow - 25% = Yellow - Refill = Red The light shall flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights shall flash sequentially when the foam tank is empty. The level measurement shall be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank. RFP No. 1.3 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Yes I No The display shall be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design shall provide complete protection from foam and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer shall be mounted to the outside of the tank. The display shall be able to be calibrated in the field and shall measure head pressure to accurately show the tank level. 337. FOAM TANK DRAIN A system of 1.00" foam tank drains shall be provided, integrated into the foam systems strainer and tank to foam pump valve management system. The tank to pump hoses running from the tank(s) to the panel mounted strainer shall 1.00" diameter. The foam system controller shall have a mode that allows for a given foam valve to be opened at will. Flow of foam from the tank valve to the strainer shall be usable as a tank drain mode. An adaptor shall be supplied, that allows the 1.00" foam intake screen to assembly to be used as a drain outlet. The standard supplied 1.00" foam pick up hose shall be attached to the screen assembly by way of the adapter. The drain mode shall allow the operator to open and close the tank valve as required from the control head, to drain foam and re -fill foam containers through the connected hose, without foam spillage beneath the vehicle. 338. AIR HORN SYSTEM Two (2) Grover air horns shall be provided and located, in the front bumper, recessed one each side. The horn system shall be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve shall be installed in -line to prevent loss of air in the air brake system. / 339. AIR HORN CONTROL 1/ The air horns shall be actuated by a chrome push button located on the officer side of the engine tunnel and by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver shall have the option to control the air horns or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch located on the instrument panel. The air horns shall also be operated by a push button located on the pump operators panel and aerial turntable control pedestal. I V/ 340. ELECTRONIC SIREN A Whelan, Model: 295SLSA1, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone shall be provided. This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. Siren head shall be located on a swivel bracket mounted on the engine tunnel so that it is accessible to both the driver and officer. The swivel bracket shall be capable of rotating a minimum of 180 degrees. Siren shall be actuated by one (1) foot switch located on the driver's side and by a push button located on the officer's side instrument panel. RFP No. 13 -39 Yes I No There shall be two (2) Whelen, Model SA7.22FMP, cast aluminum, 100 -watt, flange mount speakers with polished aluminum finish provided, one (1) in the front bumper and one (1) at the rear of the apparatus driver's side and rear center. Each speaker shall be powered from the electronic siren located in the cab. The speaker(s) shall be recessed in the front bumper on the driver's side. LIJ 342. MECHANICAL SIREN, (Auxifiarv) A Federal Q213 siren shall be furnished. A siren brake button shall be installed on the switch panel. The control solenoid shall be powered up after the emergency master switch is activated. The mechanical siren shall be recessed in the front bumper on the right side. The siren shall be supported by the bumper framework. / 343. MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL t/ The mechanical siren shall be actuated by a push button located on the officer's side of the engine tunnel and by a foot switch on the driver's side. 344. LIGHTBAR There shall be one (1) 88.00" Whelen Freedom, LED lightbar mounted on the t/ cab roof. The lightbar shall include the following: • Two (2) red flashing LED modules facing forward. • Two (2) steady red LED modules facing forward. • Two (2) white flashing LED modules facing forward. • Two (2) red flashing corner LED modules, one in each front corner • One (1) red flashing LED module facing the driver side. • One (1) red flashing LED module facing the passenger side. • One (1) GTT Model 795 LED Opticom'" traffic light controller with national standard high priority. The color of the lenses shall be the same color as the LED's. There shall be two (2) switches located on a cab switch panel shall control this lightbar. ®. One (1) switch shall control all the warning lights. One (1) switch shall control the traffic light controller. The white warning lights and the traffic light controller shall be disabled when the parking brake is applied. (1) FN72QLED 88" (2) front corner red Liner -LED's (4) front Linear -LED's (2 red /2 white) (2) end red Linear - LED's, square ends Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No (1) FX795H Pre -wire for GTT 795H Opticom Emitter (1) 795H Add GTT 795H Opticom Emitter (1) 9LLTH88 Custom Length (3) FLDRR Add 400 Series Linear LED Flashers, 2 Red over Red 345. WARNING LIGHTS (CAB ROOF SIDES) Two (2) 24.00" Whelen, Freedom Mini LED lightbars shall be mounted on the roof, one (1) on each side, over the cab doors. Model FNMini Each iightbar shall include the following: Two (2) red flashing corner LED modules. Two (2) red flashing LED lights. These lightbars shall be controlled by the roof light switch. Each lightbar shall be furnished with a red lens. This lightbar may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 346. WARNING LIGHTS (Cab Face) V Four (4) Whalen Model M6 LED flashing warning lights shall be installed on the cab face, above the headlights, mounted in a common bezel. The driver's side front outside warning light to be red. The driver's side front inside warning light to be red. The passenger's side front inside warning light to be red. The passenger's side front outside warning light to be red. All four (4) lights shall include a colored lens that is the same color of the LED's. All four (4) lights shall be controlled by a lighted switch in the cab on the switch panel. The inside lights may be load managed if colored or disabled if white, when the parking brake is set. 347. HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights shall flash alternately between the left and right side, with a control switch located on the cab instrument panel. The flashing shall automatically cancel when the headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set. 348. SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING Six (6) Whelen Model M6 LED flashing warning lights with bezels shall be located in the following positions: Two (2) lights, one (1) each side on the front cab earner. The side front lights to be red. Two (2) lights, behind the crewcab doors. 86 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR - DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The side middle lights to be red. Two (2) lights, behind the tiller wheel. The side rear lights to be red. All six (6) lights shall include a lens that is the same color of the LED's. All six (6) lights shall be controlled by a lighted switch on the cab switch panel. 349. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS r There shall be four (4) Whelan, Model M6 LED flashing warning light(s) with bezel(s) provided mounted above the body recessed in aluminum treadplate boxes. The color of the lights shall be red. All of these lights shall include a clear lens. These lights shall be activated with the Side Zone Lower warning lights. 350. WARNING LIGHTS-TRAILER RUB RAILS �! There shall be six (6) pairs, Whelen LIN3, programmable LED flashing lights provided. The lights shall be located in the body rub rails in rubrails of body. The color of these lights shall be red. The lights shall be provided with a chrome plated ABS flange. These lights shall be activated with the emergency master. 351. REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING /p Two (2) Whelen, Model M6 LED flashing warning lights with bezels shall be V located at the rear of the apparatus. The driver's side rear light to be red. The passenger's side rear light to be red. Both lights shall include a lens that is the same color as the LED's. Both lights shall be controlled by a lighted switch on the switch panel. 352. REAR WARNING LIGHT BEACONS There shall be two (2) Whelen, Model MCFLED2R, red LED warning beacons provided at the rear of the truck, one (1) each side. These lights shall be activated by a lighted switch on the instrument panel. All lenses shall be the same color as the LED's. f 353. TRAFFIC [DIRECTING LIGHT a!/ There shall be one (1) Whelen model TAL65 36.01" long x 2.84" high x 2.24" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus. The Whelen model TACTLDI control head shall be included with this installation. 87 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The auxiliary warning mode shall be activated with the emergency master switch. This traffic directing light shall be surface mounted at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical. The traffic directing light controller shall be located within the switch panel on the center console. The controller shall be within easy reach of the driver. 364. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT The following guidelines shall apply to the 120/240 VAC system installation: General Any fixed line voltage power source producing alternating current (ac) line voltage shall produce electric power at 60 cycles plus or minus 5 cycles. Except where superseded by the requirements of NFPA 1901, all components, equipment and installation procedures shall conform to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (herein referred to as the NEC). Line voltage electrical system equipment and materials included on the apparatus shall be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All products shall be used only in the manner for which they have been listed. Grounding Grounding shall be in accordance with Section 250 -6 "Portable and Vehicle Mounted Generators" of the NEC. Ungrounded systems shall not be used. Only stranded or braided copper conductors shall be used for grounding and bonding. An equipment grounding means shall be provided in accordance with Section 250 -91 (Grounding Conductor Material) of the NEC. The grounded current carrying conductor (neutral) shall be insulated from the equipment grounding conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The neutral conductor shall be colored white or gray in accordance with Section 200 -6 (Means of Identifying Grounding Conductors) of the NEC. In addition to the bonding required for the low voltage return current, each body and driving or crew compartment enclosure shall be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper conductor. This conductor shall have a minimum amperage rating of 115 percent of the nameplate current rating of the power source specification label as defined in Section 310 -15 (amp capacities) of the NEC. A single conductor properly sized to meet the low voltage and line voltage requirements shall be permitted to be used. All power source system mechanical and electrical components shall be sized to support the continuous duty nameplate rating of the power source. Operation 88 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN SQUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Instructions that provide the operator with the essential power source operating instructions, including the power -up and power -down sequence, shall be permanently attached to the apparatus at any point where such operations can take place. Provisions shall be made for quickly and easily placing the power source into operation. The control shall be marked to indicate when it is correctly positioned for power source operation. Any control device used in the drive train shall be equipped with a means to prevent the unintentional movement of the control device from its set position. A power source specification label shall be permanently attached to the apparatus near the operator's control station. The label shall provide the operator with the information detailed in Figure 19 -4.10. Direct drive (PTO) and portable generator installations shall comply with Article 445 (Generators) of the NEC. Overcurrent protection The conductors used in the power supply assembly between the output terminals of the power source and the main over current protection device shall not exceed 144 inches. (3658 mm) in length. For fixed power supplies, all conductors in the power supply assembly shall be type THHW, THW, or use stranded conductors enclosed in nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated for a minimum of 194 degree Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius). For portable power supplies, conductors located between the power source and the line side of the main overcurrent protection device shall be type SO or type SEO with suffix WA flexible cord rated for 600 -volts at 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius). Wiring Methods Fixed wiring systems shall be limited to the following: - Metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius) or - Type SO or Type SEO cord with a WA suffix, rated at 600 volts at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius) Electrical cord or conduit shall not be attached to chassis suspension components, water or fuel lines, air or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system components, or low voltage wiring. In addition the wiring shall be run as follows. - Separated by a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm), or properly shielded, from exhaust piping - Separated from fuel lines by a minimum of six (6) inches (152 mm) distance. 89 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX FOR '' '' _ Electrical cord or conduit shall be supported within six (6) inches (152 mm) of any junction box and at a minimum of every 24 inches (610 mm) of continuous run. Supports shall be made of nonmetallic materials or corrosion protected metal. All supports shall be of a design that does not cut or abrade the conduit or cable and shall be mechanically fastened to the vehicle. Wiring Identification All line voltage conductors located in the main panel board shall be individually and permanently identified. The identification shall reference the wiring schematic or indicate the final termination point. When prewiring for future power sources or devices, the unterminated ends shall be labeled showing function and wire size. Wet Locations All wet location receptacle outlets and inlet devices, including those on hardwired remote power distribution boxes, shall be of the grounding type provided with a wet location cover and installed in accordance with Section 210 -7 'Receptacles and Cord Connections" of the NEC. All receptacles located in a wet location shall be not less than 24 inches (610 mm) from the ground. Receptacles on off -road vehicles shall be a minimum of 30 inches (762 mm) from the ground. The face of any wet location receptacle shall be installed in a plane from vertical to not more than 45 degrees off vertical. No receptacle shall be installed in a face up position. Dry Locations All receptacles located in a dry location shall be of the grounding type. Receptacles shall be not less than 30 inches (762 mm) above the interior floor height. All receptacles shall be marked with the type of line voltage (120 -volts or 240 - volts) and the current rating in amps. If the receptacles are direct current, or other than single phase, they shall be so marked. Listing All receptacles and electrical inlet devices shall be listed to UL 498, Standard for Safety Attachment Plugs and Receptacles, or other appropriate performance standards. Receptacles used for direct current voltages shall be rated for the appropriate service. Electrical System Testing The wiring and associated equipment shall be tested by the apparatus manufacturer or the installer of the line voltage system. The wiring and permanently connected devices and equipment shall be subjected to a dielectric voltage withstand test of 900 -volts for one (A.) minute. The test shall be conducted between live parts and the neutral conductor, and between live parts and the vehicle frame with any switches in Yes I No RFP No. APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No the circuit(s) closed. This test shall be conducted after all body work has been completed. Electrical polarity verification shall be made of all permanently wired equipment and receptacles to determine that connections have been properly made. Operational Test per Current NFPA 1901 Standard The apparatus manufacturer shall perform the following operation test and ensure that the power source and any devices that are attached to the line voltage electrical system are properly connected and in working order. The test shall be witnessed and the results certified by Underwriters Laboratories. The prime mover shall be started from a cold start condition and the line voltage electrical system loaded to 100 percent of the nameplate rating, The power source shall be operated at 100 percent of its nameplate voltage for a minimum of two (2) hours unless the system meets category certification as defined in the current NFPA 1901 standard. Where the line voltage power is derived from the vehicle's low voltage system, the minimum continuous electrical load as defined in the current NFPA 1901 standard shall be applied to the low voltage electrical system during the operational test. 355. GENERATOR The apparatus shall be equipped with a complete electrical power system. The generator shall be a Harrison Model 15.0 MPC 15.0 kW Hydraulic unit. The wiring and generator installation shall conform to the present National Electrical Codes Standards of the National Fire Protection Association. The installation shall be designed for continuous operation without overheating and undue stress on components. Generator Performance - Continuous Duty Rating: 15,000 watts - Nominal Volts: 120/240 - Amperage: 125 @ 120 volts, 62.5 @ 240 volts Phase: Single -Cycles: 60 hertz - Engine Speed at Engagement: Idle - RPM range: 925 to 3,000 (hydraulic pump) Generator Dimensions - Length: 35.00 inches - Width: 23.00 inches - Height: 19.00 inches 91 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DPAWN QUINT APPARATUS Yes I No 455 The output of the generator shall be controlled by an internal hydraulic system. An electrical instrument gauge panel shall be provided for the operator to monitor and control all electrical operations and output. The generator shall be driven by a transmission power take off unit, through a hydraulic purnp and motor. The generator shall include an electrical control inside the cab. The hydraulic engagement supply shall be operational at any time (no interlocks). An electric /hydraulic valve shall supply hydraulic fluid to the clutch engagement unit provided on the chassis PTO drive. Generator Instruments and Controls To properly monitor the generator performance a digital meter panel shall be furnished and mounted next: to the circuit breaker panel. The meter shall indicate the following items: - Voltage - Amperage for both lines - Frequency - Generator run hours M Over current indication Over temperature indication - "Power On" indication Two (2) fuse holders with two (2) amp fuses (for indicator light protection) The meter and indicators shall be installed near eye level in the compartment. Instruments shall be flush mounted in an appropriate sized weatherproof electrical enclosure. All instruments used shall be accurate within +/- two (2) percent. Generator Wiring: The system shall be installed by highly qualified electrical technicians to assure the required level of safety and protection to the fire apparatus operators. The wiring, electrical fixtures and components shall be to the highest industry quality standards available on the domestic market. The equipment shall be the type as designed for mobile type installations subject to vibration, moisture and severe continuous usage. The following electrical components shall be the minimum acceptable quality standards for this apparatus: Wiring: All electrical wiring shall be fine stranded copper type. The wire shall be sized to the load and circuit breaker rating; ten (10) gauge on 30 amp circuits, 12 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No gauge on 20 amp circuits and 14 gauge on 15 amp circuits. The cable shall be run in corner areas and extruded aluminum pathways built into the body for easy access. Load Center: The main load center shall be a Cutler Harnmer with circuit breakers rated to load demand. Circuit Breakers: Individual breakers shall be provided for all on -line equipment to isolate a tripped breaker from affecting any other on -line equipment. f 356. GENERATOR LOCATION V The generator shall be mounted in the area above the goose neck of the tiller trailer. The flooring in this area shall be either reinforced or constructed, in such a manner, that it shall handle the additional weight of the generator. 357. GENERATOR START A switch shall be located on the cab instrument panel to engage the generator. 358. GENERATOR REMOTE START A remote start switch shall be provided in the cab switch panel, near the circuit breaker box and at the aerial turntable to engage the hydraulic generator PTO and field. A light at each switch location shall be provided to indicate that the generator is running. 359. CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL The circuit breaker panel location TBD at Pre -Con. / 360. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER �/ The specified 120 volt option 1 for each cord reel shall be supplied with a ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) circuit breaker. The total quantity shall be two (2) circuit breakers. The GFCI breakers shall only be used in the branch circuits and shall not be used as a "master" circuit breaker. ` 361. 120 VOLT TRIPOD LIGHTING REAR OF CAB VJ A Fire Research Model #FC600 -S75 quartz tube flood light shall be provided. The light shall be a tripod style with quick release truck mounting brackets. The light fixture shall be a single 750 watt, 120 volt Focus light that draws 6.3 amps. The lamp head shall swivel 360 degrees left or right and tilt up and down. A receptacle shall be provided near the base of the light. A 20 amp, 120 volt, twist -lock plug with protective boot shall be provided. A total of Two (2) shall be provided one each side rear of the cab, just above the cab so they can be turned.tp be able to face to the side. 93 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Ye No 362. REMOTE LIGHT SWITCH FOR TRIPOD LIGHTS The two remote on /off actuation switches with a green indicator light shall be provided to actuate a 120/240 volt solenoid switch for each quartz light. , r 4/ 363. 240 -VOLT LIGHTING A Will -Burt Night Scan Powerlite elevated lighting system, Model NS 3.0 -6000 OPT, shall be provided. Mast shall be operated with a 12 -volt DC and 20 psi regulated air from the chassis air system. All electrical cables shall be internal of the mast for better protection. Control for the mast and the lighting system shall be a hand held wired remote unit. It shall be operable with a single hand for turn /tilt, up /down, and on /off. Length of the control cord shall be 25 feet. The mast shall automatically stow with a one touch Auto Stow feature. The remote shall be located in the lower crewcab compartment on the driver's side. Weight of the unit shall not exceed 155 pounds. Four (4), 1500 -watt, 240 -volt AC quartz halogen Optimum lights shall be mounted on the mast in a weatherproof directional lighting system that shall have the ability to rotate 385 degrees and tilt 330 degrees. The light heads shall have a dual tilt function, where the left and right sides can tilt independently in different directions or together in the same direction. A label shall be provided at the operator's location to indicate mast operation instructions, warning information, extended tower height from the ground and bulb replacement data. Tower "LOOK 11P" Liciht A self contained 12 volt floodlight shall be provided on the light tower. The light shall turn on automatically when the tower is raised and turn off when the tower is lowered. A total of one (1) light tower shall be provided on the cab roof. 364. ELECTRIC CORD REEL A total of two (2) cord reels shall be provided above gooseneck in front of body. Furnished with the 120 volt AC electrical system shall be a Hannay, series 1600, cord reel. The reel shall be provided with a 12 -volt electric rewind switch, that is guarded to prevent accidental operation and labeled for its intended use. The switch shall be protected with a fuse and installed at a height not to exceed 72 inches above the operators standing position. The exterior finish of the reel(s) shall be painted #269 gray from the reel manufacturer. A captive roller assembly to be provided to aid in the payout and loading of the reel. A ball stop shall be provided to prevent the cord from being wound on the reel. 94 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 .. APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Yes I No A label shall be provided in a readily visible location adjacent to the reel. The label shall indicate current rating, current type, phase, voltage and total cable length. The cord reel should be configured with three (3) conductors. 365. CORD Provided for electric distribution shall be two (2) lengths, one (1) for each reel, of 200 feet of yellow 10/3 electrical cord, weather resistant 105 degree C to - 50 degree C, 600 volt jacketed SOOW cord. No connector shall be installed on the end of the cord. 366. PORTABLE JUNCTION BOX There shall be four (4) 120 vac 20 amp twist lock receptacles provided in a portable junction box. The junction box shall be of weatherproof construction and have flip up lids lined with soft neoprene rubber at each outlet opening. Portable junction boxes shall be hardwired /permanently attached to cord reels. A total of two (2) shall be provided. 367. REEL ENCLOSURE An aluminum treadplate enclosure shall be installed over the reel. The enclosure shall be provided with a stainless steel hinge that shall allow the cover to be opened. A captive roller assembly shall be provided through the side sheet to assist with the pay out of the cord. A ball stop shall be provided on the cord to stop the cord at the roller assembly A total of two (2) shall be installed. Location TBD at Pre -Con. V 365. JUNCTION BOX BOLDER There shall be an aluminum junction box holder installed adjacent to the cord ` reel. A total of two (2) shall be installed. 369. 20 AMP RECEPTACLE Wired to the power supply shall be two (2) receptacles that are a 120 volt 20 amp three wire twist -lock NEMA L5 -20 type with weather resisting cover located fender -well of trailer one (1) each side. rear area 370. FOUR (4)- SECTION 100 FOOT TRACTOR-DRAWN AERIAL LADDER 371. CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS The ladder shall be constructed to meet all of the requirements as described in the current NFPA 1901 standards. The aerial device shall be a true ladder type device; therefore ladders attached to booms shall not be considered. These capabilities shall be established in an unsupported configuration. All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of a ductile material shall have a design stress of not more than 50% of the minimum yield strength of the material based on the combination of the live 95 of 134 City of Newoort Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No load and the dead load. This 2:1 structural safety factor meets the current NFPA 1901 standard. All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of non - ductile material shall have a design stress of not more than 20% of the minimum ultimate strength of the material, based on the combination of the rated capacity and the dead load. This 5:1 safety factor meets the current NFPA 1801 standard. Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections shall have a 5:1 safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope shall remain above 2:1 during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used shall be 1:12. Wire ropes shall be constructed of seven (7) strands over an inner wire core for increased flexibility. The wire rope shall be galvanized to reduce corrosion. The aerial base pivot bearings shall be maintenance free type bearings and require no external lubrication. The aerial device shall be capable of sustaining a static load one and one -half times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position in which the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a firm level surface. The aerial device shall be capable of sustaining a static load one and one -third times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a slope of five degrees downward in the direction most likely to cause overturning. With the aerial device out of the cradle and in the fully extended position at zero degrees elevation, a test load shall be applied in a horizontal direction normal to the centerline of the ladder. The turntable shall not rotate and the ladder shall not deflect beyond what the product specification allows. All welding of aerial components, including the aerial ladder sections, turntable, pedestal, and outriggers, shall be in compliance with the American Welding Society standards. All welding personnel shall be certified, as qualified under AWS welding codes. The aerial device shall be capable of operating in conditions of wind up to 50 mph and icing conditions of up to a .25" coating over the aerial structure. All of the design criteria must be supported by the following test data: (no exception) - Strain gage testing of the complete aerial device - Analysis of deflection data taken while the aerial device was under test load The following standards for materials are to be used in the design of the aerial device: - Materials are to be certified by the mill that manufactured the material 96 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP NO. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No - Materials that are certified or recertified by vendors other than the mill shall not be acceptable - Material testing that is performed after the mill test shall be for verification only and not with the intent of changing the classification - All welded structural components for the ladder shall be traceable to their mill lots. 372. LADDER CONSTRUCTION The ladder is comprised of four (4) sections. The ladder shall have the capability to support a minimum of 500 pounds at the tip in the unsupported configuration, based upon 360 degree rotation, up to full extension and from -8 degrees to +75 degrees. (NO EXCEPTIONS) The ladder shall be constructed of high strength low alloy steel, minimum 70,000 pounds per square inch yield, with full traceability on all structural members. Each section shall be trussed diagonally, vertically and horizontally using welded steel tubing. All ladder rungs are round and welded to each section utilizing "K" bracing for lateral and torsional rigidity. The inside width dimensions of the ladder shall be: - Base Section 39.00" - Lower Mid Section 32.25" - Upper Mid Section 26.62" - Fly Section 21.62" The height of the handrails above the centerline of the rungs shall be: - Base Section 2635" - Lower Mid Section 22.87" - Upper Mid Section 20.25" - Fly Section 17.50" The ladder shall be designed to provide continuous egress for firefighters and civilians from an elevated position to the ground. The end of the fly section shall be constructed in a manner that aids personnel in climbing off the ladder. The egress section shall be designed to maintain the rated load of the aerial device. It shall be bolted on for easy replacement. 373. VERTICAL HEIGHT �r The ladder shall extend to a minimum height of 1.00' above the ground at 75 degrees. The measurement of height shall be consistent with NFPA standards. 97 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DPAWN QUINT APPAPATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 374. HORIZONTAL REACH The rated horizontal reach shall be 95'1 ". The measurement of horizontal reach shall be consistent with NFPA standards. 375. TURNTABLE The upper turntable assembly shall connect the aerial ladder to the turntable bearing. The steel structure shall have a mounting position for the aerial elevation cylinders, ladder connecting pins, and upper turntable operator's position, The turntable platform shall be approximately 96.00" wide by 72.00" long. The turntable shall be a 1.00" thick steel deck, coated with an non -skid, chemical resistant material in the walking areas. The stepping surfaces shall meet the skid - resistance requirements of the current NFPA 1901 standard. The turntable shall be lit to the current edition of NFPA 1901 requirements. The lights shall be activated by the aerial master switch. The turntable handrails shall be a minimum 42.00" high and shall not increase the overall travel height of the vehicle. The handrails shall be constructed from have knurled aluminum and a slip resistant surface. 376. ELEVATION SYSTEM Two (2) double acting lift cylinders shall be utilized to provide smooth precise elevation from 8 degrees below horizontal to 75 degrees above horizontal. The lift cylinders shall have a 6.00" internal diameter (bore), a .50" wall thickness, a 4.50" diameter cylinder rod and a 34.84" stroke. The lift cylinders shall be equipped with integral holding valves located on the cylinder to prevent the unit from falling should the charged lines be severed at any point within the hydraulic system. (no exception) The lift cylinders shall be mounted utilizing maintenance free spherical bearings on both ends of the cylinders. The bearings shall help reduce pin wear. Ladder tip speed is automatically decelerated at angles above 60 degrees reducing "tip - lash ". The pivot pins shall be stainless steel and 2.25" in diameter. Each elevation pin shall be stainless steel with a greaseless ladder pivot pin. 377. EKTENSIONIRETRACTIQN SYSTEM A full hydraulic powered extension and retraction system shall be provided using two (2) hydraulic cylinders and wire ropes. Each set is capable of operating the ladder in the event of a failure to the other. The extension cylinder shall have a 3.00" internal diameter (bore), 1.75" diameter rod and a 134.00" stroke. Extension and retraction shall be internally limited within the cylinders, eliminating excess strain on wire ropes, sheaves and the ladder structure. 98 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 ... APPENDIX A - SPECIFXCATXONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Frimmo 7 Each of the cylinders, wire ropes and sheave assemblies shall be completely independent of the other, so as to provide a safety factor wherein a failure of one assembly shall not affect the function and operation of the other. The extension cylinders are equipped with counter balance valves to synchronize the cylinders for smoother operation and prevent the unit from retracting should the charged lines be severed at any point within the hydraulic system. The cylinders shall also have internal deceleration valves, to cushion the movement of the cylinder when approaching full extension or retraction. All extension /retraction pins shall have a corrosion - preventative, QPQ black finish. The extension cylinders shall be mounted utilizing maintenance free spherical bearings. The reeling of the wire rope shall be such as to provide synchronized, simultaneous movement of all sections to full extension. The extension /retraction wire ropes shall be 7 -flex galvanized with stainless steel threaded ends, and shall possess the following characteristics: - Lower Mid Section .50 diameter, 26,2001b breaking strength - Upper Mid Section .38" diameter, 14,8801b breaking strength - Fly Section .31" diameter, 10,3801b breaking strength Wear pads made of polymer material shall be used between the telescoping sections for maximum weight distribution, strength and smoothness of operation. Adjustment screws are provided on the wear pads to permit proper side alignment. All sheaves shall be plastic and greaseless and all sheave pins and pivot pins shall be stainless steel. (no exception) 378. ROTATION SYSTEM A 46.00" diameter, external tooth, monorace, slewing ring bearing shall be used for the rotation system. The gear teeth shall be a stub tooth form. The bearing shall provide 360 degree continuous rotation. The turntable shall be bolted to the bearing using 36 SAE Grade 8, .875" diameter bolts. To secure the bearing to the base support 36 Grade 8, .875' diameter bolts shall be used. The turntable base and the torque box bearing plate shall be machined to fit the bearing thereby providing even distribution of forces. A hydraulically driven, planetary gear box with a drive speed reducer shall be used to provide infinite and minute rotation control throughout the entire rotational travel. The gearbox shall have a torque rating of 130,000 pounds per square inch. City of Newoort APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No A spring applied, hydraulically released disc type swing brake shall be furnished to provide positive braking of the turntable assembly. Provisions shall be made for auxiliary operation of the system in case of prime mover failure. The hydraulic system is equipped with pressure relief valves which shall limit the rotational torque to a non - destructive power. 379. ROTATION INTERLOCK A permanently installed prevention mechanism shall be provided as part of the rotation system to prevent the rotation of the aerial device to the side in which the stabilizers have not been fully deployed or are short- jacked. The mechanism shall allow full and unrestricted use of the aerial in the 180 degree area on the side(s) where the stabilizers have been fully deployed. The system shall also have a manual override to comply with NFPA 1901. This shall consist of a switch located in the lower control station so that activation shall require two (2) persons (one at an aerial device control location and one at the lower control station). / 380. LOAD CAPACITIES The following load capacities shall be established with the stabilizers at full horizontal extension and placed in the down position to level the truck and to relieve the weight from the tires and axles. Capacities shall be based upon full extension and 360 degree rotation. A load chart, visible at the operator's station, shall be provided. The load chart shall show the recommended safe load at any condition of the aerial device's elevation and extension. (NO EXCEPTIONS). / 381. 50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS /WATERWAY DRY �J Degrees of -8 to 910 to 19 20 to 29 30 to 39 40 to 49 50 to 59 60 to 6970 to 75 !Elevation Egress 500 1500 1500 500 500 500 500 500 Fly - - - - 250 250 750 1000 Upper Mid - - 250 250 500 1000 1000 ,Lower Mid 250 250 1500 750 1000 1000 Base - 1250 250 ;500 750 1000 11000 11000 382. 50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS /WATERWAY CHARGED Degrees -8 10 20 to 29 30 to 39 40 50 60 i70 of !to to to to o to 9 19 Elevation 49 159 169 I I I 175 I i ess Egr 500 5001500 -- _� 500 {500L500 1111 1500 100 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOP A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No y250 1500 750 Upper �250�50050 1000 Mid Lower u - 250 5001750 110001000 Mid � Base I I- e ladder shall The rated 750 1000 1000 1000 extend to a nominal height of 100' above !horizontal reach Mshall be 95'1 ". the ground at 75 The measurement degrees. The of horizontal reach measurement of shall be consistent height shall be with NFPA �consistent with NFPAstandards. standards. Reduced loads at the tip can be redistributed in 250 lb. increments to the fly, mid, or base sections as needed. 383. BOOM SUPPORT A heavy -duty boom support shall be provided for support of the ladder in the travel position. On the base section of the ladder, a stainless steel scuffplate shall be,provided where the ladder comes into contact with the boom support. In the stowed position, the ladder tip shall be not less than 11.00" below horizontal for unsurpassed visibility and safety while maneuvering the apparatus. Boom support shall be painted job color. 384. SPECIAL HEIGHT 80089 SUPPORT A special height boom support shall be provided to raise the aerial device to clear the compartment on top of the body. 385. AERIAL SIGN PLATES There shall be one boom panel provided on each side of the aerial ladder base section. The boom panel shall be painted body color. The boom panels shall be designed so no mounting bolts are in the face of the panel. This shall keep the lettering surface free of holes. 386. EXIENSIQNINRICAM Extension markings and corresponding numerical indicators shall be provided along each inside and outside top rail of the base section of the aerial every ten (10) feet. They shall indicate various positions of extension up to full. Markings and indicators shall be clearly visible to the console operator. To aid in visibility during hours of darkness, the markings and numerical indicators shall be of a red reflective material. 382. FOLi3ING STEPS One (1) set of folding steps shall be provided at the tip of the ladder. An additional set of folding steps shall be provided at the base of the fly 101 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 section. The steps shall be bright finished, non -skid with a black coating. Each step shall incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. 388. AERIAL DEVICE RUNG COVERS Each rung shall be covered with a secure, heavy -duty, fiberglass pultrusion that incorporates an aggressive, no -slip coating. The rung covers shall be glued to each rung, and shall be easily replaceable should the rung cover become damaged. The center portion of each rung cover shall be black and the outside 2.00" edge at each side shall be photoluminescent to assist in providing a light source for each rung during low light conditions. Under no circumstances shall the rung covers be fastened to the rungs using screws or rivets (NO CEPTIONS). The rung covers shall have a 10 -year, limited warranty. 389. RUBBISH HOOK MOUNTING BRACKET Mounting shall be provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial ladder for a rubbish hook. The bracket shall be sized to hold a Nupla 6' rubbish hook. Manufacture shall provide the Nupla 6' rubbish hook. 390. ADDITIONAL FOLDING STEPS An additional set of folding steps shall be provided on the ladder fly section. This set of steps shall be located approximately 70.00" below the ladder tip. The steps shall be bright finished, non -skid folding steps with a black coating. Each step shall incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 391. LADDER STORAGE MOUNTING BRACKETS There shall be D/A finished brackets provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial for mounting a roof ladder. The mounting brackets shall accommodate a 14' Duo - Safety 775 -A, 16.00" wide roof ladder as determined by the type of aerial device and the available space. 392. ROTATION MOTOR COVER An aluminum treadplate cover shall be fitted over the aerial rotation motor. The cover shall be removable. 393. CONTROL STATION There shall be a turntable control station located on the driver's side of the turntable so the operator shall be able to easily observe the ladder tip while operating the controls. The controls shall permit the operator to regulate the speed of the aerial functions within safe limits (as determined by the manufacturer and NFPA standards). The controls shall be clearly marked and lighted for nighttime operation. A hinged aluminum cover shall be provided. The momentary foot switch located at the turntable control station shall 102 of 134 ON of Newoort Proposer Yes I No J J I APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No activate the aerial function controls. They are capable of being operated independently or simultaneously. The following controls and indicator lights shall be clearly identified, illuminated, and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing: - 'Elevation, extension /retraction, and rotation controls - High idle switch - Rung alignment indicator light - Tip /Tracking lights - Hydraulic system pressure gauge - Indicator /Alarm test switch - EPU switch - Operator's load chart - Stabilizer Not Fully Extended indicator light - Monitor controls - Aerial waterway flow meter There shall also be a minimum of two (2) 12 -volt work lights installed on the turntable to illuminate the surrounding area for nighttime operation. The work lights shall be activated by the aerial master switch. 394. STABILIZER C®NT ®L STATION There shall be an easily accessible control station located at both the driver and passenger side of the apparatus. The following controls and indicator lights shall be clearly identified and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing at each control station. - Stabilizer controls for driver and passenger side - Stabilizer Firm On Ground indicator lights - Stabilizer Fully Extended indicator lights - Inclinometer for grade and slope - Stabilizer EPU switch - High Idle switch 395. REMOTE AERIAL CONTROL A remote control shall be provided whereby all ladder movements can be controlled at the ladder tip in addition to the control console. The three (3) ladder functions (extension, rotation, elevation) shall be controlled individually by means of spring loaded, return to center 12 -volt proportional controls. 103 of 134 City of Newport Beach RIP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No A momentary switch at the turntable control station shall activate the controls at the ladder tip. The remote control aerial speed shall be set in accordance with the current NFPA 1901 standards. f 396. STABILIZERS 1/ The vehicle shall come equipped with a stabilization system consisting of two (2) hydraulically operated out and down style stabilizers. This system shall meet or exceed all requirements of the NFPA specifications related to stabilization and setup on sloped surfaces. The stabilizer /leveling jacks shall have a maximum spread of 17' measured from the centerline of the jack footpads when the beams are fully extended. The beams shall be 6.81" wide x 8.88" high with 3/4" thick top and bottom plates and 1/2" thick sides of 100,000 -PS1 minimum yield strength steel. The cylinders shall have pilot - operated check valves with thermal relief designed to insure that the beams shall not drift out of the stowed position during travel. Wear pads shall guide the stabilizers. The horizontal extension cylinders shall be totally enclosed within the beams and shall incorporate telescoping hydraulic tubing to supply the jack cylinder hydraulic power. Stabilizer hydraulic hoses shall remain stationary during operation of the stabilizers to prevent hose wear and potential failure. The cylinders shall be equipped with decelerators to reduce the speed of extension and retraction when the beams are near the fully retracted and extended positions. The stabilizer extension hydraulic cylinders shall have the following dimensions: 2.25" bore, 1.38" rod, and 57.25" stroke. The vertical jack cylinders shall be capable of 12.00" ground penetration. The cylinders shall be supplied with pilot operated check valves on each jack cylinder to hold the cylinder in the stowed or working position, should a charged line be severed at any point in the hydraulic system. For safety, the integral holding valves shall be located in the cylinder base end, NOT in the transfer tube. Vertical jack cylinder rods shall be fully enclosed by a telescoping inner box to protect the cylinder rods from damage. The stabilizer jack hydraulic cylinders shall have the following dimensions: 4.25" bore, 3.00" rod, and 28.88" stroke. Each stabilizer jack shall have a polished stainless steel shield. The stainless steel shield shall be a maximum of 14.00" wide so as to allow the extension of the stabilizer between parked cars or other obstacles. This plate shall serve as a protective guard and a mounting surface for warning lights. The top, forward, and rear edges shall be flanged back 90 degrees for added strength. A 4.00" diameter clear work light shall be provided to illuminate the stabilizer and the ground. Lighting shall automatically activate with the aerial master switch. 397. STABILIZER PADS The stabilizer footpad shall be 12.00" in diameter. The footpad shall be attached to the jack cylinder rod by means of a machined ball at the end of the jack cylinder rod which mates to a socket machined into the footpad. The 104 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No footpad shall have the ability to pivot 20 degrees from horizontal in any direction to allow setup on uneven terrain. 398. AUXILIAPY STABILIZER PADS An auxiliary ground pad shall be supplied for each stabilizer to provide additional load distribution on soft surfaces. The pads shall be 24.00" square and made from magnetic lightweight composite material. The ground pressure shall not exceed 75 pounds per square inch when the ground pads are used and the apparatus is fully loaded and the aerial device is carrying its rated capacity in any position. There shall be one (1) pad located on each side of the apparatus, behind the stabilizers. 399. STABILIZER CONTROLS An electrically controlled hydraulic valve shall power stabilizer movement. The valve can also be manually controlled in the event of electrical malfunction. Hydraulic power override controls shall be incorporated into the valve. The manual override mechanism shall be completely sealed within the valve assembly to prevent any possibility of corrosion. The stabilizer controls shall be located to provide the operator with a full view of each stabilizer being positioned. Each stabilizer control panel shall include the following: -In /out stabilizer beam control toggle switch -Up /dawn stabilizer jack control toggle switch - Emergency hydraulic power unit (EPU) control toggle switch -High idle control toggle switch - Stabilizer fully extended LED indicator lights - Stabilizer planted LED indicator lights As a safety device, an electrically actuated diverter valve shall be provided. The hydraulic power shall be diverted to the aerial ladder controls automatically the instant all stabilizer jacks are firmly planted on the ground. Once the aerial ladder is raised from the bedded position, the stabilizer hydraulic power is cut off so the stabilizers shall not accidentally be moved while the aerial is being operated. To aid in leveling the unit, two bubble type angle indicators shall be located near the stabilizer controls. One indicator shall show the angle of the truck from the front to rear and the other shall show the side to side angle of the truck. The indicators shall be color coded green to show when the truck has been properly leveled allowing the aerial device to be operated at full capacity. A stabilizer deployment audible warning alarm shall be provided at each side of the body, activated by the stabilizer movement. A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator light shall be provided in the cab within view of the driver. It shall illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed to prevent damage to the vehicle if it is moved. The stabilizer system shall also be wired to the "Do Not Move Truck" indicator 1.05 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No light. This light shall flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed. p 400. STABILIZER PINS J The stabilizer jacks shall have holes for the stabilizer pins. f 401. ALUMINUM TREADPLATE DOORS STABILIZER CONTROL BOX Horizontally hinged aluminum treadplate doors shall be provided over each stabilizer control box. The doors shall be hinged at the bottom and provided with flush mounted lift and turn latches. 402. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM V All hose assemblies shall be assembled and crimped by the hose manufactures certified technician. An assembly cell shall be located on the premises where the technician can perform audits of the final aerial assembly for proper fitting torque and hose routing. All manufacturing employees responsible for the installation of hydraulic components shall be properly trained. Training shall include: proper handling, installation, torque requirements, cleanliness and quality control procedures for hydraulic components. Hoses used in the aerial hydraulic system shall be of a premium quality hose with a high abrasion resistant cover. All pressure hoses shall have a working pressure of 4000 psi and a burst pressure rating of 16,000 psi. The hydraulic oil shall be a premium Multi -Vis product having a leading edge additive package, provide oxidation stability, be extremely shear stable and maximum anti -wear properties. All oil delivered to the manufacturing site shall have a minimum ISO cleanliness level of 18/15/13. Each aerial shall be evaluated as to the region and climate where it shall be used to determine the optimum viscosity and proper oil grade. Oil viscosity shall be based on an optimum range of 80 to 1000 SUS during normal aerial use. Before shipment of the unit, an oil sample shall be taken and analyzed to confirm the oil is within the allowable ISO grade tolerance. The aerial hydraulic system shall have a minimum oil cleanliness level of ISO 18/15/13 based on the ISO 4406:1999 cleanliness standard. Each customer shall receive a certificate of actual cleanliness test results and an explanation of the rating system. Each aerial shall include an oil sample port, identified with a yellow dust cap and a label, for subsequent customer testing. Ball valves shall be provided in the hydraulic suction and return lines to permit component servicing without draining the oil reservoir. The system hydraulic pressure shall be displayed on a 2.5" liquid filled gauge, located on the control console. The hydraulic system shall be additionally protected from excessive pressure by a secondary pressure relief valve set at 3,150 psi. In the event the main 106 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No hydraulic pump compensator malfunctions, the secondary relief shall prevent system damage. r 403. HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS All cylinders used on the aerial device shall be produced by a manufacturer that specializes in the manufacture of hydraulic cylinders. Each cylinder shall include integral safety holding cartridges. (no exception) Each cylinder shall be designed to a minimum safety factor of 4:1 to failure. All safety holding cartridges shall be installed at the cylinder manufacturer, in a controlled clean environment to avoid possible contamination and or failure. 404. HYDRAULIC PUMP t/ The hydraulic system shall be supplied by a 4.6 cubic inch variable volume, load and pressure compensating piston pump. The pump shall be rated at a minimum of 5,365 psi peak pressure and 2,600 rpm. The pump shall meet the demands of all three simultaneous aerial functions. The pump shall provide proper flow for single aerial function with the engine at idle speed. A switch shall be provided on the control console to increase the engine speed for multiple function operation. 405. EMERGENCY PUMP The aerial shall be equipped with an emergency hydraulic pump, electrically driven from the truck batteries. The pump shall be capable of running for 30 minutes for limited aerial functions to stow the unit in case of a main pump or truck system failure. A momentary switch shall be located at the stabilizer and aerial control locations to activate the emergency pump. / �f 406. AERIAL CONTROL VALVE The aerial hydraulic control valve shall be designed with special spool flows, limiting the oil flow for the designed function speed. The valve shall be manually controlled and be located in the control console with the handles protruding through the operating surface for operation. The activation handles shall be spaced a minimum of 3.5" for ease of operation. The valve spools shall be designed to bleed off downstream pressure, in the neutral position and allow proper seating of any cylinder holding cartridge. 407. OIL RESERVOIR The oil `reservoir shall have a minimum capacity of 40 gallons. The oil fill location shall be easily accessible and be labeled "Hydraulic Oil Only" and also indicate the grade of oil that is installed in the reservoir. The fill cap shall have a 40 micron filter to provide protection from contamination. A drain hose shall be included and shall terminate with a quarter turn ball valve. Two suction ports shall be provided, one for the main hydraulic pump and one for the emergency pump. The main suction shall be slightly elevated off the bottom of the reservoir and include a 100 mesh suction strainer. The emergency suction port shall be closer to the bottom of the reservoir to provide some reserve oil for emergency operation. A six (6) disc type magnetic drain shall also be provided to collect any ferrous contaminants. 107 of 134 City of Newport- Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes-1 No A combination sight glass and thermometer shall be mounted to the reservoir in an easily viewable location. 408. HIGH PRESSURE FILTER The pressure filter shall be rated for 6,000 psi working pressure and generously sized for efficiency and capacity. A 90 psi bypass spring shall be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal system operating temperatures. The 5Q filter element shall be constructed of a micro glass medium, which has the highest capture efficiency, dirt holding capacity and life expectancy over other media such as cellulose and synthetic. The nominal rating shall be 5 micron and have an efficiency rating of 99.3 % for 5 micron sized particles. f The element shall have a dirt holding capacity of not less than 35 grams. 409. RETURN FILTER The return filter shall be rated for 150 psi working pressure and generously sized for efficiency and capacity. A 25 psi bypass spring shall be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal system operating temperatures. The 10Q filter element shall be constructed of a micro glass medium, which has the highest capture efficiency, dirt holding capacity and life expectancy over other media such as cellulose and synthetic. The nominal rating shall be 10 microns and have an efficiency rating of 99.5% for 10 micron sized particles. The element shall have a dirt holding capacity of not less than 84.7 grams. 410. HYDRAULIC SWIVEL The aerial ladder shall be equipped with a high pressure hydraulic swivel which shall connect the hydraulic lines from the hydraulic pump and reservoir, through the rotation point, to the aerial control bank. The hydraulic swivel shall allow for 360- degree continuous rotation of the aerial. 411. ELECTRIC SWIVEL The ladder shall be equipped with an electric swivel to allow 360 - degree rotation of the aerial while maintaining connections in all electrical circuits through the rotation point. A minimum of 28 collector rings that are capable of supplying 30 -amp continuous service shall be provided. All collector rings shall bdenclosed and protected against condensation and corrosion (NO CEPTIONS). 412. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM The aerial electrical system shall be designed and manufactured in such a way that the power and signal protection and control compartments shall contain circuit protection devices and power control devices. The power and signal protection and control components shall be protected against corrosion, excessive heat, excessive vibration, physical damage, and water spray. The aerial electrical system shall be designed and manufactured to allow the following: - All of the serviceable components shall be readily accessible. - Circuit protection devices shall be utilized to protect each circuit. of 134 City of APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DPAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No - General protection circuit breakers shall be Type -I automatic reset (continuously resetting) or Type -II (manual resetting) and conform to SAE requirements. When required, automotive type fuses conforming to SAE requirements shall be utilized to protect electronic equipment. - Power control relays and solenoids, when utilized, shall have a direct current (dc) rating of 125% of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected. The aerial electrical system shall be designed and manufactured to allow the following: - Toggle switches shall be utilized that are certified for the outside conditions that fire apparatus experience (NO EXCEPTIONS). - All wiring shall be protected through conduit or loom. - All wiring harnesses shall be properly supported to eliminate harness damage through rubbing. - All connectors utilized in the system shall be of a waterproof design. - Two (2) inductive proximity switchs and an illumination light shall be incorporated into the boom support. -.The aerial master and aerial PTO can be engaged after the water pump has been engaged without having to bring the RPM back to idle. - Standard cabling to the tip of the aerial shall consist of one (1) 16/20 cable and one (1) 12/8 cable. 413. DRIVER SIDE TORQUE BOX POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL A fuse and relay panel, located in the passenger side gooseneck area, shall include the following: - NEMA 4x rated weatherproof enclosure - Relays, fuses, and circuit breakers for aerial and stabilizer interlocks and control switches 414. TURNTABLE LIGHTING The turntable shall be lighted for nighttime operation with a minimum of two (2) LED work lights activated by the aerial master switch. A foot switch shall be located at the turntable console to allow hydraulic flow to the aerial device. The foot switch shall be protected by a cover to prevent accidental activation. Activation of the foot switch is necessary for aerial device operation. 415. TURNTABLE CONSOLE The following switches and indicator lights shall be standard on the turntable console: 'High idle on /off switch Tip /Tracking light switch Indicator and alarm test switch 109 of 7.34 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No - Emergency hydraulic power switch - STABILIZERS NOT FULLY EXTENDED amber indicator light - Rung alignment green indicator light The turntable console shall be lighted for nighttime operation with one (1) work light activated by the aerial master switch. A fuse panel shall be located in the turntable console. 416. TURNTABLE OVERRIDE CONTROLS The aerial manual override controls shall be located in the turntable control console. 417. MASTER OVERRIDE CONTROLS An emergency power switch shall be located at the rear of the apparatus. The switch shall activate the emergency power unit and allow control of the aerial or stabilizers based on the direction the switch is toggled. A work light shall be provided to illuminate the master override controls when the battery switch is active and the master override door is open. 418. BOOM SUPPORT LIMIT SWITCHES `✓J Two (2) Truck inductive proximity switches shall be provided on the boom support to detect if the aerial device is fully stowed within the boom support. 419. STABILIZER INDICATOR A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator shall be provided in the driver's compartment. It shall illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed, to prevent damage to the apparatus if moved. The stabilizer system shall also be wired to the "Do Not Move" indicator light, which shall flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not fully engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed. / 420. CRADLE INTERLOCK SYSTEM J A cradle interlock system shall be provided to prevent the lifting of the aerial from the nested position until the operator has positioned all the stabilizers in a load supporting configuration. A switch shall be installed at the cradle to prevent operation of the stabilizers once the aerial has been elevated from the nested, position. 421. STABILIZER ALARM of An electronic warning device shall be provided at each stabilizer to warn personnel that the stabilizers are being deployed. Each alarm shall produce a fast pulsing 90 DBA signal and shall cancel only when the stabilizer is put into a load bearing configuration. 422. STABILIZER SCENE LIGHTS A 4.00 "'clear floodlight shall be provided on each stabilizer to illuminate the surrounding area. The light shall be actuated by the aerial master switch. 423. AERIAL DEVICE LIGHTING There shall be white 1.2 volt DC halogen, spotlights furnished on the aerial device: 1.10 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No One (1) Unity Model AG -S -7682 shall be installed on the right side of the base section of the ladder. a One (1) Unity Model AG -S -7682 shall be installed on the left side of the base section of the ladder. Individual on /off switches shall be provided on each light. Power to the lights shall be controlled by a master on /off switch at the turntable control operator's position. The lights shall be mounted below the top edge of the aerial device so as not to increase the overall height of the unit. f 424. AERIAL STROBE LIGHT VJ A light shall be installed at the aerial tip for the purpose of locating the aerial device while in operation. The light shall be a Whelen 800D strobe. The light shall be activated with a switch at the turntable control console. The color of the locator light shall be blue. / Y 425. STABILIZER WARNING LIGHTS Two (2) Whalen, Model M6 LED flashing warning lights with bezels shall be installed, one (1) each side on the stabilizer cover panels. The front stabilizer pan light shall be red. Each light shall include a lens that is the same color as the LED's. These Warning lights shall be activated by the same switch as the side warning lights. 426. STABILIZER BEAM WARNING LIGHTS Two (2) 4.00" diameter red LED flashing lights shall be mounted on each stabilizer, one (1) facing forward and one (1) facing rearward. The lights shall be Grote Supernova 40 series LED lights. The lights shall be recessed in the horizontal beam of the stabilizer. These warning lights shall be activated with the aerial master switch. 427. LADDER TIP LIGHT, PORTABLE 120V V There shall be Two (2) Fire Research FRC Focus, Model FCA700 -S75, 120 volt portable lights shall be provided. The lights shall be mounted driver and passenger side facing the side at a downward angle at the tip. The light fixtures shall be a single 750 watt quartz halogen, 120 volt Focus light that draws 6.3 amps and include a FCAoption -P2, NEMA 1-5 -20 plug. The lights shall be a portable style with quick release FCAoption -703 mounting brackets The lamp heads shall tilt up and down with on /off switch on the lamp head. A 20 amp twistlock receptacles shall be provided near the base of each light. 11.1 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR - DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 428. 2 -WAY AERIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM There shall be a Fire Research model ICA900 -112 two -way intercom system provided. The control module shall be located at the turntable operator console and have an LED volume display and push - button volume control. A hands free module shall be located at the aerial tip or platform and constantly transmit to the other module unless the control module push -to -talk button is pressed. Each intercom unit shall be weatherproof. 429. ROPE TIE BAR AT BASE SECTION RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM A removable bracket shall be supplied at the rear of the base section, attached between the left hand and right hand rear hand rails. The bracket shall provide Lyfe Pulley rope tie off and /or guide points spaced 5.75" apart, centered between the rear hand rails. The bracket shall be designed to be easily removable and not interfere with a fully retracted ladder assembly when attached to the base section. A storage box for the bracket shall be provided on the outside rear of the base section. 430. RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM A rescue lifting attachment shall be provided. The lifting attachment shall mount to the aerial egress and shall consist of a pair of nylatron pulleys mounted to a stainless steel shaft. The pulleys shall be adjustable from side to side and shall have a total lifting capacity of 500 pounds, regardless of whether one (1) or both pulleys are being utilized. 431. LIFTING EYE - ROPE RESCUE ATTACHMENT Two (2), eyes shall be welded, one (1) to each ladder beam, at the ladder egress with a spreader bar to mounted between the eyes. This design shall distribute a load evenly across the ladder beams because of a single lifting eye on the spreader bar. The bar is retained by two (2) locking pins, one (1) at each end outboard of each eye. Leveling is maintained by the bar rotating in the eyes. 432. VENT SAWN SCABBARDS AT AERIAL LADDER TIP Two (2) vent saw scabbards shall be mounted, one (1) each side of the aerial ladder tip. The scabbards shall be bolted to the egress, angled forward so that when the aerial device is at 25 degrees, the scabbards shall be vertical. The scabbards shall be smooth aluminum. 433. AIR HORN CONTROL AT AERIAL TURNTABLE A push button control for the air horns shall be provided at the aerial turntable. Collector ring space must be available for this option to be utilized. Brushed stainless steel scuffplates shall be applied to each side of the aerial egress, above the chainsaw scabbards. 434. MANSAVER BARS, AERIAL TURNTABLE ManSaver bars shall be installed at the aerial turntable. 112 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 435. TELESCOPING WATERWAY A waterway system shall be provided consisting of the following components and features: The integral telescopic water system shall consist of a 4.50" diameter tube in the base section, a 4.00" diameter tube in the lower mid - section, a 3.50" diameter tube in the upper mid - section and a 3.00" diameter tube in the fly section. The telescopic waterway shall be constructed of anodized aluminum pipe. The aerial shall be capable of discharging up to 1000 gpm at 100 psi parallel to the ladder and 90 degrees to each side of center. An adjustable pressure relief valve shall be furnished to protect the aerial waterway from a pressure surge. Two (2) 1.50" drain valves shall be located at the lowest points of the waterway system. 1 436. WATERWAY SEALS The waterway seals shall be of type -B PolyPak design, composed of nitroxile seal and a nitrile wiper, which together offer maximum stability and extrusion resistance on the waterway. The seal shall be capable of withstanding pressures up to 2000 psi, temperatures in excess of 250 degrees Fahrenheit and have resistance to all foam generating solutions. The seals shall be internally lubricated. The waterway seals shall have automatic centering guides constructed of synthetic thermalpolymer. The guides shall provide positive centering of the extendible sections within each other and the base section to insure longer service life and smoother operation. f V 437. AERIAL MONITOR An Akron, Model 3578 monitor with stow and deploy shall be provided at the tip with.a Akron 1250 gpm Model 5177. The monitor's functions shall be controlled electrically from two (2) separate locations. One (1) control shall be located at the control console and the other at the ladder tip. There be a courtesy light at the tip of the aerial to illuminate the controls. shall 438. AERIAL WATERWAY FLOWMTER A Fire Research Corporation (FRC), Model DF430, digital flow indicator with a four (4) digit LED display shall be provided for the aerial waterway at the turntable control station. The display shall have a flow totalizer, programmable high and low flow warnings, and automatically adjust LED brightness for day /night viewing. 433. AERIAL WATERWAY INLET The aerial waterway shall be plumbed from the fifth wheel area to the waterway swivel with 4.00" pipe. 17.3 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No A 5.00" inlet shall be located on each side of the apparatus complete with a chrome plated cap. The individual 'line" pressure gauges for the inlets shall be manufactured by Class 1. They shall be a minimum of 3.50" in diameter and shall have white faces with black lettering. Gauges shall be compound type with a vacuum /pressure range of 30.00 " -0- 600#. The individual pressure gauge shall be installed as close to the inlet as practical. 440. WATERWAY LOCKING SYSTEM The aerial ladder waterway monitor shall be capable of being positioned at either the fly section or at the next lower section of the ladder. The monitor location shall be changeable by the use of a single handle, located at the side of the ladder. The handle, attached to a cam bracket, shall simply be moved forward to lock the monitor at the fly section and back to lock it to the previous section. There shall be no pins to remove and reinstall. The monitor shall be operational at all times, regardless of its position, without connecting or disconnecting electrical lines. The aerial waterway 1.50" drain valve shall be mounted horizontal with a stainless steel extension with an elbow at the end to direct water to the rear of the tiller tractor on both the driver and passenger side. Valve acuation shall be with a handle easily accessible from the side of the apparatus. This option shall not include the drain valve itself. This option calls for the pipe and the valve to be painted job color. 441. 2.50" AUXILIARY OUTLET AT AERIAL TIP An auxiliary hose connection outlet shall be supplied at the tip of the aerial ladder. It shall be located on the left hand side of the aerial waterway. Flow to the auxiliary outlet shall be supplied by 2.50" piping. A 2.50" valve with quarter turner shut -off shall be provided. A 2.50" to 1.50" reducer with cap and chain shall be provided. Flow to the aerial waterway monitor shall be controlled by a 4.00" aluminum butterfly valve with a non - rising stem and crank handle. The valve shall be located at the monitor inlet. A 200 psi relief valve and a .75" automatic drain valve shall be supplied in the waterway at the tip. 442. WATERWAY INLET ADAPTERS One (1) Akron gated 5" x 2.5" siamese adapter shall be provided for waterway inlet. One (1) Akron gated 5" x 4" adapter shall be provided for waterway inlet. 114 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDS %A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR ATRACTOR- DRAWNQ QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 443. MANUALS Two (2) operator maintenance manuals and two (2) wiring diagrams pertaining to the aerial device shall be provided with the apparatus at time of delivery. Wiring diagrams shall be provided on CD and printed version. 444. INITIAL INSTRUCTION ` On initial delivery of the fire apparatus, the contractor shall supply a qualified representative to demonstrate the apparatus and provide initial instruction to the fire department regarding the operation, care, and maintenance of the apparatus for a period of three (3) days. 445. ADDITIONAL AERIAL TRAINING There shall be one (1) additional aerial training day provided by the manufacturer with a training engineer. This is in addition to the standard three (3) days. 446. TILLER CAB �! A permanently mounted tiller cab shall be located on top of the tiller trailer, to the rear of the aerial ladder. The maximum overall height of the tiller cab shall not exceed 134.00" (NO EXCEPTION). The tiller cab shall be totally enclosed. The cab windshield shall be automotive approved tinted safety glass and shall provide a minimum of 1,513 square inches of clear viewing area. Each side window, directly rearward of the windshield, shall be more than 536 square inches. The side windows, combined with the windshield, shall provide a minimum of 2,585 square inches of unobstructed viewing area. In order to provide maximum visibility for the tillerman, there shall be no corner posts at the forward corners of the windshield. (no exception). The upper area of each tiller cab door shall be contoured into the roof, providing greater clearance when entering and exiting the tiller cab. The tiller cab doors shall be equipped with drop -down sliding window. The windows shall be 18.00" wide x 31.00" high. The rear wall of the tiller cab shall have a vertically -split sliding window. The window shall be 33.50" wide x 27.75" high. The tiller cab floor shall be constructed of aluminum treadpiate. A two (2) speed electric windshield wiper with washer shall be provided for the front windshield. The windshield washer reservoir shall have a capacity of two (2) quarts and shall be located forward of the tiller cab. An adjustable, telescopic steering column shall be provided. Auxiliar/ lighting inside the tiller cab shall consist of a red /clear overhead dome light with an integral switch. The red lens shall be controlled by the lens 115 of 134 City of Newport Beach RAP No. 13 -39 ... - APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Yes I No switch only and the clear light shall be controlled by the lens switch or the door switch. The diagnostic plug for the trailer ABS system shall be provided in the driver side tiller access stepwell, behind the fuel fill door. The following controls /alarms shall be provided inside the tiller cab: - Buzzer signaling system with push button in tiller cab steering wheel as well as a labeled push button in the tractor cab, within reach of the driver. - Jackknife alarm The following shall be provided on the steering column support pedestal: - Two (2) heater /defroster outlets - Heater /defroster control switch The cornering lights shall be controlled by a switch on the steering column (these lights shall also come on with turn signal activation). The following controls /gauges shall be located in the upper control panel: - Step light switch - Tiller wheel position indicator gauge. (L -C -R) - Two (2) 2.00" diameter amber turn signals - Windshield wiper /washer control switch 447. TILLER CAB HEATER The cab shall be equipped with a 13,650 BTU heater /defroster. The heater shall have a multi -speed motor and thermostatic control located in the tiller cab within reach of the tillerman. The heater shall be diesel fueled and shall have a separate three (3) gallon diesel fuel tank which shall provide a minimum of 23 hours of continuous running time. The fuel tank shall be recessed in the body, behind the driver side tiller cab access steps. There shall be a minimum of two (2) defrost outlets in the cab for maximum defrost performance. The heater /defrost system shall have an airflow of 85 cfm. 448. TILLER CAB SEAT A seat shall be provided in the tiller cab. The seat shall be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat shall include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control shall be a towel -bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. The seat shall have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to 0 degrees forward. The seat back shall be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, and shall include minimum 7.50" deep 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat shall be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat shall be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that shall activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat shall be furnished with a three- point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt shall have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue shall be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle shall be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt shall be furnished with dual automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. The seat belt webbing shall be red in color. 449. TILLER CAB STEPS For access to the tiller cab, two (2) sets of steps shall be furnished at the rear of the apparatus, one set each side. The bottom three (3) access steps shall be full width, approximately 21.00" wide, and located just behind the tiller axle. The top step shall be full width, approximately 18.50" wide. The steps shall be securely reinforced and constructed of aluminum treadplate. Handrails shall be provided on each side of the step assemblies for maximum safety. The steps shall be illuminated for nighttime operation.! 450. JACKKNIFE ALARM An audible and visual warning system shall be provided to warn both drivers when the jackknife position approaches the maximum allowable angle. 451. TILLER WARNING INDICATOR A warning indicator in the tractor cab shall be activated if the parking brake is released and the tiller driver is not present in the tiller cab. 4S2. CONVEX MIRRORS (TILLER CAB) A 10.00" diameter round adjustable convex mirror with fixed arm shall be installed on each side of tiller cab. A wedge bracket shall be installed between the tiller cab face and the mounting tube for the mirror. This shall allow the mirrors to be adjusted at a greater downward angle. 4S3. ENGINE START ENABLE SWITCH IN TILLER CAB There shall be a foot switch in the tiller cab that shall enable the engine to be started. / 454. WINDOW DEFROST FANS tll Two (2) window defrost fans shall be mounted in forward corners. 455. TILLER TRAILER F ME The gooseneck area of the tiller trailer shall be constructed of 100,000 psi minimum yield strength steel. The gooseneck area shall have a section modulus of 289.00 cu. in. and a resistance to bending moment of 28,900,000 inch pounds. 117 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The gooseneck area shall be 46.00" wide x 13.50" deep. The tiller trailer frame shall be box type construction to effectively resist trailer twist. The side rails shall have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the trailer, with a continuous smooth taper to a 10.75" over the tiller axle. The frame rails shall be constructed of 80,000 psi minimum yield strength heat treated .38" thick steel, with 3.50" wide flanges and covered by top and bottom plates to form a ridged box structure. Cover plates shall be 50,000 psi minimum yield strength steel. The tiller trailer frame shall have a section modulus of 257.70 cu. in., and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 12,880,000 inch pounds over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cu. in. with an rbrn of 2,085,803 inch pounds over the rear axle. The overall length of the tiller trailer frame shall be 468.00 ". 456. WALKWAY, TURNTABLE TO BODY A walkway shall be provided from the aerial turntable to the tiller body. 457. TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE V/ The tiller trailer axle shall be of the independent torsion bar suspension design with a ground rating of 22,800 lb. Upper and lower control arms shall be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings shall be made of 100,000 -psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting shall be made of 55,000 -psi yield ductile iron. The center cross members and side plates shall be constructed out of 80,000 - psi yield strength steel. Each control arm shall be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings shall rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing shall also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations. The upper control arm shall be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative chamber above rated load. Camber at load shall be zero degrees for optimum tire life. The kingpin bearing shall be of low friction design and be sealed for life. Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the trailer shall be provided. The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle. The steering linkage shall provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase. 118 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The turning angle shall be 24 degrees or greater. 458. TILLER TRAILER STEERING t Dual Sheppard M110 steering gears, with integral heavy -duty power steering, shall be provided. The steering wheel shall be 18.00" in diameter, and capable of tilting and telescoping. 459. BRAKES The tiller trailer brakes shall be Knorr /Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. . 460. TILLER TRAILE&SUSPENSION Independent suspension shall be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 lb. Each wheel shall have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each wheel end shall also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension. The suspension design shall be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms. The torsion bar type spring and anchor lock system shall allow for simple lean adjustments without the use of shims. Adjustment for a lean shall be accomplished within 15 minutes. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows 4.00" of ride height adjustment per side. 461. TIRES Tiller trailer tires shall be Michelin 425/65822.50 radials, 20 ply all- position XZY3 wide base tread, rated for 22,800 lb maximum axle load and 65 mph maximum speed. 462. TILLER WHEELS The tires shall be mounted on 22.50" x 12.25" hub piloted Alcoa polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10) -stud 11.25" bolt circle. Wheels are to be the same as steering axle on tractor. 463. OIL SEALS Oil seals shall be provided on the tiller axle. 464. ®Y CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER Provide one (1) dry chemical portable fire extinguisher with a minimum 80 -13:C rating mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. Location TBD at Pre - Con. 465. WATER EXTINGUISHE R i Provide (1) 2.5 gallon or larger water extinguisher mounted in a bracket / fastened to the apparatus. Location TBD at Pre -Con. 6� 466. CO2 EXTINGUISHER Provide (1) 10 Pound,CO2 extinguisher with mounting bracket fastened to the V// apparatus. Location TBD at Pre -Con. 179 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX . • FOR . TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Yes i No 467. WIRING SCHEMATIC One (1) laminated 34" x 44" drawing of the detailed wiring schematic shall be provided for the 120/240 -volt electrical system. A CD -Rom version shall also be provided. 468. PAINT The cab shall be two -tone, with the upper section painted White #267 upper along with a shield design on the cab face and lower section of the cab and body painted #107 Red Lower. (Paint colors shall match newest fire apparatus). 469. TILLER CAB PAINT The tiller cab shall be painted Red #107. 470. PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY V The chassis frame assembly shall be painted job color before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine, drive shafts and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc. Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that shall be painted job color are frame rails, cross members, axles, suspension, steering gear, fuel tank, body substructure supports, miscellaneous mounting brackets, etc. 471. TRANSIT COATING All non - painted metal surfaces on the exterior of the vehicle shall be sprayed with a corrosion protective coating provided by Carwell. The coating can be removed with soap and water. The coating is made of a linseed oil base and is biodegradable. The underside non - painted metal surfaces shall also be coated with a corrosion protective coating. 472. COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT The interior of compartments shall be painted with a gray spatter type paint. 473. AERIAL DEVICE PAINT COLOR The aerial device (turntable and ladder sections) shall be painted white. The support structure, rotation motor, components below the rotation point, stabilizers, torque box, tiller axle and suspension, shall be cleaned, caulked, primed and painted job color -Red #107. The tip of the ladder shall be painted Red #107. 474. REFLECTIVE BAND A 6.00" white reflective band shall be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body and outlined with black pin- stripe. The reflective band provided on the cab face shall be at the headlight level. 475. CHEVRON STRIPING REAR There shall be alternating chevron striping located on the rear- facing vertical surface, of the apparatus including the rear door and bumper. The tillerman cab shall not be covered. APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The colors shall be red and yellow diamond grade and outlined with black pin- stripe... Each stripe shall be 6.00" in width. This shall meet the requirements of NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, which states that 50% of the rear surface shall be covered with chevron striping. 476. REFLECTIVE STRIPE ON STABILIZERS There shall be a 4.00" wide white reflective stripe provided on the forward and rear facing side of all aerial stabilizers. 477. JOGS IN REFLECTIVE BAND The reflective band located on each side of the apparatus body shall contain one (1) jog(s) and shall be angled at approximately a 45 degrees when installed. 478. REFLECTIVE OUTLINE 5TRIPE f E// A .25" black reflective outline shall be applied to the top and the bottom of the reflective band. There shall be one (1) set of outline stripes required. 479. REFLECTIVE STRIPE CAB DOORS A 6.00" x 16.00" white reflective stripe shall be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe shall be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel. This stripe shall meet the NFPA 1901 requirement. 480. REFLECTIVE STRIPE TILLERMAN DOORS V/ A 6.00" x 16.00" white reflective stripe shall be provided across the interior of each tillerman's entry door. The stripe shall be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel. 481. CAB STRIPE There shall be a simulated gold leaf stripe provided on both sides of the cab at paint break. 482. AERIAL BOOM SIGN STRIPING There shall be simulated gold leaf stripes along all edges of the aerial boom sign. The stripes shall have a white outline with black shade and a scroll at each corner. 483. LETTERING The lettering shall be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl. Doors- Thirty -Two (32) simulated gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade shall be provided. "Newport Beach Fire" Aerial Sian- Thirty -Two (32) simulated gold leaf lettering, 10.00" high, with outline and shade shall be provided. "Newport Beach Fire" Painted Plates- There shall be reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There shall be twenty -four (24) letters provided. 121 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 Cab Roof Painted Plates- There shall be reflective lettering, 12.00" high. There shall be six (6) letters provided. 484. PAINTED PLATES FOR LETTERING There shall be five (5) painted aluminum plates provided for department lettering. The plates shall be painted to match the primary color of the truck. They shall be mounted roof, front bumper, crew cab doors and rear. and shall be (4) 6" X 26" for crew cab, front bumper & rear. (1) 14" x 46" for roof With counter sunk holes for screws. 485. MALTESE CROSS EMBLEM There shall be one pair of 10.00" high quality simulated gold /silver leaf emblems provided and installed on cab doors each side. 486. CAB GRILLE DESIGN An American flag design shall be painted on the cab grille. 487. MANUAL, FIRE APPA RATUS PARTS Two (2) custom parts manuals for the complete fire apparatus shall be provided in hard copy with the completed unit. One (1) compact disc (CD) shall also be provided that shall include all of the information from the above manual. The manual shall contain the following: - Job number Part numbers with full descriptions Table of contents - Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly - Parts section sorted in Alphabetical order Instructions on how to locate parts The manual shall be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It shall not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 488. SERVICE PARTS INTERNET SITE The service parts information included in this manual is also available on the factory website. The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly. 489. MANUALS CHASSIS SERVICE Two (2) chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on major components shall be provided with the completed unit. One (1) compact disk (CD) shall also be provided that shall include all of the information from the above manual. Proposer Complies? TesNo li' U V APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The manuals shall contain the following sections: - Job number - Table of contents - Troubleshooting - Front Axle /Suspension - Brakes - Engine - Tires - Wheefs - Cab - Electrical, DC - Air Systems - Plumbing - Appendix The manual shall be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It shall not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. / 490. MANUALS CHASSIS LOPE RATION Two (2) chassis operation manuals shall be provided. One (1) compact disk (CD) shall also be provided that shall include all of the information from the above manual. 491. ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP v/ Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a minimum one (1) year basic apparatus material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover such portions of the apparatus built by the manufacturer as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package. (no exception). / 492. ENGINE WARRANTY V! A five (5) year limited engine warranty shall be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package. 493. STEERING GEAR WARRANTY A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty shall be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package. 123 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 494. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WARRANTY The Wabco ABS system shall come with a three (3) year or 300,000 mile parts and labor warranty provided by Meritor Wabco Vehicle Control Systems. 495. FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The chassis frame shall be provided with a fifty (50) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover the chassis frame as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 496. FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY Independent front suspension shall be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The manufacturer's warranty shall provide that the independent front suspension and steering gears be'free from any defect related to material and workmanship on the portion of the apparatus built by the manufacturer that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). j 497. REAR AXLE TWO (2) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A MeritorTm Axle 2 year limited warranty shall be provided. 498. TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE WARRANTY The non drive axle system shall have a three (3) year parts and labor warranty. 499. TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTUHAL INTEGRI TY j The new cab shall be provided with a ten (10) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover such portions of the cab built by the manufacturer as being free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 500. TEN 10 YEAR PRO- RATED PAINT AND CORROSION Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a ten (10) year pro -rated paint and corrosion limited warranty on the apparatus cab. The warranty shall cover painted exterior surfaces of the body to be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion, or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 124 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 rT y3ch€: �" il: ��YrhNl" �C rtLi�C deiS- r�yr27_+ �f1TT�LSiYr� :FiTTl�iiiLijil�fj�j�;j�;] 501, FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The electronic modules and display(s) shall be provided with a five (5) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover electronic modules to be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 502. TRANSMISSION WARRANTY The transmission shall have a five (5) year /unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty is to be provided by Allison Transmission and not the apparatus builder. 503. TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTLJRAL INTEGRITY Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a ten (10) year material and workmanship limited warranty on the apparatus body. The warranty shall cover such portions of the apparatus built by the manufacturer as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal packagd (NO EXCEPTIONS). 504. ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Gortite roll -up door limited warranty shall be provided. The mechanical components of the roll -up door shall be warranted against defects in material and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. A six (6) year limited warranty shall be provided on painted and satin roll up doors. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package. 505. PUMP WARRANTY A Waterous five (5) year warranty shall be provided for the pump. 506. TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY The stainless steel plumbing components and ancillary brass fittings used in the construction of the water /foam plumbing system shall be warranted for a period of ten (10) years or 100,000 miles. This covers structural failures caused by defective design or workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion, provided the apparatus is used in a normal and reasonable manner. This warranty is extended only to the original purchaser for a period of ten years from the date of delivery. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 507. TWENTY (20) YEAR AERIAL DEVICELSTRUCTURAL INTEGRITY WARRANTY The aerial device shall be provided with a twenty (20) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover such portions of the apparatus built by the manufacturer as being free from defects in material and 125 of 134 City of Proposer Complies? Ye ®s V/ V V/ APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. This warranty shall be limited to the torque box, turntable, aerial sections and other structural components. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 508. AERIAL SWIVEL WARRANTY An Amity five (5) year limited swivel warranty shall be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 509. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS WARRANTY L/ Aerial hydraulic system components shall be provided with a five (5) year material and workmanship limited warranty. 51:0. HYDRAULIC SEAL WARRANTY Aerial hydraulic seals shall be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty. A copy of the warranty certificates shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 511. AERIAL WATERWAY WARRANTY An Amity ten (10) year limited waterway warranty shall be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 512. FOUR(4)YEAR PRO- TED PAINT AND CORROSION The aerial device shall be provided with a four (4) year pro -rated paint and corrosion limited warranty. The warranty shall cover exterior painted surfaces of the aerial device to be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion, or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 513. TWO (2) YEAR GENERATOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Harrison Hydra -Gen generator 2 year limited warranty shall be provided. 514. TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a ten (10) year pro -rated paint and corrosion limited warranty on the apparatus body. The warranty shall cover painted exterior surfaces of the body to be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion, or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 126 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A- SPECIFICATIONS FOR ATRACTOR. -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes I No 515. THREE (31 YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The simulated gold leaf lamination shall be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover the gold leaf lamination as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 516. VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1901, current edition, section 4.13, Vehicle Stability.- The certification shall be provided at the time of proposal. 517. ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the proposer's chassis. The certification shall be provided at the time of proposal 518. POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION V The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification shall be provided at the time of proposal. 519. CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification states that the cab must meet or exceed the requirements below: - European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29 - SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi- Static Loading Heavy Trucks - SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks - Roof Crush The cab shall be subjected to a roof crush force of 100,000 lb. This value shall be 450 percent of the ECE 29 criteria, which must be equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons. - Side Impact The cab shall be subjected to dynamic preload with a 13,275 -lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000,ft -lb of energy. This test shall closely represent the forces a cab shall see in a rollover incident. - Frontal Impact The cab shall withstand a frontal force produced from 65,200 ft -Ib of energy using a swing -bob type platen. 127 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The same cab shall withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area. There shall be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance shall lead to immediate rejection of proposal. 520. CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors shall survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The proposer shall certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 521. WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers shall survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE 3198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The proposer shall certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 522. SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design shall withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages. The proposer shall certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. 523. SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design shall be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The proposer shall certify that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. 524. CAB DEFROSTER CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system shall clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles. The proposer shall certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE 3381 criteria. 525. CAB HEATER CERTIFICATION Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in- transit, or at a scene. The cab heaters shall warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold -soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE 3381. The proposer shall certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. 128 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 ... APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS The proposer shall provide, at the time of proposal and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system. The manufacturer of the apparatus shall provide the following: 1) Documentation of the electrical system performance tests. 2) A written load analysis, which shall include the following: A) The nameplate rating of the alternator. B) The alternator rating under the conditions specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). C) The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). D) Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load. E) Each individual intermittent load. All of the above listed items shall be provided by the proposer per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). 522, HAND TOOLS AND APPLIANCES/ LOOSE EQUIPMENT MOUNTING, All fire department supplied hand tools and appliances /loose equipment shall be mounted in specified compartments prior to delivery. Brackets shall be custom fabricated, Pac -Trac or comparable quality. DRIVER SIDE (FRONT TO REAR) D7 2 -HAND LANTERNS 1 -AXE W /SCABBARD 1 -CAB TILT REMOTE D6 1 -SCBA I -GAM I- PORTABLE TOOL BAG 3 -ROLLS OF FIRELINE TAPE I -FLAT ROLLED GARDEN HOSE 4- DOUBLE MALES 1 -2 1 /2" TO GARDEN HOSE ADAPTER i- HYDRANT WRENCH 1- MALLET 1 -BOX OF FLARES i- CONTAINER GAS PUTTY 2 -1-IE DOWN STRAPS 134 City of Newport Beach Yes I No APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No DS 2 -LARGE AIR BAGS KPI44 2 -SMALL AIR BAGS KPI32 4 -AIR BAG PROTECTION PADS 2 -LARGE RESCUE 42 STRUTS 2 -SMALL RESCUE 42 STRUTS 2- RESCUE 42 HARDWARE BAGS (1- PRIMARY 1- SECONDARY) 1- SAWZALL 2 -STEP CHOCKS 1- HOLMATRO SECUNET 1 -SMALL EXTRICATION TOOL POUCH 1 -HONDA GENERATOR 2 -LARGE BOTTLE JACKS (12'/2 TON) 2 -SMALL BOTTLE JACKS (30 TON) 1- HOLMATRO POWER UNIT 1- HOLMATRO SPREADERS 1- HOLMATRO CUTTERS 1- HOLMATRO LARGE RAMS 1- HOLMATRO SMALL RAMS DS FRONT MIDDLE SLIDE OUT TRAY AIRBAG ACCESORY BOX PAK 90 HAMMER PAK 90 ACCESORY BAG SPARE SCBA BOTTLE ryg DS REAR MIDDLE SLIDE OUT TRAY 2- HOLMATRO HYDRAULIC HOSES HOLMATRO RAM SUPPORT D4 FRONT TOOLBOARD REAR TOOLBOARD 2 -36" WRECKING BARS 4- SQUEEGEES W /HANDLES 2 -8LB SLEDGE HAMMERS 1- HYDRANT STREET KEY W /HANDLE 1 -LARGE BOLT CUTTERS 1 -GAS KEY WITH COMMERCIAL ADAPTER 1 -SMALL BOLT CUTTERS 2 -HAY HOOKS 1 -A TOOL 2 -ROUND POINT SHOVELS 1- RAMBAR 2- SQUARE POINT SHOVELS I. -SETS OF IRONS 2 -SCOOP SHOVELS 1 -K TOOL 2- STREET BROOMS W /HANDLES 1- ELEVATOR KIT 4- PRYBARS 1 -AUTO LOCK OUT KIT W /BIG EASY 1 -KNOX BOX SERVICE BAG 2- PORTABLE LIGHTS 2 -GFCI BOXES 130 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Iowan= 2 -50' EXTENSION CORDS 1 -SET OF STRING LIGHTS 3- ELECTRICAL PIG TAILS 1 -BAG OF ELECTRICAL ADAPTERS D4 BELOW TOOLBOARDS 4 -4X4 CRIB PACKS (8 -24" 4X4'S AND 2 -4X4 WEDGES PER PACK) D3 1- LADDER TIP ROPE ROLLER 1- LADDER TIP ANCHOR POINT 1- UTILITY LINE 1 -LOW ANGLE ROPE PRE RIG 1- STOKES BASKET PRE RIG 1- TOOLBOX W/4 RADIOS AND DETECTOR SMOKE 2 -EDGE ROLLERS 1 -BAG W /EXTRA PULLEYS 3- RESCUE HELMETS 1 -BAG W/VICTIM WAIST AND CHEST HARNESS AND 2- RESCUER CHEST HARNESSES 1- LIFELINE ROPE BAG 1- SAFETY LINE ROPE BAG 1- ELECTRIC BLOWER 2 -SETS OF MUDDERS 1 -SWIFT WATER RESCUE ROPE BAG D2 18 -SCBA BOTTLES 6- PICKETS Dl 1 -DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER 1 -WATER EXTINGUISHER 1 -0O2 EXTINGUISHER 1 -CLASS D EXTINGUISHER 4 -ELLIS JACKS 2- 4X4 CRIB PACKS (8 -24" 4X4'S AND 2 -4X4 WEDGES PER PACK) 1 -2X4 CRIB PACK (16 -24" 2X4'S AND 16 2X4 WEDGES) 4 -EXTRA 4X4 WEDGES 134 City of NewDort Beach Yes I No APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS 1- MILLER BOARD LADDER COMPARTMENT 1 -10' ATTIC LADDER 1 -16' ROOF LADDER 1 -20' ROOF LADDER 2 -35' EXTENSION LADDERS 1 -30' EXTENSION LADDER 1 -6' RUBBISH HOOK 1 -8' RUBBISH HOOK 2 -6' GATOR BACK PIKE POLE 2 -8' GATOR BACK PIKE POLE 2 -12' GATOR BACK PIKE POLE IAN► LANTERNS 1 -AXE W /SCABBARD P6 2- SCBA'S PS 2 -24" GAS BLOWERS 2 -MS441 CHAINSAWS 1 -BAG OF ROTARY SAW BLADES 1 -6' RUBBISH HOOK 1 -TS700 ROTARY SAW 1 -CAN PREMIX FUEL 1 -CAN REGULAR FUEL PS FRONT MIDDLE SLIDE OUT TRAY 1- BLOWER EXHAUST HOSE OF OF ADSORB I-ON BOARD TOOLBOX P3 1 -CPR BOARD 1 -KED SPLINT plqilq SEE D4 Yes ( No APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TPACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS 1 -BAG W/4 INFECTIOUS CONTR 1- TOOLBOX W /N95 MASKS 1 -BAG OF TEDDY BEARS 2 -MEGA MOVERS 1- ANIMAL RESCUE KIT 1 -OB KIT 3 -BURN SHEETS 3- EMERGENCY BLANKETS 3- BOTTLES OF STERILE SALINE 1- BOTTLE CAVICIDE 1- BO17LE HAND SANITIZER 1 -AED 1- MEDICAL BOX 1- AIRWAY BAG 1 -AIR SPLINT BAG 1 -SPARE 02 BOTTLE 1 -BAG OF SPARE C COLLARS 1 -RIC PACK W /ROPE BAG 1 -RIC TOOL BAG i -BAKER BOARD 1 -RIC MEGA MOVER P2 1 -AMMO BOX 8D NAILS 1 -AMMO BOX 16D NAILS 1- LITTLE GIANT LADDER 1 -ROLL OF VISQUEEN l- REDWOOD LATHE BUNDLES 1- SPRINKLER KIT Pi 1 -SCBA 1 -AXE W /SCABBARD 1 -HAND LANTERN 1 -WMD BOX I. -PRE DECON BAG 1 -POST DECON BAG 1 -HOT STICKS I -HOT CUTTERS 1- SUBMERSIBLE PUMP Newport Beach Yes I No .••_ APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS i� 1 -50' OF 2 1/2" HIGH RISE PACK W /NOZZLE AND 2 1/2 '- GATED WYE W /10' OF 2'/2" HOSE I.-SO' OF 2 1/2" HOSE PACK 1 -100' OF 1 3 /4" HIGH RISE PACK W /NOZZLE AND 2 1 /2" TO 1 1/2" GATED WYE 1 -PAIR OF LINEMAN GLOVES • 'UGC •O Yes i No instructions: Each proposal must be accompanied by a signed Statement of Compliance. The Proposer must sign one. and only one of the declarations stated below and remit as part of your Proposal as Attachment A. No Exceptions. The undersigned declares that the Proposal submitted by (Name of Firm) Pierce Manfacturing Co. Inc. to provide fire apparatus as described in RFP No. 13 -39�was prepared in strict compliance with the instructions, conditions, and terms listed in the P, V 'cl ci 'catio. and Draft Agreement with no exceptions taken. May 2, 2013 Signature Date Kevin M. Newell, Sales Representative Printed Name and Title Exceptions. By signing below, the Proposer acknowledges that the Proposal submitted by (Name of Firm) has been prepared in consideration of and with exception to some of the terms of the RFP, Vehicle Specifications and Draft Agreement. By signing below, the Proposer declares that the Proposal includes a statement that identifies each item to which the Proposer is taking exception or is recommending change, includes the suggested rewording of the contractual obligations or suggested change in the RFP, and identifies the reasons for submitting the proposed exception or change. The City reserves the right to reject any declarations that are not accompanied with the required documentation as described above. Signature Printed Name and Title [ See Following Page j Date 161 Page Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. City of Newport Beach 100% Pre- Payment Option May 3, 2013 C If a 100% pre- payment were made at contract signing, the following discount would be applied to the final invoice: 100' Heavy Duty Tractor Drawn Aerial with a pump RAC41 L 100% PRE - PAYMENT DISCOUNT SHOWN ABOVE IS AVAILABLE IN TWO WAYS: a) If your department makes a 100% cash pre - payment at contract signing. * Discount for the 100% pre - payment option includes discounts for the chassis: interest, aerial (if applicable), and flooring charges. * Any item added after this option is elected will come at additional cost and will be added to the final invoice. $ 1,098,086.74 EACH Performance Bond $ 3,294.26 EACH 100% Prepayment Discount $ (38,213.00) EACH APPARATUS COST $ 1,063,168.00 EACH State Sales Tax @ 8.000% $ 85,053.44 EACH TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE $ 1,148,221.44 EACH Less 100% pre - payment at Contract Signing $ 1,148 221.44 EACH RAC41 L 100% PRE - PAYMENT DISCOUNT SHOWN ABOVE IS AVAILABLE IN TWO WAYS: a) If your department makes a 100% cash pre - payment at contract signing. * Discount for the 100% pre - payment option includes discounts for the chassis: interest, aerial (if applicable), and flooring charges. * Any item added after this option is elected will come at additional cost and will be added to the final invoice. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. m and s Stainless Steel Piping 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierre Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model, Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it most notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discover, but in any event prior to the expiration of the waranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 3122/2012 WA0035 4 ., ., i v ". Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, ildwhines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, If any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, pad, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or dot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the safe judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty penod, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsiliffi or the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior wriften approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or afteromi parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty, 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 coding 0e warranty period and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination mayor repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Firms's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facily approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4 EXCLUSION OF CON SEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or Femoral injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surely Bond, if a pad of the sale of the vehicle as to which This limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce In a separate document fit any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle, Stainless steel piping shall be free from structural failures Coverage: caused by defects in material and workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion. Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ten(10)Years Ends After: 100,000 Miles 100, Pierce's obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing or replacing without charge, as Pierce may elect, the Conditions and stainless steel piping of components which Pierce Exclusions: determines to have failed due to detective material and workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion. See Also Paragraphs This warranty does not cover the use of fluoroprotein (FP) 2 thou A type foam. The sodium chloride within FP foam can cause long -term damage to system components If not thoroughly flushed immediately after use. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model, Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it most notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discover, but in any event prior to the expiration of the waranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 3122/2012 WA0035 4 ., ., i v ". Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, ildwhines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, If any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, pad, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or dot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the safe judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty penod, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsiliffi or the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior wriften approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or afteromi parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty, 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 coding 0e warranty period and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination mayor repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Firms's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facily approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4 EXCLUSION OF CON SEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or Femoral injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surely Bond, if a pad of the sale of the vehicle as to which This limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce In a separate document fit any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle, One Apparatus Basic L ._ . ry . 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Coverage: Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship Warranty Begins: The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first. Warranty Period Ends After. Twelve (12) months. Conditions and Exclusions: Sae Also No specific exclusions apply Paragraphs 2 thru 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is propery maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/812010 WA0008 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to; (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force malaria such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is pardoned by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermadret parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2.. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIE THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty pound, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce , any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for ask of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, downtime, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (ifany) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component. attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. l ire.. �+,nrk a .„:'`� ;r s' -r-. vrt- .. ab cs.,. 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Coverage: The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ton(10)Year. Ends After: or 100,000 Miles Conditions and This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and Exclusions: mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce See Also specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus. Paragraphs 2 third 4 This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance with Pierce'. maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of me womanly period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0012 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral pads, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce , including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, pad, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the cold judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or pads which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIE THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 dunng the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and /or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to me product during transportation. Within is reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, it a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. _.. .. ,. ire and 1-tes ue A pp 4vs�v.... ... Twenty (20) Year Structural Integrity Pierce Aerial Device 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the Iimita5ons and exclusions set fodh below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: This limited warranty shall apply only it the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the data of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0052 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof: (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or dot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, pad, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or Purpose for which it was manufactured or (d) products or pads which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2 DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph i during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cast of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable lime, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expanse) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY, 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cast of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Sood, H a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this llmifed warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year LrmBed Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) Of to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. Each new Pierce Aerial Device shall be free from defects in material and workmanship. Coverage: Aerial Device Models Covered by this warranty include: Aerial Platforms Aerial Ladders SkyBoom Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase Invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Twenty (20) Years Ends After: - or 100,000 Miles This warranty applies only to the torque box, turntable, aerial sections and other structural components of the aerial device as identified in the Pierce specifications for the aerial device. This warranty shall be void if, or to the extent that the aerial Conditions and device is not maintained in strict compliance with NFPA Exclusions: Standard 1914 in effect at time of sale, including such periodic inspections and testing by qualified third parties as See Also are required by that Standard as it may be in effect from time Paragraphs to time. Proof of such compliance shall accompany any 2 thru 4 claims under this warranty. Third party tasting agencies known to Pierce to be qualified for such purposes may be obtained from the Pierce Customer Service Department This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. This limited warranty shall apply only it the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the data of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0052 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof: (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or dot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, pad, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or Purpose for which it was manufactured or (d) products or pads which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2 DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph i during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cast of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable lime, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expanse) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY, 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cast of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Sood, H a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this llmifed warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year LrmBed Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) Of to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. Mison PARTICIPATING OEM SALES m Tiumnussion. DISTRIBUTOR SALES LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following terms, conditions, and limitations. WHAT IS COVERED • WARRANTY APPLIES —This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period. • REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission's option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances. • TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission. • PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section "APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE." • OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs. • TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION —Labor costs for the removal and re- installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty. • WARRANTY PERIOD —The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception: Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers). If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty. APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE Page 1 of 2 WARRANTY LINIITATIONS ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE APPLICABLE fWhic hovor occurs first PAID BY THE CUSTOMER MODELS Transmission Miles Months Or Kilometers Parts Labor MT, MD 3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0-24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0-24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 Seriogm, 2000 SeriesT14, 2400 SerlesT 0 -36 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Electronic Controls 0-60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD 1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS 2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS, 3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000, 040 No Limit No Charge No Charge 4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700, 4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS Page 1 of 2 WHAT IS NOT COVERED • DAMAGE DUE TO ACCIDENT, MISUSE, or ALTERATION — Defects and damage caused as the result of any of the following are not covered: — Flood, collision, fire, theft, freezing, vandalism, riot, explosion, or objects striking the vehicle; — Misuse of the vehicle; Installation into unapproved applications and installations; -- Alterations or modification of the transmission or the vehicle, and Damage resulting from improper storage (refer to long -term storage procedure outlined in the applicable Allison Service Manual) Anything other than defects in Allison Transmission material or workmanship NOTE: This warranty is void on transmissions used in vehicles currently or previously titled as salvaged, scrapped, junked, or totaled. • CHASSIS, BODY, and COMPONENTS — The chassis and body company (assemblers) and other component and equipment manufacturers are solely responsible for wan antics on the chassis, body, component(s), and equipment they provide. Any transmission repair caused by an alteraton(s) made to the Allison transmission or the vehicle which allows the transmission to be installed or operated outside of the limits defined in the appropriate Allison Installation Guideline is solely the responsibility of the entity making the alteration(s). • DAMAGE CAUSED by LACK of MAINTENANCE or by the USE of TRANSMISSION FLUIDS NOT RECOMMENDED in the OPERATOR'S MANUAL— Defects and damage caused by any of the following are not covered: — Failure to follow the recommendations of the maintenance schedule intervals applicable to the transmission; — Failure to use transmission fluids or maintain transmission fluid levels recommended in the Operator's Manual. • MAINTENANCE — Normal maintenance (such as replacement of filters, screens, and transmission fluid) is not covered and is the owner's responsibility. • REPAIRS by UNAUTHORIZED DEALERS — Defects and damage caused by a service outlet that is not an authorized Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer are not covered. • USE of OTHER THAN GENUINE ALLISON TRANSMISSION PARTS — Defects and damage caused by the use of parts that are not genuine Allison Transmission parts are not covered. • EXTRA EXPENSES— Economic loss and extra expenses are not covered. Examples include but are not limited to: loss of vehicle use; inconvenience; storage; payment for loss of time or pay; vehicle rental expense; lodging; meals; or other travel costs. • "DENIED PARTY" OWNERSHIP — Warranty repair parts and labor costs are not reimbursed to any participating or non - participating OEMs, dealers or distributors who perform warranty work for, or on behalf of, end users identified by the United States as being a "denied party" or who are citizens of sanctioned or embargoed countries as defined by the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control. Furthermore, warranty reimbursements are not guaranteed if the reimbursement would be contrary to any United States export control laws or regulations as defined by the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Department of State, or the U.S. Department of Treasury. OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO CONSUMERS AS DEFINED by the MAGNUSON -MOSS WARRANTY ACT This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Allison Transmission does not authorize any person to create for it any other obligation or liability in connection with these transmissions. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLICABLE TO THESE TRANSMISSIONS IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY. PERFORMANCE OF REPAIRS AND NEEDED ADJUSTMENTS IS THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST WAGES OR VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES) RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. "* ** Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty will last or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO OTHER END -USERS THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE ALLISON TRANSMISSION MODELS LISTED ABOVE AND IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALLISON TRANSMISSION DOES NOT AUTHORIZE ANY PERSON TO CREATE FOR IT ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH TRANSMISSIONS. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY, QUESTIONS If you have any questions regarding this warranty or the performance of warranty obligations, you may contact any Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer or write to: Allison Transmission, Inc. P.O. Box 894 Indianapolis, IN 46206 -0894 Attention: Warranty Administration PF -9 Form SE0616EN (201009) Page 2 of 2 NO,. N S: Y ,w V ;p m � x. w Y s �+'Q} N S: Y ,w V ;p m � x. r �+'Q} UJ &i" •, w C of �n R CyI+]� (ry44 fi4p. Im U ♦'n YT �5 Zl M n �u in x. "gg C' •, w C of �n i-ive (5) Year Material and Workmanshi;E Command Zone Electronics 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Coverage: Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ends Aker: Five (5) Years Conditions and This limited womanly applies to all of the control modules for Exclusions: the Command Zone system, including the full color graphic displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are See Also not covered under this limited warranty and are instead Paragraphs covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited 2lhru 4 Warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0014 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce . The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3, BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At Me request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and /or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any offer types of economic loss, or for any claims by any thin3 party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited --my is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. VVYWranty coverage is essernial to ppotecting y -R investment. But n p pd1t We full details. of youp cove car; � challenging. his t ai °hi to as pa rd a � h allows o O sa §3 � 3 E �. Y _ 8 e�'x �6'aaz's ba ba ✓�: &$.B �¥ 3�".+3i$ 3s N£'y`F.3 3�.z �'+�"a# 5£�i���`d'�i8 Lf�} ESh§3 valued custam °, to M undepstand how yout, speeffic vehicle applicaliongs till he cove ed: Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting www.meritor.com or by contacting Meritor at 866- OnTract (866- 668 - 7221). Effective Model Year 2013 Vehicles Linehaul.............................................................................. ............................... 4 -5 GeneralService .................................................................... ............................... 6 -7 HeavyService ...................................................................... ............................... 8 -9 Off- Highway Service ................................................................ .............................10 Termsand Conditions .............................................................. .............................11 �iow to Read Warranty Coverage Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) P =Parts Only I Unl= Unlimited P &L =Parts & Labor Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor's vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP -9441 for axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles, which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1 /Unl /P). Q * Auto Hauler * Flathed - Livestock Hauler - Refrigerated Freight * RuIk Hauler * General Freight * Moving Van * Tanker * Chip Hauler (Truck)* $ Grain Hauler * Pipe Hauler & Triples Doubles * Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration. .NHU * High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles /year) * Well maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction Greater than 30 miles between starting and stopping FRONT NOWDRIVE STEER AXLES - 5/750/P&L FD -965 FF -944 FG -941 MFS- 10- 144A -N MFS- 13- 143A -N FF -941 FF -961 FG -943 MFS- 12- 143A -N MFS- 13- 144A -N FF -942 FF -966 MFS- 10 -122A MFS- 12- 144A -N MFS- 14- 143A -N FF -943 FF -967 MFS- 10- 143A -N MFS- 125- 143A -N CLUTCHES 15.5' Manual- Adjust Clutch' 1 /100 /P &L 15.5' TwinXTend Self- Adjust Clutch' 3/350/P &L 17" FreedomLine Clutch' 2 3/350/P &L ' Clutches are warranted by ZF Sachs and administered by Mentor. ' Freedomline clutch consists of cover assembly and disc assembly. AEAR, DP Y S.IN,G,L.E, . M 1 71 51/75Q`(? . RS- 19- 144/145/A RS -21 -160 RS -23 -161 MS- 19 -14X RH -23 -160 RS -23 -186 MS- 21- 144MA -N RS -23 -160 RS -21 -145 RH -23 -161 DRIVELINES RPL 4 /400 /P,1 /Unl /P &L MXL 3 /350 /P,1 /Unl /P &L 155N 1 /Unl /P 92N IOU n REAR DRIVE ANDEM R M AXLES /.710/. RT- 34- 144/P/A MA -40 -165 MT -40 -943 RT- 40- 145/P/A MT- 34 -14X /P RZ -16621 RT -40- 160 /P1R3 MT- 40 -14X /P RZ -186 RT- 46- 160 /Prix MT- 40- 14X /P2 RZ -188 RT- 46- 164EH /P123 MT -40 -143 RT- 50- 160/Pt23 MT- 40 -144/P ' These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. ' Warranty is 3 /300 /P &L when used with 2050 Ib.ft. engines. Refer to Product Information Letter 0293 for further details. ' Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Mentor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter 8303 and #396 for further details. Cam O Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P, 1/100/L LX500 Feature' 5/750/P &L Cam 0 Plus'"" 5 /500 /P, 1 /Unl /P &L ASA 5/500/P, 1 /Unl /P &L Hubs /Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components 1 /Unl /P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1 /Unl /P All Other Brakes 1 /Unl /P X30ne Drums' 12 -Years or Wearable Life /P EX Air Disc Brake 5 /500 /P,1 /Un/L ' Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 3 /500 /P &L. Based on stamped wear diameter max. Shock Absorbers TRAILER AXLES Beam and Brackets 5/500/P,1/100/L Wheel End Systems' Standard System' 1 /100 /P &L PreSet by Mentor' 5/500 /P &L Ax1ePak44 4P /3L Beam and Brackets 5 /500 /P, 1/100/L AxlePak65 5P /5L Beam and Brackets 6/600/P,1/100/L ' Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings —all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 2 When installed by Mentor. a Requires approved hubcap stating PreSet by Mentor on hubcap face. 4 Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro -Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and Mentor bearings. 5 Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro -Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and STEMCO matched bearing sets. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) TO, TOD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 5 /750 /P &L ' For brake components and ABS Coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. MERITOR TIRE INFLATION SYSTEM BY PSI MTIS Components 3/500/P &L N1 N MPA38 /40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)' Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P &L Shock Absorbers 2 /200 /P &L Air Springs 2/200/P, 1 /100 /L Bushings 7 /Unl /P, 5 /Unl /L Piri Air Controls 1 /100 /P &L PhLoc Actuator 3/300/P &L MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) 2 /200 /P &L Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1 /100 /P &L Shock Absorbers 2 /200 /P &L Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L Bushings 7 /Unl /P, 5 /Unl /L VITA (Trailing Arm) 4/400/P, 1/100/L Major Structural Components 5/500/P,1/10011- Height Control Valve 1/100/P &L Shock Absorbers 2 /200 /P &L Air Springs & Rebound Straps 2/200/P, 1/100/L Bushings 5/500/P, 3/300/L ' Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2 /Unl P &L when torqued by Mentor (For axle and ASS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) MERITOR VIABCO COMPONENTS' ABS (Anti -Lock Braking System) Air /Hydraulic 3 /300 /P &L Electronic Stability Control (ESC) 3/300/P &L Roll Stability Control (RSC) 3 /300 /P &L Air Dryers (All) 3 /300 /P &L Leveling Valves 1 /100 /P &L Air Brake Valves 1 /Um /P &L, 3/300/P Clutch Controls 2 /200 /P &L Air Compressors (ALL)2 2 /200 /P &L OnGuarri 3 /300 /P &L Lane Departure Warning 3 /300 /P &L ECAS 3/300/P &L Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS) 3 /300 /P &L Trailer Control Line Filter 1 /100 /P &L Trailer Control Line Filter with ABS Valve 4/400/P, 1/100/L Trailer ABS Valve with Control Line Filter 4 /400 /P, 31 Actuator 3/300/P &L ' Warranted by Mentor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems. WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DOC engines are not warranted or serviced by Mentor WABCO. Please contact your respective dealer/ distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. EIN EE m Aerial Ladder Truck Aerial Platform Ambulance Auto Hauler ® Beverage Truck s Chip Hauler Cross Country Coach Flatbed k Front Engine Commercial Chassis * Front Engine Integral Coach General Freight Intercity Coach Intermodal Chassis g Livestock Hauler Meat Packer LI.S.EPY 4.. LS, g Lower mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles /year) Generally, on -road service (less than 10% off -road) a An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping a Moving Van a Municipal Truck s Newspaper Delivery Pick -Up and Delivery Pipe Hauler Platform Auto Hauler Pumper ® Rear Engine Integral Coach * Recreational Vehicles * Refrigerated Freight School Bus * Stake Truck ® Tanker * Tanker Truck Tour Bus Wrecker FRONT DRIVE /NON -DRIVE STEER AXLES - /./ FD -965 FF -966 MFS- 6- 151A -N MFS -7- 1630 -N FF -941 FF -967 MFS- 6- 153B -N MFS -8- 1138 -N FF -942 FG -941 MFS- 6- 162B -N MFS- 8- 143A -N FF -943 FH -941 MFS- 6- 153C -N MFS -8- 1538 -N FF -944 FH -945' MFS- 6- 162C -N MFS -8- 1636 -N FF -946 FL -941 MFS- 7- 113C -N MFS- 10 -122A FF -961 FL -943 MFS- 7- 153C -N MFS- 10- 143A -N ' Can be used in front or tag position. RS -15 -120 RC -22 -145 REAR DRIVE TANDEMI ITAIPEMI A,XLER71 1 / RT -40 -160 /P RT- 46- 164EH /P RT- 46 -160/P RT -50 -160 /P REAR DRIVE SINGLE AXLES - IEEI. MS -10 -113 RS- 19- 144/145/A RC -23 -160 RS -23 -161 RS -30 -185 MS -11 -113 MS- 21 -14X RC -23 -161 RS -23 -161 MS -30 -616 MS -12 -113 MS- 21- 144MA -N RC -23 -162' RS -23 -186 RS -35 -380 MS- 17 -14X RS -21 -145 RC -23 -165' RS -24 -160 71063 MS- 19 -14X RS- 21 -145/A RH -23 -160 RC -25 -160 71162 RS -13 -120 RS -21 -160 RH -23 -161 RS -25 -160 71163 RS -15 -120 RC -22 -145 RS -23 -160 RS -26 -185 RS-1 7-144/145/A RC- 22 -145/A RS -23 -160 MS -26 -616 ' 3 /Unl /P &L if PreSet by Mentor, MFS- 10- 144A -N MFS- 12- 143A -N MFS- 12- 144A -N MFS- 125- 143A -N MFS- 13- 122A -N MFS- 13- 143A -N MFS- 13- 144A -N MMEOMM RPL MXL 155N 92N CLUTCHES MFS- 14- 143A -N MFS- 16- 122A -N MFS- 16- 143A -N MFS- 18- 133A -N MFS- 20- 133A -N ....................... . 4/400/P, 1 /Unl /P &L 3 /350 /P,1 /Unl /P &L 1 /Unl /P 1 /Unl /P 15.5" HD Clutch' 1 /100 /P &L 15.5" TwinXTend 1 /100 /P &L 17" FreedomLine Clutch 11100/P &L ' Products with an in- service date prior to 11/01102 warranted by Mentor Clutch Company. E DRIVE E /IEM ALES �/UN/ ...... ....._......... ........ .................. MT- 34 -14X /P MT- 40 -144/P MT -52 -616 RZ -166 RT -34- 144 /P /A RT- 40- 145/P/A RT -52 -1852 RZ -186 MT- 40 -14X /P MT- 44 -14X /P MT -58 -616 RZ -188 MT- 40- 143DA -N RT- 44 -145/P RT -58 -1852 MT- 40- 143MA -N' RT -46 -169 MT -70 -380 ' Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Mentor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Mentor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and 8396 for further details. 9 BRAKE COMPONENTS Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 3 /UN /P,1 /Unl /L LX500 Feature' 3 /UnI /P &L Cam P3 2/200/P Cam 3 /UnI /P Cam Q PlusTM 3 /Unl /P &L Cam 0 Plus Im3 2 /200 /P &L ASA 3 /Unl /P ASA3 2/200/P Hubs /Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components 1 /UnI /P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1 /Unl /P All Other Brakes 1 /Unl /P X30T" Drums' 12 -Years or Wearable Life /P EXAir Disc Brake 2 /UnI /P &L ' Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/1-IN /P 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max. 5 /UnI /P, 1 /Unl/L 3 Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only. warranted or serviced by Meritor WABCO. Please contact TRAILER 9XLES Beam and Brackets' 5/500/P,1/100/L Wheel End Systems' 3 /300 /P &L Standard System' 1 /UnI /P &L AXIePak41 4P /3L Beam and Brackets 5/500/P, 1/100/L AxlePak65 6P /5L Beam and Brackets 6 /600 /P, 1/100/L ' 9000 Series is 3 /UnI /P, 1 /UnI /L Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings —all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. ' When installed by Meritor ' Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro -Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and Meritor bearings. s Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro -Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and STEMCO matched bearing sets. (For brake components and ASS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) MERITOR WABCO COMPONENTS' ABS (Anti -Lock Braking System) Air /Hydraulic 3 /300 /P &L Electronic Stability Control (ESC) 3 /300 /P &L Truck Roll Stability Control (RSC) 3 /300 /P &L Air Dryers (ALL) 3 /300 /P &L Leveling Valves 1 /UnI /P &L Air Brake Valves 1 /UnI /P &L, 2/200/P Clutch Controls 2 /200 /P &L Air Compressors (ALL)' 2 /200 /P &L OnGuardo' 3 /300 /P &L Trailer Roll Stability Support (PISS) 3 /300 /P &L Trailer Control Line Filter 1/100/P &L Trailer Control Line Filter with ABS Valve 4/400/13,1/100/1 Trailer ABS Valve with Control Line Filter 4 /400 /P, 3/300/L Actuator 3 /300 /P &L ' Warranted by Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems. 5 /UnI /P, 1 /Unl/L ' WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and Volvo engines are not warranted or serviced by Meritor WABCO. Please contact your respective dealer/ distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. Air Springs and Rebound Straps H OO S /CH Beam & Brackets 6 /Unl /P, 1 /UnI /L Wheel End Systems' Standard System 1 /UN /P &L AxlePak4' 4P /3L Beam and Brackets 7P/1 L AXIePak6' 6P /5L Beam and Brackets 7P /1L ' Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings —all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. ' Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro -Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and Meritor bearings. ' Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro -Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and STEMCO matched bearing sets. S N YS I MPA38 /40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)' Major Structural Components 5 /Unl /P,1 /Unl /L Height Control Valve 1 /Unl /P &L Shock Absorbers 2 /UnI /P &L Air Springs 2 /UnI /P,1 /Unl /L Bushings 7 /UnI /P, 5 /Unl /L Air Controls 1/100/P &L Air Actuator 3 /300 /P &L MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) Major Structural Components 5 /UnI /P,1 /UnI /L Height Control Valve 1 /UnI /P &L Shock Absorbers 2 /UnI /P &L Air Springs 2 /UnI /P,1 /1-nI /L Bushings 7 /UnVP, 5 /Unl /L MTA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components 5 /UnI /P, 1 /Unl/L Height Control Valve 1 /UnI /P &L Shock Absorbers 2 /UnI /P &L Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl /P,1 /UnI /L Bushings' 5 /UnI /P, 3 /UnI /L (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) ' Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2 /UnI P &L when torqued by Meritor Raw wood applications 3 /1-nI /P, 1 /UnI /L TAGIPUSHER 1 TO, TOD, TR, TRO Beam and Brackets 3 /UnI /P,1 /UnI /L MC120021, MC160032 2 /UnI /P &L (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 13 /UNL/P &L if sold with Preset by Mettler. P 3 /UNL/P &L if sold w /unitized wheel ends. M OR "' TIRE INFLATION SYSTEM BY PSI MTIS Components 3 1500 /P &L * Airport Rescue Fire (ARF) Airport Shuttle Asphalt Truck m Block Truck Bottom Dump Trailer Combination s Cementing Vehicle * City Bus Commercial Pick -Up Concrete Pumper Construction Material Hauler * Crash Fire Rescue (DER) * Mixer Demolition * Drill Rig * Dump * Emergency Service Equipment Hauling Flatbed Trailer Hauler Flatbed Truck Fracturing Truck Front Loader Geophysical Exploration ® Hopper Trailer Combinations * Landscaping Truck * Liquid Waste Hauler * Log Hauling Lowboy Michigan Special Gravel Trains * Michigan Special Log Hauler * Michigan Special Steel Hauler * Michigan Special Waste Vehicle Municipal Dump Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV) Rear Loader Recycling Truck * Residential Pick -Up • Rigging Truck * Roll -Off * Scrap Truck g Semi -End Dump Sewer /Septic Vacuum * Shuttle Bus Side Loader Snowplow /Snowblower g Steel Hauling k Tanker * Tank Truck Tractors with Pole Trailers Tractor /Trailer with Jeeps Transfer Dump * Transfer Vehicle Transit Bus Trolley • Utility Truck • Winch Truck T * Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) Coverage tinder Mentor's warranty requires that the apptica * On /Off road vocations (10% or more off -road) prodticts be property approved pursuant to OEM, Meritor, Mi * Moderate to frequent stops /starts (up to 10 stops per mile) WABCD,jand ZP engineering approvals. Refer to TP -9441 to FRONT DRIVEMON-DRIVE STEER AXLES - /UN / , FD -965 FG -941 MFS- 6 -162B MFS- 10- 143A -N MFS- 16- 122A -N MX -16 -120 FF -941 FG -943 MFS- 6 -162C MFS- 10- 144A -N MFS- 16- 143A -N MX -17 -140 FF -942 FH -941 MFS- 7- 113C -N MFS- 12- 143A -N RF -16 -145 MX -19 -140 FF -943 FH -945 MFS- 7- 153C -N MFS- 12- 144A -N MFS- 18- 133A -N MX -21 -140 FF -944 FH -946 MFS- 7- 163C -N MFS -12 -155 MFS- 20- 133A -N MX -21 -160 FF -946 FL -941 MFS- 8- 113B -N MFS- 13- 143A -N RF -21 -160 MX -23 -160 FF -961 FL -943 MFS- 8- 153B -N MFS- 13- 144A -N MX -10 -120 MX -23 -810 FF -966 MFS- 6- 151A -N MFS -8- 1638 -N MFS -13 -155 MX -12 -120 RS -21 -145 FF -967 MFS- 6 -153B MFS- 10 -122A MFS- 14- 143A -N MX -14 -120 RS -24 -160 15.5" HD Clutch' 1 /100 /P &L MS -10 -113 RC -23 -160 MS -26 -616 15.5" TwinXTend 1 /100 /P &L RS -13 -120 RH -23 -160 RS- 26- 185/380 17" FreedomLine Clutch 1/100/P &L RS -15 -120 RS -23 -160 MS -30 -616 ' Products with an in- service date prior to 11/01/02 warranted by Mentor Clutch MS- 17 -14X RS -23 -160 RH -30 -185 Company. RS-1 7-144/145/A RC -23 -161 RS- 30- 185/380 MS- 19 -14X RH -23 -161 MS -35 -380 DRIVELINES — 11UNUP&L RS -19 -144 RS -23 -161 RS -38 -380 _ ............ .....__._......,............... ,........_........._... MS-21 -114 RS- 23- 186/380 RC -25 -160 RPL 92N RN MXL MS- 21 -14X RC -23 -162 80-26 -633 RS -21 -145 RC -23 -165 MT -58 -616 RS- 21 -145/A RS -24 -160 71162 RS -21 -160 RS -25 -160 71163 RC -22 -145 RH -26 -185 REAR VI IND IM /?T €' fdL s 1 #N1Lf L MT- 34 -14X /P MT -40 -144 RT -46 -169 RT -70 -3805 RT- 34- 144/P/A MT- 40 -144/P MT -52 -616 MT -70 -380 MT- 40 -14X /P RT- 40- 145/P/A RT- 52- 185/380 2.3,4.5 RZ -1665 MT- 40- 143DA -N MT- 44 -14X /P MT -58 -616 RZ -1865 MT- 40- 143MA -N' RT- 44 -145/P RT -58- 185/3802345 RZ -1885 ' U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1 /Unl /P for combination vehicles only. Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Mentor Axle Applications Engineering for details. ' Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Mentor Axle Applications Engineering for details. Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Mentor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. ' Warranty is 1 /UnI /P &L when used with 2050Ib.ft. engines.Refer to Product Information Lefler #293 for further details. N,N� ...................... ............................... Cam P 3 /Unl /P Cam P3 21100/P Cam Cast Plus "' 2 /100 /P &L Cam Q Pluss' 3 /UnI /P &L Cam Q Plus'"' 2 /100 1 ASA 3 /UnI /P ASA' 2/100/P Hubs /Cast Drums and 1 /100IP &L Other Wheel -end 3 /300 /P &L Components 1 /UnI /P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1 11-nI /P All Other Brakes 1 /UnI /P X301" Drums' 12 -Years or Actuator Wearable Life /P EX Air Disc Brake 2 /100 /P &L ' Based on stamped wear diameter max. P Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. ' Warranty for all non - Mentor ASAs supplied by Mentor for all Heavy Service vocations is 1/100/P. REAR DRIVE TANDEM/ TRIDEM AXLES - l NL7r . RT - -40- 160 1 RT- 46- 160 /P /A134 RT- 46- 164EH /P /A2 ,3,4 RT- 50- 1600A34 ' U.S. only. Canadian warranty =1 /UnI /P for combination vehicles only. 4 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Mentor Axle Applications Engineering for details. ' Warranty is 1 1UnI /P &L when used with 2050 Ib.ft. engines. Refer to Product Information Letter #293 for further details. Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (BAR) approved by Mentor prior to vehicle build. All RAN must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. MERITOR WARCO COMPONENTS' ABS (Anti -Lock Braking System) Air /Hydraulic 3 /300 /P &L Electronic Stability Control (ESC) 3 /300 /P &L Truck Roll Stability Control (RSC) 3 /300 /P &L Air Dryers (ALL) 1 /100 /P &L Leveling Valves 1 /UnI /P &L Air Brake Valves 1 /100 /P &L Clutch Controls 2 /200 /P &L Air Compressors (ALL)2 1 /100IP &L OnGuardT" 3 /300 /P &L Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS) 3 /300 /P &L Trailer Control Line Filter 1 /100 /P &L Trailer Control Line Filter with ABS Valve 4/400/P, 1/100/L Trailer ABS Valve with Control Line Filter 4/400/P, 3/300/L Actuator 1 /100 /P &L ' Warranted by Mentor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems. WABCO compressors Installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and CDC engines are not warranted or serviced by WABCO. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. gMentor MTC -4208 MTC -4213 T -2119 MTC -4210 T -2111 T -2120 REAR ENGINE POLDER TAKE -OFFS I /UNL1 RAILER AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEMS MTA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components' 5 /UnI /P,1 /Unl /L Height Control Valve 1 /1-nl/P &L Shock Absorbers 2 /UnI /P &L Air Springs 2 /UnI /P,1/Unl /L Bushings' 5 /UnI /P, 3 /UnI /L ' Raw wood applications 3 /UnI /P, 1 /UnI /L (For axle and ASS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) CENTER NON-DRIVE AXLES 2141 , L 61042 61053 61043 71063 61052 RC -26 -700 AIR LINKTm 21200# L ,` MWA46 MWA52 ' Coverage includes Hangers, Trailing Arms, Walking Beams ' Bushings, Air Bag, Shack Absorbers 1 /50 /P MERITOR TIRE INFLATION MTIS Components 3 /500 /P &L L L Beam and Brackets' 5 /UnI /P, 1 /Unl/L Wheel End Systems3 Standard System' 1 /UnI /P &L ' 9000 Series is 3 /UnI /P, 1 /UnI /L. 2Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. ' When installed by Mentor. (For brake components and ABS coverage refer to appropriate product warranties.) INDUSTRIAL AND OFF - HIGHWAY SERVICE VEHICLES Load -On /Load -Off $ Yard Jockey Specialized Mining Port Tractor - All- Terrain Crane - Excavator * Rail Yard Spotter a Rough Terrain Crane - Compactor * Roll -On /Roll -Off * Forestry - Fertilizer Spreader * Stevedoring Tractor « Material Handling $ Snow Blower * Trailer Spotter g Specialized Heavy Haul - Mining INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS Low mileage operation Low speed vehicle speed restriction * Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use Six (6) starts /stops per mile (typical) Rail Car Mover * Loader * Tow Tractor Pushback Tractor DRIVE STEER AXLES - IIUNLIP DRIVELINES - 1 WLI MOR MOX MOC RPL RN MXL FRONT NON-DRIVE NON-DRIVE STEER AXLES - 11UNLIP REAR DRIVE TANDEM AXLES - I /UI L/ FF - 941 FL - 943 MFS- 16- 143A -N MT- 44 -14X /P MT -70 -380 RT- 46- 164EH /P FF - 943 MFS- 12- 143A -N MFS- 18- 133A -N MT -52 -616 RT- 44 -145/P RT -50 -160 /P FF - 961 MFS- 12- 144A -N MFS- 20- 133A -N MT -58 -616 RT -46 -160 /P FF - 966 MFS- 13- 143A -N MON -ZO FAMILY distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. FG - 941 MFS- 13- 144A -N FG -943 MFS- 14- 143A -N BRAKE COMPONENTS FL-941 MFS- 16- 122A -N _ ........ L.A. N L . NL/ MOR MOX MOO MOT REAR DRIVE SINGLE AXLES - 11UNLIP RS -23 -186 MS -30 -616 MS -35 -380 RS -23 -380 RS -30 -185 RS -24 -160 RS -30 -380 In Cam P 3 /Unl /P Cam D Plusm 3 /Unl /P &L ASA 3 /Unl /P Hubs /Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components 1 /Unl /P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1 1Unl /P All Other Brakes 1 /Unl/P LX500 Feature' 1 /Unl /P ' Includes: bushing, seal, cam and ASA. Based on stamped wear diameter max. warranted or serviced by Merilor WABCO. Please contact your MERITOR WO COMPONENTS" ASS (Anti -Lock Braking System) Air /Hydraulic 3 /300 /P &L Air Dryers (ALL) 1 /100 /P &L Leveling Valves 1 /Unl /P &L Air Brake Valves 1 /100 /P Clutch Controls 2 /200 /P &L Air Compressors' 1 /100 /P &L Actuator 1 /100 /P &L ' Warranted by Mentor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems, 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by Merilor WABCO. Please contact your respective dealer/ distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. COYfIRAGE. Product Description All The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non - genuine Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion. Front Axles King Pin Bushings. Rear Axles Self- contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton. Clutch Friction face and mating surface of center and pressure plate, wear pads and clutch brake. ASA Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over - torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies. ABS, Electronic Stability Control (ESC), Roll Stability Control (RSC) and OnGuard Cut, broken, chaffed or otherwise damaged cable wires. Damaged sensors from removal when seized in block, or sensor adjust- ments /alignments. Valve failures due to contamination in air system. E.C.U. failures due to excessive over- voltage conditions. Air Dryers Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only. Air System Components Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs, valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals. Water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a non - genuine air dryer cartridge will not be covered. Cam Brake Brake lining wear and brake shoe `rust- jacking. Disc Brake Pad wear, rotor wear. IMPS". Product Description All Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Front Axles Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3- year /300,000 -mile or pub- lished vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year /unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3- year /300,000 -mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor, then Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year /unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles The MeritorO breather part number A- 2297 -C -8765 with A- 3196 -J -1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and /or loss of tube in axles. Cam Brake Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity X30 Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum. Disc Brake Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P. Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100 /P. Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 IIn-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details. 11 (1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? Meritor Inc. warrants to the owner ( "Owner ") that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer ('OEM") as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on- highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM's vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement. Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number I and the applicable Mettler maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Meritor through the OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Mentor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in- service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer or with Meritor directly. Failure to notify Meritor of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1 /Uni /P) from the Initial in- service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Meritor or through the OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under Merifor's warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, Meritor, Meritor - WABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles, and /or contact Mentor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. For more information: 866- OnTracl(866- 668 -7221) roesRoc.cans (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. (4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (1) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle's configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Meritor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the transmission, axle, driveline, and /or clutch torque capacity), or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals, or tube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by Mentor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1 /Unl /P) will apply. (5) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Meritor's option. Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and /or returned to Merilor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty. THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. (7) Limitation of Remedies. In no event shall Mentor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component. (8) To Obtain Service. If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Mentor for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor component covered by this warranty. (9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Mentor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Mettler and the Owner. M ERITR Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC 2135 West Maple Road Troy, Michigan 48084 USA Litho in USA 02012 Mortar, Inc. SP 95155 Revised 0612 (47865/11900) Fire and Rescue Apparatus �Tn- 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Limited Warranty Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Coverage: Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects In material and workmanship Warranty Begins: The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first. Warranty Period Three (3) Years, or Ends After. 30,000 Miles, or 6000 Engine Hours This limited warranty applies, where applicable, to Goldstar lamination, defroster heater coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the FET PWM module), heater, air conditioning condenser coil and fantmotor assembly, air conditioning Conditions and evaporator coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the Exclusions: drain pan pump and thermostat), under seat heaters coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the EST PWM module), See Also HVAC electronic switches. HVAC hoses and hard lines, heater Paragraphs water valve, Pierce PS6 seat frames and hardware, Pierce One 2 thru 4 Eleven mirrors, Pierce hands -free scab holder, cracking or color loss of roto- molded components, Mentor rear axle, Wabco ASS system, Champs transmission cooler (including $10,000 Paget eral damage), cab door handles, Standen spring suspension components, and the gauge instrument cluster. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty pertod. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to, (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this womanly in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department, or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or afternarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph i during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Piece, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair, Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierces option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECTTO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUGH DAMAGES Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, 'to part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. Fire and Rescue Apparat 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Coverage: Each Goldstar© gold leaf lamination shall be free from defects In material and workmanship. Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Three(3)Years Ends After: Conditions and Esclusfons: This warranty does not cover damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance See Also procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and Paragraphs maintenance manual. 2 thru 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model, Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or Impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a detect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/22/2010 WA0018 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as lo: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, I any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or -lat; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, fires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing protlucts or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The onginal purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and /or repair Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Piercers option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generally of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if. part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. Harrison extends to the original purchaser of goods for use, the following warranty covering the Harrison Hydra - Gen® Generator System manufactured or supplied by Harrison Hydra -Gen®, subject to the qualifications indicated. A Harrison Hydra -Gene Generator System consists of one or more of the following Assemblies: a Hydraulic Motor /Alternator Assembly, a Hydraulic Heat Exchanger /Fan Assembly, a Hydraulic Pump Assembly, a Hydraulic Reservoir Assembly, a Hydraulic Control Valve /Manifold Assembly or a Meter Head Assembly. THERE IS NO OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTY. IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE LIMITED TO PERIODS OF WARRANTY SET FORTH BELOW AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW. ANY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUDED. IN NO EVENT IS HARRISON LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. Harrison Hydra -Gene warrants the original purchaser for the period set forth below, that the Generator System manufactured or supplied by Harrison Hydra -Gene will be free from defects in workmanship and material, provided such goods are installed, operated and maintained in accordance with Harrison's written installation instructions, and further provided that each new application be reviewed and approved by Harrison's Application Engineering Group. PRODUCT APPLICATION PERIOD OF WARRANTY Harrison Hydra -Gene Generator Systems Two (2) years or 2,000 hours, which ever used in commercial vehicles or marine comes first, from the date product is received. applications. Repair or replacement parts. Ninety (90) days from date of purchase Excludes Labor 2. Form WRA must be completed and returned to Harrison within 30 days of the product being delivered to the end user. Form WR -1 must be signed by an authorized Harrison agent and a copy returned to the end user. 3. Harrison's sole liability and Purchaser's sole remedy for a failure of goods under this warranty and for any and all other claims arising out of the purchase and use of the goods, including negligence on the part of the manufacturer, shall be limited to the repair or replacement of the product, at Harrison's option, of the parts that do not conform to this warranty, provided that the product or parts are returned to Harrison's factory at 10827 Tower Oaks Blvd, Houston, Texas 77070, or at a Harrison Authorized Distributor or it's designated service representative, transportation prepaid. 4. All claims must be brought to the attention of Harrison, an Authorized Distributor or designated service representative within thirty (30) days after goods or parts failed to meet this warranty. 5. THIS WARRANTY SHALL NOT APPLY TO: a. Cost of maintenance, adjustments, installation or startup. b. Paint, hydraulic fluid, and interconnecting hoses (internal or external to system assemblies). c. Failures due to accident, misuse, abuse, negligence, improper installation or lack of maintenance. d. Products altered or modified in a manner not authorized by the manufacturer in writing. e. Telephone or other communications expense. f. Excessive labor due to components being concealed in vehicle as a result of installation. g. High water, road debris, or excessive dirt. 6. No person is authorized to give any other warranties or to assume any other liabilities on Harrison's behalf, unless made or assumed in writing by an officer of Harrison. 7. This warranty gives the user specific legal rights, and the user may also have other rights that may vary from state to state. .31T7 R1FITIN z: Fire and Rescue Apparatul r r ;rrK��-cra ��, Frr &Tc.� IT, rte PT its 1. UNITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Coverage: The TAK-4 Front Independent Suspension and Steering Gears shall be free from defects in material and workmanship. Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Three(3)Years Warranty Period Ends After: -or- 30,000 Miles Conditions and Evaluators: This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal See Also boots and shock absorbers. Paragraphs 2 thru 4 This limited warranty shall apply only If the product is property maintained in accordance with Pieroe's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, It must carry Pierce In writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY No r BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8!2010 WA0050 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce , including but not limited to engines, transmissions, deverhoes, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories. Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof;. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or not; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole Judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs_ Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety If the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at afacility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH t IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY if the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph t during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify, Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming ordefective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for prop" or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Pond,, its part of the sale mind vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warrenties made by Pierce in a separate document (ii any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other then Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that rs incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. "A' Fire and Rescue Apparatus 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2116/2010 WA0038 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to (a) any Integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivehr es, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, If any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, of any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in anyway by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear old and have to be replaced during the warranty period, Including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH i IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and /or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warmanBes made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is Incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. Custom chassis frame rail and cross members manufactured Coverage: by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the Warranty Begins: product ships from the factory). . Warranty Period Fifty (50) Years Ends After: (Expected Life of Apparatus) Conditions and Exclusions: See Also This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. Paragraphs 2 tare 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2116/2010 WA0038 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to (a) any Integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivehr es, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, If any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, of any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in anyway by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear old and have to be replaced during the warranty period, Including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH i IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and /or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warmanBes made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is Incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. ezce! Fire and Rescue Apparatus U111111111169111,M1,177! I'll ;1111 1111111 1 ; ;11111 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer'. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means seNlce which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce In writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 218/2010 WA0055 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, ddvelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, I any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, pert, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 7117 6' INIdli4(:7.Y.]StAL1:7:7:1�111YE THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth In paragraph i during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for loaf profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such tlamages, Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Rome) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is Incorporated Into or attached to the vehicle. Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free Coverage: from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection, The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the Warranty Begins: product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ten (10) Years Ends After: This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any: Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking 0 -72 months 100% 73 -96 months 50% 97 -120 months 25% Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering /Bubbling 0 -36 months 100% 37-M months 50% 85420 months 25% Conditions and Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice Exclusions: 0 -36 months 100% See Also 3748 months 50% Paragraphs 4942 months 25% 73 -120 months 10% 2 thru 4 Corrosion Perforation 0 -120 months 100% This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty. Items not covered by this warranty include: (a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). (b) UV paint fade. (c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means seNlce which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce In writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 218/2010 WA0055 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, ddvelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, I any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, pert, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 7117 6' INIdli4(:7.Y.]StAL1:7:7:1�111YE THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth In paragraph i during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for loaf profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such tlamages, Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Rome) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is Incorporated Into or attached to the vehicle. L� Fire and Rescue Apparatus :,. Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Places maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, It must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery ; but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period, THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/812010 WA0057 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, If any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force in ajeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aRernarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANT] THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph i during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and /or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pads. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any domain ant between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing. Pierce specifically disclaims any liability, for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, its part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by P(erce in a separate document (Ii any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Piece) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. Exterior surfaces of the body shall be free from blistering, Coverage: peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the Warranty Begins: product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ten (10) Years Ends After: This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any: Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking 0.72 months 100% 73 -96 months 50% 97.120 months 25% Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering /Bubbling 0-36 months 100% 37 -84 months 50% 85 -120 months 25% Conditions and Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice Exclusions: 0.36 months 100% Sae Also 3748 months 50% Paragraphs 49.72 months 25% 2 and 4 73-120 months 10% Corrosion Perforation 0 -120 months 100% This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's Interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty. Items not covered by this warranty include: (a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). (b) UV paint fade. (e) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Places maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, It must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery ; but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period, THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/812010 WA0057 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, If any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force in ajeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aRernarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANT] THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph i during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and /or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pads. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any domain ant between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing. Pierce specifically disclaims any liability, for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, its part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by P(erce in a separate document (Ii any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Piece) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. Fire and Rescue Apparatus r illy Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: This limited warranty shall apply only i the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce 's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model, Norm at service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers adefect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior o the expiration of the warranty penod. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURC HASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0047 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to an such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, If any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemicat conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeum such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot, (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessary that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety f the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket pans added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE_ PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the Product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty pence and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce , any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost stanch transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Piece and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part offer, sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or the warranties (ifany) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. Aerial device shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion Coverage: or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection for exterior surf ..a. Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ends After. Four (4) Years This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any: Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Crocking 0 -24 months 100% 26-48 months 60% Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, BiisteringlBubbling 0.24 months 100% 2548 months 50% Conditions and Exclusions: Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice 0.24 months 100% See Also 2648 months 50% Paragraphs 2 third 4 Corrosion Perforation 0 -24 months 100% 2548 months 60% This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Items not covered by this warranty include: (a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). (b) UV paint fade. This limited warranty shall apply only i the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce 's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model, Norm at service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers adefect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior o the expiration of the warranty penod. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURC HASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0047 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to an such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, If any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemicat conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeum such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot, (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessary that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety f the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket pans added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE_ PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the Product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty pence and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce , any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost stanch transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Piece and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part offer, sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or the warranties (ifany) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 1 Fire and Rescue Apparatus Limited err 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Coverage: The apparatus body shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the Warranty Begins: product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ten(10)Years Ends After: -or- 100,000 Miles Conditfonsand This warranty applies only to the body tubular support and Exclusions: mounting structures and other structural components of the body of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce See Also specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus. Paragraphs 2 thru 4 This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. This limited womanly shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Piercers maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model, Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 218/2010 WA0009 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not miscalculated by Pierce , including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, it any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force ashore such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirely if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH i IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCIAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty periotl, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Piemewithin the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair, Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pads. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce spectrally disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond,, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided,, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (irony) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierces) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated trip or attached to the vehicle. Fire and Rescue Apparatus A TT . �TT�' i�t• Ti '�TF•TT«t•Te\= �.�:3'F- 1!i�.�.- i Limited 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provided the followigg warranty, to the Buyer: This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Piedras maintenance instructions antl manuals and is used in service which Is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within inlay (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period, THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/26/2013 WA0232 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, hided, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, If any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehkle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in me ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of as parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assemby is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in pad or in its entirety d the product is repairotl or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pieme Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or attermarket parts added after manufacture without the auf rmization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2 DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE, PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, act such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within file time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or he designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product tluring transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierces option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIALAND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Prance and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Sudety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not mother warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (If any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or oflached to the vehicle. The Mentor Wabco ASS brake system shall be covered by Coverage; Mentor Wabco as indicated in fire attached Mentor Wabco warranty coverage description Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from file factory). Warranty Period Three (3) Year Ends After; Conditions and Exclusions: The exclusions listed in fire attached Mentor Waited warranty See Also description shall apply. Paragraphs 2 thN 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Piedras maintenance instructions antl manuals and is used in service which Is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within inlay (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period, THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/26/2013 WA0232 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, hided, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, If any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehkle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in me ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of as parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assemby is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in pad or in its entirety d the product is repairotl or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pieme Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or attermarket parts added after manufacture without the auf rmization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2 DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE, PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, act such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within file time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or he designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product tluring transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierces option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIALAND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Prance and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Sudety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not mother warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (If any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or oflached to the vehicle. \\ \1 ■ © >< ga ©< EL ES Effective Model Year 2013 Vehicles Linehau I .............................................................................. ............................... 4 -5 GeneralService .................................................................... ............................... 6 -7 HeavyService ...................................................................... ............................... 8 -9 Off- Highway Service ................................................................ .............................10 Terms and Conditions .............................................................. .............................11 Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) P =Parts Only I Unl= Unlimited P &L =Parts & Labor Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor's vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP -9441 for axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles, which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1 /Unl /P). 3 .EAVY I. S E RY ICE VE. • Airport Rescue Fire (ARF) • Airport Shuttle • Asphalt Truck • Block Truck • Bottom Dump Trailer Combination • Cementing Vehicle • City Bus • Commercial Pick -Up • Concrete Pumper • Construction Material Hauler • Crash Fire Rescue (CFR) • Mixer • Demolition • Drill Rig • Dump • Emergency Service • Equipment Hauling • Flatbed Trailer Hauler • Flatbed Truck • Fracturing Truck • Front Loader • Geophysical Exploration • Hopper Trailer Combinations • Landscaping Truck • Liquid Waste Hauler • Log Hauling • Lowboy • Michigan Special Gravel Trains • Michigan Special Log Hauler • Michigan Special Steel Hauler • Michigan Special Waste Vehicle • Municipal Dump • Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV) • Rear Loader • Recycling Truck • Residential Pick -Up • Rigging Truck • Roll -Off • Scrap Truck • Semi -End Dump • Sewer /Septic Vacuum • Shuttle Bus • Side Loader • Snowplow /Snowblower • Steel Hauling • Tanker • Tank Truck • Tractors with Pole Trailers • Tractor /Trailer with Jeeps • Transfer Dump • Transfer Vehicle • Transit Bus • Trolley • Utility Truck • Winch Truck EAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY I • Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) Coverage under Meritor's warranty requires that the application of • On /Off road vocations (10% or more off -road) products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, Meritor, Meritor • Moderate to frequent stops /starts (up to 10 stops per mile) WABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for axles, I j FRONT IE/N -DRIVE STEER AXLE - / / L FD -965 FG -941 MFS- 6 -162B MFS- 10- 143A -N FF -941 FG -943 MFS- 6 -162C MFS- 10- 144A -N FF -942 FH -941 MFS- 7- 113C -N MF-S- 12- 143A -N FF -943 FH -945 MFS- 7- 153C -N MFS- 12- 144A -N FF -944 FH -946 MFS- 7- 163C -N MFS -12 -155 FF -946 FL -941 MFS- 8- 113B -N MFS- 13- 143A -N FF -961 FL -943 MFS -8- 1538 -N MFS- 13- 144A -N FF -966 MFS- 6- 151A -N MFS- 8- 163B -N MFS -13 -155 FF -967 MFS- 6 -153B MFS- 10 -122A MFS- 14- 143A -N 15.5' HD Clutch' 1 /100 /P &L 15.5' TwinXTend 1 /100 /P &L 17" Freedomline Clutch 1 /100 /P &L 'Products with an in- service date prior to 11/01/02 warranted by Mentor Clutch Company. IlRlflE IES - 1/1111U P&L RPL 92N RN MXL R .................. MFS- 16- 122A -N MFS- 16- 143A -N RF -16 -145 MFS- 18- 133A -N MFS- 20- 133A -N RF -21 -160 MX -10 -120 MX -12 -120 MX -14 -120 MX -16 -120 MX -17 -140 MX -19 -140 MX -21 -140 MX -21 -160 MX -23 -160 MX -23 -810 MS -10 -113 RC -23 -160 MS -26 -616 RS -13 -120 RH -23 -160 RS -26- 185/380 RS -15 -120 RS -23 -160 MS -30 -616 MS- 17 -14X RS -23 -160 RH -30 -185 RS- 17- 144/145/A RC -23 -161 RS -30- 185/380 MS- 19 -14X RH -23 -161 MS -35 -380 RS -19 -144 RS -23 -161 RS -38 -380 MS -21 -114 RS -23- 186/380 RC -25 -160 MS- 21 -14X RC -23 -162 RC -26 -633 RS -21 -145 RC -23 -165 MT -58 -616 RS- 21 -145/A RS -24 -160 71162 RS -21 -160 RS -25 -160 71163 RC -22 -145 RH -26 -185 1 R r AND. 1 i • Load -On /Load -Off • Yard Jockey • Specialized Mining • Rail Car Mover • Port Tractor • All-Terrain Crane • Excavator • Loader • Rail Yard Spotter • Rough Terrain Crane • Compactor • Tow Tractor • Roll -On /Roll -Off • Forestry • Fertilizer Spreader • Pushback Tractor • Stevedoring Tractor • Material Handling • Snow Blower FG - 941 • Trailer Spotter • Specialized Heavy Haul • Mining MFS- 14- 143A -N INDUSTRIAL AN OFF-HIGHWAY VICE TYPICALLY 1 ............................................................................... ............................... • Low mileage operation • Low speed vehicle speed restriction • Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use • Six (6) starts /stops per mile (typical) DRIVE STEER AXLES - 1 /UNL /P ................................................... ............................... ORIVELINES - 1 /UNL /P .................................................. ............................... . MOR MOX MOC RPL RN MXL T N -ORI .T LE -1 / L/ ................................................... ............................... REAR RIVE TAN AXLE - 1 /UNL / ................................................... ............................... FF - 941 FL - 943 MFS- 16- 143A -N MT- 44 -14X /P MT -70 -380 RT- 46- 164EH /P FF - 943 MFS- 12- 143A -N MFS- 18- 133A -N MT -52 -616 RT- 44 -145/P RT -50 -160 /P FF - 961 MFS- 12- 144A -N MFS- 20- 133A -N MT -58 -616 RT -46 -160 /P FF - 966 MFS- 13- 143A -N MON -ZO FAMILY respective dealer/ FG - 941 MFS- 13- 144A -N FG - 943 MFS- 14- 143A -N RAKE ENT FL -941 MFS -16-122A -N ...— .............................................. ............................... LATAR LS - 1 /UNL/ MOR MOX MOC MOT I V E..S.I.N.G.L.E. AXLE IS. - 1/ / RS -23 -186 MS -30 -616 MS -35 -380 RS -23 -380 RS -30 -185 RS -24 -160 RS -30 -380 10 Cam P 3 /UnI /P Cam Q PlusTM 3 /Unl /P &L ASA 3 /UnI /P Hubs /Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components 1 /Unl /P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1 /UnI /P All Other Brakes 1 /UnI /P LX500 Feature' 1 /UnI /P ' Includes: bushing, seal, cam and ASA. Based on stamped wear diameter max. warranted or serviced by Mentor WABCO. Please contact your ill 14; 11111 ' 1111111 U kIJ11ft11ftU1N 14,1111 ASS (Anti -Lock Braking System) Air /Hydraulic 3 /300 /P &L Air Dryers (ALL) 1 /100 /P &L Leveling Valves 1 /UnI /P &L Air Brake Valves 1/100/P Clutch Controls 2 /200 /P &L Air Compressors2 1 /100 /P &L Actuator 1 /100 /P &L ' Warranted by Mentor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems. WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by Mentor WABCO. Please contact your respective dealer/ distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. Product Description All The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non - genuine Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion. Front Axles King Pin Bushings. Rear Axles Self- contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton. Clutch Friction face and mating surface of center and pressure plate, wear pads and clutch brake. ASA Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over - torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies. ABS, Electronic Stability Control (ESC), Roll Stability Control (RSC) and OnGuard Cut, broken, chaffed or otherwise damaged cable wires. Damagec sensors from removal when seized in block, or sensor adjust- ments /alignments. Valve failures due to contamination in air system. E.C.U. failures due to excessive over - voltage conditions. Air Dryers Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only. Air System Components Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs, valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals. Water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a non - genuine air dryer cartridge will not be covered. Cam Brake Brake lining wear and brake shoe "rust- jacking. Disc Brake Pad wear, rotor wear. Product Description All Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Front Axles Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3- year /300,000 -mile or pub- lished vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year /unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3- year /300,000 -mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor, then Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year /unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles The Meritor® breather part number A- 2297 -C -8765 with A- 3196 -J -1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and /or loss of tube in axles. Cam Brake Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity X30 Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum. Disc Brake Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P. Warranty coverage for pads is 1 /100 /P. Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details. 11 (t) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? Meritor Inc. warrants to the owner ( "Owner ") that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer ( "OEM ") as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on- highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM's vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement. Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Mentor publication Maintenance Manual Number I and the applicable Meritor maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Mentor through the OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in- service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer or with Mentor directly. Failure to notify Meritor of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (11) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1 /Unl /P) from the initial in- service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Meritor or through the OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under Mertor's warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, Mentor, Meritor - WABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles, and /or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. (4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (I) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle's configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Mentor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the transmission, axle, driveline, and /or clutch torque capacity), or (111) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals, or tube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1 /Unl /P) will apply. (5) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Mentor's option. Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and /or returned to Meritor for review and evaluation. (5) Disclaimer of Warranty. THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. (7) Limitation of Remedies. In no event shall Mentor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component. (8) To Obtain Service. If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Mentor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer or authorized Mentor service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Mentor component covered by this warranty. (9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Mentor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Mentor and the Owner, For more information: Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC 866- OnTracl (866- 668 -7221) 2135 West Maple Road Litho In USA ©2012 Meritor, Inc. merltoncom Troy, Michigan 48084 USA SP-95155 Revised 06-12 (47865/11900) Vehicle models, brands and names depicted herein are the property of their respectNe owners, and are not in anyway associated with fdernan Inc., or its affiliates. 101 Philadelphia St. Hanover, PA 17331 Pierce Manufacturing Inc. 2600 American Drive Appleton, WI 54912 LIMITED WARRANTY: The R. H. Sheppard Co. Inc., ( "Sheppard ") warrants all MI l0PKG1 and M110SAU1 steering gears manufactured and sold to Pierce Manufacturing Inc. ( "Pierce ") for application on Pierce TAK -4 equipped vehicles to be free from defects of workmanship and material under normal use and service for a period of thirty six months from the in service date of the vehicle to its original owner. Vehicle applications where Sheppard product is used require an application approval before production build. If Pierce uses Sheppard product for any purpose or application which has not been approved by Sheppard in advance, including aftermarket devices (defined as a device added to the steering system directly or indirectly affecting the performance or operation of the Sheppard product in its approved application) not tested and approved by Sheppard this limited warranty SHALL NOT APPLY AND SHALL BE VOID. SHEPPARD MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. SHEPPARD EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. SHEPPARD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING FROM THE USE OF A PRODUCT. Pierce expressly acknowledges its obligation to inform all users (customers) of the above disclaimer. CONDITIONS: Claims under this Limited Warranty may only be made by Pierce. In no event shall Sheppard be held liable for warranty charges by unauthorized persons. No allowance will be made for repairs or alterations, unless made with the written consent of Sheppard. Authorized Pierce dealers shall be the only authorized repair facility for Sheppard products applied to Pierce vehicles. Any warrantable repair made under this Limited Warranty must be made on or before 36 months of the in- service date for the Product to which the claim relates. Sheppard shall not be liable for claims made after such date. Sheppard product fitted to Pierce vehicles that are repaired at a repair facility other than an authorized Pierce dealer within the warranty period will be considered for payment under the guidelines of this agreement only by joint written consideration of Sheppard and Pierce warranty departments. It shall be the responsibility of the Pierce warranty department to notify Sheppard if and when this situation occurs. Sheppard will not be held responsible for damage to other steering components such as but not limited to pumps and reservoirs due to improper adjustment of steering gear relief plungers. Vehicle downtime and towing will not be considered under warranty. REMEDIES: The sole and exclusive remedy of Pierce for Sheppard's breach of the foregoing warranty is limited to the return and repair or reimbursement as follows: R. H. SHEPPARID CO., INC. WARRANTY Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Page 2 Warranty Support: In support of the Pierce dealer network, Sheppard will provide a toll -free "Hotline" service to assist in the diagnosis and troubleshooting of steering problems. The R, H. Sheppard Co., Inc. Field Service Department can be reached at 1 -800- 274 -7437 for assistance. Sheppard will require that Pierce dealers contact this toll -free "Hotline" for approval before product is removed from a vehicle in a warranty situation. When contacted regarding a warranty situation, the Sheppard representative will provide an authorization number for removal of the product. This Retained Goods Authorization (RGA) number must be included in all warranty correspondence and attached to all returned goods. Procedure: In the event of a warranty situation, the servicing dealer shall contact the Sheppard Hotline and receive an RGA number before replacing any steering gear. For Ml I OPKGI and MI I OSAUI steering gear models, the dealer will first obtain an RGA number from Sheppard, and then order the replacement gear from Pierce. Replacement MI 10PKG1 and MI I OSAUl steering gears shall be shipped from Pierce once those models are in full production. A warranty claim for both parts and labor will then be generated by the dealer and sent to Pierce. After reviewing the claim, Pierce will submit it to Sheppard for reimbursement. Parts Reimbursement: Sheppard agrees to reimburse Pierce at Pierce's purchase price plus 30% mark -up for parts found to be defective within the warranty period. Parts being returned for warranty consideration shall be sent to the R. H. Sheppard Company, 447 E. Middle St., Hanover, PA 17331 ATTN: Warranty Dept. Sheppard's determination as to whether the part is covered by the foregoing warranty is final and conclusive. Sheppard requires the return of complete steering gears only. Individual seals replaced under warranty should not be returned unless specifically requested by Sheppard. All parts being returned for warranty consideration must be clearly tagged with all pertinent warranty information including but not limited to (1) Returned Goods Authorization number (RGA), (2) claim number, date in service, date of failure; (5) mileage; (6j art number; (77) labor hours, dealer labor rate and, (9) dollar amount claimed. Claims submitted without prior authorization are subject to rejection under this agreement. Labor: Labor to repair Sheppard product found to be defective within the warranty period will be reimbursed at not more than 10 hours per vehicle. Labor shall be reimbursed at the rate of $85.00 USD per hour for MI IOPGKi and MI 10SAU1 steering gears. Freight: Pierce will collect Ml IOPGKI and MI l OSAUI warranty material at a designated collection point. Inbound freight to the Pierce collection point will be the responsibility of Pierce. All warranty material should be returned from the Pierce collection point to R. H. Sheppard Co. Freight Collect by a Sheppard - specified common carrier based on location of the Pierce collection point. Sheppard does not require the return of failed seals. Any freight charges incurred for the return of seals will be the responsibility of Pierce. Parts returned for warranty consideration without prior authorization are subject to rejection under this agreement and may be subject to a charge back of inbound freight charges. Parts rejected under this warranty will be returned to Pierce Freight Collect or scrapped by Sheppard at Pierce's discretion. R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. WARRANTY Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Page 3 Outside Purchases: Pierce authorized dealers shall be the only outlet for repair, warranty service and parts for Sheppard products applied to Pierce vehicles. Sheppard will not be responsible for consumables such as hoses, belts, fluids, fittings or miscellaneous shop material that may be required for the repair of the product. Warranty Documentation: Warranty credit memos will be issued monthly to the Pierce Warranty Department. Monthly credit memos will include (1) claim number; (2) part number; (3) parts reimbursement; (4) labor reimbursement; (S) any applicable Pierce reference number and; (6) reason for rejection or acceptance of the claim. Credit memos will be issued in U.S. funds. Debits for warranty claims will not be accepted under this agreement. Claim disposition will constitute the final and conclusive resolution of warranty claims. Parts Retention: Sheppard will retain parts submitted for warranty consideration for a period of sixty (60) days for any material found to be rejected for warranty. Sheppard will notify Pierce within sixty (60) days of receipt of Sheppard's determination as to whether any such part is covered by this warranty. Warranty reimbursement will be issued within thirty days of receipt of material at Sheppard. Good -Will Requests: Good -Will requests will be considered jointly between Sheppard and Pierce for equitable compensation. RECALLS: Sheppard retains the right to review information regarding federal motor vehicle recall and /or product repair programs if Sheppard products fitted to Pierce vehicles are alleged to be non- compliant with federal motor vehicle safety standards. Sheppard retains the right to review any claims of product defect or non - compliance before participating in reimbursement of expenses incurred as a result of alleged non - compliance or defect of its products. Sheppard agrees to negotiate in good faith for the reimbursement of expenses incurred by Pierce for all administrative, material and labor cost and expense associated with any recall where Sheppard product is found to be defective or non - compliant with federal motor vehicle standards. MISCELLANEOUS: This writing constitutes the full complete and final statement of Sheppard's limited warranty for MI IOPKGI and M110SAUi products sold to Pierce. All prior oral or written correspondence, test data, negotiations, representations, understandings and the like regarding products are merged in this writing and extinguished by it. This limited warranty may not be altered, amended extended or modified except by a writing signed by the President or Vice President of Sheppard. No employee, vendor, dealer, distributor or other representative of Sheppard has authority to make statements to extend, expand, alter or amend the terms of this Limited Warranty. Sheppard expressly disclaims any statements contrary to the Limited Warranty. Sheppard's failure at any time to enforce any of the terms and conditions stated herein shall not constitute a waiver of any provisions herein. This Limited Warranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with -the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. WARRANTY Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Page 4 Any legal actions which may arise as a result of disputes, controversies or claims arising out of or related to this limited warranty shall be in such forum as Sheppard and Pierce shall agree, or, in the absence of agreement, in a court of appropriate jurisdiction other than in the county in which either party is located. This Limited Warranty shall not be assigned by Pierce. COOPERATIVE EFFORT: Sheppard and Pierce agree to work cooperatively toward expanding this warranty coverage to a period of sixty months from the in service date. These cooperative efforts shall focus on examining the effects of increased heat generated by 2007 model engines and its impact on the entire power steering system. AGREEMENT: This agreement is effective April 3, 2006 and may be modified by mutual agreement between Sheppard and Pierce of a signed amendment to be attached to the original Limited Warranty. There are no third party beneficiaries to this Limited Warranty. This warranty agreement applies to Pierce authorized dealers only. It does not encompass any special arrangements that Pierce may now have or that Pierce may enter into, with any other segments of the trucking industry. This warranty agreement does not apply to non - conforming product removed at Pierce assembly plants. This Limited Warranty agreement between the R. H. Sheppard Co., Inc and Pierce Manufacturing Inc. may be terminated by either party with thirty days written notice prior to termination. Signed at Pierce Manufacturing Inc., Appleton, WI this R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. Authorized Signature Title day of 2006. Authorized Signature Title Fire and Rescue Apparatus Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations ark exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer This limited waranty, shall apply only if the product is propedy maintained in commance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model, Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers is defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 6/28/2011 WA0200 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or rade aeoesswles of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not In tied to engines, transmissions, drwalines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products w parts which may in life ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the womanly perioq Including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftemarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty, 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH i IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned! to Pierce by Buyer for examination and /or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace jet Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTA(INGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Wthout limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) orm the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Piame) of any par, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. The aerial hydraulic system components and seats shall be Coverage: free from component or stmbluml failures caused by defects in material and/or workmanship. Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase Invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory), Warranty Periotl Five (5) Years and Three (3) Years Ends After: Pierce's obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing or replacing without charge, as Pierce may elect, the hydraulic lines, fittings, valves, seals, cylinders, filters, Conditions and Pumps, hydraulic motors, rotary ablutions, or components Exclusions: 'which Pierce determines to have failed due to defective material and workmanship. Be. Also Paragraphs This warranty shall not apply unless the aerial device is 2 third 4 inspected in accordance with NFPA 1911 Standard for Inspection, Maintenance, Testing, and Retirement of in- Service Automotive Fire Apparatus and the applicable Phase Operator and Maintenance Manuals. This limited waranty, shall apply only if the product is propedy maintained in commance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model, Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers is defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 6/28/2011 WA0200 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or rade aeoesswles of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not In tied to engines, transmissions, drwalines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products w parts which may in life ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the womanly perioq Including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftemarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty, 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH i IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned! to Pierce by Buyer for examination and /or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace jet Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTA(INGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Wthout limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) orm the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Piame) of any par, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. Limited are my 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer This limited warranty shall apply only f the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance instructors and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or Impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pieme in writing within midy (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event print to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY 2/22/2012 WA0216 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to (a) any Integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, amplifies, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, If any, made by fire respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis a component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, n the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose fa which A was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may m the ordinary course weer out and have to be replaced during the warranty pariod, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility fa the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce . The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety rf the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or afterrnarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIE THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH i IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. ERS EX If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth m paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk 0loss of or damage to the product during transportation Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierces option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANT/, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES, Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, was of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economie loss, or for any clams by any third party for any such damages. Note Any Surety Bond, If a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited we i is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and Trot to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle The transmission cooler shall be free from component or Coverage: structural failures caused by defects in material and/or workmanship. Collateral damage up he $10,00 per occurrence is available for the first three (3) years. Warranty Begins: The date of delivery to fire first retail purchaser. Womanly Period Five ($) Years on Oil Cooler and three (3) years on collateral Ends After: damage coverage This warranty does not cover repair due to accidents, misuse, and excessive vibration, flying debris, storage damage (freezing), negligence or modification. This warmnty is void if any modification or repairs are performed without authorization. This also voids any future warranty. This warranty does not cover cost of maintenance or repairs due to lack of required maintenance services as recommended. Performance of the required maintenance Conditions and and use of proper fluids are the responsibility a the owner. Exclusions: Towing is covered to the nearest distributor or authorized See Also dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to Paragraphs your transmission. 2 thou a Labor costs for the removal and reinstallation of goods may be covered when necessary to make repairs. Please contact your OEM for authorization. Replacement of cooler during the warranty period is limited to 100% of reasonable labor costs up to a maximum of $700 to remove, replace, or repair the it cooler. This limited warranty shall apply only f the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance instructors and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or Impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pieme in writing within midy (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event print to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY 2/22/2012 WA0216 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to (a) any Integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, amplifies, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, If any, made by fire respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis a component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, n the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose fa which A was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may m the ordinary course weer out and have to be replaced during the warranty pariod, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility fa the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce . The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety rf the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or afterrnarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIE THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH i IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. ERS EX If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth m paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk 0loss of or damage to the product during transportation Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierces option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANT/, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES, Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, was of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economie loss, or for any clams by any third party for any such damages. Note Any Surety Bond, If a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited we i is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and Trot to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle F' i I I III T & k to A 3750 CHESTNUT ROAD ALBURTIS, PA 18011 -0451 Phone: 610-966-3115 Fax: 610- 965 -6313 * STANDARD TEN YEAR WARRANTY (standard warranty is in effect for parts shipped after 4/15/10) Telescopic Waterways A. PRESHIPMENT TESTING All waterways fabricated by Amity are final inspected using the following pressure minimums: 1. Hydrostatic applications will be tested to 400 PSI unless specified otherwise on approved drawings. Operating pressures on installed systems are not to exceed 250 PSI at any point in the system. Warranty will be voided and Amity will not be held liable for failure and /or damage occurring from Water Hammering or freezing of water in any system. B. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION AND MAINTENANCE 1. All components are thoroughly greased at assembly. Since internally lubricated seals are used, regular greasing is not required. We recommend components not be greased at installation. 2. Slip Tube Assemblies may be greased at the Amity's regularly scheduled Aerial Inspections. The seals in the Slip Tube Assemblies are self - lubricating, so greasing is not mandatory. We do recommend a visual inspection of the Slip Tube Assembly while it is fully extended after initial installation, from that point on we recommend inspection every ten hours of aerial operation. if any deposits of aluminum appear, they are to be rubbed off using a Teflon scouring pad. Slip Tube Assemblies are designed to give long maintenance free service; however, like any product, problems may occur and periodic visual inspections will aid in determining if a potential problem exists and warrants a call to us. Care must be taken to keep debris off of extended tubes. We recommend wiping tubes with light oil (10 weight) or hydraulic oil after use, if tubes appear to have contamination on them. Under no circumstance are tubes to be cleaned with lacquer thinner, or any other solvent. C. LIMITED WARRANTY, LIMITATIONS, CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES REQUIRED. 1. Products are warranted to be free of defects in labor and /or materials for a period of ten years from the date of purchase from the Amity and shall be repaired or replaced at the sole option and expense of the Amity provided the products alleged to be defective was used for its intended normal use operation and subject to the following qualifications and limitations. 2. Any alteration of product without consent from Amity is strictly forbidden and shall void warranty. 3. No welding shall be performed on finished product. 4. No responsibility is assumed for any malfunctions or damages which are occasionally caused by foreign objects which may be ingested into water system such as, but not limited to stones, sand or metal chips. 5. Amity assumes responsibility for our product, which is defective only, and therefore, it will not assume responsibility for labor to either remove or install our product unless it agrees in writing to assume such responsibility. 6. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Amity all returns of defective (or allegedly defective products) are at Purchaser's expense and must include a RGA number issued by the Amity. 7. All warranty claims must be presented at the time the problem occurs, or as soon as practical thereafter, either called or faxed to the Amity and include the numbers on the assembly's Amity's label with a detailed explanation of the difficulty in order for the matter to be appropriately evaluated and resolved. 8. Amity will not be held liable for damage incurred during shipment. 9. No responsibility shall be assumed for misuse or improper mounting, unreasonably use or abuse of the Product and or failure to provide or use improper maintenance, failure to follow written installation and use in instruction or any use other than the customary designed use. F REMEDIES PROVIDED IN THE ABOVE EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY AND ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AVAILABLE. NO OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTIES ARE MADE. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR f00046826;v2} FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE ARE LIMITED IN DURATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AMITY ASSUME OR BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. THE WITHIN DESCRIBED WARRANTY SHALL ONLY BE AFFORDED TO THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OR FOR INCORPORATION INTO ANOTHER UNIT AND TO FIRST PURCHASER AS PART OF COMPLETED UNIT, HOWEVER, THE WARRANTY PERIOD OF TEN YEARS COMMENCES UPON INSTALLATION INTO FINAL ASSEMBLY WITH THE UNDERSTANDING IT IS INSTALLED WITHIN SIX MONTHS OF PURCHASE. Dated: _, 20_ {00046826;v2) r-Mill k IVIIIIIIIJ IN VA k, 'i. I if >.. 3750 CHESTNUT ROAD ALBURTIS, PA 18011 -0451 Phone: 610- 966 -3115 Fax: 610-965-6313 STANDARD FIVE YEAR WARRANTY (standard warranty is in effect for parts shipped after 4/15110) Three Function Swivel A. PRESHIPMENT TESTING The Three Function Swivel fabricated by Amity which is exposed to pressure during normal use is subject to final inspection using the following pressure minimums: 1. Hydrostatic applications will be tested to 400 PSI unless specified otherwise on approved drawings. Operating pressures on installed systems are not to exceed 250 PSI at any point in the system. Warranty will be voided and Amity will not be held liable for failure and /or damage occurring from Water Hammering or freezing of water in any system. 2. Hydraulic applications will be tested to 4000 PSI. System operating pressure in application to be 3000 PSI maximum. 3. Dielectric and Continuity Test all circuits. 30 Amp max current loading. B. THREE FUNCTION SWIVEL MAINTENANCE — Our Three Function Swivel has been fully tested at assembly. Under no circumstances is there to be any maintenance performed internally or externally to the Three Function Swivel by Purchaser or any other third party other than an authorized representative of or Amity itself. The Three Function Swivel is sealed and must remain so. The Three Function Swivel is designed for a long maintenance free life. Should any problems ur or replacement be necessary, first contact Amity. There is to be no field maintenance performed on the Three ..nction Swivel. C. MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS — The following are the mounting requirements for the Three Function Swivel: 1. Mounting points and methods are to be determined at the initial design stage. All drawings and applicable documentation must be signed off by both parties and filed for future reference. No deviation to the approved mounting is allowed without approval from Amity. 2. The Three Function Swivel is to be mounted concentric to the center of the turntable bearing. 3. All inlet and outlet plumbing to conform to swivel mounting, under no circumstances is the Three Function Swivel to be positioned to match connections. This will avoid putting excessive loads on the Three Function Swivel. All tubing or piping to be supported by means other than the Three Function Swivel. D. LIMITED WARRANTY, LIMITATIONS, CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES REQUIRED. 1, The Three Function Swivel is warranted to be free of defects in labor and /or materials for a period of five (5) years from the Date of Service. For purposes here, "Date of Service" shall mean the date when the Three Function Swivel, or the unit to which the Three Function Swivel is incorporated, passes final Underwriters Laboratory testing, or similarly compliant testing, and is certified for service. Evidence of such Date of Service shall be required in connection with any warranty claim by Purchaser. 2. The Three Function Swivel shall be repaired or replaced at the sole option and expense of the Amity provided the Three Function Swivel alleged to be defective was used for its intended normal use of operation and subject to the following qualifications and limitations. 3. Any alteration of the Three Function Swivel without consent from Amity is strictly forbidden and shall void warranty. 4. No welding shall be performed on finished Three Function Swivel. 5. No responsibility is assumed for any malfunctions or damages which are occasionally caused by foreign objects which may be ingested into water or hydraulic systems such as, but not limited to stones, sand or metal chips. 6. Amity assumes responsibility for our Three Function Swivel, which is defective only, and therefore, it will not assume responsibility for labor to either remove or install our Three Function Swivel unless it agrees in writing to assume such responsibility. 7. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Amity all returns of defective Three Function Swivels (or allegedly defective Three Function Swivels) are at Purchaser's expense and must include a RGA number issued by the Amity. {00046826;v2} 8. All warranty claims must be presented at the time the problem occurs, or as soon as practical thereafter, either called or faxed to the Amity and include the numbers on the assembly's Amity's label with a detailed explanation of the difficulty in order for the matter to be appropriately evaluated and resolved. Amity will not be held liable for damage incurred during shipment. 10. No responsibility shall be assumed for misuse or improper mounting, unreasonably use or abuse of the Three Function Swivel and or failure to provide or use improper maintenance, failure to follow written installation and use in instruction or any use other than the customary designed use. THE REMEDIES PROVIDED IN THE ABOVE EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY AND ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AVAILABLE. NO OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTIES ARE MADE. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE ARE LIMITED IN DURATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AMITY ASSUME OR BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. THE WITHIN DESCRIBED WARRANTY SHALL ONLY BE AFFORDED TO THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OR FOR INCORPORATION INTO ANOTHER UNIT AND TO FIRST PURCHASER AS PART OF COMPLETED UNIT, HOWEVER, THE WARRANTY PERIOD OF FIVE YEARS IS FROM THE DATE OF SERVICE WITH THE UNDERSTANDING IT IS INSTALLED WITHIN A REASONABLE TIME PERIOD. Dated: _, 20_ {00046826;v2} Effective 1 August, 2009 g W W W W LIFETIME SERVICE WARRANTY United Plastic Fabricating, Inc. (hereinafter called "UPF ") warrants each POLY - TANK @, Booster /Foam Tank POLYSIDEO Wetside Tank, Integrator Tank /Body, ELLIPSETm Elliptical Tank, Ellip -T -Tank Tank and DEFENDER TM Skid Tank to be free from defects in material and workmanship for the service life of the original vehicle (vehicle must be actively used in an emergency re- sponse for fire suppression). All UPF Tanks must be installed and operated in accordance with the UPF Installation and Operating Guidelines. Failure to do so can void the warranty. Every UPF Tank is inspected and tested before leaving our facility. Should your UPF Tank require service, please notify UPF via email, fax, in writing or F; E;' 0. j by calling UPF at 1- 978 - 975 -4520. Please provide the serial number, a de- scription of the service request, the location along with the phone number and name of the contact person. Our goal is to have scheduled work completed within a reasonable time period. J W W M IL Under a valid warranty claim, UPF will cover the cost to repair the UPF Tank including the customary and reasonable costs to make the tank accessible such as the removal and reinstallation of the tank if authorized in advance (pre- approved) by UPF. The warranty will not cover tanks that have been im- properly installed, operated, misused, abused, or modified from its intended .j Lu r GG F or designed use. Serial number must not have been altered, defaced or re- moved. Tanks that are not stored or installed properly which results in the tank suffering UV damage will not be covered by this agreement. Should UPF determine that the service claim is valid under this warranty for a tank located outside of the United States and Canada, UPF will assume the costs for labor and material for the warranty repair as described above plus all travel costs to the U.S. port of embarkation. Costs for airline travel outside W F' ® Opassage ® ,0 of the U.S. and Canada will not be the responsibility of UPF. In the event the tank shall become stationed in an area of the world that is considered to be a war zone or where unsafe conditions exist for the safe of United States Nationals, as reported by the United States Depart- ment of State, (hftp: / /www.state.gov), and a request to perform service or warranty repairs, UPF reserves the right to refuse to honor such requests. It is the purchaser's responsibility to relocate the tank to an area where such repairs can be performed without undue risk to UPF employees or their des- ignee. UPF will make every reasonable effort to support our products though alternative means. D For EllipseTm elliptical tanks, a separate five year warranty provided by the subcontractor is applied to the sub - frames, chute linings (rubber isolation strips) and metal components. The stainless steel wrap provided by UPF shall be warranted by the subcontractor performing the wrap installation in F accordance with their warranty in place at the time of the installation. UPF will not be liable for any warranty costs associated with the wrap, sub - frames, e IL chute linings (rubber isolation strips) and metal components but will assist with all claims on behalf of its customer. I® W For PolySideO wetsided tanks and IntegratorT'A Tank /Body units, all polypro- pylene components related to the tank shall carry the standard UPF lifetime Continued on back service warranty. Other polypropylene components, including but not limited to compartments, wheel wells, fenders and other body related components shall be warranted by UPF for a period of ten years. The warranty for the PolySide® and Integrator T°^ units excludes paint or hardware, which shall be covered by the manufacturer of the paint/hardware. All UPF tanks 50 gallons or less utilized for non -fire applications and installed on specialty vehicles such as ATVs, trailers, boats, etc. are covered under a separate warranty policy available from UPF. Further, UPF ProtectorTM foam and water trailers are warranted under a separate warranty policy available from UPF. This UPF warranty is transferable within the United States only with prior writ- ten approval by UPF (except an original apparatus manufacturer may assign this warranty to the first titled owner /lessee of the apparatus). LAA • A ALI ' • -;• • • 't authorized and approved in • • 1,1 1 a 011112 t In no event will U of the booster /foE age, whether dire out of failure of it the responsibility, with service repa pressure vacuum etc.). Further, UP a repair facility. the purchase price )r any loss or dam - )r otherwise arising , etc.) shall not be or costs associated ,es, dumps, hoses, i level transducers, vehicle to and from This warranty contains the entire warranty. It is the sole warranty and price agreements or representation, whether oral or written, are either merged herein or expressly cancelled. UPF neither assumes, nor authorizes any per- son supposing to act on its behalf to change, nor assume for it, any warranty or liability concerning its product. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Some states do not allow exclusion or limitation or incidental or consequential damage, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. Since some states do not allow limitations on the length of an implied warranty, the above limitation may not apply to you. POLY-TANK-,& POLYSIDE® are registered trademarks of UPF, Inc. INTEGRATOR'', ELLIPSE", ELLIP- T- TANK'" & DEFENDER' are trademarks of UPF, Inc. 0 08/01/09 UPF, Inc. Printed in the USA A &A Pierce Warranty Statement for Gortite Roll Un Doors Rev 21 2412011 All mechanical components of the door shall be warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. All parts covered under this warranty shall be to the original owner. A &A manufacturing warrants that painted doors shall be free of blistering, peeling, bubbling, or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. The time period for the coverage shall be 6 years from date of door shipment to Pierce. Satin anodized finish doors shall be warranted for 6 years against corrosion defects from date of door shipment to Pierce. Replacement of decals /Scotchlite is not covered. The maximum amount A &A will reimburse for labor is $60.00 per hour and the maximum amount of time allowed for repair is as follows: Door 1.0 Hr. Slat Replacement 1.0 Hr. Pennant Plate Replacement 1.0 Hr. Roller Replacement .5 Hr. Seal Replacement .5 Hr. Switch/Magnet Replacement 1.0 Hr. Travel Time 4.0 Hr. A &A Manufacturing Co., Inc. 2300 S. Calhoun Road New Berlin, WI 53151 Phone (262) 786 -1500 • Fax (262) 786 -3280 This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after April 1, 2007, that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck* applications Worldwide. Base Engine Warranty The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the Engine which result, under normal use and service, from a defect in material or factory workmanship (Warrantable Failure). This Coverage begins with the sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers), whichever occurs first, after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user. Engine aftertreatment components included in the Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL) and marked with a Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine Warranty. Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission Warranty section. These Warranties are made to all Owners in the chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of Coverage. Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil, antifreeze, filter elements, belts, hoses and other maintenance items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to repair a Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the nearest authorized repair location. In lieu of the towing expense, Cummins will pay reasonable costs for mechanics to travel to and from the location of the vehicle, including meals, mileage and lodging when the repair is performed at the site of the failure. Owner is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Owner is also responsible for providing proof that all recommended maintenance has been performed. Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty, Owner must notify a Cummins distributor, authorized dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine available for repair by such facility. Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure, Owner must also deliver the Engine to the repair facility. Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide Service Locator at cummins.com. Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil, antifreeze, filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for communication expenses, meals, lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for non - Engine repairs and for "downtime" expenses, cargo damage, fines, all applicable taxes, all business costs and other losses resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S. Dollars) deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd, 4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty. The deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty. Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling; overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating, cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting, warm -up, run -in or shutdown practices; unauthorized modifications of the Engine. Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty. Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel exhaust fluid. is Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied oy Cummins which bear the name of another company. Such non - warranted accessories include, but are not limited to: alternators, starters, fans, air conditioning compressors, clutches, filters, transmissions, torque converters, vacuum pumps, power steering pumps, fan drives and air compressors. Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user, or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty, whichever occurs first. Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) or 7,000 hours from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user, whichever of the three occurs first. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered, Owner must submit adequate documentation to show that consumption exceeds Cummins published standards. Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are not covered beyond the first year from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty, whichever occurs first. Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new Cummins parts, Cummins approved rebuilt parts or repaired parts. Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by Cummins. ,iew Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder. Cummins Inc. reserves the right to interrogate Electronic Control Module (ECM) data for purposes of failure analysis. CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT OF COVERED PARTS. CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. THIS WARRANTY AND THE EMISSION WARRANTY SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE WARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO THESE ENGINES. CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Products Warranted This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines marketed by Cummins that are used in the United States'" in vehicles designed for transporting persons or property on a street or highway. This Warranty applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1, 1992. Coverage Cummins warrants to the first user and each subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed, built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S. federal emission regulations applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods: (A) Five years or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) of operation, whichever occurs first, as measured from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B) The Base Engine Warranty. If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is registered in the state of California, a separate California Emission Warranty also applies. Failures, other than those resulting from defects in material or factory workmanship, are not covered by this Warranty. Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling; overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating, cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting, warm -up, run -in or shutdown practices; unauthorized modifications of the Engine. Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty. Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel exhaust fluid. Cummins is not responsible for non - Engine repairs, "downtime" expenses, cargo damage, fines, all applicable taxes, all business costs or other losses resulting from a Warrantable Failure. r'UMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL 1 CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. Airport operated crash trucks and fire department operated trucks employed to respond to fires, hazardous material releases, rescue and other emergency -type situations. " United States includes American Samoa, the Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Cummins Inc. Box 3005 C. Columbus, IN 47202 -3005 U.S.A. Bulletin 3381161 Pnnted In USA, Rev. 08/09 02001 Cummins Inc. 1.1 Provision of Insurance. Without limiting Vendor's indemnification of City, and prior to commencement of work, Vendor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Agreement, policies of insurance of the type and amounts described below and in a form satisfactory to City. Contractor agrees to provide insurance in accordance with requirements set forth here. If Contractor uses existing coverage to comply and that coverage does not meet these requirements, Contractor agrees to amend, supplement or endorse the existing coverage. 1.2 Acceptable Insurers. All insurance policies shall be issued by an insurance company currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, with an assigned policyholders' Rating of A- (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide, unless otherwise approved by the City's Risk Manager. 1.3 Coverage Requirements. 1.3.1 Workers' Compensation Insurance. Vendor shall maintain Workers' Compensation Insurance, statutory limits, and Employer's Liability Insurance with limits of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) each accident for bodily injury by accident and each employee for bodily injury by disease in accordance with the laws of the State of California, Section 3700 of the Labor Code. 1.3.1.1 Vendor shall submit to City, along with the certificate of insurance, a Waiver of Subrogation endorsement in favor of City, its officers, agents, employees and volunteers. 1.3.2 General Liability Insurance. Vendor shall maintain commercial general liability insurance, and if necessary umbrella liability insurance, with coverage at least as broad as provided by Insurance Services Office form CG 00 01, in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence, two million dollars ($2,000,000) general aggregate. The policy shall cover liability arising from premises, operations, products - completed operations, personal and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract) with no endorsement or modification limiting the scope of coverage for liability assumed under a contract. 1.3.3 Automobile Liability Insurance. Vendor shall maintain automobile insurance at least as broad as Insurance Services Office form CA 00 01 covering bodily injury and property damage for all activities of the Vendor arising out of or in connection with Work to be performed under this Agreement, including coverage for any owned, hired, non -owned or rented vehicles, in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit each accident. 1.4 Other Insurance Requirements. The policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: 1.4.1 Waiver of Subrogation. All insurance coverage maintained or procured pursuant to this agreement shall be endorsed to waive subrogation against Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers or shall specifically allow Vendor or others providing insurance evidence in compliance with these requirements to waive their right of recovery prior to a loss. Vendor hereby waives its own right of recovery against City, and shall require similar written express waivers from each of its subcontractors. 1.4.2 Additional Insured Status. All liability policies including general liability, excess liability, pollution liability, and automobile liability, but not including professional liability, shall provide or be endorsed to provide that City and its officers, officials, employees, and agents shall be included as insureds under such policies. 1.4.3 Primary and Non Contributory. All liability coverage shall apply on a primary basis and shall not require contribution from any insurance or self- insurance maintained by City. 1.4.4 Notice of Cancellation. All policies shall provide City with thirty (30) days notice of cancellation (except for nonpayment for which ten (10) days notice is required) or nonrenewal of coverage for each required coverage. 1.5 Additional Agreements Between the Parties. The Parties hereby agree to the following: 1.5.1 Evidence of Insurance. Vendor shall provide certificates of insurance to City as evidence of the insurance coverage required herein, along with a waiver of subrogation endorsement for workers' compensation and other endorsements as specified herein for each coverage. Insurance certificates and endorsement must be approved by City's Risk Manager prior to commencement of performance. Current certification of insurance shall be kept on file with City at all times during the term of this contract. City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. 1.5.2 City's Right to Revise Requirements. The City reserves the right at any time during the term of the contract to change the amounts and types of insurance required by giving the Vendor sixty (60) days advance written notice of such change. If such change results in substantial additional cost to the Vendor, the City and Vendor may renegotiate Contractor's compensation. 1.5.3 Enforcement of Contract Provisions. Vendor acknowledges and agrees that any actual or alleged failure on the part of the City to inform Vendor of non- compliance with any requirement imposes no additional obligations on the City nor does it waive any rights hereunder. 1.5.4 Requirements not Limiting. Requirements of specific coverage features or limits contained in this Section are not intended as a limitation on coverage, limits or other requirements, or a waiver of any coverage normally provided by any insurance. Specific reference to a given coverage feature is for purposes of clarification only as it pertains to a given issue and is not intended by any Party or insured to be all inclusive, or to the exclusion of other coverage, or a waiver of any type. 1.5.5 Self- insured Retentions. Any self- insured retentions must be declared to and approved by City. City reserves the right to require that self- insured retentions be eliminated, lowered, or replaced by a deductible. Self- insurance will not be considered to comply with these requirements unless approved by City. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc 1.5.6 City Remedies for Non Compliance If Vendor or any subVendor fails to provide and maintain insurance as required herein, then City shall have the right but not the obligation, to purchase such insurance, to terminate this agreement, or to suspend Vendor's right to proceed until proper evidence of insurance is provided. Any amounts paid by City shall, at City's sole option, be deducted from amounts payable to Vendor or reimbursed by Vendor upon demand. 1.5.7 Timely Notice of Claims. Vendor shall give City prompt and timely notice of claims made or suits instituted that arise out of or result from Vendor's performance under this Agreement, and that involve or may involve coverage under any of the required liability policies. 1.5.8 Vendor's Insurance. Vendor shall also procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, any additional kinds of insurance, which in its own judgment may be necessary for its proper protection and prosecution of the Work. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. The premium charges on this Bond is $ , being at the rate of $ thousand of the Contract price. WHEREAS, the City of Newport Beach, State of California, has awarded to Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for the manufacturing of One (1) 100' tractor -drawn aerial ladder with pump in strict conformity with the Contract on file with the office of the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach, which is incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute the Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a Bond for the faithful performance of the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and , duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California as Surety (hereinafter "Surety "), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of One Million One Hundred Forty -Eight Thousand Two Hundred Twenty-One Dollars and 44 /100 ($1,148,221.44) lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount of the Contract, to be paid to the City of Newport Beach, its successors, and assigns; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal, or the Principal's heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, fail to abide by, and well and truly keep and perform any or all the work, covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract Documents and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to its true intent and meaning, or fails to indemnify, defend, and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then, Surety will faithfully perform the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond; otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified in this Performance Bond, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred by the City, only in the event the City is required to bring an action in law or equity against Surety to enforce the obligations of this Bond. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. This Faithful Performance Bond shall be extended and maintained by the Principal in full force and effect for one (1) year following the date of formal acceptance of the Equipment by the City. In the event that the Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on the day of 2013. Name of Contractor (Principal) Name of Surety Address of Surety Telephone Authorized Signature/Title Authorized Agent Signature Print Name and Title NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. ACKNOWLEDGMENT State County of On Notary Public, personally appeared of ss. before California me, , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature (seal) ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of ) ss. On before me, Notary Public, personally appeared who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. nature Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. (seal) EXHIBIT E CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BOND NO. 09122514 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND The premium charges on this Bond is $ 2,790.00 being at the rate of $ 2.43 per thousand of the Contract price. WHEREAS; the City of Newport Beach, State of California, has awarded to Pierce Manufacturing, inc. hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for the manufacturing of One (1) 100" tractor -drawn aerial ladder with pump in strict conformity with the Contract on file with the office of the City Clerk. of the City of Newport Beach, which is Incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or 19 about to execute the Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a Bond for the faithful performance of the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California as Surety (hereinafter "Surety), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach,, in the sum of One Million One Hundred Forty -Eight Thousand Two Hundred Twenty -One Dollars and 441100 ($1,148,221.44) lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount of the Contract, to be paid to the City of Newport Beach, its successors, and assigns; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, Jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal, or the Principal's heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, fail to abide by, and well and truly keep and perform any or all the work, covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract Documents and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on Its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein. specified, and In all respects according to its true intent and meaning, or falls to indemnify, defend, and save harmless. the City of Newport Beach, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then, :Surety will faithfully perform the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond; otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. As a pad, of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified in this Performance Bond, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred by the City, only in the event the City is required to bring an action In law or equity against Surety to enforce the obligations of this Bond. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the workr to be performed thereunder shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive Pierce Manufacturing; Ind. _ 337of339 notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. This Faithful Performance Bond. shall be extended and maintained by the Principal In full force and effect for one (1) year following the date of formal acceptance of the Equipment by the City. In the event that the Principal executed this bond as an Individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly Executed by the Principal and Surety above named., on the #44' day of 2013. Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Namc of Contractor (Principal) Fidelity and Deposit company of Maryland Name of Surety 10 S. Riverside Plaza 5th Floor Address of Surety Chicago, UIL 60606 312-496-9096 Telephone Authorized Sign-u-re/Title Authorize Agent Signature Lucy A. Hantzsch; Attorney -in -Fact Print Name and Title NOTARY A CKNO WLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED m� Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 338of339 ACKNOWLEDGMENT W\'- s c©i\%k \ State of County of \/u }ss. On���n� ZOIC before me, '¢ssie— bfA,,)eAiwN Notary Public, personally appeared DaL.0 k who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) islare subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by, his/her/their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the persons) acted, executed the instrument. Certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that. the foregoing paragraph Is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seat. ignature (seal) State County of Milwaukee ACKNOWLEDGMENT of ss. On June 11, 2013 before me, Kathleen A. Cra Notary Public, personally appeared Lucy A. Hantzsch Wisconsin 806 who proved to me on the balls of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) Is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph Is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. en A. 0f M Commission` * KATHLEEN A. CRARY , November 13, 2014 Inc. (seat) 339 of 339 ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation of the State of New York, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, a corporation of the State of Maryland, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND a corporation of the State of Maryland (herein collectively called the "Companies "), by JAMES M. CARROLL, Vice President, in pursuance of authority granted by Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of said Companies, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date-hereof, do hereby nominate, constitute, and appoint Daniel J. SAPIRO, Daniel J. KWIECINSKI, Wendy S. MILLER, Kathleen A. CRARY, Tracy K. MATTHEWS, Cathy HUTSON, Lisa M. SLAKES and Lucy A. HANTZSCH, all of Milwaukee, Wisconsin, EACH its true and lawful agent and Attorney -in -Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings, and the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon said Companies, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at its office in New York, New York., the regularly elected officers of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., and the regularly elected officers of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., in their own proper persons. The said Vice President does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of said Companies, and is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice - President has hereunto subscribed his/her names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 29th day of January, A.D. 2013. ATTEST: BY ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND usay,�uEh'OL1121 0as Assistant Secretary Vice President Eric D. Barnes James M Carroll s 4� 40lMM, + ., eaf R! — `n5 ss, o, Siaa, t809 fS ��y jam..- ..rat• State of Maryland City of Baltimore On this 29th day of January, A.D. 2013, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned mid qualified, JAMES M. CARROLL, Vice President, and ERIC D. BARNES, Assistant Secretary, of the Companies, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and acknowledged the execution of same, and being by me duly swom, deposeth and saith, that he/she is the said officer of the Company aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and that the said Corporate Seals and the signature as such officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporations. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written. pfi �,Ai`2. is Constance A. Dunn, Notary Public My Commission Expires: July 14, 2015 POA -F 184 -6514C EXTRACT FROM BY -LAWS OF THE COMPANIES "Article V, Section 8, Attomeys -in -Fact The Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Executive Vice President or Vice President may, by written instrument under the attested corporate seal, appoint attomeys -in -fact with authority to execute bonds, policies, recognizances, stipulations, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Company, and may authorize any officer or any such attorney -in -fact to affix the corporate seal thereto; and may with or without cause modify of revoke any such appointment or authority at any time." CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Vice President of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that Article V, Section 8, of the By -Laws of the Companies is still in force. This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 15th day of December 1998. RESOLVED: "That the signature of the President or a Vice President and the attesting signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any Power of Attorney... Any such Power or any certificate thereof bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company." This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 5th day of May, 1994, and the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the I oth day of May, 1990. RESOLVED: 'That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Vice - President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my time and affixed the corporate seals of the said Companies, this day of , 20 w„ 'A i; 10: 864E �Rn Ao� 71&'_ Geoffrey Delisio, Vice President CERTIFICATION I, Lori Mackey, do hereby certify that I am the duly elected and qualified Assistant Secretary of Pierce Manufacturing Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the "Company "), and the following is a true copy of a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company. I do hereby further certify that said resolution remains in full force and effect as of the date hereof: BE IT RESOLVED, that the following officers and employees are authorized to sign bid bonds, bid proposals, performance bonds and contracts related to such bid proposals on behalf of the Company, provided, however, that bid bonds, bid proposals, performance bonds and contracts related to such bid proposals involving sums in excess of $20 million shall be countersigned by Messrs. Szews, Jones, Blankfield, Rohrkaste or Sagehorn: Charles L. Szews Chief Executive Officer Wilson R. Jones Chief Operating Officer James W. Johnson President Bryan J. Blankfield Executive Vice President and Secretary Michael K. Rohrkaste Executive Vice President, Chief Administration and Human Resources Officer David M. Sagehorn Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer R. Scott Grennier Senior Vice President and Treasurer Thomas J. Polnaszek Senior Vice President, Finance and Controller Jonathan Shen• Senior Vice President, Broadcast and Command Don G. Bent Vice President, Operations, Fire & Emergency Salim E. Hawi Vice President, International Sales James C. Michal, III Vice President, Customer Service, Fire & Emergency David L. Moskol Vice President, Tax Michael E. Pack Vice President, Finance, Fire & Emergency Kevin S. Ramsburg Vice President Jeffry G. Resch Vice President and General Manager, Airport Products Group John S. Verich Vice President, International Shared Services Bobby J. Williams Vice President, Sales and Marketing Timothy W. Asuma Senior Director Finance Jeffrey A. Trelka Senior Director Finance, Financial Planning and Analysis David J. Stoffel Senior Manager, Order Management Steven Williamson Director of Sales, Broadcast and Command Don Daemmrich Sales Manager, Midwest Regional Refurbishment Center Corey R. Braun Assistant Treasurer Virginia K. Abel Assistant Secretary Kerry Dereszynski Assistant Secretary Lori R. Mackey Assistant Secretary FURTHER RESOLVED, that, subject to the $20 million limit hereinabove contained, the officers listed above may in writing designate in any bid proposal an authorized signer different from the officers listed above, with such authorized signer being an employee of the Company, solely for the purpose of signing bid bonds, performance bonds or contracts related to the bid proposal wherein such person is so designated. Lo •i R. Mackey c Assistant Secretary Dated: May 14, 2013 °061120CERTIFICATE F LIABILITY I ( DATE THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER 1 -414- 443 -0000 CONTACT Kays Companies of Wisconsin, Inc. PHONE FA% 1200 North Mayfair Road, Suite 100 WI 53226 THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS INSURERA. LEXINGTON INS CO MBR — 1ADOL- LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE 19437 INSURED POLICY EFF MPWDDIYYYY INSURERS TRAVELERS PROPERTY CAS CO OF AMER A GENERAL LIABILITY 25674 Pierce Manufacturing Inc. 04/01/1 - - - -- - -- $ 1,000,000 '- - - -- INSURER PHOENIX INS CO DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES,Ea occurrence 25623 P.O. Box 2017 $ Excluded INSURERD: BERKLEY NAIL INS CO 38911 PERSONALSADV INJURY G_ENERALAGGREGATE PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG $ 11000,000 $ 5,000,000 $1,000,000 _ GENT AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER Appleton, WI 54 912 -2 017 PRO- LOG JECT INSURER E__ $ INSURER F: X TJCAP118D2004TIL12 10/01/1 COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 34098608 REVISION NUMRER- X ANY AUTO THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. MBR — 1ADOL- LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ISIIBR POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF MPWDDIYYYY POLICY EXP MMIDD/YYYY LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY X 015438059 04/01/1 04/01/14 EACHOCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 % COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE C OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES,Ea occurrence $ 500,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ Excluded PERSONALSADV INJURY G_ENERALAGGREGATE PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG $ 11000,000 $ 5,000,000 $1,000,000 _ GENT AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER X I POLICY PRO- LOG JECT $ B AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY X TJCAP118D2004TIL12 10/01/1 10/01/131 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT Ea ac citlent 1_,000,000 X ANY AUTO li BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ ALTOS SCHEDULED , AUTOS AUTOS _ BODI!YINJURY (Par accident) '- $ PROPERTY DAMAGE Per accident $ I NONAWNED HIRED AUTOS AUTOS — $ A X UMBRELLA LIABF IX OCCUR ,!015438060 04/01/1 04/01/14 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 15,000,000 __ AGGREGATE $ 15,000,000 EXCESS LIAR CLAIMS -MADE DED RETENTION$ _.__. $ B WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY C ANY PROPRIETORPARTNEWE%ECUTIVE YIN OFFICERIMEMBER EXCLUDED? ❑ ;NIA' li% TRTUB117D757712 X !�TC2NUB117D756512 10 /OS /1 10 /01 /1 10/01/13 10/01/13 WC LIMIT i OTH X TORY LIMITS E.L. EACH ACCIDENT 0 $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE- EAEMPLOVEE $ 1,000,000 (Mandatory in NH) 'I, d yes, decoloe under DEBCRIPTIONOFOPERATIONSbelow - EL DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT - $ 1,000,000 D Excess Liability I '',,CEX0960017400 I 04/01/1 04/01/14 Ea Occ /Agg 10,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space Is required) Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation when required by written contract. Regarding Purchase Agreement for One (1) Pierce (TM) 100' Tractor Aerial Ladder with Pump. SIR: $5,000,000 Per Occurrence all Products /$500,000 Per Occurrence all other claims. City of Newport Beach, its officers, officials, employees and agents 592 Superior Ave. Newport Beach, CA 92663 USA SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. r _ipl:Ul'3)d8l:tdlaS�98.� /_ \ /LYq ©1988 -2010 ACORD 25 (2010/05) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD dmorren 34098608 %y !.i . = CITY 01 REACH NEWPORT � c�EWPOR T Q i ": \e °9 Fo City Council Staff Report Agenda Item No. 12 June11.2013 TO: HONORABLE MAYOR AND MEMBERS OF THE CITY COUNCIL FROM: Fire Department Scott Poster, Fire Chief 949 - 644 -3101, sposter @nbfd.net PREPARED BY: Mike Pisani, Deputy Municipal Operations Director Rob Williams, Assistant Chief, Marine Operations APPROVED: _tea (? TITLE: Approval of an Agreement for the Purchase of Tractor -Drawn Quint ARRTRA('T- Emergency Vehicles are a vital part of the service delivery for the Newport Beach Fire Department. The Fire Department responds to over 10,000 service calls annually. A Tractor -Drawn Quint Fire Apparatus provides a 100 foot ladder to access multi -story buildings for water, rescue, and ventilation. It can be utilized in high angle rescues on cliffs or steep canyons and carries specialized equipment for vehicle extrication and lifting, generators and wild land emergencies, along with many tools not carried on other fire apparatuses. Fire and Municipal Operations Departments developed a specification that took into account the unique features of our community, and sought competitive proposals for the purchase of a new unit. A new fire apparatus will replace an aging unit and provide a higher level of service while reducing costs and staff time for maintenance. RECOMMENDATION: Approval of an agreement with Pierce Manufacturing, Incorporated of Appleton, Wisconsin for the purchase of one 2013 Pierce Tractor -Drawn Quint Fire Apparatus for a total cost of $ 1,148,221.44, including sales tax. FUNDING REQUIREMENTS: The current adopted budget includes funding for this purchase. 1 of 339 Approval of an Agreement for the Purchase of Tractor -Drawn Quint June 11, 2013 Page 2 DISCUSSION: The Fire Department operates a fleet of three tractor -drawn units. Two of the units are in service 24 hours per day, seven days per week, and are staffed at two of the eight City fire stations. Furthermore, the additional fire apparatus may be deployed as necessary when there are significant events within the City or crews are required to respond to mutual aid requests for wildfires. The units and ages of the three tractor - drawn apparatuses currently in service are as follows: Unit Number Year and Manufacturer Mileage Hours 2433 1994 E- One /Simon -LTI Aerial Ladder 110,501 9,445 2462 1997 S artan /Simon -LTI Aerial Ladder 92,666 9,307 2463 2011 Pierce Aerial Ladder 15,773 1,522 The City Vehicle /Equipment Guidelines (Council Policy F -9) states that tractor -drawn fire trucks should normally be replaced after 15 years. The apparatus that will be decommissioned, is slated for auction. The FY 12 -13 Budget includes funds for the purchase of one tractor -drawn fire truck. To that end, the Fire Apparatus Committee, consisting of staff from both the Fire and Municipal Operations Departments developed specifications based upon the needs of the Fire Department. City fire trucks in use have unique length and width dimensions due to maneuverability on narrow streets and height dimensions to meet limitations in some Fire Stations. The Finance Department released a Request for Proposals (RFP) on April 1, 2013. A mandatory pre - proposal meeting was held, and two potential proposers were in attendance. Two proposals were received prior to the May 3, 2013 due date, from Pierce Manufacturing, Inc., of Appleton, Wisconsin and KME Kovatch of Nesquehoning, Pennsylvania. An evaluation panel consisting of members of the Fire Apparatus Committee, facilitated by the Finance Department met to evaluate the proposals. Following the evaluations, the panel recommended the Pierce tractor -drawn Quint proposed by Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. The cost of the proposed unit is $1,148,221.44, including tax. During the evaluation process, each member of the evaluation panel was provided a copy of the proposals as well as an evaluation matrix to score the proposals. The 2 of 339 Approval of an Agreement for the Purchase of Tractor -Drawn Quint June 11, 2013 Page 3 criteria used for evaluating the proposals were provided in the RFP and described in the following tables: Proposal Evaluation Criteria Evaluation Criteria Percentage of Score Points Qualifications & Experience of the Proposing Firm 20% 60 Technical Functionality of the Proposed Apparatus 25% 75 Warranty and Service Considerations 15% 45 Proposed Pricing 40% 120 Technical Evaluation Scores Proposed Unit Pricing Proposer Proposed Unit Cost Pre -Tax Cost Average Technical Proposer Total Technical Score Score Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. (Pierce) $1,063,168.00 Out of 180 KME Kovatch (KME) 337 112.33 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. (Pierce) 506 168.67 Proposed Unit Pricing Proposer Proposed Unit Cost Pre -Tax Cost Cost Ratio Score Out of 120 KME Kovatch (KME) $1,114,680.00 114.45 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. (Pierce) $1,063,168.00 120.00 Upon conclusion of the proposal evaluation, the following aggregate scores were calculated: Aqqreqate Proposal Scores Of the two (2) proposers, Pierce Manufacturing was unanimously scored as the most qualified proposer and apparatus for this project. The evaluation panel scored this proposer exceptionally high in the areas of technical functionality, qualifications and experience. This mirrors the recent evaluation for Fire Pumper Apparatus, in which the City's evaluation panel also found Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. to be the highest rated proposer. 3 of 339 Average Technical Cost Ratio Aggregate Proposer Evaluation Score Score Score (Step 1) Ste 2 (Out of 300) KME Kovatch (KME) 112.33 114.45 226.78 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. (Pierce) 168.67 120.00 288.67 Of the two (2) proposers, Pierce Manufacturing was unanimously scored as the most qualified proposer and apparatus for this project. The evaluation panel scored this proposer exceptionally high in the areas of technical functionality, qualifications and experience. This mirrors the recent evaluation for Fire Pumper Apparatus, in which the City's evaluation panel also found Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. to be the highest rated proposer. 3 of 339 Approval of an Agreement for the Purchase of Tractor -Drawn Quint June 11, 2013 Page 4 Apparatus rear suspension was a key specification during the evaluation process. The specifications in the RFP clearly stated a rear suspension with a maximum ground rating of 31,000 Ibs, which is the maximum allowable weight rating in the state of California per Title 21, Division 2, Chapter 7, 1411.7 (Fire Trucks) of the California Code of Regulations. Pierce Manufacturing was able to adhere to this regulation, while KME Kovatch specified a rear suspension ground rating of 33,500 lbs., over the allowable limit. Another specification called for in the RFP is a departure angle of 16 degrees; KME Kovatch did not specifically mention the departure angle of their proposed apparatus. Additionally, the apparatus tire size was not specified in the KME Kovatch turning radius report, and maneuverability is vital to the operations of the Fire Department. There were additional specifications that only the Pierce Tractor -Drawn Quint conformed to without additional modifications. Each manufacturer has the ability to custom build to the City's specification with regard to sizing and dimensions. Pierce met all of the requested apparatus specifications with no deviations or exceptions. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW: Staff recommends the City Council find this action is not subject to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to Sections 15060(c)(2) (the activity will not result in a direct or reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change in the environment) and 15060(c)(3) (the activity is not a project as defined in Section 15378) of the CEQA Guidelines, California Code of Regulations, Title 14, Chapter 3, because it has no potential for resulting in physical change to the environment, directly or indirectly. NOTICING: The agenda item has been noticed according to the Brown Act (72 hours in advance of the meeting at which the City Council considers the item). Submitted Scott Poster Fire Chief Attachment: Photos of Fire Apparatus Agreement for the Purchase of a Tractor -Drawn Quint 4 of 339 ATTACHMENT A •3- 1 _ l I dnl Tractor -Drawn Quint Tractor -Drawn Truck 5 of 339 ATTACHMENT B PURCHASE AGREEMENT FOR ONE (1) 100' TRACTOR - DRAWN AERIAL LADDER WITH PUMP FROM PIERCE MANUFACTURING, INC. This Purchase Agreement ( "Agreement ") is entered into as of this 11th day of June, 2013 ( "Effective Date'), by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a California municipal corporation and charter city ( "City'), and PIERCE MANUFACTURING, INC., a Wisconsin corporation ( "Vendor'), whose principal place of business is 2600 American Drive, Appleton, Wisconsin 54914. RECITALS A. City is a municipal corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of California with the power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted under the statutes of the State of California and the Charter of City. B. City requires One (1) 100' tractor -drawn aerial ladder with pump ( "Equipment ") as further described in RFP No. 13 -39, which is incorporated herein by this reference, and as set forth in Exhibit A, which is attached and incorporated herein by this reference. C. Vendor has carefully reviewed and evaluated the specifications set forth by the City for the Equipment and has committed to deliver the Equipment required for the price specified in this Agreement within Two Hundred Eighty -Five (285) calendar days commencing upon execution of this Agreement. D. City has solicited and received a proposal from Vendors agent, has evaluated the expertise of Vendor, and desires to submit an order for the Equipment under the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties and covenants, and other terms and conditions as set forth herein, Vendor and City (each a "Party' and together the "Parties ") agree as follows: 1. TERM The Term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall terminate on July 31, 2014 unless terminated earlier as set forth herein. 2. COMPENSATION 2.1 City shall choose the discounted purchase price as more fully described in the Pricing Proposal attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein by reference. The purchase price for Equipment, including all sales taxes, shall not exceed One Million One Hundred Forty -Eight Thousand Two Hundred Twenty -One Dollars and 44/100 ($1,148,221.44) ( "Discounted Purchase Price'). Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7 relating to City's self- accrual of sales taxes, the City shall pay Vendor Discounted Purchase Price in full upon execution of this Agreement. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 7 of 339 2.2 Vendor agrees to accept the Discounted Purchase Price as full remuneration for delivery to City of the Equipment. The Discounted Purchase Price shall be referred to as "Total Compensation." 3. ADMINISTRATION This Agreement will be administered by the City's Municipal Operations Department. The Deputy Municipal Operations Director, or designee, shall be the Purchase Administrator and shall have the authority to act for City under this Agreement. The Purchase Administrator or designee shall represent City in all matters pertaining to the services to be rendered pursuant to this Agreement. 4. DELIVERY 4.1 Delivery to City of the Equipment shall be made within two hundred eighty - five (285) calendar days from the execution of the Agreement. 4.2 Delivery shall be made to the City's Yard at 592 Superior Avenue, Newport Beach, CA 92663, or such other location as may be designated by City in writing. Time of delivery is of the essence in this Agreement. City reserves the right to refuse the Equipment, or part thereof, and to cancel all or any part of the Equipment not conforming to applicable specifications, samples or descriptions. City shall receive a pro -rata refund for the Equipment, or part thereof, cancelled under this Agreement, within thirty (30) calendar days of City's cancellation. Acceptance of any part of the order for Equipment shall not bind City to accept future shipments nor deprive City of the right to return Equipment already accepted at Vendor's expense. Over shipments and under shipments of Equipment shall be only as agreed to in writing by City. Delivery shall not be deemed to be complete until all Equipment have actually been received and accepted in writing by the City. 4.3 Vendor shall submit all requests for extensions of time for delivery in writing to the City Purchase Administrator not later than ten (10) calendar days after the start of the condition that purportedly causes a delay. The Purchase Administrator shall review all such requests and may, at his /her sole discretion, grant reasonable time extensions for unforeseeable delays that are beyond Vendor's control. 4.4 The Parties agree that it is extremely difficult and impractical to determine and fix the actual damages that City will sustain should the Vendor fail to complete the delivery as called for in this Agreement. Should Vendor fail to complete the delivery as called for in this Agreement, Vendor agrees to the deduction of liquidated damages in the sum of One Hundred and Fifty Dollars and no /100 ($150.00) per day, for every day beyond the date scheduled for delivery provided in Section 4.1. Execution of this Agreement shall constitute agreement by the City and Vendor that the sum of One Hundred and Fifty Dollars and no /100 ($150.00) per day, is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the failure of Vendor to deliver the Equipment within the allotted time. All liquidated damages shall be paid within ten (10) calendar days of City's written request for payment. Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Page 2 8 of 339 construed as a penalty, and may be deducted from payments due the Vendor, or recovered from Vendor, as applicable, if such delay occurs. 5. ACCEPTANCE /PAYMENT Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by City, acceptance of the Equipment shall not be deemed complete unless in writing and until all the Equipment, including each part thereof, has actually been received, inspected and tested to the satisfaction of City. 6. NOTICES 6.1 All notices, demands, requests or approvals to be given under the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing, and conclusively shall be deemed served when delivered personally, or on the third business day after the deposit thereof in the United States mail, postage prepaid, first -class mail, addressed as hereinafter provided. 6.2 All notices, demands, requests or approvals from Vendor to City shall be addressed to City at: Attn: Deputy Municipal Operations Director Municipal Operations Department City of Newport Beach 100 Civic Center Drive PO Box 1768 Newport Beach, CA 92658 Phone: 949 - 644 -3059 Fax: 949- 650 -0747 Email: mpisani(a newportbeachca.gov 6.3 All notices, demands, requests or approvals from City to Vendor shall be addressed to Vendor at: Attention: Cherry Sewell Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 2600 American Drive Appleton, Wisconsin 54914 Phone: 920 - 832 -4433 Fax: 920 - 832 -3080 Email: csewell(a)piercemfg.com With a copy to: Attention: Kevin Newell, Sales Representative South Coast Fire Equipment, Inc. 2020 South Baker Avenue Ontario, CA 91761 Phone: 909 - 673 -9900 Cell: 949 - 456 -1001 Fax: 909- 673 -9700 Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Page 3 9 of 339 Email: Kevin(7a.southcoastfire.net 7. TAXES The Total Compensation includes any and all applicable taxes and fees, including federal, state and /or local sales or use taxes. Under the City's Direct Payment Exemption permit number SF EAA 24- 089475 DP, City shall self- accrue its Use Tax obligation to the California State Board of Equalization in the applicable amount within thirty (30) days of Equipment delivery to the City. If only partial delivery of Equipment is received, the City will only pay the State Board of Equalization the amount of Use Tax due on the value of the Equipment delivered. 8. ENTIRE AGREEMENT This Agreement contains the entire Agreement between the Parties with respect to all matters herein, and there are no restrictions, promises, warranties, or undertakings other than those set forth herein or referred to herein. No exceptions, alternatives, substitutes or revisions are valid or binding on City unless authorized by City in writing. Electronic acceptance of any additional terms, conditions or supplemental agreements by any City employee or agent, shall not be valid or binding on City unless accepted in writing by the Purchase Administrator. The terms of this Agreement shall supersede any inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto. 9. WARRANTY 9.1 Vendor expressly warrants that the Equipment covered by this Agreement is: 1) free of liens or encumbrances; 2) of merchantable quality and good for the ordinary purposes for which it is used; and 3) fit for the particular purpose for which it is intended. Acceptance of this Agreement shall constitute an agreement upon Vendor's part to indemnify, defend and hold City and its indemnities as identified in Section 15 below, and as more fully described in Section 15, harmless from liability, loss, damage and expense, including reasonable counsel fees, incurred or sustained by City by reason of the failure of the Equipment to conform to such warranties, faulty work performance, negligent or unlawful acts, and non - compliance with any applicable state or federal codes, ordinances, orders, or statutes, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and the California Industrial Safety Act. Such remedies shall be in addition to any other remedies provided by law. 9.2 Vendor and manufacturer's warranties and certifications are attached hereto as Exhibit C, and incorporated in full by this reference. The Warranty Period shall commence on the date the Equipment is accepted by the City. All warranty repair work shall be conducted by a Vendor - certified dealer /agent in the Southern California region. 9.3 As of the Effective Date of this Agreement the Vendor - certified dealer/ agent for purposes of all repairs and warranty work is: South Coast Fire Equipment, Inc., 2020 S. Baker Avenue, Ontario, CA 91761. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Page 4 10 of 339 9.4 In the event that Vendor designates a different certified dealer /agent for the Southern California region, Vendor shall provide City with written notice of such change within ten (10) days of the change. 10. ASSIGNMENT OR SUBCONTRACTING The terms, covenants, and conditions contained herein shall apply to and bind the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the Parties. Furthermore, neither the performance of this Agreement nor any portion thereof may be assigned or subcontracted by Vendor without the express written consent of City. Any attempt by Vendor to assign or subcontract the performance or any portion thereof of this Agreement without the express written consent of City shall be invalid and shall constitute a breach of this Agreement. 11. TERMINATION 11.1 In the event that either Party fails or refuses to perform any of the provisions of this Agreement at the time and in the manner required, that Party shall'be deemed in default in the performance of this Agreement. If such default is not cured within a period of two (2) calendar days after receipt of written notice of default specifying the nature of such default and the steps necessary to cure such default, or if more than two (2) calendar days are reasonably required to cure the default and the defaulting Party fails to give adequate assurance of due performance within two (2) calendar days after receipt of written notice of default, or thereafter fails to diligently take steps to cure the default, the non - defaulting Party may terminate the Agreement forthwith by giving to the defaulting Party written notice thereof. City shall be refunded all money for Equipment not delivered and accepted by City at time of termination within thirty (30) calendar days. Cause for default shall further be defined as any breach of this Agreement, any misrepresentation or fraud on the part of the Vendor and /or filing of any petition in U.S. Bankruptcy Court or entering of Bankruptcy by Vendor. 11.2 Notwithstanding the above provisions, City shall have the right, at its sole discretion without cause, of terminating this Agreement at any time by giving seven (7) calendar days prior written notice to Vendor. In the event of termination under this Section, City shall pay Vendor for services satisfactorily performed and costs incurred up to the effective date of termination for which Vendor has not been previously paid. City shall be refunded all money for Equipment not delivered and accepted by City at time of termination within thirty (30) calendar days. On the effective date of termination, Vendor shall deliver to City all equipment, reports, documents and other information developed or accumulated in the performance of this Agreement, whether in draft or final form. 12. CONSENT TO BREACH NOT WAIVER No term or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed waived and no breach excused, unless such waiver or consent shall be in writing and signed by the Party claimed to have waived or consented to such breach. Any consent by any Party to, or Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Page 5 11 of 339 waiver of, a breach by the other, whether express or implied, shall not constitute consent to, waiver of, or excuse for any other different or subsequent breach. 13. REMEDIES NOT EXCLUSIVE The remedies for breach set forth in this Agreement are cumulative as to one (1) another and as to any other provided by law, rather than exclusive; and the expression of certain remedies in this Agreement does not preclude resort by either Party to any other remedies provided by law. 14. PERFORMANCE AND FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND 14.1 Vendor shall perform all work under this Agreement, taking necessary steps and precautions to perform the work to City's satisfaction. Vendor shall be responsible for the professional quality, technical assurance, timely completion and coordination of all documentation and other Equipment or services furnished by the Vendor under this Agreement. Vendor shall perform all work diligently, carefully, and in a good and workman -like manner; shall furnish all labor, supervision, machinery, equipment, materials, and supplies necessary therefore; shall at its sole expense obtain and maintain all permits and licenses required by public authorities, including those of City required in its governmental capacity, in connection with performance of the work; and, if permitted to subcontract, shall be fully responsible for all work performed by subcontractors. 14.2 Vendor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Agreement a Faithful Performance Bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100 %) of the Total Compensation to be paid Vendor as set forth in this Agreement. The form of such Faithful Performance Bond is attached as Exhibit E and incorporated herein by reference. The Faithful Performance Bond shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570, and (3) assigned a Policyholders' Rating A- (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide: Property - Casualty. 14.3. Vendor shall deliver, concurrently with execution of this Agreement, the Faithful Performance Bond and a certified copy of the "Certificate of Authority" of the Insurer or Surety issued by the Insurance Commissioner, which authorizes the Insurer or Surety to transact surety insurance in the State of California. 15. INDEMNIFICATION 15.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, Vendor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless City, its City Council, boards and commissions, officers, agents, volunteers, and employees (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties ") from and against any and all claims (including, without limitation, claims for bodily injury, death or damage to property), demands, obligations, damages, actions, causes of action, suits, losses, Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Page 6 12 of 339 judgments, fines, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorney's fees, disbursements and court costs) of every kind and nature whatsoever (individually, a Claim; collectively, "Claims'), which may arise from or in any manner relate (directly or indirectly) to any breach of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, any work performed or services provided under this Agreement including, without limitation, defects in workmanship or materials (including the negligent and /or willful acts, errors and /or omissions of Vendor, its principals, officers, agents, employees, suppliers, consultants, subcontractors, anyone employed directly or indirectly by any of them or for whose acts they may be liable or any or all of them). 15.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall be construed to require Vendor to indemnify the Indemnified Parties from any Claim arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Parties. Nothing in this indemnity shall be construed as authorizing any award of attorneys' fees in any action on or to enforce the terms of this Agreement. This indemnity shall apply to all claims and liability regardless of whether any insurance policies are applicable. The policy limits do not act as a limitation upon the amount of indemnification to be provided by the Vendor. 16. CHARGES AND LIENS Vendor shall pay promptly all indebtedness for labor, materials and equipment used in performance of the work. Vendor shall not permit any lien or charge to attach to the Equipment, but if any does so attach, Vendor shall promptly procure its release and, in accordance with the requirements of Section 15 above, indemnify, defend, and hold City harmless and be responsible for payment of all costs, damages, penalties and expenses related to or arising from or related thereto. 17. INSURANCE Without limiting Vendor's indemnification of City, and prior to commencement of work, Vendor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Agreement or for other periods as specified in this Agreement, policies of insurance of the type, amounts, terms and conditions described in the Insurance Requirements attached hereto as Exhibit D, and incorporated herein by reference. 18. CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP Vendor agrees that if there is a change or transfer in ownership of Vendor's business prior to completion of this Agreement, the new owners shall be required under terms of sale or other transfer to assume Vendor's duties and obligations contained in this Agreement and complete them to the satisfaction of City. 19. FORCE MAJEURE Vendor shall not be assessed with liquidated damages or unsatisfactory performance penalties during any delay beyond the time named for the performance of this Agreement caused by any act of God, war, civil disorder, employment strike or other cause beyond its reasonable control, provided that Vendor gives written notice of Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Page 7 13 of 339 the cause of the delay to City within forty -eight (48) hours of the start of the delay and Vendor avails itself of any available remedies. 20. CONFIDENTIALITY Vendor agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all City and City - related records and information pursuant to all statutory laws relating to privacy and confidentiality that currently exist or exist at any time during the term of this Agreement. All such records and information shall be considered confidential and kept confidential by Vendor and Vendor's staff, agents, employees and subcontractors. 21. FREIGHT (F.O.B. DESTINATION) The Total Compensation includes shipment and delivery of Equipment to designated City location. Vendor assumes full responsibility for all transportation, transportation scheduling, packing, handling, insurance, and other services associated with delivery of all products deemed necessary under this Agreement. 22. TERMS AND CONDITIONS Vendor acknowledges that it has read and agrees to all terms and conditions included in this Agreement. 23. SIGNATORIES AUTHORITY Each person executing this Agreement expressly warrants that he or she is authorized to do so on behalf of the entity for which he or she is executing this Agreement. The City and Vendor represent and warrant that this Agreement is executed voluntarily, with full knowledge of its significance. 24. STANDARD PROVISIONS 24.1 Recitals. City and Vendor acknowledge that the above Recitals are true and correct and are hereby incorporated by reference. 24.2 Compliance with all Laws. Vendor shall at its own cost and expense comply with all statutes, ordinances, regulations and requirements of all governmental entities, including federal, state, county or municipal, whether now in force or hereinafter enacted. 24.3 Integrated Contract. This Agreement represents the full and complete understanding of every kind or nature whatsoever between the Parties hereto, and all preliminary negotiations and Agreements of whatsoever kind or nature are merged herein. No verbal contract or implied covenant shall be held to vary the provisions herein. 24.4 Conflicts or Inconsistencies. In the event there are any conflicts or inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Exhibits attached hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall govern. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Page 8 14 of 339 24.5 Amendments. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written document executed by both Vendor and City and approved as to form by the City Attorney. 24.6 Controlling Law and Venue. The laws of the State of California shall govern this Agreement and all matters relating to it and any action brought relating to this Agreement shall be adjudicated in a court of competent jurisdiction in the County of Orange, State of California. The California Commercial Code shall be the controlling law for the terms of this Agreement. 24.7 Equal Opportunity Employment. Vendor represents that it is an equal opportunity employer and it shall not discriminate against any subcontractor, employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, national origin, handicap, ancestry, sex, age or any other impermissible basis under law. 24.8 Interpretation. The terms of this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the meaning of the language used and shall not be construed for or against either Party by reason of the authorship of the Agreement or any other rule of construction which might otherwise apply. 24.9 Severability. If any term or portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. 24.10 No Attorneys' Fees. In the event of any dispute or legal action arising under this Agreement, the prevailing Party shall not be entitled to attorneys' fees. 24.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. [SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE] Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Page 9 15 of 339 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the dates written below. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTORNEY'S OFFICE Date: By: Aar C. Harp City Attorney ATTEST: Date: in Leilani I. Brown City Clerk Attachments A13-00371 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a California municipal corporation and charter city Date: By: Keith D. Curry Mayor CONTRACTOR: Pierce Manufacturing, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation Date: M John S. Verich Vice President of Finance Bv: Kerry Dereszynski Assistant Corporate Secretary [END OF SIGNATURES] Exhibit A: City of Newport Beach Specifications for a Pierce 100' Tractor -Drawn Ladder with Pump Exhibit B: Pricing Proposal Exhibit C: Warranty Exhibit D: Insurance Requirements Exhibit E: Faithful Performance Bond Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Page 10 16 of 339 EXHIBIT A CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SPECIFICATIONS FOR A PIERCE 100' TRACTOR -DRAWN LADDER WITH PUMP Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 17 of 339 18 of 339 We are pleased to submit a proposal to the CITY OF NEWPORT REACH for a Pierce® 100' Tractor- Drawn Aerial Ladder with pump. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus proposed. Loose equipment not specifically requested will not be provided. PIERCE MANUFACTURING was incorporated in 1917. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST ". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 60 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Our plant is located in Appleton, Wisconsin with over 757,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 97 acres of land. A multi - million dollar inventory of parts is available to keep your unit in service long after it has left the factory. QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning. We currently have a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure that the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards that we demand. That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce. Another part of this program is employing experts in their fields, like a Certified American Welding Society Inspector to monitor our weld quality. DELIVERY The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break -in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle. SAFETY VIDEO At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39- minute, professionally- produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre -trip inspection, chassis operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance. PERFORMANCE TESTS A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus will meet NFPA 1901 acceleration requirements and NFPA 1901 braking requirements. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE Certification of insurance coverage will be enclosed. ISO COMPLIANCE Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, 1 of 119 19 of 339 manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance Number 32454 is included with this proposal. SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheetmetal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) body and aerial device will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the 23440. However, some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and /or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit. NFPA 2009 STANDARDS This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2009, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions. Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus. A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating. The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications. An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results. NFPA COMPLIANCY Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non- NFPA ". VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third - party, audit - certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition of NFPA 1901. The certification will include: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus. A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 2 of 119 20 of 339 A third party inspection certificate for the aerial device will be furnished upon delivery of the aerial device. The certificate will be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Type 1 and will indicate that the aerial device has been inspected on the production line and after final assembly. The following tests will be conducted: - Magnetic particle inspection will be conducted on every structural weld to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. Magnets will be placed on each side of the weld while iron powder is placed on the weld itself. The powder will detect any crack that may exist. This test will conform to ASTM E709 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device. - With aluminum structural components, visual inspection will be performed on aluminum surfaces (non- magnetic). A liquid penetrant test will be performed on any suspected defective area. This test will conform to ASTM E165 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device. - Ultrasonic inspection will be used to detect any flaws in pins, bolts and other critical mounting components. Functional tests, load tests, stability tests, and visual structural examinations will be performed. These tests will determine any unusual deflection, noise, vibration, or instability characteristics of the unit. PUMP TEST The pump will be tested, approved and certified by Underwriter's Laboratory at the manufacturer's expense. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department. GENERATOR TEST If the unit has a generator, the generator will be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery. INSPECTION TRIPS) The bidder will provide three (3) factory inspection trip(s) for 3 Trips for 3 people each trip Pre con, Mid and Final customer representative(s). The inspection trip(s) will be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between the manufacturer's representative and the customer. All costs such as travel, lodging and meals will be the responsibility of the bidder. DELIVERY Said apparatus and equipment will be built and shipped in accordance with the specifications hereto. Delays due to strikes, war or international conflict, failures to obtain chassis, materials, or other causes beyond our control not preventing, within about Delivered from Pierce Manufacturing to South Coast Fire Equipment, Ontario, Ca working days after receipt of this order and the acceptance thereof at our office at Appleton, Wisconsin, and to be delivered to you at South Coast Fire Equipment Ontario, Ca. 3 of 119 21 of 339 The specifications herein contained will form a part of the final contract and are subject to changes desired by the purchaser, provided such alterations are interlined prior to the acceptance by the company of the order to purchase, and provided such alterations do not materially affect the cost of the construction of the apparatus. The proposal for fire apparatus conforms with all Federal Department of Transportation (DOT) rules and regulations in effect at the time of bid and with all National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Guidelines for Automotive Fire Apparatus as published at the time of bid, except as modified by customer specifications. Any increased costs incurred by first party because of future changes in or additions to said DOT or NFPA standards will be passed along to the customers as an addition to the price set forth above. Unless accepted within 30 days from date, the right is reserved to withdraw this proposition. PRODUCT CHANGES AND IMPROVEMENTS Our components and processes, as described in this proposal document, are as accurate as known at the time of bid submission, but are subject to change for the purpose of product or process improvements, or changes in industry standards providing the change does not affect the meaning or definition of the bid specifications. PERFORMANCE BOND, 1 YEAR The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required. Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 100 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter. APPROVAL DRAWING A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc. A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. FINAL DRAWING There will be a revised drawing of the truck with all the changes made during production provided at pickup. 4 of 119 22 of 339 DIAGRAM, ELECTRICAL DC CIRCUITS Three (3) sets of diagrams of the body and chassis DC electrical system will be provided with the completed apparatus. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 5 of 119 23 of 339 VELOCITY CHASSIS The chassis provided will be a new, tilt -type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility, eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy duty service, with adequate strength and capacity for the intended load to be sustained and the type of service required. MAXIMUM OVERALL LENGTH The maximum overall length of the apparatus will be 719 inches. MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT The maximum overall height of the apparatus will be 134 inches. ANGLE OF DEPARTURE The angle of departure will be Target of 16 degrees degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a loaded state. WHEELBASE The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 176 inches. GVW RATING The gross vehicle weight rating will be 76,600. FRAME The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in -lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in -lb over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat - treated .38" thick steel, with 3.50" wide flanges. FRAME REINFORCEMENT In addition, a mainframe inverted "L" liner will be provided. It will be heat - treated steel measuring 12.00" x 3.00" x .25 ". Each liner will have a section modulus of 7.795 cubic inches, yield strength of 110,000 psi, and rbm of 857,462 in -lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center will be 3,976,502 pounds per rail. The frame liner will be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail, beginning at the front edge of the mainframe rail and extending to the rear cab crossmember. FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE The Oshkosh TAK -4® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 22,800 lb. Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000 -psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000 -psi yield ductile iron. The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000 -psi yield strength steel. Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each 6 of 119 24 of 339 bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations. There will be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one (1) on the steering gear extension. The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load. Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life. The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free. Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided. The wheel ends will have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle. The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase. The axle will have a third party certified turning angle of 45 degrees. Front discharge, front suction, or aluminum wheels will not infringe on this cramp angle. Front Oshkosh TAK -4T" independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 lb. The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment. Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension. The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms. The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims. One can adjust for a lean within 15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side. The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000 miles of inner city driving. SHOCK ABSORBERS Heavy -duty telescoping shock absorbers (KONI) will be provided on the front suspension. OIL SEALS Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. FRONT TIRES Front tires will be Michelin 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply XFE wide base tread, rated for 22,800 lb maximum axle load and 65 mph maximum speed. 7 of 119 25 of 339 The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc -type wheels with a ten (10) -stud, 11.25" bolt circle. SPARE TIRE A 425/65R22.50, 18 ply spare tire to match the vehicle's front tires will be provided, mounted on an aluminum wheel. REAR AXLE The rear axle will be a Meritor TM, Model RS -30 -185, with a capacity of 31,000 lb. TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 60 MPH. REAR SUSPENSION The rear springs will be Standens semi - elliptical, 3.00" x 52.00 ", 11 leaves main with a ground rating of 31,000 lbs. Castings will be used for spring hangers with provisions for lubrication. The grease fittings will be 90 degree type and will be accessible without removing the wheels or cutting any sheet metal. The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin and the top leaf will wrap the rear spring hanger pin on both the front and rear suspensions. Kaiser spring pins will be provided, with double "figure- eight" grease grooves and a layer of electroless nickel plating, 1.00 mil thick, around the entire pin. The bushing that holds the spring pin in place will also have a grease groove. OIL SEALS Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle. REAR TIRES Rear tires will be four (4) Michelin 315/80R22.50 radials, 20 ply XDY3 "traction" tread, rated for 33,080 lb maximum axle load and 65 mph maximum speed. The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) -stud 11.25" bolt circle. SPARE TIRE two (2) spare tire(s), 315/80R22.50 to match the vehicle's rear tires will be provided mounted on an aluminum disc wheel. TIRE BALANCE All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights. TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT There will be a VECSAFE LED tire alert pressure management system provided that will monitor each tire's pressure. A chrome plated brass sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of eight (8) tires. The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 20 and 120 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops eight (8) psi. Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start blinking. 8 of 119 26 of 339 HUB COVERS (front) Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided. HUB COVERS (Tiller Axle) Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the tiller trailer axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided. HUB COVERS (rear) A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs. LUG NUT COVERS Stainless steel lug nut covers will be installed on all lug nuts in place of standard. MUD FLAPS Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. MUD FLAPS Mud flaps will be installed behind the tiller trailer wheels of the apparatus. WHEEL CHOCKS There will be two (2) pairs of Ziamatic AC -32, aluminum alloy, Quick -Choc wheel blocks provided. WHEEL CHOCK BRACKETS There will be two (2) pairs of Ziamatic QCH -32 -H horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic AC -32 wheel chocks. The brackets will be mounted ahead of the rear wheels. ANTI -LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco, Model XS4M, anti -lock braking system. The ABS will provide a four (4) channel anti -lock braking control on both the front, rear and tiller wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti -lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti -lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. BRAKES The service brake system will be full air type. The front brakes will be Knorr /Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. The rear brakes will be MeritorTM 16.50" x 8.63" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters. AIR COMPRESSOR, BRAKE SYSTEM The air compressor will be a Cummins / Wabco with 18.7 cubic feet per minute output. BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system will include: Bendix dual brake treadle valve with vinyl covered foot surface 9 of 119 27 of 339 - Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer - Total air system capacity of 5,198 cubic inches - Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi - Spring set parking brake system - Parking brake operated by a push -pull style control valve - A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel - Park brake relay /inversion and anti - compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, will be provided with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. (no exception). - Bendix AD -9 air dryer, with heater and coalescing filter BRAKE LINES Color -coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. AIR INLET One (1) air inlet with male coupling will be provided. It will allow station air to be supplied to the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet will be located in the driver side lower step well of cab. A check valve will be provided to prevent reverse flow of air. The inlet will discharge into the "wet" tank of the brake system. A mating female coupling will also be provided with the loose equipment. ALL WHEEL LOCK -UP An additional all wheel lock -up system will be installed which applies air to the front brakes only. The standard spring brake control valve system will be used for the rear. AIR TANK, ADDITIONAL An additional air tank with 1,454 cubic inch displacement will be provided to increase the capacity of the air system. This tank will be dedicated for air horn use. The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. The output flow of the engine air compressor varies with engine RPM. Full compressor output is only achieved at governed engine speed. Engine speed may be limited by generators, pumps and other PTO driven options. REMOTE AIR TANK DRAIN There will be a remote cable controlled drain valve installed on each air supply reservoir. The drain valve will be actuated from the side of the vehicle and be a vinyl covered stainless steel cable, firmly attached to the underside of the vehicle. A loop will be provided at the cable end for ease of pulling the drain. BRAKE FITTINGS, SPECIAL All the brass brake system fittings will be "compression type" fittings in place of the standard push to connect type. 10 of 119 28 of 339 ENGINE The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below: Make: Cummins Model: ISX15 Power: 600 hp at 1800 rpm Torque: 1850 lb-ft at 1200 rpm Governed Speed: 2000 rpm Emissions Level: EPA 2013 Fuel: Diesel Cylinders: Six (6) Displacement: 912 cubic inches (14.9L) Starter: Delco 39MT Fuel Filters: Frame mounted spin -on style primary filter with water separator & water - in -fuel sensor. Engine mounted secondary spin -on style filter. Coolant Filter: Engine mounted spin -on style. The engine will include On -board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and aftertreatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected. HIGH IDLE A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation /deactivation. The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." ENGINE BRAKE A Jacobs engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on /off and have a high, medium and low setting. The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine. The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated. The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. 11 of 119 29 of 339 CLUTCH FAN A Horton fan clutch will be provided. Clutch fan will be activated when aerial is in operation. An override switch will be provided in the cab above the battery switch to allow the tractor driver the ability to start the engine without anyone sitting in the tiller cab. ENGINE AIR INTAKE An air intake with an ember separator (to prevent road dirt, burning embers, and recirculating hot air from entering the engine) will be mounted at the front of the apparatus, on the passenger side of the engine. The ember separator will be mounted in the air intake with flame retardant, roto - molded polyethylene housing. It will be easily accessible by the hinged access panel at the front of the vehicle. EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system will include a diesel particulate filter (DPF) and a selective catalytic reduction (SCR) device to meet current EPA standards. The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the SCR device and will be 5.00" in diameter. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and SCR to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab. The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the passenger side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. RADIATOR The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards. For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The core will be made of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes. The tubes will be brazed to aluminum headers. No solder joints or leaded material of any kind will be acceptable in the core assembly. The radiator core will have a minimum frontal area of 1434 square inches. Supply and return tanks made of glass- reinforced nylon will be crimped on to the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions. There will be a full steel frame around the entire radiator core assembly. The radiator core assembly will be isolated within the steel frame by rubber inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability. The radiator will be mounted in such a manner as to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven ground. The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators. The radiator assembly will include an integral deaeration tank permanently mounted to the top of the radiator framework, with a readily accessible remote - mounted overflow tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built -in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap. A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and /or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system. A heavy -duty fan will draw in fresh, cool air through the radiator. Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 12 of 119 30 of 339 COOLANT LINES Silicone hoses will be used for all engine /heater coolant lines installed by the chassis manufacturer. Hose clamps will be stainless steel "constant torque type" to prevent coolant leakage. They will react to temperature changes in the cooling system and expand or contract accordingly while maintaining a constant clamping pressure on the hose. FUEL TANK A 65 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12- gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps. A .75" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side rear of the chassis on the vertical portion of the fender skirting area. The inlet will be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A .50" diameter vent will be provided running from the top of tank to just below the fuel fill inlet. The tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements, including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume. All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK A 4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body forward of the rear axle. The tank will be constructed of 16 -gauge type 304- L stainless steel. A .50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be located on the driver's side of the body and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only ". The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing. The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing. A five gallon container of OEM Diesel Exhaust Fluid will be provided at time of delivery. FUEL SHUTOFF A fuel line shutoff valve will be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the primary fuel filter. FUEL COOLER An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. FUEL DOOR LABEL There will be a label provided on fuel door, to read "Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Only ". 13 of 119 31 of 339 FUEL SEPARATOR The engine will be equipped with a Racor in -line spin -on fuel and water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters. An Allison Gen IV, model EVS 4000P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission will be provided. The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due. Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1 o'clock). A transmission temperature gauge with red light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel. TRANSMISSION SWIFTER A six (6) -speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation. The transmission ratio will be 1st - 3.51 to 1.00, 2nd - 1.91 to 1.00, 3rd - 1.43 to 1.00, 4th - 1.00 to 1.00, 5th - 0.75 to 1.00, 6th - 0.64 to 1.00, R - 4.80 to 1.00. See required documentation for SCAAN reports TRANSMISSION COOLER A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature. SYNTHETIC FLUID ONLY TAG A tag will be located at the transmission fill point labeled "Synthetic Fluid Only ". TRANSMISSION FLUID The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES -295 heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid. DRIVELINE Drivelines will be a heavy -duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer 1810 universal joints. The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation. A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft, slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat or equivalent. STEERING Dual Sheppard M110 steering gears, with integral heavy -duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton model VN20F hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings. A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations. See Required documentation section for turning radius report. 14 of 119 32 of 339 STEERING WHEEL The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a four (4) -spoke design. LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row. The first row of text will be: Newport The second row of text will be: Beach The third row of text will be: Fire BUMPER A one (1)- piece, stainless steel bumper, minimum of 10.00" high, will be attached to the front of the frame. A 9.00" channel will be mounted directly behind the bumper for additional strength. The bumper will be extended 10.00" from front face of cab. GRAVEL PAN A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face. The gravel pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate. LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems. The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. TOW EYES Two (2) chromed steel tow eyes will be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will have a .25" radius. The tow eyes will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 6,000 pound straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes will not be used for lifting of the apparatus. CAB The cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and will be manufactured by the chassis builder. The cab will be constructed of 5052 -H32 aluminum skins on extruded aluminum framing. For increased structural integrity and occupant protection, the cab structure will include, directly forward of the driver and passenger areas, a .25" firewall plate and .50" lateral support plate that will tie the forward corner posts to the engine tunnel. The cab roof will include a heavy one (1) piece aluminum extrusion with wall thickness up to .12 ", and will extend from side to side, and attach to the upper forward corner posts by customized aluminum castings. The sub - structure will include a .38" wall extrusion under the crew cab floor for support while tilting the cab. To provide quality at the source and single source customer support, the cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises. 15 of 119 33 of 339 The cab will be a full tilt style to 80 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal. The cab pivots will be located 46.00" apart to provide stability while tilting the cab. The cab will be tilted by an electric over hydraulic pump that is connected to two (2) cab lift cylinders 2.25" in diameter. The cab will be locked down by a two (2) point automatic locking mechanism actuated after the cab has been lowered. A three(3) point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab. The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants. The forward cab section will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately 102.00 ". The crew cab section will have a 10.00" raised roof, with an overall cab height of approximately 112.00 ". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight ratings, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed. The cab will have an interior width of not less than 93.50 ". The driver and passenger seating positions will have a minimum 24.00" clear width at knee level. To reduce injuries to occupants in the seated positions, proper head clearance will be provided. The Floor to ceiling height inside the forward cab will be no less than 60.25 ". The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be no less than 62.95" in the center position and 68.75" in the outboard positions. The crew cab will measure a minimum of 47.50" from the rear wall to the backside of the engine tunnel (knee level) for optimal occupant legroom. INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab walls, ceiling and engine tunnel will be insulated in all strategic locations to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. The cab will be insulated with 2.00" insulation in the rear wall, 3.00" insulation in the side walls, and 1.50" insulation in the ceiling. ENGINE TUNNEL To provide structural strength, the engine tunnel sidewalls will be constructed of .50" aluminum plate that is welded to both the .25" firewall and .38" heavy wall extrusion under the crew cab floor. To maximize occupant space, the top edges will be tapered. The engine tunnel will be insulated on both sides for thermal and acoustic absorption. The underside of the tunnel will be covered with 1.00" thick polyether foam that is reinforced with an aluminized face. Thermal rating for this insulation will be -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. The insulation will keep noise (dba) levels at or lower than the specifications in the current edition of the NFPA 1901 standards. FENDER LINERS Full- circular, aluminum, inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided. PANORAMIC WXNDSHIELD A one(1) piece, safety glass windshield with more than 2,802 square inches of clear viewing area will be provided. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers; the outer light, the middle safety laminate, and the inner light. The .11" thick outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip 16 of 119 34 of 339 resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom fit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance. SUNVISORS Two (2) smoked Lexan sunvisors 7.75" x 28.12" long will be provided. The sunvisors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab. WINDSHIELD WIPERS Three (3) electric windshield wipers with a washer, in conformance with FMVSS and SAE requirements, will be provided. The wiper blades will be 21.65" long and together will clear a minimum of 1,783 square inches of the windshield for maximum visibility in inclement weather. The windshield washer fluid reservoir will be located at the front of the vehicle and be accessible through the access hood for simple maintenance. FAST SERVICE ACCESS FRONT TILT HOOD A full width access hood will be provided for convenient access to engine coolant, steering fluid, wiper fluid, cab lift controls, headlight power modules, and ember separator. The hood will also provide complete access to the windshield wiper motor and components. The hood will be contoured to provide a sleek, automotive appearance. The hood will be constructed of two (2) fiberglass panels bonded together and will include reinforcing ribs for structural integrity. The hood will include air cylinders to hold the hood in open and closed positions, and a heavy duty latch system that will meet FMVSS 113 (Hood Latch System). The spring loaded hood latch will be located at the center of the hood with a double action release lever located behind the "Pierce" logo. The two(2) step release requires the lever first be pulled to the driver side until the hood releases from the first latch (primary latch) then to the passenger side to fully release the hood (secondary latch). CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. CAB LIFT A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided, consisting of an electric- powered hydraulic pump, fluid reservoir, dual lift cylinders, remote cab lift controls and all necessary hoses and valves. The cab lift controls will be located at the driver side front of the cab, easily accessible under the full width front access hood. The controls will include a permanently mounted raise /lower switch. For enhanced visibility during cab tilt operations, a remote control tether with on /off switch will be supplied on a coiled cord that will extend from 2.00' (coiled) to 6.00' (extended). The rear of the cab will be locked down by a two (2)- point, automatic, hydraulic, double hook mechanism that fully engages after the cab has been lowered (self - locking). The dual 2.25" diameter hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the cab is in the tilt position. For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the driver side between the chassis and cab frame when cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered. 17 of 119 35 of 339 INTERLOCK, CAB LIFT TO PARKING BRAKE The cab lift safety system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. GRILLE A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a formed bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab, and will serve as an air intake to the radiator. DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES All cab door jambs will be furnished with a polished stainless steel scuffplate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb. FRONT CAB TRIM Bright finished wrap- around housings will be provided on each side of the front cab face for mounting of the headlights and front directional lights. The housings will mate up to the side edge of the forward grille, and then extend around the front corners of the cab rearward, providing for a streamlined automotive appearance. MIRRORS One (1) Ramco, Model CRM- 310 - 1750 -PCHR, polished chrome mirror will be mounted on each of the cab doors. The mirrors will be full faced, flat, with an integrated bottom mount convex section. The mirror head will have a highly polished chrome finish. The flat glass in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver. The convex section in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver. DOORS The forward cab and crew cab doors will be the half- height style door. To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors will be a minimum of 43.59" wide x 64.71" high. The crew cab doors will measure a minimum of 37.87" wide x 73.75' high. The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of .125 ". The exterior door skins will be constructed from .090" aluminum. The forward cab door windows will include a 7.50" high x 10.00" wide drop area at the front to enhance visibility. A customized, vertical, pull -down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25' deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed. 18 of 119 36 of 339 A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano -type hinge with a .38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive -type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather -tight fit. A dark grey vacuum formed ABS panel will house the window switches and will mold into the upper sill of the door panel. The cab steps at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab. INTERIOR CREW CAB DOOR HANDRAIL A handrail will be provided on each interior crew cab door pan. The handrails will be mounted at a 45 degree angle. These are in addition to the standard crew cab door handle. DOOR PANELS The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. The cab door panels will be removable without disconnecting door and window mechanisms. ELECTRIC WINDOW CONTROLS Each cab entry door will be equipped with an electrically operated tempered glass window. A window control panel will be ergonomically molded into the armrest of the door panel within easy reach of the respective occupant. Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1/2 second. The driver control panel will contain a control switch for each cab door's window. All other door control panels will contain a single switch to operate the window within that door. CAB STEPS The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt -in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 31.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 24.25" wide with an 8.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 18.00" in height and be limited to two (2) steps. Three (3) step entrance designs will not be acceptable due to safety concerns. A slip- resistant handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. STEP LIGHTS For reduced overall maintenance costs compared to incandescent lighting, there will be four (4) white LED, step lights provided. The lights will be installed at each cab and crew cab door, one (1) per step, in the driver side front doorstep, driver side crew cab doorstep, passenger side front doorstep and passenger side crew cab doorstep. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot - candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The lights will be activated when the adjacent door is opened. FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 19 of 119 37 of 339 CUP HOLDER There will be five (5) cup holder(s) provided. Each cup holder will have self- adjusting fingers that automatically grip beverage containers of various sizes. A recess in the cup holder will allow it to hold beverage containers with handles. The cup holder(s) will be located at customer pick -up. KNOX -BOX ® There will be one (1) Knox - Box(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer and installed at a location to be determined. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. A "technician's key" will be provided by the customer for each Knox Box. The box cannot be installed without a compatible technician's kev. FENDER PANELS The chassis behind the cab will be assembled with fender panels over the wheels, running boards and steps for access to the turntable and decking over the frame rails. The fender panels will be fabricated of .125" -5052 aluminum with a 38,000 psi tensile strength. Fender design will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance. Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings. A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. The area over the frame rails between the cab and fifth wheel will be covered with aluminum treadplate to serve as a walkway area. The walkway area will be properly reinforced with a steel substructure attached to the frame rails. Running boards will be installed on each side directly behind the cab for access to the walkway area behind the cab and the turntable. The running boards will be covered with aluminum treadplate. CREW CAB WINDOWS One (1) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. The windows will measure 20.00" wide x 20.50" high. WINDOW TINT Crew cab windows will be provided with increased tint to reduce light transmission. The following windows are included: - Crew cab side windows: 25% light transmission - Crew cab door, roll -up windows: 14% light transmission CAB ROOF TREADPLATE The horizontal surface of the cab roof will be covered with bright aluminum embossed treadplate. The aluminum treadplate will be bonded to the cab and cover the full width and 20 of 119 38 of 339 length of the cab. Edges will be properly caulked to prevent water from leaking under the aluminum. No front or side warning lights, or any other auxiliary options, will be mounted on top of the treadplate. The treadplate will extend and terminate next to all objects mounted on the roof. EQUIPMENT MOUNTING SHELF There will be one (1) shelf provided in the crew cab for permanent mounting of equipment provided. The shelf will have a 2.00" lip around edge. The shelf will be fabricated from aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. The shelf will be located directly behind the driver and officer seats resting on the engine housing. Reference San Diego this is different than the pumper.. Tray not intended for storage of loose equipment. Items stored on tray will be permanently attached to meet NFPA requirements BRACKET TO MOUNT SCBA HOLDER There will be two (2) free standing mounting bracket(s) supplied for the mounting of a pair of SCBA brackets in the one each side rear facing seating position seat position(s). The bracket will be designed to hold two SCBA brackets in opposite directions. One (1) mounting plate will be located on the back inboard corner facing outboard. The second mounting plate will be in the front outboard corner facing inboard. A treadplate scuffplate will be provided between the mounting plates to protect the top of the seat riser. AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a Ziamatic Model ULLH SCBA holder bracket. This bracket will be compliant with the current NFPA 1901 standards and will include a backplate, two (2) seats, a footplate and the model LLS ( "Load & Lock ") strap to hold the bottle in the bracket. The bracket seats will be a 'one size fits all" style seat and will accommodate SCBA cylinders from the high pressure 30- minute to the high pressure 60- minute. Seats will be adjustable up and down by unbolting, relocating, and rebolting in the desired position. CAB INTERIOR With safety as the primary objective, the wrap- around style, high impact ABS polymer cab instrument panel will be designed with unobstructed visibility to instrumentation. The dash layout will provide the driver with a quick reference to gauges that allows more time to focus on the road. The center console will be a high impact ABS polymer, and will be easily removable for access to the defroster. The center console will include louvers strategically located for optimal air flow and defrost capability to the windshield. The passenger side dashboard will be constructed of painted aluminum for durability and low maintenance. For enhanced versatility, the passenger side dash will include a flat working surface. To provide optional (service friendly) control panels, switches and storage modules, a three (3) piece, 4mm thick polyethylene roto - molded overhead console will also be provided. To complete the cab front interior design, painted aluminum modesty panels will be provided under the dash on both sides of the cab. The driver side modesty panel will provide mounting for the battery switch and diagnostic connectors, while the passenger side modesty panel provides a glove box, and ground access to the main electrical distribution panel via quick quarter turn fasteners. To provide a deluxe automotive interior, the engine tunnel, side walls and rear wall will be covered by a leather grain vinyl that is resistant to oil, grease, and mildew. 21 of 119 39 of 339 The inner cab door panels will include grab handles and control panels molded into the upper section of the door panel. The door panels will extend 36.50" down from the door window. The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. The crew cab headliner will be one (1) piece. The headliner panel will be a composition of a corrugated high density polyethylene panel covered with a sound barrier and upholstery. For quick, easy access of electrical wiring, or to perform other maintenance needs, the headliner will be held in place by a dual lock fastening system. The cab structure will include designated raceways for electrical harness routing from the front of the cab to the rear upper portion of the cab. Raceways will be extruded in the forward door frame, floor, walls and overhead in the area where the walls meet the ceiling. The raceways located in the floor will be covered by aluminum extrusion, while the vertical and overhead raceways will be covered by a decorative composite panel. The raceways will improve harness integrity by providing a continuous harness path that eliminates wire chafing and abrasion associated with exposed wiring or routing through drilled metal holes. Harnesses will be laid in place, not pulled through holes drilled in aluminum tubing. Once laid in place, all harnesses will be held in position by a hook and loop fastening system. The hook and loop system will allow for bracket fastener points to not puncture harnesses. The raceways will include removable covers, providing maintenance personnel with quick and easy access for trouble shooting, or the addition of accessories. Harnesses will be located within the raceway behind the wire way cover. CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY The cab interior upholstery will be dark silver gray. All cab interior materials will meet FMLSS 302 (flammability of interior materials). INTERIOR PAINT (Cab) A rich looking interior will be provided by painting all the metal surfaces inside the cab gray, vinyl texture paint. CAB FLOOR The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with PolydampTm acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler. The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a .25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. CAB DEFROSTER To provide maximum defrost and heating performance, a 54,96113TU heater - defroster unit with 558 SUM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The defroster unit will be strategically located under the center forward portion of the roto- molded instrument panel. For easy access, a removable roto- molded cover will be installed over the defroster unit. The defroster will include an integral aluminum frame air filter, high performance dual scroll blowers, and ducts designed to provide maximum defrosting capabilities for the one (1) piece windshield. The defroster ventilation will be built into the design of the cab dash instrument panel and will be easily removable for maintenance. The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at zero (0) degrees Fahrenheit for ten (10) hours, and a two (2) ounce per square inch layer of frost /ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield. The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 (minimum defrosting system performance requirements). 22 of 119 40 of 339 CAB /CREW CAB HEATER Two (2) 36,702 BTU auxiliary heaters with 276 SCFM each unit of air flow will be provided inside the crew cab, one (1) in each outboard rear - facing seat riser. The heaters will include high performance dual scroll blowers one (1) for each unit. Outlets for the heaters will be located below each rear - facing seat riser and below the fronts of the driver and passenger seats, for efficient airflow. An extruded aluminum plenum will be incorporated in the cab structure that will transfer heat to the forward cab seating positions. The heater - defroster and crew cab heaters will be controlled by a single integral electronic control panel. The heater control panel will allow the driver to control heat flow to the front and rear simultaneously. The control panel will include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control, and be conveniently located on the dash in clear view of the driver. The control panel will include highly visible, progressive LED indicators for both fan speed and temperature. For increased convenience, an optional dual control for the passenger position will also be available. AYR CONDMON%NG A high - performance, customized air conditioning system will be furnished inside the cab and crew cab. A 13.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine. A roof - mounted condenser with a 63,000 BTU output that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The evaporator unit will be installed in the cab, located in the center of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel. The evaporator will include two (2) high performance cores and plenums with multiple outlets, one plenum directed to the front and one plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The evaporator unit will have a 49,000 BTU rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications. Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following: Two (2) will be directed towards the drivers location Two (2) will be directed towards the officers location Six (6) will be directed towards crew cab area The air conditioner refrigerant will be R -134A and will be installed by a certified technician. The air conditioner will be controlled by a single integral electronic control panel for the heater, defroster and air conditioner. For ease of operation, the control panel will include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control, and be conveniently located on the dash in clear view of the driver. The control panel will include highly visible, progressive LED indicators for both fan speed and temperature. For added convenience, an optional dual control for the passenger position will also be available. GRAB HANDLE A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handle will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield. A long rubber grab handle will be mounted on the dash board in front of the officer. 23 of 119 41 of 339 ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen Model 3SCOCDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Model 3FLANGEC chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment lights. These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised. ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The door will be 17.75" wide x 12.75" high and be flush with the wall of the engine tunnel. The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling. An additional tube will be provided for filling the engine oil. The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush latch will be provided on the access door. MAP BOX There will be one (1) map box(es) with three (3) bins, open from top. The location required will be officer's side of dash forward Match pumpers for mounting location.. The map box(es) will be divided into three (3) bins, each being 12.50" wide x 3.00" high x 12.00" deep. Each bin will slant 30 degrees from horizontal. An additional storage area will be located along side the map storage area. This storage area will be 4.00" wide x 6.00" high x 12.00" deep and located on the right side as the map slots face forward. The map box(es) will be constructed of .125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. MAP BOX A map box with six (6) bins, open from top, will be installed on the rear of the engine housing for firefighter access. Each bin will be 12.00" wide x 6.00" deep x 8.00" high. The map box will be constructed of .125" aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. MAP POCKET Installed on each front door will be a map pocket. The pocket will be 13.50" wide x 14.00" high x 1.50" deep and constructed of stainless steel. A rectangular notch will be provided in the center of the map pocket that will be 9.50" wide x 9.00" deep to allow access the map books. FRONTAL IMPACT PROTECTION The cab will be provided with a frontal impact protection system and will include the following: A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor will be installed on a structural cab member behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor will perform real time diagnostics of all critical subsystems and will record sensory inputs immediately before and during a frontal impact event. A fault- indicating light will be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to monitor the operational status of the SRS system. A driver side front air bag will be mounted in the steering wheel and will be designed to protect the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the three (3) -point seat belt. 24 of 119 42 of 339 A passenger side knee bolster air bag will be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash panel and will be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with the three (3) -point seat belt. Driver and front passenger suspension seats will be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during a frontal impact event. Driver and front passenger seat belts will be provided with pre - tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during frontal impact event. The SRS system will provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system will activate when the vehicle decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the occupants. The cab and chassis will have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash impact during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing included all major chassis and cab components such as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts, pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing provided configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety restraint system. The sensor will activate the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash algorithm, wave form, is detected. The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact event: • Driver side front air bag. • Passenger side knee bolster air bag. • Driver and front passenger suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position. • Driver and front passenger seat belts will be pre- tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place. SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity in the cab will be four (4). DRIVER SEAT A Pierce PS6® seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include manual controls to adjust the height (1.12" travel) and horizontal (6.00" travel) position. The manual horizontal control will be a towel -bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to 45 degrees forward. The seat back will be a high back style, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions. The seat will include the following features incorporated into the frontal impact protection system. A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated in the event of a frontal impact, this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position. The seat will be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt will have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a 25 of 119 43 of 339 cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. OFFICER SEAT A Pierce PS6 seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat will be a cam action type with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel -bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple passenger configurations, the seat will have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to 0 degrees forward. The seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat will include the following feature incorporated into the frontal impact protection system. A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position. The seat will be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt will have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) forward facing, Pierce PS6® foldup seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style. To provide improved ride comfort, and maximize accessibility to the crew cab, the seat will be a minimum of 15.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and the seat back will be provided with 0 degree fixed recline angle. To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat will be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt will have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) forward facing, foldup, Pierce PS6® seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style. To provide improved ride comfort, and maximize accessibility to the crew cab, the seat will be a minimum of 15.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and the seat back will be provided with 0 degree fixed recline angle. To ensure safe operation, the seat 26 of 119 44 of 339 will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat will be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt will have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. SEAT UPHOLSTERY All seat upholstery will be gray Turnout Tuff material. SHOULDER HARNESS HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT All seating positions furnished with three (3) -point shoulder type seat belts will include a height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. A total of six (6) seating positions will have the adjustable shoulder harness. SEAT BELTS All seating positions in the cab and crew cab will have red seat belts. SEAT BELT MONITORING SYSTEM A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided. The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to ten (10) seat positions indicating the status of each seat position with green or red LED indicator as follows: Seat Occupied Buckled Green Seat Occupied Unbuckled Red No Occupant Buckled Red No Occupant Unbuckled Not Illuminated Alarm: The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will be activated when a red illumination condition exists and the parking brake is released, or a red illumination condition exists and the transmission is not in park. EMS COMPARTMENT A forward facing EMS compartment will be provided in the crew cab at the center position. The compartment will be 38.00" wide x 30.00" high x 24.00" deep with one (1) Gortite roll up door, non - locking with anodized finish. The compartment will be provided with no false Floor. The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior. SHELVING There will be two (2) shelves provided in the EMS compartment. Each shelf will be constructed of .090" aluminum with a 1.25" up- turned lip. Shelving will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded tightener sliding in a track. 27 of 119 45 of 339 The location will be ems compartment centered.. SLIDE -OUT FLOOR TRAY There shall be one (1) sliding tray(s) provided in the on the floor EMS cabinet. The capacity rating will be 250 pounds minimum in the extended position. The construction will consist of .188" thick aluminum formed to provide a 1.00" high lip around the perimeter of tray. Corners will be welded to form a rigid unit. Slide mechanisms will have ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The lock trip mechanism will be located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved hand. Tray will be mounted to the floor of the EMS compartment. COMPARTMENT LIGHT There will be one (1) On Scene Solutions Axe LED strip light installed on the left side of the compartment opening. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. STORAGE COMPARTMENT, RAISED ROOF There will be an overhead rear - facing storage compartment installed at the raised roof within the crew cab. The compartment will be 86.00" wide x 10.00" high x 16.00" deep at the bottom. The compartment will include three (3) lift up compartment doors. Non - locking latch paddle handle and gas operated stay arms will be provided. The compartment will be provided with a divider between each door opening. The storage compartment lighting will consist of one (1) Pierce LED strip light installed horizontally above each compartment door opening. The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. This storage compartment will be compliant per the NFPA Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus. HELMET HOLDER There will be four (4) Zico UHH -1 helmet holder bracket(s) provided in the cab. The brackets will provide quick access and secure storage of the helmet(s). The bracket location(s) will be determined at time of final inspection at Pierce mfg. CAB INTERIOR LIGHTING Auxiliary lights will be provided in the cab. Two (2) Weldon, Model 8081, red /clear dome lights located, one (1) on the officer side and one (1) on the driver side, will be controlled by the following: • Clear forward light controlled by the door switch and the lens switch. • Red rearward light controlled by the lens switch. 28 of 119 46 of 339 There will be two (2) adjustable map lights with switches mounted on the cab ceiling. CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS There will be two (2) Weldon Model 8081, incandescent dome lights installed in the crew cab. The forward, clear light will be controlled by the door switch and the lens switch. The rear, red light will be controlled by the lens switch only. HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT There will be four (4) Pelican Products, Model 9410 LED, 12v DC rechargeable lights mounted Two in D7 and two in P7 under the slide out trays. The color will be yellow. Each charger will be hard wired to the 12 VDC system. HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT There will be Pelican Products, Model 9410 LED, 12v DC rechargeable light(s) installed to be determined. There will be one (1) light provided. The color will be yellow. Each charger will be hard wired to the 12 VDC system. CAB INSTRUMENTATION The cab instrument panel will consist of gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lights, alarms, control switches, and a diagnostic panel. The function of instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section directly forward of the driver. Gauge and switch panels will be designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership. GAUGES The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) black gauges with chrome bezels to monitor vehicle performance: - Voltmeter gauge (Volts) Low volts (11.8 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm High volts (15 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very low volts (11.3 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very high volts (16 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Tachometer (RPM) - Speedometer (Primary (outside) MPH, Secondary (inside) Km /H) - Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) 29 of 119 47 of 339 Low fuel (1/8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very low fuel (1/32) fuel Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Engine oil pressure gauge (PSI) Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Front air pressure gauge (PSI) Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Rear air pressure gauge (PSI) Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Transmission oil temperature gauge (Fahrenheit) High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Engine coolant temperature gauge (Fahrenheit) High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm - Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) Low fluid (1/8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm All gauges and gauge indicators will perform prove out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance. INDICATOR LAMPS To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located above and below the center gauges. The indicator lamps will be "dead - front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols. The following amber telltale lamps will be present: - Low coolant - Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable) - Check engine - Check trans (check transmission) 30 of 119 48 of 339 - Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat) - Air rest (air restriction) - Caution (triangle symbol) - Water in fuel - DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration) - Trailer ABS (where applicable) - Wait to start (where applicable) - HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) - ABS (antilock brake system) - MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) - SRS (supplemental restraint system) fault (where applicable) - DEF (low diesel exhaust fluid level) The following red telltale lamps will be present: - Warning (stop sign symbol) - Seat belt - Parking brake - Stop engine - Rack down The following green telltale lamps will be provided: - Left turn - Right turn - Battery on The following blue telltale lamp will be provided: - High beam ALARMS Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present. Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime /chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present. Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively. 31 of 119 49 of 339 INDICATOR LAMP ARID ALARM PROVE -OUT Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove -out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance. For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. Emergency master switch: A molded plastic push button switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. Pressing the switch will activate emergency response lights and siren control. A green lamp on the switch provides indication that the emergency master mode is active. Pressing the switch again disables the emergency master mode. Headlight / Parking light switch: A three (3)- position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking lights and the headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch position will activate the headlights. Panel backlighting intensity control switch: A three (3)- position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position decreases the panel backlighting intensity to a minimum level as the switch is held. The second switch position is the default position that does not affect the backlighting intensity.. The third switch position increases the panel backlighting intensity to a maximum level as the switch is held. The following standard controls will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located below the right hand gauges. All switches have backlit labels for low light applications. High idle engagement switch: A two (2)- position momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate and deactivate the high idle function when pressed and released. The "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement. The following standard controls will be provided adjacent to the cab gauge assembly within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications. Ignition switch: A three (3)- position maintained /momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will disable the Command Zone audible alarm if held for three (3) to five (5) seconds. A green indicator lamp will be activated with vehicle ignition. Engine start switch: A two (2)- position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. 4 -way hazard switch: A two (2)- position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate the 4 -way hazard switch function. The second switch position will activate the 4 -way hazard function. The switch actuator will be red and includes the international 4 -way hazard symbol. 32 of 119 50 of 339 Heater, defroster, and optional air conditioning control panel: A control panel with membrane switches will be provided to control heater /defroster temperature and heater, defroster, and air conditioning fan speeds. A green LED status bar will indicate the relative temperature and fan speed settings. Turn signal arm: A self - canceling turn signal with high beam headlight and windshield wiper /washer controls will be provided. The windshield wiper control will have high, low, and intermittent modes. Parking brake control: An air actuated push /pull park brake control valve will be provided. Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel. CUSTOM SWITCH PANELS The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the driver's side, up to four (4) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the driver, up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the officer's side and up to two (2) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the officer. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications. DIAGINOSTIC PANEL A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic . tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow engine and ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist. The diagnostic panel will include the following: - Engine diagnostic port - Transmission diagnostic port - ABS diagnostic port - SRS diagnostic port (where applicable) - Command Zone USB diagnostic port - Engine diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on check engine telltale indicator) - ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) - Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) - Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) CAB LCD DISPLAY A digital four (4) -row by 20- character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel. The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function. The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature. The upper right section will display, along with other configuration specific information: - Odometer 33 of 119 51 of 339 - Trip mileage - PTO hours - Fuel consumption - Engine hours The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist. AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided. "DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a steady tone alarm when the parking brake is released. DO NOT MOVE TRUCE( MESSAGES Messages will be displayed on the gauge panel LCD located forward of the steering wheel directly in front of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged). The following messages will be displayed (where applicable): Do Not Move Truck DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open) PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open) DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open) PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open) PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open) Rear Body Door Open DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down) PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down) Deck Gun Not Stowed Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed) Hatch Door Open 34 of 119 52 of 339 Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold -A -Tank Not Stowed) Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed) Stabilizer Not Stowed Steps Not Stowed Handrail Not Stowed Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged. SWITCH PANELS The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight (8) membrane -type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments will include non - functioning black appliques. Documentation will be provided by the manufacturer indicating the rated cycle life of the switches. The switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position above the windshield on the driver side overhead to allow for easy access. The switches will be membrane -type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever backlighting is activated and illuminated red whenever the switch is active. For ease of use, a two (2) -ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions. WIPER CONTROL For simple operation and easy reach, the windshield wiper control will be an integral part of the directional light lever located on the steering column. The wiper control will include high and low wiper speed settings, a one (1) -speed intermittent wiper control and windshield washer switch. The control will have a 'return to park" provision, which allows the wipers to return to the stored position when the wipers are not in use. HOURMETER - AERIAL DEVICE An hourmeter for the aerial device will be provided and located within the cab display or instrument panel. AERIAL MASTER There will be a master switch for the aerial operating electrical system provided. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate MDC. 35 of 119 53 of 339 Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be four (4) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate 2 at rear forward facing seats and 2 at dash at Driver and Officer. Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 30 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate for chargers Termination will be with six (6) position terminal strip. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 10 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate behind the officer's seat for GPS. Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing. 36 of 119 54 of 339 Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 30 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate one mounted high inside the ems compartment, and one on the DS of engine housing under the shelf adjacent to front wire run.. Termination will be with six (6) position terminal strip. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 30 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate in the tiller cab. Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. RADIO WITH CD PLAYER There will be a Panasonic AM /FM /Weatherband stereo radio with compact disc player and MP3 jack installed. The compact disc stereo radio will be mounted in switch panel per layout. The quantity and location of the speakers will be one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers located in the cab and one (1) pair of 5.25' speakers located in the crew cab. The type and location of the antenna will be a roof- mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof. 37 of 119 55 of 339 An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing. The information center will have the following specifications: • Operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees Fahrenheit • An Optical Gel will be placed between the LCD and protective lens • Five weather resistant user interface switches • Black enclosure with gray decal • Sunlight Readable • Linux operating system • Minimum of 400nits rated display • Display can be changed to an available foreign language The information center will be designed for easy operation for everyday use. The page button will cycle from one screen to the next screen in a rotating fashion. A video button will allow a NTSC signal into the information center to be displayed on the LCD. Pressing any button while viewing a video feed will return the information center to the vehicle information screens. A menu button will provide access to maintenance, setup and diagnostic screens. All other button labels will be specific to the information being viewed. GENERAL SCREEN DESIGN Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used. If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur: • An amber background /text color will indicate a caution condition. • A red background /text color will indicate a warning condition. Every screen will include the following: • Exterior Ambient Temperature • Time (12 or 24 hour mode) Text Alert Center: The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages. Button Labels: A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text. 38 of 119 56 of 339 PAGE SCREENS The Information center will include the following screens: Load Manager Screen: A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide: • Description of the load • Individual load shed priority: The lower the priority number the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur. • Load Status: The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a Glance" color features are utilized on this screen Do Not Move Truck: The Do Not Move Truck screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated: • Driver Side Cab Door • Passenger's Side Cab Door • Driver Side Crew Cab Door • Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door • Driver Side Body Doors • Passenger's Side Body Doors • Rear Body Door(s) • Ladder Rack (if applicable) • Deck Gun (if applicable) • Light Tower (if applicable) • Hatch Door (if applicable) • Stabilizers (if applicable) • Steps (if applicable) Chassis Information: The following information will be shown: • Engine RPM • Fuel Level • Battery Voltage • Engine Coolant Temperature • Engine Oil Pressure "At a Glance" color features are utilized on this screen Active Alarms List: This screen will show a list of all active text messages. The list items text will match the text messages shown in the "Alert Center ". The date and time the message occurred is displayed with each message in the list. MENU SCREENS The following screens will be available through the Menu button: View System Information: A detailed list of vehicle information: • Battery Volts • Pump Hours • Transmission Oil Temperature 39 of 119 57 of 339 • Pump Engaged • Engine Coolant Level • Engine Oil Level 0 Oil level will only be shown when the engine is not running • Power Steering Level Set daytime and nighttime Display Brightness: 0 Brightness: Increase and decrease 0 Default setting button Configure Video Mode: • Set Video Contrast • Set Video Color • Set Video Tint Set Startup Screen: 0 Choose the screen that will be active at vehicle power -up Set Date & Time: 0 12 or 24 hour format 0 Set time 0 Set date View Active Alarms: • Shows a list of all active alarms 0 Date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm • Silence alarms • All alarms are silenced System Diagnostics: • Module type and ID number • Module version Module diagnostics information: • Input or output number • Circuit number connected to that input or output • Circuit name (item connected to the circuit) • Status of the input or output • Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information: 0 Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. VEHICLE DATA RECORDER A vehicle data recorder (VDR) will be provided. The VDR will be capable of reading and storing vehicle information. The VDR will be capable of operating in a voltage range from 40 of 119 58 of 339 8VDC to 16VDC. The VDR will not interfere with, suspend, or delay any communications that may exist on the CAN data link during the power up, initialization, runtime, or power down sequence. The VDR will continue operation upon termination of power or at voltages below 8VDC for a minimum of 10ms. The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A CD provided with the apparatus will include the programming to download the information from the VDR. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and /or CAN inputs: Vehicle Speed - MPH Acceleration - MPH /sec Deceleration - MPH /sec Engine Speed - RPM Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle ABS Event - On /Off Seat Occupied Status - Yes /No by Position (7 -12 Seating Capacity) Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes /No by Position (7 -12 Seating Capacity) Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On /Off Time - 24 Hour Time Date - Year /Month /Day CUSTOMER SUPPLIED IINTERCOM SYSTEM IiNSTALLATIOfN The customer will furnish the following David Clark intercom system to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer for installation. • One (1) Single radio interfaced driver station • One (1) Single radio interfaced officer station • Two (2) Remote radio PTT (1 driver, 1 officer) • Two (2) Intercom only crew stations • One (1) Single radio interfaced pump operator station • One (1) Single radio interfaced aerial turntable station • One (1) Intercom only tillerman station • All necessary intercom and radio interconnect cables Specific shipping requirements will be followed. HEADSET HANGERS There will be five (5) headset hanger(s) installed to be determined. The hanger(s) will meet NFPA 1901, Section 14.1.11, requirement for equipment mounting. RADIO EQUIPMENT The following radio equipment shall be provided by the fire department for installation: Mobile Data Computer 41 of 119 59 of 339 Mobile Data Computer Keyboard with mounting bracket Docking station, power supply, inverter, cables Modem, Antenna, power supply, cables Five drop in radio chargers 800 MHz Motorola mobile radio, antenna, power supply, speaker, palm mic EPCR Multi Unit Battery Charger EPCR tablet 110/12 volt inverter SWIVEL BRACKETS Two swivel bracket will be capable of rotating a minimum of 180 degrees will be provided. PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER INSTALLATION There will be five (5) customer supplied portable two -way radio chargers(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed 4 in Cab and 1 in Tiller cab. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied two way radio(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed install in the overhead positions. Both hot wires are to be routed to battery direct, NO ignition. No antenna mount or whip will be included in this option. Specific radio shipping requirements will be followed. MOBILE RADIO MODEM INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied Motorola VRM -850 two way radio modem(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer to be installed match 23660. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. COMPLETE MDT INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied Mobile Data Terminal (MDT), Docking station, Mounting bracket, power supply, antenna, GPS, modem, and all cabling sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer to be installed TBD. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. COMBO ANTENNA There will be one (1) Antenna Plus, Model AP -CG, bolt on, low profile antenna(s) for Cellular, PCS, LTE, and GPS, installed on the cab roof. The antenna color will be white . The cables will be routed within the cab to the telephone , and the garmin RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT There will be four (4) standard antenna - mounting base(s), Model MATM, with 17 feet of coax cable and weatherproof cap provided for a two (2) -way radio installation. The standard mount will be located on the cab roof, just to the rear of the officer seat and the additional mount(s) will be located on the lower cab roof. The cable(s) will be routed to behind the officer's seat . 42 of 119 60 of 339 ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting. Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and /or relays will be easily accessible. Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership. Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type -I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA. COMMAND ZONE CONTROL SYSTEM A solidstate electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE 31939 -11 recommended practices. The control system will operate as a master -slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK /VDX'O specifications providing a lower cost of ownership. For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes: Green LED indicator light for module power Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field reprogrammable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters Complete operating and troubleshooting manuals USB connection to the main control module for advanced troubleshooting 43 of 119 61 of 339 To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the Command Zone control system modules will meet the following specifications: Module circuit board will meet SAE 3771 specifications Operating temperature from -40C to +70C Storage temperature from -40C to +70C Vibration to 50g IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 16 volts DC The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical. CIRCUIT PROTECTION ARID CONTROL DIAGRAM Copies of all job - specific, computer network input and output (I /0) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information. ON -BOARD ADVANCED/VISUAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS The on -board information center will include the following diagnostic information: Text description of active warning or caution alarms Simplified warning indicators Amber caution light with intermittent alarm Red warning light with steady tone alarm All control system modules, with the exception of the main control module, will contain on- board visual diagnostic LEDs that assist in troubleshooting. The LEDs will be enclosed within the sealed, transparent module housing near the face of the module. One LED for each input or output will be provided and will illuminate whenever the respective input or output is active. Color -coded labels within the modules will encompass the LEDs for ease of identification. The LED indicator lights will provide point of use information for reduced troubleshooting time without the need for an additional computer. ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS An advanced, Windows- based, diagnostic software program will be provided for this control system. The software will provide troubleshooting tools to service technicians equipped with an IBM compatible computer. The service and maintenance software will be easy to understand and use and have the ability to view system input /output (I /0) information. INDICATOR LIGHT AND ALARM PROVE -OUT SYSTEM A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. 44 of 119 62 of 339 VOLTAGE MONITOR SYSTEM A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels. The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes. DEDICATED RADIO EQUIPMENT CONNECTION POINTS There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two -way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following: 12 -volt 40 -amp battery switched power 12 -volt 60 -amp ignition switched power 12 -volt 60 -amp direct battery power There will also be a 12 -volt 100 -amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center. ENHANCED SOFIrWARE The Command Zone control system will include the following software enhancements: All perimeter lights and scene lights (where applicable) will be deactivated when the parking brake is released. Cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights will dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. Cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights will dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. EMI /RFI PROTECTION To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE 3551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source. The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz -1GHz to 100 Volts /Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE 3551/2 and SAE 31113/25 Region 1, Class C EMIR for 10KHz- 1GHz to 100 Volts /Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself. EMI /RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low -level control signals and high - powered two -way radio communication systems. Harness and cable 45 of 119 63 of 339 routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI /RFI susceptibility. ELECTRICAL HARNESSING INSTALLATION All 12 -volt wiring and harnessing installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to specification PM -QA W -101: Pierce manufacturing Wiring Harness Specification. To ensure rugged dependability, all wiring harnesses installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to the following specifications: SAE J1128 - Low tension primary cable SAE J1292 - Automobile, truck, truck- tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring SAE J163 - Low tension wiring and cable terminals and splice clips SAE J2202 - Heavy duty wiring systems for on- highway trucks NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus FMVSS 302 - Flammability of interior materials for passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses SAE J1939 - Serial communications protocol SAE 32030 - Heavy -duty electrical connector performance standard SAE J2223 - Connections for on board vehicle electrical wiring harnesses NEC - National Electrical Code SAE J561 - Electrical terminals - Eyelet and spade type SAE J928 - Electrical terminals - Pin and receptacle type A For increased reliability and harness integrity, harnesses will be routed throughout the cab and chassis in a manner which allows the harnessing to be laid into its mounting location. Routing of harnessing which requires pulling of wires through tubes will not be allowed. Wiring will be run in loom or conduit where exposed, and have grommets or other edge protection where wires pass through metal. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Wire colors will be integral to each wire insulator and run the entire length of each wire. Harnessing containing multiple wires and uses a single wire color for all wires will not be allowed. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. All wiring installed between the cab and into doors will be protected by an expandable rubber boot to protect the wiring. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines: 1. All wire ends not placed into connectors will be sealed with a heat shrink end cap. Wires without a terminating connector or sealed end cap will not be allowed. 2. All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof. 46 of 119 64 of 339 3. Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body. 4. For low cost of ownership, electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will be quickly accessible. For ease of use, a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from the mounting area for inspection and service work. 5. Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to non - waterproof electrical connectors located outside of the cab or body. All non - waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation of the plug. 6. Any lights containing non - waterproof sockets in a weather - exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area. 7. All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have DOW 1890 protective Coating applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal. 8. Rubber coated metal clamps will be used to support wire harnessing and battery cables routed along the chassis frame rails. 9. Heat shields will be used to protect harnessing in areas where high temperatures exist. Harnessing passing near the engine exhaust will be protected by a heat shield. 10. Cab and crew cab harnessing will not be routed through enclosed metal tubing. Dedicated wire routing channels will be used to protect harnessing therefore improving the overall integrity of the vehicle electrical system. The design of the cab will allow for easy routing of additional wiring and easy access to existing wiring. 11. All braided wire harnesses will have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number and fabrication date. 12. All standard wiring entering or exiting the cab will be routed through sealed bulkhead connectors to protect against water intrusion into the cab. BATTERY CABLE INSTALLATION All 12 -volt battery cables and battery cable harnessing installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to the following requirements: SAE 31127 - Battery Cable SAE J561 - Electrical terminals, eyelets and spade type SAE 3562 - Nonmetallic loom SAE 3836A - Automotive metallurgical joining SAE J1292 - Automotive truck, truck - tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus Battery cables and battery cable harnessing will be installed utilizing the following guidelines: 1. All battery cables and battery harnesses will have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number and fabrication date. 2. Splices will not be allowed on battery cables or battery cable harnesses. 3. For ease of identification and simplified use, battery cables will be color coded. All positive battery cables will be red in color or wrapped in red loom the entire length of the cable. All negative battery cables will be black in color. 47 of 119 65 of 339 4. For ease of identification, all positive battery cable isolated studs throughout the cab and chassis will be red in color. S. For increased reliability and reduced maintenance, all electrical buss bars located on the exterior of the apparatus will be coated to prevent corrosion. ELECTRICAL COMPONENT INSTALLATION All lighting used on the apparatus will be, at a minimum, a two (2) wire light grounded through a wired connection to the battery system. Lights using an apparatus metal structure for grounding will not be allowed. An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. BATTERY SYSTEM Five (5) 12 volt, Deka Model 1131XMF batteries that include the following features will be provided: - 1000 CCA (cold cranking amps) - 185 reserve capacity - High cycle - Maintenance free - Group 31 - Rating of 5000 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit - 925 minutes of reserve capacity - Threaded studs ISOLATED BATTERY One (1) 12 volt, Deka model 1131XMF group 31 battery will be provided for voltage sensitive components. A battery isolator that is appropriately suited for the group 31 battery capacity will be supplied. A single starting system will be provided. An ignition switch and starter button will be located on the instrument panel. MASTER BATTERY SWITCH A master battery switch, to activate the battery system, will be provided inside the cab within easy reach of the driver. An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system. BATTERY COMPARTMENTS The batteries will be stored in well - ventilated compartments that are located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery compartments will be constructed of 3/16" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The compartments will include formed fit heavy -duty roto- molded polyethylene battery tray inserts with drains on each side of the frame rails. The batteries will be mounted inside of the roto - molded trays. 48 of 119 66 of 339 JUMPER STUDS One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color -coded covers will be installed on the battery box on the driver's side. This will allow enough room for easy jumper cable access. BATTERY CHARGER There will be a Newmar Model PT -40, three stage battery charger, provided. A bar graph indicating the state of charge will be included. The vehicle battery output will be capable of supplying up to 40 amps for charging the batteries. The battery charger will be wired to the 120 -volt shoreline to activate automatically when the power is connected. Battery charger will be located in the cab behind the driver seat The battery charger indicator will be located behind the driver's door on the outside of the cab. KUSSMAUL AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE one (1) shoreline receptacle will be provided to operate the dedicated 120 -volt circuits on the truck without the use of the generator. The shoreline receptacle (s) will be provided with a NEMA 5 -15, 120 volt, 15 amp, straight blade Kussmaul Super auto eject plug with a red weatherproof cover. The cover is spring loaded to close, preventing water from entering when the shoreline is not connected. The unit is completely sealed to prevent road dirt contamination. A solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter is energized when the engine is started. This instantaneously drives the plug from the receptacle. An internal switch arrangement will be provided to disconnect the load prior to ejection to eliminate arcing of the connector contacts. The shoreline will be connected to battery charger. A mating connector body will also be supplied with the loose equipment. The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, above wheel. ALTERNATOR A Delco Remy®, model 55SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 420 amps, as measured by SAE method 356. The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257 degrees Fahrenheit (125 degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy -duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12 -volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load 49 of 119 67 of 339 management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed. The system will include the following features: System voltage monitoring. A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off. Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels. Priority levels can be set for individual outputs. High Idle to not be controlled by the load manager. If enabled: "Load Man Hi -Idle On" will display on the information center. Hi -Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up. Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed. The information center indicates system voltage. The information center includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following: Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition. Individual load managed item condition: ON = not shed SHED = shed SEQUENCER A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed. Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch. When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half- second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation. When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order. Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half- second intervals: Cab Heater and Air Conditioning Crew Cab Heater (if applicable) 50 of 119 68 of 339 Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable) Exhaust Fans (if applicable) Third Evaporator (if applicable) Exterior lighting will comply with Federal Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and National Fire Protection Association requirements in effect at time of proposal. Front headlights will be round halogen lights mounted in the front trim housing. Headlights will consist of two (2) lights mounted in the front trim on each side of the cab grill. The outside light on each side will contain a low and high beam. The inside light on each side will contain of a high beam light only. The following LED lighting package will provide long life lights for a lower cost of ownership: - One (1) Whelen 600 series LED combination directional /marker light will be located in the outside corners of the headlamp trim housing on each side. - Three (3) LED identification lamps will be installed in the center of the cab on the trim above the windshield. - Four (4) LED clearance lamps will be installed, one (1) each side, facing forward and one (1) each side, facing the side on the trim above the windshield. REAR ID /MARKER DOT LIGHTING The three (3) identification lights located at the rear will be installed per the following: • LED light • As close as practical to the vertical centerline. • Centers spaced not less than six (6) inches or more than twelve (12) inches apart. • Red in color. • All at the same height. The four (4) clearance lights located at the rear will be installed per the following: a LED light a To indicate the overall width of the vehicle. a One (1) each side of the vertical centerline. a All at the same height. a As near the top as practical. a To be visible from the rear and the side. One (1) each side, facing the side. a One (1) each side, facing the rear. Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements. MARKER LIGHTS There will be one (1) pair of amber and red LED marker lights with rubber arm, located at rear sides. The amber lens will face the front and the red lens will face the rear of the truck. These lights will be activated with the running lights of the vehicle. 51 of 119 69 of 339 REAR FMVSS LIGHTING The rear stop /tail and directional LED lighting will consist of the following: • Two (2) Whelen, Model M6BTT red LED stop /tail lights. • Two (2) Whelen, Model M6T amber LED arrow turn lights. Each light will be installed separately at the rear with chrome trim and colored lenses. Four (4) red reflectors will be provided. BACKUP LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen, Model: M6BUW, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. LICENSE PLATE BRACKET There will be one (1) license plate bracket mounted on the driver's side above the warning lights. A white LED light will illuminate the license plate. A polished stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear. ADDITIONAL BRAKE /TAIL LIGHT There will be one (1) Whelen, Model M6BTT, LED brake /tail light with chrome plated trim and red lens provided at the rear of the body, as shown on the AD print on the rear of the tiller cab. BACK -UP ALARM A PRECO, Model 1040, solid -state electronic audible back -up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels. WARNING LIGHT FLASH PATTERN The flash pattern of all the exterior warning lights will be set to meet the certified California, Title XIII flash pattern by either the light manufacturer's default flash pattern or by a conversion change to the certified flash pattern. MAP LIGHT There will be one (1) Sunnex, Model HS762 -00 Swivel Joint halogen adjustable map lights with a switch control on base of light installed over the left shoulder of the officer. MARKER LIGHTS There will be 12 lights of Truck -Lite, model 35200, LED, marker lights installed on this apparatus. The marker lights will be wired to the running lights of the vehicle. The lights will be located where required to meet DOT. These lights will be installed either recessed or with metal flanges to protect them from most damage. Yellow lights will be installed in any location forward of the rear most point of the vehicle. A single red light will be installed at the rear most point only. PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS, CAB There will be four (4) lights Amdor Luma Bar H2O, Model AY- 9500 -020, 20.00" LED weatherproof strip light(s) provided for each cab door. The lights will be activated 52 of 119 70 of 339 automatically when the cab exit doors are opened and by the same means as the body perimeter lights. BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There will be four (4) Amdor LumaBar, Model AY- 9500 -020, 20.00" white LED strip lights provided. The lights will be located in the following locations: • One (1) each side of the apparatus under the rear step areas of the apparatus. • One (1) each side of the apparatus, under the turntable access steps. The perimeter scene lights will be activated per the following: • [Switch, Lt Control 1 DC,1]. • [Switch, Lt Control 2 DC,2]. • [Switch, Lt Control 3 DC,3]. • [Switch, Lt Control 4 DC,4]. STEP LIGHTS There will be a total of sixteen (16) white LED step lights provided for access to the tiller cab and turntable. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot - candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The step lights will be actuated by the aerial master switch in the cab. All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901. SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M9LZC LED scene light(s) with chrome flange(s) installed on the side of the apparatus, high behind the crewcab doors. A control for the light(s) selected above will be the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SCENE LIGHTS There will be one (1) pair of Whelen, Model M9LZC, LED scene lights installed on the rear exterior wall of the tractor cab with chrome flanges. The lights will be controlled by the aerial master switch. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen Model PFP2, 12 volt LED scene light(s) provided. The light(s) will be installed using a PBA206 bail bracket, mounted above the tiller window. The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel a switch in the ladder storage compartment passenger's side. 53 of 119 71 of 339 a switch in the tiller cab. These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen Pioneer, Model PCP2, 12 volt LED combination spot /flood light(s) provided on the front visor, centered. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white. The light(s) will be controlled by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel. These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be four (4) Whelen Model PFP2, 12 volt LED floodlight(s) installed in semi - recessed housing(s) Model PBA203 located two lights each side above, D6 /P6 and in outside of the boom support. The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel a second switch on the driver's side for passenger side lights These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be two (2) Whelen Model PFP1, 12 volt LED floodlight(s) with Model PBA103 housing provided. The light(s) will be installed in the housing at 15 degrees and recessed in the rear body fender panel located one each side at the rear of the tiller fender. The lights selected above will be controlled by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel. a switch in the tiller cab. These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set CENTERING LIGHT Two (2) lights will be provided on the cab roof to aid the tillerman in centering the tiller trailer with the tractor One (1) Weldon Model 9186 - 1500 -50 green LED light will be installed on the tractor roof as far rearward on the cab as practical that will be used by the tillerman to center the tiller trailer with the tractor. One (1) Weldon Model 9186 - 1500 -10 red LED light will be installed centered on the cab roof. Both of the lights will be provided on 12.00" brackets. The light will be activated with the ignition switch. CAB SPOTLIGHT Two (2) GOLIGHT, model 2020, spotlights will be mounted one each side on the cab roof, on pedestals painted the cab roof color, one each side of the lightbar. 54 of 119 72 of 339 Three (3) remote controls will be included for this system: One (1) remote on the driver side for the driver side light. One (1) remote on the officer side for the driver side light. One (1) remote on the officer side for the officer side light. EMERGENCY MASTER SWITCH The label for the Emergency Master switch will be red. TOW EYES Two (2) rear chrome plated "tow" eyes will be located at the rear of the apparatus and will be mounted directly to the torque box. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will be radiused. The tow eyes will be oriented to accommodate a larger rear departure angle. COMPARTMENTATION Body and compartments will be fabricated of .125 ", 5052 -1-132 aluminum. Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders. Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance. Compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip. The compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again .75" to form an angle. Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion or formed bright aluminum treadplate. The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners welded. Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops. All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury. AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards. LOUVERS All body compartments will have a minimum of one (1) set of louvers stamped into a wall to provide the proper airflow inside the compartment and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. These louvers will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate. TRACTOR RESERVOIR COMPARTMENT A compartment will be provided ahead of the tractor fifth wheel. The compartment on the driver's side will be approximately 45.00" wide x 37.75" high x 24.00" deep with a door opening of 40.50" wide x 31.25" high. 55 of 119 73 of 339 The compartment on the passenger's side will be approximately 45.00" wide x 36.75" high x 8.00" deep. The door opening will be 40.50" wide x 30.25" high. The floor of this compartment will be raised 1.00" to allow for proper clearance from exhaust components. The transverse section will be approximately 34.38" wide x 15.50" high. The compartment will be fabricated out of smooth aluminum painted job color. Bright aluminum treadplate will be provided on the top of the compartment. The compartment will be furnished with a vertically hinged, lap style compartment door on each side that have a D handle latch and positive door hold open device. FIFTH WHEEL The fifth wheel will be designed to allow the tiller trailer to pivot fore & aft and be rotated. The fifth wheel will also be capable of full operation up to a 14 degree break over angle. A fifth wheel lockout system will be provided to limit motion during aerial operations. The fifth wheel lockout system, when activated, will prevent movement between the upper and lower plates of the fifth wheel assembly. In the normal road travel condition the cylinder mounted solenoid valves will be open and will allow transfer of oil between the front and rear pair of cylinders. When the stabilizers are in their proper supporting position and as the aerial leaves the boom support, the solenoid valves will close. The closed valves will allow no oil to be transferred and the fifth wheel assembly will become rigid. A fill and a gauge port will be provided on the top of the trailer goose neck for maintenance. COMPARTMENTATIOM, DRIVER SIDE Driver side compartmentation will consist of the following: Two (2) compartments will be provided in the front body section on the driver side. Each compartment will be full- height. The forward compartment will be approximately 24.13" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 16.00" wide x 56.75" high. The rear compartment will be approximately 67.00" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 61.50" wide x 56.75" high. The upper 44.75" of each compartment will be transverse to the passenger side front compartmentation. Both compartments will have roll -up doors. Two (2) compartments will be provided in the center body section on the driver side. Each compartment will be full- height. The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 56.75" high. The upper 44.75" of the forward compartment will be transverse to the passenger side front compartmentation. 56 of 119 74 of 339 The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 641.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 56.75" high. Both compartments will have roll -up doors. Two (2) compartments will be provided in the rear body section on the driver side. The forward compartment will be 69.00" wide x 24.13" high x 24.50" deep, with a door opening of 63.50" wide x 18.75" high. This compartment will be located ahead of the rear wheels. The two (2) upper compartments shall be 64.50" wide x 19.75 high x 12.00" deep with a clear door opening of 60.00" wide x 15.25 high. Each compartment shall be provided with a lift -up door. Hosebed will consume these compartments The rearward compartment will be approximately 49.00" wide x 33.75" high x 12.00" deep with a door opening of 43.50" wide x 29.87' high. The floor of the compartment will be approximately 7.75" higher than the front compartment to increase the angle of departure. This compartment will be located behind the rear wheels. Both compartments will have roll -up doors. Passenger side compartmentation will consist of the following: Two (2) compartments will be provided in the front body section on the passenger side. Each compartment will be full- height. The forward compartment will be approximately 24.13" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 16.00" wide x 56.75" high. The rear compartment will be approximately 67.00" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 61.50" wide x 56.75" high. The upper 44.75" of each compartment will be transverse to the driver side front compartmentation. Both compartments will have roll -up doors. Two (2) compartments will be provided in the center body section on the passenger side. Each compartment will be full- height. The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 56.75" high. The upper 44.75' of the forward compartment will be transverse to the driver side front compartmentation. The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 56.75' high. Both compartments will have roll -up doors. Two (2) compartments will be provided in the rear body section on the passenger side. The forward compartment will be 69.00" wide x 24.13" high x 24.50" deep, with a door opening of 63.50" wide x 18.75' high. This compartment will be located ahead of the rear wheels. 57 of 119 75 of 339 The two (2) upper compartments shall be 64.50" wide x 19.75 high x 12.00" deep with a clear door opening of 60.00" wide x 15.25 high. Each compartment shall be provided with a lift -up door. The rearward compartment will be 49.00" wide x 33.75" high x 12.00" deep with a door opening of 43.50" wide x 29.87" high. The Floor of the compartment will be approximately 7.75' higher than the front compartment to increase the angle of departure. This compartment will be located behind the rear wheels. Both compartments will have roll -up doors. HOSE BED The hose body will be fabricated of .125" -5052 aluminum with a nominal 38,000 psi tensile strength. Hose removal will be at each side of the body below the tiller cab whenever compartmentation is not selected in place of the "chute ". A lift -up smooth aluminum door will be provided at the rear. The hose bed will be fully enclosed. Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be .50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation. ROLL -UP DOOR, SIDE COMPARTMENTS There will be 12 compartment doors installed on the side compartments. The doors will be double faced aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by A&A Manufacturing (Gortite). Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door. Between each slat at the pivoting joint will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals will allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from plus 180 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals will be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene. All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon 66. All nylon components will withstand temperatures from plus 300 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for each roll -up door. Lift bar will be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge will be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door. Doors will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat will be Flat. The interior surfaces will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside. To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly will not exceed 3.00" in diameter. The header for the roll -up door assembly will not exceed 4.00 ". A heavy -duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 58 of 119 76 of 339 DOOR GUARD There will be 13 compartment doors that will include a guard /drip pan designed to protect the roll -up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed at each roll up door. KEYED LOCK(S) A keyed lock will be furnished for 12 compartment doors. The compartmentation, to have a keyed lock, will be All roll up doors. SCUFFPLATE ON INTERIOR OF COMPARTMENT DOOR(S) The two (2) compartment doors will include a polished stainless steel scuffplate to cover the entire width and height on the inside panel of each door pan. Scuffplate will be located tractor compartments. ROLL -UP DOOR TRIM The exterior of the aluminum trim around the door opening will be painted job color. There will be 13 compartments with the trim painted. COMPARTMENT LIGHTING There will be 18 compartments with On Scene Solutions LED compartment light strips. The compartments with these strip lights will be located all roll up and lap door compartments. Two (2) strip lights will be installed vertically, one (1) each side of the compartment door opening. The lights will be sized to accomodate the compartment door opening. The remaining compartments will include 6.00" diameter Truck -Lite, Model: 79384, lights in each enclosed compartment. Each light will have a number 1076 one filament, two wire bulb. Opening the compartment door, will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. MOUNTING TRACKS There will be six (6) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in shelf equipped. These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s), and will be full height of the compartment. The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior. ADJUSTABLE SHELVES There will be seven (7) shelves with a capacity of 500 pounds provided. The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be painted to match the compartment interior. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts. The location will be Dl, two D3, P2, two P3, P1. PULL -OUT TRAY There will two (2) slide -out trays, without sides, and a capacity of 500 pounds provided. Capacity rating will be in the extended position. Slides (a minimum of two per tray) will be an undermount - roller bearing type rated at 500lbs per pair with a factor of safety of 2. To ensure years of dependable service the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM 8117. 59 of 119 77 of 339 To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50 pound force for push -in or pull -out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition. Proof of compliance will be provided upon request. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and 'but" positions. The trip mechanism for it will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. Tray location will be Two in P5. Heavy -duty steel angle iron assembly will support the body under the compartment floor. It will be attached to the chassis frame for load transfer and to reduce stress on body. PULL -OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY There will be two (2) slide -out trays with 2.00" sides and a capacity of 500 pounds provided. Capacity rating will be in the extended position. Slides will be Jonathan brand with ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. Tray location will be to be determined. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and 'but" positions. The trip mechanism for it will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. Each tray will be adjustable up and down within the compartment. SLIDE- OUT /TILT -DOWN TRAY There will be four (4) slide -out trays provided. The capacity rating (in the extended position) will be 215 pounds minimum. Approximately two- thirds of the tray will slide -out from its stored position and will tilt 30 degrees down from horizontal. The vertical position within the compartment will be adjustable. The tray will be for a 42" deep compartment. Each tray will be designed to be as wide as the compartment space will allow. Construction will consist of .188" thick aluminum for the tray bottom and end, and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, front and tracks. The tray corners will be welded for strength and rigidity. The tray will be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation. Two spring loaded locks will be provided at the front of the tray, one on each end. Rubber padded stops will be provided for both the in out tray position. The tray(s) will be located in Modify the front the trays forward of the partition. remove the hat bracket, install a flat mounting plate like what is at the rear, Shim to fit. top front trays to be as wide as possible in the compt opening. lower assys 3- 4" as req.. STORAGE BOX Two (2) storage box with reinforced cover will be furnished. The size of the compartment will be approximately 92.00" long x 24.00" wide x 14.00" high. 60 of 119 78 of 339 Construction will consist of aluminum treadplate box. There will be an outboard horizontal hinged lift -up cover. The cover will have two (2) d -ring latches for the lift -up door. The box will be located one each side above high side compartments on the trailer Amdor LED lighting will be provided in the compartment to meet NFPA lighting requirements. DRAWER ASSEMBLY A slideout drawer assembly will be installed front of D4. The clear dimensions starting at the top of the cabinet with the first drawer will be 3.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the second drawer will be 3.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the third drawer will be 3.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the fourth drawer will be 3.00" high x 21.00" deep. Each drawer will be the same width and not exceed 24.00 ". The drawers will have a capacity of 250 pounds. The drawers will be mounted in a cabinet housing constructed of light gray powder coated aluminum with anodized aluminum frames. The housing will be 24.00" deep, and completely enclose the drawer. A full - length aluminum extruded rail will be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail will act as the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer. There will be a total of one (1) provided. MATTING, COMPARTMENT FLOOR Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in 20 compartments on the compartment floor. The locations are, to be determined. The Turtle Tile will be red and the leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge. The beveled edge will be red . AIR BAG STORAGE There will be a two (2) rack(s) installed for storing three (3) air bags in the D5 compartment. The rack will be fabricated from .125" aluminum, painted to match the compartment interior. The rack will have half moon cutouts for grabbing the air bag. Velcro® straps will be installed to hold the air bags in place. The size of the air bags will be installed on top of each other just under the compt roll -up door guards. Clear openings to be 1.25" with web straps to hold them in. bin in forward comp D5 will be 30" x 30 ". The bin to the rear of the partition in D5 will be 30" d x approx 33" wide. STRAP There will be four (4) black 2.00" wide nylon straps provided two on each set of air bag racks.. The strap will have a Velcro fastener. TROUGH, (2), LADDER & STOKES STORAGE An assembly of two (2) aluminum troughs will be provided for the storage of a stokes basket and an Little Giant combination ladder. The two (2) troughs will be enclosed in the same box, but be accessed from separate doors. Each trough will have an lift -up access door on both the driver and passneger's side. 61 of 119 79 of 339 The forward trough will hold the stokes basket and the rearward trough will house the combination ladder. The dimensions of the stokes basket and the ladder will be 85" x 10" x 25 ". Located ahead of the boom support. SLIDE -OUT TOOLBOARD, ONE -WAY A slide -out aluminum toolboard will be provided. The tool board will be a minimum of .188" thick. A 1" x 1" aluminum square tube frame will be welded around the perimeter of the board for additional strength. It will be a minimum of .188" thick with .20" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes. Interior tray dimensions will be approximately 42.00" long (one half of a transverse compartment) x full width available. The board will be mounted on a sliding tray. The tray will be mounted to the transverse floor. The construction of the tray will consist of 6061 -T6 aluminum extrusions for the sides with a .18" thick aluminum floor. The corners will be welded to form a rigid unit. The capacity rating will be 500 pounds minimum in the extended position. The slide assemblies will be manufactured with 6061 -T6 aluminum extrusions. The tray will be supported by a minimum of eight (8) roller bearings each rated for a 500 pound load. The toolboard will slide -out of the compartment two thirds of its length. Positive locks for the stowed and extended position will be provided. The toolboard will slide out only one direction. The toolboard will be mounted to the rear edge of the tray. There will be two (2) provided D4 /P4, as far forward as possible. SLIDE OUT TOOL BOARD There will be two (2) slide out aluminum tool board(s) provided. It will be a minimum of .188" thick with .20" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes. A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard. The board will be mounted on a two -way slide out utility type tray. The board will be adjustable on the slide out tray. The tray will be as wide as the compartment will allow. The capacity rating will be 500 pounds minimum in the extended position. Interior tray dimensions will be 85.00" long and will slide out to either side of the vehicle, two- thirds of its length. The construction will consist of .188" thick aluminum for the tray bottom, and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, end, and tracks. Corners will be welded to form a rigid unit. Tray will be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers, each rated for a minimum 500 pound load. 62 of 119 80 of 339 Automatic locks will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. transverse compartment D6 /136. RUB RAIL Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail. Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity. The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage. AIR BOTTLE STORAGE BIN A storage bin will be provided for storage of 18 air bottles. This storage bin will be installed D2. Each separate air bottle storage compartment shall be 7.00" square x 24.50" deep. The storage bin will be formed out of aluminum and the flooring lined with Dura- surf. There will not be a back on this storage bin. The bin will sit against the rear wall of the compartment. PARTITION, VERTICAL COMPARTMENT Two (2) partitions will be bolted in D -5 /P -5. the compartment. Each partition will be the full vertical height of REAR WALL The entire rear surface of the apparatus and all the doors will be covered with smooth aluminum. BODY FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings. These fender crowns must be wide enough to prevent splashing onto the body from the 315/80R22.5 tires on a 30,000 lb rear axle. A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. EXTENSION LADDER There will be two (2) 35', two (2) section, aluminum, Duo - Safety, Series 1200 -A extension ladder(s) provided. ADDED EXTENSION LADDER There will be a 30', two (2) section, aluminum, Duo -Safety Series 1200A extension ladder provided. ROOF LADDER There will be one (1) 16' aluminum, Duo - Safety, Series 875 -A roof ladder(s) provided. ADDED ROOF LADDER There will be one (1) 20' roof, aluminum, Series 875 -A provided. ADDED ROOF LADDER There will be one (1) 14' roof, aluminum, Series 775 -A, special 16.00" width, with roof hooks and safety shoes on both ends provided. 63 of 119 81 of 339 FOLDING LADDER, AERIAL There will be one (1) 10' aluminum, Duo - Safety, Series 585 -A folding ladder(s) provided. One (1) Revolution XE Model 12017 Little Giant folding ladder will be provided. The stored dimensions will be 55.00" high x 23.00" wide x 8.00" deep. The weight will be 31.50 pounds. The ladder will be located in the compartment. GROUND LADDER STORAGE The ground ladders will be stored within the torque box and be removable from the rear. Ladders will be enclosed to prevent road dirt and debris from fouling or damaging the ladders. The ladders will rest in full - length stainless steel slides and are arranged in such a manner that any one (1) ladder can be removed without having to move or remove any other ladder. A Gortite roll -up door will be provided at the rear, double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by A&A Manufacturing ( Gortite). The latching mechanism will consist of a full length lift bar lock with latches on the outer extrusion of the door frame. A door guard will be provided to prevent tools inside the torque box from damaging the roll - up door. DURA -SURF LADDER SLIDES Black Dura -Surf friction reducing material will be added to the stainless steel slides, on the bottom horizontal surfaces, of the ladder storage rack. LADDER LOCK A ladder lock mechanism will be provided for each vertically- stored ladder in the ladder storage area. Each locking mechanism will consist of a hinged stainless steel plate with a spring loaded plunger -style locking device. Each ladder will be removable without unlocking the remaining ladders. There will be a total of one (1) individual ladder locks provided. PIKE POLE, 6' two (2) Fire Hooks Unlimited, Model GBH -6, 6' long Gator Back Hook, will be provided and located In ladder bay with other pike poles. 8' PIKE POLE Two (2) 8' long Nupla ventilation hook w /aluminum "D" handle will be provided and located torque box in place of the New York D handle hook.. 12' PIKE POLES There will be two (2) Fire Hooks Unlimited GBH -12, 12' Gator Back pike pole(s) with fiberglass handles provided. 6' PIKE POLE Two (2) pike poles 6' long RH -6DA Nupla ventilation hook(s) with an aluminum D -grip handle will be provided and located in the ladder compartment. PIKE POLE STORAGE Stainless steel U- shaped trough be used for the storage of two (2) pike poles, with D- handle style grip, will be provided and installed two trash hooks can be nested together with the tongs pointed down with one of the roof ladders able to be removed through the tongs.. 64 of 119 82 of 339 ROPE TIE DOWNS There will be two (2) pair(s) of rope tie downs provided at the tiller trailer gooseneck area. Equal quantities will be provided on each side. The tie downs will be rated for a maximum 6000 lb. WATER TANK It will have a capacity of 300 gallons and will be constructed of polypropylene plastic in a rectangular shape. The water tank will be mounted directly above the water pump. The joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out. The tank will be baffled in accordance with NFPA Bulletin 1901 requirements. The baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom of each baffle to permit movement of air and water between compartments. The longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow positive welding. The transverse partitions extend from 4" off the bottom to the underside of the top cover. All partitions interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides. The tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions. It will be supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions. Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes. A sump will be provided at the bottom of the water tank. The sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet. Tank will be installed in a fabricated "cradle" assembly constructed of structural steel. Sufficient crossmembers are provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers are constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing. Tank "floats" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on. Stops are provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle. Tank mounting system is approved by the manufacturer. Fill tower will be constructed of .50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long. Fill tower will be furnished with a .25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover. An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. TANK DRAIN A 1.50" tank drain will be installed with a 1.50" ball valve located underneath the left front compartment and properly labeled. PUMP Pump will be a Waterous CXVPA, 1250 gpm, single stage, PTO driven midship mounted centrifugal type. Pump will be the class "A" type. Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressure indicated below: - 100% of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure. 65 of 119 83 of 339 70% of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure 50% of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure. Pump casting will be a (2) two piece, vertically split design, and constructed of high tensile, close grain gray iron. Impeller shaft will be stainless steel, heat treated, accurately ground to size, and polished under the shaft seal. Supported by oil lubricated ball bearings. Bearings will be protected from water and sediment by suitable stuffing boxes, flinger rings, and oil seals. No special or sleeve type bearings will be used. Pump will be equipped with a self- adjusting, maintenance -free, mechanical shaft seal. The mechanical seal will consist of a flat, highly polished, spring fed carbon ring that rotates with the impeller shaft. The carbon ring will press against a highly polished stainless steel stationary ring that is sealed within the pump body. In addition, a throttling ring will be pressed into the steel chamber cover, providing a very small clearance around the rotating shaft in the event of a mechanical seal failure. The pump performance will not deteriorate, nor will the pump lose prime, while drafting if the seal fails during pump operation. Wear rings will be bronze and easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need to replace the entire pump casing due to wear. PUMP TRANSMISSION Medium -duty "K" series transmission with two (2) helical gears and a 1.125" diameter keyed shaft will be provided. The water pump will be driven by a hot shift PTO located on the chassis transmission. An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. Interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only. PUMP SHIFT A pump shift will be provided within easy reach of the driver for engagement of the PTO driven pump. The shift will include the indicator lights as mandated by NFPA. The pump shift control will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be cylindrical type and will be a separate unit. The heat exchanger will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. Exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. INTAKE RELIEF VALVE An Elkhart relief valve will be installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 125 psig. Relief valve will have a working range of 75 psig to 250 psig. Outlet will terminate below the framerails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag. Control will be located behind an access door at the right (passenger's) side pump panel. 66 of 119 84 of 339 RELIEF VALVE A Waterous adjustable relief valve, specially designed for fire service, will be provided. Valve will be positive, quick acting, and include an instantaneous on /off control. When in the off position, the relief valve will functionally be removed from the system. When turned back to the on position, the relief valve will again monitor and maintain the previous pressure setting. Control for adjusting pressure will be elliptical shaped for positive grip. An easily removable pilot valve strainer will be provided and be accessible from the pump operator's panel. Two (2) indicator lights will be furnished, showing the position of the relief valve (amber for open and green for closed). THERMAL RELIEF VALVE A Waterous Overheat Protection Manager (OPM) will be included on the pump that monitors pump water temperature and opens to relieve water to cool the pump when the temperature of the pump water exceeds 140 Degrees F (60 C) and a red warning light that is triggered when the water in the pump reaches 180 F (82 C). The warning light will act as an additional protection device if the temperature in the pump keeps rising after the valve opens. The warning light with a test switch will be mounted on the pump operator panel. The discharge line will be plumbed to ground. PRIMING PUMP The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of NFPA 1901. All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction. One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer. PUMP MANUALS Two (2) pump manuals from the pump manufacturer will be furnished in compact disc format with the apparatus. The manuals will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. PLUMBING All inlet and outlet plumbing, 3.00" and smaller, will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi- tensile polyester braid. If hose is used, it must have a minimum burst rating of 1,000 psi and be equipped with high pressure couplings. Larger inlets and outlets will be threaded or welded black iron pipe. Small diameter secondary plumbing such as drain lines will be stainless steel, brass or hose. Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings. All lines to drain through either a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All individual drain lines for discharges will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame. All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing. 67 of 119 85 of 339 MAIN PUMP INLETS A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump. The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap. The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a Pierce exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. VALVES All ball valves will be Akron Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000 series heavy -duty style with a stainless steel ball and a simple two -seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve. Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty. ANODE, INLET A pair of sacrificial zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump inlets to protect the pump from corrosion. INLET BALL VALVES Two (2) butterfly valves Task Force Tips ball intake valve will be installed on the both the driver's side and the passenger's side main pump inlets main pump inlets. The valves will be located outside the pump panel. The intake valve will have a 4.00" FNSTconnection by 6.00" female NST swivel. Valves will be manually actuated, with a top handwheel. INLET (Left side) On the left side pump panel will be one (1) 2.50" auxiliary suction, terminating in 2.50" National Standard Hose Thread. The auxiliary suction will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. INLET (Right side) On the right side pump panel will be one (1) 2.50" auxiliary suction, terminating in 2.50" National Standard Hose Thread. The auxiliary suction will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. Inlet valve location will be outside the pump panel. INLET BLEEDER VALVE A .75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet. The valves will be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. TANK TO PUMP The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. Tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and angle down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing. 68 of 119 86 of 339 A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank. TANK REFILL A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re- circulation line will be provided, using a quarter -turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. DISCHARGE OUTLETS (Left Side) There will be two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a male 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter. DISCHARGE OUTLETS (Right Side) There will be one (1) discharge outlet with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a male 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter. DISCHARGE OUTLET, 4.00" There will be a 4.00" discharge outlet with a 4.00" Akron valve installed on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with male a 4.00" National Standard hose thread adapter. This discharge outlet will be actuated with a handwheel control at the pump operator's control panel. An indicator will be provided to show when the valve is in the closed position. DISCHARGE CAPS Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chains will be furnished for all side discharge outlets. The caps will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a Pierce exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. OUTLET BLEEDERS A .75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application. The valves will be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. ELBOWS, LEFT SIDE OUTLETS The 2.50" discharge outlets, located on the left side pump panel, will be furnished with a 2.50 "(F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50 "(M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a Pierce exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. ELBOWS, RIGHT SIDE OUTLETS The 2.50" discharge outlets, located on the right side pump panel, will be furnished with a 2.50 "(F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50 "(M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a Pierce exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. 69 of 119 87 of 339 ELBOW, 4.00" OUTLET The 4.00" outlet will be furnished with a 4.00 "(F) National Standard hose thread x 4.00 "(M) National Standard thirty (30) degree chrome elbow adapter with a chrome rocker lug cap. DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter -turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. If a handwheel control valve is used, the control will be a minimum of a 3.9" diameter chrome plated handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the handwheel. CROSSLAY HOSE BED Two (2) crosslay with 1.50" outlet will be provided. The bed to be capable of carrying 200 feet of 1.75" double jacketed hose and will be plumbed with 2.00" i.d. pipe and gated with 2.00" quarter turn ball valve. Outlet to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The crosslay control will be at the pump operator's panel. The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of .25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a DA finish. Vertical scuffplates, constructed of stainless steel, will be provided at the front and rear ends of the bed on each side of vehicle. Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. CROSSLAY /DEADLAY HOSE RESTRAINT Elastic netting will be provided across the top and ends of two (2) crosslay /deadlay opening(s) to secure the hose during travel. The netting will be permanently attached at the top center of the crosslay /deadlay bed and removable on each end. PUMP COMPARTMENT The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. It will be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards. The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist. Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly. PUMP MOUNTING Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump. PUMP CONTROL PANELS (Side Control) All pump controls and gauges will be located properly marked. at the left (driver's) side of the apparatus and The pump panel on the right (passenger's) side will be removable with lift and turn type fasteners. The left (driver's) side will be fastened with screws. 70 of 119 88 of 339 The control panels will be 34.00" wide. The gauge and control panels will be two (2) separate panels for ease of maintenance. The side gauge panel will be hinged at the bottom with a full length stainless steel hinge. The fasteners used to hold the panel in the upright position will be quarter turn type. Vinyl covered cable or chains will be used to hold the gauge panel in the dropped position. Polished stainless steel trim collars will be installed around all inlets and outlets. All push /pull valve controls will have 1/4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push /pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push /pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position. The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding. Identification tags for the discharge controls will be located directly above the control handle and recessed within the same casting as the guide. All line pressure gauges will be mounted in individual chrome plated castings with the identification tag recessed in the casting below the gauge. All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels. Mounting of the castings and identification bezels will be done with a threaded peg cast on the back side of the bezel or screws. LIGHT SHIELD There will be a polished, 16 gauge stainless steel light shield installed over the pump operators panel. • There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the stainless steel light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house. • One (1) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode. There will be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is set. This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel. There will be a green pump engaged indicator light activated on at the operator's panel when the pump is shifted into gear from inside the cab. ADDITIONAL LIGHT SHIELD An additional polished, 16 gauge stainless steel light shield will be provided above passenger's side pump panel. • There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house. 71 of 119 89 of 339 PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION The pump panel configuration will be neat and orderly. RADIO SPEAKER W /SWITCH A black Standard Horizon Model MLS -310 amplified, weatherproof speaker with volume control and off position will be mounted to a bracket behind an opening in the pump panel. The cables will terminate at in the radio compartment. PUMP OPERATOR'S PLATFORM A pull out, flip down platform will be provided at the pump operator's control panel. The front edge and the top surface of the platform will be made of DA finished aluminum with a Morton Cass insert. The platform will be approximately 13.75" deep when in the stowed position and approximately 22.00" deep when extended. The platform will be 35.00" wide. The platform will lock in the retracted and the extended position. The platform will be wired to the "step not stowed" indicator in the cab. PUMP OPERATOR'S PLATFORM PERIMETER LIGHT There will be an On Scene Solutions, Model Night Stick Access, 20.00" white 12 volt DC LED strip light provided to illuminate the ground area. PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided on both sides of the pump panel. GAUGES, VACUUM and PRESSURE The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1, Inc. The gauges will be a minimum of 6.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00 " -0 -600 #. The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel. Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They will be marked with a label, PRESSURE GAUGES The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be interlube filled and manufactured by Class 1. The gauges will be a minimum of 3.50" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering. Gauges will be compound type with a vacuum /pressure range of 30.00 " -0 -600 #. The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. WATER LEVEL GAUGE An electronic water level gauge will be provided on the operator's panel that registers water level by means of five colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra - bright five LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The water level indicators will be as follows: 72 of 119 90 of 339 - 100% = Green - 75% = Yellow - 50% = Yellow - 25% = Yellow - Refill = Red The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the water tank is empty. The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank. The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will.provide complete protection from water and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the tank. The field calibratable display measures head pressure to accurately show the tank level. HUSKY 3 FOAM PROPORTYONFR A Pierce Husky@ 3 foam proportioning system will be provided. The Husky 3 is an on demand, automatic proportioning, single point, direct injection system suitable for all types of Class A and B foam concentrates, including the high viscosity (6000 cps), alcohol resistant Class B foams. Operation will be based on direct measurement of water flow, and remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system will automatically proportion foam solution at rates from .1 percent to 3.0 percent regardless of variations in water pressure and flow, up to the maximum rated capacity of the foam concentrate pump. The design of the system will allow operation from draft, hydrant, or relay operation. System Capacity The system will have the ability to deliver the following minimum foam solution flow rates at accuracies that meet or exceed NFPA requirements at a pump rating of 150 psi. 100 gpm @ 3 percent 300 gpm @ 1 percent 600 gpm @ 0.5 percent Class A foam setting in .1 percent increments from .1 percent to 1 percent. Typical settings of 1 percent, .5 percent and .3 percent (maximum capacity will be limited to the plumbing and water pump capacity). Control System The system will be equipped with a digital electronic control display located on the pump operators panel. Push button controls will be integrated into the panel to turn the system on /off, control the foam percentage, and to set the operation modes. The percent of injection will have a preset. This preset can be changed at the fire department as desired. The percent of injection will be able to be easily changed at the scene to adjust to changing demands. 73 of 119 91 of 339 Three (3) .50 tall LEDs will display the foam percentage in numeric characters. Three (3) indicator LEDs will also be included, one (1) green, one (1) red, and one (1) yellow. The LEDs will indicate various system operation or error states. The indications will be: Solid Green - System On Solid Red - Valve Position Error Solid Yellow - Priming System Flashing Green - Injecting Foam Flashing Red - Low Tank Level Flashing Yellow - Refilling Tank The control display will house a microprocessor, which receives input from the systems water flow meter while also monitoring the position of the foam concentrate pump. The microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the position /rate of the foam pump, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate. One (1) check valve will be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump. Hydraulic Drive System The foam concentrate pump will be powered by an electric over hydraulic drive system. The hydraulic system and motor will be integrated into one (1) unit. Foam Concentrate Pump The foam concentrate pump will be of positive displacement, self - priming; linear actuated design, driven by the hydraulic system. The pump will be constructed of brass body; chrome plated stainless steel shaft, with a stainless steel piston. In order to increase longevity of the pump, no aluminum will be present in its construction. A relief system will be provided which is designed to protect the drive system components and prevent over pressuring the foam concentrate pump The foam concentrate pump will have minimum capacity for 3 gpm with all types of foam concentrates with a viscosity at or below 6000 cps including protein, fluoroprotein, AFFF, FFFP, or AR -AFFF. The system will deliver only the amount of foam concentrate flow required, without recirculating foam back to the storage tank. Recirculating foam concentrate back to the storage tank can cause agitation and premature foaming of the concentrate, which can result in system failure. The foam concentrate pump will be self - priming and have the ability to draw foam concentrate from external supplies such as drums or pails. External Foam Concentrate Connection An external foam pick -up will be provided to enable use of a foam agent that is not stored on the vehicle. The external foam pick -up will be designed to allow continued operation after the on -board foam tank is empty, or the use of foam different than the foam in the foam tank. Panel Mounted External Pick-Up Connection / Valve A bronze three (3) -way valve will be provided. The unit will be mounted to the pump panel. The valve unit will function as the foam system tank to pump valve and external suction valve. The external foam pick -up will be one (1) .75" male connection GHT (garden hose thread) with a cap. 74 of 119 92 of 339 Pick-Up Hose A .75" flexible hose with an end for insertion into foam containers will be provided. The hose will be supplied with a .75" female swivel GHT (garden hose thread) swivel connector. The hose will be shipped loose. Discharges The foam system will be plumbed to three (3) discharges. The discharges capable of dispensing foam will be speedlays and one left 2.5 ". System Electrical Load The maximum current draw of the electric motor and system will be no more than 55 amperes at 12 VDC. REFILL, FOAM TANK The foam system's proportioning pump will be used to fill the foam tank. This will allow use of the auxiliary foam pick -up to pump the foam from pails or a drum on the ground into the foam tank. A foam shut -off switch will be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The fill operation will be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller. While the proportioner pump is filling the tank, the controller will display a flashing yellow LED to indicate that the tank is filling. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump will stop and the controller will shut the yellow LED off. If it attempted to use tank fill and the refill valve and suction valve are in the wrong position(s), then a red LED will illuminate to indicate the improper valve position(s). When the valves are positioned properly, then filling will commence. FOAM TANK The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 20 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The brand of foam stored in this tank will be Fire Aid 2000. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid. FOAM LEVEL GAUGE An electronic foam level gauge will be provided on the operator's panel that registers foam level by means of five colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra - bright five LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The foam level indicators will be as follows: - 100% = Green - 75% = Yellow - 50% = Yellow - 25% = Yellow - Refill = Red The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the foam tank is empty. The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank. The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from foam and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the 75 of 119 93 of 339 tank. The display will be able to be calibrated in the field and will measure head pressure to accurately show the tank level. FOAM TANK DRAIN A system of 1.00" foam tank drains will be provided, integrated into the foam systems strainer and tank to foam pump valve management system. The tank to pump hoses running from the tank(s) to the panel mounted strainer will 1.00" diameter. The foam system controller will have a mode that allows for a given foam valve to be opened at will. Flow of foam from the tank valve to the strainer will be usable as a tank drain mode. An adaptor will be supplied, that allows the 1.00" foam intake screen to assembly to be used as a drain outlet. The standard supplied 1.00" foam pick up hose will be attached to the screen assembly by way of the adapter. The drain mode will allow the operator to open and close the tank valve as required from the control head, to drain foam and re -fill foam containers through the connected hose, without foam spillage beneath the vehicle. AIR HORN SYSTEM Two (2) Grover air horns will be provided and located, in the front bumper, recessed one each side. The horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed in -line to prevent loss of air in the air brake system. AIR HORN CONTROL The air horns will be actuated by a chrome push button located on the officer side of the engine tunnel and by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver will have the option to control the air horns or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch located on the instrument panel. Additional buttons will be provided on the pump panel and turntable. ELECTRONIC SIREN A Whelen, Model: 295SLSA1, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided. This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. Electronic siren head will be located in the center console. Siren will be actuated by one (1) foot switch located on the driver's side and by a push button located on the officer's side instrument panel. SPEAKER There will be two (2) Whelen, Model SA122FMP, cast aluminum, 100 -watt, flange mount speakers with polished aluminum finish provided, one (1) in the front bumper and one (1) at the rear of the apparatus driver's side and rear center. Each speaker will be powered from the electronic siren located in the cab. The speaker(s) will be recessed in the front bumper on the driver's side. MECHANICAL SIREN, (Auxiliary) A Federal Q26 siren will be furnished. A siren brake button will be installed on the switch panel. The control solenoid will be powered up after the emergency master switch is activated. 76 of 119 94 of 339 The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper on the right side. The siren will be properly supported using the bumper framework. MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL The mechanical siren WIII be actuated by a push button located on the officer's side instrument panel and by a foot switch on the driver's side. LIGHTRAR There will be one (1) 88.00" Whelen Freedom, Model FN * *QLED, LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof. The lightbar will include the following: • Two (2) red flashing LED modules facing forward. • Two (2) steady red LED modules facing forward. • Two (2) white flashing LED modules facing forward. • Two (2) red flashing corner LED modules, one in each front corner • One (1) red flashing LED module facing the driver side. • One (1) red flashing LED module facing the passenger side. • One (1) GTT Model 795 LED Opticom" traffic light controller with national standard high priority. The color of the lenses will bethe same color as the LED's. There will be two (2) switches located on a cab switch panel will control this lightbar. • One (1) switch will control all the warning lights. • One (1) switch will control the traffic light controller. The white warning lights and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied. WARNING LIGHTS (CAR ROOF SIDES) Two (2) 24.00" Whelen, Freedom Mini LED lightbars will be mounted on the roof, one (1) on each side, over the cab doors. Each lightbar will include the following: Two (2) red flashing corner LED modules. Two (2) red flashing LED lights. These lightbars will be controlled by the roof light switch. Each lightbar will be furnished with a red lens. This lightbar may be load managed when the parking brake is set. WARNING LIGHTS (Cab Face) Four (4) Whelen Model M6* LED flashing warning lights will be installed on the cab face, above the headlights, mounted in a common bezel. The driver's side front outside warning light to be red. The driver's side front inside warning light to be red. The passenger's side front inside warning light to be red. 77 of 119 95 of 339 The passenger's side front outside warning light to be red. All four (4) lights will include a colored lens that is the same color of the LED's. All four (4) lights will be controlled by a lighted switch in the cab on the switch panel.. The inside lights may be load managed if colored or disabled if white, when the parking brake is set. HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side. There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on. The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi -beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set. SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING Six (6) Whelen Model M6* LED flashing warning lights with bezels will be located in the following positions: Two (2) lights, one (1) each side on the front cab corner. The side front lights to be red. Two (2) lights, behind the crewcab doors. The side middle lights to be red. Two (2) lights, behind the tiller wheel. The side rear lights to be red. All six (6) lights will include a lens that is the same color of the LED's. All six (6) lights will be controlled by a lighted switch on the cab switch panel. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be four (4) Whelen, Model M6 *C LED flashing warning light(s) with bezel(s) provided mounted above the body recessed in alnuminum treadplate boxes. The color of the lights will be red. All of these lights will include a clear lens. These lights will be activated with the Side Zone Lower warning lights. WARNING LIGHTS (Side) There will be six (6) pairs, Whelen LIN3, Model RS *02ZCR, programmable LED flashing lights provided. The lights will be located in the body rub rails. The color of these lights will be red. The lights will be provided with a chrome plated ABS flange. These lights will be activated with the emergency master. 78 of 119 96 of 339 REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING Two (2) Whelen, Model M6* LED flashing warning lights with bezels will be located at the rear of the apparatus. The driver's side rear light to be red. The passenger's side rear light to be red. Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's. Both lights will be controlled by a lighted switch on the switch panel. WARNING LIGHTS AT REAR OF HOSE BED There will be two (2) Whelen, Model MCFLED2R, red LED warning lights provided at the rear of the truck, one (1) each side. These lights will be activated by a lighted switch on the instrument panel. All lenses will be the same color as the LED's. TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT There will be one (1) Whelen model TAL65 36.01" long x 2.84" high x 2.24" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus. The Whelen model TACTLDI control head will be included with this installation. The auxiliary warning mode will be activated with the emergency master switch. This traffic directing light will be surface mounted at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical. The traffic directing light controller will be located within the switch panel on the center console. The controller will be within easy reach of the driver. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN for ALTERNATING CURRENT The following guidelines will apply to the 120/240 VAC system installation: General Any fixed line voltage power source producing alternating current (ac) line voltage will produce electric power at 60 cycles plus or minus five (5) cycles. Except where superseded by the requirements of NFPA 1901, all components, equipment and installation procedures will conform to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (herein referred to as the NEC). Line voltage electrical system equipment and materials included on the apparatus will be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All products will be used only in the manner for which they have been listed. Grounding Grounding will be in accordance with Section 250 -6 "Portable and Vehicle Mounted Generators" of the NEC. Ungrounded systems will not be used. Only stranded or braided copper conductors will be used for grounding and bonding. An equipment grounding means will be provided in accordance with Section 250 -91 (Grounding Conductor Material) of the NEC. 79 of 119 97 of 339 The grounded current carrying conductor (neutral) will be insulated from the equipment grounding conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The neutral conductor will be colored white or gray in accordance with Section 200 -6 (Means of Identifying Grounding Conductors) of the NEC. In addition to the bonding required for the low voltage return current, each body and driving or crew compartment enclosure will be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper conductor. This conductor will have a minimum amperage rating of 115 percent of the nameplate current rating of the power source specification label as defined in Section 310- 15 (amp capacities) of the NEC. A single conductor properly sized to meet the low voltage and line voltage requirements will be permitted to be used. All power source system mechanical and electrical components will be sized to support the continuous duty nameplate rating of the power source. Operation Instructions that provide the operator with the essential power source operating instructions, including the power -up and power -down sequence, will be permanently attached to the apparatus at any point where such operations can take place. Provisions will be made for quickly and easily placing the power source into operation. The control will be marked to indicate when it is correctly positioned for power source operation. Any control device used in the drive train will be equipped with a means to prevent the unintentional movement of the control device from its set position. A power source specification label will be permanently attached to the apparatus near the operator's control station. The label will provide the operator with the information detailed in Figure 19 -4.10. Direct drive (PTO) and portable generator installations will comply with Article 445 (Generators) of the NEC. Overcurrent protection The conductors used in the power supply assembly between the output terminals of the power source and the main over current protection device will not exceed 144 inches. (3658 mm) in length. For fixed power supplies, all conductors in the power supply assembly will be type THHW, THW, or use stranded conductors enclosed in nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated for a minimum of 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius). For portable power supplies, conductors located between the power source and the line side of the main overcurrent protection device will be type SO or type SEO with suffix WA flexible cord rated for 600 -volts at 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius). Wiring Methods Fixed wiring systems will be limited to the following: - Metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius) Gli - Type SO or Type SEO cord with a WA suffix, rated at 600 volts at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius) 80 of 119 98 of 339 Electrical cord or conduit will not be attached to chassis suspension components, water or fuel lines, air or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system components, or low voltage wiring. In addition the wiring will be run as follows: - Separated by a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm), or properly shielded, from exhaust piping - Separated from fuel lines by a minimum of six (6) inches (152 mm) distance. Electrical cord or conduit will be supported within six (6) inches (152 mm) of any junction box and at a minimum of every 24 inches (610 mm) of continuous run. Supports will be made of nonmetallic materials or corrosion protected metal. All supports will be of a design that does not cut or abrade the conduit or cable and will be mechanically fastened to the vehicle. Wiring Identification All line voltage conductors located in the main panel board will be individually and permanently identified. The identification will reference the wiring schematic or indicate the final termination point. When prewiring for future power sources or devices, the unterminated ends will be labeled showing function and wire size. Wet Locations All wet location receptacle outlets and inlet devices, including those on hardwired remote power distribution boxes, will be of the grounding type provided with a wet location cover and installed in accordance with Section 210 -7 'Receptacles and Cord Connections" of the NEC. All receptacles located in a wet location will be not less than 24 inches (610 mm) from the ground. Receptacles on off -road vehicles will be a minimum of 30 inches (762 mm) from the ground. The face of any wet location receptacle will be installed in a plane from vertical to not more than 45 degrees off vertical. No receptacle will be installed in a face up position. Dry Locations All receptacles located in a dry location will be of the grounding type. Receptacles will be not less than 30 inches (762 mm) above the interior floor height. All receptacles will be marked with the type of line voltage (120 -volts or 240 - volts) and the current rating in amps. If the receptacles are direct current, or other than single phase, they will be so marked. Listin All receptacles and electrical inlet devices will be listed to UL 498, Standard for Safety Attachment Plugs and Receptacles, or other appropriate performance standards. Receptacles used for direct current voltages will be rated for the appropriate service. Electrical System Testing The wiring and associated equipment will be tested by the apparatus manufacturer or the installer of the line voltage system. 81 of 119 99 of 339 The wiring and permanently connected devices and equipment will be subjected to a dielectric voltage withstand test of 900 volts for one (1) minute. The test will be conducted between live parts and the neutral conductor, and between live parts and the vehicle frame with any switches in the circuit(s) closed. This test will be conducted after all body work has been completed. Electrical polarity verification will be made of all permanently wired equipment and receptacles to determine that connections have been properly made. ODerational Test Der Current NFPA 1901 Standards The apparatus manufacturer will perform the following operation test and ensure that the power source and any devices that are attached to the line voltage electrical system are properly connected and in working order. The test will be witnessed and the results certified by Underwriters Laboratories. The prime mover will be started from a cold start condition and the line voltage electrical system loaded to 100 percent of the nameplate rating. The power source will be operated at 100 percent of its nameplate voltage for a minimum of two (2) hours unless the system meets category certification as defined in the current NFPA 1901 standard. Where the line voltage power is derived from the vehicle's low voltage system, the minimum continuous electrical load as defined in the current NFPA 1901 standard will be applied to the low voltage electrical system during the operational test. The apparatus will be equipped with a complete electrical power system. The generator will be a Harrison Model 15.0 MPC 15.0 kW Hydraulic unit. The wiring and generator installation will conform to the present National Electrical Codes Standards of the National Fire Protection Association. The installation will be designed for continuous operation without overheating and undue stress on components. Generator Performance - Continuous Duty Rating: 15,000 watts - Nominal Volts: 120/240 - Amperage: 125 @ 120 volts, 62.5 @ 240 volts - Phase: Single -Cycles: 60 hertz - Engine Speed at Engagement: Idle - RPM range: 925 to 3,000 (hydraulic pump) Generator Dimensions - Length: 35.00 inches - Width: 23.00 inches - Height: 19.00 inches - Weight: 455 pounds (dry) 82 of 119 100 of 339 The output of the generator will be controlled by an internal hydraulic system. An electrical instrument gauge panel will be provided for the operator to monitor and control all electrical operations and output. The generator will be driven by a transmission power take off unit, through a hydraulic pump and motor. The generator will include an electrical control inside the cab. The hydraulic engagement supply will be operational at any time (no interlocks). An electric /hydraulic valve will supply hydraulic fluid to the clutch engagement unit provided on the chassis PTO drive. Generator Instruments and Controls To properly monitor the generator performance a digital meter panel will be furnished and mounted next to the circuit breaker panel. The meter will indicate the following items: - Voltage - Amperage for both lines - Frequency - Generator run hours - Over current indication - Over temperature indication - "Power On" indication The meter and indicators will be installed near eye level in the compartment. Instruments will be flush mounted in an appropriate sized weatherproof electrical enclosure. All instruments used will be accurate within +/- two (2) percent. Load Center: The main load center will be a Cutler Hammer with circuit breakers rated to load demand. Circuit Breakers: Individual breakers will be provided for all on -line equipment to isolate a tripped breaker from affecting any other on -line equipment. GENERATOR LOCATION The generator will be mounted in the area above the goose neck of the tiller trailer. The flooring in this area will be either reinforced or constructed, in such a manner, that it will handle the additional weight of the generator. GENERATOR START A switch will be located on the cab instrument panel to engage the generator. GENERATOR REMOTE START A remote start switch will be provided in the cab switch panel, near the circuit breaker box and at the aerial turntable to engage the hydraulic generator PTO and field. A light at each switch location will be provided to indicate that the generator is running. There will be one switch only. 83 of 119 101 of 339 CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL The circuit breaker panel will be located D6 rear wall. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER The specified 120 volt option 1 for each cord reel will be supplied with a ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) circuit breaker. The total quantity will be two (2) circuit breakers. The GFCI breakers will only be used in the branch circuits and will not be used as a "master" circuit breaker. 120 VOLT LIGHTING A Fire Research Model #FC600 -S75 quartz tube flood light will be provided. The light will be a tripod style with quick release truck mounting brackets. The light fixture will be a single 750 watt, 120 volt Focus light that draws 6.3 amps. The lamp head will swivel 360 degrees left or right and tilt up and down. A receptacle will be provided near the base of the light. A 20 amp, 120 volt, twist -lock plug with protective boot will be provided. A total of Two (2) will be provided one each side rear of the cab, just above the cab so they can be turned.tp be able to face to the side. REMOTE LIGHT SWITCH A remote on /off actuation switch with a green indicator light will be provided to actuate a 120/240 volt solenoid switch for each quartz light. The two (2) switches will be located in the cab at the driver position. The switches will control the lights On Overhead. 240 -VOLT LIGHTING A Will -Burt Night Scan Powerlite elevated lighting system, Model NS 3.0 -6000 OPT, will be provided. Mast will be operated with a 12 -volt DC and 20 psi regulated air from the chassis air system. All electrical cables will be internal of the mast for better protection. Control for the mast and the lighting system will be a hand held wired remote unit. It will be operable with a single hand for turn /tilt, up /down, and on /off. Length of the control cord will be 25 feet. The mast will automatically stow with a one touch Auto Stow feature. The remote will be located in the lower crewcab compartment on the driver's side. Weight of the unit will not exceed 155 pounds. Four (4), 1500 -watt, 240 -volt AC quartz halogen Optimum lights will be mounted on the mast in a weatherproof directional lighting system that will have the ability to rotate 385 degrees and tilt 330 degrees. The light heads will have a dual tilt function, where the left and right sides can tilt independently in different directions or together in the same direction. A label will be provided at the operator's location to indicate mast operation instructions, warning information, extended tower height from the ground and bulb replacement data. Tower "LOOK UP" Light 84 of 119 102 of 339 A self contained 12 volt floodlight will be provided on the light tower. The light will turn on automatically when the tower is raised and turn off when the tower is lowered. A total of one (1) light tower will be provided on the cab roof. ELECTRIC CORD REEL Furnished with the 120 volt AC electrical system will be a Hannay, series 1600, cord reel. The reel will be provided with a 12 -volt electric rewind switch, that is guarded to prevent accidental operation and labeled for its intended use. The switch will be protected with a fuse and installed at a height not to exceed 72 inches above the operators standing position. The exterior finish of the reel(s) will be painted #269 gray from the reel manufacturer. A captive roller assembly to be provided to aid in the payout and loading of the reel. A ball stop will be provided to prevent the cord from being wound on the reel. A label will be provided in a readily visible location adjacent to the reel. The label will indicate current rating, current type, phase, voltage and total cable length. A total of two (2) cord reels will be provided above gooseneck in front of body. The cord reel will be configured with three (3) conductors. CORD Provided for electric distribution will be two (2) lengths, one (1) for each reel, of 200 feet of yellow 10/3 electrical cord, weather resistant 105 degree C to -50 degree C, 600 volt jacketed SOOW cord. No connector will be installed on the end of the cord. PORTABLE ]UNCTION BOX There will be four (4) 120 vac 20 amp twist lock receptacles provided in a portable junction box. The junction box will be of weatherproof construction and have flip up lids lined with soft neoprene rubber at each outlet opening. No connector. A total of two (2) will be provided. REEL ENCLOSURE An aluminum treadplate enclosure will be installed over the reel. The enclosure will be provided with a stainless steel hinge that will allow the cover to be opened. A captive roller assembly will be provided through the side sheet to assist with the pay out of the cord. A ball stop will be provided on the cord to stop the cord at the roller assembly A total of two (2) will be installed On gooseneck. ]UNCTION BOX HOLDER There will be an aluminum junction box holder installed adjacent to the cord reel. A total of two (2) will be installed. with Electric reel. 20 AMP RECEPTACLE Wired to the power supply will be two (2) receptacles that are a 120 volt 20 amp three wire twist -lock NEMA L5 -20 type with weather resisting cover located Fenderwell area 1 each side. 85 of 119 103 of 339 FOUR M- SECTION 100 FOOT TRACTOR -DRAWN AERIAL LADDER CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS The ladder will be constructed to meet all of the requirements as described in the current NFPA 1901 standards. The aerial device will be a true ladder type device; therefore ladders attached to booms will not be considered. These capabilities will be established in an unsupported configuration All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of a ductile material will have a design stress of not more than 50% of the minimum yield strength of the material based on the combination of the live load and the dead load. This 2:1 structural safety factor meets the current NFPA 1901 standard. All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of non - ductile material will have a design stress of not more than 20% of the minimum ultimate strength of the material, based on the combination of the rated capacity and the dead load. This 5:1 safety factor meets the current NFPA 1901 standard. Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1 safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope will remain above 2:1 during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be 1:12. Wire ropes will be constructed of seven (7) strands over an inner wire core for increased flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to reduce corrosion. The aerial base pivot bearings will be maintenance free type bearings and require no external lubrication. The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one -half times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position in which the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a firm level surface. The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one -third times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a slope of five degrees downward in the direction most likely to cause overturning. With the aerial device out of the cradle and in the fully extended position at zero degrees elevation, a test load will be applied in a horizontal direction normal to the centerline of the ladder. The turntable will not rotate and the ladder will not deflect beyond what the product specification allows. All welding of aerial components, including the aerial ladder sections, turntable, pedestal, and outriggers, will be in compliance with the American Welding Society standards. All welding personnel will be certified, as qualified under AWS welding codes. The aerial device will be capable of operating in conditions of wind up to 50 mph and icing conditions of up to a .25" coating over the aerial structure. All of the design criteria must be supported by the following test data: (no exception) - Strain gage testing of the complete aerial device - Analysis of deflection data taken while the aerial device was under test load 86 of 119 104 of 339 The following standards for materials are to be used in the design of the aerial device: - Materials are to be certified by the mill that manufactured the material - Materials that are certified or recertified by vendors other than the mill will not be acceptable - Material testing that is performed after the mill test will be for verification only and not with the intent of changing the classification - All welded structural components for the ladder will be traceable to their mill lots. LADDER CONSTRUCTION The ladder is comprised of four (4) sections. The ladder will have the capability to support a minimum of 500 pounds at the tip in the unsupported configuration, based upon 360 degree rotation, up to full extension and from - 8 degrees to +75 degrees. The ladder will be constructed of high strength low alloy steel, minimum 70,000 pounds per square inch yield, with full traceability on all structural members. Each section will be trussed diagonally, vertically and horizontally using welded steel tubing. All ladder rungs are round and welded to each section utilizing "K" bracing for lateral and torsional rigidity. The inside width dimensions of the ladder will be: - Base Section 39.00" - Lower Mid Section 32.25" - Upper Mid Section 26.62" - Fly Section 21.62" The height of the handrails above the centerline of the rungs will be: - Base Section 26.75" - Lower Mid Section 22.87" - Upper Mid Section 20.25" - Fly Section 17.50" The ladder will be designed to provide continuous egress for firefighters and civilians from an elevated position to the ground. The end of the fly section will be constructed in a manner that aids personnel in climbing off the ladder. The egress section will be designed to maintain the rated load of the aerial device. It will be bolted on for easy replacement. VERTICAL HEIGHT The ladder shall extend to a nominal height of 100' above the ground at 75 degrees. The measurement of height shall be consistent with NFPA standards. HORIZONTAL REACH The rated horizontal reach shall be 951 ". The measurement of horizontal reach shall be consistent with NFPA standards. 87 of 119 105 of 339 TURNTABLE The upper turntable assembly will connect the aerial ladder to the turntable bearing. The steel structure will have a mounting position for the aerial elevation cylinders, ladder connecting pins, and upper turntable operator's position. The turntable platform will be approximately 96.00" wide by 72.00" long. The turntable will be a 1.00" thick steel deck, coated with an non -skid, chemical resistant material in the walking areas. The stepping surfaces will meet the skid - resistance requirements of the current NFPA 1901 standard. The turntable will be lit to the current edition of NFPA 1901 requirements. The lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. The turntable handrails will be a minimum 42.00" high and will not increase the overall travel height of the vehicle. The handrails will be constructed from aluminum and have a slip resistant knurled surface. ELEVATION SYSTEM Two (2) double acting lift cylinders will be utilized to provide smooth precise elevation from 8 degrees below horizontal to 75 degrees above horizontal. The lift cylinders will have a 6.00" internal diameter (bore), a .50" wall thickness, a 4.50" diameter cylinder rod and a 34.84" stroke. The lift cylinders will be equipped with integral holding valves located on the cylinder to prevent the unit from falling should the charged lines be severed at any point within the hydraulic system. (no exception) The lift cylinders will be mounted utilizing maintenance free spherical bearings on both ends of the cylinders. The bearings will help reduce pin wear. Ladder tip speed is automatically decelerated at angles above 60 degrees reducing "tip - lash". The pivot pins will be stainless steel and 2.25" in diameter. Each elevation pin will be stainless steel with a greaseless ladder pivot pin. EXTENSION/ RETRACTION SYSTEM A full hydraulic powered extension and retraction system will be provided using two (2) hydraulic cylinders and wire ropes. Each set is capable of operating the ladder in the event of a failure to the other. The extension cylinder will have a 3.00" internal diameter (bore), 1.75" diameter rod and a 134.00" stroke. Extension and retraction will be internally limited within the cylinders, eliminating excess strain on wire ropes, sheaves and the ladder structure. Each of the cylinders, wire ropes and sheave assemblies will be completely independent of the other, so as to provide a safety factor wherein a failure of one assembly will not affect the function and operation of the other. The extension cylinders are equipped with counter balance valves to synchronize the cylinders for smoother operation and prevent the unit from retracting should the charged lines be severed at any point within the hydraulic system. The cylinders will also have internal deceleration valves, to cushion the movement of the cylinder when approaching full 88 of 119 106 of 339 extension or retraction. All extension /retraction pins will have a corrosion - preventative, QPQ black finish. The extension cylinders will be mounted utilizing maintenance free spherical bearings. The reeling of the wire rope will be such as to provide synchronized, simultaneous movement of all sections to full extension. The extension /retraction wire ropes will be 7 -flex galvanized with stainless steel threaded ends, and will possess the following characteristics: Lower Mid Section .50 diameter, 26,2001b breaking strength - Upper Mid Section .38" diameter, 14,8801b breaking strength - Fly Section .31" diameter, 10,3801b breaking strength Wear pads made of polymer material will be used between the telescoping sections for maximum weight distribution, strength and smoothness of operation. Adjustment screws are provided on the wear pads to permit proper side alignment. All sheaves will be plastic and greaseless and all sheave pins and pivot pins will be stainless steel. (no exception) A 46.00" diameter, external tooth, monorace, slewing ring bearing will be used for the rotation system. The gear teeth will be a stub tooth form. The bearing will provide 360 degree continuous rotation. The turntable will be bolted to the bearing using 36 SAE Grade 8, .875" diameter bolts. To secure the bearing to the base support 36 Grade 8, .875" diameter bolts will be used. The turntable base and the torque box bearing plate will be machined to fit the bearing thereby providing even distribution of forces. A hydraulically driven, planetary gear box with a drive speed reducer will be used to provide infinite and minute rotation control throughout the entire rotational travel. The gearbox will have a torque rating of 130,000 pounds per square inch. A spring applied, hydraulically released disc type swing brake will be furnished to provide positive braking of the turntable assembly. Provisions will be made for auxiliary operation of the system in case of prime mover failure. The hydraulic system is equipped with pressure relief valves which will limit the rotational torque to a non - destructive power. ROTATION INTERLOCK A permanently installed prevention mechanism will be provided as part of the rotation system to prevent the rotation of the aerial device to the side in which the stabilizers have not been fully deployed or are short- jacked. The mechanism will allow full and unrestricted use of the aerial in the 180 degree area on the side(s) where the stabilizers have been fully deployed. The system will also have a manual override to comply with NFPA 1901. 89 of 119 107 of 339 This will consist of a switch located in the lower control station so that activation will require two (2) persons (one at an aerial device control location and one at the lower control station). LOAD CAPACITIES The following load capacities will be established with the stabilizers at full horizontal extension and placed in the down position to level the truck and to relieve the weight from the tires and axles. Capacities will be based upon full extension and 360 degree rotation. A load chart, visible at the operator's station, will be provided. The load chart will show the recommended safe load at any condition of the aerial device's elevation and extension. (no exception) 50 MPH WIIND COINDMOMS/ WATERWAY DRY Degrees of Elevation , -8 to 910 to 1920 to 2930 to 3940 to 4950 to 5960 to 6970 to 75 ,Egress (Fly 500 500 500 - 500 500 500 500 500 250 250 750 1000 ,Upper Mid 250 250 X500 1000 1000 Lower Mid - 250 250 500 750 1000 1000 'Base 500500 250 250 T00 750 1000 1000 1000 50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS /WATERWAY CHARGED !Degrees -8 10 120 130 140 50 to 60 to 70 to 75 of to 9 to to to 59 69 (Elevation 19 29 49 139 ito ;Egress 500 500 500 500 500 500 500500 1750 'Fly 250 500 1000 'Upper - 250 750 'Mid 1500 I Lower - - 250 750 1000 Mid 1500 11000 ,Base - 250 500 750 1000 1000 The ladder will extend to a nominal height of (100' above the ground at 75 degrees. The I measurement of height will be consistent (with NFPA standards. The rated horizontal reach will be 95'1 ". The measurement of horizontal reach will be consistent with NFPA standards. BOOM SUPPORT A heavy -duty boom support will be provided for support of the ladder in the travel position. On the base section of the ladder, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided where the ladder comes into contact with the boom support. In the stowed position, the 90 of 119 108 of 339 ladder tip will be not less than 11.00" below horizontal for unsurpassed visibility and safety while maneuvering the apparatus. SPECIAL HEIGHT BOOM SUPPORT A special height boom support will be provided to raise the aerial device to clear the compartment on top of the body. AERIAL BOOM PANEL There will be one boom panel provided on each side of the aerial ladder base section. The boom panel will be painted body color. The boom panels will be designed so no mounting bolts are in the face of the panel. This will keep the lettering surface free of holes. Extension markings and corresponding numerical indicators will be provided along each inside and outside top rail of the base section of the aerial every ten (10) feet. They will indicate various positions of extension up to full. Markings and indicators will be clearly visible to the console operator. To aid in visibility during hours of darkness, the markings and numerical indicators will be of a red reflective material. FOLDING STEPS One (1) set of folding steps will be provided at the tip of the ladder. An additional set of folding steps will be provided at the base of the fly section. The steps will be bright finished, non -skid with a black coating. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. AERIAL DEVICE RUNG COVERS Each rung will be covered with a secure, heavy -duty, fiberglass pultrusion that incorporates an aggressive, no -slip coating. The rung covers will be glued to each rung, and will be easily replaceable should the rung cover become damaged. The center portion of each rung cover will be black and the outside 2.00" edge at each side will be photo] u mi nescent to assist in providing a light source for each rung during low light conditions. Under no circumstances will the rung covers be fastened to the rungs using screws or rivets. The rung covers will have a 10 -year, limited warranty. RUBBISH HOOK MOUNTING BRACKET Mounting will be provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial ladder for a rubbish hook. The bracket will be sized to hold a Nupla 6' roof vent rubbish hook. ADDITIONAL FOLDING STEPS An additional set of folding steps will be provided on the ladder fly section. This set of steps will be located approximately 70.00" below the ladder tip. The steps will be bright finished, non -skid folding steps with a black coating. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 91 of 119 109 of 339 LADDER STORAGE MOUNTING BRACELETS There will be D/A finished brackets provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial for mounting a roof ladder. The mounting brackets will accommodate a 14' Duo - Safety 775 -A, 16.00" wide roof ladder as determined by the type of aerial device and the available space. ROTATION MOTOR COVER An aluminum treadplate cover will be fitted over the aerial rotation motor. The cover will be removable. CONTROL STATION There will be a turntable control station located on the right hand side of the turntable so the operator will be able to easily observe the ladder tip while operating the controls. The controls will permit the operator to regulate the speed of the aerial functions within safe limits (as determined by the manufacturer and NFPA standards). The controls will be clearly marked and lighted for nighttime operation. A hinged aluminum cover will be provided. The momentary foot switch located at the turntable control station will activate the aerial function controls. They are capable of being operated independently or simultaneously. The following controls and indicator lights will be clearly identified, illuminated, and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing: - Elevation, extension /retraction, and rotation controls - High idle switch - Rung alignment indicator light - Tip/Tracking lights - Hydraulic system pressure gauge - Indicator /Alarm test switch - EPU switch - Operator's load chart - Stabilizer Not Fully Extended indicator light - Monitor controls - Aerial waterway flow meter There will also be a minimum of two (2) 12 -volt work lights installed on the turntable to illuminate the surrounding area for nighttime operation. The work lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. STABILIZER CONTROL STATION There will be an easily accessible control station located at both the driver and passenger side of the apparatus. The following controls and indicator lights will be clearly identified and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing at each control station. - Stabilizer controls for driver and passenger side - Stabilizer Firm On Ground indicator lights 92 of 119 110 of 339 - Stabilizer Fully Extended indicator lights - Inclinometer for grade and slope - Stabilizer EPU switch - High Idle switch REMOTE AERIAL CONTROL A remote control will be provided whereby all ladder movements can be controlled at the ladder tip, in addition to the control console. The three (3) ladder functions (extension, rotation, elevation) will be controlled individually by means of spring loaded, return to center 12 -volt proportional controls. A momentary switch at the turntable control station will activate the controls at the ladder tip. The remote control aerial speed will be set in accordance with the current NFPA 1901 standards. The vehicle will come equipped with a stabilization system consisting of two (2) hydraulically operated out and down style stabilizers. This system will meet or exceed all requirements of the NFPA specifications related to stabilization and setup on sloped surfaces. The stabilizer /leveling jacks will have a maximum spread of 17' measured from the centerline of the jack footpads when the beams are fully extended. The beams will be 6.81" wide x 8.88" high with 3/4" thick top and bottom plates and 1/2" thick sides of 100,000 -PSI minimum yield strength steel. The cylinders will have pilot- operated check valves with thermal relief designed to insure that the beams will not drift out of the stowed position during travel. Wear pads will guide the stabilizers. The horizontal extension cylinders will be totally enclosed within the beams and will incorporate telescoping hydraulic tubing to supply the jack cylinder hydraulic power. Stabilizer hydraulic hoses will remain stationary during operation of the stabilizers to prevent hose wear and potential failure. The cylinders will be equipped with decelerators to reduce the speed of extension and retraction when the beams are near the fully retracted and extended positions. The stabilizer extension hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions: 2.25" bore, 1.38" rod, and 57.25" stroke. The vertical jack cylinders will be capable of 12.00" ground penetration. The cylinders will be supplied with pilot operated check valves on each jack cylinder to hold the cylinder in the stowed or working position, should a charged line be severed at any point in the hydraulic system. For safety, the integral holding valves will be located in the cylinder base end, NOT in the transfer tube. Vertical jack cylinder rods will be fully enclosed by a telescoping inner box to protect the cylinder rods from damage. The stabilizer jack hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions: 4.25" bore, 3.00" rod, and 28.88" stroke. Each stabilizer jack will have a polished stainless steel shield. The stainless steel shield shall be of the split -pan design and shall be a maximum 12.50" wide so as to allow the extension of the stabilizer between parked cars or other obstacles. This plate will serve as a protective guard and a mounting surface for warning lights. The top, forward, and rear edges will be flanged back 90 degrees for added strength. A 4.00" diameter clear work light will be provided to illuminate the stabilizer and the ground. Lighting will automatically activate with the aerial master switch. 93 of 119 111 of 339 STABILIZER PADS The stabilizer footpad will be 12.00" in diameter. The footpad will be attached to the jack cylinder rod by means of a machined ball at the end of the jack cylinder rod which mates to a socket machined into the footpad. The footpad will have the ability to pivot 20 degrees from horizontal in any direction to allow setup on uneven terrain. AUXILIARY STABILIZER PADS An auxiliary ground pad will be supplied for each stabilizer to provide additional load distribution on soft surfaces. The pads will be 24.00" square and made from magnetic lightweight composite material. The ground pressure will not exceed 75 pounds per square inch when the ground pads are used and the apparatus is fully loaded and the aerial device is carrying its rated capacity in any position. There will be one (1) pad located on each side of the apparatus, behind the stabilizers. STABILIZER CONTROLS An electrically controlled hydraulic valve will power stabilizer movement. The valve can also be manually controlled in the event of electrical malfunction. Hydraulic power override controls will be incorporated into the valve. The manual override mechanism will be completely sealed within the valve assembly to prevent any possibility of corrosion. The stabilizer controls will be located to provide the operator with a full view of each stabilizer being positioned. Each stabilizer control panel will include the following: -In /out stabilizer beam control toggle switch -Up /down stabilizer jack control toggle switch - Emergency hydraulic power unit (EPU) control toggle switch -High idle control toggle switch - Stabilizer fully extended LED indicator lights - Stabilizer planted LED indicator lights As a safety device, an electrically actuated diverter valve will be provided. The hydraulic power will be diverted to the aerial ladder controls automatically the instant all stabilizer jacks are firmly planted on the ground. Once the aerial ladder is raised from the bedded position, the stabilizer hydraulic power is cut off so the stabilizers will not accidentally be moved while the aerial is being operated. To aid in leveling the unit, two bubble type angle indicators will be located near the stabilizer controls. One indicator will show the angle of the truck from the front to rear and the other will show the side to side angle of the truck. The indicators will be color coded green to show when the truck has been properly leveled allowing the aerial device to be operated at full capacity. A stabilizer deployment audible warning alarm will be provided at each side of the body, activated by the stabilizer movement. A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator light will be provided in the cab within view of the driver. It will illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed to prevent damage to the vehicle if it is moved. The stabilizer system will also be wired to the "Do Not Move Truck" indicator light. This light will flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed. 94 of 119 112 of 339 STABILIZER PINS The stabilizer jacks will have holes for the stabilizer pins. ALUMINUM TREADPLATE DOORS, STABILIZER CONTROL BOX Horizontally hinged aluminum treadplate doors will be provided over each stabilizer control box. The doors will be hinged at the bottom and provided with flush mounted lift and turn latches. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM All hose assemblies will be assembled and crimped by the hose manufactures certified technician. An assembly cell will be located on the premises where the technician can perform audits of the final aerial assembly for proper fitting torque and hose routing. All manufacturing employees responsible for the installation of hydraulic components will be properly trained. Training will include: proper handling, installation, torque requirements, cleanliness and quality control procedures for hydraulic components. Hoses used in the aerial hydraulic system will be of a premium quality hose with a high abrasion resistant cover. All pressure hoses will have a working pressure of 4000 psi and a burst pressure rating of 16,000 psi. The hydraulic oil will be a premium Multi -Vis product having a leading edge additive package, provide oxidation stability, be extremely shear stable and maximum anti -wear properties. All oil delivered to the manufacturing site will have a minimum ISO cleanliness level of 18/15/13. Each aerial will be evaluated as to the region and climate where it will be used to determine the optimum viscosity and proper oil grade. Oil viscosity will be based on an optimum range of 80 to 1000 SUS during normal aerial use. Before shipment of the unit, an oil sample will be taken and analyzed to confirm the oil is within the allowable ISO grade tolerance. The aerial hydraulic system will have a minimum oil cleanliness level of ISO 18/15/13 based on the ISO 4406:1999 cleanliness standard. Each customer will receive a certificate of actual cleanliness test results and an explanation of the rating system. Each aerial will include an oil sample port, identified with a yellow dust cap and a label, for subsequent customer testing. Ball valves will be provided in the hydraulic suction and return lines to permit component servicing without draining the oil reservoir. The system hydraulic pressure will be displayed on a 2.5 liquid filled gauge, located on the control console. The hydraulic system will be additionally protected from excessive pressure by a secondary pressure relief valve set at 3,150 psi. In the event the main hydraulic pump compensator malfunctions, the secondary relief will prevent system damage. HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS All cylinders used on the aerial device will be produced by a manufacturer that specializes in the manufacture of hydraulic cylinders. Each cylinder will include integral safety holding cartridges. Each cylinder will be designed to a minimum safety factor of 4:1 to failure. All safety holding cartridges will be installed at the cylinder manufacturer, in a controlled clean environment to avoid possible contamination and or failure. 95 of 119 113 of 339 HYDRAULIC PUMP The hydraulic system will be supplied by a 4.6 cubic inch variable volume, load and pressure compensating piston pump. The pump will be rated at a minimum of 5,365 psi peak pressure and 2,600 rpm. The pump will meet the demands of all three simultaneous aerial functions. The pump will provide proper flow for single aerial function with the engine at idle speed. A switch will be provided on the control console to increase the engine speed for multiple function operation. EMERGENCY PUMP The aerial will be equipped with an emergency hydraulic pump, electrically driven from the truck batteries. The pump will be capable of running for 30 minutes for limited aerial functions to stow the unit in case of a main pump or truck system failure. A momentary switch will be located at the stabilizer and aerial control locations to activate the emergency pump. AERIAL CONTROL VALVE The aerial hydraulic control valve will be designed with special spool flows, limiting the oil flow for the designed function speed. The valve will be manually controlled and be located in the control console with the handles protruding through the operating surface for operation. The activation handles will be spaced a minimum of 3.5" for ease of operation. The valve spools will be designed to bleed off downstream pressure, in the neutral position and allow proper seating of any cylinder holding cartridge. OIL RESERVOIR The oil reservoir will have a minimum capacity of 40 gallons. The oil fill location will be easily accessible and be labeled "Hydraulic Oil Only" and also indicate the grade of oil that is installed in the reservoir. The fill cap will have a 40 micron filter to provide protection from contamination. A drain hose will be included and will terminate with a quarter turn ball valve. Two suction ports will be provided, one for the main hydraulic pump and one for the emergency pump. The main suction will be slightly elevated off the bottom of the reservoir and include a 100 mesh suction strainer. The emergency suction port will be closer to the bottom of the reservoir to provide some reserve oil for emergency operation. A six (6) disc type magnetic drain will also be provided to collect any ferrous contaminants. A combination sight glass and thermometer will be mounted to the reservoir in an easily viewable location. HIGH PRESSURE FILTER The pressure filter will be rated for 6,000 psi working pressure and generously sized for efficiency and capacity. A 90 psi bypass spring will be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal system operating temperatures. The 5Q filter element will be constructed of a micro glass medium, which has the highest capture efficiency, dirt holding capacity and life expectancy over other media such as cellulose and synthetic. The nominal rating will be 5 micron and have an efficiency rating of 99.3 % for 5 micron sized particles. The element will have a dirt holding capacity of not less than 35 grams. RETURN FILTER The return filter will be rated for 150 psi working pressure and generously sized for efficiency and capacity. A 25 psi bypass spring will be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal system operating temperatures. The 10Q filter 96 of 119 114 of 339 element will be constructed of a micro glass medium, which has the highest capture efficiency, dirt holding capacity and life expectancy over other media such as cellulose and synthetic. The nominal rating will be 10 microns and have an efficiency rating of 99.5% for 10 micron sized particles. The element will have a dirt holding capacity of not less than 84.7 grams. HYDRAULIC SWIVEL The aerial ladder will be equipped with a high pressure hydraulic swivel which will connect the hydraulic lines from the hydraulic pump and reservoir, through the rotation point, to the aerial control bank. The hydraulic swivel will allow for 360 - degree continuous rotation of the aerial. ELECTRIC SWIVEL The ladder will be equipped with an electric swivel to allow 360 - degree rotation of the aerial while maintaining connections in all electrical circuits through the rotation point. A minimum of 28 collector rings that are capable of supplying 30 -amp continuous service will be provided. All collector rings will be enclosed and protected against condensation and corrosion. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM The aerial electrical system will be designed and manufactured in such a way that the power and signal protection and control compartments will contain circuit protection devices and power control devices. The power and signal protection and control components will be protected against corrosion, excessive heat, excessive vibration, physical damage, and water spray. The aerial electrical system will be designed and manufactured to allow the following: - All of the serviceable components will be readily accessible. - Circuit protection devices will be utilized to protect each circuit. - General protection circuit breakers will be Type -I automatic reset (continuously resetting) or Type -II (manual resetting) and conform to SAE requirements. When required, automotive type fuses conforming to SAE requirements will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. - Power control relays and solenoids, when utilized, will have a direct current (dc) rating of 125% of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected. The aerial electrical system will be designed and manufactured to allow the following: - Toggle switches will be utilized that are certified for the outside conditions that fire apparatus experience. - All wiring will be protected through conduit or loom. - All wiring harnesses will be properly supported to eliminate harness damage through rubbing. - All connectors utilized in the system will be of a waterproof design. - Two (2) inductive proximity switches and an illumination light will be incorporated into the boom support. - The aerial master and aerial PTO can be engaged after the water pump has been engaged without having to bring the RPM back to idle. 97 of 119 115 of 339 - Standard cabling to the tip of the aerial will consist of one (1) 16/20 cable and one (1) 12/8 cable. DRIVER SIDE TORQUE BOX POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL A fuse and relay panel, located in the passenger side gooseneck area, will include the following: - NEMA 4x rated weatherproof enclosure - Relays, fuses, and circuit breakers for aerial and stabilizer interlocks and control switches TURNTABLE LIGHTING The turntable will be lighted for nighttime operation with a minimum of two (2) work lights activated by the aerial master switch. A foot switch will be located at the turntable console to allow hydraulic flow to the aerial device. The foot switch will be protected by a cover to prevent accidental activation. Activation of the foot switch is necessary for aerial device operation. TURNTABLE CONSOLE The following switches and indicator lights will be standard on the turntable console: - High idle on /off switch - Tip/Tracking light switch - Indicator and alarm test switch - Emergency hydraulic power switch - STABILIZERS NOT FULLY EXTENDED amber indicator light - Rung alignment green indicator light The turntable console will be lighted for nighttime operation with one (1) work light activated by the aerial master switch. A fuse panel will be located in the turntable console. TURNTABLE OVERRIDE CONTROLS The aerial manual override controls will be located in the turntable control console. MASTER OVERRIDE CONTROLS An emergency power switch shall be located behind an access panel on the driver's side of the tiller gooseneck. The switch shall activate the emergency power unit and allow control of the aerial or stabilizers based on the direction the switch is toggled. A work light will be provided to illuminate the master override controls when the battery switch is active and the master override door is open. BOOM SUPPORT Two (2) Turck inductive proximity switches will be provided on the boom support to detect if the aerial device is fully stowed within the boom support. STABILIZER INDICATOR A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator will be provided in the driver's compartment. It will illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed, to prevent damage to the apparatus if moved. The stabilizer system will also be wired to the "Do Not Move" indicator light, which will flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not fully engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed. 98 of 119 116 of 339 CRADLE INTERLOCK SYSTEM A cradle interlock system will be provided to prevent the lifting of the aerial from the nested position until the operator has positioned all the stabilizers in a load supporting configuration. A switch will be installed at the cradle to prevent operation of the stabilizers once the aerial has been elevated from the nested position. STABILIZER ALARM An electronic warning device will be provided at each stabilizer to warn personnel that the stabilizers are being deployed. Each alarm will produce a fast pulsing 90 DBA signal and will cancel only when the stabilizer is put into a load bearing configuration. STABILIZER SCENE LIGHTS A 4.00" clear floodlight will be provided on each stabilizer to illuminate the surrounding area. The light will be actuated by the aerial master switch. AERIAL DEVICE LIGHTING There will be white 12 volt DC halogen, spotlights furnished on the aerial device: • One (1) Unity Model AG -S -7682 will be installed on the right side of the base section of the ladder. • One (1) Unity Model AG -S -7682 will be installed on the left side of the base section of the ladder. • One (1) Unity Model AG -S -7682 will be installed on the right side at the end of the aerial device. • One (1) Unity Model AG -S -7682 will be installed on the left side at the end of the aerial device. Individual on /off switches will be provided on each light. Power to the lights will be controlled by a master on /off switch at the turntable control operator's position. The lights will be mounted below the top edge of the aerial device so as not to increase the overall height of the unit. AERIAL LOCATOR LIGHT, STROBE A light will be installed at the aerial tip for the purpose of locating the aerial device while in operation. The light will be a Whelen 800D strobe. The light will be activated with a switch at the turntable control console. The color of the locator light will be blue. STABILIZER WARNING LIGHTS Two (2) Whelen, Model M6* LED flashing warning lights with bezels will be installed, one (1) each side on the stabilizer cover panels. The front stabilizer pan light will be red. Each light will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's. These warning lights will be activated by the same switch as the side warning lights. STABILIZER BEAM WARNING LIGHTS Two (2) 4.00" diameter red LED flashing lights will be mounted on each stabilizer, one (1) facing forward and one (1) facing rearward. The lights will be Grote Supernova 40 series LED lights. The lights will be recessed in the horizontal beam of the stabilizer. These warning lights will be activated with the aerial master switch. 99 of 119 117 of 339 LIGHT, PORTABLE 120V There will be Two (2) Fire Research FRC Focus, Model FCA700 -575, 120 volt portable light(s) will be provided. The light(s) will be mounted driver and passenger side facing the side at a downward angle at the tip. The light fixture(s) will be a single 750 watt quartz halogen, 120 volt Focus light that draws 6.3 amps and include a FCAoption -P2, NEMA L5 -20 plug. The light(s) will be a portable style with quick release FCAoption -703 mounting brackets The lamp head(s) will tilt up and down with on /off switch on the lamp head. A 20 amp twistlock receptacles will be provided near the base of each light. 2 -WAY AERIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM There will be a Fire Research model ICA900 -112 two -way intercom system provided. The control module will be located at the turntable operator console and have an LED volume display and push -button volume control. A hands free module will be located at the aerial tip or platform and constantly transmit to the other module unless the control module push - to -talk button is pressed. Each intercom unit will be weatherproof. ROPE TIE BAR AT BASE SECTION, RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM A removable bracket shall be supplied at the rear of the base section, attached between the left hand and right hand rear hand rails. The bracket shall provide Lyfe Pulley rope tie off and /or guide points spaced 5.75" apart, centered between the rear hand rails. The bracket shall be designed to be easily removable and not interfere with a fully retracted ladder assembly when attached to the base section. A storage box for the bracket shall be provided on the outside rear of the base section. RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM A rescue lifting attachment will be provided. The lifting attachment will mount to the aerial egress and will consist of a pair of nylatron pulleys mounted to a stainless steel shaft. The pulleys will be adjustable from side to side and will have a total lifting capacity of 500 pounds, regardless of whether one (1) or both pulleys are being utilized. LIFTING EYE - ROPE RESCUE ATTACHMENT Two (2) eyes will be welded, one (1) to each ladder beam, at the ladder egress with a spreader bar to mounted between the eyes. This design will distribute a load evenly across the ladder beams because of a single lifting eye on the spreader bar. The bar is retained by two (2) locking pins, one (1) at each end outboard of each eye. Leveling is maintained by the bar rotating in the eyes. SCABBARDS, TEMPORARY VENT SAW BOX AT AERIAL LADDER TIP Two (2) vent saw scabbards will be mounted, one (1) each side of the aerial ladder tip. The scabbards will be bolted to the egress, angled forward so that when the aerial device is at 25 degrees, the scabbards will be vertical. The scabbards will be painted smooth aluminum. 100 of 119 118 of 339 AIR HORN CONTROL AT AERIAL TURNTABLE A push button control for the air horns will be provided at the aerial turntable. Collector ring space will be available for this option to be utilized. Brushed stainless steel scuffplates will be applied to each side of the aerial egress, above the chainsaw scabbards. MANSAVERm BARS, AERIAL TURNTABLE ManSaverT" bars will be installed at the aerial turntable. WATER SYSTEM A waterway system will be provided consisting of the following components and features: The integral telescopic water system will consist of a 4.50" diameter tube in the base section, a 4.00" diameter tube in the lower mid - section, a 3.50" diameter tube in the upper mid - section and a 3.00" diameter tube in the fly section. The telescopic waterway will be constructed of anodized aluminum pipe. The aerial will be capable of discharging up to 1000 gpm at 100 psi parallel to the ladder and 90 degrees to each side of center. An adjustable pressure relief valve will be furnished to protect the aerial waterway from a pressure surge. Two (2) 1.50" drain valves will be located at the lowest points of the waterway system and will be routed to drain through the center of the 5th wheel. WATERWAY SEALS The waterway seals will be of type -B PolyPak design, composed of nitroxile seal and a nitrile wiper, which together offer maximum stability and extrusion resistance on the waterway. The seal will be capable of withstanding pressures up to 2000 psi, temperatures in excess of 250 degrees Fahrenheit and have resistance to all foam generating solutions. The seals will be internally lubricated. The waterway seals will have automatic centering guides constructed of synthetic thermalpolymer. The guides will provide positive centering of the extendible sections within each other and the base section to insure longer service life and smoother operation. AERIAL MONITOR An Akron, model 3578 monitor with stow and deploy will be provided at the tip with a Akron 1250 gpm Model 5177. The monitor's functions will be controlled electrically from two (2) separate locations. One (1) control will be located at the control console and the other at the ladder tip. There will be a courtesy light at the tip of the aerial to illuminate the controls. FLOW METER (Aerial Waterway) A Fire Research Corporation (FRC), Model DF430, digital flow indicator with a four (4) digit LED display will be provided for the aerial waterway at the turntable control station. The display will have a flow totalizer, programmable high and low flow warnings, and automatically adjust LED brightness for day /night viewing. AERIAL WATERWAY INLET The aerial waterway will be plumbed from the fifth wheel area to the waterway swivel with 4.00" pipe. A 5.00" inlet will be located on each side of the apparatus complete with a chrome plated cap. The individual "line" pressure gauges for the inlets will be 101 of 119 119 of 339 manufactured by Class 1. They will be a minimum of 3.50" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering. Gauges will be compound type with a vacuum /pressure range of 30.00 " -0 -600 #. The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the inlet as practical. WATERWAY LOCKING SYSTEM The aerial ladder waterway monitor will be capable of being positioned at either the fly section or at the next lower section of the ladder. The monitor location will be changeable by the use of a single handle, located at the side of the ladder. The handle, attached to a cam bracket, will simply be moved forward to lock the monitor at the fly section and back to lock it to the previous section. There will be no pins to remove and reinstall. The monitor will be operational at all times, regardless of its position, without connecting or disconnecting electrical lines. 2.50" AUXILIARY OUTLET AT AERIAL TIP An auxiliary hose connection outlet will be supplied at the tip of the aerial ladder. It will be located on the left hand side of the aerial waterway. Flow to the auxiliary outlet will be supplied by 2.50" piping. A 2.50" gate valve with a non - rising stem and crank handle will be supplied. A cap and chain will be provided. Flow to the aerial waterway monitor will be controlled by a 4.00" aluminum butterfly valve with a non - rising stem and crank handle. The valve will be located at the monitor inlet. A 200 psi relief valve and a .75" automatic drain valve will be supplied in the waterway at the tip. Siamese Adapters Two 5" x 2.5" siamese adapters will be provided MANUALS Two (2) operator maintenance manuals and two (2) wiring diagrams pertaining to the aerial device will be provided with the apparatus at time of pick -up. INITIAL INSTRUCTION On initial delivery of the fire apparatus, the contractor will supply a qualified representative to demonstrate the apparatus and provide initial instruction to the fire department regarding the operation, care, and maintenance of the apparatus for a period of three (3) days. ADDITIONAL AERIAL TRAINING There will be one (1) additional aerial training day(s) provided by the manufacturer with a training engineer. This is in addition to the standard three (3) days. TILLER CAB A permanently mounted tiller cab will be located on top of the tiller trailer, to the rear of the aerial ladder. The maximum overall height of the tiller cab will not exceed 134.00 ". The tiller cab will be totally enclosed. The cab windshield will be automotive approved tinted safety glass and will provide a minimum of 1,513 square inches of clear viewing area. Each side window, directly rearward of the windshield, will be more than 536 square inches. The side windows, combined with 102 of 119 120 of 339 the windshield, will provide a minimum of 2,585 square inches of unobstructed viewing area. In order to provide maximum visibility for the tillerman, there will be no corner posts at the forward corners of the windshield. The upper area of each tiller cab door will be contoured into the roof, providing greater clearance when entering and exiting the tiller cab. The tiller cab doors will be equipped with drop -down sliding window. The windows will be 18.00" wide x 31.00" high. The rear wall of the tiller cab will have a vertically -split sliding window. The window will be 33.50" wide x 27.75" high. The tiller cab floor will be constructed of aluminum treadplate. A two (2) speed electric windshield wiper with washer will be provided for the front windshield. The windshield washer reservoir will have a capacity of two (2) quarts and will be located forward of the tiller cab. An adjustable, telescopic steering column will be provided. Auxiliary lighting inside the tiller cab will consist of a red /clear overhead dome light with an integral switch. The red lens will be controlled by the lens switch only and the clear light will be controlled by the lens switch or the door switch. The diagnostic plug for the trailer ABS system will be provided in the driver side tiller access stepwell, behind the fuel fill door. The following controls /alarms will be provided inside the tiller cab: - Buzzer signaling system with push button in tiller cab steering wheel as well as a labeled push button in the tractor cab, within reach of the driver. - Jackknife alarm The following will be provided on the steering column support pedestal: - Two (2) heater /defroster outlets - Heater /defroster control switch The cornering lights will be controlled by a switch on the steering column (these lights will also come on with turn signal activation). The following controls /gauges will be located in the upper control panel: - Step light switch - Tiller wheel position indicator gauge. (L -C -R) - Two (2) 2.00" diameter amber turn signals - Windshield wiper /washer control switch TILLER CAB HEATER For the tillerman's comfort, the cab is equipped with a 13,650 BTU heater /defroster. The heater will have a multi -speed motor and thermostatic control located in the tiller cab within reach of the tillerman. The heater will be diesel /kerosene fueled and will have a separate three (3) gallon fuel tank which will provide a minimum of 23 hours of continuous running time. 103 of 119 121 of 339 The fuel tank will be recessed in the body, behind the driver side tiller cab access steps, There will be a minimum of two (2) defrost outlets in the cab for maximum defrost performance. The heater /defrost system will have an airflow of 85 cfm. TILLER CAB SEAT A seat will be provided in the tiller cab. The seat will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel -bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. The seat will have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to 0 degrees forward. The seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat will be furnished with a three - point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt will have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. The seat belt webbing will be red in color. TILLER CAB STEPS For access to the tiller cab, two (2) sets of steps will be furnished at the rear of the apparatus, one set each side. The bottom three (3) access steps will be full width, approximately 21.00" wide, and located just behind the tiller axle. The top step will be full width, approximately 18.50" wide. The steps will be securely reinforced and constructed of aluminum treadplate. The outside corners at the rear edges of the steps will be mitered at 45 degrees. Handrails will be provided on each side of the step assemblies for maximum safety. The steps will be illuminated for nighttime operation. JACKKNIFE ALARM An audible and visual warning system will be provided to warn both drivers when the jackknife position approaches the maximum allowable angle. TILLER WARNING INDICATOR A warning indicator in the tractor cab will be activated if the parking brake is released and the tiller driver is not present in the tiller cab. CONVEX MIRRORS (tiller cab) A 10.00" diameter round adjustable convex mirror with fixed arm will be installed on each side of tiller cab.. A wedge bracket will be installed between the tiller cab face and the mounting tube for the mirror. This will allow the mirrors to be adjusted at a greater downward angle. ENGINE START ENABLE SWITCH IN TILLER CAB There will be a foot switch in the tiller cab that will enable the engine to be started. 104 of 119 122 of 339 WINDOW DEFROST FANS Two (2) window defrost fans will be mounted in forward corners. TILLER TRAILER FRAME The gooseneck area of the tiller trailer will be constructed of 100,000 psi minimum yield strength steel. The gooseneck area will have a section modulus of 289.00 cu. in. and a resistance to bending moment of 28,900,000 inch pounds. The gooseneck area will be 46.00" wide x 13.50" deep. The tiller trailer frame will be box type construction to effectively resist trailer twist. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the trailer, with a continuous smooth taper to a 10.75" over the tiller axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 80,000 psi minimum yield strength heat treated .38" thick steel, with 3.50" wide flanges and covered by top and bottom plates to form a ridged box structure. Cover plates will be 50,000 psi minimum yield strength steel. The tiller trailer frame will have a section modulus of 257.70 cu. in., and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 12,880,000 inch pounds over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cu. in. with an rbm of 2,085,803 inch pounds over the rear axle. The overall length of the tiller trailer frame will be 468.00 ". WALKWAY, TURNTABLE TO BODY A walkway will be provided from the aerial turntable to the tiller body. TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE The tiller trailer axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 22,800 lb. Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000 -psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000 -psi yield ductile iron. The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000 -psi yield strength steel. Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations. The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative chamber above rated load. Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life. The kingpin bearing will be of low friction design and be sealed for life. Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the trailer will be provided. 105 of 119 123 of 339 The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle. The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase. The turning angle will be 24 degrees or greater. TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE WARRANTY The non drive axle system will have a three (3) year parts and labor warranty. TILLER TRAILER STEERING Dual Sheppard M110 steering gears, with integral heavy -duty power steering, will be provided. The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, and capable of tilting and telescoping. BRAKES The tiller trailer brakes will be Knorr /Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. Independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 lb. The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces, and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment. Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension. The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms. The torsion bar type spring and anchor lock system will allow for simple lean adjustments without the use of shims. Adjustment for a lean will be accomplished within 15 minutes. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows 4.00" of ride height adjustment per side. The independent suspension will have been put through a durability test that simulated a minimum of 140,000 miles of inner city driving. TIRES Tiller trailer tires will be Michelin 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply all- position XZY3 wide base tread, rated for 22,800 lb maximum axle load and 65 mph maximum speed. WHEELS, TILLER The tires will be mounted on 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10) -stud 11.25" bolt circle. OIL SEALS Oil seals will be provided on the tiller axle. LOOSE EQUIPMENT The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit: - One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit. CO2 EXTINGUISHER 106 of 119 124 of 339 - One (1) extinguisher, 10 pound, CO2 DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER There will be One (1) extinguisher, 20 pound, dry chemical extinguisher(s) provided. WATER EXTINGUISHER There will be One (1) extinguisher, 2.50 gallon pressurized water extinguisher(s). NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, section 8.8.2 will be provided by the fire department. All loose equipment will be installed on the apparatus before placed in emergency service, unless the fire department waives NFPA section 4.21. • Two (2) 3 ft - 4 ft plaster hooks with D handles mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. • Two (2) crowbars mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. • Two (2) claw tools mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. • Two (2) 12 lb (5 kg) sledgehammers mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. • One (1) SCBA complying with NFPA 1981, Standard on Open- Circuit Self - Contained Breathing Apparatus for Fire and Emergency Services, for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than four (4), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer. • One (1) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s). • One (1) first aid kit. • Six (6) salvage covers, each a minimum size of 12 ft x 18 ft (3.6 m x 5.5 m). • Four (4) combination spanner wrenches mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. • Two (2) scoop shovels mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. • One (1) pair of bolt cutters, 24" (0.6 m) minimum, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. • Four (4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983, Standard on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System Components. • One (1) 150 ft (45 m) light -use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983, Standard on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System Components. • One (1) 150 ft (45 m) general -use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983, Standard on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System Components. • Two (2) 150 ft (45 m) utility ropes having a breaking strength of at least 5000 lb (2300 kg). • One (1) box of tools to include the following: - one (1) hacksaw with three (3) blades - one (1) keyhole saw - one (1) 12" (.3 m) pipe wrench -one (1) 24" (.6 m) pipe wrench - one (1) ballpeen hammer - one (1) pair of tin snips - one (1) pair of pliers 107 of 119 125 of 339 - one (1) pair of lineman's pliers - assorted types and sizes of screwdrivers - assorted adjustable wrenches - assorted combination wrenches • One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI /ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five -point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front. • Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro - reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro- reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the 6.00" (152 mm) band. • Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities. • One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED). • One (1) double female 2.50" adapter with National Hose Threads, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus (if equipped with a fire pump). • One (1) double male 2.50" adapter with National Hose Threads, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus (if equipped with a fire pump). • One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus (if equipped with a fire pump). • Two (2) hydrant wrenches mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus (if equipped with a fire pump). • If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus (if equipped with a fire pump). • If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than 3.00" (75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of 16.6.6 (if equipped with a fire pump). • If the apparatus does not have a 2.50" National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from 2.50" NH female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake (if equipped with a fire pump). • If the supply hose carried has other than 2.50" National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a 2.50" NH thread male discharge and to allow the hose to connect to a 2.50" NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake (if equipped with a fire pump). AXE, FLATHEAD, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, Section 8.8.2 requires two (2) flathead axes mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. The axes are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axes. 108 of 119 126 of 339 AXE, PICKHEAD, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, Section 8.8.2 requires three (3) pickhead axes mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. The axes are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axes. WIRING SCHEMATIC One (1) laminated 34" x 44" drawing of the detailed wiring schematic will be provided for the 120 /240 -volt electrical system. PAINT - BODY PAINTED TO MATCH CAB The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows: 1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Surfaces that will not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate. Each imperfection on the exterior metal surface will be removed or filled and then sanded smooth for a smooth appearance. All seams will be sealed before painting. 2. Chemical Cleaning and Treatment - The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned using a 4- phase, high pressure and high temperature acid etching system. All steel surfaces will be properly treated using a 3- phase, high temperature, clean ing /phosphatizing system. Surfaces are chemically cleaned to remove all dirt, oil, grease and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. An ultra pure water final rinse of 25 parts per million solids or less, will be applied to final rinse all metal surfaces at the conclusion of the metal treatment process. This final rinse ensures all chemical residues are removed and that no minerals, (salts), from the water dry onto the metal surface and remain under the primers and topcoats. These salts can lead to blistering and under film corrosion. 3. Primer /Surfacer Coats - A minimum of two (2) mil dry, (.002), of two component urethane primer /surfacer will be hand applied to the chemically treated metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. The primer is a high solids and low VOC paint. 4. Hand Sanding to Ultra Fine Finish The primer /surfacer coat is lightly sanded with mild abrasive paper to an ultra smooth finish. This hand finish process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat. 5. Sealer Primer Coat A two- (2) component sealer primer coat is applied over the sanded primer to again build toward the final smooth finish. This layer of primer sealer also gives additional corrosion protection. 6. Topcoat Paint Two (2) coats of an automotive grade, two component acrylic urethane paint are applied to provide the lasting beauty and durability. The acrylic urethane topcoat contains a clear coat resin chemistry that creates the high gloss and depth of image. This type of topcoat provides the best resistance against acid rain and other more common chemicals. 7. Clearcoat - Two (2) coats of an automotive grade two (2) component urethane will be applied. Lap style doors will be clear coated to match the body. Roll -up doors will not be clear coated and the standard roll -up door warranty will apply. A cyclic corrosion test, (General Motors test GM- 9540), of 40 cycles will be required before making changes to the exterior coating process. Exterior coating systems, (excluding the 109 of 119 127 of 339 undercarriage components), must achieve a 1/16 or less maximum creep from the scribe for aluminum and an 1/8 or less maximum creep from the scribe for galvanneal after 40 cycles in the General Motors GM -9540 test. Each batch of color topcoat, together with the finish painted vehicle, is tested for precise color match. Visual color match will be checked following ASTM D -1729, (American Standard Testing Methods), procedures using CIE, (International Commission on Illumination), D75 Northern Daylight light source. Instrumental color match will follow ASMT D -2244 procedures with a maximum delta E of 1.0 for whites, 1.4 for yellows, blues, greens and 1.5 for reds. All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, trim, etc. will be removed and painted separately to insure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that can not be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly. The cab will be two -tone, with the upper section painted White #267 upper along with a shield design on the cab face and lower section of the cab and body painted #107 Red Lower. PAINT The tiller cab will be painted Red #107. PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY The chassis frame assembly will be painted job color before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine, drive shafts and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc. Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly will be painted job color are frame rails, cross members, axles, suspension, steering gear, fuel tank, body substructure supports, miscellaneous mounting brackets, etc. TRANSIT COATING All non - painted metal surfaces on the exterior of the vehicle will be sprayed with a corrosion protective coating provided by Carvell. The coating can be removed with soap and water. The coating is made of a linseed oil base and is biodegradable. The underside non - painted metal surfaces will also be coated with a corrosion protective coating. COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT The compartment interior will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks. AERIAL DEVICE PAINT COLOR The aerial device paint procedure will consist of a six (6) step finishing process as follows: 1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the aerial device structural components above the rotation point will be thoroughly cleaned and mechanically shot - blasted to remove metal impurities and prepare the aerial for painting. 2. Primer /Surfacer Coats - A two (2) component urethane primer /surfacer will be hand applied to the chemically treated metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. All seams will be caulked before painting. 3. Hand Sanding - The primer /surfacer coat will be lightly sanded to an ultra smooth finish. 110 of 119 128 of 339 4. Sealer Primer Coat - A two (2) component sealer primer coat will be applied over the sanded primer. 5. Topcoat Paint - Urethane base coat will be applied to opacity for correct color matching. 6. Clearcoat - Two (2) coats of an automotive grade two (2) component urethane will be applied. Surfaces that will not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate. All buy out components, such as monitor, nozzle, gauges, etc. will be supplied as received from the vendor. Removable items such as brackets will be removed and painted separately to ensure paint coverage behind all mounted items. The aerial device (turntable and ladder sections) will be painted white 10 using the six (6) step finishing process. The support structure, components below the rotation point, stabilizers, torque box, tiller axle and suspension, will be cleaned, caulked, primed and painted job color [Color, Paint]. The tip of the ladder will be painted a contrasting color for high visibility. REFLECTIVE BAND A 6.00" white reflective band will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band provided on the cab face will be below the headlights on the fiberglass. CHEVRON STRIPING, REAR There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear - facing vertical surface of the apparatus including the rear door and bumper. The tillerman cab will not be covered. The colors will be red and yellow diamond grade. Each stripe will be 6.00" in width. This will meet the requirements of NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, which states that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping. REFLECTIVE STRIPE ON STABILIZERS There will be a 4.00" wide white reflective stripe provided on the forward and rear facing side of all aerial stabilizers. JOG(S) IN REFLECTIVE BAND The reflective band located on each side of the apparatus body will contain one (1) jog(s) and will be angled at approximately a 45 degrees when installed. OUTLINE, REFLECTIVE STRIPE A black vinyl outline will be provided for each chevron stripe at the rear of the truck. REFLECTIVE OUTLINE STRIPE A .25" black reflective outline will be applied to the top and the bottom of the reflective band. There will be one (1) set of outline stripes required. 111 of 119 129 of 339 REFLECTIVE STRIPE, CAB DOORS A 6.00" x 16.00" white reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel. This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement. REFLECTIVE STRIPE, TILLERMAN DOORS A 6.00" x 16.00" white reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each tillerman's entry door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel. This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement. CAB STRIPE There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding. BOOM SIGN STRIPING There will be printed effect gold leaf stripes along all edges of the aerial boom sign. The stripes will have an outline and a scroll at each corner. LETTERING The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl. Forty-one (41) to sixty (60) printed effect gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with highlight and shade will be provided. Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) printed effect gold leaf lettering, 10.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided. LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 24 letters provided. There will be reflective lettering, 12.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be six (6) letters provided. PAINTED PLATE(S) FOR LETTERING There will be five (5) painted aluminum plate(s) provided for department lettering. The plate(s) will be painted to match the primary color of the truck. They will be mounted roof, front bumper, crew cab doors and rear. and will be (4) 6" X 26" for crew cab, front bumper & rear. (1) 14" x 46" for roof With counter sunk holes for screws. in size. EMBLEM There will be one pair of 10.00 " Yellow /White Gold Maltese crosses will be supplied and installed on the cab doors per quote. CAB GRILLE DESIGN An American flag design will be painted on the cab grille. MANUAL, FIRE APPARATUS PARTS Two (2) custom parts manuals for the complete fire apparatus will be provided in hard copy with the completed unit. 112 of 119 130 of 339 One (1) compact disc (CD) will also be provided that will include all of the information from the above manual. The manual will contain the following: - Job number - Part numbers with full descriptions - Table of contents - Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly - Parts section sorted in Alphabetical order - Instructions on how to locate parts The manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. SERVICE PARTS INTERNET SITE The service parts information included in this manual is also available on the Pierce website. The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly. MANUALS, CHASSIS SERVICE Two (2) chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on major components will be provided with the completed unit. One (1) compact disk (CD) will also be provided that will include all of the information from the above manual. The manuals will contain the following sections: - Job number - Table of contents - Troubleshooting - Front Axle /Suspension - Brakes - Engine - Tires - Wheels - Cab - Electrical, DC - Air Systems - Plumbing - Appendix 113 of 119 131 of 339 The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. MANUALS, CHASSIS OPERATION Two (2) chassis operation manuals will be provided. One (1) compact disk (CD) will also be provided that will include all of the information from the above manual. ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. ENGINE WARRANTY A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0181, is included with this proposal. STEERING GEAR WARRANTY A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty shall be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package. ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor WabcoT"ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal. FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom chassis frame and crossmembers limited warranty certificate, WA0038, is included with this proposal. FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY The Pierce TAK -4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA0050, is included with this proposal. REAR AXLE TWO (2) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor axle limited warranty certificate, WA0046, is included with this proposal. TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE WARRANTY The tiller trailer axle and suspension are covered under certificate WA0050.0 TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRTTY The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce cab limited pro -rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal. TRANSMISSION WARRANTY The transmission will have a five (5) year /unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission. Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations. 114 of 119 132 of 339 TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Gortite roll -up door limited warranty will be provided. The mechanical components of the roll -up door will be warranted against defects in material and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. A six (6) year limited warranty will be provided on painted and satin roll up doors. The limited warranty certificate, WA0190, is included with this proposal. PUMP WARRANTY A Waterous pump limited warranty certificate, WA0225, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY Except as provided below, and provided the vehicle will have been placed in service within sixty (60) days after delivery to the original purchaser as established by our original invoice, for a period ending on the first to occur of the expiration of ten years or 100,000 miles of vehicle use after delivery to the original purchaser, Pierce Manufacturing Inc. ( "Pierce ") warrants to the user that the stainless steel piping that is 3.00" and smaller in diameter in its first Fire and Rescue Apparatus vehicles will be free of structural failures caused by defective design, workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion. This limited warranty will apply only if the vehicle is properly maintained and used in service which is normal to the particular vehicle. Normal service means service which does not subject the vehicle to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from the careful use of the vehicle or chassis. If the buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery. This limited warranty is not transferable by the first user. Pierce's obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing or replacing without charge, as Pierce may elect, the stainless steel piping or components which Pierce determines to have failed due to defective design, workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion. A limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal. TWENTY (20) YEAR AERIAL DEVICE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY WARRANTY The Pierce device limited warranty certificate, WA0052, is included with this proposal. AERIAL SWIVEL WARRANTY An Amity five (5) year limited swivel warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS WARRANTY Aerial hydraulic system components will be provided with a five (5) year material and workmanship limited warranty. HYDRAULIC SEAL WARRANTY Aerial hydraulic seals will be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty. 115 of 119 133 of 339 A copy of the warranty certificates will be submitted with the bid package. AERIAL WATERWAY WARRANTY An Amity ten (10) year limited waterway warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. FOUR (4) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce aerial device limited pro -rated paint warranty certificate, WA0047, is included with this proposal. TWO (21 YEAR GENERATOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Harrison Hydra -Gen limited warranty certificate, WA0051, is included with this proposal. A Pierce body limited pro -rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0018, is included with this proposal. VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1901, current edition, section 4.13, Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab integrity certification with this proposal. The certification will state that the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third -party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real -time and high -speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state - licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below: - European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29. - SAE 32422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi- Static Loading Heavy Trucks. - SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks. - Roof Crush The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,050 lbs. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of 10 metric tons. - Additional Roof Crush 116 of 119 134 of 339 The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 100,000 lbs. This value exceeds the ECE 29 criteria by nearly 4.5 times. Side Impact The same cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 13,275 lb moving barrier slams into the side of the cab at 5.5 mph at a force of 13,000 ft-Ibs. This test is part of the SAE 32422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident. - Frontal Impact The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft -Ibs of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE 32420. - Additional Frontal Impact The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,200 ft-Ibs of force using a moving barrier, (twice the force required by SAE 32420). The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area. CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. WINDSHIELD WIiPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE 3198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Cab window roll -up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up -down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear. SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages. The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify that 117 of 119 135 of 339 each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. CAB DEFROSTER CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE 3381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE 3381 criteria. CAB HEATER CERTIFICATION Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in- transit, or at a scene. The cab heaters will warm the cab 75 F from a cold -soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. CAB AIR CONDITIONING PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATION Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat - soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 67 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. AMP DRAIN REPORT The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system. The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following: 1) Documentation of the electrical system performance tests. 2) A written load analysis, which will include the following: A) The nameplate rating of the alternator. B) The alternator rating under the conditions specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). C) The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). D) Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load. E) Each individual intermittent load. All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). EQUIPMENT (MOUNTING Equipment provided by the fire department will be mounted as per instructions. Mounting brackets will be provided for the mounting of equipment. 118 of 119 136 of 339 119 of 119 137 of 339 138 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No If a reference to a specific brand name, feature, or function is made in these specifications, this information is illustrative and to be construed as a specification. The specification shall describe a component or feature that has been tested, evaluated or used by the City as best meeting specific operational needs as well as design, performance, maintenance, quality and reliability standards as required by the City. Thereby incorporating these requirements by reference within the specification, an equivalent ( "or equal") may be offered by the Proposer, subject to testing or evaluation by the City prior to award of contract. The City shall be the sole judge of whether any proposed item will fulfill its requirements for the City's intended purposeand reserves the right to reject any proposed items. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Proposer to provide, at Proposers expense, any product information, testdata ors/milardocuments. The City may require fully evaluating or demonstrating the acceptability of the offered substitute. Where appropriate, independent testing or evaluation (including destructive testing), may be required as a condition of acceptance at a qualified test facility at the Proposers expense. 1. INTENT OF SPECIFICATIONS It shall be the intent of these specifications to cover the furnishing and delivery of a complete fire apparatus. These detailed specifications shall cover the requirements as to the type of construction and test to which the apparatus shall conform, together with certain details as to finish, equipment and appliances with which the successful proposer shall conform. Minor details of construction and materials, which are not otherwise specified, are left to the discretion of the contractor. The manufacturer shall provide loose equipment only when specified by the customer. Otherwise, in accordance with the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards, the proposal shall specify whether the fire department or apparatus dealership shall provide required loose equipment. In order to ensure fair, ethical, and legal competition, neither original equipment manufacturer (O.E.M.) or parent company of the O.E.M. shall have ever been fined or convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market (NO EXCEPTIONS). Proposals shall only be considered from companies that have an established reputation in the field of fire apparatus construction and have been in business for a minimum of 20 years. Further, proposer shall maintain dedicated service facilities for the repair and service of products. Evidence of such a facility shall be included in proposal. Each proposer shall furnish satisfactory evidence of their ability to construct the apparatus specified and shall state the location of the factory where the apparatus is to be built. The proposer shall also show that the company is in position to render prompt service and to furnish replacement parts. Each proposal shall be accompanied by a detailed set of Contractor's Specifications consisting of a detailed description of the apparatus and equipment proposed, and to which the apparatus furnished under contract shall conform. These specifications shall indicate size, type, model and make of all component parts and equipment. 2. QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP The design of the apparatus shall embody the latest approved automotive engineering practices. The workmanship shall be of the highest quality in its 1 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 139 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FORA TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No respective field. Special consideration shall be given to the following points: Accessibility of the various units which require periodic maintenance; ease of operation (including both pumping and driving); and symmetrical proportions. Construction shall be rugged and ample safety factors shall be provided to carry the loads specified and to meet both on and off road requirements and speed conditions as set forth under Performance Tests and Requirements. Welding shall not be employed in the assembly of the apparatus in a manner that shall prevent the ready removal of any component part for service or repair. All steel welding shall follow American Welding Society D1.1 -2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding shall follow American Welding Society and ANSI D1.2 -2003 requirements for.structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding shall follow American Welding Society B2.1 -2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Flux core arc welding to use alloy rods, type 7000, American Welding Society standards A5.20- E70T1. Employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet American Welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. The manufacturer shall be required to have an American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality. 3. DELIVERY Apparatus, to insure proper break in of all components while still under warranty, shall be delivered under its own power - rail or truck freight shall not be acceptable. A qualified delivery engineer representing the contractor shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in the proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered. 4. INFORMATION REQUIRED The manufacturer shall supply at time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the completed apparatus as delivered. A permanent plate shall be mounted in the driver's compartment which specifies the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle. S. SAFETY VIDEO Documentation provided at the time of delivery shall also include an apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video shall address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus. Safety procedures for the following shall be included: vehicle pre -trip inspection, chassis operation, aerial operation, and maintenance. 6. PERFORMANCE TESTS AND REQUIREMENTS A road test shall be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of ten (10) miles or more shall be made under all driving conditions, during which time the apparatus shall show no loss of power or overheating. The transmission drive shaft or shafts, and rear axles shall run quietly and be free from abnormal vibration or noise throughout the operating range of the apparatus. Vehicle shall adhere to the following parameters: 2 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 140 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR - DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No A) The apparatus, when fully equipped and loaded, shall have not less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent of the weight on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle. B) The apparatus shall be capable of accelerating to 35 mph from a standing start within 25 seconds on a level concrete highway without exceeding the maximum governed rpm of the engine. C) The service brakes shall be capable of stopping a fully loaded vehicle in 35 feet at 20 mph on a level concrete highway. The air brake system shall conform to Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) 121. D) The apparatus, fully loaded, shall be capable of obtaining a speed of 50 mph on a level concrete highway with the engine not exceeding its governed rpm (full load). 7. FAILURE TO MEET TEST In the event the apparatus fails to meet the test requirements of these specifications on the first trials, second trials may be made at the option of the proposer within 30 days of the date of the first trials. Such trials shall be final and conclusive and failure to comply with these requirements shall be cause for rejection. Failure to comply with changes, to conform to any clause of the specifications, within 30 days after notice is given to the proposer of such changes, shall also be cause for rejection of the apparatus. Permission to keep or store the apparatus in any building owned or occupied by the purchaser or its use by the purchaser during the above- specified period with the permission of the proposer shall not constitute acceptance. 8. LIABILITY The successful proposer shall defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract. 9. SPECIFICATION PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS Proposers shall also indicate in the "yes /no" column if their proposal complies on each item (PARAGRAPH) specified. Exceptions shall be allowed if they are equal to or superior to that specified and provided they are listed and fully explained on a separate page. Proposals taking total exception to specifications shall not be acceptable. Also, proposers shall submit a detailed proposal. A letter only, even though written on a company letterhead, shall not be sufficient. Proposals shall be submitted in the same sequence as specifications for ease of evaluation, comparison and checking of compliance. An exception to these requirements shall not be tolerated. 10. EXCEPTIONS All exceptions shall be stated no matter how seemingly minor. Any exceptions not taken shall be assumed by the purchaser to be included in the proposal, regardless of the cost to the proposer. 3 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. ]:3 -39141 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 11.GENERAL CONSTRUCTION The apparatus shall be designed with due consideration to distribution of load between the front and rear axles. Weight balance and distribution shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the National Fire Protection Association. 12.COMM1ERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE V The successful proposer shall, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Products /Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000 General Aggregate $5,000,000 Coverage shall be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy shall be written on an occurrence form and shall include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy shall include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract. 13.COMM9ERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIIABILITY INSURANCE The successful proposer shall, during the performance of the contract keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance: Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000 Coverage shall be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form. 14.UMBRELLA /EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful proposer shall, during the performance of-the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance: Aggregate: $25,000,000 Each Occurrence: $25,000,000 The umbrella policy shall be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the Proposer's General Liability, Automobile Liability and Employer's Liability policies. The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met. Coverage shall be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Bests. All policies shall provide a 30 day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance shall provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice shall be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions. Proposer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of 4 of 134 Cit/ of Newport Beach RFP No. 13-39 142 of339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Insurance with the coverages listed above along with its proposal. The certificate shall show the purchaser as certificate holder. 15.ISO COMPLIANCE The manufacturer shall operate a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that shall be established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance shall be included with the proposal. 16.SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER Proposals shall only be accepted from a single source apparatus manufacturer. The definition of single source is a manufacturer that designs and manufactures their products using an integrated approach, including the chassis, cab, body and aerial device being engineered and designed by the proposer. The warranties relative to the chassis, body and aerial design (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) must be from a single source manufacturer and not split between manufacturers (i.e. body, chassis and aerial). The proposer shall provide evidence that they comply with this requirement. 17.SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS The apparatus being proposed shall be designed and built to match the newest tractor drawn - aerial currently being used as front line apparatus. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and /or other regulations may also affect the ability to match the previous unit. 18.NFPA STANDARDS q This unit shall comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2013 �l except for fire department specifications that differ from NFPA specifications. These exceptions shall be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions. Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces shall be supplied with delivery of the apparatus. A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated shall be provided. This plate shall show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating. The manufacturer shall have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications. An official of the company shall designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results. 19.NFPA COMPLIANCY Apparatus proposed by the proposer shall meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications shall be indicated in the proposal as "non- NFPA ". 5 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 143 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 20.INSPECTION CERTIFICATE A third parry inspection certificate for the aerial device shall be furnished upon delivery of the aerial device. The certificate shall be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Type 1 and shall indicate that the aerial device has been inspected on the production line and after final assembly. The following tests shall be conducted: - Magnetic particle inspection shall be conducted on every structural weld to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. Magnets shall be placed on each side of the weld while iron powder is placed on the weld itself. The powder shall detect any crack that may exist. This test shall conform to ASTM E709 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device. - With aluminum structural components, visual inspection shall be performed on aluminum surfaces (non- magnetic). A liquid penetrant test shall be performed on any suspected defective area. This test shall conform to ASTM E165 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device. - Ultrasonic inspection shall be used to detect any flaws in pins, bolts and other critical mounting components. Functional tests, load tests, stability tests, and visual structural examinations shall be performed. These tests shall determine any unusual deflection, noise, vibration, or instability characteristics of the unit. B 21. PUMP TEST The pump shall be tested, approved and certified by Underwriter's Laboratory at the manufacturer's expense. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the manufacturer's record of pump construction details shall be forwarded to the Fire Department. 22.VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION The apparatus shall be third party, independent, audit certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) to the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards. The certification includes all design, production, operational and performance testing of the apparatus. (no exception) 23.GENERATOR TEST If the unit has a generator, the generator shall be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results shall be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery. 24.INSPECTION TRIPS The proposer shall provide three (3) factory inspection trips for 3 people each trip. The three (3) trips shall include Pre -con trip, mid- inspection trip and final inspection trip. The inspection trips shall be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between the manufacturer's representative and the customer. All costs such as travel, lodging and meals shall be the responsibility of the proposer. 6 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 144 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 25.PERFORMANCE BOND, 1 YEAR The successful proposer shall furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required. Proposer and Proposer's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond shall be simultaneously amended to 100 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type shall not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter. 26.APPROVAL DRAWING A drawing of the proposed apparatus shall be provided for approval before construction begins. The sales representative shall also have a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing shall become part of the contract documents. This. drawing shall indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc. A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus shall be prepared and submitted by the manufacturer to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 27.DIAGRAM, ELECTRICAL DC CIRCUITS Three (3) sets of diagrams of the body and chassis DC electrical system shall be provided with the completed apparatus. Provide both CD version and printed'version. 28.ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, shall be provided. Provide both CD version and printed version. 29.TRACTOR CHASSIS The tractor chassis provided shall be a new, tilt -type custom fire apparatus. The chassis shall be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The tractor chassis shall be designed and manufactured for heavy -duty service, with adequate strength and capacity for the intended load to be sustained and the type of service required. 3 0.MAXIMUM OVERALL LENGTH The maximum overall length of the apparatus shall be 719 inches. 7 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 145 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 31.MAX3MUM OVERALL HEIGHT The maximum overall height of the tiller cab shall not exceed 134.00" (NO EXCEPTIONS). 32.ANGLE OF DEPARTURE The angle of departure shall be 16 degrees. This shall be effective with the truck in a loaded state. 33.7111ACTOR WHEELBASE The wheelbase of the tractor shall be no greater than 176 ". 34.GVW RATING The gross vehicle weight rating shall be a minimum of 76,600. 3S.FRAME The chassis frame shall be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails shall have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10,75' over the rear axle. Each rail shall have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in -lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in -lb over the rear axle. The frame rails shall be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat - treated .38" thick steel, with 3.50" wide flanges. 36.FRAME REINFORCEMENT In addition, a mainframe inverted "L" liner shall be provided. It shall be heat - treated steel measuring 12.00" x 3.00" x .25 ". Each liner shall have a section modulus of 7.795 cubic inches, yield strength of 110,000 psi, and rbm of 857,462 in -lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center shall be 3,976,502 pounds per rail. The frame liner shall be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail, beginning at the front edge of the mainframe rail and extending to the rear cab crossmember. 37. FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE (NO EXCEPTIONS) The front axle shall be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 22,800 lb. The axle shall have a third party certified minimum turning angle of 45 degrees. Aluminum wheels shall not infringe on this cramp angle. 36. FRONT SUSPENSION Front' independent suspension shall be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 lb. Each wheel shall have a torsion bar type spring. 39.SHOCK ABSORBERS Heavy -duty telescoping shock absorbers (KONI) shall be provided on the front suspension. 8 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 146 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS a Proposer Complies? Yes No 40 OIL SEALS Oil seals with viewing window shall be provided on the front axle. 41.FRONT TIRES Front tires shall be Michelin 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply XFE wide base tread, rated for 22,800 lb maximum axle load and 65 mph maximum speed. The tires shall be mounted on hub piloted Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc -type wheels with a ten (10) -stud, 11.25" bolt circle. 42. SPARE FRONT TIRE A spare front Michelin tire, 425/65R22.50 radial to match the vehicle's front tire -Vh II be provided and mounted on an Alcoa aluminum disc wheel (Hub Pilot, NO EXCEPTIONS). 43. REAR AXLE The rear axle shall be a Meritor, Model RS -30 -185, with a capacity of 31,000 lb. 44.TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE A rear,ya xle ratio shall be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 60 MPR 45. REAR SUSPENSION / The rear springs shall be semi - elliptical, 3.00" x 52.00 ", 11 leaves main with a �9 groun?rating of 31,000 lbs. Spring hangers shall be castings with provisions for lubrication. The grease fittings shall be 90 degree type and shall be accegsible without removing the wheels or cutting any sheet metal. Two (2) top leaves shall wrap the forward spring hanger pin and the top leaf shall wrap the rear spring hanger pin on both the front and rear suspensions. KaiNrypring pins shall be provided, with double "figure - eight' grease grooves and a ayer of electroless nickel plating, 1.00 mil thick, around the entire pin. The bushing that holds the spring pin in place shall also have a grease groove. 46.OIL SEALS Oil seals shall be provided on the rear axle. A7.REAR TIRES RearVes shall be four (4) Michelin 315/80R22.50 radials, 20 ply XDY3 "traction" tread, rated for 33,080 lb maximum axle load and 65 mph maximum speed. The tires shall be mounted on hub piloted Alcoa 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) -stud 11.25" bolt circle. 48. REAR DUAL SPARE TIRE SET A complete rear dual spare tire set, Michelin 315/80R22.50 shall be provided mounted on Alcoa polished aluminum disc wheel (HUB PILOTED, NO EXCEPTIONS). 4J.TIRE BALANCE All tires shall be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads shall be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights. 9 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39147 of 339 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes, No 50.TIIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT There shall be a VECSAFE LED tire alert pressure management system provided that shall monitor each tire's pressure. A chrome plated brass sensor shall be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of eight (8) tires. The sensor shall calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 20 and 120 psi. The sensor shall activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops eight (8) psi. Removing the cap from the sensor shall indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED shall immediately start blinking. 51. HUB COVERS (FRONT) Stainless steel hub covers shall be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing'windowshall be provided. Q 52. HUB COVERS (TILLER AXLE) Stainless steel hub covers shall be provided on the tiller trailer axle. An oil level viewing window shall be provided. 53. HUB COVERS (REAR) A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers shall be provided on rear axle hubs. 54.LUG NUT COVERS Stainless steel lug nut covers shall be installed on all lug nuts. 55.MUD FLAPS Mud flaps shall be installed behind the front, rear and tiller wheels of the apparatus. 56..WHEEL CHOCKS There shall be two (2) pair of non - folding aluminum alloy wheel chocks , with easy -grip handle provided- Zico Model Non - folding AC -2. 57.WHEEL CHOCK BRACKETS There shall be two (2) pair of horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the wheel chocks. The brackets shall be mounted ahead of the rear wheels - Zico Model QCH -2 on each side of vehicle. 58.ANTII °LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM The vehicle shall be equipped with a Wabco, Model XS4M, anti -lock braking system. The ABS shall provide a four (4) channel anti -lock braking control on both the front, rear and tiller wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology shall control the anti -lock braking system. Each wheel shall be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal shall be sent to the control unit. This control unit then shall reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti -lock brake system shall eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. 59. BRAKES The service brake system shall be full air type. 10 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39148 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS � Proposer Complies? Yes No The fMnt brakes shall be Knorr /Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. The brake system shall be certified, third party inspected, for improved stop'Nng distance. The rear brakes shall be MeritorT' 16.50" x 8.63" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters. 60.AIR COMPRESSOR, BRAKE SYSTEM The air compressor shall be a Cummins /Wabco with 18.70 cubic feet per minute output. k .BRAKE SYSTEM The bT&ke system shall include: W - Bendix dual brake treadle valve with vinyl covered foot surface - Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer - Total air system capacity of 5,198 cubic inches - Two (Z) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi - Spring set parking brake system - Parking brake operated by a push -pull style control valve - A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel - Park brake relay /inversion and anti - compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, shall be provided with an automatic spring brake applic'a*ion at 40 psi - The air tank shall be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. - To rtfduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank shall be mounted with stainless steel brackets.(NO EXCEPTIONS). - Bendix AD -9 air dryer, with heater properly sized for the entire brake system. 62.13RAKE LINES Color -coded nylon brake lines shall be provided. The lines shall be wrapped in a heat protective loom where necessary in the chassis. 63.AIR INLET _ One (1) air inlet with male coupling shall be provided. It shall allow station air to be supplied to the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet shall be located in the driver side lower step well of cab. A check valve shall be provided to prevent reverse flow of air. The inlet shall discharge into the "wet" tank of the brake system. A mating female coupling shall also be provided with the loose equipment. 11 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39149 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 64.ALL WHEEL LOCK -UP An additional all wheel lock -up system shall be installed which applies air to the front brakes only. The standard spring brake control valve system shall be used for the rear. 65.ADDITIONAL AIR TANK An additional air tank with 1,454 cubic inch displacement shall be provided to increase the capacity of the air system. This tank shall be dedicated for air horn,use. ,, The air tank shall be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank shall be mounted with stainless steel brackets. (NO EXCEPTIONS) 66�6WANUAL MOISTURE EJECTORS Six (6) manual moisture ejectors shall be installed in the brake system. The moisture ejector shall be remote mounted on the driver side of vehicle, as close to the edge of vehicle as possible. A loop shall be provided at the moisture ejector, to allow for ease of pulling the drain. Each moisture ejector shall have a label directly under the ejector, stating air tank drain. Nylon tubing, .38" diameter, shall be routed from the air tank to the moisture ejector. The nylon tubing shall be covered with protective split loom. The moisture ejectors shall be provided on driver's side tractor under pump panel. 67.SRAKE FITTINGS, SPECIAL All the brass brake system fittings shall be "compression type" fittings in place of the standard push to connect type. 6S.ENGINE The chassis shall be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below: Make: Cummins Model: ISX15 PoNr: 600 hp at 1800 rpm TorgaV 1850 lb-ft at 1200 rpm Governed Speed: 2000 rpm Emissions Level: EPA 2010 Fuel: Diesel Cylih(4rs: Six (6) Displacement: 912 cubic inches (14.9L) Starter: Delco 39MT+ Fuel Filters: Frame mounted spin -on style primary filter with water separator & water -in -fuel sensor. Engine mounted secondary spin -on style filter. Coolant Filter: Engine mounted spin -on style. 12 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 150 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Both full filters will have inline quarter turn shut -offs at inlet and outlet lines. 69.HIGH IDLE V A high idle switch shall be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that shall automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch shall be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation /deactivation. The high idle shall be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light shall be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light shall illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light shall be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 70.ENGINE BRAKE An engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. The driver shall be able to turn the engine brake system on /off and have a high, medium and low setting. The engine brake shall be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated. The ABS system shall automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device when required. 71.CLUTCH FAN A Horton air operated fan clutch shall be provided. Clutch fan shall be activated when aerial is in operation. 72.OVERRIDE SWITCH An override switch shall be provided in the cab above the battery switch to V allow tie tractor driver the ability to start the engine without anyone sitting in the tiller cab. 73. ENGINE AIR INTAKE The air intake with an ember separator shall be mounted high on the passenger side of the cab, to the front of the crew cab door. The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from ente`n4g the engine. The ember separator shall be easily accessible through a hinged stainless steel grille, with one (1) flush quarter turn latch. 74. EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system shall include a diesel particulate filter (DPF) and a selective catalytic reduction (SCR) device to meet current EPA standards. The exhaust system shall be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the SCR device and shall be 5.00" in diameter. An insulation wrap shall be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and SCR to minimize the transfer of heat td the cab. The exhaust shall terminate horizontally ahead of the passenger side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser shall be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields shall be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. 13 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 151 of 339 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 75. RADIATOR The radiator and the complete cooling system shall meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards. 18 For maximum cooling performance, the radiator core shall be made of copper fins having a serpentine design, soldered to brass tubes. The tubes shall be welded to brass headers using the patented Beta -Weld process for increased strength, longer road life and solder -bloom corrosion protection. The radiator core shall have a minimum frontal area of 1396 square inches. Steel supply and return tanks shall be bolted to the core headers and steel side channels to complete the radiator assembly. The radiator shall be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions. The radiator shall be mounted in such a manner as to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven ground. The radiator assembly shall be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators. The radiator shall include an integral deaeration tank, with a remote- mounted overflow tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator shall have a built -in sight glass. The radiator shall be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap. A drain port shall be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and /or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system A heavy -duty fan shall draw in fresh, cool air through the radiator. Shields or baffles shall be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the rad'tor. 76.000LANT LINES Silicone hoses shall be used for all engine /heater coolant lines installed by the chassis manufacturer. Hose camps shall be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They shall react to temperature changes in the cooling system and expand or contract accordingly while maintaining a constant clamping pressure on the hose. 77.FUEL TANG( A 65 allon fuel tank shall be provided and mounted at the rear of the chass The tank shall be constructed of 12- gauge, hot rolled steel. It shall be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank shall be mounted with stainless steel straps. (no exception). A .75" drain plug shall be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet shall be located on the left hand side rear of the chassis on the vertical portion of the fender skirting area. The inlet shall be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." 14 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 152 of 339 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No A .50" diameter vent shall be provided running from the top of the tank to just below the fuel fill inlet. The tank shall meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements, including a fill capacity of 95 percent of the tank volume. All fuel lines shall be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 78.DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK A 4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank shall be provided and mounted in the driver's side body forward of the rear axle. The tank shall be constructed of 16 -gauge type 304- L stainless steel. A .50" drain plug shall be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet shall be located on the driver's side of the body and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only ". The tank shall meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing. The tank shall include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing. A five gallon container of OEM Diesel Exhaust Fluid shall be provided at time of delivery: 79. FUEL SHUTOFF A fuel line shutoff valve shall be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the primary. fuel filter. 80.FUEL COOLER fuel fuel line. An air to cooler shall be installed in the engine return The fuel filler cap shall have a retaining chain and holder provided on the fuel fill door. 81.FUEL DOOR LABEL There shall be a label provided on fuel door, to read "Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Only ". 82. FUEL SEPARATOR The engine shall be equipped with a Racor in -line spin -on fuel and water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters. 83.TRANSMISSION An Allison Gen IV, model EVS 4000P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission shall be provided. The transmission shall be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display shall indicate when service is due. Two (2) PTO openings shall be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and ]. o'clock). 15 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 153 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No A transmission temperature gauge with red light and buzzer shall be installed on the cab instrument panel. 84.TRANSMISSION SHIFTER A six (6) -speed push button shift module shall be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator shall be indirectly lit for after dark operation. Sixth gear will be obtained via the "mode" button on the shift pad.. The tra smission ratio shall be 1st - 3.51 to 1.00, 2nd - 1.91 to 1.00, 3rd - 1.43 to 1.00, 4th - 1.00 to 1.00, 5th - 0.75 to 1,00, 6th - 0.64 to 1.00, R - 4.80 to 1.00. Allison Transmission SCAAN performance reports reflecting the above transmission for performance at 0 %, 6% and 10% grades shall be provided when the proposal is submitted. (NO EXCEPTIONS) 85.TRANSMISSION COOLER A separate transmission cooler shall be provided and be located in close proximity to the radiator. The cooler shall use engine coolant to control the transmission ail temperature. 86.SYNTHETIC FLUID ONLY TAG A tag shall be located at the transmission fill point labeled "Synthetic Fluid Only'. 87.TRANSMISSION FLUID The transmission shall be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES -29y� heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid. 88. DRIVELIIN E / Drivelines shall be a heavy -duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer 1810 ✓ universal joints. The shifts shall be dynamically balanced before installation. A splined slip joint shall be provided in each driveshaft, slip joint shall be coated with Glidecoat or equivalent. / 899 TEERING Dual Sheppard M110 steering gears, with integral heavy -duty power steering, shall be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering shall incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton model VN20F hydraulic pump with Agral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines shall have wire braded lines with crimped fittings. A tilt`%d telescopic steering column shall be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations. A turning radius report shall be provided when the proposal is submitted. This report shall include measurements indicating "wall to wall" and "curb to curb" performance. The turning radius report shall reflect the specified wheelbase in this specification along with all steering components included in this specification. A third party certified "Cramp Angle Report" shall also be provided. (NO EXCEPTIONS). 16 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -3954 of339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FORA TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 90.STEERING WHEEL The steering wheel shall be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a four (4) -spoke design. 91.L000 DESIGNATION ON DASH The dash panel shall have an emblem containing the fire apparatus manufacturer's logo and fire department name. The emblem shall have three (3) rows of text. The first row of text shall be: Newport The second row of text shall be: Beach The third row of text shall be: Fire 92.BiUMPER A one (1) piece, stainless steel bumper, minimum of 10.00" high, shall be attached to the front of the frame. A 9.00" channel shall be mounted directly behind the bumper for additional strength. The bumper shall be extended 10.00" from front face of cab. 93.GRAVEL PAN A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, shall be furnished between the bumper and cab face. The gravel pan shall be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate. 94. LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS Mounted to the frame extension shall be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts shall be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems. The lift and tow mounts with eyes shall be painted the same color as the frame. 9S.T0W EYES Two (2) chromed steel tow eyes shall be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes shall have a .25" radius. The tOW eyes shall be designed and positioned to allow up to a 6,000 pound straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes shall not be used for lifting of the apparatus. V, 96.CAB The cab shall be designed specifically for the fire service and shall be manufactured by the chassis builder. The cab shall be constructed of 5052 -H32 aluminum skins on extruded aluminum framing. For increased structural integrity and occupant protection, the cab structure shall include, directly forward of the driver and passenger areas, a .25" firewall plate and .50" lateral support plate that shall tie the forward corner posts to the engine tunnel. The cab roof shall include a heavy 17 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39155 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No one'(1) -piece aluminum extrusion with wall thickness up to .12 ", and shall extend from side to side, and attach to the upper forward corner posts by customized aluminum castings. The sub - structure shall include a 0.38" wall extrusion under the crew cab floor for support while tilting the cab. To provide, quality at the source and single source customer support, the cab shall be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises (NO PREMISES). The cab shall be a full -tilt style to 80 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal. The cab pivots shall be located 46.00" apart to provide stability while tilting the cab. The cab shall be tilted by an electric over hydraulic pump that is connected to two (2) cab lift cylinders 2.25" in diameter. The cab shall be locked down by a two (2) -point automatic locking mechanism actuated after the cab has been lowered. A three (3) -point cab mount system with rubber isolators shall improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab. The crew cab shall be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants. The forward cab section shall have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately 102.00 ". The crew cab section shall have a 10.00" raised roof, with an overall cab height of approximately 112.00 ". The overall height listed shall be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight ratings, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension shall increase the overall height listed. The cab shall have an interior width of not less than 93.50 ". The driver and passenger seating positions shall have a minimum 24.00" clear width at knee level. To reduce injuries to occupants in the seated positions, proper head clearance shall be provided. The floor -to- ceiling height inside the forward cab shall be no less than 60.25 ". The floor -to- ceiling height inside the crew cab shall be no less than 62.95" in the center position and 68.75" in the outboard positions. The crew cab shall measure a minimum of 47.50" from the rear wall to the backside of the engine tunnel (knee level) for optimal occupant legroom. 97.I1NTERIOR CAB INSULATION / The cab walls, ceiling and engine tunnel shall be insulated in all strategic locations to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. The cab shall be insulated with 2.00" insulation in the rear wall, 3.00" insulation in the side walls, and 1.50" insulation in the ceiling. / 98.ENGINE TUNNEL To provide structural strength, the engine tunnel sidewalls shall be constructed of .50" aluminum plate that is welded to both the .25" firewall and .38" heavy wall extrusion under the crew cab floor. To maximize occupant space, the top edges shall be tapered. 18 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39156 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The engine tunnel shall be insulated on both sides for thermal and acoustic absorption. The underside of the tunnel shall be covered with 1.00" thick polyether foam that is reinforced with an aluminized face. Thermal rating for this insulation shall be -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. The insulation shall keep noise (dBA) levels at or lower than the specifications in the current edition of the NFPA 1901 standards. / ✓ 99. FENDER LINERS Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells shall be provided. 100. FRONT WINDSHIELD A one (1)- piece, safety glass windshield with more than 2,802 square inches of clear viewing area shall be provided. The windshield shall be full width. The windshield shall consist of three (3) layers: the outer light, the middle safety laminate, and the inner light. The .114" thick outer light layer shall provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer shall prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light shall provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield shall be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. ✓ 101. SUNVISORS Two (2) smoked Lexan sunvisors 7.75" x 28.12" long shall be provided. The sunvisors shall be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab. 107. WINDSHIELD WIPERS V Three (3) electric windshield wipers with a washer, in conformance with FMVSS and SAE requirements, shall be provided. The wiper blades shall be 21.65" long and together shall clear a minimum of 1,783 square inches of the windshield for maximum visibility in inclement weather. The windshield washer fluid reservoir shall be located at the front of the vehicle and be accessible through the access hood for simple maintenance. 103. FRONT TILT HOOD t/ A full -width access hood shall be provided for convenient access to engine coolant,;steering fluid, wiper fluid, cab lift controls, headlight power modules, and ember separator. The hood shall also provide complete access to the windshield wiper motor and components. The hood shall be contoured to provide a sleek, automotive appearance. The hood shall be constructed of two (2) fiberglass panels bonded together and shall include reinforcing ribs for structural integrity. The hood shall include air cylinders to hold the hood in open and closed positions, and a heavy duty latch system that shall meet FMVSS 113 (Hood Latch System). The spring - loaded hood latch shall be located at the center of the hood with a double - action release lever located behind the upper grill. The two (2) -step release requires the lever first be pulled to the driver side until the hood releases from the first latch (primary latch) then to the passenger side to fully release the hood (secondary latch). 19 of 1.34 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 157 of 339 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 104. CAB REAR MALL EXTERIOR COVERING The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab shall be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. 105. CAB LIFT A hydraulic cab lift system shall be provided, consisting of an electric- powered hydraulic pump, fluid reservoir, dual lift cylinders, remote cab lift controls and all necessary hoses and valves. The cab lift controls shall be located at the driver side front of the cab, easily accessible under the full width front access hood. The controls shall include a permanently mounted raise /lower switch. For enhanced visibility during cab tilt operations, a remote control tether with on /off switch shall be supplied on a coiled cord that shall extend from 2.00' (coiled) to 6.00' (extended). The rear of the cab shall be locked down by a two (2)- point, automatic, hydraulic, double hook mechanism that fully engages after the cab has been lowered (self - locking). The dual 2.25" diameter hydraulic cylinders shall be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the cab is in the tilt position. For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm shall be provided that must be manually put in place on the driver side between the chassis and cab frame when cab is in the raised position. This device shall be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered. lOEa. INTERLOCK, CAB LIFT TO PARKING BRAKE V, The cab lift safety system shall be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism shall be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism shall be disabled. 107. GRILLE A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a formed bright finished grille surround, shall be provided on the front center of the cab, and shall serve as an air intake to the radiator. / 108. DOORJAMB SCUFFPLATES t/ All cab door jambs shall be furnished with a polished stainless steel scuffplate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb. / 109. FRONT CAB TRIM ✓ Bright finished wrap- around housings shall be provided on each side of the front cab face for mounting of the headlights and front directional lights. The housings shall mate up to the side edge of the forward grille, and then extend around the front corners of the cab rearward, providing for a streamlined automotive appearance. 110. MIRRORS One (1) Ramco, Model CRM -310- 1750 -PCHR, polished chrome mirror shall be mounted on each of the cab doors. The mirrors shall be full faced, flat, with an integrated bottom mount convex section. The mirror head shall have a highly polished chrome finish. 20 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 158 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The flat glass in each mirror shall be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver. The convex section in each mirror shall be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver. 111. DOORS V The forward cab and crew cab doors shall be the half- height style door. To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors shall be a minimum of 43.59" wide x 64.71" high. The crew cab doors shall measure a minimum of 37.87" wide x 73.75" high. The forward cab and crew cab doors shall be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of .125'. The exterior door skins shall be constructed from .090" aluminum. The forward cab door windows shall include a 7.50" high x 10.00" wide drop area at the front to enhance visibility. A customized, vertical, pull -down type door handle shall be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The exterior handle shall be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and shall provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.' Each door shall also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that shall be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles shall provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. The cab doors shall be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The locks shall be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors shall remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed. A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano -type hinge with a .38" pin and 11 gauge leaf shall be provided on all cab doors. There shall be double automotive -type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather -tight fit. A dark grey vacuum formed ABS panel shall house the window switches and shall ,mold into the upper sill of the door panel. The cab steps at each cab door location shall be located below the cab doors and shall be exposed to the exterior of the cab. 112. HANDRAILS (INTERIOR CREW CAB DOORS) The handrails shall be provided on each interior crew cab door pan. The handrails shall be mounted at a 45 degree angle. 113. DOOR PANELS The inner cab door panels shall be constructed out of polished stainless steel. The cab door panels shall be removable without disconnecting door and window mechanisms. 21 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 159 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS 114. ELECTRIC WINDOW CONTROLS Each cab entry door shall be equipped with an electrically operated tempered glass window. A window control panel shall be ergonomically molded into the armrest of the door panel within easy reach of the respective occupant. Each switch shall allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation shall be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1/2 second. The driver control panel shall contain a control switch for each cab door's window. All other door control panels shall contain a single switch to operate the window within that door. 115. CAB STEPS The forward cab and crew cab access steps shall be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps shall be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps shall be a bolt -in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps shall be a minimum 31.00" wide, and the crew cab steps shall be 24.25" wide with an 8.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps shall not exceed 18.00" in height and be limited to two (2) steps. Three (3) step entrance designs shall not be acceptable due to safety concerns. A slip- resistant handrail shall be provided adjacent to each cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. 116. STEP LIGHTS For reduced overall maintenance costs compared to incandescent lighting, there shall be four (4) white LED, step lights provided. The lights shall be installed at each cab and crew cab door, one (1) per step, in the driver side front doorstep, driver side crew cab doorstep, passenger side front doorstep and passenger side crew cab doorstep. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light shall provide a minimum of 25 foot- candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The lights shall be activated when the adjacent door is opened. 117. FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns shall be installed at all wheel openings. 116, CUP HOLDERS A total of five (5) mounted cup holders shall be provided. Two (2) cup holders shall be provided for the driver and officer, and two (2) cup holders shall be provided in the crew cab area. One (1) cup holder shall be provided in the tiller cab. Minimum size should be 3.5" in diameter. Location TBD at Pre -Con. 119. KNOX BOX /LIMITED ACCESS KEY BOX Mount and provide 12volt electrical power for city supplied limited access key box /Knox box. Location TBD at Pre -Con. Proposer Yes _I No J It VIA 22 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 160 of 339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONSFORATRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 120. FENDER PANELS The chassis behind the cab shall be assembled with fender panels over the wheels, running boards and steps for access to the turntable and decking over the frame rails. The fender panels shall be fabricated of .125" -5052 aluminum with a 38,000 psi tensile strength. Fender design shall be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance. Stainless steel fender crowns shall be provided around the rear wheel openings. A rubber welting shall be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering. A dielectric barrier shall be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. The area over the frame rails between the cab and fifth wheel shall be covered with aluminum treadplate to serve as a walkway area. The walkway area shall be properly reinforced with a steel substructure attached to the frame rails. Running boards shall be installed on each side directly behind the cab for access to the walkway area behind the cab and the turntable. The running boards shall be covered with aluminum treadplate. 121. CREW CAR WINDOWS �/ One (1) fixed window with tinted glass shall be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows shall measure 20.00" wide x 20.50" high. There shall be no windows on rear of cab. 122. WINDOW TINT Crew cab windows shall be tinted with 44 percent light transmission tint. The following windows are included: - Crew cab side windows - Crew cab door, roll -up windows / 123. EXTERIOR CAB ROOF COVERING Horizontal cab roof surfaces shall be covered with bright aluminum treadplate. Edges and fastening screws shall be properly caulked to prevent water from leaking under aluminum. Front and side warning lights shall not be mounted on top of treadplate. The treadplate shall extend and terminate next to the warning lights. 124. EQUIPMENT MOUNTING SHELF There shall be one (1) shelf provided in the crew cab for permanent mounting of equipment provided. 23 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 161 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The shelf shall have a 2.00" lip around edge. 1 The shelf shall be fabricated from aluminum and shall be painted to match the cab interior. The shelf shall be located directly behind the driver and officer seats resting on the engine housing. % 125. SCBA BRACKET FOLDER V There shall be two (2) free standing heavy duty mounting brackets. Each bracket shall accommodate a total of (2) Zico SCBA holders. The mounting brackets shall be fabricated to firmly support the weight of two (2) SCOTT SCBA's with (45)minute cylinders. These brackets shall be painted the color of the interior and shall match the current design installed on the newest NBFD apparatus. One (1) bracket shall be mounted on the driver's side rear facing crew cab seat area and one(1) bracket shall be mounted on the officer's side rear facing crew cab seat area. V 9.26. CAB INTERIOR The dash layout shall provide the driver with a quick reference to gauges that allows more time to focus on the road. The center console shall be a high impact ABS polymer, and shall be easily removable for access to the defroster. The center console shall include louvers strategically located for optimal air flow and defrost capability to the windshield. The passenger side dashboard shall be constructed of painted aluminum for durability and low maintenance. For enhanced versatility, the passenger side dash shall include a flat working surface. To provide optional (service friendly) control panels, switches and storage modules, a three (3) piece, 4mm thick polyethylene roto- molded, overhead console shall also be provided. To complete the cab front interior design, painted aluminum modesty panels shall be provided under the dash on both sides of the cab. The driver side modesty panel shall provide mounting for the battery switch and diagnostic connectors, while the passenger side modesty panel provides a glove box, and ground access to the main electrical distribution panel via quick quarter turn fasteners. The engine tunnel, side walls and rear wall shall be covered by a leather grain vinyl that is resistant to oil, grease, and mildew. The inner cab door panels shall include grab handles and control panels molded into the upper section of the door panel. The door panels shall extend 36.50" down from the door window. The headliner shall be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. The crew cab headliner shall be one (1) piece (no exception). The headliner panel shall be a composition of a corrugated high density polyethylene panel covered with a sound barrier and upholstery. For quick, easy access of electrical wiring, or to perform other maintenance needs, the headliner shall be held in place by a dual lock fastening system. The cab structure shall include designated raceways for electrical harness routing,from the front of the cab to the rear upper portion of the cab. Raceways shall be extruded in the forward door frame, floor, walls and overhead in the area where the walls meet the ceiling. The raceways located 24 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 162 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR ATRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No in the floor shall be covered by aluminum extrusion, while the vertical and overhead raceways shall be covered by a decorative composite panel. The raceways shall improve harness integrity by providing a continuous harness path that eliminates wire chafing and abrasion associated with exposed wiring or routing through drilled metal holes. Harnesses shall be laid in place, not pulled through holes drilled in aluminum tubing. Once laid in place, all harnesses shall be held in position by a hook and loop fastening system. The hook and loop system shall allow for bracket fastener points to not puncture harnesses. The raceways shall include removable covers, providing maintenance personnel with quiet: and easy access for trouble shooting, or the addition of accessories. Harnesses shall be located within the raceway behind the wire way cover. 3.27. CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY The cab interior upholstery shall be dark silver gray. 128. CAR INTERIOR PAINT X/ The cab interior metal surfaces shall be painted gray, vinyl texture paint. 129. CAB FLOOR V/ The cab and crew cab floor areas shall be covered with Polydamp acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam. The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a .25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 130. CAR DEFROSTER To provide maximum defrost and heating performance, a 54,9616TU heater - defroster unit with 558 SCFM of air flow shall be provided inside the cab. The defroster unit shall be strategically located under the center forward portion of the roto- molded instrument panel. For easy access, a removable roto- molded cover shall be installed over the defroster unit. The defroster shall include an integral aluminum frame air filter, high performance dual scroll blowers, and ducts designed to provide maximum defrosting capabilities for the one (1) piece windshield. The defroster ventilation shall be built into the design of the cab dash instrument panel and shall be easily removable for maintenance. The defroster shall be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at zero (0) degrees Fahrenheit for ten (10) hours, and a two (2) ounce per square inch layer of frost /ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield. The defroster system shall meet or exceed SAE 3382 minimum defrosting system performance requirements. 131. CAR /CREW CAB HEATER </ Two (2) 36,702 BTU auxiliary heaters with 276 SCFM each unit of air flow shall be provided inside the crew cab, one (1) in each outboard rear- facing seat riser. The heaters shall include high performance dual scroll blowers one (1) for each unit. Outlets for the heaters shall be located below each rear - facing seat riser and below the fronts of the driver and passenger seats, for efficient airflow: An extruded aluminum plenum shall be incorporated in the cab structure that shall transfer heat to the forward cab seating positions. 25 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39163 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The heater- defroster and crew cab heaters shall be controlled by a single integral electronic control panel. The heater control panel shall allow the driver to control heat flow to the front and rear simultaneously. The control panel shall include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control, and be conveniently located on the dash in clear view of the driver.. The control panel ;shall include highly visible, progressive LED indicators for both fan speed and temperature. For increased convenience, an optional dual control for the passenger position shall also be available. / V 132. AIR CONDITIONING A high - performance, customized air conditioning system shall be furnished inside the cab and crew cab. A 13.10 cubic inch compressor shall be installed on the engine. A roof-' mounted condenser with a 63,000 BTU output that meets and exceeds the performance specification shall be installed on the cab roof. Mounting the condenser below the cab or body would reduce the performance of the system and shall not be acceptable. The evaporator unit shall be installed in the cab, located in the center of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel. The evaporator shall include two (2) high performance cores and plenums with multiple outlets, one plenum directed to the front and one plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The evaporator unit shall have a 49,000 BTU rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications. Adjustable air outlets shall be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following: Two (2) shall be directed towards the drivers location Two (2) shall be directed towards the officers location Six (6) shall be directed towards crew cab area The air conditioner refrigerant shall be R -134A and shall be installed by a certified technician. The air conditioner shall be controlled by a single integral electronic control panel for the heater, defroster and air conditioner. For ease of operation, the control panel shall include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control, and be conveniently located on the dash in clear view of the driver. The control panel shall include highly visible, progressive LED indicators for both fan speed and temperature. For added convenience, an optional dual control for the passenger position shall also be available. 133. GRAB HANDLE A black rubber covered grab handle shall be mounted on the door post of the driver.side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handle shall be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield. A long rubber grab handle shall be mounted on the dash board in front of the officer. 26 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39164 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 134. ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS Two (2) LED engine compartment lights shall be installed under the engine hood, with an integral switch. The lights shall have a .125" diameter hole in its lens to prevent moisture retention. 135. ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS V For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there shall be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door shall be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The door shall be a minimum of 17.75" wide x 12.75" high and be flush with the wall of the engine tunnel. The engine oil dipstick shall allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick shall allow for both checking and filling. An additional tube shall be provided for filling the engine oil. The door shall have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush latch shall be provided on the access door 136. MAP BOX -1 /OFFICER A map box with three (3)bins, open at officer side, shall be installed on the front of the engine housing. The map box shall be divided into three (3) bins, each being 1.2.00" wide x 4.00" deep x 8.00" high. The map box shall be constructed 1.25' aluminum and shall be painted to match the cab interior. Final construction and location TBD at pre - con. V 137. MAP BOX -2 /FIREFIGHTER A map box with six (6) bins, open from top, shall be installed on the rear of the engine housing for firefighter access. The map box shall be divided into six (6) bins, each being 12.00" wide x 6.00" deep x 8.00" inches high. The map box shall be constructed 1.25" aluminum and shall be painted to match the cab interior. Final construction and location TBD at pre -con. / v 138. MAP POCKET Installed on each front door shall be a map pocket. The pocket shall be 13.50" wide x 14.00" high x 1.50" deep and constructed of stainless steel. A rectangular notch shall be provided in the center of the map pocket that shall be 9.50" wide x 9.00" deep to allow access the map books. / 139. FRONTAL IMPACT PROTECTION (/ The cab shall be provided with a frontal impact protection system and shall include the following: • A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor shall be installed on a structural cab member behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor shall perform real time diagnostics of all critical subsystems and shall record sensory inputs immediately before and during a frontal impact event. • A fault- indicating light shall be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to monitor the operational status of the SRS system. 27 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39165 of 339 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No • ,A driver side front air bag shall be mounted in the steering wheel and shall be designed to protect the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the three (3) -point seat belt. • A passenger side knee bolster air bag shall be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash panel and shall be designed to protect the legs of -the occupant, when used in combination with the three (3) -point seat belt. o Driver and front passenger suspension seats shall be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during a frontal impact event. o Driver and front passenger seat belts shall be provided with pre - tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during frontal impact event. The SRS system shall provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system shall activate when the vehicle decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the occupants. The cab and chassis shall have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash impact during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing included all major chassis and cab components such as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts, pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing provided configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety restraint system. The sensor shall activate the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash algorithm, wave form, is detected (NO EXCEPTIONS). The SRS system shall deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact event: • Driver side front air bag. • Passenger side knee bolster air bag. • Driver and front passenger suspension seats shall be retracted to the lowest travel position. a Driver and front passenger seat belts shall be pre- tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place. 140, SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity in the cab shall be four (4). / 141. DRIVER SEAT A seat shall be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design shall be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat shall include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control shall be a towel -bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat shall have an adjustable reclining back. The seat back shall be a high back style with side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat shall be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). 28 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 166 of 339 APPENDIX A- SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The seat shall include the following features incorporated into the frontal impact protection system. A suspension seat safety system shall be included. When activated in the event of a frontal impact, this system shall pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position. (NO EXCEPTIONS) The seat shall be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt tongue shall be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle shall be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt shall be furnished with dual automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 142. OFFICER SEAT A seat shall be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat design shall be a cam action type, with air suspension. The seat back shall be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle and side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat shall be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat shall be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that shall activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat shall include the following features incorporated into the frontal impact protection system: A suspension seat safety system shall be included. When activated this system shall pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position. (NO EXCEPTIONS) The seat shall be furnished with a three - point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt tongue shall be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle shall be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt shall be furnished with dual automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. / 143. FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT t/ There shall be one (1) forward facing, foldup seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back shall be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seat shall be a minimum of 15.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat shall be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that shall activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat shall be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt tongue shall be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle shall be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy 29 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 167 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No accessibility. The seat belt shall be furnished with dual automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 144. FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There shall be one (1) forward facing foldup seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back shall be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seat shall be a minimum of 15.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat shall be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that shall activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat shall be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt tongue shall be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle shall be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt shall be furnished with dual automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 145. SEAT UPHOLSTERY All seat upholstery shall be gray Turnout Tuff material. 146. SHOULDER HARNESS HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT All seating positions furnished with three (3) -point shoulder type seat belts shall include a height adjustment. This adjustment shall optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. 147. SEAT BE V All seating positions in the cab and crew cab shall have red seat belts. 148. SEAT BELT MONITORING SYSTEM ✓ A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) shall be provided. The SBMS shall be capable of monitoring up to ten (10) seat positions indicating the status of each seat position with a green or red LED indicator as follows: Seat Occupied Buckled Green Seat Occupied Unbuckled Red No Occupant Buckled Red No Occupant Unbuckled Not Illuminated Alarm: The SBMS shall include an audible alarm that shall be activated when a red illumination condition exists and the parking brake is released, or a red illumination condition exists and the transmission is not in park. 149. INTERIOR CAB COMPARTMENT A forward facing interior compartment shall be provided in the crew cab at the center position. 30 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 168 of 339 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Yes I No The compartment shall be 38.00" wide x 30.00" high x 22.63" deep with one (1) Gortite roll up door, non - locking with anodized finish. The clear door opening of the compartment shall be 20.00" high x 33.00" wide. The compartment shall be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior. The compartment shall have ventilation holes /louvers on each side of the compartment to provide adequate ventilation of installed radio communication equipment. This storage compartment shall be compliant per NFPA standard for autorpotive fire apparatus (NO EXCEPTIONS). 150. INTERIOR CAB COMPARTMENT SHELVING There shall be three (3) shelves provided in the "Interior Cab Compartment'. (2) Shelves shall be constructed of .090" aluminum with a 1.25' up- turned lip. Shelving shall be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded tightener sliding in a track. The bottom shelf shall be sliding, lockable, extreme low profile and be constructed with a 1" lip. 151. COMPARTMENT LIGHT There shall be one (1) On Scene Solutions LED strip light installed on the left side of the compartment opening. The lights shall be controlled by an automatic door switch. 152. CREW CAB OVERHEAD STORAGE COMPARTMENT An overhead rear - facing storage compartment shall be installed at the raised roof within the crew cab, in place of the standard air conditioning cabinet. The cabinet shall include (3) lift up compartment doors with gas operated stay arms with a divider between each door opening. The compartment size shall be a minimum of 86.00" wide x 10.00" high x 16.00" deep at the bottom and 11.00" deep at the top. It shall be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. / 153. HELMET HOLDER There shall be four (4) Zico UHH -1 helmet holder brackets provided in the cab. The brackets shall provide quick access and secure storage of the helmets. The bracket locations shall be determined at time of final inspection. 154. CAB INTERIOR LIGHTING Auxiliary lights shall be provided in the cab and consisting of: - Two (2) Weldon, Model 8081, red /clear dome light located, one (1) on the officer side and one (1) on the driver side, controlled by the following: Clear forward light controlled by the door switch and the lens switch. Red rearward light controlled by the lens switch. - Two (2) Adjustable Map Lights: With switches mounted on the cab ceiling. APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 155. CREW CAB INTERIOR LIGHTING There shall be two (2) Weldon, Model 8081, red /clear dome lights with grey bezels installed in the crew cab located one (1) each side, controlled by the following: o The forward, clear light shall be controlled by the door switch and the lens switch. G The rear, red light shall be controlled by the lens switch only. A courtesy light at each door opening, controlled by automatic door switches. / 156. PORTABLE HAND HELD BOX LIGHTS There shall be five (5) Pelican Products, Model 9410, LED 12v DC rechargeable lights mounted. Location TBD at pre -con. The color shall be yellow. Each charger shall be hard wired to the 12 VDC system . / 157. CAB IINSTRUMENTATION The cab instrument panel shall consist of gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lights, alarms, control switches, and a diagnostic panel. The function of instrument panel controls and switches shall be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch shall illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps shall not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls shall be conveniently located within the forward cab section directly forward of the driver. Gauge and switch panels shall be designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership. 158. GAUGES V/ The gauge panel shall include the following ten (10) black gauges with black bezels to monitor vehicle performance: Voltmeter Gauge (Volts) Low volts (11.8 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm High volts (15 VDC) Amber-indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very low volts (11.3 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very high volts (16 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Tachometer (RPM) Speedometer (Primary (outside) MPH, Secondary (inside) Km /H) Fuel Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) 32 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 170 of 339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONS FOR ATRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Low fuel (1/8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very low fuel (1/32) fuel Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Engine Oil Pressure Gauge (PSI) Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Front Air Pressure Gauge (PSI) Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Rear Air Pressure Gauge (PSI) Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit) High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit) High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) Low fluid (1/8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm All gauges and gauge indicators shall perform prove out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance. 159. INDICATOR LAMPS To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps shall be integral to the gauge-assembly and are located above and below the center gauges. The indicator lamps shall be "dead- front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights shall have descriptive text or symbols. The following amber telltale lamps shall be present: Low coolant Trac Intl (traction control) Check engine 33 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 171 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Check trans (check transmission) Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat) Air rest (air restriction) Caution (triangle symbol) Water in fuel DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration) Trailer ABS Wait to start HET (engine high exhaust temperature) ABS (antilock brake system) MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) SRS (supplemental restraint system) fault DEF (low diesel exhaust fluid level) The following red telltale lamps shall be present: Warning (stop sign symbol) Seat belt Parking brake Stop engine Rack down The following green telltale lamps shall be provided: Left turn Right turn Battery on The following blue telltale lamp shall be provided: High beam / 160. ALARMS v/ Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm shall be provided whenever a warning message is present. Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime /chirp) shall be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present. Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm shall be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms shall intermittently chirp every 30 34 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 .1 172 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp shall act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition shall enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively. 161. INDICATOR LAMP AND ALARM PROVE -OUT Telltale indicators and alarms shall perform prove -out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance. 162. CONTROL SWITCHES For ease of use, the following controls shall be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. Emergency master switch: A molded plastic push button switch with integral indicator lamp shall be provided. Pressing the switch shall activate emergency response lights and siren control. A green lamp on the switch provides indication that the emergency master mode is active. Pressing the switch again disables the emergency master mode. Headlight / Parking light switch: A three (3)- position maintained rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position shall deactivate all parking lights and the headlights. The second switch position shall activate the parking lights. The third switch position shall activate the headlights. Panel backlighting intensity control switch: A three (3)- position momentary rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position decreases the panel backlighting intensity to a minimum level as the switch is held. The second switch position is the default position that does not affect the backlighting intensity. The third switch position increases the panel backlighting intensity to a maximum level as the switch is held. The following standard controls shall be integral to the gauge assembly and are located below the right hand gauges. All switches have backlit labels for low light applications. High idle engagement switch: A two (2)- position momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp shall be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position shall activate and deactivate the high idle function when pressed and released. The "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch shall indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light shall be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement. The following standard controls shall be provided adjacent to the cab gauge assembly within easy reach of the driver. All switches shall have backlit labels for low light applications. Ignition switch: A three (3)- position maintained /momentary rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position shall deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position shall activate vehicle ignition. The third 35 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 173 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No momentary position shall disable the Command Zone audible alarm if held for three (3) to five (5) seconds. A green indicator lamp shall be activated with vehicle ignition. Engine start switch: A two (2)- position momentary rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position shall activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. 4 -way hazard switch: A two (2)- position maintained rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position shall deactivate the 4 -way hazard switch function. The second switch position shall activate the 4 -way hazard function. The switch actuator shall be red and includes the international 4- way hazard symbol. Heater and defroster controls. Turn signal arm: A self - canceling turn signal with high beam headlight and windshield wiper /washer controls shall be provided. The windshield wiper control shall have high, low, and intermittent modes. Parking brake control: An air actuated push /pull park brake control valve shall be provided. Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control shall be provided through the center of the steering wheel. 163. CUSTOM SWITCH PANELS The design of cab instrumentation shall allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There shall be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the driver's side, up to four (4) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the driver, up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the officer's side and up to two (2) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the officer. All switches shall have backlit labels for low light applications. 154. DIAGNOSTIC PANEL V A diagnostic panel shall be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel shall allow diagnostic tools such as computers. to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches shall allow engine and ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist. The diagnostic panel shall include the following: Engine diagnostic port Transmission diagnostic port ABS diagnostic port SRS diagnostic port Command Zone USB diagnostic port 36 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 174 of 339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONS FOR ATRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Engine diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on check engine telltale indicator) ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch 165. CAS LCD DISPLAY V/ A digital four (4) -row by 20- character dot matrix display shall be integral to the gauge panel. The display shall be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display shall be split into three (3) sections. Each section shall have a dedicated function. The upper left section shall display the outside ambient temperature. The upper right section shall display odometer, trip mileage, PTO hours, fuel consumption, engine hours, and other configuration specific information. The bottom section shall display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages shall automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD shall be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist. 166. AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm shall be provided. 167. "DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR f A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, shall be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light shall be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator shall activate a steady tone alarm when the parking brake is released. 11.68. DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES Messages shall be displayed on the gauge panel LCD located forward of the steering wheel directly in front of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages shall designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged). The following messages shall be displayed: Do Not Move Truck DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open) PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open) DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open) PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open) PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open) Rear Body Door Open 37 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39175 of 339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONS FOR ATRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down) PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down) Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed) Stabilizer Not Stowed Steps Not Stowed Handrail Not Stowed Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved shall be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged. 169. SWITCH PANELS The emergency light switch panel shall have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel shall contain eight (8) membrane -type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments shall include non - functioning black appliques. Documentation shall be provided by the manufacturer indicating the rated cycle life of the switches. The switch panel(s) shall be located in the overhead position above the windshield on the driver side overhead to allow for easy access. The switches shall be membrane -type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch shall be illuminated white whenever backlighting is activated and illuminated red whenever the switch is active. For ease of use, a two (2) -ply, scratch resistant laser engraved label indicating the use of each switch shall be placed in the center of the switch. The label shall allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions. 170. WIPER CONTROL The windshield wiper control shall be an integral part of the directional light lever located on the steering column. The wiper control shall include high and low wiper speed settings, a one (1) -speed intermittent wiper control with six (6)- second interval and windshield washer switch. The control shall have a "return to park" provision, which allows the wipers to return to the stored position when the wipers are not in use. / 171. AERIAL HOUR METER An hour meter for the aerial device shall be provided and located within the cab display or instrument panel. / 172. AERIAL MASTER There shall be a master switch for the aerial operating electrical system provided. 173. SPARE CIRCUIT #1 (MDC) There shall be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: 38 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 176 of 339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONS FOR ATRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The positive wire shall be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire shall be connected to ground. Wires shall be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground shall terminate TBD at Pre -Con. Termination shall be with heat shrinkable butt splicing. Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit may be load managed when the parking brake is set unless it supplies power for communication equipment (NO EXCEPTIONS). 174. SPARE CIRCUIT #2 (ACCESSORY POWER POINT'S X 4) There shall be four (4) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: The positive wire shall be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire shall be connected to ground. Wires shall be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground shall terminate TBD at Pre -Con. Termination shall be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover. Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit may be load managed when the parking brake is set unless it supplies power for communication equipment (NO EXCEPTIONS). 175. SPARE CIRCUIT #3 (HANDHELD RADIO BATTERY CHARGERS) There shall be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: The positive wire shall be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire shall be connected to ground. Wires shall be protected to 30 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground shall terminate TBD at Pre -Con. Termination shall be with six (6) position terminal strip. Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit may be load managed when the parking brake is set unless it supplies power for communication equipment (NO EXCEPTIONS). 39 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39177 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FORA TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 176. SPARE CIRCUIT #4 (RADIO, COMMUNICATION) There shall be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: The positive wire shall be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire shall be connected to ground. Wires shall be protected to 10 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground shall terminate TBD at Pre -Con. Termination shall be with heat shrinkable butt splicing. Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit may be load managed when the parking brake is set unless it supplies power for communication equipment (NO EXCEPTIONS). 177. SPARE CIRCUIT #5 (ADDITIONAL RADIOS, COMMUNICATIONS) There shall be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: The positive wire shall be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire shall be connected to ground. Wires shall be protected to 30 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground shall terminate TBD at Pre -Con. Termination shall be with six (6) position terminal strip. Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit may be load managed when the parking brake is set unless it supplies power for communication equipment (NO EXCEPTIONS). All spare circuits being utilized for communications shall be terminated directly to the isolated battery utilizing a bus bar (NO EXCEPTIONS). 178. SPARE CIRCUIT #6 (TILLER CAB) V/ There shall be one (1) pair of wires, 'including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: The positive wire shall be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire shall be connected to ground. Wires shall be protected to 30 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground shall terminate in tiller cab. 40 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No, 1.3 -39 178 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Termination shall be with a six (6) position terminal strip. Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit may be load managed when the parking brake is set unless it supplies power for communication equipment (NO EXCEPTIONS). 179. RADIO WITH CD PLAYER There shall be a Panasonic Model 5101AU or equivalent AM /FM /Weatherband stereo radio with compact disc player and MP3 jack installed with remote head mounted within access of the driver. The compact disc stereo radio shall be mounted TBD at Pre -Con. The quantity and location of the speakers shall be one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers located in the cab and one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers located in the crew cab. There shall be two (2) radio speakers with separate volume controls provided in the tiller cab. The type and location of the antenna shall be a roof- mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof. 180. INFORMATION CENTER t/ An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal color LCD display shall be encased in an ABS plastic housing. The information center shall have the following specifications: - Operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees Fahrenheit - An Optical Gel shall be placed between the LCD and protective lens - Five weather resistant user interface switches - Black enclosure with gray decal - Sunlight Readable - Linux operating system - Minimum of 400nits rated display - Display can be changed to an available foreign language 181. OPERATION The information center shall be designed for easy operation for everyday use. The page button shall cycle from one screen to the next screen in a rotating fashion. A video button shall allow a NTSC signal into the information center to be displayed on the LCD. Pressing any button while viewing a video feed shall return the information center to the vehicle information screens. A menu button shall provide access to maintenance, setup and diagnostic screens. All other button labels shall be specific to the information being viewed. 41 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 179 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 182. GENERAL SCREEN DESIGN Where possible, background colors shall be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background shall be used. If a caution or warning situation arises the following shall occur: - An amber background /text color shall indicate a caution condition. - A red background /text color shall indicate a warning condition. Every screen shall include the following: - Exterior Ambient Temperature - Time (12 or 24 hour mode) - Text Alert Center: - The information center shall utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages shall be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages shall cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" shall change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color shall be shown for all alert center messages. - Button Labels: A label for each button shall exist. The label shall indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens shall have a button label with no text. / 183. PAGE SCREENS The Information center shall include the following screens: Load Manager Screen: A list of items to be load managed shall be provided. The list shall provide: - Description of the load - Individual load shed priority: The lower the priority number the earlier the device shall be shed should a low voltage condition occur. - Load Status: The screen shall indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a Glance" color features are utilized on this screen Do Not Move Truck: The Do Not Move Truck screen shall indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices shall be indicated: - Driver Side Cab Door - Passenger's Side Cab Door 42 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 180 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No - Driver Side Crew Cab Door - Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door - Driver Side Body Doors - Passenger's Side Body Doors - Rear Body Door(s) - Hatch Door (if applicable) - Stabilizers (if applicable) - Steps (if applicable) - Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved, shall cause an "Alert Center" message if the parking brake is disengaged. Chassis Information: The following information shall be shown: - Engine RPM - Fuel Level - Battery Voltage - Engine Coolant Temperature - Engine Oil Pressure "At a Glance" color features are utilized on this screen Active Alarms List: This screen shall show a list of all active text messages. The list items text shall match the text messages shown in the "Alert Center ". The date and time the message occurred is displayed with each message in the list. 184. MENU SCREENS The following screens shall be available through the Menu button: View System Information: A detailed list of vehicle information: - Battery Volts - Pump Hours - Transmission Oil Temperature - Pump Engaged - Engine Coolant Level - Engine Oil Level - Oil level shall only be shown when the engine is not running - Power Steering Level 43 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 181 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Set daytime and nighttime Display Brightness: - Brightness: Increase and decrease - Default setting button Configure Video Mode: - Set Video Contrast - Set Video Color - Set Video Tint Set Startup Screen: - Choose the screen that shall be active at vehicle power - up Set Date & Time: - 12 or 24 hour format - Set time - Set date View Active Alarms: - Shows a list of all active alarms - Date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm - Silence alarms - All alarms are silenced System Diagnostics: - Module type and ID number - Module version - Module diagnostics information: - Input or output number - Circuit number connected to that input or output - Circuit name (item connected to the circuit) - Status of the input or output - Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 44 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 182 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 18$. VEHICLE DATA RECORDER �f A vehicle data recorder (VDR) shall be provided. The VDR shall be capable of reading and storing vehicle information. The VDR shall be capable of operating in a voltage range from 8VDC to 16VDC. The VDR shall not interfere with, suspend, or delay any communications that may exist on the CAN data link during the power up, initialization, runtime, or power down sequence. The VDR shall continue operation upon termination of power or at voltages below 8VDC for a minimum of 10ms. The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A CD provided with the apparatus shall include the programming to download the information from the VDR. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The vehicle data recorder shall be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and /or CAN inputs: Vehicle Speed - MPH Acceleration - MPH /sec Deceleration - MPH /sec Enginer Speed - RPM Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle ABS Event - On /Off Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On /Off Time - 24 Hour Time Date - Year /Month /Day 186. INTERCOM SYSTEM A seven (7) position David Clark intercom system shall be City supplied and installed by the preferred builder. (NO EXCEPTIONS). Driver and Officer positions shall have radio interface capability with remote radio Push To Talk buttons located within easy reach of the driver and officer. Pump Panel shall have a weatherproof bulkhead fitting for radio interface belt station. Aerial turntable console shall a have a weatherproof bulkhead fitting for radio interface belt station. Two (2) crew cab positions shall have intercom only located between the forward facing crew cab seats on back wall of cab. Tiller cab position shall have intercom only located on back wall of tiller cab. 45 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 183 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Ye No 187, RADIO INTERFACE CABLE The apparatus manufacturer shall supply and install one (1) radio interface cable before delivery of the vehicle. The radio equipment to be used shall be Motorola NPX -6500. 188. UNDER THE HELMET HEADSET There shall be six (6) under the helmet, headsets provided driver, officer, two crew, turntable /pump panel, and tiller. Each David Clark, Model H3442, headset shall feature: 0 5' Coiled cord 0 Noise cancelling electric microphone 0 Flexible microphone boom rotates 200 degrees for left or right dress 0 Microphone on /off button 0 Comfort Gel Earseals 0 23 dB noise reduction 189. HEADSET HANGERS There shall be five (5) headset hangars installed for the intercom system. Location TBD at Pre -Con. 190. RADIO EQUIPMENT The following radio equipment shall be provided by the fire department for Installation: • Mobile Data Computer • Mobile Data Computer Keyboard w /mounting bracket • Docking station, power supply, inverter, cables • Modem, Antenna, power supply, cables • Five drop in vehicular radio battery chargers. • 800 MHz Motorola mobile radio, antenna, power supply, speaker, palm mic • Multi Unit Battery Charger (6 bay battery charger). • EPCR (Electronic PreHospital Care Report 110 Volt Power Supply) • EPCR Tablet Holder • 110/12 volt Inverter Location of all listed items TBD at Pre -Con. 191. SWIVEL BRACKETS / Two (2) Johnny Ray swivel brackets shall be provided and installed to mount VVV 46 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 1 184 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No the siren and radio head. Location TBD at Pre - Con. ,` 192. PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER INSTALLATION There shall be five (5) fire department supplied portable two -way radio chargers and one (1) multi -bay chargers sent to the apparatus manufacturer's preferred radio installer to be installed - location TBD. Specific shipping requirements shall be followed. 193. TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION There shall be one (1) fire department supplied two way radio sent to the apparatus manufacturer's preferred radio installer to be installed in the interior cab compartment with the radio head mounted in the dash area- location TBD at Pre -Con. Installation of the fire department supplied radio antennas shall be included in this option. Specific radio shipping requirements shall be followed. All antenna cables shall be labeled and installed with protective sheathing. All radio cabling shall be routed through a gateway. (NO EXCEPTIONS). / 194. MOBILE RADIO MODEM INSTALLATION V There shall be one (1) City supplied two way radio modem sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer. Location TBD at Pre -Con. Specific shipping requirements shall be followed. 195. COMPLETE MDC INSTALLATION / / A City supplied Mobile Data Computer (MDC), Docking station, Mounting vvv bracket, power supply, antenna, GPS, modem, and all cabling shall be sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer to be installed in the center forward area of the dash. Specific shipping requirements shall be followed. / 196. RADIO ANTENNA MOUNTS `� There shall be five (5) antenna - mounting waterproof base(s) with 17 feet of coax cable for communication equipment. All antenna cabling shall be routed through a gateway. Antennas include: AM /FM, GPS, Tri -Band and two spares. One (1) of the mounts shall be located on the cab roof, just to the rear of the officer seat and the additional mount(s) shall be located directly to the left, in the following positions on the cab roof as required. Cables shall be routed to the lower portion of the interior cab compartment. 197. ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM The primary power distribution shall be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting. Additional electrical distribution centers shall be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution 47 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 185 of 339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONS FOR ATRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No centers shall be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers shall be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or-relays shall be easily accessible. Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle shall contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership. Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, shall be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices shall be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers shall be Type -I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses shall be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid shall have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA. / 198. SOLID -STATE CONTROL SYSTEM V A solid -state electronics based control system shall be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network shall consist of electronic modules located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system shall comply with SAE 31939 -11 recommended practices. The control system shall operate as a master -slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system shall contain; patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system shall utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK /VDXTM specifications providing a lower cost of ownership. For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules shall include the following attributes: Green LED indicator light for module power Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field reprogrammable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters Complete operating and troubleshooting manuals 48 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 186 of 339 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No USB connection to the main control module for advanced troubleshooting To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid -state control system modules shall meet the following specifications: Module circuit board shall meet SAE J771 specifications Operating temperature from -40C to +70C Storage temperature from -40C to +70C Vibration to 50g IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 16 volts DC The main controller shall activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical. 199. CIRCUIT PROTECTION AND CONTROL DIAGRAM Copies of all job - specific, computer network input and output (I /0) connections shall be provided with each chassis. The sheets shall indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information. 200; ON -BOARD ADVANCED /VISUAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS The on -board information center shall include the following diagnostic information: Text description of active warning or caution alarms Simplified warning indicators Amber caution light with intermittent alarm Red warning light with steady tone alarm All control system modules, with the exception of the main control module, shall contain on -board visual diagnostic LEDs that assist in troubleshooting. The LEDs shall be enclosed within the sealed, transparent module housing near the face of the module. One LED for each input or output shall be provided and shall illuminate whenever the respective input or output is active. Color -coded labels within the modules shall encompass the LEDs for ease of identification. The LED indicator lights shall provide point of use information for reduced troubleshooting time without the need for an additional computer. 201. ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS An advanced, Windows- based, diagnostic software program shall be provided for this control system. The software shall provide troubleshooting tools to service technicians equipped with an IBM compatible computer. 49 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 1.3 -39 187 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The service and maintenance software shall be easy to understand and use and have the ability to view system input /output (I/O) information. 202. INDICATOR LIGHT AND ALARM PROVE -OUT SYSTEM A system shall be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. 203. VOLTAGE MONITOR SYSTEM A A voltage monitoring system shall be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system shall provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels. The alarm shall activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes. 204. DEDICATED RADIO EQUIPMENT CONNECTION POINTS There shall be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two -way radio equipment. The studs shall consist of the following: 12 -volt 40 -amp battery switched power 12 -volt 60 -amp ignition switched power 12 -volt 60 -amp direct battery power There shall also be a 12 -volt 100 -amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center. / 205. ENHANCED SOFTWARE The solid -state control system shall include the following software enhancements: All perimeter lights and scene lights (where applicable) shall be deactivated when the parking brake is released. Cab and crew cab dome lights shall remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights shall dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. Cab and crew cab perimeter lights shall remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights shall dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. / 206. EMI /RIPI PROTECTION V To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system shall meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system shall be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source. The apparatus shall have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean 50 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 188 of 339 APPENDIX A- SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No operations. The electrical system shall meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE 31113/25 Region 1, Class C EMIR for IOKHz -1GHz to 100 Volts /Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, shall provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and shall certify that the vehicle meets SAE 1551/2 and SAE 11113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz -1GHz to 100 Volts /Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself. EMI /RFI susceptibility shall be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system shall be designed for full compatibility with low -level control signals and high - powered two -way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing shall be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI /RFI susceptibility. 207. ELECTRICAL HARNESSING INSTALLATION ✓ To ensure rugged dependability, all 12 -volt wiring harnesses installed by the apparatus manufacturer shall conform to the following specifications: SAE 31128 - Low tension primary cable SAE 31292 - Automobile, truck, truck- tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring SAE 3163 - Low tension wiring and cable terminals and splice clips SAE 32202 - Heavy duty wiring systems for on- highway trucks NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus FMVSS 302 - Flammability of interior materials for passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses SAE 31939 - Serial communications protocol SAE JZ030 - Heavy -duty electrical connector performance standard SAE 32223 - Connections for on board vehicle electrical wiring harnesses NEC - National Electrical. Code SAE 3561 - Electrical terminals - Eyelet and spade type SAE 1928 - Electrical terminals - Pin and receptacle type A Wiring shall be run in loom where exposed, and have grommets or other edge protection where wires pass through metal. Wiring shall be color, function and number coded. Wire colors shall be integral to each wire insulator and run the entire length of each wire. Harnessing containing multiple wires and uses a single wire color for all wires shall not be allowed. Function and number codes shall be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. All wiring installed between the cab and into doors shall be enclosed within an expandable rubber boot to protect the wiring. Exterior exposed wire connectors shall be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and 51 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39189 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No automotive fluids. Electrical wiring and equipment shall be installed utilizing the following guidelines: All wire ends not placed into connectors shall be sealed with a heat shrink end cap. Wires without a terminating connector or sealed end cap shall not be allowed. All holes made in the roof shall be caulked with silicon (NO EXCEPTIONS). Large fender washers, liberally caulked, shall be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof. Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area shall be mounted in a manner that shall not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area shall be defined as any location outside of the cab or body. For low cost of ownership, electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance shall be quickly accessible. For ease of use, a coil of wire shall be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from the mounting area for inspection and service work. Corrosion preventative compound shall be applied to non - waterproof electrical connectors located outside of the cab or body. All non - waterproof connections shall require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation of the plug. Any lights containing non - waterproof sockets in a weather - exposed area shall have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area. All electrical terminals in exposed areas shall have DOW 1890 protective Coating applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal. Rubber coated metal clamps shall be used to support wire harnessing and battery cables routed along the chassis frame rails. Heat shields shall be used to protect harnessing in areas where high temperatures exist. Harnessing passing near the engine exhaust shall be protected by a heat shield. All braided wire harnesses shall have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number and fabrication date. 208. BATTERY CABLE INSTALLATION All 12 -volt battery cables and battery cable harnessing installed by the apparatus manufacturer shall conform to the following requirements: SAE J1127 - Battery Cable SAE J561 - Electrical terminals, eyelets and spade type SAE J562 - Nonmetallic loom SAE J836A - Automotive metallurgical joining SAE J1292 - Automotive truck, truck- tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus Battery cables and battery cable harnessing shall be installed utilizing the following guidelines: All battery cables and battery harnesses shall have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number and 52 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13-39 190 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No fabrication date. Splices shall not be allowed on battery cables or battery cable harnesses. For ease of identification and simplified use, battery cables shall be color coded. All positive battery cables shall be red in color or wrapped in red loom the entire length of the cable. All negative battery cables shall be black in color. For ease of identification, all positive battery cable isolated studs throughout the cab and chassis shall be red in color. For increased reliability and reduced maintenance, all electrical buss bars located on the exterior of the apparatus shall be coated to prevent corrosion. 209. ELECTRICAL COMPONENT INSTALLATION f All lighting used on the apparatus shall be, at a minimum, a two (2) wire light grounded through a wired connection to the battery system. Lights using an apparatus metal structure for grounding shall not be allowed. An operational test shall be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results of the tests shall be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 210. BATTER`! SYSTEM Five (5) 12 volt, Deka Model 1131XMF batteries that include the following features shall be provided: - 1000 CCA (cold cranking amps) - 185 reserve capacity - High cycle - Maintenance free - Group 31 - Rating of 5000 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit - 925 minutes of reserve capacity - Threaded studs 211. ISOLATED BATTERY One (1) 12 volt, Deka model 1131XMF group 31 battery shall be provided for voltage sensitive /communication components. A battery isolator that is appropriately suited for the group 31 battery capacity shall be supplied. 212. BATTERY SYSTEM A single starting system shall be provided. An ignition switch and starter button shall be located on the instrument panel. 213. MASTER BATTERY SWITCH A master battery switch, to activate the battery system, shall be provided inside the cab within easy reach of the driver. 53 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 191 of 339 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No An indicator light shall be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system. 214. BATTERY COMPARTMENTS Batteries shall be stored in well - ventilated compartments that are located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery compartments shall be constructed of 3/16" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The battery hold -downs shall be of a non - corrosive material. All bolts and nuts shall be stainless steel. Heavy -duty battery cables shall be used to provide maximum power to the electrical system. Cables shall be color- coded. Battery terminal connections shall be coated with anti - corrosion compound. Battery solenoid terminal connections shall be encapsulated with rubberized semi- permanent compound. 215. JUMPER STUDS One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color -coded covers shall be installed on the bottom of the driver's side battery box. This shall provide for easy jumper cable access. J 216. BATTERY CHARGER V There shall be a Newmar Model PT -40 (NO EXCEPTIONS), three stage battery charger, provided. A bar graph indicating the state of charge shall be included. The vehicle battery output shall be capable of supplying up to 40 amps for charging the batteries. The battery charger shall be wired to the 120 -volt shoreline to activate automatically when the power is connected. Battery charger shall be located in the front left body compartment, mounted compartment behind the cab. The battery charger indicator shall be located behind the driver's door on the outside of the cab. / 212. KUSSMAUL AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE V1 one (1) shoreline receptacle shall be provided to operate the dedicated 120 - volt circuits on the truck without the use of the generator. The shoreline receptacle shall be provided with a NEMA 5 -15, 120 volt, 15 amp, straight blade Kussmaul Super auto eject plug with a red weatherproof cover. The cover is spring loaded to close, preventing water from entering when the shoreline is not connected. The unit is completely sealed to prevent road dirt contamination. A solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter is energized when the engine is started, This instantaneously drives the plug from the receptacle. An internal switch arrangement shall be provided to disconnect the load prior to ejection to eliminate arcing of the connector contacts. 54 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 1.3 -39 192 of 339 N_� APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS I Proposer Yes I No The shoreline shall be connected to battery charger. A mating connector body shall also be supplied with the loose equipment. The shtireline receptacle shall be located on the driver side of cab, above wheel. / 218. ALTERNATOR A 55SI Delco alternator shall be provided. It shall have a rated output current of 420 Amps as measured by SAE method 356. The alternator shall be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy -duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 219. ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER An electronic load management (ELM) system shall be provided that monitors the vehicles 12 -volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system shall be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components shall not be allowed. The system shall include the following features: System voltage monitoring. A shed load shall remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off. Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels. Priority levels can be set for individual outputs. High Idle to not be controlled by the load manager. If enabled: "Load Man Hi -Idle On" shall display on the information center. Hi -Idle shall not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up. Individual switch "on" indicator to Flash when the particular load has been shed. The information center indicates system voltage. The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following: Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition. Individual load managed item condition: 55 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 193 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No ON = not shed SHED = shed / 220. SEQUENCER ' A sequencer shall be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power sieges. This sequencer operation shall allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system shall be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components shall not be allowed. Emergency light sequencing shall operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch. When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights shall be activated one by one at half- second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators shall flash while waiting for activation. When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer shall deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order. Sequencing of the following items shall also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half- second intervals: Cab Heater and Air Conditioning Crew Cab Heater (if applicable) Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable) Exhaust Fans (if applicable) Third Evaporator (if applicable) 221. EXTERIOR LIGHTING Exterior lighting shall meet or exceed Federal Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and National Fire Protection Association requirements in effect at time of proposal. Front headlights shall be halogen, rectangular shape, one (1) pair mounted in each front trim housing. The LED directional lights shall wrap- around on the outside corners of the trim housing. The headlight and LED directional lights shall be in the same assembly. Five (5) LED clearance and marker lights shall be installed across the leading edge of the cab. 222. REAR ID /MARKER DOT LIGHTING The three (3) identification lights located at the rear shall be installed per the following: 56 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 194 of 339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No LED light • As close as practical to the vertical centerline. • Centers spaced not less than six (6) inches or more than twelve (12) inches apart. • Red in color. • All at the same height. The four (4) clearance lights located at the rear shall be installed per the following: • , LED light • To indicate the overall width of the vehicle. • One (1) each side of the vertical centerline. All at the same height. • As near the top as practical. • To be visible from the rear and the side. • One (1) each side, facing the side. • One (1) each side, facing the rear. Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements. 223. MARKER LIGHTS > f There shall be one (1) pair of amber and red LED marker lights with rubber arm, located at rear sides. The amber lens shall face the front and the red lens shall face the rear of the truck. These lights shall be activated with the running lights of the vehicle. 224. REAR FMVSS LIGHTING The rear stop /tail and directional LED lighting shall consist of the following: • Two (2) Whelen, Model M66TT red LED stop /tail lights. • Two (2) Whelen, Model M6T amber LED arrow turn lights. Each light shall be installed separately at the rear with chrome trim and colored lenses. Four (4) red reflectors shall be provided. 225. BACKUP LIGHTS There shall be two (2) Whelen, Model: M6BUW, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. 226. LICENSE PLATE BRACKET There shall be one (1) license plate bracket mounted on the rear face of the body. A white LED light shall illuminate the license plate. A polished stainless steel light shield shall be provided over the light that shall direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear. 57 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 195 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Ye No 227. ADDITIONAL BRAKE/TAIL LIGHT There shall be one (1) Whelen, Model M6BTT, LED brake /tail light with chrome plated trim and red lens provided at the rear of the body, as shown on the AD print on the rear of the tiller cab. / 228. BACK -UP ALARM A PRECO, Model 1040, solid -state electronic audible back -up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse shall be provided. The device shall sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels. 229. WARNING LIGHT FLASH PATTERN The flash pattern of all the exterior warning lights shall be set to meet the certified California, Title XIII flash pattern by either the light manufacturer's default flash pattern or by a conversion change to the certified flash pattern. 230. MAP LIGHT There shall be one (1) Sunnex, Model HS762 -00 Swivel Joint halogen adjustable map lights with a switch control on base of light installed over the left shoulder of the officer. 238. PARKER LIGHTS / / There Shall be 12 lights of Truck -Lite, model 35200, LED, marker lights v installed on this apparatus. The marker lights shall be wired to the running lights of the vehicle. The lights shall be located where required to meet DOT. These lights shall be installed either recessed or with metal flanges to protect them from most damage. Yellow lights shall be installed in any location forward of the rear most point of the vehicle. A single red light shall be installed at the rear most point only. 232. PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS, CAB v There shall be four (4) lights Amdor Luma Bar H2O, Model AY- 9500 -020, 20.00" LED weatherproof strip light(s) provided for each cab door. The lights shall be activated automatically when the cab exit doors are opened and by / the same means as the body perimeter lights. 233. BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There shall be four (4) Amdor LumaBar, Model AY- 9500 -020, 20.00" white LED strip lights provided. The lights shall be located in the following locations: • One (1) each side of the apparatus under the rear step areas of the apparatus. • One (1) each side of the apparatus, under the turntable access steps. The perimeter scene lights shall be activated by a driver side overhead switch panel. 58 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 196 of 339 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 234. STEP LIGHTS There shall be a total of sixteen (16) white LED step lights provided for access to the tiller cab and turntable. Each light shall provide a minimum of 25 foot - candles covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 foot - candles covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The step lights shall be actuated by the aerial master switch in the cab. All other steps on the apparatus shall be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901. 235. SCENE LIGHTS- TRACTOR CAB SIDE SCENE LIGHTING There shall be two (2) Whelen, Model M9LZC LED scene lights with chrome flanges installed on the side of the apparatus tractor, high behind the crewcab doors. The light shall be controlled by the following: A switch at the driver side switch panel. These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 236. TURNTABLE SCENE LIGHTS 0 REAR OF TRACTOR CAB There shall be one (1) pair of Whelen, Model M9LZC LED scene lights installed on the rear exterior wall of the tractor cab with chrome flanges. The lights shall be controlled by the aerial master switch. J 237. TILLER CAB REAR BROW LIGHT -12 VOLT There shall be one (1) Whelen Model PFP2, 12 volt LED scene lights provided. The light shall be installed using a bracket, mounted above the rear tiller window. The light shall be controlled by the following: A switch at the driver's side switch panel A switch in the ladder storage compartment passenger's side. A switch in the tiller cab. This light may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 238. FRONT CAB BROW LIGHT -12 VOLT There shall be one (1) Whelen Pioneer PCP2, 12 volt LED combination spotlight and floodlight provided on the front visor, centered. The light shall be controlled by the following: A switch at the driver's side switch panel. This light may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 59 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39197 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 239. TRAILER SIDE SCENE LIGHTINlG -12 VOLT There shall be four (4) Whelen Model PFP2, 12 volt LED floodlights installed in semi - recessed housings Model PBA203 located two lights each side of trailer. Exact location TBD at Pre -Con. These lights shall be controlled by two switches at the driver's side switch panel. These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 240. TILLER CAB CURB LIGHTS -12 VOLT There shall be two (2) Whelen Model PFP1, 12 volt LED floodlights with Model PBA103 housing provided. The lights shall be installed in the housing at 15 degrees and recessed in the rear body fender panel located one each side at the rear.of the tiller fender. The lights shall be controlled by the following: A switch at the driver's side switch panel. A switch in the tiller cab. These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set 241. CENTERING LIGHT Two (2) lights shall be provided on the cab roof to aid the tillerman in centering the tiller trailer with the tractor One (1) Weldon Model 9186- 1500 -50 green LED light shall be installed on the tractor roof as far rearward on the cab as practical that shall be used by the tillerman to center the tiller trailer with the tractor. One (1) Weldon Model 9186- 1500 -10 red LED light shall be installed centered on the cab roof. Both of the lights shall be provided on 12" brackets. The light shall be activated with the ignition switch. / / V 242. CAB SPOTLIGHTS Two (2) Golight Spotlights shall be mounted one each side on the cab roof, one each side just to the rear of the lightbar to the outside edge of the treadplate. Each spotlight shall be remote controlled from inside the cab, by a four (4) position joystick. 243. EMERGENCY MASTER SWITCH The label in the Emergency Master switch shall be red. / 244. TOW/ EYES -REAR OF TRAILER V Two (2) rear chrome plated "tow" eyes shall be located at the rear of the apparatus and shall be mounted directly to the torque box. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes shall be radiused. The tow eyes shall be oriented to accommodate a larger rear departure angle. 245. COMPARTMENTATION / Body and compartments shall be fabricated of .125 ", 5052 -H32 aluminum. V 60 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 198 of 339 1 APPENDI XA - SPECIFICATIONSFORATRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Side cofnpartments shall be an integral assembly with the rear fenders. Circular fender liners shall be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance. Compartment flooring shall be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip. The compartment door opening shall be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again .75" to form an angle. Drip protection shall be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion or formed bright aluminum treadplate. The top of the compartment shall be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers shall have the corners welded. Side compartment covers shall be separate from the compartment tops. All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment shall have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury. 246. AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas shall comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards. 247. LOUVERS V All body compartments shall have a minimum of one (1) set of louvers stamped into a wall to provide the proper airflow inside the compartment and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. These louvers shall be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate. 248. TRACTOR RESERVOIR COMPARTMENT A compartment shall be provided ahead of the tractor fifth wheel. The compartment on the driver's side shall be approximately 45.00" wide x 37.75" high x 24.00" deep with a door opening of 40.50" wide x 31.25" high. The compartment on the passenger's side shall be approximately 45.00" wide x 36.75" high x 8.00" deep. The door opening shall be 40.50" wide x 30.25" high. The floor of this compartment shall be raised 1.00" to allow for proper clearance from exhaust components. The transverse section shall be approximately 34.38" wide x 15.50" high. The compartment shall be fabricated out of smooth aluminum painted job color. Bright aluminum treadplate shall be provided on the top of the compartment. The compartment shall be furnished with a vertically hinged, lap style compartment door on each side that have a D handle latch and positive door hold open device. 61 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39199 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Ye No 249. FIFTH WHEEL The fifth wheel shall be designed to allow the tiller trailer to pivot fore & aft and be rotated. The fifth wheel shall also be capable of full operation up to a 14 degree break over angle. A fifth wheel lockout system shall be provided to limit motion during aerial operations. The fifth wheel lockout system, when activated, shall prevent movement between the upper and lower plates of the fifth wheel assembly. In the normal road travel condition the cylinder mounted solenoid valves shall be open and shall allow transfer of oil between the front and rear pair of cylinders. When the stabilizers are in their proper supporting position and as the aerial leaves the boom support, the solenoid valves shall close. The closed valves shall allow no oil to be transferred and the fifth wheel assembly shall become rigid. A fill and a gauge port shall be provided on the top of the trailer goose neck for maintenance. Three (3) grease zirc fittings shall be provided for stationary fifth wheel lubrication. Location TBD at Pre - Con. 250. COMPARTMENTATION. DRIVER SIDE Driver side compartmentation shall consist of the following: Two (2) compartments shall be provided in the front body section on the driver'side. Each compartment shall be full- height. The forward compartment shall be a minimum 24.13" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum door opening of 16.00" wide x 56.75" high. The rear compartment shall be a minimum 67.00" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum door opening of 61.50" wide x 56.75" high. The upper 47.75" of each compartment shall be transverse to the passenger side front Compartmentation (NO EXCEPTIONS). Both compartments shall have roll -up doors. Two (2) compartments shall be provided in the center body section on the driver side. Each compartment shall be full - height. The forward compartment shall be a minimum 47.13" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum door opening of 39.00" wide x 56.75" high. The upper 47.75" of the forward compartment shall be transverse to the passenger side front Compartmentation (NO EXCEPTIONS). The rear compartment shall be a minimum 44.50" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum door opening of 39.00" wide x 56.75" high. Both compartments shall have roll -up doors. 62 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 200 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Two (2) compartments shall be provided in the rear body section on the driver side. The forward compartment shall be a minimum of 69.00" wide x 24.13" high x 24.50" deep, with a minimum door opening of 63.50" wide x 18.75' high. This compartment shall be located ahead of the rear wheels. The two (2) upper compartments shall be a minimum of 64.50" wide x 19.75 high x 12.00" deep with a clear minimum door opening of 60.00" wide x 15.25 high. Each compartment shall be provided with a lift -up door. These compartments shall be utilized for a minimum of 500' of four inch (4 ") hose storage. A rear door shall also be provided for hose loading and deployment. The rearward compartment shall be a minimum of 49.00" wide x 33.75' high x 12.00 ".deep with a minimum door opening of 43.50" wide x 29.87" high. The floor of the compartment shall be a minimum of 7.75' higher than the front compartment to increase the angle of departure. This compartment shall be located behind the rear wheels. Both have -up doors. compartments shall roll 251. COMPARTMENTATION, PASSENGER SIDE Passenger side compartmentation shall consist of the following: Two (2) compartments shall be provided in the front body section on the passenger side. Each compartment shall be full- height. The forward compartment shall be a minimum of 24.13" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum door opening of 16.00" wide x 56.75' high. The rear compartment shall be a minimum 67.00" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum door opening of 61.50" wide x 56.75' high. The upper 47.75" of each compartment shall be transverse to the driver side front Compartmentation (NO EXCEPTIONS). Both compartments shall have roll -up doors. Two (2) compartments shall be provided in the center body section on the passenger side. Each compartment shall be full- height. The forward compartment shall be a minimum 47.13" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum door opening of 39.00" wide x 56.75' high. The upper 47.75' of the forward compartment shall be transverse to the driver side front Compartmentation (NO EXCEPTIONS). The rear compartment shall be a minimum of 44.50" wide x 64.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum door opening of 39.00" wide x 56.75' high. Both compartments shall have roll -up doors. Two (2) compartments shall be provided in the rear body section on the passenger side. 63 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39201 of 339 APPENDIX A- SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The forward compartment shall be a minimum of 69.00" wide x 24.13" high x 24.50" deep, with a minimum door opening of 63.50" wide x 18.75" high. This compartment shall be located ahead of the rear wheels. The two (2) upper compartments shall be a minimum of 64.50" wide x 19.75 high x 12.00" deep with a clear minimum door opening of 60.00" wide x 15.25 high. Each compartment shall be provided with a lift-up door. The rearward compartment shall be a minimum of 49.00" wide x 33.75' high x 12.00" deep with a minimum door opening of 43.50" wide x 29.87' high. The floor of the compartment shall be a minimum 7.75" higher than the front compartment to increase the angle of departure. This compartment shall be located behind the rear wheels. Both compartments shall have roll -up doors. 252. SUPPLY HOSE STORAGE Hose removal shall be at the driver's side of the body below the tiller cab. A lift -up smooth aluminum door covered with reflective material shall be provided at the rear. The door shall have a D -ring handle. The hose bed shall be fully enclosed. Flooring of the hose bed shall be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats shall be .50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation. Hose capacity shall be a minimum of 500 feet of 4.00" large diameter hose. / 253. ROLL -UP DOOR, SIDE COMPARTMENTS J There shall be 12 compartment doors installed on the side compartments. The doors shall be double faced aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by A&A Manufacturing (Gortite). Lath sections shall be an interlocking rib design and shall be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door. Between each slat at the pivoting joint shall be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals shall allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from plus 180 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals shall be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene. All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces shall be nylon 66. All nylon components shall withstand temperatures from plus 300 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Hardened plastic shall not be acceptable. A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for each roll -up door. Lift bar shall be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge shall be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door. 64 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 202 of 339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Doors shall be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat shall be flat. The interior surfaces shall be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside. To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly shall not exceed 3.00" in diameter. A garage style roll door shall not be acceptable. The header for the roll -up door assembly shall not exceed 4.00 ". A heavy -duty magnetic switch shall be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 254. DOOR GUARD % There shall be thirteen (13) compartment doors that shall include a guard /drip i/ pan designed to protect the roll -up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard shall be fabricated from stainless steel and installed at each roll up door. 255. KEYED LOCKS A keyed lock shall be furnished for all compartment doors. 25.6. SCUFFPLATE ON INTERIOR OF TRACTOR DOORS "COMPARTMENT DOORS The two (2) compartment doors shall include a polished stainless steel scuffplate to cover the entire width and height on the inside panel of each door pan. Scuffplates shall be located on tractor compartments. 257. ROLL -UP DOOR TRIM The exterior of the aluminum trim around the door opening shall be painted job color. There shall be thirteen (13) compartments with the trim painted. / 250. COMPARTMENT LIGHTING V All compartments shall be illuminated with On Scene Solutions LED compartment light strips. Two (2) strip lights shall be installed vertically, one (1) each side of the compartment door opening. The lights shall be sized to accommodate the compartment door opening. Opening the compartment door, shall automatically turn the compartment lighting on. / 259. SHELF MOUNTING TRACKS (/ There shall be shelf mounting tracks in all compartments. These tracks shall be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelfs, and shall be full height of the compartment. The tracks shall be painted to match the compartment interior. 260. 500 POUND ADJUSTABLE SHELVES There shall be seven (7) shelves with a capacity of 500 pounds provided - location TED at Pre -Con. The shelf construction shall consist of .188" aluminum with 2.00" sides. Each shelf shall be painted to match the 65 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 203 of 339 APPENDIX .A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR ATRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No compartment interior. Each shelf shall be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. The shelves shall be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts. 261. 500 POUND PULL -OUT TRAYS ✓ There shall be two (2) "Low Profile° slide -out trays, without sides, and a capacity of 500 pounds provided. Capacity rating shall be in the extended position. Slides shall be General Device ball bearing type, for ease of operation and years of dependable service. Automatic locks shall be provided for both the "in" and 'but" positions. The trip mechanism for it shall be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. Tray location TBD at Pre -Con. Heavy -duty steel angle iron assembly shall support the body under the compartment floor. It shall be attached to the chassis frame for load transfer and to reduce stress on body. M. SLIDE OUT UTILITY TRAYS There shall be two (2) slide -out trays provided. The capacity rating shall be 500 pounds minimum in the extended position. Interior tray dimensions and locations TBD at Pre -Con. Tray shall slide out to either side of the vehicle; two- thirds (2/3) of its length. The construction shall consist of .188" thick aluminum for the tray bottom, and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, end, and tracks. Corners shall be welded to form a rigid unit. Tray shall be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers; each rated for a minimum 500 pound load. Automatic locks shall be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The tray locations TBD at Pre -Con. / 263. SLIDE- OUT /TILT -DOWN TRAY v There shall be four (4) slide -out tilt down trays provided. The capacity rating (in the extended position) shall be 215 pounds minimum. Approximately two - thirds of the tray shall slide -out from its stored position and shall tilt 30 degrees down from horizontal. The vertical position within the compartment shall be adjustable. The tray locations TBD at Pre -Con. Each tray shall be designed to be as wide as the compartment space shall allow. 66 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 204 of 339 7 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONS FOR ATRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Construction shall consist of .188" thick aluminum for the tray bottom and end, and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, front and tracks. The tray corners shall be welded for strength and rigidity. The tray shall be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation. Two spring loaded locks shall be provided at the front of the tray, one on each end. Rubber padded stops shall be provided for both the in out tray position. 264. STORAGE BOXES Two (2) storage boxes with reinforced covers shall be furnished. The size of the compartment shall be a minimum of 92.00" long x 24.00" wide x 14.00" high. Construction shall consist of aluminum treadplate box. There shall be an outboard horizontal hinged lift -up cover. The cover shall have two (2) d -ring latches for the lift -up door. The box shall be located above high side compartments on trailer. LED lighting shall be provided in the compartment. / 265. BUILT -IN TOOLBOX A built -in toolbox shall be furnished and mounted - location TBD at Pre -Con. The clear dimensions starting at the top of the cabinet with the first drawer shall be 3.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the second drawer shall be 3.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the third drawer shall be 3.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the fourth drawer shall be 3.00" high x 21.00" deep. Each drawer shall be the same width and not exceed 24.00 ". The drawers shall have a capacity of 250 pounds. The drawers shall be mounted in a cabinet housing constructed of light gray powder coated aluminum with anodized aluminum frames. The housing shall be 24.00" deep, and completely enclose the drawer. A full- length aluminum extruded rail shall be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail shall act as the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer 266. TURTLE TILE MATTING Turtle Tile compartment matting shall be provided in all compartments including each shelf. The Turtle Tile shall be "black" and the leading edge of the matting shall include the beveled edge. 267. AIR BAG STORAGE There shall be a two (2) storage racks installed for storing three (3) air bags in each rack. Location TBD at Pre -con. 67 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 205 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The rack shall be fabricated from .125" aluminum, painted to match the compartment interior.. The rack shall have half moon cutouts for grabbing the air bag. Velcro straps shall be installed to hold the air bags in place. The fire department shall provide exact sizes of air bags prior to construction. 268. DOUBLE WIDE TREAD -PLATE BOX - LADDER & STOKES STORAGE An assembly of two (2) aluminum boxes shall be provided for the storage of a stokes basket and a Little Giant combination ladder. Each box shall have a lift - up access door on both the driver and passenger's side. The forvvard box shall hold the stokes basket and the rearward box shall house the Little Giant Ladder Model 10102. The dimensions of the stokes basket and the ladder shall be 85" x 10" x 25 ". The dimensions of the Little Giant Ladder shall be 55.00" x 24.50" x 8.00 ". Located ahead of the aerial - ladder boom support. Dura -Surf shall be added to the bottom of the double wide tread -plate box. 259. SLIDE -OUT TOOLBOARD TRAYS, ONE -WAY Two (2) Slide -out aluminum one -way toolboards shall be provided. The tool board shall be a minimum of .188" thick. A 1" x 1" aluminum square tube frame shall be welded around the perimeter of the board for additional strength. It shall be a minimum of .188" thick with .20" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes. Interior tray dimensions TBD at Pre -Con. The board shall be mounted on a sliding tray. The tray shall be mounted to the transverse floor. The construction of the tray shall consist of 6061 -T6 aluminum extrusions for the sides with a .18" thick aluminum floor. The corners shall be welded to form a rigid unit. The capacity rating shall be 500 pounds minimum in the extended position. The slide assemblies shall be manufactured with 6061 -T6 aluminum extrusions. The tray shall be supported by a minimum of eight (8) roller bearings each rated for a 500 pound load. The toolboard shall slide -out of the compartment two thirds of its length. Positive locks for the stowed and extended position shall be provided. The toolboard shall slide out only one direction. The toolboard shall be mounted to the edge of the tray. 270. SLIDE OUT TOOL BOARD TRAYS -TWO WAY There shall be two (2) slide out aluminum tool board(s) provided. It shall be a minimum of .188" thick with .20" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes. A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame shall be welded to the edge of the pegboard. 68 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 206 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The board shall be mounted on a two -way slide out utility type tray. The board shall be adjustable on the slide out tray. The tray shall be as wide as the compartment will allow. The capacity rating shall be 500 pounds minimum in the extended position. Interior tray dimensions TBD at Pre -Con. The construction shall consist of .188" thick aluminum for the tray bottom, and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, end, and tracks. Corners shall be welded to form a rigid unit. Tray shall be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers, each rated for a minimum 500 pound load. Automatic locks shall be provided for both the in and out tray positions. Location TBD at Pre -Con. 271. RUB RAIL Bottom edge of the side compartments shall be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail. Trim shall be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity. The rub rails shall not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage. j 272. AIR BOTTLE STORAGE BIN A storage bin shall be provided for storing a minimum of eighteen (18) forty- five (45) minute air bottles. The storage bin location TBD at Pre -Con. Each separate air bottle storage compartment shall be 7.00" square x 24.50" deep. The storage bin shall be formed out of aluminum and the flooring lined with Dura -surf. There shall not be a back on this storage bin. The bin shall sit against the rear wall of the compartment. / 273. GROUND LADDERS There shall be two (2) 35', two (2) section, aluminum, Duo- Safety, Series 1200 -A extension ladder(s) provided. There shall be one (1) 30', two (2) section, aluminum, Duo - Safety Series 1200- A'extension ladder provided. There shall be one (1) 16' aluminum, Duo - Safety, Series 875 -A roof ladder(s) provided. There shall be one (1) 20' aluminum, Duo - Safety, Series 875 -A roof ladder(s) provided. There shall be one (l.) 14' roof, aluminum, Duo -Safety Series 775 -A, special 16.00" width, with roof hooks and safety shoes on both ends provided. To be mounted on Aerial ladder. There shall be one (1) 10' folding ladder Duo Safety 585 -A provided. 69 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39207 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR ATRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No One (1) Model 10102 Little Giant folding ladder shall be provided. 274. GROUND LADDER STORAGE V The ground ladders shall be stored within the torque box and be removable from the rear. Ladders shall be enclosed to prevent road dirt and debris from fouling or damaging the ladders. The ladders shall rest in full - length stainless steel slides lined with Dura -Surf. The ladders shall be arranged in such a manner that any one (1) ladder can be removed without having to move or remove any other ladder. A Gortite roll -up door shall be provided at the rear, double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by A&A Manufacturing ( Gortite). The latching mechanism shall consist of a full length lift bar lock with latches on the outer extrusion of the door frame. A door guard shall be provided to prevent tools inside the torque box from damaging the roll -up door. The ladder shall be located above the body. / 275. LADDER LOCK V/ A ladder lock mechanism shall be provided for each vertically- stored ladder in the ladder storage area. Each locking mechanism shall consist of a hinged stainless steel plate with a spring loaded plunger - style locking device. Each ladder shall be removable without unlocking the remaining ladders. There shall be a total of one (1) individual ladder locks provided. 276. PIKE POLE, 6' Two (2) pike poles- 6' Fire Hooks Unlimited, Gator Back Model GBH -6 pike poles with fiberglass handles shall be provided and located in ladder bay. 277. PIKE POLE, 8' Two (2) pike poles- 8' Fire Hooks Unlimited, Gator Back Model GBH -8 pike poles with fiber glass handles shall be provided and located in ladder bay. 278. PIKE POLE, 12' Two (2) pike poles- 12' Fire Hooks Unlimited, Gator Back Model GBH -12 pike poles with fiber glass handles shall be provided and located in ladder bay. 279. RUBBISH H00K STORAGE Stainless steel U- shaped trough be used for the storage of two (2) rubbish hooks with D- handle style grip shall be provided and installed in ladder bay. 280. ROPE ANCHORS There shall be two (2) pair of rope anchors provided at the tiller trailer gooseneck area. Locate one (1) pair each side gooseneck. Exact location TBD at Pre -Con. The anchors shall be rated for a minimum of 6000 Ibs each. 281. WATER TANK Booster tank shall have a capacity of 300 gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic. 70 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39208 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Tank joints and seams shall be nitrogen welded inside and out. Tank shall be baffled in accordance with NFPA Bulletin 1901 requirements. Baffles shall have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments. Longitudinal partitions shall be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and shall extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding. Transverse partitions shall extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover. All partitions shall interlock and shall be welded to the tank bottom and sides. Tank top shall be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It shall be recessed .38" and shall be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions. Tank top shall be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions. Construction shall include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels shall be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes. A sump that is 8.00" long x 8.00" wide x 6.00" deep shall be provided at the bottom of the water tank. Sump shall include a drain plug and the tank outlet. Tank shall be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel. Sufficient crossmembers shall be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers shall be constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing. Tank shall "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, shall be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on. Stops or other provision shall be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle. Mounting system shall be approved by the tank manufacturer. Fill tower shall be constructed of .50" polypropylene and shall be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long. Fill tower shall be furnished with a .25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover. An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, shall be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit below the rear axle. Do not allow water to dump onto rear axle (NO EXCEPTIONS). 71 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39209 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 282. TANK -DRAIN A 1.50" tank drain shall be installed with a 1.50" ball valve location TBD at Pre -Con. 283. PUMP Pump shall be a Waterous CXVPA, 1250 gpm, single (1) stage, PTO driven midship mounted centrifugal type. Pump shall be the class "A" type. Pump shall deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressure indicated below: - 100% of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure. - 70% of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure. - 50% of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure. Pump casting shall be a two (2) two piece, vertically split design, and constructed of high tensile, close grain gray iron. Impeller shaft shall be stainless steel, heat treated, accurately ground to size, and polished under the shaft seal. Supported by oil lubricated ball bearings. Bearings shall be protected from water and sediment by suitable stuffing boxes, finger rings and oils seals. No special or sleeve type bearings shall be used. Pump shall be equipped with a self- adjusting, maintenance -free, mechanical shaft seal. The mechanical seal shall consist of a flat, highly polished, spring fed carbon ring that rotates with the impeller shaft. The carbon ring shall press against a highly polished stainless steel stationary ring that is sealed within the pump body. In addition, a throttling ring shall be pressed into the steel chamber cover, providing a very small clearance around the rotating shaft in the event of a mechanical seal failure. The pump performance shall not deteriorate, nor shall the pump lose prime, while drafting if the seal fails during pump operation. Wear rings shall be bronze and easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need to replace the entire pump casing dure to wear. 284. PUMP TRANSMISSION / J Medium -duty "K" series transmission with two (2) helical gears and a 1.125" vv diameter keyed shaft shall be provided. The water pump shall be driven by a hot shift PTO located on the chassis transmission. An interlock system shall be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. Interlock system shall be designed to allow stationary pumping. 72 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13-39210 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 285. PUMP SHIFT A pump shift shall be provided within easy reach of the driver for engagement of the PTO driven pump. Location TBD at Pre -Con. The shift shall include the indicator lights as mandated by NFPA. The pump shift control shall be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. 286. AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM A supplementary heat exchange cooling system shall be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water..; Heat exchanger shall be cylindrical type and shall be a separate unit. It shall be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. Exchanger shall be plumbed to the master drain valve. 287. INTAKE RELIEF VALVE An Elkhart relief valve shall be installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 125 psig. Relief valve shall have a working range of 75 psig to 250 psig. Outlet shall terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and shall have a "do not cap" warning tag. Control shall be located behind an access door at the right (passenger's) side pump panel. 288. PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE >� A Waterous adjustable relief valve, specially designed for fire service, shall be provided. Valve shall be positive, quick acting, and include an instantaneous on /off control.. When in the off position, the relief valve shall functionally be removed from the system. When turned back to the on position, the relief valve shall again monitor and maintain the previous pressure setting. Control for adjusting pressure shall be elliptical shaped for positive grip. An easily removable pilot valve strainer shall be provided and be accessible from the pump operator's panel. Two (2) indicator lights shall be furnished, showing the position of the relief valve (amber for open and green for closed). 289. THERMAL RELIEF VALVE A Waterous Overheat Protection Manager (OPM) shall be mounted on the water Hump. The OPM shall consist of a valve that opens and discharges to the ground when the water in the pump reaches 140 F and a warning light that is triggered when the water in the pump reaches 180 F. The warning light shall act as an additional protection device if the temperature in the pump keeps rising after the valve opens. The warning light with a test switch shall be mounted on the pump operator panel. 73 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39211 of 339 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 290. PRIMING PUMP The priming pump shall be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of NFPA. All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be a brass and stainless steel construction. One (1) priming control shall open the priming valve and start the pump primer. 291. PUMP MANUALS Two (2) pump manuals from the pump manufacturer shall be furnished in compact disc format with the apparatus. Manuals shall cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. 292. PLUMBING All inlet and outlet plumbing, 3.00" and smaller, shall be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi- tensile polyester braid. If hose is used, it must have a minimum burst rating of 1,000 psi and be equipped with high pressure couplings. Larger inlets and outlets shall be threaded or welded black iron pipe. Small diameter secondary plumbing such as drain lines shall be stainless steel, brass or hose. Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping shall be equipped with victaulic or rubber- couplings. All lines to drain through either a master drain valve or shall be equipped with individual drain valves. All individual drain lines for discharges shall be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame. All water carrying gauge lines shall be of flexible polypropylene tubing. 293. MAIN PUMP INLETS A 6.00" pump manifold inlet shall be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets shall include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump. The main pump inlets shall have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap. The cap shall be the VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. (no exception) 294. VALVES All ball valves shall be Akron Brass in -line valves. The Akron valves shall be the 8000 series heavy -duty style with a stainless steel ball and a simple two - seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve. Valves shall have a ten (10) year warranty. 74 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 212 of 339 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 295. INLET ANODES A pair of scrafcial zinc anodes shall be provided in the water pump inlets to protect the pump from corrosion. 296. LARGE DIAMETER WITH INTAKE RELIEF VALVE X 2 J Two (2)Task Force Tips Model AB1 ST -NX ball intake valve shall be installed on both main pump inlets. The valves shall be located outside the pump panel. The intake valve shall have a 4.00" NST connection by 6.00" female NST swivel. Valves shall be manually actuated, with a handwheel. The valves shall include an adjustable relief. % 297. 2.5" AUXILLARY SUCTION INLETS A 2.50" auxiliary suction inlet shall be provided on each side of the pump panel, terminating in 2.50" National Standard Hose Thread. The auxiliary suction shall be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. Inlet valve location shall be outside of the pump panel. 298. INLET BLEEDER VALVE J A .75" bleeder valve shall be provided for each side gated inlet. The valves shall be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel. The handles shall be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle shall provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. The water discharged by the bleeders shall be routed below the chassis frame rails. 299. TANK TO PUMP The booster tank shall be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. Tank to pump line shall run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and angle down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling shall be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing. A check valve shall be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank. 300. TANK REFILL A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re- circulation line shall be provided, using a quarter -turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. / ✓ 301. DISCHARGE OUTLETS 2.5" (LEFT SIDE) There shall be two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a male 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter. Discharge outlets shall be horizontally spread 24" apart. j 302. DISCHARGE OUTLETS 2.5" (RIGHT SIDE) There shall be one (1) discharge outlets 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a male 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter. Discharge outlets shall be horizontally spread 24" apart on right side. 75 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 213 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 303. DISCHARGE OUTLET, 4.00" (RIGHT SIDE) There shall be one (1) 4.00" discharge outlet with a 4.00" Akron valve installed on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with male a 4.00" National Standard hose thread adapter. This discharge outlet shall be actuated with a handwheel control at the pump operator's control panel. An indicator shall be provided to show when the valve is in the closed position. 304. DISCHARGE CAPS Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chains shall be furnished for all side discharge outlets. The caps shall be the VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. (no exception) / 305. OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE `/ A.7 5" bleeder valve shall be provided for each outlet 1.50" or ' larg. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropfiate with the application. The valves shall be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel. The handles shall be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle shall provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. Bleeders shall be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They shall be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to. The water discharged by the bleeders shall be routed below the chassis frame rails. 306. ELBOWS, LEFT SIDE OUTLETS 1/ The 2.50" discharge outlets, located on the left side pump panel, shall be furnished with a 2.50 "(F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50 "(M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow shall be the VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. (no exception) 307. ELBOWS, RIGHT SIDE OUTLETS The 2.50" discharge outlets, located on the right side pump panel, shall be furnished with a 2.50 "(F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50 "(M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow shall be the VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected (NO EXCEPTIONS). 398. ELBOW, 4.00" OUTLET The 4.d0" outlet shall be furnished with a 4.00 "(F) National Standard hose thread x 4.00 "(M) National Standard hose thread. 76 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 214 of 339 1 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 309. DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS The discharge outlets shall incorporate a quarter -turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism shall indicate the position of the valve. If a handwheel control valve is used, the control shall be a minimum of a 3.9" diameter chrome plated handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the the handwheel. center of 310. CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS 1,50" OUTLETS Each crosslay shall have corresponding manual swing handle style drains. Two (2) crosslays with 1.50" outlets shall be provided. Each bed to be capable of carrying 200 feet of 1.75" double jacketed hose and shall be plumbed with 2.00" i.d. pipe and gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve. Outlets to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The crosslay controls shall be at the pump operator's panel. The center crosslay dividers shall be fabricated of .25" aluminum and shall provide adjustment from side to side. The divider shall be unpainted with a brushed finish. Vertical scuffplates, constructed of stainless steel, shall be provided at the front and rear ends of the bed on each side of vehicle. Crosslay bed flooring shall consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. 311. CROSSLAY HOSE RESTRAINT Elastic netting shall be provided across the top and ends of two (2) crosslay openings to secure the hose during travel. The netting shall be permanently attached at the top center of the crosslay bed and removable on each end. 312. PUMP COMPARTMENT The pump compartment shall be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. It shall be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards. The pump compartment shall be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist. Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels shall be removable f from the chassis in a single assembly. J 313. PUMP MOUNTING Pump shall be mounted to a substructure which shall be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting shall allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump. 314. PUMP CONTROL PANELS (Side Control) All pump controls and gauges shall be located at the left (driver's) side of the apparatus and properly marked. 77 of ]:34 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39215 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The'pump panel on the right (passenger's) side shall be removable with lift and turn type fasteners. The left (driver's) side shall be fastened with screws. The control panels shall be 34.00" wide. The gauge and control panels shall be two (2) separate panels for ease of maintenance. The side gauge panel shall be hinged at the bottom with a full length stainless steel hinge. The fasteners used to hold the panel in the upright position shall be quarter -turn type. Vinyl covered cable or chains shall be used to hold the gauge panel in the dropped position. Polished stainless steel trim collars shall be installed around all inlets and outlets. All push /pull valve controls shall have 1/4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push /pull control rods shall be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push /pull valve controls shall be capable of locking in any position. The control rods shall pull straight out of the panel and shall be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding. The identification tag for each valve control shall be recessed in the face of the tee handle. All discharge outlets shall have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding shall include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge. All line pressure gauges shall be mounted in individual chrome plated castings with the identification tag recessed in the casting below the gauge. All remaining identification tags shall be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels. Mounting of the castings and identification bezels shall be done with a threaded peg cast on the back side of the bezel or screws. 315. LIGHT SHIELDS There shall be two (2) polished, 16 gauge stainless steel light shield installed over the pump operators panel and the passenger side pump panel. e There shall be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the stainless steel light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights shall be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights shall be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house. 'One (1) pump panel light shall come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode. There shall be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is set. This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel. 78 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 216 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No There shall be a green pump engaged indicator light activated on at the operator's panel when the pump is shifted into gear from inside the'cab. 316. PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION IJ The pump panel configuration shall be neat and orderly. Left and right side discharges shall be horizontally spread. Pump panel layout shall be confirmed at Pre -Con. (NO EXCEPTIONS) 317. PUMP PANEL RADIO SPEAKER V Aweatherproof radio speaker and enclosure shall be provided on the driver's side pump panel bulk head with an on /off switch. / 318. PUMP PANEL SLIDE -OUT PLATFORMS Two (2) slide -out platforms shall be provided one each side of the pump compartment. The capacity rating shall be 500 lbs. in the extended position. Automatic locks shall be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks shall be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. When the maxi -brake has been released, an audible alarm and flashing light shall be provided in the cab to indicate the slide -out platforms are not stowed. / 319. PUMP OPERATOR'S PLATFORM PERIMETER LIGHT ✓ There shall be an On Scene Solutions, Model Night Stick Access, 20.00" white 12 volt DC LED strip light provided to illuminate the ground area. 320. PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL The pump and gauge panels shall be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. A polished aluminum trim molding shall be provided on both sides of the pump panel. The passenger's side pump panel shall be removable and fastened with swell type fasteners. 321. GAUGES, VACUUM AND PRESSURE The pump vacuum and pressure gauges shall be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1, Inc. The gauges shall be a minimum of 6.00" in diameter and shall have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00 " -0 -600 #. Gauges shall be angled toward operator to enhance viewing. Gauge construction shall include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut. The pump pressure and vacuum gauges shall be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel. Test port connections shall be provided at the pump operator's panel. One shall be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They shall have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and non - corrosive polished stainless steel or brass plugs. They shall be marked with a label. This gauge shall include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube. 79 of 134 . City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 217 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yep No 322. PRESSURE GAUGES The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges shall be interlube filled and manufactured by Class 1. They shall be a minimum of 3.50" in diameter and shall have white faces with black lettering. Gauge construction shall include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut. Gauges shall have a pressure range of 30 " -0 -600 #. The individual pressure gauge shall be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. This gauge shall include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube. 323. WATER LEVEL GAUGE An electronic water level gauge shall be provided on the operator's panel that registers water level by means of five colored LED lights. The lights shall be durable, ultra - bright five LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The wateHl vel indicators shall be as follows: - 100% = Green - 75% = Yellow - 50% --'Yellow - 25% = Yellow - Refill = Red The light shall flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights shall flash sequentially when the water tank is empty. The level measurement shall be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank. The display shall be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design shall provide complete protection from water and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer shall be mounted to the outside of the tank. The field calibratable display measures head pressure to accurately show the tank level. / 324. FOAM PROPORTIONER J A foam proportioning system shall be provided that is an on demand, automatic proportioning, single point, direct injection system suitable for all types of Class A and B foam concentrates, including the high viscosity (6000 cps), alcohol resistant Class B foams. Operation shall be based on direct measurement of water flow, and remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system shall automatically proportion foam solution at rates from .1 percent to 3.0 percent regardless of variations in water pressure 80 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 218 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No and flow, up to the maximum rated capacity of the foam concentrate pump. The design of the system shall allow operation from draft, hydrant, or relay operation. j 325. SYSTEM CAPACITY V The system shall have the ability to deliver the following minimum foam solution flow rates at accuracies that meet or exceed NFPA requirements at a pump rating of 150 psi. 100 gpm @ 3 percent 300 gpm @ 1 percent 600 gpm @ 0.5 percent Class A foam setting in .1 percent increments from .1 percent to 1 percent. Typical settings of 1 percent, .5 percent and .3 percent (maximum capacity shall be limited to the plumbing and water pump capacity). 326. CONTROL. SYSTEM The system shall be equipped with a digital electronic control display located on the pump operators panel. Push button controls shall be integrated into the panel to turn the system on /off, control the foam percentage, and to set the operation modes.. The percent of injection shall have a preset. This preset can be changed at the fire,department as desired. The percent of injection shall be able to be easily changed at the scene to adjust to changing demands. Three (3) .50 tall LEDs shall display the foam percentage in numeric characters. Three (3) indicator LEDs shall also be included, one (1) green, one (1) red, and one (1) yellow. The LEDs shall indicate various system operation or error states. The indications shall be: Solid Green — System On Solid Red — Valve Position Error Solid Yellow — Priming System Flashing Green — Injecting Foam Flashing Red — Low Tank Level Flashing Yellow — Refilling Tank The control display shall house a microprocessor, which receives input from the systems water flow meter while also monitoring the position of the foam concentrate pump. The microprocessor shall compare the values of the water flow versus the position /rate of the foam pump, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate. One (1) check valve shall be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump. 81 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39219 of 339 APPENDIX A- SPECIFICATIONS FOR .ATRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 327. HYDRAULIC DRIVE SYSTEM v The foam concentrate pump shall be powered by an electric over hydraulic drive system. The hydraulic system and motor shall be integrated into one (1) unit. 328. FOAM CONCENTRATE PUMP The foam concentrate pump shall be of positive displacement, self - priming; linear actuated design, driven by the hydraulic system. The pump shall be constructed of brass body; chrome plated stainless steel shaft, with a stainless steel piston. In order to increase longevity of the pump, no aluminum shall be present in its construction. A relief system shall be provided which is designed to protect the drive system components and prevent over pressuring the foam concentrate pump. The foam concentrate pump shall have minimum capacity for 3 gpm with all types of foam concentrates with a viscosity at or below 6000 cps including protein, fluoroprotein, AFFF, FFFP, or AR -AFFF. The system shall deliver only the amount of foam concentrate flow required, without recirculating foam back to the storage tank. Recirculating foam concentrate back to the storage tank can cause agitation and premature foaming of the concentrate, which can result in system failure. The foam concentrate pump shall be self - priming and have the ability to draw foam concentrate from external supplies such as drums or pails. I % 329. EXTERNAL FOAM CONCENTRATE CONNECTION An external foam pick -up shall be provided to enable use of a foam agent that is not stored on the vehicle. The external foam pick -up shall be designed to allow continued operation after the on -board foam tank is empty, or the use of foam different than the foam in the foam tank. 330. PANEL MOUNTED EXTERNAL PICK -UP CONNECTION/ J VALVE A bronze three (3) -way valve shall be provided. The unit shall be mounted to the pump panel. The valve unit shall function as the foam system tank to pump valve and external suction valve. The external foam pick -up shall be one (1) .75" male connection GHT (garden hose thread) with a cap. 331. PICK -UP HOSE A .75" flexible hose with an end for insertion into foam containers shall be provided. The hose shall be supplied with a .75" female swivel GHT (garden hose thread) swivel connector. The hose shall be shipped loose. 332, DISCHARGES The foam system shall be plumbed to three (3) discharges. The discharges shall be capable of dispensing foam to both crosslays and one (1) driver's side 82 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 220 of 339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONSFORATRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 2.5" discharge. / 333. SYSTEM ELECTRICAL LOAD The maximum current draw of the electric motor and system shall be no more than 55 amperes at 12 VDC. 334. FOAM TANK REFILL The foam system's proportioning pump shall be used to fill the foam tanks. This shall allow use of the auxiliary foam pick -up to pump the foam from pails or a drum on the ground into the foam tank. A foam shut -off switch shall be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The fill operation shall be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller. While the proportioner pump is filling the tank, the controller shall display a flashing yellow LED to indicate that the tank is filling. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump shall stop and the controller shall shut the yellow LED off. If it attempted to use tank fill and the refill valve and suction valve are in the wrong position(s), then a red LED shall illuminate to indicate the improper valve position(s). When the valves are positioned properly, then filling shall commence. / 335. FOAM TANK V One (1) 20 gallon foam tanks shall be provided. The foam tank shall be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. `The cell shall have a capacity of 20 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The brand of foam stored in this tank shall be Fire Aid 2000. The foam cell shall have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the / lid. v 336. FOAM LEVEL GAUGE An electronic foam level gauge shall be provided on the operator's panel that registers foam level by means of five colored LED lights. The lights shall be durable, ultra - bright five LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The foam level indicators shall be as follows: - 100% = Green - 75% = Yellow - 50% = Yellow - 25% = Yellow - Refill = Red The light shall flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights shall flash sequentially when the foam tank is empty. The level measurement shall be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank. 83 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 1.3 -39 221 of 339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The display shall be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design shall provide complete protection from foam and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer shall be mounted to the outside of the tank. The display shall be able to be calibrated in the field and shall measure head pressure to accurately show the tank level. / 337. FOAM TANK DRAIN v A system of 1.00" foam tank drains shall be provided, integrated into the foam systems strainer and tank to foam pump valve management system. The tank to pump hoses running from the tank(s) to the panel mounted strainer shall 1.00" diameter. The foam system controller shall have a mode that allows for a given foam valve to be opened at will. Flow of foam from the tank valve to the strainer shall be usable as a tank drain mode. An adaptor shall be supplied, that allows the 1.00" foam intake screen to assembly to be used as a drain outlet. The standard supplied 1.00" foam pick up hose shall be attached to the screen assembly by way of the adapter. The drain mode shall allow the operator to open and close the tank valve as required from the control head, to drain foam and re -fill foam containers through the connected hose, without foam spillage beneath the vehicle. 338. AIR HORN SYSTEM Two (2) Grover air horns shall be provided and located, in the front bumper, recessed one each side. The horn system shall be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve shall be installed in -line to prevent loss of air in the air brake system. / 339. AIR HORN CONTROL The air horns shall be actuated by a chrome push button located on the officer side of the engine tunnel and by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver shall have the option to control the air horns or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch located on the instrument panel. The air horns shall also be operated by a push button located on the pump operators panel and aerial turntable control pedestal. V 340. ELECTRONIC SIREN A Whelen, Model: 295SLSA1, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone shall be provided. This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. Siren head shall be located on a swivel bracket mounted on the engine tunnel so that it is accessible to both the driver and officer. The swivel bracket shall be capable of rotating a minimum of 180 degrees. Siren shall be actuated by one (1) foot switch located on the driver's side and by a push button located on the officer's side instrument panel. 84 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 222 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS I Proposer ser Yes I No 341. SPEAKER There shall be two (2) Whelen, Model SA122FMP, cast aluminum, 100 -watt, flange mount speakers with polished aluminum finish provided, one (1) in the front bumper and one (1) at the rear of the apparatus driver's side and rear center. Each speaker shall be powered from the electronic siren located in the cab. The speaker(s) shall be recessed in the front bumper on the driver's side. 342. MECHANICAL SIREN, (Auxiliary) A Federal Q213 siren shall be furnished. A siren brake button shall be installed on the switch panel. The control solenoid shall be powered up after the emergency master switch is activated. The mechanical siren shall be recessed in the front bumper on the right side. The siren shall be supported by the bumper framework. 343. MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL L/ The mechanical siren shall be actuated by a push button located on the officer's side of the engine tunnel and by a foot switch on the driver's side. 344. LIGHTBAR There shall be one (1) 88.00" Whelen Freedom, LED lightbar mounted on the v cab roof. The lightbar shall include the following: • Two (2) red flashing LED modules facing forward. • Two (2) steady red LED modules facing forward. • Two (2) white flashing LED modules facing forward. • Two (2) red flashing corner LED modules, one in each front corner • One (1) red flashing LED module facing the driver side. • One (1) red flashing LED module facing the passenger side. • One (1) GTT Model 795 LED OpticomT" traffic light controller with national standard high priority. The color of the lenses shall be the same color as the LED's. There shall be two (2) switches located on a cab switch panel shall control this lightbar. o , One (1) switch shall control all the warning lights. 0' One (1) switch .shall control the traffic light controller. The white warning lights and the traffic light controller shall be disabled when the parking brake is applied. (1) FN72QLED 88" (2) front corner red Liner -LED's (4) front Linear -LED's (2 red /2 white) (2) end red Linear - LED's, square ends 85 of 134 223 of 339 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No (1) FX795H Pre -wire for GTT 795H Opticom Emitter (1) 79.5H Add GTT 795H Opticom Emitter (1) 9LLTH88 Custom Length (3) FLDRR Add 400 Series Linear LED Flashers, 2 Red over Red 345. WARNING LIGHTS (CAB ROOF SIDES) Two (2) 24.00" Whelen, Freedom Mini LED lightbars shall be mounted on the roof, one (1) on each side, over the cab doors. Model FNMini Each lightbar shall include the following: Two (2) red flashing corner LED modules. Two (2) red flashing LED lights. These lightbars shall be controlled by the roof light switch. Each lightbar shall be furnished with a red lens. This lightbar may be load managed when the parking brake is set. / 346. WARNING LIGHTS (Cab Face) v Four (4) Whelen Model M6 LED flashing warning lights shall be installed on the cab face, above the headlights, mounted in a common bezel. The driver's side front outside warning light to be red. The driver's side front inside warning light to be red. The passenger's side front inside warning light to be red. The passenger's side front outside warning light to be red. All four (4) lights shall include a colored lens that is the same color of the LED's. All four (4) lights shall be controlled by a lighted switch in the cab on the switch panel. The inside lights may be load managed if colored or disabled if white, when the parking brake is set. 347. HEADLIGHT FLASHER J The high beam headlights shall flash alternately between the left and right side, with a control switch located on the cab instrument panel. The flashing shall automatically cancel when the headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set. 348. SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING Six (6) Whelen Model M6 LED flashing warning lights with bezels shall be located in the following positions: Two (2) lights, one (1) each side on the front cab corner. The side front lights to be red. Two (2) lights, behind the crewcab doors. 86 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 1.3 -39 224 of 339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The side middle lights to be red. Two (2) lights, behind the tiller wheel. The side rear lights to be red. All six (6) lights shall include a lens that is the same color of the LED's. All six (6) lights shall be controlled by a lighted switch on the cab switch panel. 349. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There shall be four (4) Whelen, Model M6 LED flashing warning light(s) with bezel(s) provided mounted above the body recessed in aluminum treadplate boxes. The color of the lights shall be red. All of these lights shall include a clear lens. These lights shall be activated with the Side Zone Lower warning lights. / 350. WARNING LIGHTS - TRAILER RUB RAILS V There shall be six (6) pairs, Whelen LIN3, programmable LED flashing lights provided. The lights shall be located in the body rub rails in rubrails of body. The color of these lights shall be red. The lights shall be provided with a chrome plated ABS flange. These lights shall be activated with the emergency master. 351. REAR ZONE LOUDER LIGHTING Two (2) Whelen, Model M6 LED flashing warning lights with bezels shall be V located at the rear of the apparatus. The driver's side rear light to be red. The passenger's side rear light to be red. Both lights shall include a lens that is the same color as the LED's. Both lights shall be controlled by a lighted switch on the switch panel. 352. REAR WARNING LIGHT BEACONS J There shall be two (2) Whelen, Model MCFLED2R, red LED warning beacons provided at the rear of the truck, one (1) each side. These lights shall be activated by a lighted switch on the instrument panel. All lenses shall be the same color as the LED's. / 353. TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT There shall be one (1) Whelen model TAL65 36.01" long x 2.84" high x 2.24" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus. The Whelen model TACTLDI control head shall be included with this installation. 87 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39225 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The auxiliary warning mode shall be activated with the emergency master switch. This traffic directing light shall be surface mounted at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical. The traffic directing light controller shall be located within the switch panel on the center console. The controller shall be within easy reach of the driver. 354. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT The following guidelines shall apply to the 120/240 VAC system installation: General Any fixed line voltage power source producing alternating current (ac) line voltage shall produce electric power at 60 cycles plus or minus 5 cycles. Except where superseded by the requirements of NFPA 1901, all components, equipment and installation procedures shall conform to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (herein referred to as the NEC). Line voltage electrical system equipment and materials included on the apparatus shall be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All products shall be used only in the manner for which they have been listed. Grounding Grounding shall be in accordance with Section 250 -6 "Portable and Vehicle Mounted Generators" of the NEC. Ungrounded systems shall not be used. Only stranded or braided copper conductors shall be used for grounding and bonding. An equipment grounding means shall be provided in accordance with Section 250 -91 (Grounding Conductor Material) of the NEC. The grounded current carrying conductor (neutral) shall be insulated from the equipment grounding conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The neutral conductor shall be colored white or gray in accordance with Section 200 -6 (Means of Identifying Grounding Conductors) of the NEC. In addition to the bonding required for the low voltage return current, each body and driving or crew compartment enclosure shall be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper conductor. This conductor shall have a minimum amperage rating of 115 percent of the nameplate current rating of the power source specification label as defined in Section 310 -15 (amp capacities) of the NEC. A single conductor properly sized to meet the low voltage and line voltage requirements shall be permitted to be used. All power source system mechanical and electrical components shall be sized to support the continuous duty nameplate rating of the power source. Operation 88 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 226 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Instructions that provide the operator with the essential power source operating instructions, including the power -up and power -down sequence, shall be permanently attached to the apparatus at any point where such operations can take place. Provisions shall be made for quickly and easily placing the power source into operation. The control shall be marked to indicate when it is correctly positioned for power source operation. Any control device used in the drive train shall be equipped with a means to prevent the unintentional movement of the control device from its set position. A power source specification label shall be permanently attached to the apparatus near the operator's control station. The label shall provide the operator with the information detailed in Figure 19 -4.10. Direct drive (PTO) and portable generator installations shall comply with Article 445 (Generators) of the NEC. Overcurrent protection The conductors used in the power supply assembly between the output terminals of the power source and the main over current protection device shall not exceed 144 inches. (3658 mm) in length. For fixed power supplies, all conductors in the power supply assembly shall be type THHW, THW, or use stranded conductors enclosed in nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated for a minimum of 194 degree Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius). For portable power supplies, conductors located between the power source and the line side of the main overcurrent protection device shall be type SO or type SEO with suffix WA flexible cord rated for 600 -volts at 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius). Wiring Methods Fixed wiring systems shall be limited to the following: - Metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius) or - Type SO or Type SEO cord with a WA suffix, rated at 600 volts at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius) Electrical cord or conduit shall not be attached to chassis suspension components, water or fuel lines, air or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system components, or low voltage wiring. In addition the wiring shall be run as follows. - Separated by a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm), or properly shielded, from exhaust piping - Separated from fuel lines by a minimum of six (6) inches (152 mm) distance. 89 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 227 of 339 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FORA TRACTOR - DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Electrical cord or conduit shall be supported within six (6) inches (152 mm) of any junction box and at a minimum of every 24 inches (610 mm) of continuous run. Supports shall be made of nonmetallic materials or corrosion protected metal. All supports shall be of a design that does not cut or abrade the conduit or cable and shall be mechanically fastened to the vehicle. Wiring Identification All line voltage conductors located in the main panel board shall be individually and permanently identified. The identification shall reference the wiring schematic or indicate the final termination point. When prewiring for future power sources or devices, the unterminated ends shall be labeled showing function and wire size. Wet Locations All wet location receptacle outlets and inlet devices, including those on hardwired remote power distribution boxes, shall be of the grounding type provided with a wet location cover and installed in accordance with Section 210 -7 "Receptacles and Cord Connections" of the NEC. All receptacles located in a wet location shall be not less than 24 inches (610 mm) from the ground. Receptacles on off -road vehicles shall be a minimum of 30 inches (762 mm) from the ground. The face of any wet location receptacle shall be installed in a plane from vertical to not more than 45 degrees off vertical. No receptacle shall be installed in a face up position. Dry Locations All receptacles located in a dry location shall be of the grounding type. Receptacles shall be not less than 30 inches (762 mm) above the interior floor height. All receptacles shall be marked with the type of line voltage (120 -volts or 240 - volts) and the current rating in amps. If the receptacles are direct current, or other than single phase, they shall be so marked. Listing All receptacles and electrical inlet devices shall be listed to UL 498, Standard for Safety Attachment Plugs and Receptacles, or other appropriate performance standards. Receptacles used for direct current voltages shall be rated for the appropriate service. Electrical System Testing The wiring and associated equipment shall be tested by the apparatus manufacturer or the installer of the line voltage system. The wiring and permanently connected devices and equipment shall be subjected to a dielectric voltage withstand test of 900 -volts for one (1) minute. The test shall be conducted between live parts and the neutral conductor, and between live parts and the vehicle frame with any switches in 90 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 228 of 339 1 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONSFORATRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No the circuit(s) closed. This test shall be conducted after all body work has been completed. Electrical polarity verification shall be made of all permanently wired equipment and receptacles to determine that connections have been properly made. Operational Test Der Current NFPA 1901 Standard The apparatus manufacturer shall perform the fallowing operation test and ensure that the power source and any devices that are attached to the line voltage electrical system are properly connected and in working order. The test shall be witnessed and the results certified by Underwriters Laboratories. The prime mover shall be started from a cold start condition and the line voltage electrical system loaded to 100 percent of the nameplate rating. The power source shall be operated at 100 percent of its nameplate voltage for a minimum of two (2) hours unless the system meets category certification as defined in the current NFPA 1901 standard. Where the line voltage power is derived from the vehicle's low voltage system, the minimum continuous electrical load as defined in the current NFPA 1901. standard shall be applied to the low voltage electrical system during the operational test. 355. GENERATOR The apparatus shall be equipped with a complete electrical power system. The generator shall be a Harrison Model 15.0 MPC 15.0 kW Hydraulic unit. The wiring and generator installation shall conform to the present National Electrical Codes Standards of the National Fire Protection Association. The installation shall be designed for continuous operation without overheating and undue stress on components. Generator Performance - Continuous Duty Rating: 15,000 watts - Nominal Volts: 120/240 - Amperage: 125 @ 120 volts, 62.5 @ 240 volts Phase: Single -Cycles: 60 hertz - Engine Speed at Engagement: Idle - RPM range: 925 to 3,000 (hydraulic pump) Generator Dimensions - Length: 35.00 inches - Width: 23.00 inches - Height: 19.00 inches 91 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 229 of 339 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No -Weight: 455 pounds (dry) The output of the generator shall be controlled by an internal hydraulic system. An electrical instrument gauge panel shall be provided for the operator to monitor and control all electrical operations and output. The generator shall be driven by a transmission power take off unit, through a hydraulic pump and motor. The generator shall include an electrical control inside the cab. The hydraulic engagement supply shall be operational at any time (no interlocks). An electric /hydraulic valve shall supply hydraulic fluid to the clutch engagement unit provided on the chassis PTO drive. Generator Instruments and Controls To properly monitor the generator performance a digital meter panel shall be furnished and mounted next to the circuit breaker panel. The meter shall indicate the following items: - Voltage - Amperage for both lines - Frequency - Generator run hours `u - Over current indication - Over temperature indication - "Power On" indication - Two (2) fuse holders with two (2) amp fuses (for indicator light protection) The meter and indicators shall be installed near eye level in the compartment. Instruments shall be flush mounted in an appropriate sized weatherproof electrical enclosure. All instruments used shall be accurate within +/- two (2) percent. Generator Wiring: The system shall be installed by highly qualified electrical technicians to assure the required level of safety and protection to the fire apparatus operators. The wiring, electrical fixtures and components shall be to the highest industry quality standards available on the domestic market. The equipment shall be the type as designed for mobile type installations subject to vibration, moisture and severe continuous usage. The following electrical components shall be the minimum acceptable quality standards for this apparatus: Wiring: All electrical wiring shall be fine stranded copper type. The wire shall be sized to the load and circuit breaker rating; ten (10) gauge on 30 amp circuits, 12 92 of 134 Cib/ of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 230 of 339 APPENDIX A- SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No gauge on 20 amp circuits and 14 gauge on 15 amp circuits. The cable shall be run in corner areas and extruded aluminum pathways built into the body for easy access. Load Center: The main load center shall be a Cutler Hammer with circuit breakers rated to load demand. Circuit Breakers: Individual breakers shall be provided for all on -line equipment to isolate a tripped breaker from affecting any other on -line equipment. 356. GENERATOR LOCATION V The generator shall be mounted in the area above the goose neck of the tiller trailer. The flooring in this area shall be either reinforced or constructed, in such a manner, that it shall handle the additional weight of the generator. 357. GENERATOR START A switch shall be located on the cab instrument panel to engage the generator. 358. GENERATOR REMOTE START A remote start switch shall be provided in the cab switch panel, near the circuit breaker box and at the aerial turntable to engage the hydraulic generator PTO and field. A light at each switch location shall be provided to indicate that the generator is running. ` 359. CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL The circuit breaker panel location TBD at Pre -Con. / 360. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER ►/ The specified 120 volt option 1 for each cord reel shall be supplied with a ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) circuit breaker. The total quantity shall be two (2) circuit breakers. The GFCI breakers shall only be used in the branch circuits and shall not be used as a "master" circuit breaker. 361. 120 VOLT TRIPOD LIGHTING REAR OF CAB A Fire Research Model #FC600 -S75 quartz tube flood light shall be provided. The light shall be a tripod style with quick release truck mounting brackets. The light fixture shall be a single 750 watt, 120 volt Focus light that draws 6.3 amps. The lamp head shall swivel 360 degrees left or right and tilt up and down. A receptacle shall be provided near the base of the light. A 20 amp, 120 volt, twist -lock plug with protective boot shall be provided. A total of Two (2) shall be provided one each side rear of the cab, just above the cab so they can be turned.tp be able to face to the side. 93 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 231 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Ye No 362. REMOTE LIGHT SWITCH FOR TRIPOD LIGHTS The two remote on /off actuation switches with a green indicator light shall be provided to actuate a 120/240 volt solenoid switch for each quartz light. J 363. 240 -VOLT LIGHTING A Will -Burt Night Scan Powerlite elevated lighting system, Model NS 3.0 -6000 OPT, shall be provided. Mast shall be operated with a 12 -volt DC and 20 psi regulated air from the chassis air system. All electrical cables shall be internal of the mast for better protection. Control for the mast and the lighting system shall be a hand held wired remote unit. It shall be operable with a single hand for turn /tilt, up /down, and on /off. Length of the control cord shall be 25 feet. The mast shall automatically stow with a one touch Auto Stow feature. The remote shall be located in the lower crewcab compartment on the driver's side. Weight of the unit shall not exceed 155 pounds. Four (4), 1500 -watt, 240 -volt AC quartz halogen Optimum lights shall be mounted on the mast in a weatherproof directional lighting system that shall have the ability to rotate 385 degrees and tilt 330 degrees. The light heads shall have a dual tilt function, where the left and right sides can tilt independently in different directions or together in the same direction. A label shall be provided at the operator's location to indicate mast operation instructions, warning information, extended tower height from the ground and bulb replacement data. Tower "LOOK UP" Licht A self contained 12 volt floodlight shall be provided on the light tower. The light shall turn on automatically when the tower is raised and turn off when the tower is lowered. A total of one (1) light tower shall be provided on the cab roof. 364. ELECTRIC CORD REEL A total of two (2) cord reels shall be provided above gooseneck in front of body. Furnished with the 120 volt AC electrical system shall be a Hannay, series 1600, cord reel. The reel shall be provided with a 12 -volt electric rewind switch, that is guarded to prevent accidental operation and labeled for its intended use. The switch shall be protected with a fuse and installed at a . height not to exceed 72 inches above the operators standing position. The exterior finish of the reel(s) shall be painted #269 gray from the reel manufacturer. A captive roller assembly to be provided to aid in the payout and loading of the reel. A ball stop shall be provided to prevent the cord from being wound on the reel. 94 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 1.3 -39 232 of 339 l APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No A label shall be provided in a readily visible location adjacent to the reel. The label shall indicate current rating, current type, phase, voltage and total cable length. The cord reel should be configured with three (3) conductors. 365. CORD J Provided for electric distribution shall be two (2) lengths, one (1) for each reel, of 200 feet of yellow 10/3 electrical cord, weather resistant 105 degree C to - 50 degree C, 600 volt jacketed SOOW cord. No connector shall be installed on the end of the cord. 366. PORTABLE JUNCTION BOX There shall be four (4) 120 vac 20 amp twist lock receptacles provided in a portable junction box. The junction box shall be of weatherproof construction and have flip up lids lined with soft neoprene rubber at each outlet opening. Portable junction boxes shall be hardwired /permanently attached to cord reels. A total of two (2) shall be provided. 367. REEL ENCLOSURE An aluminum treadplate enclosure shall be installed over the reel. The enclosure shall be provided with a stainless steel hinge that shall allow the cover to be opened. A captive roller assembly shall be provided through the side sheet to assist with the pay out of the cord. A ball stop shall be provided on the cord to stop the cord at the roller assembly A total of two (2) shall be installed. Location TBD at Pre -Con. f 368. JUNCTION BOX (HOLDER There shall be an aluminum junction box holder installed adjacent to the cord / reel. A total of two (2) shall be installed. ✓ 369. 20 AMP RECEPTACLE Wired to the power supply shall be two (2) receptacles that are a 120 volt 20 amp three wire twist -lock NEMA L5 -20 type with weather resisting cover / located rear fender -well area of trailer one (1) each side. v/ 370. FOUR (41-SECTION 100 FOOT TRACTOR -DRAWN AERIAL LADDER 372. CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS The ladder shall be constructed to meet all of the requirements as described in the current NFPA 1901 standards. The aerial device shall be a true ladder type device; therefore ladders attached to booms shall not be considered. These capabilities shall be established in an unsupported configuration. All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of a ductile material shall have a design stress of not more than 50% of the minimum yield strength of the material based on the combination of the live 95 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No 13 -39 233 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No load and the dead load. This 2:1 structural safety factor meets the current NFPA 1901 standard. All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of non - ductile material shall have a design stress of not more than 20% of the minimum ultimate strength of the material, based on the combination of the rated capacity and the dead load. This 5:1 safety factor meets the current NFPA 1901 standard. Wire ropes and attaching: systems used to extend and retract the fly sections shall have a 5:1 safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope shall remain above 2:1 during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used shall be 1:12. Wire ropes shall be constructed of seven (7) strands over an inner wire core for increased flexibility. The wire rope shall be galvanized to reduce corrosion. The aerial base pivot bearings shall be maintenance free type bearings and require no external lubrication. The aerial device shall be capable of sustaining a static load one and one -half times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position in which the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a firm level surface. The aerial device shall be capable of sustaining a static load one and one -third times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a slope of five degrees downward in the direction most likely to cause overturning. With the aerial device out of the cradle and in the fully extended position at zero degrees elevation, a test load shall be applied in a horizontal direction normal to the centerline of the ladder. The turntable shall not rotate and the ladder shall not deflect beyond what the product specification allows. All welding of aerial components, including the aerial ladder sections, turntable, pedestal, and outriggers, shall be in compliance with the American Welding Society standards. All welding personnel shall be certified, as qualified under AWS welding codes. The aerial device shall be capable of operating in conditions of wind up to 50 mph and icing conditions of up to a .25" coating over the aerial structure. All of tiie design criteria must be supported by the following test data: (no exception) - Strain gage testing of the complete aerial device - Analysis of deflection data taken while the aerial device was under test load The following standards for materials are to be used in the design of the aerial device: - Materials are to be certified by the mill that manufactured the material 96 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 ti 234 of 339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONSFORATRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No - Materials that are certified or recertified by vendors other than the mill shall not be acceptable - Material testing that is performed after the mill test shall be for verification only and not with the intent of changing the classification - All welded structural components for the ladder shall be traceable to their mill lots. 372. LADDER CONSTRUCTION The ladder is comprised of four (4) sections. The ladder shall have the capability to support a minimum of 500 pounds at the tip in the unsupported configuration, based upon 360 degree rotation, up to full extension and from -8 degrees to +75 degrees. (NO EXCEPTIONS) The ladder shall be constructed of high strength low alloy steel, minimum 70,000 pounds per square inch yield, with full traceability on all structural members. Each section shall be trussed diagonally, vertically and horizontally using welded steel tubing. All ladder rungs are round and welded to each section utilizing "K" bracing for lateral and torsional rigidity. The inside width dimensions of the ladder shall be: - Base Section 39.00" - Lower Mid Section 32.25" - Upper Mid Section 26.62" - Fly Section 21.62" The height of the handrails above the centerline of the rungs shall be: - Base Section 26.75" - Lower Mid Section 22.87" - Upper Mid Section 20.25" - Fly Section 17.50" The ladder shall be designed to provide continuous egress for firefighters and civilians from an elevated position to the ground. The end of the fly section shall be constructed in a manner that aids personnel in climbing off the ladder. The egress section shall be designed to maintain the rated load of the aerial device. It shall be bolted on for easy replacement. / 373. VERTICAL HEIGHT V/ The ladder shall extend to a minimum height of 100' above the ground at 75 degrees. The measurement of height shall be consistent with NFPA standards. 97 of 134 ON of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 7 ?5 nF qqQ APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS. Proposer Complies? Yes No 374. HORIZONTAL REACH The rated horizontal reach shall be 951 ". The measurement of horizontal reach shall be consistent with NFPA standards. 375. TURNTABLE The upper turntable assembly shall connect the aerial ladder to the turntable bearing. The steel structure shall have a mounting position for the aerial elevation cylinders, ladder connecting pins, and upper turntable operator's position The turntable platform shall be approximately 96.00" wide by 72.00" long. The turntable shall be a 1.00" thick steel deck, coated with an non -skid, chemical resistant material in the walking areas: The stepping surfaces shall meet the skid - resistance requirements of the current NFPA 1901 standard. The turntable shall be lit to the current edition of NFPA 1901 requirements. The lights shall be activated by the aerial master switch. The turntable handrails shall be a minimum 42.00" high and shall not increase the overall travel height of the vehicle. The handrails shall be constructed from have knurled surface. aluminum and a slip resistant 376. ELEVATION SYSTEM Two (2) double acting lift cylinders shall be utilized to provide smooth precise elevation from 8 degrees below horizontal to 75 degrees above horizontal. The lift cylinders shall have a 6.00" internal diameter (bore), a .50" wall thickness, a 4.50" diameter cylinder rod and a 34.84" stroke. The lift cylinders shall be equipped with integral holding valves located on the cylinder to prevent the unit from falling should the charged lines be severed at any point within the hydraulic system. (no exception) The lift cylinders shall be mounted utilizing maintenance free spherical bearings on both ends of the cylinders. The bearings shall help reduce pin wear. Ladder tip speed is automatically decelerated at angles above 60 degrees reducing "tip - lash ". The pivot pins shall be stainless steel and 2.25" in diameter. Each elevation pin shall be stainless steel with a greaseless ladder pivot pin. 377. EXTENSION/ RETRACTION SYSTEM A full hydraulic powered extension and retraction system shall be provided using two (2) hydraulic cylinders and wire ropes. Each set is capable of operating the ladder in the event of a failure to the other. The extension cylinder shall have a 3.00" internal diameter (bore), 1.75" diameter rod and a 134.00" stroke. Extension and retraction shall be internally limited within the cylinders, eliminating excess strain on wire ropes, sheaves and the ladder structure. 98 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 236 of 339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONSFORATRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Each of the cylinders, wire ropes and sheave assemblies shall be completely independent of the other, so as to provide a safety factor wherein a failure of one assembly shall not affect the function and operation of the other. The extension cylinders are equipped with counter balance valves to synchronize the cylinders for smoother operation and prevent the unit from retracting should the charged lines be severed at any point within the hydraulic system. The cylinders shall also have internal deceleration valves, to cushion the movement of the cylinder when approaching full extension or retraction. All extension /retraction pins shall have a corrosion - preventative, QPQ black finish. The extension cylinders shall be mounted utilizing maintenance free spherical bearings. The reeling of the wire rope shall be such as to provide synchronized, simultaneous movement of all sections to full extension. The extension /retraction wire ropes shall be 7 -flex galvanized with stainless steel threaded ends, and shall possess the following characteristics: - Lower Mid Section .50 diameter, 26,2001b breaking strength - Upper Mid Section .38" diameter, 14,8801b breaking strength - Fly Section .31" diameter, 10,3801b breaking strength Wear pads made of polymer material shall be used between the telescoping sections for maximum weight distribution, strength and smoothness of operation. Adjustment screws are provided on the wear pads to permit proper side alignment. All sheaves shall be plastic and greaseless and all sheave pins and pivot pins shall be stainless steel. (no exception) / 378. ROTATION SYSTEM ✓ A 46.00" diameter, external tooth, monorace, slewing ring bearing shall be used for the rotation system. The gear teeth shall be a stub tooth form. The bearing shall provide 360 degree continuous rotation. The turntable shall be bolted to the bearing using 36 SAE Grade 8, .875' diameter bolts. To secure the bearing to the base support 36 Grade 8, .875' diameter bolts shall be used. The turntable base and the torque box bearing plate shall be machined to fit the bearing thereby providing even distribution of forces. A hydraulically driven, planetary gear box with a drive speed reducer shall be used to provide infinite and minute rotation control throughout the entire rotational travel. The gearbox shall have a torque rating of 130,000 pounds per square inch. 99 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 237 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No A spring applied, hydraulically released disc type swing brake shall be furnished to provide positive braking of the turntable assembly. Provisions shall be made for auxiliary operation of the system in case of prime mover failure. The hydraulic system is equipped with pressure relief valves which shall limit the rotational torque to a non - destructive power. 379. ROTATION INTERLOCK A permanently installed prevention mechanism shall be provided as part of the rotation system to prevent the rotation of the aerial device to the side in which the stabilizers have not been fully deployed or are short- jacked. The mechanism shall allow full and unrestricted use of the aerial in the 180 degree area on the side(s) where the stabilizers have been fully deployed. The system shall also have a manual override to comply with NFPA 1901. This shall consist of a switch located in the lower control station so that activation shall require two (2) persons (one at an aerial device control location and one at the lower control station). 380. LOAD CAPACITIES �/ The following load capacities shall be established with the stabilizers at full horizontal extension and placed in the down position to level the truck and to relieve the weight from the tires and axles. Capacities shall be based upon full extension and 360 degree rotation. A load chart, visible at the operator's station, shall be provided. The load chart shall show the recommended safe load at any condition of the aerial device's elevation and extension. (NO EXCEPTIONS). / 381. 50 MPH WIND CONDITIONSMATERWAY DRY V begrees of 8 to 910 to 19 20 to 29 0 to 39'40 to 49 50 to 59 60 to 69 70 to 75 (Elevation - -- - - -- -- - -- - - - - - - -- - -- - -- Egress 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 Fly - - 250 -- -- Z50 250 - 750 - 1000 - - IUpper Mid -- - -- - 250 250 - - - 500 - -- - 1000 -- -- 1000 -- - -- Lower Mid 250 250 500 750 1000 1000 Base 250 250 500 750 11000 1000 1000 382. 50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS /WATERWAY CHARGED Degrees -8 10 20 to 29 30 to 39 40 50 60 170 of to to to to to l o 9 19 49 59 69 75 Elevation Egress 500 5001500 500 5001500 5001500 100 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 238 of 339 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Fly 1250 1500 750 Upper: I- X250 500 750 1000 Mid L Lower - 250 5001750 10001000 Mid i - -- - —_I —� -- Base - The ladder shall The rated 750 1000 1000 1000 extend to a nominal horizontal reach height of 100' above •shall be the ground at 75 The measurement degrees. The of horizontal reach measurement of shall be consistent height shall be with NFPA consistent with NFPA standards. standards. Reduced loads at the tip can be redistributed in 250 lb. increments to the fly, mid, or base sections as needed. 383. BOOM SUPPORT A heavy -duty boom support shall be provided for support of the ladder in the travel position. On the base section of the ladder, a stainless steel scuffplate shall be.provided where the ladder comes into contact with the boom support. In the stowed position, the ladder tip shall be not less than 11.00" below horizontal for unsurpassed visibility and safety while maneuvering the apparatus. Boom support shall be painted job color. 384. SPECIAL. HEIGHT BOOM SUPPORT A special height boom support shall be provided to raise the aerial device to clear the compartment on top of the body. 385. AERIAL SIGN PLATES There shall be one boom panel provided on each side of the aerial ladder base section. The boom panel shall be painted body color. The boom panels shall be designed so no mounting bolts are in the face of the panel. This shall keep the lettering surface free of holes. 386. EXTENSION INDICATOR Extension markings and corresponding numerical indicators shall be provided along each inside and outside top rail of the base section of the aerial every ten (10) feet. They shall indicate various positions of extension up to full. Markings and indicators shall be clearly visible to the console operator. To aid in visibility during hours of darkness, the markings and numerical indicators shall be of a red reflective material. 387. FOLDING STEPS One (1) set of folding steps shall be provided at the tip of the ladder. An additional set of folding steps shall be provided at the base of the fly 101 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39239 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No section. The steps shall be bright finished, non -skid with a black coating. Each step shall incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. f f 388. AERIAL DEVICE RUNG COVERS Each rung shall be covered with a secure, heavy -duty, fiberglass pultrusion that incorporates an aggressive, no -slip coating. The rung covers shall be glued to each rung, and shall be easily replaceable should the rung cover become damaged. The center portion of each rung cover shall be black and the outside 2.00" edge at each side shall be photoluminescent to assist in providing a light source for each rung during low Fight conditions. Under no circumstances shall the rung covers be fastened to the rungs using screws or rivets (NO EXCEPTIONS). The rung covers shall have a 10 -year, limited warranty. 385. RUBBISH BOOK MOUNTING BRACKET / Mounting shall be provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial ladder V for a rubbish hook. The bracket shall be sized to hold a Nupla 6' rubbish hook. Manufacture shall provide the Nupla 6' rubbish hook. 390. ADDITIONAL FOLDING STEPS An additional set of folding steps shall be provided on the ladder fly section. This set of steps shall be located approximately 70.00" below the ladder tip. The steps shall be bright finished, non -skid folding steps with a black coating. Each step shall incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. J 391. LADDER STORAGE MOUNTING BRACKETS There shall be D/A finished brackets provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial for mounting a roof ladder. The mounting brackets shall accommodate a 14' Duo -Safety 775 -A, 16.00" wide roof ladder as determined by the type of aerial device and the available space. 392. ROTATION MOTOR COVER An aluminum treadplate cover shall be fitted over the aerial rotation motor. The cover shall be removable. / 393. CONTROL STATION v/ There shall be a turntable control station located on the driver's side of the turntable so the operator shall be able to easily observe the ladder tip while operating the controls. The controls shall permit the operator to regulate the speed of the aerial functions within safe limits (as determined by the manufacturer and NFPA standards). The controls shall be clearly marked and lighted for nighttime operation. A hinged aluminum cover shall be provided. The momentary foot switch located at the turntable control station shall 102 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 240 of 339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No activate the aerial function controls. They are capable of being operated independently or simultaneously. The following controls and indicator lights shall be clearly identified, illuminated, and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing: -*Elevation, extension /retraction, and rotation controls - High idle switch - Rung alignment indicator light - Tip /Tracking lights - Hydraulic system pressure gauge - Indicator /Alarm test switch - EPU switch - Operator's load chart - Stabilizer Not Fully Extended indicator light - Monitor controls - Aerial waterway flow meter There shall also be a minimum of two (2) 12 -volt work lights installed on the turntable to illuminate the surrounding area for nighttime operation. The work lights shall be activated by the aerial master switch. 394. STABILIZER CONTROL STATION There shall be an easily accessible control station located at both the driver and passenger side of the apparatus. The following controls and indicator lights shall be clearly identified and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing at each control station. - Stabilizer controls for driver and passenger side - Stabilizer Firm On Ground indicator lights - Stabilizer Fully Extended indicator lights - Inclinometer for grade and slope - Stabilizer EPU switch - High Idle switch 395. REMOTE AERIAL CONTROL A remote control shall be provided whereby all ladder movements can be controlled at the ladder tip in addition to the control console. The three (3) ladder functions (extension, rotation, elevation) shall be controlled individually by means of spring loaded, return to center 1.2 -volt proportional controls. 103 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39241 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No A momentary switch at the turntable control station shall activate the controls at the ladder tip. The remote control aerial speed shall be set in accordance with the current NFPA 1901 standards. % 396. STABILIZERS V The vehicle shall come equipped with a stabilization system consisting of two (2) hydraulically operated out and down style stabilizers. This system shall meet or exceed all requirements of the NFPA specifications related to stabilization and setup on sloped surfaces. The stabilizer /leveling jacks shall have a maximum spread of 17' measured from the centerline of the jack footpads when the beams are fully extended. The beams shall be 6.81" wide x 8.88" high with 3/4" thick top and bottom plates and 1/2" thick sides of 100,000 -PSI minimum yield strength steel. The cylinders shall have pilot- operated check valves with thermal relief designed to insure that the beams shall not drift out of the stowed position during travel. Wear pads shall guide the stabilizers. The horizontal extension cylinders shall be totally enclosed within the beams and shall incorporate telescoping hydraulic tubing to supply the jack cylinder hydraulic power. Stabilizer hydraulic hoses shall remain stationary during operation of the stabilizers to prevent hose wear and potential failure. The cylinders shall be equipped with decelerators to reduce the speed of extension and retraction when the beams are near the fully retracted and extended positions. The stabilizer extension hydraulic cylinders shall have the following dimensions: 2.25" bore, 1.38" rod, and 57.25" stroke. The vertical jack cylinders shall be capable of 12.00" ground penetration. The cylinders shall be supplied with pilot operated check valves on each jack cylinder to hold the cylinder in the stowed or working position, should a charged line be severed at any point in the hydraulic system. For safety, the integral holding valves shall be located in the cylinder base end, NOT in the transfer tube. Vertical jack cylinder rods shall be fully enclosed by a telescoping inner box to protect the cylinder rods from damage. The stabilizer jack hydraulic cylinders shall have the following dimensions: 4.25" bore, 3.00" rod, and 28.88" stroke. Each stabilizer jack shall have a polished stainless steel shield. The stainless steel shield shall be a maximum of 14.00" wide so as to allow the extension of the stabilizer between parked cars or other obstacles. This plate shall serve as a protective guard and a mounting surface for warning lights. The top, forward, and rear edges shall be flanged back 90 degrees for added strength. A 4.00" diameter clear work light shall be provided to illuminate the stabilizer and the ground. Lighting shall automatically activate with the aerial master switch. 397. STABILIZER PADS J The stabilizer footpad shall be 12.00" in diameter. The footpad shall be attached to the jack cylinder rod by means of a machined ball at the end of the jack cylinder rod which mates to a socket machined into the footpad. The 104 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 242 of 339 APPENDIX .A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No footpad shall have the ability to pivot 20 degrees from horizontal in any direction to allow setup on uneven terrain. % 398. AUXILIARY STABILIZER PADS An auxiliary ground pad shall be supplied for each stabilizer to provide additional load distribution on soft surfaces. The pads shall be 24.00" square and made from magnetic lightweight composite material. The ground pressure shall not exceed 75 pounds per square inch when the ground pads are used and the apparatus is fully loaded and the aerial device is carrying its rated capacity in any position. There shall be one (1) pad located on each side of the apparatus, behind the stabilizers. f 399. STABILIZER CONTROLS V An electrically controlled hydraulic valve shall power stabilizer movement. The valve can also be manually controlled in the event of electrical malfunction. Hydraulic power override controls shall be incorporated into the valve. The manual override mechanism shall be completely sealed within the valve assembly to prevent any possibility of corrosion. The stabilizer controls shall be located to provide the operator with a full view of each stabilizer being positioned. Each stabilizer control panel shall include the following: -In /out stabilizer beam control toggle switch -Up /down stabilizer jack control toggle switch - Emergency hydraulic power unit (EPU) control toggle switch -High idle control toggle switch - Stabilizer fully extended LED indicator lights - Stabilizer planted LED indicator lights As a safety device, an electrically actuated diverter valve shall be provided. The hydraulic power shall be diverted to the aerial ladder controls automatically the instant all stabilizer jacks are firmly planted on the ground. Once the aerial ladder is raised from the bedded position, the stabilizer hydraulic power is cut off so the stabilizers shall not accidentally be moved while the aerial is being operated. To aid in leveling the unit, two bubble type angle indicators shall be located near the stabilizer controls. One indicator shall show the angle of the truck from the front to rear and the other shall show the side to side angle of the truck. The indicators shall be color coded green to show when the truck has been properly leveled allowing the aerial device to be operated at full capacity. A stabilizer deployment audible warning alarm shall be provided at each side of the body, activated by the stabilizer movement. A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator light shall be provided in the cab within view of the driver. It shall illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed to prevent damage to the vehicle if it is moved. The stabilizer system shall also be wired to the "Do Not Move Truck" indicator 1.05 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 243 of 339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TPACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No light. This light shall flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed. 400. STABILIZER PINS The stabilizer jacks shall have holes for the stabilizer pins. / 401. ALUMINUM TREADPLATE DOORS, STABILIZER 1/ CONTROL BOX Horizontally hinged aluminum treadplate doors shall be provided over each stabilizer control box. The doors shall be hinged at the bottom and provided with flush mounted lift and turn latches. 402. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ✓ All hose assemblies shall be assembled and crimped by the hose manufactures certified technician. An assembly cell shall be located on the premises where the technician can perform audits of the final aerial assembly for proper fitting torque and hose routing. All manufacturing employees responsible for the installation of hydraulic components shall be properly trained. Training shall include: proper handling, installation, torque requirements, cleanliness and quality control procedures for hydraulic components. Hoses used in the aerial hydraulic system shall be of a premium quality hose with a high abrasion resistant cover. All pressure hoses shall have a working pressure of 4000 psi and a burst pressure rating of 16,000 psi. The hydraulic oil shall be a premium Multi -Vis product having a leading edge additive package, provide oxidation stability, be extremely shear stable and maximum anti -wear properties. All oil delivered to the manufacturing site shall have a minimum ISO cleanliness level of 18/15/13. Each aerial shall be evaluated as to the region and climate where it shall be used to determine the optimum viscosity and proper oil grade. Oil viscosity shall be based on an optimum range of 80 to 1000 SUS during normal aerial use. Before shipment of the unit, an oil sample shall be taken and analyzed to confirm the oil is within the allowable ISO grade tolerance. The aerial hydraulic system shall have a minimum oil cleanliness level of ISO 18/15/13 based on the ISO 4406:1999 cleanliness standard. Each customer shall receive a certificate of actual cleanliness test results and an explanation of the rating system. Each aerial shall include an oil sample port, identified with a yellow dust cap and a label, for subsequent customer testing. Ball valves shall be provided in the hydraulic suction and return lines to permit component servicing without draining the oil reservoir. The system hydraulic pressure shall be displayed on a 2.5" liquid filled gauge, located on the control console. The hydraulic system shall be additionally protected from excessive pressure by a secondary pressure relief valve set at 3,150 psi. In the event the main 106 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 244 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No hydraulic pump compensator malfunctions, the secondary relief shall prevent system damage. 403. HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS All cylinders used on the aerial device shall be produced by a manufacturer that specializes in the manufacture of hydraulic cylinders. Each cylinder shall include integral safety holding cartridges. (no exception) Each cylinder shall be designed to a minimum safety factor of 4:1 to failure. All safety holding cartridges shall be installed at the cylinder manufacturer, in a controlled clean environment to avoid possible contamination and or failure. 404. HYDRAULIC PUMP The hydraulic system shall be supplied by a 4.6 cubic inch variable volume, load and pressure compensating piston pump. The pump shall be rated at a minimum of 5,365 psi peak pressure and 2,600 rpm. The pump shall meet the demands of all three simultaneous aerial functions. The pump shall provide proper flow for single aerial function with the engine at idle speed. A switch shall be provided on the control console to increase the engine speed for multiple function operation. 405. EMERGENCY PUMP The aerial shall be equipped with an emergency hydraulic pump, electrically driven from the truck batteries. The pump shall be capable of running for 30 minutes for limited aerial functions to stow the unit in case of a main ,pump or truck system failure. A momentary switch shall be located at the stabilizer and aerial control locations to activate the emergency pump. 406. AERIAL CONTROL VALVE The aerial hydraulic control valve shall be designed with special spool flows, limiting the oil flow for the designed function speed. The valve shall be manually controlled and be located in the control console with the handles protruding through the operating surface for operation. The activation handles shall be spaced a minimum of 3.5" for ease of operation. The valve spools shall be designed to bleed off downstream pressure, in the neutral position and allow proper seating of any cylinder holding cartridge. 407. OIL RESERVOIR The oCreservoir shall have a minimum capacity of 40 gallons. The oil fill location shall be easily accessible and be labeled "Hydraulic Oil Only" and also indicate the grade of oil that is installed in the reservoir. The fill cap shall have a 40 micron filter to provide protection from contamination. A drain hose shall be included and shall terminate with a quarter turn ball valve. Two suction ports shall be provided, one for the main hydraulic pump and one for the emergency pump. The main suction shall be slightly elevated off the bottom of the reservoir and include a 100 mesh suction strainer. The emergency suction port shall be closer to the bottom of the reservoir to provide some reserve oil for emergency operation. A six (6) disc type magnetic drain shall also be provided to collect any ferrous contaminants. 107 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 245 of 339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONSFORATRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No A combination sight glass and thermometer shall be mounted to the reservoir in an easily viewable location. p 408. HIGH PRESSURE FILTER The pressure filter shall be rated for 6,000 psi working pressure and generously sized for efficiency and capacity. A 90 psi bypass spring shall be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal system operating temperatures. The 5Q filter element shall be constructed of a micro glass medium, which has the highest capture efficiency, dirt holding capacity and life expectancy over other media such as cellulose and synthetic. The nominal rating shall be 5 micron and have an efficiency rating of 99.3 % for 5 micron sized particles. The element shall have a dirt holding capacity of not less than 35 grams. 409. RETURN FILTER The return filter shall be rated for 150 psi working pressure and generously sized for efficiency and capacity. A 25 psi bypass spring shall be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal system operating temperatures. The 10Q filter element shall be constructed of a micro glass medium, which has the highest capture efficiency, dirt holding capacity and life expectancy over other media such as cellulose and synthetic. The nominal rating shall be 10 microns and have an efficiency rating of 99.5% for 10 micron sized particles. The element shall have a dirt holding capacity of not less than 84.7 grams. / 410. HYDRAULIC SWIVEL The aerial ladder shall be equipped with a high pressure hydraulic swivel which shall connect the hydraulic lines from the hydraulic pump and reservoir, through the rotation point, to the aerial control bank. The hydraulic swivel shall allow for 360 - degree continuous rotation of the aerial. 411. ELECTRIC SWIVEL The ladder shall be equipped with an electric swivel to allow 360 - degree rotation of the aerial while maintaining connections in all electrical circuits through the rotation point. A minimum of 28 collector rings that are capable of supplying 30 -amp continuous service shall be provided. All collector rings shall bei enclosed and protected against condensation and corrosion (NO EXCEPTIONS). 412. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM The aerial electrical system shall be designed and manufactured in such a way that the power and signal protection and control compartments shall contain circuit protection devices and power control devices. The power and signal protection and control components shall be protected against corrosion, excessive heat, excessive vibration, physical damage, and water spray. The aerial electrical system shall be designed and manufactured to allow the following: - All of the serviceable components shall be readily accessible. - Circuit protection devices shall be utilized to protect each circuit. 7:08 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 246 of 339 1 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No - General protection circuit breakers shall be Type -I automatic reset (continuously resetting) or Type -II (manual resetting) and conform to SAE requirements. When required, automotive type fuses conforming to SAE requirements shall be utilized to protect electronic equipment. - Power control relays and solenoids, when utilized, shall have a direct current (dc) rating of 125% of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected. The aerial electrical system shall be designed and manufactured to allow the following: - Toggle switches shall be utilized that are certified for the outside conditions that fire apparatus experience (NO EXCEPTIONS). - All wiring shall be protected through conduit or loom. - All wiring harnesses shall be properly supported to eliminate harness damage through rubbing. All connectors utilized in the system shall be of a waterproof design. Two (2) inductive proximity switchs and an illumination light shall be incorporated into the boom support. -.The aerial master and aerial PTO can be engaged after the water pump has been engaged without having to bring the RPM back to idle. - Standard cabling to the tip of the aerial shall consist of one (1) 16/20 cable and one (1) 12/8 cable. 413. DRIVER SIDE TORQUE BOX POWER DISTRIIBUTION PANEL A fuse and relay panel, located in the passenger side gooseneck area, shall include the following: - NEMA 4x rated weatherproof enclosure - Relays, fuses, and circuit breakers for aerial and stabilizer interlocks and control switches 4.14. TURNTABLE LIGHTING The turntable shall be lighted for nighttime operation with a minimum of two (2) LED work lights activated by the aerial master switch. A foot switch shall be located at the turntable console to allow hydraulic flow to the aerial device. The foot switch shall be protected by a cover to prevent accidental activation. Activation of the foot switch is necessary for aerial device operation. 415. TURNTABLE CONSOLE The following switches and indicator lights shall be standard on the turntable console: High idle on /off switch - Tip/Tracking light switch - Indicator and alarm test switch 109 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39247 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No - Emergency hydraulic power switch - STABILIZERS NOT FULLY EXTENDED amber indicator light - Rung alignment green indicator light The turntable console shall be lighted for nighttime operation with one (1) work light activated by the aerial master switch. A fuse panel shall be located in the turntable console. / 416. TURNTABLE OVERRIDE CONTROLS V The aerial manual override controls shall be located in the turntable control console. 417. PIASTER OVERRIDE CONTROLS An emergency power switch shall be located at the rear of the apparatus. The switch shall activate the emergency power unit and allow control of the aerial or stabilizers based on the direction the switch is toggled. A work light shall be provided to illuminate the master override controls when the battery switch is active and the master override door is open. 418. BOOM SUPPORT LIMIT SWITCHES Two (2) Truck inductive proximity switches shall be provided on the boom support to detect if the aerial device is fully stowed within the boom support. 419. STABILIZER INDICATOR A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator shall be provided in the driver's compartment. It shall illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed, to prevent damage to the apparatus if moved. The stabilizer system shall also be wired to the "Do Not Move" indicator light, which shall flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not fully engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed. 420. CRADLE INTERLOCK SYSTEM A cradle interlock system shall be provided to prevent the lifting of the aerial from the nested position until the operator has positioned all the stabilizers in a load supporting configuration. A switch shall be installed at the cradle to prevent operation of the stabilizers once the aerial has been elevated from the nested, position. 421. STABILIZER ALARM An electronic warning device shall be provided at each stabilizer to warn personnel that the stabilizers are being deployed. Each alarm shall produce a fast pulsing 90 DBA signal and shall cancel only when the stabilizer is put into a load bearing configuration. 422. STABILIZER SCENE LIGHTS A 4.00 "clear floodlight shall be provided on each stabilizer to illuminate the surrounding area. The light shall be actuated by the aerial master switch. 423. AERIAL DEVICE LIGHTING There shall be white 12 volt DC halogen, spotlights furnished on the aerial device: 110 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39248 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No • -One (1) Unity Model AG -S -7682 shall be installed on the right side of the base section of the ladder. • One (1) Unity Model AG -S -7682 shall be installed on the left side of the base section of the ladder. Individual on /off switches shall be provided on each light. Power to the lights shall be controlled by a master on /off switch at the turntable control operator's position. The lights shall be mounted below the top edge of the aerial device so as not to increase the overall height of the unit. 424. AERIAL STROBE LIGHT A light shall be installed at the aerial tip for the purpose of locating the aerial device while in operation. The light shall be a Whelen 800D strobe. The light shall be activated with a switch at the turntable control console. The color of the locator light shall be blue. % 425. STABILIZER WARNING LIGHTS Two (2) Whelen, Model M6 LED flashing warning lights with bezels shall be installed, one (1) each side on the stabilizer cover panels. The front stabilizer pan light shall be red. Each light shall include a lens that is the same color as the LED's. These .warning lights shall be activated by the same switch as the side warning lights. 426. STABILIZER BEAM WARNING LIGHTS Two (2) 4.00" diameter red LED flashing lights shall be mounted on each stabilizer, one (1) facing forward and one (1) facing rearward. The lights shall be Grote Supernova 40 series LED lights. The lights shall be recessed in the horizontal beam of the stabilizer. These warning lights shall be activated with the aerial master switch. / 427. LADDER TIP LIGHT, PORTABLE 120V There shall be Two (2) Fire Research FRC Focus, Model FCA700 -S75, 120 volt portable lights shall be provided. The lights shall be mounted driver and passenger side facing the side at a downward angle at the tip. The light fixtures shall be a single 750 watt quartz halogen, 120 volt Focus light that draws 6.3 amps and include a FCAoption -P2, NEMA L5 -20 plug. The lights shall be a portable style with quick release FCAoption -703 mounting brackets The lamp heads shall tilt up and down with on /off switch on the lamp head. A 20 amp twistlock receptacles shall be provided near the base of each light. 117. of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 249 of 339 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOP. ATRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 428. 2 -WAY AERIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM There shall be a Fire Research model ICA900 -112 two -way intercom system provided. The control module shall be located at the turntable operator console and have an LED volume display and push - button volume control. A hands free module shall be located at the aerial tip or platform and constantly transmit to the other module unless the control module push -to -talk button is pressed. Each intercom unit shall be weatherproof. 429. ROPE TIE BAR AT BASE SECTION, RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM A removable bracket shall be supplied at the rear of the base section, attached between the left hand and right hand rear hand rails. The bracket shall provide Lyfe Pulley rope tie off and /or guide points spaced 5.75" apart, centered between the rear hand rails. The bracket shall be designed to be easily removable and not interfere with a fully retracted ladder assembly when attached to the base section. A storage box for the bracket shall be provided on the outside rear of the base section. 430. RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM A rescue lifting attachment shall be provided. The lifting attachment shall mount to the aerial egress and shall consist of a pair of nylatron pulleys mounted to a stainless steel shaft. The pulleys shall be adjustable from side to side and shall have a total lifting capacity of 500 pounds, regardless of whether one (1) or both pulleys are being utilized. 431. LIFTING EYE - ROPE RESCUE ATTACHMENT Two (2), eyes shall be welded, one (1) to each ladder beam, at the ladder egress with a spreader bar to mounted between the eyes. This design shall distribute a load evenly across the ladder beams because of a single lifting eye on the spreader bar. The bar is retained by two (2) locking pins, one (1) at each end outboard of each eye. Leveling is maintained by the bar rotating in the eyes. 432. VENT SAW SCABBARDS AT AERIAL LADDER TIP Two (2) vent saw scabbards shall be mounted, one (1) each side of the aerial ladder tip. The scabbards shall be bolted to the egress, angled forward so that when the aerial device is at 25 degrees, the scabbards shall be vertical. The scabbards shall be smooth aluminum. % 433. AIR HORN CONTROL AT AERIAL TURNTABLE J A push button control for the air horns shall be provided at the aerial turntable. Collector ring space 'must be available for this option to be utilized. Brushed stainless steel scuffplates shall be applied to each side of the aerial egress, above the chainsaw scabbards. 434. MANSAVER BARS, AERIAL TURNTABLE ManSaver bars shall be installed at the aerial turntable. 112 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 250 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 435. TELESCOPING WATERWAY A waterway system shall be provided consisting of the following components and features: The integral telescopic water system shall consist of a 4.50" diameter tube in the base section, a 4.00" diameter tube in the lower mid- section, a 3.50" diameter tube in the upper mid - section and a 3.00" diameter tube in the fly section. The telescopic waterway shall be constructed of anodized aluminum pipe. The aerial shall be capable of discharging up to 1000 gpm at 100 psi parallel to the ladder and 90 degrees to each side of center. An adjustable pressure relief valve shall be furnished to protect the aerial waterway from a pressure surge. Two (2) 1.50" drain valves shall be located at the lowest points of the waterway system. 436. WATERWAY SEALS The waterway seals shall be of type -B PolyPak design, composed of nitroxile seal and a nitrile wiper, which together offer maximum stability and extrusion resistance on the waterway. The seal shall be capable of withstanding pressures up to 2000 psi, temperatures in excess of 250 degrees Fahrenheit and have resistance to all foam generating solutions. The seals shall be internally lubricated. The waterway seals shall have automatic centering guides constructed of synthetic thermalpolymer. The guides shall provide positive centering of the extendible sections within each other and the base section to insure longer service life and smoother operation. / V 437. AERIAL MONITOR An Akron, Model 3578 monitor with stow and deploy shall be provided at the tip with.a Akron 1250 gpm Model 5177. The monitor's functions shall be controlled electrically from two (2) separate locations. One (1) control shall be located at the control console and the other at the ladder tip. There shall be a courtesy light the tip the to illuminate the controls. at of aerial 438. AERIAL WATERWAY IFLOWMETER A Fire Research Corporation (FRC), Model DF430, digital flow indicator with a four (4) digit LED display shall be provided for the aerial waterway at the turntable control station. The display shall have a flow totalizer, programmable high and low flow warnings, and automatically adjust LED brightness for day /night viewing. 439. AERIAL WATERWAY INLET The aerial waterway shall be plumbed from the fifth wheel area to the waterway swivel with 4.00" pipe. 1.13 of 1.34 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 251 of 339 1 APPENDIX .A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No A 5.00" inlet shall be located on each side of the apparatus complete with a chrome plated cap. The individual "line" pressure gauges for the inlets shall be manufactured by Class 1. They shall be a minimum of 3.50" in diameter and shall have white faces with black lettering. Gauges shall be compound type with a vacuum /pressure range of 30.00 " -0- 600#. The individual pressure gauge shall be installed as close to the inlet as practical. 440. WATERWAY LOCKING SYSTEM The aerial ladder waterway monitor shall be capable of being positioned at either the fly section or at the next lower section of the ladder. The monitor location shall be changeable by the use of a single handle, located at the side of the ladder. The handle, attached to a cam bracket, shall simply be moved forward to lock the monitor at the fly section and back to lock it to the previous section. There shall be no pins to remove and reinstall. The monitor shall be operational at all times, regardless of its position, without connecting or disconnecting electrical lines. The aerial waterway 1.50" drain valve shall be mounted horizontal with a stainless steel extension with an elbow at the end to direct water to the rear of the tiller tractor on both the driver and passenger side. Valve acuation shall be with a handle easily accessible from the side of the apparatus. This option shall not include the drain valve itself. This option calls for the pipe and the valve to be painted job color. 441. 2.50" AUXILIARY OUTLET AT AERIAL TIP An auxiliary hose connection outlet shall be supplied at the tip of the aerial ladder. It shall be located on the left hand side of the aerial waterway. Flow to the auxiliary outlet shall be supplied by 2.50" piping. A 2.50" valve with quarter turner shut -off shall be provided. A 2.50" to 1.50" reducer with cap and chain shall be provided. Flow to the aerial waterway monitor shall be controlled by a 4.00" aluminum butterfly valve with a non - rising stem and crank handle. The valve shall be located at the monitor inlet. A 200 psi relief valve and a .75" automatic drain valve shall be supplied in the waterway at the tip. 442. WATERWAY INLET ADAPTERS One (1) Akron gated 5" x 2.5" siamese adapter shall be provided for waterway inlet. One (1) Akron gated 5" x 4" adapter shall be provided for waterway inlet. 114 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 252 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 443. MANUALS Two (2) operator maintenance manuals and two (2) wiring diagrams pertaining to the aerial device shall be provided with the apparatus at time of delivery. Wiring diagrams shall be provided on CD and printed version. 444. INITIAL INSTRUCTION On initial delivery of the fire apparatus, the contractor shall supply a qualified representative to demonstrate the apparatus and provide initial instruction to the fire department regarding the operation, care, and maintenance of the apparatus for a period of three (3) days. V 445. ADDITIONAL AERIAL TRAINING There shall be one (1) additional aerial training day provided by the manufacturer with a training engineer. This is in addition to the standard three (3) days. 446. TELLER CAB A permanently mounted tiller cab shall be located on top of the tiller trailer, to the rear of the aerial ladder. The maximum overall height of the tiller cab shall not exceed 134.00" (NO EXCEPTION). The tiller cab shall be totally enclosed. The cab windshield shall be automotive approved tinted safety glass and shall provide a minimum of 1,513 square inches of clear viewing area. Each side window, directly rearward of the windshield, shall be more than 536 square inches. The side windows, combined with the windshield, shall provide a minimum of 2,585 square inches of unobstructed viewing area. In order to provide maximum visibility for the tillerman, there shall be no corner posts at the forward corners of the windshield. (no exception). The upper area of each tiller cab door shall be contoured into the roof, providing greater clearance when entering and exiting the tiller cab. The tiller cab doors shall be equipped with drop -down sliding window. The windows shall be 18.00" wide x 31.00" high. The rear wall of the tiller cab shall have a vertically -split sliding window. The window shall be 33.50" wide x 27.75" high. The tiller cab floor shall be constructed of aluminum treadplate. A two (2) speed electric windshield wiper with washer shall be provided for the front windshield. The windshield washer reservoir shall have a capacity of two (2) quarts and shall be located forward of the tiller cab. An adjustable, telescopic steering column shall be provided. Auxiliary lighting inside the tiller cab shall consist of a red /clear overhead dome light with an integral switch. The red lens shall be controlled by the lens 115 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 253 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No switch only and the clear light shall be controlled by the lens switch or the door switch. The diagnostic plug for the trailer ABS system shall be provided in the driver side tiller access stepwell, behind the fuel fill door. The following controls /alarms shall be provided inside the tiller cab: - Buzzer signaling system with push button in tiller cab steering wheel as well as a labeled push button in the tractor cab, within reach of the driver. - Jackknife alarm The following shall be provided on the steering column support pedestal: - Two (2) heater /defroster outlets - Heaterldefroster control switch The cornering lights shall be controlled by a switch on the steering column (these lights shall also come on with turn signal activation). The following controls /gauges shall be located in the upper control panel: - Step light switch - Tiller wheel position indicator gauge. (L -C -R) - Two (2) 2.00" diameter amber turn signals - Windshield wiper /washer control switch 447. TILLER CAB HEATER The cab shall be equipped with a 13,650 BTU heater /defroster. The heater shall have a multi -speed motor and thermostatic control located in the tiller cab within reach of the tillerman. The heater shall be diesel fueled and shall have a separate three (3) gallon diesel fuel tank which shall provide a minimum of 23 hours of continuous running time. The fuel tank shall be recessed in the body, behind the driver side tiller cab access steps. There shall be a minimum of two (2) defrost outlets in the cab for maximum defrost performance. The heater /defrost system shall have an airflow of 85 cfm. 448. TILLER CAB SEAT A seat shall be provided in the tiller cab. The seat shall be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat shall include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control shall be a towel -bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. The seat shall have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to 0 degrees forward. The seat back shall be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, and shall include minimum 7.50" deep 116 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 254 of 339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat shall be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat shall be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that shall activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat shall be furnished with a three - point, shoulder type seat belt. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the seat belt shall have a minimum 120.00" shoulder length and 55.00" lap length. The seat belt tongue shall be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle shall be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt shall be furnished with dual automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. The seat belt webbing shall be red in color. 449. TILLER CAB STEPS For access to the tiller cab, two (2) sets of steps shall be furnished at the rear of the apparatus, one set each side. The bottom three (3) access steps shall be full width, approximately 21.00" wide, and located just behind the tiller axle. The top step shall be full width, approximately 18.50" wide. The steps shall be securely reinforced and constructed of aluminum treadplate. Handrails shall be provided on each side of the step assemblies for maximum safety. The steps shall be illuminated for nighttime operation. f 450. JACKKNIFE ALARM An audible and visual warning system shall be provided to warn both drivers when the jackknife position approaches the maximum allowable angle. 451. TILLER WARNING INDICATOR A warning indicator in the tractor cab shall be activated if the parking brake is released and the tiller driver is not present in the tiller cab. 452. CONVEX MIRRORS (TILLER CAB) A 10.00" diameter round adjustable convex mirror with fixed arm shall be installed on each side of tiller cab. A wedge bracket shall be installed between the tiller cab face and the mounting tube for the mirror. This shall allow the mirrors to be adjusted at a greater downward angle. 453. ENGINE START ENABLE SWITCH IN TILLER CAB There shall be a foot switch in the tiller cab that shall enable the engine to be started. / 454. WINDOW DEFROST FANS ✓/ Two (2) window defrost fans shall be mounted in forward corners. 455. TILLER TRAILER FRAME The gooseneck area of the tiller trailer shall be constructed of 100,000 psi minimum yield strength steel. The gooseneck area shall have a section modulus of 289.00 cu. in. and a resistance to bending moment of 28,900,000 inch pounds. 117 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 255 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The gooseneck area shall be 46.00" wide x 13.50" deep. The tiller trailer frame shall be box type construction to effectively resist trailer twist. The side rails shall have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the trailer, with a continuous smooth taper to a 10.75" over the tiller axle. The frame rails shall be constructed of 80,000 psi minimum yield strength heat treated .38" thick steel, with 3,50" wide flanges and covered by top and bottom plates to form a ridged box structure. Cover plates shall be 50,000 psi minimum yield strength steel. The tiller trailer frame shall have a section modulus of 257.70 cu. in., and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 12,880,000 inch pounds over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cu. in. with an rbm of 2,085,803 inch pounds over the rear axle. The overall length of the tiller trailer frame shall be 468.00 ". 456. WALKWAY, TURNTABLE TO BODY A walkway shall be provided from the aerial turntable to the tiller body. 457. TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE V The tiller trailer axle shall be of the independent torsion bar suspension design with a ground rating of 22,800 lb. Upper and lower control arms shall be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings shall be made of 100,000 -psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting shall be made of 55,000 -psi yield ductile iron. The center cross members and side plates shall be constructed out of 80,000 - psi yield strength steel. Each control arm shall be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings shall rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing shall also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations. The upper control arm shall be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative chamber above rated load. Camber at load shall be zero degrees for optimum tire life. The kingpin bearing shall be of low friction design and be sealed for life. Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the trailer shall be provided. The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle. The steering linkage shall provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase. 118 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39256 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FORA TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The turning angle shall be 24 degrees or greater. 458. TILLER TRAILER STEERING L Dual Sheppard M110 steering gears, with integral heavy -duty power steering, shall be provided. The steering wheel shall be 18.00" in diameter, and capable of tilting and telescoping. 459. BRAKES The tiller trailer brakes shall be Knorr /Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. . 460. TILLER TRAILER SUSPENSION Independent suspension shall be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 lb. Each wheel shall have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each wheel end shall also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension. The suspension design shall be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms. The torsion bar type spring and anchor lock system shall allow for simple lean adjustments without the use of shims. Adjustment for a lean shall be accomplished within 15 minutes. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows 4.00" of ride height adjustment per side. 461. TIRES V Tiller trailer tires shall be Michelin 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply all- position XZY3 wide base tread, rated for 22,800 lb maximum axle load and 65 mph maximum speed. 462. TILLER WHEELS V The tires shall be mounted on 22.50" x 12.25" hub piloted Alcoa polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10) -stud 11.25' bolt circle. Wheels are to be the same as steering axle on tractor. 463. OIL SEALS Oil seals shall be provided on the tiller axle. 464. DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER Provide, one (1) dry chemical portable fire extinguisher with a minimum 80 -B:C rating"mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. Location TBD at Pre - Con. 465. WATER EXTINGUISHER Provide (1) 2.5 gallon or larger water extinguisher mounted in a bracket / fastened to the apparatus. Location TBD at Pre -Con. 466. CO2 EXTINGUISHER Provide (1) 10 Pound,CO2 extinguisher with mounting bracket fastened to the / V apparatus. Location TBD at Pre -Con. 11.9 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39257 of 339 APPENDIX A -SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 467. VVIRING SCHEMATIC One (1) laminated 34" x 44" drawing of the detailed wiring schematic shall be provided for the 120/240 -volt electrical system. A CD -Rom version shall also be provided. 468. PAINT The cab shall be two -tone, with the upper section painted White #267 upper along with a shield design on the cab face and lower section of the cab and body painted #107 Red Lower. (Paint colors shall match newest fire apparatus). 469. TILLER CAS PAINT The tiller cab shall be painted Red #107. 470. PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY (/ The chassis frame assembly shall be painted job color before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine, drive shafts and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc. Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that shall be painted job color are frame rails, cross members, axles, suspension, steering gear, fuel tank, body substructure supports, miscellaneous mounting brackets, etc. V/ 471. TRANSIT COATING All non - painted metal surfaces on the exterior of the vehicle shall be sprayed with a corrosion protective coating provided by Carwell. The coating can be removed with soap and water. The coating is made of a linseed oil base and is biodegradable. The underside non - painted metal surfaces shall also be coated with a corrosion protective coating. 472. COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT The interior of compartments shall be painted with a gray spatter type paint. 473, AERIAL DEVICE PAINT COLOR V/ The aerial device (turntable and ladder sections) shall be painted white. The support structure, rotation motor, components below the rotation point, stabilizers, torque box, tiller axle and suspension, shall be cleaned, caulked, primed and painted job color -Red #107. The tip of the ladder shall be painted Red #107. 474. REFLECTIVE SAND A 6.00" white reflective band shall be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body and outlined with black pin - stripe. The reflective band provided on the cab face shall be at the headlight level. 475. CHEVRON STRIPING. REAR There shall be alternating chevron striping located on the rear - facing vertical surface; of the apparatus including the rear door and bumper. The tillerman cab shall not be covered. 120 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13-39 258 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The colors shall be red and yellow diamond grade and outlined with black pin- stripe. . Each stripe shall be 6.00" in width. This shall meet the requirements of NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, which states that 50% of the rear surface shall be covered with chevron striping. 476. REFLECTIVE STRIPE ON STABILIZERS There shall be a 4.00" wide white reflective stripe provided on the forward and rear facing side of all aerial stabilizers. 477. JOGS IN REFLECTIVE BAND f The reflective band located on each side of the apparatus body shall contain one (1) jog(s) and shall be angled at approximately a 45 degrees when installed. / 478. REFLECTIVE OUTLINE STRIPE V/ A .25" black reflective outline shall be applied to the top and the bottom of the reflective band. There shall be one (1) set of outline stripes required. 479. REFLECTIVE STRIPE, CAB DOORS A 6.00" x 16.00" white reflective stripe shall be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe shall be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel. This stripe shall meet the NFPA 1901 requirement. 480. REFLECTIVE STRIPE, TILLERMAN DOORS A 6.00" x 16.00" white reflective stripe shall be provided across the interior of each tillerman's entry door. The stripe shall be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel. 481. CAB STRIPE There shall be a simulated gold leaf stripe provided on both sides of the cab at paint break. 482. AERIAL BOOM SIGN STRIPING There shall be simulated gold leaf stripes along all edges of the aerial boom sign. The stripes shall have a white outline with black shade and a scroll at each corner. / ✓ 483. LETTERING The lettering shall be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl. Doors- Thirty-Two (32) simulated gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade shall be provided. "Newport Beach Fire" Aerial Sian- Thirty-Two (32) simulated gold leaf lettering, 10.00" high, with outline and shade shall be provided. "Newport Beach Fire" Painted Plates- There shall be reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There shall be twenty -four (24) letters provided. 121 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 259 of 339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONSFORATRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No Cab Roof Painted Plates- There shall be reflective lettering, 12.00" high. There shall be six (6) letters provided. V 484. PAINTED PLATES FOR LETTERING There shall be five (5) painted aluminum plates provided for department lettering. The plates shall be painted to match the primary color of the truck. They shall be mounted roof, front bumper, crew cab doors and rear. and shall be (4) 6" X 26" for crew cab, front bumper & rear. (1) 14" x 46" for roof With counter sunk holes for screws. 485. MALTESE CROSS EMBLEM There shall be one pair of 10.00" high quality simulated gold /silver leaf emblems provided and installed on cab doors each side. / 486. CAB GRILLE DESIGN An American flag design shall be painted on the cab grille. 487. MANLSAL. (FIRE APPARATUS PARTS Two (2) custom parts manuals for the complete fire apparatus shall be provided in hard copy with the completed unit. One (1) compact disc (CD) shall also be provided that shall include all of the information from the above manual. The manual shall contain the following: Sob number Part numbers with full descriptions Table of contents Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in Alphabetical order Instructions on how to locate parts The manual shall be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It shall not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 488. SERVICE PARTS INTERNET SITE The service parts information included in this manual is also available on the factory website. The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly. 489. MANUALS, CHASSIS SERVICE Two (2) chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on major components shall be provided with the completed unit. One (1) compact disk (CD) shall also be provided that shall include all of the information from the above manual. 122 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39260 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FORA TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The manuals shall contain the following sections: - Job number - Table of contents - Troubleshooting - Front Axle /Suspension - Brakes - Engine - Tires - Wheels - Cab - Electrical, DC - Air Systems - Plumbing - Appendix The manual shall be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It shall not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. / 490. MANUALS, CHASSIS OPERA71ON 1/ Two (2) chassis operation manuals shall be provided. One (1) compact disk (CD) shall also be provided that shall include all of the information from the above manual. 491. ONE (a) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a minimum one (1) year basic apparatus material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover such portions of the apparatus built by the manufacturer as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package. (no exception). / 492. ENGINE WARRANTY V A five (5) year limited engine warranty shall be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package. 493. STEERING GEAR WARRANTY A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty shall be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package. 123 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39261 of 339 APPENDIX A- SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 494. ANTI -LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WARRANTY The Wabco ABS system shall come with a three (3) year or 300,000 mile parts and labor warranty provided by Meritor Wabco Vehicle Control Systems. 495. FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The chassis frame shall be provided with a fifty (50) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover the chassis frame as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 496. FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND r , / WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY V Independent front suspension shall be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The manufacturer's warranty shall provide that the independent front suspension and steering gears be'free from any defect related to material and workmanship on the portion of the apparatus built by the manufacturer that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 497. REAR AXLE TWO (2) YEAR MATERIAL AND V WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A MeritorTm Axle 2 year limited warranty shall be provided. 498. TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE WARRANTY The non drive axle system shall have a three (3) year parts and labor warranty. 499. TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY J The new cab shall be provided with a ten (10) year material and workmanship t/ limited .warranty. The warranty shall cover such portions of the cab built by the manufacturer as being free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 500. TEN (10) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a ten (10) year pro - rated / paint and corrosion limited warranty on the apparatus cab. The warranty shall V cover painted exterior surfaces of the body to be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion, or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection that would arise under normal use and service. A copy,of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 124 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 262 of339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 501. FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The electronic modules and display(s) shall be provided with a five (5) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover electronic modules to be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 502. TRANSMISSION WARRANTY The transmission shall have a five (5) year /unlimited mileage warranty V covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty is to be provided by Allison Transmission and not the apparatus builder. 503. TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a ten (10) year material and workmanship limited warranty on the apparatus body. The warranty shall cover such portions of the apparatus built by the manufacturer as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package: (NO EXCEPTIONS). 504. ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Gortite roll -up door limited warranty shall be provided. The mechanical components of the roll -up door shall be warranted against defects in material and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. A six (6) year limited warranty shall be provided on painted and satin roll up doors. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package. 505. PUMP WARRANTY A Waterous five (5) year warranty shall be provided for the pump. 506. TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY The stainless steel plumbing components and ancillary brass fittings used in the construction of the water /foam plumbing system shall be warranted for a period of ten (10) years or 100,000 miles. This covers structural failures caused by defective design or workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion, provided the apparatus is used in a normal and reasonable manner. This warranty is extended only to the original purchaser for a period of ten years from the date of delivery. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 507. TWENTY (20) YEAR AERIAL DEVICE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY WARRANTY The aerial device shall be provided with a twenty (20) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover such portions of the apparatus built by the manufacturer as being free from defects in material and 125 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 263 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. This warranty shall be limited to the torque box, turntable, aerial sections and other structural components. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 508. AERIAL SWIVEL WARRANTY An Amity five (5) year limited swivel warranty shall be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). f 509. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS WARRANTY Aerial hydraulic system components shall be provided with a five (5) year material and workmanship limited warranty. 510. HYDRAULIC SEAL WARRANTY Aerial hydraulic seals shall be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty. A copy of the warranty certificates shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 511. AERIAL WATERWAY WARRANTY An Amity ten (10) year limited waterway warranty shall be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 512. FOUR (4) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION The aerial device shall be provided with a four (4) year pro -rated paint and corrosion limited warranty. The warranty shall cover exterior painted surfaces of the aerial device to be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion, or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 513. TWO (2) YEAR GENERATOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Harrison Hydra -Gen generator 2 year limited warranty shall be provided. 514. TEN (10) YEAR PRORATED PAINT AND CORROSION Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a ten (10) year pro -rated paint and corrosion limited warranty on the apparatus body. The warranty shall cover painted exterior surfaces of the body to be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion, or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 126 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 264 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR - DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 515. THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The simulated gold leaf lamination shall be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover the gold leaf lamination as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). ✓ 516. VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1901, current edition, section 4.13, Vehicle Stability.; The certification shall be provided at the time of proposal. 517. ENGINE IINSTALLA71ON CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the proposer's chassis. The certification shall be provided at the time of proposal. / 538. POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION ✓ The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification shall be provided at the time of proposal. 519. CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification states that the cab must meet or exceed the requirements below: - European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29 - SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi - Static Loading Heavy Trucks - SAE 12420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks - Roof Crush The cab shall be subjected to a roof crush force of 100,000 lb. This value shall be 450 percent of the ECE 29 criteria, which must be equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons. - Side Impact The cab shall be subjected to dynamic preload with a 13,275 -lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000,ft -lb of energy. This test shall closely represent the forces a cab shall see in a rollover incident. - Frontal Impact The cab shall withstand a frontal force produced from 65,200 ft -lb of energy using a swing -bob type platen. 127 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 265 of 339 APPENDIXA - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR-DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No The same cab shall withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area. There shall be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance shall lead to immediate rejection of proposal. 520. CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors shall survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The proposer shall certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 521. WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION if Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers shall survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The proposer shall certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria: 522. SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design shall withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages. The proposer shall certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. 523. SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design shall be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The proposer shall certify that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. 524. CAB DEFROSTER CERTIFICATIONN Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system shall clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles. The proposer shall certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria. 525. CAB HEATER CERTIFICATION Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in- transit, or at a scene. The cab heaters shall warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold -soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J38L The proposer shall certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. 128 of 134 City of Newport Beach P.FP No. 13 -39 266 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 526. AMP DRAW REPORT The proposer shall provide, at the time of proposal and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system. The manufacturer of the apparatus shall provide the following: 1) Documentation of the electrical system performance tests. 2) A written load analysis, which shall include the following: A) The nameplate rating of the alternator. B) The alternator rating under the conditions specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). C) The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). D) Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load. E) Each individual intermittent load. All of the above listed items shall be provided by the proposer per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). 527. HAND TOOLS AND APPLIANCES/ LOOSE EQUIPMENT MOUNTING All fire department supplied hand tools and appliances /loose equipment shall be mounted in specified compartments prior to delivery. Brackets shall be custom fabricated, Pac -Trac or comparable quality. DRIVER SIDE (FRONT TO REAR) D7 2 -HAND LANTERNS 1 -AXE W /SCABBARD 1 -CAB TILT REMOTE D6 1 -SCBA 1 -GAM 1- PORTABLE TOOL BAG 3 -ROLLS OF FIRELINE TAPE 1 -FLAT ROLLED GARDEN HOSE 4- DOUBLE MALES 1 -2 1/2" TO GARDEN HOSE ADAPTER i- HYDRANT WRENCH 1- MALLET 1 -BOX OF FLARES 1- CONTAINER GAS PUTTY 2 -TIE DOWN STRAPS 129 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 267 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No D5 2 -LARGE AIR BAGS KPI44 2 -SMALL AIR BAGS KPI32 4 -AIR BAG PROTECTION PADS 2 -LARGE RESCUE 42 STRUTS 2 -SMALL RESCUE 42 STRUTS 2- RESCUE 42 HARDWARE BAGS (1- PRIMARY 1- SECONDARY) 1- SAWZALL 2 -STEP CHOCKS 1- HOLMATRO SECUNET 1 -SMALL EXTRICATION TOOL POUCH 1 -HONDA GENERATOR 2 -LARGE BOTTLE JACKS (12 1/2 TON) 2 -SMALL BOTTLE JACKS (30 TON) 1- HOLMATRO POWER UNIT 1- HOLMATRO SPREADERS 1- HOLMATRO CUTTERS 1- HOLMATRO LARGE RAMS 1- HOLMATRO SMALL RAMS D5 FRONT MIDDLE SLIDE OUT TRAY AIRBAG ACCESORY BOX PAK 90 HAMMER PAK 90 ACCESORY BAG SPARE SCBA BOTTLE 1135 REAR MIDDLE SLIDE OUT TRAY 2- HOLMATRO HYDRAULIC HOSES HOLMATRO RAM SUPPORT D4 FRONT TOOLBOARD REAR TOOLBOARD 2 -36" WRECKING BARS 4- SQUEEGEES W /HANDLES 2 -8LB SLEDGE HAMMERS 1- HYDRANT STREET KEY W /HANDLE 1 -LARGE BOLT CUTTERS 1 -GAS KEY WITH COMMERCIAL ADAPTER 1 -SMALL BOLT CUTTERS 2 -HAY HOOKS 1 -A TOOL 2 -ROUND POINT SHOVELS 1- RAMBAR 2- SQUARE POINT SHOVELS 1 -SETS OF IRONS 2 -SCOOP SHOVELS 1 -K TOOL 2- STREET BROOMS W /HANDLES 1- ELEVATOR KIT 4- PRYBARS 1 -AUTO LOCK OUT KIT W /BIG EASY 1 -KNOX BOX SERVICE BAG 2- PORTABLE LIGHTS 2 -GFCI BOXES 130 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 268 of 339 I APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 2 -25' EXTENSION CORDS 2 -50' EXTENSION CORDS 1 -SET OF STRING LIGHTS 3- ELECTRICAL PIG TAILS 1 -BAG OF ELECTRICAL ADAPTERS D4 BELOW TOOLBOARDS 4 -4X4 CRIB PACKS (8 -24" 4X4'S AND 2 -4X4 WEDGES PER PACK) D3 1- LADDER TIP ROPE ROLLER 1- LADDER TIP ANCHOR POINT 1- UTILITY LINE 1 -LOW ANGLE ROPE PRE RIG 1- STOKES BASKET PRE RIG 1- TOOLBOX W/4 RADIOS AND DETECTOR SMOKE 2 -EDGE ROLLERS 1 -BAG W /EXTRA PULLEYS 3- RESCUE HELMETS 1 -BAG W /VICTIM WAIST AND CHEST HARNESS AND 2- RESCUER CHEST HARNESSES 1- LIFELINE ROPE BAG 1- SAFETY LINE ROPE BAG 1- ELECTRIC BLOWER 2 -SETS OF MUDDERS 1 -SWIFT WATER RESCUE ROPE BAG D2 18 -SCBA BOTTLES 6- PICKETS Dl 1 -DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER 1 -WATER EXTINGUISHER 1 -0O2 EXTINGUISHER 1 -CLASS D EXTINGUISHER D UPPER COMPARTMENTS (ABOVE D2) FRONT REAR 1 -CASE OF WATER 5- SALVAGE COVERS 5- TRAFFIC CONES D TOP COFFIN BOX 9 -FULL LENGTH 4X4'S 4 -ELLIS JACKS 2- 4X4 CRIB PACKS (8 -24" 4X4`S AND 2 -4X4 WEDGES PER PACK) 1 -2X4 CRIB PACK (16 -24" 2X4'S AND 16 2X4 WEDGES) 4 -EXTRA 4X4 WEDGES TOP STOKES COMPARTMENT 1- STOKES BASKET 131 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 269 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 2- BACKBOARDS 1- MILLER BOARD LADDER COMPARTMENT 1 -10' ATTIC LADDER 1 -16' ROOF LADDER 1 -20' ROOF LADDER 2 -35' EXTENSION LADDERS 1 -30' EXTENSION LADDER 1 -6' RUBBISH HOOK 1 -8' RUBBISH HOOK 2 -6' GATOR BACK PIKE POLE 2 -8' GATOR BACK PIKE POLE 2 -12' GATOR BACK PIKE POLE PASSENGER SIDE (FRONT TO REAR) P7 2 -HAND LANTERNS 1 -AXE W /SCABBARD P6 2- SCBA'S PS 2 -24" GAS BLOWERS 2 -MS441 CHAINSAWS 1 -BAG OF ROTARY SAW BLADES 1 -6' RUBBISH HOOK 1 -TS700 ROTARY SAW 1 -CAN PREMIX FUEL 1 -CAN REGULAR FUEL P5 FRONT MIDDLE SLIDE OUT TRAY 1- BLOWER EXHAUST HOSE P5 REAR MIDDLE SLIDE OUT TRAY 1- BLOWER EXHAUST HOSE P4 FRONT TOOLBOARD REAR TOOLBOARD SEE D4 SEE D4 P4 BELOW TOOLBOARDS 1- BUCKET OF SAND 1- BUCKET OF ADSORB 1 -ON BOARD TOOLBOX P3 1 -CPR BOARD 1 -KED SPLINT 132 of 134 City of Newpoit Beach RFP No. 13 -39 270 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 1 -BAG W/4 INFECTIOUS CONTROL KITS 1- TOOLBOX W /N95 MASKS 1 -BAG OF TEDDY BEARS 2 -MEGA MOVERS 1- ANIMAL RESCUE KIT 1 -OB KIT 3 -BURN SHEETS 3- EMERGENCY BLANKETS 3- BO17LES OF STERILE SALINE 1- BO17LE CAVICIDE 1- BOTTLE HAND SANITIZER 1 -AED 1- MEDICAL BOX 1- AIRWAY BAG 1 -AIR SPLINT BAG 1 -SPARE 02 BOTTLE 1 -BAG OF SPARE C COLLARS 1 -RIC PACK W /ROPE BAG 1 -RIC TOOL BAG 1 -BAKER BOARD 1 -RIC MEGA MOVER P2 1 -AMMO BOX 8D NAILS 1 -AMMO BOX 16D NAILS 1- LITTLE GIANT LADDER 1 -ROLL OF VISQUEEN 1- REDWOOD LATHE BUNDLES 1- SPRINKLER KIT P1 1 -SCBA 1 -AXE W /SCABBARD 1 -HAND LANTERN P UPPER COMPARTMENTS (ABOVE P2) FRONT REAR 1- BUILDING MARKING KIT 4- SALVAGE COVERS 1- SHORING KIT 3 -HALL RUNNERS 1 -ROOF KIT 3 -CARRY ALLS 2- COLLAPSIBLE BUCKETS P TOP COFFIN BOX 1 -WMD BOX 1 -PRE DECON BAG 1 -POST DECON BAG 1 -HOT STICKS 1 -HOT CUTTERS I.- SUBMERSIBLE PUMP 133 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39 271 of 339 APPENDIX A - SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRACTOR -DRAWN QUINT APPARATUS Proposer Complies? Yes No 1 -50' OF 2'/2" HIGH RISE PACK W /NOZZLE AND 2 1/2 "' GATED WYE W /10' OF 2 1 /2" HOSE 1 -50' OF 2 1/2" HOSE PACK 1 -100' OF 1 3 /4" HIGH RISE PACK W /NOZZLE AND 2 1/2" TO 1 1/2" GATED WYE 1 -PAIR OF LINEMAN GLOVES EQUIPMENT MOUNTED TO LADDER 1 -14' SPECIAL DUTY LADDER 1 -6' RUBBISH HOOK 134 of 134 City of Newport Beach RFP No. 13 -39272 of339 ATTACHMENT A: STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE Instructions: Each proposal must be accompanied by a signed Statement of Compliance. The Proposer must sign one, and only one of the declarations stated below and remit as part of your Proposal os Attachment A. No Exceptions. The undersigned declares that the Proposal submitted by (Name of Firm) Pierce Manfacturing Co. Inc. to provide fire apparatus as described in RFP No. 13-39-was prepared in strict compliance with the instructions, conditions, and terms listed in the P 'c�`3� i 'catiio s and Draft Agreement with no exceptions taken. �/jj May 2, 2013 Signature Date Kevin M. Newell, Sales Representative Printed Name and Title Exceptions. By signing below, the Proposer acknowledges that the Proposal submitted by (Name of Firm) has been prepared in consideration of and with exception to some of the terms of the RFP, Vehicle Specifications and Draft Agreement. By signing below, the Proposer declares that the Proposal includes a statement that identifies each item to which the Proposer is taking exception or is recommending change, includes the suggested rewording of the contractual obligations or suggested change in the RFP, and identifies the reasons for submitting the proposed exception or change. The City reserves the right to reject any declarations that are not accompanied with the required documentation as described above. Signature Printed Name and Title [ See Following Page j Date 16 Page 273 of 339 274 of339 EXHIBIT B PRICING PROPOSAL Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 275 of 339 276 of 339 City of Newport Beach 100% Pre - Payment Option May 3, 2013 ::476=00 If a 100% pre - payment were made at contract signing, the following discount would be applied to the final invoice: 100' Heavy Duty Tractor Drawn Aerial with a pump Performance Bond 100% Prepayment Discount APPARATUS COST $ 1,098,086.74 EACH $ 3,294.26 EACH $ (38,213.00) EACH $ 1,063,168.00 EACH TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE $ 1,148,221.44 EACH Less 100% pre - payment at Contract Signing $ 1,148,221.44 EACH BALANCE DUE AT DELIVERY $0.00 EACH 100% PRE - PAYMENT DISCOUNT SHOWN ABOVE IS AVAILABLE IN TWO WAYS: a) If your department makes a 100% cash pre- payment at contract signing. Discount for the 100% pre - payment option includes discounts for the chassis, interest, aerial (if applicable), and Flooring charges. Any item added after this option is elected will come at additional cost and will be added to the final invoice. 277 of 339 EXHIBIT C WARRANTY Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 278 of 339 279 of 339 Firm :an 111 f2Ntic I I e A��:ar.atu Ten (30) Year Material and Workmanship Stainless Steel Piping 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer. The Tmfited wan arly shall apply any u the product is property mammmed in accordance with Prances maintenance 'vxs Wdions and manuals ark N used be service which k normal . the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defeat or nonconformity, it must nary Pierce in wridng within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery. but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty Period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 3/22/2012 WA0035 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as lo: (a) any Integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierre, Including but not limited to engines, transmissions; ch1w,tnes, awes, water pumps and ganeralams with respect to all such pans, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof: (b) any vehicle, chassts, or component, pan. attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect. fire, exposure th severe envrenmental or chemical cenotaphs. acidic environment. improper maintenance, accident. crash. or fome maleure such as natural disaster. lightning, eaMquake, windstorm, hail, flood. war or rid: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component. pad. attachment or accessary that has been moored, altered or assembled in anyway by arty person car entity other than Pierce which. in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance. stability or purpose for which l was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary mums wear cut and have to be replaced tluring the warranty peace, Including. but not ['united to, Urea, fluids. gaskets and fight bulbs. Ptome assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its pads or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in pad or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior wdllen approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, allocations or aftennarkel pans added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY. ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMED Ii the product fags to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the wearea ry parivd, and such nonconformity Is not due to misuse, neglect. accident or repmper mainlenmce, Boyer must notiy, Farm within the (rate period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the Product available tot inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. Al me request A Pierce, any allegedly defective product shag be returned to Pleme by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such eansponation, and for risk of loss of or damage to me product tluring transportation. Within a ...enable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pretax's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Piece. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pismo and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL. SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EOUITY. WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS. ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO. REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the ge ecalily of the foregoing. Pierce spec fcally diseases any liab0ity, for property or personal injury damages. penalties, damages for lost prof Ls cr revenues, loss of vehicles or produces or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, do .dime, delay damages, any other types of economic lass, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Nnle: Any Surely Band, if a pad of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided. applies only to this Pierre Basic One Year limited Warranty for such vehcle, and not to other wmart m mere by Pierce in a separate docuenal (if any) or to the wmmaNies (it any) made by any manufacturer (other than Plume) of any pad. component, atlechamm or accessory that is incorporated into or ehachod to the vehicle. 280 of 339 Stainless steal piping shall he free from structural failures Coverage: caused by defects In material and workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion. Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (Issued when the product ships from me factory). Warranty Period Ten(10)Years Ends After. 1 or 100,000 Mlles Name's obligation under this warranty Is limited to repairing or replacing without charge, as Pierce may else% the Conditions and stainless steel piping or components which Pierce Exclusions: determines to have failed due to defective material and workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion. See Also Paragraphs This warranty does not cover the use or nuoroprotein(FP) 2 thru 4 type foam. The sodium chloride within FP foam can cause long-tam damage to system components if not thoroughly flushed Immediately after use. The Tmfited wan arly shall apply any u the product is property mammmed in accordance with Prances maintenance 'vxs Wdions and manuals ark N used be service which k normal . the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defeat or nonconformity, it must nary Pierce in wridng within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery. but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty Period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 3/22/2012 WA0035 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as lo: (a) any Integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierre, Including but not limited to engines, transmissions; ch1w,tnes, awes, water pumps and ganeralams with respect to all such pans, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof: (b) any vehicle, chassts, or component, pan. attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect. fire, exposure th severe envrenmental or chemical cenotaphs. acidic environment. improper maintenance, accident. crash. or fome maleure such as natural disaster. lightning, eaMquake, windstorm, hail, flood. war or rid: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component. pad. attachment or accessary that has been moored, altered or assembled in anyway by arty person car entity other than Pierce which. in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance. stability or purpose for which l was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary mums wear cut and have to be replaced tluring the warranty peace, Including. but not ['united to, Urea, fluids. gaskets and fight bulbs. Ptome assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its pads or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in pad or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior wdllen approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, allocations or aftennarkel pans added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY. ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMED Ii the product fags to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the wearea ry parivd, and such nonconformity Is not due to misuse, neglect. accident or repmper mainlenmce, Boyer must notiy, Farm within the (rate period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the Product available tot inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. Al me request A Pierce, any allegedly defective product shag be returned to Pleme by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such eansponation, and for risk of loss of or damage to me product tluring transportation. Within a ...enable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pretax's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Piece. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pismo and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL. SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EOUITY. WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS. ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO. REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the ge ecalily of the foregoing. Pierce spec fcally diseases any liab0ity, for property or personal injury damages. penalties, damages for lost prof Ls cr revenues, loss of vehicles or produces or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, do .dime, delay damages, any other types of economic lass, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Nnle: Any Surely Band, if a pad of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided. applies only to this Pierre Basic One Year limited Warranty for such vehcle, and not to other wmart m mere by Pierce in a separate docuenal (if any) or to the wmmaNies (it any) made by any manufacturer (other than Plume) of any pad. component, atlechamm or accessory that is incorporated into or ehachod to the vehicle. 280 of 339 Dare and Rescue Appwraq s One (1) Year Material and Workmanship Basic Apparatus Lii»itec• �rr�� �t 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the fallowing wan usly to the Buyer: This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which Is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce In writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. %a[:7E' TITd(��I�iZ1IlIlI:] Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein. Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral pans, components, al'adments or trade accessories of or to the product that am and manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines. transmissions. drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such pads. components. attachments and accessories. Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by me respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or componenl, pan, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions. acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident. crash, or fame majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood. war or riot; (c) any vehicle. chassis or component, pad, attachment or accessory [hat has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, In the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance. stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or pads which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited lo, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemofies Into Mishing products or vehicles unless me assembly Is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in pad or in its entirely if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs. modifications. alterations or aflermarkel parts added after manufacture without the aulhmizallon of Pierce may void this warranty. THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set form In pamgmph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity Is not due to misuse. neglect, accident or improper maintenance. Buyer must notify Pierce within the lime period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce , any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transports Non, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable lime, Pierce shall repair or replace (al Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pads. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance In writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL. SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER. WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS. ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, families, damages for last profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment cast of substitute vehicles or products. down-0me, delay damages. any other types of economic lass, or for any claims by any third perry for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, its pan of the sale either vehicle as to which This limited warmnfy is providers, appres arty to this Pierce Basic One Year Limffed Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warmnlies made oy Pierce in a separate document litany) are, the warranties fif any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any pad, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into oraltachod to his vehicle. 281 of 339 Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be Coverage: free from defects in material and workmanship Warranty Begins: The date the apparatus is placed In service, or 60 days from the original buyer Invoice date, whichever comes Brat. Warranty Period Twelve (12) months. Ends After: Conditions and Exclusions: See Also No specInc exclusions apply Paragraphs 2 thru 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which Is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce In writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. %a[:7E' TITd(��I�iZ1IlIlI:] Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein. Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral pans, components, al'adments or trade accessories of or to the product that am and manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines. transmissions. drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such pads. components. attachments and accessories. Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by me respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or componenl, pan, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions. acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident. crash, or fame majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood. war or riot; (c) any vehicle. chassis or component, pad, attachment or accessory [hat has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, In the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance. stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or pads which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited lo, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemofies Into Mishing products or vehicles unless me assembly Is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in pad or in its entirely if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs. modifications. alterations or aflermarkel parts added after manufacture without the aulhmizallon of Pierce may void this warranty. THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set form In pamgmph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity Is not due to misuse. neglect, accident or improper maintenance. Buyer must notify Pierce within the lime period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce , any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transports Non, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable lime, Pierce shall repair or replace (al Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pads. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance In writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL. SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER. WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS. ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, families, damages for last profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment cast of substitute vehicles or products. down-0me, delay damages. any other types of economic lass, or for any claims by any third perry for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, its pan of the sale either vehicle as to which This limited warmnfy is providers, appres arty to this Pierce Basic One Year Limffed Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warmnlies made oy Pierce in a separate document litany) are, the warranties fif any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any pad, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into oraltachod to his vehicle. 281 of 339 Ten (10) Year Structural integrity/ Custom Cab UmRed Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth belew, Pierces Manufacturing provides the (allowing warranty to the Buyer. This limited warranty shall apply only If the product Is properly maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer dscovers a defect or nonconformity, it must Irofify Pierce in writing within thirty (3D) days after the data of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0012 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral par's, components. agachmems or trade accessories of or to the imeducl that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, bansirmwi as. driveGnes, axles. water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts. components, allac mrents and accessories. Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect. fm, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm. hail, good, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, pad, attachment or accessory that has been repaired. altered or assembled in any way by any person or artily other than Pierce which, in the sots judgment of Pierce. adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufachired; or (d) products or pads which may in the ordinary course wear cut and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited W. Ores, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its pads or subassemblies Into Finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirely it the product is repaired or replaced (a) wihoul prior written approval of the Piece Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications. alterations or aftermarket pads added offer manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH / IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION MY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY. ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the wananly period. and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance. Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. Al the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Piece shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pads. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or In any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE. OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN. OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties. damages for lost profits or revenues. loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or produces, down -lime, delay damages. any other types of ecenomic loss. or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Nola: Any Surety Bond. if a pert of the safe of the vehicle as to which WS limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pieces Basic One Year Limiled Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Piame in a separate document litany) or to the warranties litany) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any pad, component, atachment or accessory that is incorporarodinlo crahachod to the vehicle. 282 of 339 The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures Coverage: caused by defects In material and workmanship Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ten(10)Years Ends After: -.1- 100,000 Miles Conditions and This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and Exclusions: mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as Identified in the Pierce See Also specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus. Paragraphs 2 thru 4 This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. This limited warranty shall apply only If the product Is properly maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer dscovers a defect or nonconformity, it must Irofify Pierce in writing within thirty (3D) days after the data of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0012 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral par's, components. agachmems or trade accessories of or to the imeducl that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, bansirmwi as. driveGnes, axles. water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts. components, allac mrents and accessories. Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect. fm, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm. hail, good, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, pad, attachment or accessory that has been repaired. altered or assembled in any way by any person or artily other than Pierce which, in the sots judgment of Pierce. adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufachired; or (d) products or pads which may in the ordinary course wear cut and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited W. Ores, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its pads or subassemblies Into Finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirely it the product is repaired or replaced (a) wihoul prior written approval of the Piece Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications. alterations or aftermarket pads added offer manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH / IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION MY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY. ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the wananly period. and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance. Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. Al the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Piece shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pads. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or In any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE. OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN. OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties. damages for lost profits or revenues. loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or produces, down -lime, delay damages. any other types of ecenomic loss. or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Nola: Any Surety Bond. if a pert of the safe of the vehicle as to which WS limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pieces Basic One Year Limiled Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Piame in a separate document litany) or to the warranties litany) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any pad, component, atachment or accessory that is incorporarodinlo crahachod to the vehicle. 282 of 339 C ope and Rescue Appavahos Twenty (20) Year Structural Integrity Pierce Aerial Device �Li�1�itP• � r<ar�t 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or Impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconfarmlly. It must notify Pierce In writing within thirty (30) days after the dale of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGN ED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0052 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein. Pierre makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any Integral pads, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines. transmissions, drivelines, axles. water pumps and generators; with respect to all such pans, components. attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof: (b) any vehicle. chassis, or component, pan, attachment or accessary damaged by misuse. neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental at chemical conditions, acidic envirormanl. Improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster. lightning, earthquake. windstorm, hall. good, war or riot: (c) any vehitle, chassis or componen4 pan, attachment or accessary (hat has been repaired, altered of assembled in any way by any person or entity other (ban Pierre which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which i( was manufactured; or (d) products or pads which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period Including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and right bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is perforated by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in pan or in its entirely if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications. alterations or afleonarkel parts added after manufaclure without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS. IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for Inspection by Pierce or Its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination another repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cast of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage m the product during transportation. Wdhin a reasonable time. Pierce shall repair or replac , (al Pience's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pans. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance In writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein at in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL- SPECIAL. INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE. OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing. Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penallies. damages for lost profits or revenues, lass of vehicles or products or any associated equipmeal, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss. or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Nate: Any Surety Bond, its part oflhe sate of the vehicle as to which this limited wamfnly Is provided app lies only to rids Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (it any) made by any manufactumr (other than Pierce) of any pan, component, attachment or accessory that is Incorporated into or attached to Ito vehicle. 283 of 339 Each new Pierce Aerial Device shall be free from date.[. in malarial and workmanship. Coverage: Aerial Device Models Covered by this womanly include: Aerial Platforms Aerial Ladders SkyBoom Warranty Begins: The data of the original purchase invoice (Issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Twenty (20)Years - or - Ends After: 100,000 Milos This warranty applies only to the torque box, turntable, aerial sections and other structural components of the aerial device as Identified In the Pierce specifications for the aerial device. This warranty shall be void it, or to the extent that the aerial Conditions and device is not maintained in strict compliance with NFPA Exclusions: Standard 19101n effect al time of sale, Including such periodic inspections and testing by qualified third panles as Sao Also are required by that Standard as it may be In effect from time Paragraphs to time. Proof of such compliance shall accompany any 2 thru 0 claims under this warranty. Third party testing agencies known to Pierce to be qualified for such purposes may be obtained ham the Pierce Customer Service Department This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or Impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconfarmlly. It must notify Pierce In writing within thirty (30) days after the dale of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGN ED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0052 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein. Pierre makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any Integral pads, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines. transmissions, drivelines, axles. water pumps and generators; with respect to all such pans, components. attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof: (b) any vehicle. chassis, or component, pan, attachment or accessary damaged by misuse. neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental at chemical conditions, acidic envirormanl. Improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster. lightning, earthquake. windstorm, hall. good, war or riot: (c) any vehitle, chassis or componen4 pan, attachment or accessary (hat has been repaired, altered of assembled in any way by any person or entity other (ban Pierre which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which i( was manufactured; or (d) products or pads which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period Including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and right bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is perforated by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in pan or in its entirely if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications. alterations or afleonarkel parts added after manufaclure without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS. IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for Inspection by Pierce or Its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination another repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cast of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage m the product during transportation. Wdhin a reasonable time. Pierce shall repair or replac , (al Pience's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pans. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance In writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein at in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL- SPECIAL. INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE. OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing. Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penallies. damages for lost profits or revenues, lass of vehicles or products or any associated equipmeal, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss. or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Nate: Any Surety Bond, its part oflhe sate of the vehicle as to which this limited wamfnly Is provided app lies only to rids Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (it any) made by any manufactumr (other than Pierce) of any pan, component, attachment or accessory that is Incorporated into or attached to Ito vehicle. 283 of 339 NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY Q Allison PARTICIPATING OEM SALES 'g$°SMI Sion. DISTRIBUTOR SALES LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following terms, conditions, and limitations. WHAT IS COVERED ° WARRANTY APPLIES —This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period. ° REPAIRS COVERED —The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission's option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances. TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission. ° PAYMENT TERMS —Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section "APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE." OBTAINING REPAIRS —To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs. ° TRANSMMSSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re- installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty. ° WARRANTY PERIOD —The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception: Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers). If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty. APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE Page 1 of 2 284 of 339 WARRANTY LIMITATIONS ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE APPLICABLE Whichever occurs first PAID BY THE CUSTOMER MODELS Transmission Miles Months Or Kilometers Parts Labor MT, MD 3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0-24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0 -24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT. 1000 Series'' , 20011 SeriesT , 2400 SeriesTta 0 -36 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Electronic Controls 0-60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD 1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS 2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS, 3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000, 0 -60 No Limit No Charge No Charge 4000 EVS. 4500, 4500 EN'S, 4700, 4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS Page 1 of 2 284 of 339 WHAT IS NOT COVERED DAMAGE DUE TO ACCIDENT, MISUSE, or ALTERATION — Defects and damage caused as the result of any of the following are not covered: — Flood, collision, fire, theft, freezing, vandalism, riot, explosion, or objects striking the vehicle; — Misuse of the vehicle; — Installation into unapproved applications and installations; — Alterations or modification of the transmission or the vehicle, and — Damage resulting from improper storage (refer to long -term storage procedure outlined in the applicable Allison Service Manual) — Anything other than defects in Allison Transmission material or workmanship NOTE: This warranty is void on transmissions used in vehicles currently or previously titled as salvaged, scrapped, junked, or totaled. • CHASSIS, BODY, and COMPONENTS —The chassis and body company (assemblers) and other component and equipment manufacturers are solely responsible for warranties on the chassis, body, component(s), and equipment they provide. Any transmission repair caused by an alterations) made to the Allison transmission or the vehicle which allows the transmission to be installed or operated outside of the limits defined in the appropriate Allison Installation Guideline is solely the responsibility of the entity making the alteration(s). • DAMAGE CAUSED by LACK of MAINTENANCE or by the USE of TRANSMISSION FLUIDS NOT RECOMMENDED in the OPERATOR'S MANUAL — Defects and damage caused by any of the following are not covered: — Failure to follow the recommendations of the maintenance schedule intervals applicable to the transmission; — Failure to use transmission fluids or maintain transmission fluid levels recommended in the Operator's Manual. • MAINTENANCE — Normal maintenance (such as replacement of filters, screens, and transmission fluid) is not covered and is the owner's responsibility. • REPAIRS by UNAUTHORIZED DEALERS — Defects and damage caused by a service outlet that is not an authorized Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer are not covered. • USE of OTHER THAN GENUINE ALLISON TRANSMISSION PARTS — Defects and damage caused by the use of parts that are not genuine Allison Transmission parts are not covered. • EXTRA EXPENSES — Economic loss and extra expenses are not covered. Examples include but arc not limited to: loss of vehicle use; inconvenience; storage; payment for loss of time or pay; vehicle rental expense; lodging; meals; or other travel costs. • "DENIED PARTY" OWNERSHIP —Warranty repair parts and labor costs are not reimbursed to any participating or non - participating OEMs, dealers or distributors who perfomt warranty work for, or on behalf of, end users identified by the United States as being a "denied party" or who are citizens of sanctioned or embargoed countries as defined by the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control. Furthermore, warranty reimbursements are not guaranteed if the reimbursement would be contrary to any United States export control laws or regulations as defined by the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Department of State, or the U.S. Department of Treasury. OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO CONSUMERS AS DEFRVED by the MAGA'USOiN -MOSS WARRANTY ACT This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Allison Transmission does not authorize any person to create for it any other obligation or liability in connection with these transmissions. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLICABLE TO THESE TRANSMISSIONS IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY. PERFORMANCE OF REPAIRS AND NEEDED ADJUSTMENTS IS THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST WAGES OR VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES) RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. ** i* Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty will last or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO OTHER END -USERS THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE ALLISON TRANSMISSION MODELS LISTED ABOVE AND IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALLISON TRANSMISSION DOES NOT AUTHORIZE ANY PERSON TO CREATE FOR IT ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH TRANSMISSIONS. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY OR ANY INIPLIED WARRANTY. QUESTIONS If you have any questions regarding this warranty or the performance of warranty obligations, you may contact any Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer or write to: Allison Transmission, Inc. P.O. Box 894 Indianapolis, IN 46206 -0894 Attention: Warranty Administration PF -9 Form SE0616EN (201009) Page 2 of 2 285 of 339 LE _i Sul hitl i r e -j CONDITIONAL 5m -YEAR WARR.AKNTY POLICY W41 cROL!S rtrrrranls,10 the orioinai Brayer orl y Ost,✓ro uasand pr r's narufacturzd b;;11YATEROL'S -, ,'I, be free from dei=sts it ma!er al and vori:manl Nipp,Hn. rerrozr ,isemtdse.ricefor.p� :cda1 ne() errs from thed.te the Peductisfirsiria_ew service, arj:�._=md one- halr'f5 -iCj yea: from the dare of shipment !rt iNaiz m , iul u 1r o?r p?r.'od -halfbe th firs: to expire; p; ua :Aed the Buyer n. r . -rs WAT EROUS, : u ! of theI'Zt?c!7, :rid pmitct mithrin the? cars :!t -•yperiod,.anal srid promict isfound by ih;S P. Oils to ben amc. V+:7rvrC:CI:1E f1i :afOl'O- �a :. ^. "viRr1•mli�i. ter—, h ATF OUS + .c c.h_ Ary47 O ' .. ) S'pIr iN71er: regreirzd i ;z : ,:ii:rg ,,.l 1'�'- '.-- R..!A_, de1?e[iae pY•ed zci_ -ry_i r prrm?;tly rs:ttrrtd vj Buyer ;a «i...is rat 41: _T"ER01.: rsnf si Serr(h St. Pyre , N!!rnesom, o a s ;clt othe r D1 ice rs r:tev e specy u it i� rEKOUS : :aith :`ran p , rt on m :a o!he' h ages prmri2. i t� *'rred TfaFi.IA isv _a ' c :z(vryLi)isrsosireuf�' :ifp :�d :I sa;uNar =m :dr,;avbere !ziedby;•hor: a c'n :,d.T _rforsnid c ,r`.yexdn: puny r?spors `Ginty ar !iabr`tity cf Vt' "n''TE1ZO�j fur: - . (a) ra:!:ages m' defects aloe to aural? ;!, abuts?, rt stlsg a7ho, :r�I par v!, condii ons, ! egli z c? r i a eta rJ use , or ixr, m rr. mruenam or ciiGl ?!n iL.' :a :en specrFaationc or lY: s!r'JttIors j' :i7t :sla ^._! j Buyer; (b) r:et2c-ts n M-O,Iuc!s rrerufachrrei by otlar-s and h :misled by 'W_ATe'ROLIS hcivzmde;; it being and ,s .od and agreed by t c polies ihri the aril +. /tta!rrr, ;pra idedforsuchpr• odactsshal lbethewrmi, ityp;-o-✓ idedbisl :emartjxturertitre._,r'm7tich.e assigrb . "sN.�TElZOLS :[iIG57z to 3u-yer; if ;rqurted 1 y Buyer, (c) any produci or part, aRcred, moth ia:, serviced ar mprire d other, tllan Fj WATE ROILS, uithort its prior ur, irie r carsen_!; and (d) the cos: of ' ,rrn!iir.£, removing, transpor'iing, storir— or irsurhq the defea-i-or product or part and the test at rc arsirzl!r. ior. (e) ::o rna1 tecar irer.YS (packing, s4'airaa, items, ligh' bu @s, anaaies, irtr. sezera, mechm: cal v -pis, cir..j. T11is u:.:r ; nett! is sshbiect to KA1 EROUS' � 'onditions of Sr1e CA'aferots Contprrnl firm nnmbh' F -2190) usrurr'entl y:n .e feel sit of ioh ch ane hr..•ebr n:corpor•ated and by fl:l r si :'ri!Iro mate a pa- her.ot. A!! cti!er v tvrai :!ies rare rcludea, whether etl a a.m esc or implied by operation of law or other. vise, inclurtiizg all implied zaarr t'.n* ties of re hrrtc? tityo'jztrressjerpnycsr YU,17cTcGL *S halr+ erhel' ab: eforcoY: serun /t'arorzn,rc'ehtaldzrncgese rectlyorindirectty arts i ng or w ur r a g from the breach of nuy Of the terms r f this Hini ed warranty or froin the srle, ha:nt!irr ol, u ser o; any WATIEIR'O UTS productorpmr* vlTr1T?ROliS'ii :;rizyhereurrde ci +herjcrbreacrofurar rtiyorforr :eglige: ice, tsexpmss ?ylzr'. *edn.' "4V :A :ET {G 75' opVOW (A) to :lee r: pplace..rlt ai lihe azn:,:d point of dclivow of amy product or ltar Which uperl irspection by W TEROLIS or its drily aushori_ ea' rzyr_,rLmtatdc e, is foul:' not to eonfin n: to the limited ;a„rrn� j sc <t forth rbr;�. or ) !a the repan of sash tmodu,-t o!' p art, e (C) to fir refund or crediting to buyer of tie net s<]ss price of true def ctie:? product or parr. yer's Tumedies tortainad lurein ara exclusive of any other rerr:.'y o-hcruise available to nuyer. vvateron= Company 125 Harelmm?:±verue SoI!Jr Sou Jr Sf. Prtai, MN 55075 USA "e rvnv.. a %rferi7lsca. coin -7 WATEROUs Fire Pumps — Since 11386' :?- viu,V �. vrdL( VV"h --M5 n `P 1 - c i Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship Command gone Electronics Umofad VMarrran4y 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set fodh below, Pieme Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer. Coverage: Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures caused by defects in malarial and workmanship Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase Invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Five (5) Years Ends After: Conditions and This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for Exclusions: the Command Zone system, including the full colorgmphic displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are See Also not covered under this limited womanly and are instead Paragraphs covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited 2 thru4 Warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product Is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance Instructions and manuals and is used in service which Is normal to the particular model. Narmal service means service which does not subject the product to strasses or impacts greater Irian normally result (mm careful use. If the Buyer discovers a detect or nonconformity. it must noty Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the data of discovery. but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED. BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/812010 WA0014 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein. Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as lo: (a) any integral pads, components, attachments or bade accossaries of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, Including but rot limited to engines. "remissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators: with respect to all such pads. components, attachments and amessodes, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties. N any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component. pad, attachment or accessary damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions. acidic environment, improper maintenance. accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or dot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, pan, attachment or accessary that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) produced or pads which may in the ordinary course wear out amt have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited lo, tires, fluids, gaskets and fight bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly offs pads or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void (his warranty in pad or in its entirely if fire product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications. alterations or aftermarkel pads added alter manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the waramy set forth in paragraph t during the warranty pedotl, and such nonconformity is not due (a misuse. neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pieme within the lime period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination andlor repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cast of such Iransponalion, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time. Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pads. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved In advance in willing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE. OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE. OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without fouling the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages. penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues. loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipmenl, cost of substitute vehicles or products. down -time. delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a pad of the sate of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document if any) or to Ilia w rienlres (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any pad, component, allachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 287 of 339 R� COMMERCIAL VEI f -- JAW t `e G1VL1 �L] RUCE 288 of 339 0 Wappanfy coverage is essential to ppotecting youp investment. But undepstanding the full details of youp coverage can he challenging. This stpaightfopwapd apppoach allows you, oup valued customep, to bettep undepstand how youp specific vehicle applications will he covered. �illVH' frig( "f`;lii,!" n Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting www.meritor.com of by contacting Meritof at 866- OnTracl (866- 668 - 7221). 289 of 339 Effective Model Year 2013 Vehicles Linehaul.............................................................................. ............................... 4 -5 GeneralService .................................................................... ............................... 6 -7 HeavyService ...................................................................... ............................... 8 -9 Off- Highway Service ................................................................ .............................10 Termsand Conditions .............................................................. .............................11 How to Read Warranty Coverage Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) P =Parts Only I Unl= Unlimited P &L =Parts & Labor Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor's vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP -9441 for axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles, which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1 /Unl /P). Z 290 of 339 LINEHAUL UEHMES • Auto Hauler • Flatbed • Livestock Hauler • Refrigerated Freight • Bulk Hauler • General Freight • Moving Van • Tanker • Chip Hauler (Truck)' • Grain Hauler • Pipe Hauler • Triples • Doubles Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration. LBMEV�AVDL TXP0 .CALLY IS .......................................................................................................................................... ............................... • High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles /year) Coverage under Meritor's warranty requires that the application of products • Well maintained major highways of concrete or be properly approved pursuant to OEM, Meritor, Mettler WABCO, and ZF asphalt construction engineering approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles, • Greater than 30 miles between starting and slopping and /or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. FRONT NON -®RIDE STEER AXLES - 5/750/P &L FD -965 FF -944 FG -941 MFS- 10- 144A -N MFS- 13- 143A -N FF -941 FF -961 FG -943 MFS- 12- 143A -N MFS- 13- 144A -N FF -942 FF -966 MFS- 10 -122A MFS- 12- 144A -N MFS- 14- 143A -N FF -943 FF -967 MFS- 10- 143A -N MFS- 125- 143A -N PLVDTCRES ................ ............................... 15.5' Manual- Adjust Clutch' 1 /100 /P &L 15.5' TwinXTend Sell- Adjust Clutch' 3 /350 /P &L 17' Freedomline Clutch'' 3 /350 /P &L ' Clutches arewarranled by ZF Sachs and administered by Merilor. ' Freedomline clutch consists of cover assembly and disc assembly. REAR ®BLUE SUf.RIE AISLES - 5 /750 /PAL .................................................. ............................... . RS- 19- 144/145/A RS -21 -160 RS -23 -161 MS- 19 -14X RH -23 -160 RS -23 -186 MS- 21- 144MA -N RS -23 -160 RS -21 -145 RH- 23-161 ®ROUELIMES RPL 4/400/P, 1 /Unl /P &L MXL 3/350/P, 1 /Unl /P &L 155N 1 /Unl /P 92N 1 1Unl /P A REAR ®RIDE TANDEM /TRO®EM AXLES - 5/75®/P8,L .... .............................................. I ....... ................ ... RT- 34- 144/P/A MA -40 -165 MT -40 -943 RT- 40- 145/P/A MT- 34 -14X /P RZ- 1661•3 RT -40- 160 /P'•3.3 MT- 40 -14X /P RZ -186 RT -46- 160 /P'•2-3 MT- 40- 14X/P2 RZ -188 RT- 46- 164EH/P41•3 MT -40 -143 RT- 50- 1601P' ,13 MT- 40 -144/P ' These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. 'Warranty is 3/300 /P &L when used with 2050lb.1t. engines. Refer to Product Information Letter 1293 for further details. ' Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter 1303 and 8396 for further details. 291 of 339 LINEHAUL WARRANTY.INFORMATION .BRAKE C ®M.P0.Pd.E.W S ....... ............................... TRA.P.ER AOS SUSPEP1lSa ®N .S STEMS. .................................................. ............................... . Cam 0 Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P. 1/100/L LX500 Feature' 5/750/P &L Cam 0 Plus"' 5 /500 /P,1 /Unl /P &L ASA 5 /500 /P,1 /Unl /P &L Hubs /Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components 1 /Unl /P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1 /Unl /P All Other Brakes 1 /Unl /P X301" Drums' 12 -Years or Wearable Life /P EX Air Disc Brake 5 /50D /P,1 /Unl /L Includes: bushing, seal, cam. ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 3 /500 /P &L. ' Based on stamped wear diameter max. Shock Absorbers TRA9EER AftEES .................................................. ............................... Beam and Brackets 5/500/P, 1/100/L Wheel End Systems' Standard System' 1 /100 /P &L PreSel by MeriloO 5 1500 /P &L AxlePak4' 4P /3L Beam and Brackets 5/500/P. 1/100/L AxlePak65 6P /5L Beam and Brackets 6 /600 /P,1 /100 11- ' Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings —all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 2 When installed by Merilor. Requires approved hubcap slating PreSel by Meritor on hubcap face. ' Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro -Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and Merilor bearings. s Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro -Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and STEMCO matched bearing sets. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) TAR /?VDSRER ALES' .................................................. ............................... . TO, TOD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 5/750/P &L ' For brake components and ABS Coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. MVERVT ®R TPRE PNP`P ATV ®N SYSTEM. RY DSO MTIS Components 3 /500 /P &L MPA38 /40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)' Major Structural Components 5/500/P. 1/1001L Height Control Valve 1 /100 /P &L Shock Absorbers 2 /200 /P &L Air Springs 2/200/P. 1/100/1- Bushings 701 1P, 5 /Unl /L PinLoc Air Controls 1 /100 /P &L PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P &L MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) 2 /200 1P &L Major Structural Components 5/500/P,1 /100 /1 Height Control Valve 1 /100 /P &L Shock Absorbers 2 /200 /P &L Air Springs 2/200/P. 1/100/L Bushings 7 /Uni /P, 5 /Unl /L MTA (Trailing Arm) 4/400/P. 1/100/L Major Structural Components 5/500/P. 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1 /100 /P &L Shock Absorbers 2 /200 /P &L Air Springs & Rebound Straps 2/200/P. 1/100/L Bushings 5 /500 /P, 3/300/L ' Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2 /Unl P &L when torqued by Merilor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) MERT .®R . .R.B..® .. C.0M?.®Pd.E I.T.S.'. .................. ABS (Anti -Lock Braking System) Air /Hydraulic 3 /300 /P &L Electronic Stability Control (ESC) 3 /300 1P &L Roll Stability Control (RSC) 31300 1P &L Air Dryers (All) 3 1300 /P &L Leveling Valves 1 /100 1P &L Air Brake Valves 1 /Unl /P &L, 3/3001P Clutch Controls 2 /200 /P &L Air Compressors (ALL)' 2 /200 1P &L OnGuarrim 3 /300 /P &L Lane Departure Warning 3/300/P &L ECAS 3 /300 /P &L Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS) 3 /300 /P &L Trailer Control Line Filler 1 /100 /P &L Trailer Control Line Filter with ABS Valve 4/400/P. 1/100/L Trailer ABS Valve with Control Line Filler 4/400/P, 3/300/L Actuator 3/300/P &L ' Warranted by Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems. ' WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by Merilor WABCO. Please contact your respective dealer/ distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 4 292 of 339 .GENERAL SERVIPE VEHICLES ..................................... ............................... • Aerial Ladder Truck • Aerial Platform • Ambulance • Auto Hauler • Beverage Truck • Chip Hauler • Cross Country Coach • Flatbed • Front Engine Commercial Chassis • Front Engine Integral Coach • General Freight • Intercity Coach • Inlermodal Chassis • Livestock Hauler • Meal Packer .GENERAL SER@IICE T.(PI.ALLK IS .................................... ............................... • Moving Van • Municipal Truck • Newspaper Delivery • Pick -Up and Delivery • Pipe Hauler • Platform Auto Hauler • Pumper • Rear Engine Integral Coach • Recreational Vehicles • Refrigerated Freight • School Bus • Slake Truck • Tanker • Tanker Truck • Tour Bus • Wrecker • Lower mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles /year) Coverage under Meritor's warranty requires that the application of • Generally, on -road service (less than 10% off -road) products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, Meritor, Meritor WABCO, • An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles, and /or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. FRONT DRIVE /NON -DRIVE STEER AXLES — 2 /1INL /P &L FD -965 FF -966 MFS- 6- 151A -N MFS- 7- 163C -N MFS- 10- 144A -N MFS- 14- 143A -N FF -941 FF -967 MFS -6- 1538 -N MFS -8- 1138 -N MFS- 12- 143A -N MFS- 16- 122A -N FF -942 FG -941 MFS -6- 1628 -N MFS- 8- 143A -N MFS- 12- 144A -N MFS- 16- 143A -N FF -943 FH -941 MFS- 6- 153C -N MFS -8- 1538 -N MFS - 125- 143A -N MFS- 18- 133A -N FF -944 FH -945' MFS- 6- 162C -N MFS -8- 1638 -N MFS- 13- 122A -N MFS- 20- 133A -N FF -946 FL -941 MFS- 7- 113C -N MFS- 10 -122A MFS- 13- 143A -N FF -961 FL -943 MFS- 7- 153C -N MFS- 10- 143A -N MFS- 13- 144A -N ' Can be used in front or tag position. FRONT NON -DRIVE REAR DRIVE TANDEM/ ORIVELINES STEER AXLES WITH TRIDEM AXLES - 3 /11NUP&L ..................... ............................... . RPL 4 /400 /P,1 /Unl /P &L UNITIZED WHEEL ENDS — MXL 3 /350lP,1 /Unl /P &L RT -40 -160 /P RT- 46- 164EH /P 3/500K/P&L' ....................... ............................... RT- 46 -1601P RT -50 -160 /P 92NN Weill? FH -941 FH -946 ' Includes: hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings. REAR DRIVE SINGLE AXLES ................................................................................ — 2 /IDNL /P &L ............................... PLIDTCHES ...................... ............................... MS -10 -113 RS- 1 9- 144/145/A RC -23 -160 RS -23 -161 RS -30 -185 15.5° HD Clutch' 1/100/P &L MS -11 -113 MS- 21 -14X RC -23 -161 RS -23 -161 MS -30 -616 15.5" TwinXTend 1 /100 /P &L MS -12 -113 MS- 21- 144MA -N RC -23 -162' RS -23 -186 RS -35 -380 17" FreedomLine Clutch 1 /100 /P &L MS- 17 -14X RS -21 -145 RC -23 -165' RS -24 -160 71063 Products with an in- service date prior to 11/01102 MS- 19 -14X RS- 21 -145/A RH -23 -160 RC -25 -160 71162 warranted by Merilor Clutch Company. RS -13 -120 RS -21 -160 RH -23 -161 RS -25 -160 71163 RS -15 -120 RC -22 -145 RS -23 -160 RS -26 -185 RS- 17- 144/145/A RC- 22 -145/A RS -23 -160 MS -26 -616 ' 3 /Unl /P &L it PreSel by Meritor. REAR DRIVE TANDEm/.TRIDENd AXLES — 2 /ONL /P &L ....................................................................... ............................... MT- 34 -14X/P MT- 40 -144/P MT -52 -616 RZ -166 RT- 34- 144/P/A RT- 40- 145 /P /A RT -52 -185' RZ -186 MT- 40 -14X/P MT- 44 -14X/P MT -58 -616 RZ -188 MT- 40- 143DA -N RT- 44 -145/P RT -58 -185' MT- 40- 143MA -N' RT -46 -169 MT -70 -380 ' Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles, Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identity the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Lefler 8303 and 8396 for further details. 293 of 339 BRAKE COMPONENTS Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 3/Unl /P,1 /Unl /L LX500 Feature' 3 /Unl /P &L Cam Pa 2/200/P Cam 3 /Unl /P Cam 0 Plus"' 3 /Unl /P &L Cam Q Plus ""a 2/200/P &L ASA 3 /Unl /P ASA3 2/200/P Hubs /Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components 1 /Unl /P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1 /Unl /P All Other Brakes 1 /Unl /P X301" Drums' 12 -Years or Wearable Life /P EXAir Disc Brake 2 /Unl /P &L ' Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1 /Unl /P. ' Based on stamped wear diameter max. 5 /Unl /P,11Unl /L ' Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only. warranted or serviced by Merilor WABCO. Please conlacl TRAILER AXLES Beam and Brackets' 5 /500 /P, 1/100/L Wheel End Systems' 3 /300 /P &L Standard System' 1 /Unl /P &L AxleP84' 4P /3L Beam and Brackets 5 /500 /P, 1/100/1- AxlePak65 6P /5L Beam and Brackets 6/600/P, 1/100/L ' 9000 Series is 3 /Unl /P, 101/1. ' Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings —all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure lull coverage. ' When installed by Merilor ' Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro -Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and Merilor bearings. 5 Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro -Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and STEMCO matched bearing sets. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) MERIT ®R WABCO COMPONENTS' ................................................... ............................... ABS (Anti -Lock Braking System) Air /Hydraulic 3 /300 /P &L Electronic Stability Control (ESC) 3 /300 /P &L Truck Roll Stability Control (RSC) 3 /300 /P &L Air Dryers (ALL) 3 /300 /P &L Leveling Valves 1 /Unl /P &L Air Brake Valves 1 /Unl /P &L, 2/200/P Clutch Controls 2 /200 /P &L Air Compressors (ALL)' 2 /200 /P &L OnGuard'"' 3 /300 /P &L Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS) 3 /300 /P &L Trailer Control Line Filter 1 /100 /P &L Trailer Control Line Filter with ABS Valve 4/400/P. 1/100/1. Trailer ABS Valve with Control Line Filter 41400/P, 3130011- Actuator 3 /300 /P &L ' Warranted by h4erilor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems. 5 /Unl /P,11Unl /L ' WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and Volvo engines are not warranted or serviced by Merilor WABCO. Please conlacl your respective dealer/ distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. Air Springs and Rebound Straps CHASS[S AXLES (2 ®® ®SERQE.S /SRASSd .PA10. Beam & Brackets 6 /Unl /P,1/Unl/L Wheel End Systems' Standard System 1Nnl /P &L AxlePak4' 4P /3L Beam and Brackets 7P /1L AxlePak6' 6P /5L Beam and Brackets 7P /1L ' Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings —all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. ' Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro -Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and Merilor bearings. ' Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro -Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and STEMCO matched bearing sets. VRABLER A6R SUSPEft9S0 ®N .S STEMS. .................................................... ............................... MPA38 /40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)' Major Structural Components 5 /Unl /P,1 /Unl/L Height Control Valve 1IUnl /P &L Shock Absorbers 2 1Unl /P &L Air Springs 2 /Unl /P,1 /Unl /L Bushings 7 /Unl /P, 5 /Unl /L Air Controls 1 1100 /P &L Air Actuator 3 1300 /P &L MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) Major Structural Components 5 /Unl /P,1 /Unl /L Height Control Valve 1 /Unl /P &L Shock Absorbers 2 /Unl /P &L Air Springs 2 /Unl /P,1 /Unl /L Bushings 7 /Unl /P, 5 /Unl /L MTA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components 5 /Unl /P,11Unl /L Height Control Valve 1/Unl /P &L Shock Absorbers 2 /Unl /P &L Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2 /Unl /P,1/Unl /L Bushings' 5 /Unl /P, 3/Unl /L (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) ' Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2 1Unl P &L when torqued by Merilor ' Raw wood applications 3 /Unl /P,1 /Unl /L TAC /PVDSV9ER AXLES' TO, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 3 /Unl /P,1 /Unl /L MC120021, MC160032 2 /Unl /P &L (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) ' 3 /UNL/P &L it sold with PreSel by Mentor. ' 3 /UNL/P &L it sold w /unitized wheel ends. f�ERVT ®R® TARE ONELATO ®I� StlSTEfifil RV PSU .................................................... ............................... MTIS Components 3 /500 /P &L 294 of 339 6U�A@!V SE.RV16CL t9LPBGC.LES ..................... ............................... • Airport Rescue Fire (ARF) • Airport Shuttle • Asphalt Truck • Block Truck • Bottom Dump Trailer Combination • Cementing Vehicle • City Bus • Commercial Pick -Up • Concrete Pumper • Construction Material Hauler • Crash Fire Rescue (CFR) • Mixer • Demolition • Drill Rig • Dump • Emergency Service • Equipment Hauling • Flalbed Trailer Hauler • Flalbed Truck • Fracturing Truck • Front Loader • Geophysical Exploration • Hopper Trailer Combinations • Landscaping Truck • Liquid Waste Hauler • Log Hauling • Lowboy • Michigan Special Gravel Trains • Michigan Special Log Hauler .HEAVV SER�9�C� UVPO -ALLV 9S ............................. ............................... ....... ............................... • Michigan Special Steel Hauler • Michigan Special Waste Vehicle • Municipal Dump • Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV) • Rear Loader • Recycling Truck • Residential Pick -Up • Rigging Truck • Roll -Oil • Scrap Truck • Semi -End Dump • Sewer /Septic Vacuum • Shuttle Bus • Side Loader • Snowplow /Snowblower • Steel Hauling • Tanker • Tank Truck • Tractors with Pale Trailers • Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps • Transfer Dump • Transfer Vehicle • Transit Bus • Trolley • Utility Truck • Winch Truck • Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) Coverage under Meritor's warranty requires that the application of • On /Off road vocations (10% or more off -road) products be properly approved pursuant to OEM. Meritor, Meritor • Moderate to irequentstops /starts (up to 10 slops per mile) WABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles, and /or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. FRONT ®RME/I OM -®RIUE STEER AXLES - 2MMUP &L FD -965 FG -941 MFS -6 -1628 MFS- 10- 143A -N MFS- 16- 122A -N MX -16 -120 FF -941 FG -943 MFS- 6 -162C MFS- 10- 144A -N MFS- 16- 143A -N MX -17 -140 FF -942 FH -941 MFS- 7- 113C -N MFS- 12- 143A -N RF -16 -145 MX -19 -140 FF -943 FH -945 MFS- 7- 153C -N MFS- 12- 144A -N MFS- 18- 133A -N MX -21 -140 FF -944 FH -946 MFS- 7- 163C -N MFS -12 -155 MFS- 20- 133A -N MX -21 -160 FF -945 FL -941 MFS- 8- 113B -N MFS- 13- 143A -N RF -21 -160 MX -23 -160 FF -961 FL -943 MFS -8- 1538 -N MFS- 13- 144A -N MX -10 -120 MX -23 -810 FF -966 MFS- 6- 151A -N MFS -8- 1638 -N MFS -13 -155 MX -12 -120 FF -967 MFS -6 -1536 MFS- 10 -122A MFS- 14- 143A -N MX -14 -120 PLPTPHES REAR ®R U.E LES - 2 /.DAL /PAL 15.5° HD Clutch' 1 /100 /P &L MS -10 -113 RC -23 -160 MS -26 -616 15.5" TwinXTend 1 /100 1P &L RS -13 -120 RH -23 -160 RS -26- 185/380 17" FreedomLine Clutch 1 /100 /P &L RS -15 -120 RS -23 -160 MS -30 -616 ' Products wilh an in- service date prior to 11101/02 warranted by Merilor Clutch MS- 17 -14X RS -23 -160 RH -30 -1 B5 Company. RS-1 7-144/145/A RC -23 -161 RS -30- 185/380 MS- 19 -14X RH -23 -161 MS -35 -380 UDMUELINES — IMMUP&L RS -19 -144 RS -23 -161 RS -38 -380 .................................................. ............................... MS -21 -114 RS- 23- 186/380 RC-25-160 RPL 92N RN MXL MS- 21 -14X RC -23 -162 RC -26 -633 RS -21 -145 RC -23 -165 MT -58 -616 RS- 21 -145/A RS -24 -160 71162 RS -21 -160 RS -25 -160 71163 RC -22 -145 RH -25 -185 295 of 339 REAR ®ROUE TANDENV/TRI ®ENV AXLES — 2 /UML /P&L MT- 34 -14X/P MT -40 -144 RT -46 -169 RT -70 -3805 RT- 34- 144/P/A MT- 40 -144/P MT -52 -616 MT -70 -380 MT- 40 -14X/P RT- 40- 145 /P /A RT- 52- 185/380Z3•a5 RZ -1665 MT- 40- 143DA -N MT- 44 -14X /P MT -58 -616 RZ -1865 MT- 40- 143MA -N' RT- 44 -145/P RT- 58- 185 /3801-1•4,1 RZ -1881 ' U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1 /Unl /P for combination vehicles only. 2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 5 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. ' Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter 9303 and 6396 for further details. ' Warranty is 1 /Unl /P &L when used with 2050 Ib.ft. engines.Refer to Product Information Letter 9293 for further details. I$RAXE C®NOPOPENTS ..................... ............................... Cam P 3 /Unl /P Cam P' 2/100/P Cam Cast Plus'" 2 /100 /P &L Cam 0 Plusrs' 3 /Unl /P &L Cam 0 PlusRA1 2 /100 /P &L ASA 3 /Unl /P ASA' 2/100/P Hubs /Cast Drums and 1 /100 /P &L Other Wheel -end 3/300/P &L Components 1 /Unl 1P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 11Unl 1P All Other Brakes 1 /Unl /P X301" Drums' 12 -Years or Wearable Life /P EX Air Disc Brake 2 /100 /P &L ' Based on stamped wear diameter max. 2 WABCO compressors installed an Cummins, Mercedes, and DOC engines are not warranted or serviced by ' Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. ............................... . ' Warranty for all non- Meritor ASAs supplied by Merilor for all Heavy Service vocations is 1 /160 /P. REAR ®ROUE TANDEM/ TRI ®ENV AXLES — 3 /UNL/PEL ....................... ............................... RT- 40- 160 /P /A" RT- 46- 160 /P /A' -1" RT- 46- 164EH /P /Azwl-' RT- 50- 160 /P /A" ' U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1 /Unl /P for combination vehicles only. 2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. ' Warranty is 1 /Unl /P &L when used with 2050 poll. engines. Refer to Product Information Letter 6293 for further details. 4 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Lefler 6303 and 6396 for further details. NVEROT ®R WABCO COMPONENTS' ABS (Anti -Lock Braking System) Air /Hydraulic 3 /300 /P &L Electronic Stability Control (ESC) 3 /300 /P &L Truck Roll Stability Control (RSC) 3 /300 /P &L Air Dryers (ALL) 1 /100 /P &L Leveling Valves 1 /Unl /P &L Air Brake Valves 1 /100 /P &L Clutch Controls 2 /200 /P &L Air Compressors (ALL)2 1 /100 /P &L OnGuardT1 3/300/P &L Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS) 3 /300 /P &L Trailer Control Line Filler 1 /100 /P &L Trailer Control Line Filler with ABS Valve 4/400/P, 1/100/L Trailer ABS Valve with Control Line Filler 4/400/P, 3/300/L Actuator 1 /100 /P &L ' Warranted by Mentor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems. 2 WABCO compressors installed an Cummins, Mercedes, and DOC engines are not warranted or serviced by Meritor WABCO. Please contact your respective dealer /disiributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. THANSFER CASES — �/U.W.L /P ................................................................................ ............................... . MTC -4208 MTC -4213 T -2119 MTC -4210 T -2111 T -2120 REAR ENGINE POWER TAKE -OFFS VUNL/P ..... -.1 ........................................................ ............................... TRAILER AIR SUSPENSION SVSTENVS VITA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components' 5/Unl /P, i/Unl/L Heigh[ Control Valve 1 /Unl /P &L Shock Absorbers 2 /Unl /P &L Air Springs 2 /Unl /P,1 /Unl 1L Bushings' 5 /Unl /P, 3 /Unl /L ' Raw wood applications 3 /Uni /P, 1 /Unl /L (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) CENTER NON-DROVE AXLES — 2/. ®® /P9L ....................... ............................... 61042 61053 61043 71063 61052 RC -26 -700 AIR LINKTm 2/200/P&L' 2 ....................... ............................... MWA46 MWA52 ' Coverage includes Hangers, Trailing Arms, Walking Beams ' Bushings, Air Bag, Shock Absorbers 1 /50 1P MERIT ®R TORE INFLATION SVSTENV 0$V PSI MTIS Components 31500 /P &L TRAILER AXLES ..................... ............................... Beam and Brackets' 5 /Unl /P,1/Unl /L Wheel End Syslems2 Standard System' 1 /Unl /P &L 19000 Series is 3 /Unl /P, 1 /Unl /L. ' Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings —all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure lull coverage. ' When installed by Merilor. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) a 296 of 339 9N9D99SHR9A0_ AND ®E0=- 999699WAV SERVICE VEHICLES • Load -On /Load -011 • Yard Jockey • Specialized Mining • Rail Car Mover • Pori Tractor • All- Tenain Crane • Excavator • Loader • Rail Yard Spotter • Rough Terrain Crane • Compactor • Tow Tractor • Roll -On /Roll -Off • Forestry • Fertilizer Spreader • Pushback Tractor • Stevedoring Tractor • Material Handling • Snow Blower distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. • Trailer Spotter • Specialized Heavy Haul • Mining .f�9D99STR9A. AND 9D9:E- 99I.G.HI lIAV sER9l9SE TVP9Q.A9L,LV 9S .......................................................................................................................................... ............................... • Low mileage operation • Low speed vehicle speed restriction • Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use • Six (6) siarls /slops per mile (typical) 9DR9UE S.T'EER A.XkES — / [.0 ./P .................................... ............................... Coverage under Meritor's warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, Meritor, Meritor WABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for axles and /or contact Merilor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. ®RE9JE9.9�lES — � /9➢it�8_ /P ........................ ............................... MOR MOX MOC RPL RN MXL C R ®N� 6il9D9t! 9DR9&!E SEER ASSES — 1 /9➢1�9JP REAR 9DR9UE VA1N9DEfll9 AP�9.ES — U 1UN. /P ................................................... ............................... ................................................ ............................... FF - 941 FL - 943 MFS- 16- 143A -N FF - 943 MFS- 12- 143A -N MFS- 18- 133A -N FF - 961 MFS-1 2-1 44A-N MFS- 20- 133A -N FF -966 1 /unl /P MFS-1 3-1 43A-N MON-ZO FAMILY FG - 941 MFS- 13- 144A -N distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. FG -943 MFS- 14- 143A -N FL - 941 MFS- 16- 122A -N P9.Af�E�ARV A�t9 -ES — � /flDf�E /P ............................. ............................... MOR MOX MOC MOT REAR ®R9@!E S9f�9A0 E AHD ES — /91�l8 /P RS -23 -186 MS -30 -616 MS -35 -380 RS -23 -380 RS -30 -185 RS -24 -160 RS -30 -360 11) MT- 44 -14X /P MT -70 -380 RT- 46- 164EH /P MT -52 -616 RT- 44 -145/P RT -50 -160 /P MT -58 -616 RT- 46 -160/P i; ;fit; m ill -! w 11MI lam, S Cam P 3 /Unl /P Cam O Plus "' 31Unl /P &L ASA 3 /Unl /P Hubs /Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components 1 /Unl /P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl /P All Other Brakes 1 /Uol /P LX500 Feature' 1 /unl /P ' Includes: bushing, seal, cam and ASA. ' Based on stamped wear diameter max. warranted or serviced by Merilor WABCO. Please contact your NVER9V9DR WA.BC.O CaO. P.01M.EM.TS' ASS (Anti -Lock Braking System) Air /Hydraulic 3 /300 /P &L Air Dryers (ALL) 1 /100 /P &L Leveling Valves 1 /Unl /P &L Air Brake Valves 1/100/F Clutch Controls 2 /200 /P &L Air Compressorsz 1 /100 /P &L Actuator 1 1100 /P &L ' Warranled by Merilor WABCO Vehicle Conlrol Systems. ' WABCO compressors installed an Cummins. Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by Merilor WABCO. Please contact your respective dealer/ distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 297 of 339 .®UE.SA.� EH.�L.USV®iNS: .................................................... ............................... Product Description All The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non- genuine Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion. Front Axles King Pin Bushings. Rear Axles Self- contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton. Clutch Friction face and mating surface of center and pressure plate, wear pads and clutch brake. ASA Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, aver - torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies. ABS, Electronic Stability Control (ESC), Roll Stability Control (RSC) and OnGuard Cut, broken, chaffed or otherwise damaged cable wires. Damaged sensors from removal when seized in block, or sensor adjust- ments /alignments. Valve failures due to contamination in air system. E.C.U. failures due to excessive over - voltage conditions. Air Dryers Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only. Air System Components Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs, valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals. Water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a non - genuine air dryer cartridge will not be covered. Cam Brake Brake lining wear and brake shoe "rust- jacking." Disc Brake Pad wear, rotor wear. .0 ®UE.RA.� LlfMVTA�V ®f�S: .................................................... ............................... Product Description All Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Front Axles Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3- year /300,000 -mile or pub- lished vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year /unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3- year /300,000 -mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Meritor. II yoke is not installed by Meritor, then Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year /unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles The Meritor® breather part number A- 2297 -C -8765 with A- 3196 -J -1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and /or loss of lube in axles. Cam Brake Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural inlegrity. X30 Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum. Disc Brake Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P. Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details. 298 of 339 (1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? Meritor Inc. warrants to the owner ( 'Owner') that the components listed in [his publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer ('OEM") as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on- highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM's vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable lime period from the dale of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limilalion, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement. Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Merilor publication Maintenance Manual Number I and the applicable Meritor maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to [his warranty are detailed below. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Merilor through the OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in- service dale. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer or with Merilor directly. Failure to notify Merilor of (1) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, pails only warranty (1 /Unl /P) from the initial in- service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Merilor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Merilor or through the OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under Meritor's warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, Meritor, Merilor - WABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for axles, SP- 8320 1or trailer axles, and /or contact Merilor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. For more information: 866- OnTracl (866- 668 -7221) merltor.com (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. (4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? This warranty does not cover normal wear and [ear; nor does it cover a component (hat fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (1) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle's configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Merilor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the transmission, axle, driveline, and /or clutch torque capacity), or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals, or tube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part [hat is not sold by Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part lime outside of the United Stales and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1 /Unl /P) will apply. (5) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Merilor's option. Meritor reserves the right to require [hat all applicable failed materials are available and /or returned to Merilor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty. THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. (7) Limitation of Remedies. In no even[ shall Merilor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a detective covered component. (8) To Obtain Service. If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Merilor or the dealer Irom which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Merilor for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Merilor component covered by this warranty. (9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Merilor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Merilor and the Owner. ?4 iElan "TOR° Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC 2135 West Maple Road Troy, Michigan 48084 USA Litho in USA ©2012 Meritor Inc. SP -95155 Revised 06 -12 (47865111900) 299 of 339 Three (3) Year Materiag and Workmanship VeHocuty and Omp eg Custom Chassis Li►7�itcc•I ��rrL:�r�ty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below Pierce Manufacturing provides the following v'rananly to the Buyer. Coverage: Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from Warranty Begins: the original buyer Invoice data, whichever comes fimt. Warranty Pe ad Three (3) Years, or Ends After: 30,000 Miles, or SDgD Engine Hours This limited warranty applies, where applicable, to Goldstar lamination, defroster heater toll and motor blower assembly (excluding the FET PWM module), heater, air conditioning condenser coil and faNmotor assembly, air conditioning Conditions and evaporator cell and motor blower assembly (excluding the Exclusions; drain pan pump and thermostat), under seat healers toll and motor blower assembly (excluding the FET PWM module), See Also HVAC electronic switches, HVAC hoses and hard lines, heater Paragraphs water valve, Pierce PS6 seat frames and hardware, Pierce OnE 2 thru 4 Eleven mirrors, Pierce hands-free scab holder, cracking or color loss of roto - molded components, Merilor rear axle, Waleco ADS system, Champs transmission cooler (including S10,000 collateral damage), cob door handles, Standen spring suspension components, and the gauge instrument cluster. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance instructions and manuals and Is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defeet or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the data of discovery. but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0037 Notwithstanding anything to Dre contrary herein. Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as (o: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product Mat are not manufactured by Pierce, including but net limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pimps and generators; with respect to all such pads, components, attachments and accessories. Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire; exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force maleure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm. hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, In the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary nurse wear out and have to ba replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited lo, ores. Rules, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirely if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aflermarkel parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or Improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph f, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination andfor repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable lime. Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pame's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved In advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Nomihstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE. AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing. Pierce specifically dischums any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages far fast profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment' w cost of substrate vehicles or products, don -lime, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any clams by arty, third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a pad of the sale of the vehicle as M which this limited warranty is provided applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warmnlifes made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any pad, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 300 of 339 `.��wIJY 7 f l - CPJlG.�_ � FE �� �ar�d ' e�cuc A���F•�a �rtir� Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship Goldstar@ Gold Leaf Lamination 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierre's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally resell from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defied or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in uniting within thirty (30) clays after the dale of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 212212010 WA0018 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral pans, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, Fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force meter a such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood. war or dol; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, pan, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, offered or assembled to any way by any person or entity other than Plena which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance. stability or purpose for which it was manufactured or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, Cues, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its pads or subassemblies Into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in pan or in its entirely if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket pans added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUS NE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph t during the warranty period and such noncWlorelity Is net due to misuse. neglect, accident or Improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the coal of such hansporialion, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during Irensponation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierces option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pans. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without Imiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for properly or personal iryury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, dovrn.time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surely Band, it a pad ofiha sale of the vehicle as b which this fimile , warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties fif any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any pad, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 301 of 339 Each Gali star® gold leaf lamination shall be free from Coverage: defects In material and workmanship. Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase Invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ends After: Three (3) Years Conditions and Exclusions: This warranty does not cover damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance See Also procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and Paragraphs maintenance manual). 2lhru 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierre's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally resell from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defied or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in uniting within thirty (30) clays after the dale of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 212212010 WA0018 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral pans, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, Fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force meter a such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood. war or dol; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, pan, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, offered or assembled to any way by any person or entity other than Plena which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance. stability or purpose for which it was manufactured or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, Cues, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its pads or subassemblies Into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in pan or in its entirely if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket pans added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUS NE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph t during the warranty period and such noncWlorelity Is net due to misuse. neglect, accident or Improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the coal of such hansporialion, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during Irensponation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierces option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pans. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without Imiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for properly or personal iryury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, dovrn.time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surely Band, it a pad ofiha sale of the vehicle as b which this fimile , warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties fif any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any pad, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 301 of 339 IldIIrN i MANUFACTURER'S LIMITED WARRANTY Harrison extends to the original purchaser of goods for use, the following warranty covering the Harrison Hydra - GenO Generator System manufactured or supplied by Harrison Hydra -GenO, subject to the qualifications indicated. A Harrison Hydra -GenO Generator System consists of one or more of the following Assemblies: a Hydraulic Motor /Alternator Assembly, a Hydraulic Heat Exchanger /Fan Assembly, a Hydraulic Pump Assembly, a Hydraulic Reservoir Assembly, a Hydraulic Control Valve /Manifold Assembly or a Meter Head Assembly. THERE IS NO OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTY. IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE LIMITED TO PERIODS OF WARRANTY SET FORTH BELOW AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW. ANY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUDED. IN NO EVENT IS HARRISON LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. Harrison Hydra -Gen@ warrants the original purchaser for the period set forth below, that the Generator System manufactured or supplied by Harrison Hydra-Gen(g) will be free from defects in workmanship and material, provided such goods are installed, operated and maintained in accordance with Harrison's written installation instructions, and further provided that each new application be reviewed and approved by Harrison's Application Engineering Group. PRODUCT APPLICATION PERIOD OF WARRANTY Harrison Hydra -Gen@ Generator Systems Two (2) years or 2,000 hours, which ever used in commercial vehicles or marine comes first, from the date product is received. applications. Repair or replacement parts. Ninety (90) days from date of purchase Excludes Labor 2. Form WRA must be completed and returned to Harrison within 30 days of the product being delivered to the end user. Form WR -1 must be signed by an authorized Harrison agent and a copy returned to the end user. 3. Harrison's sole liability and Purchaser's sole remedy for a failure of goods under this warranty and for any and all other claims arising out of the purchase and use of the goods, including negligence on the part of the manufacturer, shall be limited to the repair or replacement of the product, at Harrison's option, of the parts that do not conform to this warranty, provided that the product or parts are returned to Harrison's factory at 10827 Tower Oaks Blvd, Houston, Texas 77070, or at a Harrison Authorized Distributor or it's designated service representative, transportation prepaid. 4. All claims must be brought to the attention of Harrison, an Authorized Distributor or designated service representative within thirty (30) days after goods or parts failed to meet this warranty. 5. THIS WARRANTY SHALL NOT APPLY TO: a. Cost of maintenance, adjustments, installation or startup. b. Paint, hydraulic fluid, and interconnecting hoses (internal or external to system assemblies). c. Failures due to accident, misuse, abuse, negligence, improper installation or lack of maintenance. d. Products altered or modified in a manner not authorized by the manufacturer in writing. e. Telephone or other communications expense. f. Excessive labor due to components being concealed in vehicle as a result of installation. g. High water, road debris, or excessive dirt. 6. No person is authorized to give any other warranties or to assume any other liabilities on Harrison's behalf, unless made or assumed in writing by an officer of Harrison. 7. This warranty gives the user specific legal rights, and the user may also have other rights that may vary from state to state. 302 of 339 Form No. WR -2 ,_�h�,'�'��G -~� Fi►c,� ;.►roc ' c�ci � AE.��.�;ar<,rt� ►s Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship Y'AK -4 Suspension Li���itcci Ir�1L. rr�` :ir�ty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set fork below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buye: Coverage: Front Independent Suspension and Steering Game The TAK-0 ar shall be free from defects in material and workmanship. The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the Warranty Begins: product ships from the factory). Three(3)Years Warranty Period Ends After: or 30,000 Mlles Conditions and Exclusions: This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal See Also boots and shock absorbers. Paragraphs 2 thm d This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject me product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within Ihidy (30) days after the date of discovery, but In any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0050 Notwithstanding arpMarg to me contrary herem, Pierce makes no warranty whensoever as to: (a) any integral pars, components, attachments or bade accessories of or to the product mat are not manufactured by Pierce, including but ncl limited to engines, transmissions, drivelems, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such Paris, components, attachments and accessories. Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties. B any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or mmponenL part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident. crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster. lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, Head. war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component. pad, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in Ure sale judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period. including, but not limited lo, lives, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly Is performed by Pierce. The original Purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirely if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarkel parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY II the product fails to conform to fee warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty Funded, and such nonconformily is not clue to misuse, neglect, accident or unproper maintenance. Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned (o Pierce by Buyer for examination andfor repair Buyer shall be responsible Jar the cast of such transportation, and for nsk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Width a reasonable tune. Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierces option and expense) any nonconfor ion, or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by facility approved In advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE. REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKING$, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing. Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or preducts or any associated equipment. cost of substitute vehicles or products; down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surely Bond. its pad of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warmnlies made by Pierce in a separate document (If any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any pad, component; attachment or accessory that IS Incorporated into or allsched to the vehicle. 303 of 339 �_ ;,'� -,�, ; e� Fi c� xancd ' crscuc AEe�•��1 �tE�s Lifetime Fifty (S®) Year Structural integrity Chassis Frame & Crossmeov bens 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the fimilations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing Provides the following warranty to the Buyer. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in servico which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. II the Buyer discovers a dialect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (31)) days after the data of discovery, but in any event prior to me expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/16/2010 WA0038 Nohvithslanding anything to the contrary herein. Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are rot manufactured by Pierce, including but net limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories. Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis; or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions. acidic environment, im proper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster. lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail. good, war or dot; (c) any eaMGe, chassis or component, part, attachment of accessory that has been repairetl, shared or assembled N any way by any person or endly other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely agecls file performance, stability or purpose for which R was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period. including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety If the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior Willen approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermerket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. in III 'I tft1I:2:K01 111111:111191 N4019`f If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period. and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified N paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Boyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation• and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable tune, Pierce shall repair or replan at Pierces option and expanse) any noncon:ormirg or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in uniting by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUS WE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Nohvithstandirg anything to Ne contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -lime, delay damages. any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surely Bond, it 2 part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document litany) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manulachaer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 304 of 339 Custom chassis frame rail and cross members manufactured Coverage: by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the Warranty Begins: product ships from the factory). .Warranty Period Fifty (SI)Year. Ends After: (Expected Life of Apparatus) Conditions and Exclusions: See Also This warranty does not apply to damage "used by corrosion. Paragraphs 2 thro 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in servico which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. II the Buyer discovers a dialect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (31)) days after the data of discovery, but in any event prior to me expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/16/2010 WA0038 Nohvithslanding anything to the contrary herein. Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are rot manufactured by Pierce, including but net limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories. Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis; or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions. acidic environment, im proper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster. lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail. good, war or dot; (c) any eaMGe, chassis or component, part, attachment of accessory that has been repairetl, shared or assembled N any way by any person or endly other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely agecls file performance, stability or purpose for which R was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period. including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety If the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior Willen approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermerket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. in III 'I tft1I:2:K01 111111:111191 N4019`f If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period. and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified N paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Boyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation• and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable tune, Pierce shall repair or replan at Pierces option and expanse) any noncon:ormirg or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in uniting by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUS WE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Nohvithstandirg anything to Ne contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -lime, delay damages. any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surely Bond, it 2 part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document litany) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manulachaer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 304 of 339 Yen (10) Year Piro-Rated Paint and Corrosion Cab 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer. This limited warranty shall apply only it the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/812010 WA0055 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as lo: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, al lines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such pads, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, Improper maintenance, accident. crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely aBeds the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its pads or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or of ermarket pans added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR APARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or Improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent, At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cast of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierces option and expense) any nonconforming ordefedive pads. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, dawn -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond,, its part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in .a separate document (it any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free Coverage: from blistering, facing, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. The date ofthe original purchase invoice (issued when the Warranty Begins: product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ten(10)Years Ends After: This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any: Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking 0 -72 months '100% 73 -96 months 50% 97 -120 months 25% Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering /Bubbling 0 -36 months 100% 37 -84 months 50% 85 -120 months 25% Conditions and Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice Exclusions: 0-36 months 100% See Also 37-48 months 50% Paragraphs 49.72 months 25% 73.120 months 10% 2 thru 4 Corrosion Perforation 0 -120 months 100% This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty. Items not covered by this warranty include: (a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). (b) UV paint fade. (c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce. This limited warranty shall apply only it the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/812010 WA0055 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as lo: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, al lines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such pads, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, Improper maintenance, accident. crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely aBeds the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its pads or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or of ermarket pans added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR APARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or Improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent, At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cast of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierces option and expense) any nonconforming ordefedive pads. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, dawn -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond,, its part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in .a separate document (it any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. Yen (10) Year Pro-Rated PaOnt and Corrosion c Ll `,r Lr i=y Liinitec•I L:�r -r�r�t 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the dale of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0057 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral pans, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such pans, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, pad, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail. flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment at Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty periotl, including, but not limited lo, tires, fluids. gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its pads or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to lechnical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarkel pans added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS. AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. Ill P11P1 a 11711111111 lXN 111.3111 A 0 St4I a 1➢A If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective protluct shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination andlor repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable lime, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -lime, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, ff a part of fhe sale of the vehicle as to which this limiled warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in separate document (it any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. Exterior surfaces of the body shall be free from blistering, Coverage: peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the Warranty Begins: product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ten(10)Years Ends After: This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any: Topcoat Durability &Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking 0-72 months 100% 73 -96 months 50% 97 -120 months 25% Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, BllsteringlBubbling 0 -36 months 100% 31 months 50% 85 -120 months 25% Conditions and Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice Exclusions: 0.36 months 100% 3748 months 50% See Also 49-72 months 25% Paragraphs 73.120 months 10% 2 thou 4 Corrosion Perforation 0.120 months 100% This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty. Items not covered by this warranty include: (a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). (b) UV paint fade. (c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the dale of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0057 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral pans, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such pans, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, pad, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail. flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment at Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty periotl, including, but not limited lo, tires, fluids. gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its pads or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to lechnical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarkel pans added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS. AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. Ill P11P1 a 11711111111 lXN 111.3111 A 0 St4I a 1➢A If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective protluct shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination andlor repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable lime, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -lime, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, ff a part of fhe sale of the vehicle as to which this limiled warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in separate document (it any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. ,�Oe i Fiic e:�r�ed Rf���;e��r� A�•��•�..a <at��s t= _ Four (4) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion Aeria0 Device Li r�itcc• �arr�.���ty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions sal forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides Me following warranty to he Buyer. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subjecl the product to stresses or Impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the data of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANS FERR ED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0047 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as lo: (a) any integral parts, components, atmrhmenls or trade accessories afar to the product that are trot manufactured by Pierce, including but nal Ihnfled to engines, transmissions, drivellnes, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such Parts, componems, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer he applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers Noreen d) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions. acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, had, good, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component. pan, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or wiftly other than Pierce which, in he sole judgment of Pierce , adversely affects the performance. stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary worse wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its pads or subassemblies Into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirely if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modflicalions, alterations or affermarkel pans added agar manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may veld this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to he warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during he warranty period, and such nonconlwaily, is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance. Buyer must notify Pierce within he lime period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make rite product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination ardfor repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the war of such transportation, and far risk of loss of or damage to he product during transponallan. Within a reasonable time. Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expence) any nonconforming or defacive pads. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a tavLty approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notvilhstanding anything to the con•,mry herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHERARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT. WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY. WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of he foregoing. Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or Personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time. delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surely Bond, if a part of the sale of Ina vehicle as to which $his limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate dominant (it any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 307 of 339 Aerial device shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion Coverage: or any other adhesion defect caused by defective or methods or paint material selection for exterior surfaces. The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the Warranty Begins: product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Four(4)Years Ends After: This limited womanly is applicable to the vehicle In the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any: Topcoat Durability L Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking 0 -24 months 100% 2548 months 50% Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering /Bubbling 0. 24months 100% 2548 months 5D% Conditionsand Exclusions: Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice 0-24 months 10D% Sae Also 2548 months 50% Paragraphs 2lhru 4 Corrosion Perforation 0�24mcnhs 100% 2548 months 50% This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Items not covered by his warranty Include: (a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed In the Plans operation and maintenance manual). (b) UV paint fade. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subjecl the product to stresses or Impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the data of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANS FERR ED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0047 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as lo: (a) any integral parts, components, atmrhmenls or trade accessories afar to the product that are trot manufactured by Pierce, including but nal Ihnfled to engines, transmissions, drivellnes, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such Parts, componems, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer he applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers Noreen d) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions. acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, had, good, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component. pan, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or wiftly other than Pierce which, in he sole judgment of Pierce , adversely affects the performance. stability or purpose for which it was manufactured, or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary worse wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its pads or subassemblies Into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirely if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modflicalions, alterations or affermarkel pans added agar manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may veld this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to he warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during he warranty period, and such nonconlwaily, is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance. Buyer must notify Pierce within he lime period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make rite product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination ardfor repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the war of such transportation, and far risk of loss of or damage to he product during transponallan. Within a reasonable time. Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expence) any nonconforming or defacive pads. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a tavLty approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notvilhstanding anything to the con•,mry herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHERARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT. WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY. WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of he foregoing. Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or Personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time. delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surely Bond, if a part of the sale of Ina vehicle as to which $his limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate dominant (it any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 307 of 339 ��D� } -rn- _f� Fi . ,ar�ci c�'c� Qp�p�fa <at�rti Yen (10) View Structurag Dnteplty Apipl,.If..ItLi, �'- 'roul'J Li«�itcc• r:�r �arity 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below; Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer. Coverage: The apparatus body shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the Warranty Begins: product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ten 110) Years End. After: -or 100,000 Miles Conditions and This warranty applies only to the body tubular support and Exclusions: mounting structures and other structural components of the body of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce Soo Also specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus. Paragraphs 2 thru 4 This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accortlance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals antl is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery. but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 21812010 WA0009 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to (a) any integral pans. components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, pan, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its pads or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in pan or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierre Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce . any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination andlor repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pads. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE. OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury tlamages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay tlamages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surely Bond, if part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (If any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. �',- ����`�•�'"J'6�' Fi �� and R.- ��cu «•� A�•���ar�atu� Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship L���M 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the finulatims and exclusions set forth battery. Pierce Manufacturing provides the falawing warranty to the Buyer. This limited warranty shag apply only it the product is property maintained in accordance With Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is ..ad in service which Is name[ to the particular made). Normal service means service which does not subject me product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in waiting within thirty 131) clays after the data of discovery. but in any event prior to the expiration of the warmety period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/25/2013 WA0232 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary heree, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade acat ssotes of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce. Including but act ItrNled to engines. transmissions. drivefines, axles, water pumps add generators; with respect to of such pans, comeduals, attachments and acfxssories, Pierce shag assign to Buyer the applicable warranties. If any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or componenL parl attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment "vrrymper maintenance. accident. crash, or force ma(eure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake. windstorm, hail, good. war or dot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, pad, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, In the sole judgment of Pierce, reversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; at (d) products or pans which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited lo, fires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of Its pans or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may vaid this warranty in part or in Its entirety if the product IS repaired or replaced (a) without prior wri ten approval of the Noted Customer Service Department: or (b) at facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repaim,modifications, alterations or aftereaarket pans added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY 11 the product fails to conform to the wanamy set forth in paragraph 1 during the warronly period, and such raft cotdomrity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or Improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce wwthin me Head period specified m paragraph 1, and shag make the product available far Inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. N the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shag be more 0 to Pierce by Buyer for examination andfas repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such momponagon, antl for risk of less of or damage b the product during transportation. Within a reasonable tine, Pierce shag repair or replace (at Pierces option antl expense) any nonconforming or defert'we pans. Repair or replacement stag be made duty by a faNy approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE_ REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or he any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR MY CONSEQUENTIAL. INCIDENTAL. SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT .(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE. OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS. ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO. REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without linfi ing hie generality of the foregoing. Pierce specifically dleclalms any liability for property or personal injury damages. penalties, damages for lost pmfils or revenues, foss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cast of substitute vehicles or products. down -lime. delay damages. any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surely Bond, if a pan of the Safe Of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (it any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pleme) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorpomled into or attached to the vehicle. The Meritor Wabco ASS brake system shall be covered by Coverage: Mentor Wabco as indicated in the attached Mahler Wabco warranty coverage description The dale of the original purchase Invoice (issued when the Warranty Begins: product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Three (3) Year Ends After: Conditions and Exclusions: The exclusions listed in the attached Mentor Wabco warranty See Also description shall apply. Paragraphs 2 Lure 4 This limited warranty shag apply only it the product is property maintained in accordance With Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is ..ad in service which Is name[ to the particular made). Normal service means service which does not subject me product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in waiting within thirty 131) clays after the data of discovery. but in any event prior to the expiration of the warmety period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/25/2013 WA0232 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary heree, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade acat ssotes of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce. Including but act ItrNled to engines. transmissions. drivefines, axles, water pumps add generators; with respect to of such pans, comeduals, attachments and acfxssories, Pierce shag assign to Buyer the applicable warranties. If any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or componenL parl attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment "vrrymper maintenance. accident. crash, or force ma(eure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake. windstorm, hail, good. war or dot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, pad, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, In the sole judgment of Pierce, reversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; at (d) products or pans which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited lo, fires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of Its pans or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may vaid this warranty in part or in Its entirety if the product IS repaired or replaced (a) without prior wri ten approval of the Noted Customer Service Department: or (b) at facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repaim,modifications, alterations or aftereaarket pans added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY 11 the product fails to conform to the wanamy set forth in paragraph 1 during the warronly period, and such raft cotdomrity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or Improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce wwthin me Head period specified m paragraph 1, and shag make the product available far Inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. N the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shag be more 0 to Pierce by Buyer for examination andfas repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such momponagon, antl for risk of less of or damage b the product during transportation. Within a reasonable tine, Pierce shag repair or replace (at Pierces option antl expense) any nonconforming or defert'we pans. Repair or replacement stag be made duty by a faNy approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE_ REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or he any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR MY CONSEQUENTIAL. INCIDENTAL. SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT .(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE. OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS. ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO. REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without linfi ing hie generality of the foregoing. Pierce specifically dleclalms any liability for property or personal injury damages. penalties, damages for lost pmfils or revenues, foss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cast of substitute vehicles or products. down -lime. delay damages. any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surely Bond, if a pan of the Safe Of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (it any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pleme) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorpomled into or attached to the vehicle. M IRi TT(OIR" CM OJ_M]MIE�R C;!II A�'L V E H�� ZI LSE SY�S?T'T IS r - - ,. L.� _ __ fi tom• � 4 E _ -- - } WV T m l DOURMII'� --"I �Afi IRR� ki DR' 1 Y, {VE'H S u �I � a J 7 Effective Model Year 2013 Vehicles Linehau I .............................................................................. ............................... 4 -5 GeneralService .................................................................... ............................... 6 -7 HeavyService ...................................................................... ............................... 8 -9 Off- Highway Service ................................................................ .............................10 Terms and Conditions .............................................................. .............................11 How W Read Warranty Coverage Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) P =Parts Only I Unl= Unlimited P &L =Parts & Labor Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor's vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP -9441 for axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles, which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1 /Unl /P). 311 of 3J9 P C.LEP • Airport Rescue Fire (ARF) • Airport Shuttle • Asphalt Truck • Block Truck • Bottom Dump Trailer Combination • Cementing Vehicle • City Bus • Commercial Pick -Up • Concrete Pumper • Construction Material Hauler • Crash Fire Rescue (CFR) • Mixer • Demolition • Drill Rig • Dump • Emergency Service • Equipment Hauling • Flatbed Trailer Hauler • Flatbed Truck • Fracturing Truck • Front Loader • Geophysical Exploration • Hopper Trailer Combinations • Landscaping Truck • Liquid Waste Hauler • Log Hauling • Lowboy • Michigan Special Gravel Trains • Michigan Special Log Hauler H EAVY a ERY.Iuo� �'d�O.AL.LY IS. .......................................... ............................... • Michigan Special Steel Hauler • Michigan Special Waste Vehicle • Municipal Dump • Rapid Interven(ion Vehicle (RIV) • Rear Loader • Recycling Truck • Residen(ial Pick -Up • Rigging Truck • Roll-Off • Scrap Truck • Semi -End Dump • Sewer /Septic Vacuum • Shuttle Bus • Side Loader • Snowplow /Snowblower • Steel Hauling • Tanker • Tank Truck • Tractors with Pole Trailers • Tractor /Trailer with Jeeps • Transfer Dump • Transfer Vehicle • Transit Bus • Trolley • Utility Truck • Winch Truck • Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) Coverage under Meritor's warranty requires that the application of • On /Off road vocations (10% or more off -road) products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, Meritor, Meritor • Moderate toirequent stops /starts (up to 10 stops per mile) WABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles, and /or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. FRONT ®RDVEMOM -DRIVE STEER AXLES — 2 /UN1NL /P&L FD -965 FG -941 MFS -6 -1628 MFS- 10- 143A -N MFS- 16- 122A -N MX -16 -120 FF -941 FG -943 MFS- 5 -162C MFS- 10- 144A -N MFS- 16- 143A -N MX -17 -140 FF -942 FH -941 MFS- 7- 113C -N MFS- 12- 143A -N RF -16 -145 MX -19 -140 FF -943 FH -945 MFS- 7- 153C -N MFS- 12- 144A -N MFS- 18- 133A -N MX -21 -140 FF -944 FH -946 MFS- 7- 163C -N MFS -12 -155 MFS- 20- 133A -N MX -21 -160 FF -946 FL -941 MFS- 8- 113B -N MFS- 13- 143A -N RF -21 -160 MX -23 -160 FF -961 FL -943 MFS- 8- 153B -N MFS- 13- 144A -N MX -10 -120 MX -23 -819 FF -966 MFS- 6- 151A -N MFS- 8- 163B -N MFS -13 -155 MX -12 -120 FF -967 MFS- 6 -153B MFS- 10 -122A MFS- 14- 143A -N MX -14 -120 CLUTCHES ....... ... .......................................... ............................... REAR DRIVE .................................................. SINGLE AXLES — 2 /UK /P &L ............................... . 15.5" HD Clutch' 1 /100 /P &L MS -10 -113 RC -23 -160 MS -26 -616 15.5" TwinXTend 1 /100 /P &L RS -13 -120 RH -23 -160 RS- 26- 185/380 17" FreedomLine Clutch 1 /100 /P &L RS -15 -120 RS -23 -160 MS -30 -616 ' Products with an in- service date prior to 11/01/02 warranted by Meritor Clutch MS- 17 -14X RS -23 -160 RH -30 -185 Company. RS-1 7-144/145/A RC -23 -161 RS -30- 185/380 MS- 19 -14X RH -23 -161 MS -35 -380 ®NN IVELINNES — T /UML /PIL RS -19 -144 RS -23 -161 RS -38 -380 ................................................... ............................... MS-21 -114 RS-23-186/380 RC -25 -160 RPL 92N RN MXL MS- 21 -14X RC -23 -162 RC -26 -633 RS -21 -145 RC -23 -165 MT -58 -616 RS- 21 -145/A RS -24 -160 71162 RS -21 -160 RS -25 -160 71163 RC -22 -145 RH -26 -185 312 of 339 INDUSTRIAL AN® OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE VEHICLES • Load -On /Load -Off - Yard Jockey - Specialized Mining - Rail Car Mover • Pod Tractor a All- Terrain Crane - Excavator - Loader • Rail Yard Spotter - Rough Terrain Crane - Compactor o Tow Tractor • Roll -On /Roll -011 - Forestry - Fertilizer Spreader - Pushback Tractor • Stevedoring Tractor - Material Handling - Snow Blower respective dealer/ • Trailer Spotter - Specialized Heavy Haul - Mining INDUSTRIAL AND ®EE- OOICIOWAV SERVICE TYPICALLY IS .......................................................................................................................................... ............................... • Low mileage operation Coverage under Meritor's warranty requires that the application of products • Low speed vehicle speed restriction be properly approved pursuant to OEM, Meritor, Meritor WABCO, and ZF • Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use engineering approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for axles and /or contact Meritor • Six (6) starts /stops per mile (typical) regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. ®RIVE STEER AHLE� — 9 /TONE /� .0RIVELINE� -1../. IDNL /� ................................................... ............................... ...................................................... MOR MOX MOC RPL RN MXL ER ®NTNOON- ®RIVE STEER ASSLE� — 9 /RNL/On REAR ®RIVE TANODEM AMLE� — . /TONE /On ................................................... ............................... .................................................... ............................... FF - 941 FL - 943 FF - 943 MFS- 12- 143A -N FF - 961 MFS- 12- 144A -N FF - 966 MFS- 13- 143A -N FG - 941 MFS- 13- 144A -N FG - 943 MFS- 14- 143A -N FL - 941 MFS- 16- 122A -N MFS- 16- 143A -N MT- 44 -14X /P MT -70 -380 RT- 46- 164EH /P MFS- 18- 133A -N MT -52 -616 RT- 44 -145/P RT- 50 -160/P MFS- 20- 133A -N MT -58 -616 RT -46 -160 /P MON -ZO FAMILY RLAN ETA Rb AXLES — 9 /I➢NL /P MOR MOX MOC MOT REAR ®RIVE SINGLE AX.LE� — I /IDNL /R .................................................. ............................... . RS -23 -186 MS -30 -615 MS -35 -380 RS -23 -380 RS -30 -185 RS -24 -160 RS -30 -380 10 BRAKE COMPONENTS Cam P 3 /Unl /P Cam 0 Plusm 3 /Unl /P &L ASA 3Nnl /P Hubs /Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components WON Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1 /Unl /P All Other Brakes 1 /Unl /P LX500 Feature' 1 /Unl /P ' Includes: bushing, seal, cam and ASA. ' Based on stamped wear diameter max. engines are not .MERIT ®R WU.AOOC® C ®M.P. DNENT8' ABS (Anti -Lock Braking System) Air /Hydraulic 3 /300 /P &L Air Dryers (ALL) 1 /100 1P &L Leveling Valves 1 /Unl /P &L Air Brake Valves 1 /100 /P Clutch Controls 2 /200 1P &L Air Compressors= 1 /100 1P &L Actuator 1 /100 /P &L ' Warranted by Meritor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems. : WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DOC engines are not warranted or serviced by Merilm WABCO. Please contact your respective dealer/ distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 313 of 339 Product Description �®�E.H$�I.E �0M����� ®N��io ........................ .......................... ............................... All The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non- genuine Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion. Front Axles King Pin Bushings. Rear Axles Self- contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton. Clutch Friction face and mating surface of center and pressure plate, wear pads and clutch brake. ASA Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over - torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies. ADS, Electronic Stability Control (ESC), Roll Stability Control (RSC) and OnGuard Cut, broken, chaffed or otherwise damaged cable wires. Damaged sensors from removal when seized in block, or sensor adjust- ments /alignments. Valve failures due to contamination in air system. E.C.U. failures due to excessive over - voltage conditions. Air Dryers Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only. Air System Components Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs, valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals. Water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a non - genuine air dryer cartridge will not be covered. Cam Brake Brake lining wear and brake shoe "rust- jacking." Disc Brake Pad wear, rotor wear. Product Description An Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Front Axles Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3- year /300,000 -mile or pub- lished vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year /unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3- year /300,000 -mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor, then Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year /unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles The Meritor" breather part number A- 2297 -C -8765 with A- 3196 -J -1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and /or loss of tube in axles. Cam Brake Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity X30 Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum. Disc Brake Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P. Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details. 314 of V, (1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? Mentor Inc. warrants to [he owner ( "Owner ") that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer ( "OEM ") as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on- highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM's vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the dale of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement. Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number I and the applicable Meritor maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Merilor through the OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in- service dale. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new [ruck and /or trailer dealer or with Meritor directly. Failure to notify Meritor of (1) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (11) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, pails only warranty (1 /Unl /P) from the initial in- service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Meritor or through the OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under Mentor's warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, Meritor, Meritor - WABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles, and /or contact Merilor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. (4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (1) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle's configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Merilor), (11) accident, natural disaster, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the transmission, axle, driveline, and /or clutch torque capacity), or (III) improper or insuliicienl maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals, or tube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part [hat is not sold by Merilor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1 /Unl /P) will apply. (5) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the detective component at Mentor's option. Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and /or returned to Meritor lot review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty. THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. (7) Limitation of Remedies. In no event shall Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited lo, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component. (8) To Obtain Service. If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Merilor for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Merilor component covered by this warranty. (9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Merilor and the Owner. For more information: Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC 866- OnTracl (866- 668 -7221) 2135 West Maple Road Litho in USA ©2012 Merilor. Inc. meritoncom Troy, Michigan 48084 USA SP-95155 Revised 06- 12(478651f7g)of 339 Vehicle models, brands and names depleted heroin are the property of their respective owners, and are not In any way associated with Meritor. Inc., or Its affiliates. R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. 101 Philadelphia St. Hanover, PA 17331 Pierce Manufacturing Inc. 2600 American Drive Appleton, WI 54912 LIMITED WARRANTY: The R. H. Sheppard Co. Inc., ( "Sheppard ") warrants all MI IOPKGI and Ml 10SAU1 steering gears manufactured and sold to Pierce Manufacturing Inc. ( "Pierce ") for application on Pierce TAK -4 equipped vehicles to be free from defects of workmanship and material under normal use and service for a period of thirty six months from the in service date of the vehicle to its original owner. Vehicle applications where Sheppard product is used require an application approval before production build. If Pierce uses Sheppard product for any purpose or application which has not been approved by Sheppard in advance, including aftermarket devices (defined as a device added to the steering system directly or indirectly affecting the performance or operation of the Sheppard product in its approved application) not tested and approved by Sheppard this limited warranty SHALL NOT APPLY AND SHALL BE VOID. SHEPPARD MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY; EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. SHEPPARD EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. SHEPPARD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING FROM THE USE OF A PRODUCT. Pierce expressly acknowledges its obligation to inform all users (customers) of the above disclaimer. CONDITIONS: Claims under this Limited Warranty may only be made by Pierce. In no event shall Sheppard be held liable for warranty charges by unauthorized persons. No allowance will be made for repairs or alterations, unless made with the written consent of Sheppard. Authorized Pierce dealers shall be the only authorized repair facility for Sheppard products applied to Pierce vehicles. Any warrantable repair made under this Limited Warranty must be made on or before 36 months of the in- service date for the Product to which the claim relates. Sheppard shall not be liable for claims made after such date. Sheppard product fitted to Pierce vehicles that are repaired at a repair facility other than an authorized Pierce dealer within the warranty period will be considered for payment under the guidelines of this agreement only by joint written consideration of Sheppard and Pierce warranty departments. It shall be the responsibility of the Pierce warranty department to notify Sheppard if and when this situation occurs. Sheppard will not be held responsible for damage to other steering components such as but not limited to pumps and reservoirs due to improper adjustment of steering gear relief plungers. Vehicle downtime and towing will not be considered under warranty. REMEDIES: The sole and exclusive remedy of Pierce for Sheppard's breach of the foregoing warranty is limited to the return and repair or reimbursement as follows: 316 of 339 R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. WARRANTY Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Page 2 Warranty Support: In support of the Pierce dealer network, Sheppard will provide a toll -free "Hotline" service to assist in the diagnosis and troubleshooting of steering problems. The R. H. Sheppard Co., Inc. Field Service Department can be reached at 1- 800 - 274 -7437 for assistance. Sheppard will require that Pierce dealers contact this toll -free "Hotline" for approval before product is removed from a vehicle in a warranty situation. When contacted regarding a warranty situation, the Sheppard representative will provide an authorization number for removal of the product. This Returned Goods Authorization (RGA) number must be included in all warranty correspondence and attached to all returned goods. Procedure: In the event of a warranty situation, the servicing dealer shall contact the Sheppard Hotline and receive an RGA number before replacing any steering gear. For M1 I OPKG1 and MI 10SAUI steering gear models, the dealer will first obtain an RGA number from Sheppard, and then order the replacement gear from Pierce. Replacement M110PKG1 and MI 10SAU1 steering gears shall be shipped from Pierce once those models are in full production. A warranty claim for both parts and labor will then be generated by the dealer and sent to Pierce. After reviewing the claim, Pierce will submit into Sheppard for reimbursement. Parts Reimbursement: Sheppard agrees to reimburse Pierce at Pierce's purchase price plus 30% mark -up for parts found to be defective within the warranty period. Parts being returned for warranty consideration shall be sent to the R. H. Sheppard Company, 447 R Middle St., Hanover, PA 17331 ATTN: Warranty Dept. Sheppard's determination as to whether the part is covered by the foregoing warranty is final and conclusive. Sheppard requires the return of complete steering gears only. Individual seals replaced under warranty should not be returned unless specifically requested by Sheppard. All parts being returned for warranty consideration must be clearly tagged with all pertinent warranty information including, but not limited to (1) Returned Goods Authorization number (RGA): (2) claim number: (3) date in service: (4) date of failure; (5) mileage; (6) part number; (7) labor hours: (8) dealer labor rate and; (9) dollar amount claimed. Claims submitted without prior authorization are subject to rejection under this agreement. Labor: Labor to repair Sheppard product found to be defective within the warranty period will be reimbursed at not more than 10 hours per vehicle. Labor shall be reimbursed at the rate of $85.00 USD per hour for M1 I OPGK1 and MI I OSAUI steering gears. Freight: Pierce will collect MI IOPGKI and M110SAU1 warranty material at a designated collection point. Inbound freight to the Pierce collection point will be the responsibility of Pierce. All warranty material should be returned from the Pierce collection point to R. H. Sheppard Co. Freight Collect by a Sheppard - specified common carrier based on location of the Pierce collection point. Sheppard does not require the return of failed seals. Any freight charges incurred for the return of seals will be the responsibility of Pierce. Parts returned for warranty consideration without prior authorization are subject to rejection under this agreement and may be subject to a charge back of inbound freight charges. Parts rejected under this warranty will be returned to Pierce Freight Collect or scrapped by Sheppard at Pierce's discretion. 317 of 339 R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. WARRANTY Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Page 3 Outside Purchases: Pierce authorized dealers shall be the only outlet for repair, warranty service and parts for Sheppard products applied to Pierce vehicles. Sheppard will not be responsible for consumables such as hoses, belts, fluids, fittings or miscellaneous shop material that may be required for the repair- of the product. Warranty Documentation: Warranty credit memos will be issued monthly to the Pierce Warranty Department. Monthly credit memos will include (1) claim number; (2) part number; (3) parts reimbursement; (4) labor reimbursement; (5) any applicable Pierce reference number and; (6) reason for rejection or acceptance of the claim. Credit memos will be issued in U.S. funds. Debits for warranty claims will not be accepted under this agreement. Claim disposition will constitute the final and conclusive resolution of warranty claims. Parts Retention: Sheppard will retain parts submitted for warranty consideration for a period of sixty (60) days for any material found to be rejected for warranty. Sheppard will notify Pierce within sixty (60) days of receipt of Sheppard's determination as to whether any such part is covered by this warranty. Warranty reimbursement will be issued within thirty days of receipt of material at Sheppard. Good -Will Requests: Good -Will requests will be considered jointly between Sheppard and Pierce for equitable compensation. RECALLS: Sheppard retains the right to review information regarding federal motor vehicle recall and /or product repair- programs if Sheppard products fitted to Pierce vehicles are alleged to be non- compliant with federal motor vehicle safety standards. Sheppard retains the right to review any claims of product defect or non - compliance before participating in reimbursement of expenses incurred as a result of alleged non - compliance or defect of its products. Sheppard agrees to negotiate in good faith for the reimbursement of expenses incurred by Pierce for all administrative, material and labor cost and expense associated with any recall where Sheppard product is found to be defective or non - compliant with federal motor vehicle standards. MISCELLANEOUS: This writing constitutes the full complete and final statement of Sheppard's limited warranty for Ml lOPKG1 and M110SAU1 products sold to Pierce. All prior oral or written correspondence, test data, negotiations, representations, understandings and the like regarding products are merged in this writing and extinguished by it. This limited warranty may not be altered, amended extended or modified except by a writing signed by the President or Vice President of Sheppard. No employee, vendor, dealer, distributor or other representative of Sheppard has authority to make statements to extend, expand, alter or amend the terms of this Limited Warranty. Sheppard expressly disclaims any statements contrary to the Limited Warranty. Sheppard's failure at any time to enforce any of the terms and conditions stated herein shall not constitute a waiver of any provisions herein. This Limited Warranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. 318 of 339 R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. WARRANTY Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Page 4 Any legal actions which may arise as a result of disputes, controversies or claims arising out of or related to this limited warranty shall be in such forum as Sheppard and Pierce shall agree, or, in the absence of agreement, in a court of appropriate jurisdiction other than in the county in which either party is located. This Limited Warranty shall not be assigned by Pierce. COOPERATIVE EFFORT: Sheppard and Pierce agree to work cooperatively toward expanding this warranty coverage to a period of sixty months from the in service date. These cooperative efforts shall focus on examining the effects of increased heat generated by 2007 model engines and its impact on the entire power steering system. AGREEMENT: This agreement is effective April 3, 2006 and may be modified by mutual agreement between Sheppard and Pierce of a signed amendment to be attached to the original Limited Warranty. There are no third party beneficiaries to this Limited Warranty. This warranty agreement applies to Pierce authorized dealers only. It does not encompass any special arrangements that Pierce may now have or that Pierce may enter into, with any other segments of the trucking industry. This warranty agreement does not apply to non - conforming product removed at Pierce assembly plants. This Limited Warranty agreement between the R. H. Sheppard Co., Inc and Pierce Manufacturing Inc. may be terminated by either party with thirty days written notice prior to termination. Signed at Pierce Manufacturing Inc., Appleton, WI this R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. Authorized Signature Title day of 2006. PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC. Authorized Signature Title 319 of 339 r CPJlG5 "1 MINIMUM Five (s) Year Material and Workmanship Aerial Hydraulic System Components Three (3) Year M2t8ri20 and Workmanship Aerial HydF2U00C System Seals Umined Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following womanly to the Buyer, This limited warrant' shag apply only if the product is property maimained in accordance with Piwcce' s maintenance Instructions antl manuals arch is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does net subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in wrilbg within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery. but in any event prior to Me expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 612812011 WA0200 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any Integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce. Including but not limitetl to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such pans, components, attachments and a¢essaries, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, gany. made by the respective manufacturers themok (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment w accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, file, exposure to severe environmental or chemical com itions, acidic emirearand, improper maintenance, accidem, crash, or form majeure such as medal chaster, lightning, eadhqueke, windstorm, hail, good, war or dot (c) any vehicle, chassis ce component. part attachment w accessory that has been repaired. altered or assembled in any way by any Person w wily other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the pedomnance, stabiBy or purpose for which it was marwfactureQ w (d) products or pads which may in the ordinary nurse wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limitetl to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes he responsibility fur the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirely if the product Is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, moddemions, alterations or aftennarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty, THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty sal forth in paragraph 1 dung the warranty period, and such nonconformity Is rot due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance. Buyer must notify Piece within the 4me period specified paragraph 1, and shall make the product available fur Inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be retuned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportalion. W thin a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pads. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY, 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwhi slari ing anything to Me contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EOUITY, W rl H RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE. OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBIL17Y OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Wthora Ihnilirg the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims airy liability for property w personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cast of substitute vehicles or products, dawntkne, delay damages, say ah. types of economic loss, Of fur any claims by any third party for any such damages, Note: Any Surety Bond,, if a pert of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provideof, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other then Pierce) of any part, component, . attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. The aerial hydraulic system components and seals shall be Coverage: free from component or stmctuml failures mused by defects In material andlor workmanship. Warranty Begins: The dale of the original purchase Invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Five (5) Years and Three (3) Years Ends After. Pierre's obligation under this warranty Is limited to repairing or replacing without charge, as Pierce may elect, the hydraulic fines, fitgngs, valves, seals, cylinders, filters, Conditions and Pumps, hydraulic motors, rotary actuators, or components Exclusions: which Pierce determines to have failed due to defective material and workmanship. See Also Paragraphs This warranty shall not apply unless the aerial device is 2 thm 4 Inspected In accordance with NFPA 1911 Standard for Inspection, Maintenance, Testing, and Retirement of In- Service Automotive Fire Apparatus and the appllcable Pierce Operator and Maintenance Manuals. This limited warrant' shag apply only if the product is property maimained in accordance with Piwcce' s maintenance Instructions antl manuals arch is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does net subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in wrilbg within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery. but in any event prior to Me expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 612812011 WA0200 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any Integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce. Including but not limitetl to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such pans, components, attachments and a¢essaries, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, gany. made by the respective manufacturers themok (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment w accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, file, exposure to severe environmental or chemical com itions, acidic emirearand, improper maintenance, accidem, crash, or form majeure such as medal chaster, lightning, eadhqueke, windstorm, hail, good, war or dot (c) any vehicle, chassis ce component. part attachment w accessory that has been repaired. altered or assembled in any way by any Person w wily other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the pedomnance, stabiBy or purpose for which it was marwfactureQ w (d) products or pads which may in the ordinary nurse wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limitetl to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes he responsibility fur the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirely if the product Is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, moddemions, alterations or aftennarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty, THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty sal forth in paragraph 1 dung the warranty period, and such nonconformity Is rot due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance. Buyer must notify Piece within the 4me period specified paragraph 1, and shall make the product available fur Inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be retuned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportalion. W thin a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pads. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY, 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES Notwhi slari ing anything to Me contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EOUITY, W rl H RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE. OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBIL17Y OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Wthora Ihnilirg the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims airy liability for property w personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cast of substitute vehicles or products, dawntkne, delay damages, say ah. types of economic loss, Of fur any claims by any third party for any such damages, Note: Any Surety Bond,, if a pert of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provideof, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other then Pierce) of any part, component, . attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. E Z ��r=�� ^IZ 10- (Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship - Transmission Oil hooter Three (3) Year Collateral Damage Coverage Li 1111 1. LIMITED WARRANN Sublecl to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the folovAng warranty to the Buyer, This forted warranty shag apply only if the product is property maintained In acardance, with Percx s ma'ullemance, instructions and manuals and is used! In service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does net subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally mull from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a dialect of nonconformity, it must holly Pierce in writing within MAy (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 212 212 01 2 WA0216 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product Met are not manufactured by Pierce, Including but not limited to engines, transmissions. dwefines, axles, water Pumps and generators; with respect to all such pads, components, attachments and accessories. Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable wasmmies, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehide, chase, or component, pan, atladmard or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment. improper mam;enance, seeking. crash, or fame mageae such as natural disaster, lightning. earthquake, windstorm. hat flood, ter or rise; (c) any vehicle, dosses or axnwrwL pan, attachment a accessory that has ben repaired, ahered ce assembled 'n any way by any person or entity other than Ponce which, N the sole tudgmeed of Pierce, adversely affects the peadormarce, slaty, or purpose for which It was manufactured; or (d) prstluds or pans which may in the stormy worse wear but and have to be replaced during the warranty period, i chiding, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty In pan or in its entirely if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, moddications, alterations or aflermarket pads added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty, 2 DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. If the product fags to conform to the warranty set forth a paragraph 1 during the waaamy period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or bnproper maintenance, Buyer must rMly Pierre within the time period speed in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available fa inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly detective product shall be retuned to Pierce by Buyer for examination anchor repair. Buyer shall be responside for the seal of such transponslion, and for risk of loss of a damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable lime, Pierce shall repair or replace let Pienui s option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pads. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, Notwithstanding anything to dire contrary harem or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL INCIDENTAL SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY. WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. William Bniing the generality of the foregoing. Pierce speci iwVy d'acand; any liab'�Oty for property or personal h§ury damages, penalties, bandages la last profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substlute vehicles m products, dpe,h4me, delay damages, any, other types of monomic loss, or for any dolma by any third party far any such damages. thole: Any Surety Bond,, if a on of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided. applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (f any) mode by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. The (mnsmission cooler shall be free from component or Coverage: structural failures caused by defects in material angler workmanship. Collateral damage up (o $10,000 per occurrence Is available for the first three (3) years. Warranty Begins: The gate of delivery to the first retail purchaser. Warranty Period Five (5) Years on Oil Cooler and three (3) years on collateral End. After: damagecoverage This warranty does not cover repair due to accidents, misuse, and excessive vibration, flying debris, storage . damago(freezing), negligence or modification. This warranty Is void If any modification or repairs are performed without authorization. This also volds any future warranty. This warranty dam net cover cost of maintenance or repairs due to lack of required mslnlenanco services as recommended. Performance of the required maintenance Conditions and and use of proper fluids am the responsibility of the owner. Exclusions: Towing Is covered to the nearest dead bu(or or authorized Sao Also dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to Paragraphs your transmission. 2 thru 4 Labor costs for the removal and reinstallation of goods may be covered when necessary (o make repairs. Please contact your OEM for authorization. Replacement of cooler during the warranty period is limited to 100% of reasonable labor costs up to a maximum of $700 to remove, replace, or repair the all cooler. This forted warranty shag apply only if the product is property maintained In acardance, with Percx s ma'ullemance, instructions and manuals and is used! In service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does net subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally mull from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a dialect of nonconformity, it must holly Pierce in writing within MAy (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 212 212 01 2 WA0216 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product Met are not manufactured by Pierce, Including but not limited to engines, transmissions. dwefines, axles, water Pumps and generators; with respect to all such pads, components, attachments and accessories. Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable wasmmies, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehide, chase, or component, pan, atladmard or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment. improper mam;enance, seeking. crash, or fame mageae such as natural disaster, lightning. earthquake, windstorm. hat flood, ter or rise; (c) any vehicle, dosses or axnwrwL pan, attachment a accessory that has ben repaired, ahered ce assembled 'n any way by any person or entity other than Ponce which, N the sole tudgmeed of Pierce, adversely affects the peadormarce, slaty, or purpose for which It was manufactured; or (d) prstluds or pans which may in the stormy worse wear but and have to be replaced during the warranty period, i chiding, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty In pan or in its entirely if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, moddications, alterations or aflermarket pads added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty, 2 DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. If the product fags to conform to the warranty set forth a paragraph 1 during the waaamy period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or bnproper maintenance, Buyer must rMly Pierre within the time period speed in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available fa inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly detective product shall be retuned to Pierce by Buyer for examination anchor repair. Buyer shall be responside for the seal of such transponslion, and for risk of loss of a damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable lime, Pierce shall repair or replace let Pienui s option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pads. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, Notwithstanding anything to dire contrary harem or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL INCIDENTAL SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY. WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. William Bniing the generality of the foregoing. Pierce speci iwVy d'acand; any liab'�Oty for property or personal h§ury damages, penalties, bandages la last profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substlute vehicles m products, dpe,h4me, delay damages, any, other types of monomic loss, or for any dolma by any third party far any such damages. thole: Any Surety Bond,, if a on of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided. applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (f any) mode by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 3750 CHESTNUT ROAD ALBURTIS, PA 18011 -0451 Phone, 610-966-3115 Fax: 610-965-6313 * STANDARD TEN YEAR WARRANTY (standard warranty is in effect for parts shipped after 4/15/10) Telescopic Waterways A. PRESHIPMENT TESTING All waterways fabricated by Amity are final inspected using the following pressure minimums: 1. Hydrostatic applications will be tested to 400 PSI unless specified otherwise on approved drawings. Operating pressures on installed systems are not to exceed 250 PSI at any point in the system. Warranty will be voided and Amity will not be held liable for failure and /or damage occurring from Water Hammering or freezing of water in any system. B. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION AND MAINTENANCE 1. All components are thoroughly greased at assembly. Since internally lubricated seals are used, regular greasing is not required. We recommend components not be greased at installation. 2. Slip Tube Assemblies may be greased at the Amity's regularly scheduled Aerial Inspections. The seals in the Slip Tube Assemblies are self - lubricating, so greasing is not mandatory. We do recommend a visual inspection of the Slip Tube Assembly while it is fully extended after initial installation, from that point on we recommend inspection every ten hours of aerial operation. If any deposits of aluminum appear, they are to be rubbed off using a Teflon scouring pad. Slip Tube Assemblies are designed to give long maintenance free service; however, like any product, problems may occur and periodic visual inspections will aid in determining if a potential problem exists and warrants a call to us. Care must be taken to keep debris off of extended tubes. We recommend wiping tubes with light oil (10 weight) or hydraulic oil after use, if tubes appear to have contamination on them. Under no circumstance are tubes to be cleaned with lacquer thinner, or any other solvent. C. LIMITED WARRANTY, LIMITATIONS, CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES REQUIRED. 1. Products are warranted to be free of defects in labor and /or materials for a period of ten years from the date of purchase from the Amity and shall be repaired or replaced at the sole option and expense of the Amity provided the products alleged to be defective was used for its intended normal use operation and subject to the following qualifications and limitations. 2. Any alteration of product without consent from Amity is strictly forbidden and shall void warranty. 3. No welding shall be performed on finished product. 4. No responsibility is assumed for any malfunctions or damages which are occasionally caused by foreign objects which may be ingested into water system such as, but not limited to stones, sand or metal chips. 5. Amity assumes responsibility for our product, which is defective only, and therefore, it will not assume responsibility for labor to either remove or install our product unless it agrees in writing to assume such responsibility. 6. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Amity all returns of defective (or allegedly defective products) are at Purchaser's expense and must include a RGA number issued by the Amity. 7. All warranty claims must be presented at the time the problem occurs, or as soon as practical thereafter, either called or faxed to the Amity and include the numbers on the assembly's Amity's label with a detailed explanation of the difficulty in order for the matter to be appropriately evaluated and resolved. 8. Amity will not be held liable for damage incurred during shipment. 9. No responsibility shall be assumed for misuse or improper mounting, unreasonably use or abuse of the Product and or failure to provide or use improper maintenance, failure to follow written installation and use in instruction or any use other than the customary designed use. REMEDIES PROVIDED IN THE ABOVE EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY AND ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AVAILABLE. NO OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTIES ARE MADE. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR (00046826;v2) FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE ARE LIMITED IN DURATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AMITY ASSUME OR BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. THE WITHIN DESCRIBED WARRANTY SHALL ONLY BE AFFORDED TO THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OR FOR INCORPORATION INTO ANOTHER UNIT AND TO FIRST PURCHASER AS PART OF COMPLETED UNIT, HOWEVER, THE WARRANTY PERIOD OF TEN YEARS COMMENCES UPON INSTALLATION INTO FINAL ASSEMBLY WITH THE UNDERSTANDING IT IS INSTALLED WITHIN SIX MONTHS OF PURCHASE. Dated: _, 20_ 1 C;. 5 r. a P 1 t {00046826;x2} 3750 CHESTNUT ROAD ALBURTIS, PA 18011 -0451 Phone: 610-966-3115 Fax: 610-965-6313 * STANDARD FIVE YEAR WARRANTY * (standard warranty is in effect for parts shipped after 4/15/10) Three Function Swivel A. PRESHIPMENT TESTING The Three Function Swivel fabricated by Amity which is exposed to pressure during normal use is subject to final inspection using the following pressure minimums: 1. Hydrostatic applications will be tested to 400 PSI unless specified otherwise on approved drawings. Operating pressures on installed systems are not to exceed 250 PSI at any point in the system. Warranty will be voided and Amity will not be held liable for failure and /or damage occurring from Water Hammering or freezing of water in any system. 2. Hydraulic applications will be tested to 4000 PSI. System operating pressure in application to be 3000 PSI maximum. 3. Dielectric and Continuity Test all circuits. 30 Amp max current loading. B. THREE FUNCTION SWIVEL MAINTENANCE — Our Three Function Swivel has been fully tested at assembly. Under no circumstances is there to be any maintenance performed internally or externally to the Three Function Swivel by Purchaser or any other third party other than an authorized representative of or Amity itself. The Three Function Swivel is sealed and must remain so. The Three Function Swivel is designed for a long maintenance free life. Should any problems ur or replacement be necessary, first contact Amity. There is to be no field maintenance performed on the Three nction Swivel . C. MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS — The following are the mounting requirements for the Three Function Swivel: 1. Mounting points and methods are to be determined at the initial design stage. All drawings and applicable documentation must be signed off by both parties and filed for future reference. No deviation to the approved mounting is allowed without approval from Amity. 2. The Three Function Swivel is to be mounted concentric to the center of the turntable bearing. 3. All inlet and outlet plumbing to conform to swivel mounting, under no circumstances is the Three Function Swivel to be positioned to match connections. This will avoid putting excessive loads on the Three Function Swivel. All tubing or piping to be supported by means other than the Three Function Swivel. D. LIMITED WARRANTY, LIMITATIONS, CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES REQUIRED. 1. The Three Function Swivel is warranted to be free of defects in labor and /or materials for a period of five (5) years from the Date of Service. For purposes here, "Date of Service" shall mean the date when the Three Function Swivel, or the unit to which the Three Function Swivel is incorporated, passes final Underwriters Laboratory testing, or similarly compliant testing, and is certified for service. Evidence of such Date of Service shall be required in connection with any warranty claim by Purchaser. 2. The Three Function Swivel shall be repaired or replaced at the sole option and expense of the Amity provided the Three Function Swivel alleged to be defective was used for its intended normal use of operation and subject to the following qualifications and limitations. 3. Any alteration of the Three Function Swivel without consent from Amity is strictly forbidden and shall void warranty. 4. No welding shall be performed on finished Three Function Swivel. 5. No responsibility is assumed for any malfunctions or damages which are occasionally caused by foreign objects which may be ingested into water or hydraulic systems such as, but not limited to stones, sand or metal chips. 6. Amity assumes responsibility for our Three Function Swivel, which is defective only, and therefore, it will not assume responsibility for labor to either remove or install our Three Function Swivel unless it agrees in writing to assume such responsibility. 7. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Amity all returns of defective Three Function Swivels (or allegedly defective Three Function Swivels) are at Purchaser's expense and must include a RGA number issued by the Amity. (00046826;v2) 8. All warranty claims must be presented at the time the problem occurs, or as soon as practical thereafter, either called or faxed to the Amity and include the numbers on the assembly's Amity's label with a detailed explanation of the difficulty in order for the matter to be appropriately evaluated and resolved. Amity will not be held liable for damage incurred during shipment. 10. No responsibility shall be assumed for misuse or improper mounting, unreasonably use or abuse of the Three Function Swivel and or failure to provide or use improper maintenance, failure to follow written installation and use in instruction or any use other than the customary designed use. THE REMEDIES PROVIDED IN THE ABOVE EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY AND ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AVAILABLE. NO OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTIES ARE MADE. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE ARE LIMITED IN DURATION AS SET FORTH ABOVE. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AMITY ASSUME OR BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. THE WITHIN DESCRIBED WARRANTY SHALL ONLY BE AFFORDED TO THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OR FOR INCORPORATION INTO ANOTHER UNIT AND TO FIRST PURCHASER AS PART OF COMPLETED UNIT, HOWEVER, THE WARRANTY PERIOD OF FIVE YEARS IS FROM THE DATE OF SERVICE WITH THE UNDERSTANDING IT IS INSTALLED WITHIN A REASONABLE TIME PERIOD. Dated: _, 20_ (00046826;v2) 0 O tC1 =Fi7 Effective 7 August, 2009 ®� UPIEMME SERVMC E WARRANTY United Plastic Fabricating, Inc. (hereinafter called "UPF ") warrants each z p M. POLY- TANKO, Booster /Foam Tank POLYSIDEO Wetside Tank, Integrator Tank /Body, ELLIPSE T'" Elliptical Tank, Ellip -T -Tank Tank and DEFENDERT"^ Skid Tank to be free from defects in material and workmanship for the service life of the original vehicle (vehicle must be actively used in an emergency re- sponse for fire suppression). All UPF Tanks must be installed and operated in accordance with the UPF Installation and Operating Guidelines. Failure to do F. �g so can void the warranty. o Every UPF Tank is inspected and tested before leaving our facility. Should your UPF Tank require service, please notify UPF via email, fax, in writing or o ® ®� by calling UPF at 1- 978 -975 -4520. Please provide the serial number, a de- scription of the service request, the location along with the phone number and name of the contact person. Our goal is to have scheduled work completed within a reasonable time period. tot.Fincluding ® PiRM k Il 0 ® ° J @9 ® ® Under a valid warranty claim, UPF will cover the cost to repair the UPF Tank the customary and reasonable costs to make the tank accessible such as the removal and reinstallation of the tank if authorized in advance (pre- approved) by UPF. The warranty will not cover tanks that have been im- properly installed, operated, misused, abused, or modified from its intended or designed use. Serial number must not have been altered, defaced or re- moved. Tanks that are not stored or installed p h roperly whic results in the tank suffering UV damage will not be covered by this agreemenfi. Should UPF determine that the service claim is valid under/this warranty for a tank located outside of the United States and Canada UPF will assume the costs for labor and material for the warranty repair as described above plus all travel costs to the U.S. port of embarkation. Costs for airline travel outside r�wj 55 IM � g ® ®19 of the U.S. and Canada will not be the responsibility of,UPF. In the event the tank shall become stationed in an area of the world that is considered to be a war >zone or -where unsafe. conditions exist for the safe passage of United States Nationals, as reported by the United States Depart- ment of State, (http: / /www.state.gov), and a request to perform service or © z drepairs 6 aFor warranty repairs, UPF reserves the right to refuse to honor such requests. It is the purchaser's responsibility to relocate the tank to an area where such can be performed without undue risk to UPF employees or their des - ignee. UPF will make every reasonable effort to support our products though alternative means. EllipseTm elliptical tanks, a separate five year warranty provided by the subcontractor is applied to the sub - frames, chute linings (rubber isolation DQ� lit 2 strips) and metal components. The stainless steel wrap provided by UPF shall be warranted by the subcontractor performing the wrap installation in CJ accordance with their warranty in place at the time of the installation. UPF will not be liable for any warranty costs associated with the wrap, sub- frames, g, chute linings (rubber isolation strips) and metal components but will assist with all claims on behalf of its customer. hi 04 For PolySideO wetsided tanks and Integrator 11 Tank /Body units, all polypro- pylene components related to the tank shall carry the standard UPF lifetime Conti1TAPL Uack o ZJ C I° �l y J, J �J U C v 2 O r service warranty. Other polypropylene components, including but not limited to compartments, wheel wells, fenders and other body related components shall be warranted by UPF for a period of ten years. The warranty for the PolySideO and IntegratorTM units excludes paint or hardware, which shall be covered by the manufacturer of the paint/hardware. All UPF tanks 50 gallons or less utilized for non -fire applications and installed on specialty vehicles such as ATVs, trailers, boats, etc. are covered under a separate warranty policy available from UPF. Further, UPF Protector TM foam and water trailers are warranted under a separate warranty policy available from UPF. This UPF warranty is transferable within the United States only with priorwrit- ten approval by UPF (except an original apparatus manufacturer may assign this warranty to the first titled owner /lessee of the apparatus). UPF will NOT reimburse any unnecessary work and/or work that has not been pre- approved. Any and all third party charges must be pre - authorized and approved in writing by UPF prior to commencing the work. Any unauthorized third party repairs, alterations, actions or modi- fications will not be covered and can void the warranty. UPF will be the sole determining authority as to whether a service claim will be valid and covered under this warranty. I In no event will UPF be liable for an amount in excess of'the purchase price of the booster /foam tank at the time of manufacture or for'any loss or dam- age, whether direct, indirect, incidental, consequential, or otherwise arising out of failure of its product. Loss of contents (water, foam, etc.) shall not be the responsibility of UPF. Further, UPF is not responsible for costs associated with service repairs to chassis, sub - frames, bodies, valves, dumps, hoses, pressure vacuum vents, and other components (i.e. liquid level transducers, etc.). Further, UPF will not cover the cost for travel of the vehicle to and from a repair facility. This warranty contains the entire warranty.: It i'_the -sole warranty and price agreements or representation, whether oral or written, are either merged herein or expressly cancelled. UPF neither assumes, nor authorizes any per- son supposing to act on its behalf to change, nor assume for it, any warranty or liability concerning its product. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Some states do not allow exclusion or limitation or incidental or consequential damage, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. Since some states do not allow limitations on the length of an implied warranty, the above limitation may not apply to you. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WHICH EX- TEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION OF THE FACE HEREOF. THERE IS NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR A WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ADDITION- ALLY, THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITIES ON THE PART OF UPF. POLY- TANK®,& POLYSIDE° are registered trademarks of UPF, Inc. INTEGRATOR'', ELLIPSE', ELLIP -T- TANK`'& DEFENDER' are trademarks of UPF, Inc. m 08/01/09 UPF, Inc. Printed in the USA 327 of 339 rY - Pierce Warranty Statement for Gortite Roll Up Doors Rev 212412011 All mechanical components of the door shall be warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. All parts covered under this warranty shall be to the original owner. A &A manufacturing warrants that painted doors shall be free of blistering, peeling, bubbling, or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. The time period for the coverage shall be 6 years from date of door shipment to Pierce. Satin anodized finish doors shall be warranted for 6 years against corrosion defects from date of door shipment to Pierce. Replacement of decals /Scotchlite is not covered. The maximum amount A &A will reimburse for labor is $60.00 per hour and the maximum amount of time allowed for repair is as follows: Door 1.0 Hr. Slat Replacement 1.0 Hr. Petulant Plate Replacement 1.0 Hr. Roller Replacement .5 Hr. Seal Replacement .5 Hr. Switch/Magnet Replacement 1.0 Hr. Travel Time 4.0 Hr. A &A Manufacturing Co., Inc. 2300S. Calhoun Road New Berlin, WI 53151 - Phone (262) 786-1500 • Fax (262) 786 -3280 328 of 339 Cummins Warranty Worldwide Fire Apparatus /Crash Trucks j — r = -I r— F r 329 of 339 Products Warranted This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after April 1, 2007, that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck" applications Worldwide. Base Engine Warranty The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the Engine which result, under normal use and service, from a defect in material or factory workmanship (Warrantable Failure). This Coverage begins with the sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers), whichever occurs first, after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user. Engine aftertreatment components included in the Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL) and marked with a Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine Warranty. Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission Warranty section. These Warranties are made to all Owners in the chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of Coverage. J 11111 rn n S &eSal s Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil, antifreeze, filter elements, belts, hoses and other maintenance items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to repair a Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the nearest authorized repair location. In lieu of the towing expense, Cummins will pay reasonable costs for mechanics to travel to and from the location of the vehicle, including meals, mileage and lodging when the repair is performed at the site of the failure. Owner �eS��0C1SI��I�ItIPS Owner is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Owner is also responsible for providing proof that all recommended maintenance has been performed. Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty, Owner must notify a Cummins distributor, authorized dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine available for repair by such facility. Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure, Owner must also deliver the Engine to the repair facility. Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide Service Locator at cummins.com. Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil, antifreeze, filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for communication expenses, meals, lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for non - Engine repairs and for "downtime" expenses, cargo damage, fines, all applicable taxes, all business costs and other losses resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S. Dollars) deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd, 4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty. The deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty. U II I ltat0®nts Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling; overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating, cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting, warm -up, run -in or shutdown practices; unauthorized modifications of the Engine. Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty. Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel 330 of 339 exhaust fluid. is Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied by Cummins which bear the name of another company. Such non - warranted accessories include, but are not limited to: alternators, starters, fans, air conditioning compressors, clutches, filters, transmissions, torque converters, vacuum pumps, power steering pumps, fan drives and air compressors. Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user, or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty, whichever occurs first. Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) or 7,000 hours from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user, whichever of the three occurs first. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered, Owner must submit adequate documentation to show that consumption exceeds Cummins published standards. Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are not covered beyond the first year from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty, whichever occurs first. Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new Cummins parts, Cummins approved rebuilt parts or repaired parts. Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by Cummins. iew Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder. Cummins Inc. reserves the right to interrogate Electronic Control Module (ECM) data for purposes of failure analysis. CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT OF COVERED PARTS. CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. THIS WARRANTY AND THE EMISSION WARRANTY SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE WARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO THESE ENGINES. CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. �Il11SSICit1 Products Warranted This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines marketed by Cummins that are used in the United States ** in vehicles designed for transporting persons or property on a street or highway. This Warranty applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1, 1992. Coverage Cummins warrants to the first user and each subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed, built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S. federal emission regulations applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods: (A) Five years or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) of operation, whichever occurs first, as measured from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B) The Base Engine Warranty. If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is registered in the state of California, a separate California Emission Warranty also applies. Limitations Failures, other than those resulting from defects in material or factory workmanship, are not covered by this Warranty. Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling; overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating, cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting, warm -up, run -in or shutdown practices; unauthorized modifications of the Engine. Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty. Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel exhaust fluid. Cummins is not responsible for non - Engine repairs, "downtime" expenses, cargo damage, fines, all applicable taxes, all business costs or other losses resulting from a Warrantable Failure. 331 of 339 r'UMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL 1 CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. Airport operated crash trucks and fire department operated trucks employed to respond to fires, hazardous material releases, rescue and other emergency -type situations. ** United States includes American Samoa, the Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. CC Cummins Inc. Box 3005 Columbus, IN 47202 -3005 U.S.A. Bulletin KOMI Pnntod in U.S.A. Rev. 03/09 1120D1 Cummins Inc. 332 of IWANI=31111111C 1. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS —VENDORS 1.1 Provision of Insurance. Without limiting Vendor's indemnification of City, and prior to commencement of work, Vendor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Agreement, policies of insurance of the type and amounts described below and in a form satisfactory to City. Contractor agrees to provide insurance in accordance with requirements set forth here. If Contractor uses existing coverage to comply and that coverage does not meet these requirements, Contractor agrees to amend, supplement or endorse the existing coverage. 1.2 Acceptable Insurers. All insurance policies shall be issued by an insurance company currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, with an assigned policyholders' Rating of A- (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide, unless otherwise approved by the City's Risk Manager. 1.3 Coverage Requirements. 1.3.1 Workers' Compensation Insurance. Vendor shall maintain Workers' Compensation Insurance, statutory limits, and Employer's Liability Insurance with limits of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) each accident for bodily injury by accident and each employee for bodily injury by disease in accordance with the laws of the State of California, Section 3700 of the Labor Code. 1.3.1.1 Vendor shall submit to City, along with the certificate of insurance, a Waiver of Subrogation endorsement in favor of City, its officers, agents, employees and volunteers. 1.3.2 General Liability Insurance. Vendor shall maintain commercial general liability insurance, and if necessary umbrella liability insurance, with coverage at least as broad as provided by Insurance Services Office form CG 00 01, in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence, two million dollars ($2,000,000) general aggregate. The policy shall cover liability arising from premises, operations, products - completed operations, personal and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract) with no endorsement or modification limiting the scope of coverage for liability assumed under a contract. 1.3.3 Automobile Liability Insurance. Vendor shall maintain automobile insurance at least as broad as Insurance Services Office form CA 00 01 covering bodily injury and property damage for all activities of the Vendor arising out of or in connection with Work to be performed under this Agreement, including coverage for any owned, hired, non -owned or rented vehicles, in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit each accident. 1.4 Other Insurance Requirements. The policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: 1.4.1 Waiver of Subrogation. All insurance coverage maintained or procured pursuant to this agreement shall be endorsed to waive subrogation against Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 333 of 339 City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers or shall specifically allow Vendor or others providing insurance evidence in compliance with these requirements to waive their right of recovery prior to a loss. Vendor hereby waives its own right of recovery against City, and shall require similar written express waivers from each of its subcontractors. 1.4.2 Additional Insured Status. All liability policies including general liability, excess liability, pollution liability, and automobile liability, but not including professional liability, shall provide or be endorsed to provide that City and its officers, officials, employees, and agents shall be included as insureds under such policies. 1.4.3 Primary and Non Contributory. All liability coverage shall apply on a primary basis and shall not require contribution from any insurance or self- insurance maintained by City. 1.4.4 Notice of Cancellation. All policies shall provide City with thirty (30) days notice of cancellation (except for nonpayment for which ten (10) days notice is required) or nonrenewal of coverage for each required coverage. 1.5 Additional Agreements Between the Parties. The Parties hereby agree to the following: 1.5.1 Evidence of Insurance. Vendor shall provide certificates of insurance to City as evidence of the insurance coverage required herein, along with a waiver of subrogation endorsement for workers' compensation and other endorsements as specified herein for each coverage. Insurance certificates and endorsement must be approved by City's Risk Manager prior to commencement of performance. Current certification of insurance shall be kept on file with City at all times during the term of this contract. City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. 1.5.2 City's Right to Revise Requirements. The City reserves the right at any time during the term of the contract to change the amounts and types of insurance required by giving the Vendor sixty (60) days advance written notice of such change. If such change results in substantial additional cost to the Vendor, the City and Vendor may renegotiate Contractor's compensation. 1.5.3 Enforcement of Contract Provisions. Vendor acknowledges and agrees that any actual or alleged failure on the part of the City to inform Vendor of non- compliance with any requirement imposes no additional obligations on the City nor does it waive any rights hereunder. 1.5.4 Requirements not Limiting. Requirements of specific coverage features or limits contained in this Section are not intended as a limitation on coverage, limits or other requirements, or a waiver of any coverage normally provided by any insurance. Specific reference to a given coverage feature is for purposes of clarification only as it pertains to a given issue and is not intended by any Party or insured to be all inclusive, or to the exclusion of other coverage, or a waiver of any type. 1.5.5 Self- insured Retentions. Any self- insured retentions must be declared to and approved by City. City reserves the right to require that self- insured retentions be eliminated, lowered, or replaced by a deductible. Self- insurance will not be considered to comply with these requirements unless approved by City. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 334of339 1.5.6 City Remedies for Non Compliance If Vendor or any subVendor fails to provide and maintain insurance as required herein, then City shall have the right but not the obligation, to purchase such insurance, to terminate this agreement, or to suspend Vendor's right to proceed until proper evidence of insurance is provided. Any amounts paid by City shall, at City's sole option, be deducted from amounts payable to Vendor or reimbursed by Vendor upon demand. 1.5.7 Timely Notice of Claims. Vendor shall give City prompt and timely notice of claims made or suits instituted that arise out of or result from Vendor's performance under this Agreement, and that involve or may involve coverage under any of the required liability policies. 1.5.8 Vendor's Insurance. Vendor shall also procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, any additional kinds of insurance, which in its own judgment may be necessary for its proper protection and prosecution of the Work. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 335 of 339 336 of 339 EXHIBIT E CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BOND NO. FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND The premium charges on this Bond is $ , being at the rate of $ thousand of the Contract price. WHEREAS, the City of Newport Beach, State of California, has awarded to Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for the manufacturing of One (1) 100' tractor -drawn aerial ladder with pump in strict conformity with the Contract on file with the office of the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach, which is incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute the Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a Bond for the faithful performance of the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and , duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California as Surety (hereinafter "Surety "), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of One Million One Hundred Forty -Eight Thousand Two Hundred Twenty -One Dollars and 44/100 ($1,148,221.44) lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount of the Contract, to be paid to the City of Newport Beach, its successors, and assigns; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal, or the Principal's heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, fail to abide by, and well and truly keep and perform any or all the work, covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract Documents and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to its true intent and meaning, or fails to indemnify, defend, and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then, Surety will faithfully perform the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond; otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. As a part of the obligation secured hereby; and in addition to the face amount specified in this Performance Bond, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred by the City, only in the event the City is required to bring an action in law or equity against Surety to enforce the obligations of this Bond. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 337or339 notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. This Faithful Performance Bond shall be extended and maintained by the Principal in full force and effect for one (1) year following the date of formal acceptance of the Equipment by the City. In the event that the Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on the day of , 2013. Name of Contractor (Principal) Name of Surety Address of Surety Telephone Authorized Signature/Title Authorized Agent Signature Print Name and Title NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 338 of 339 State County of ACKNOWLEDGMENT of ss. On before me, Notary Public, personally appeared California who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature (seal) ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of ) ss. On before me, Notary Public, personally appeared who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. (seal) 339 of 339